Ricoh (B222, B224) Aficio MP-C3500, MP-C4500 Parts & Service Manual

B222/B224 SERVICE MANUAL
002825MIU (rev. 11/28/06)

(BOOK 1 OF 2) MAINFRAME
manuals4you.com

Book 1 of 2 MAINFRAME
002825MIU
WARNING
The Service Manual contains information regarding service techniques, procedures, processes and spare parts of office equipment distributed by Ricoh Corporation. Users of this manual should be either service trained or certified by successfully completing a Ricoh Technical Training Program. Untrained and uncertified users utilizing information contained in this service manual to repair or modify Ricoh equipment risk personal injury, damage to property or loss of warranty protection. Ricoh Corporation
manuals4you.com
LEGEND
PRODUCT CODE B222 B224 GESTETNER DSc535 DSc545 COMPANY LANIER LD435c LD445c RICOH Aficio MP C3500 Aficio MP C4500 SAVIN C3535 C4540
DOCUMENTATION HISTORY
REV. NO. * DATE 09/2006 COMMENTS Original Printing
B222/B224
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALLATION ............................................................................1-1
1.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ............................................................1-1 1.1.1 ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................1-1 1.1.2 MACHINE LEVEL..............................................................................1-1 1.1.3 MACHINE SPACE REQUIREMENTS ...............................................1-2 1.1.4 POWER REQUIREMENTS ...............................................................1-2 1.2 OPTIONAL UNIT COMBINATIONS ...........................................................1-3 1.2.1 MACHINE OPTIONS.........................................................................1-3 1.2.2 CONTROLLER OPTIONS.................................................................1-4 1.2.3 FAX OPTIONS ..................................................................................1-4 1.2.4 OTHER OPTIONS.............................................................................1-5 1.3 COPIER INSTALLATION ...........................................................................1-6 1.3.1 POWER SOCKETS FOR PERIPHERALS ........................................1-6 1.3.2 INSTALLATION FLOW CHART ........................................................1-6 1.3.3 ACCESSORY CHECK ......................................................................1-7 1.3.4 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE .........................................................1-9 Tapes and Retainers...........................................................................1-10 Developer and Toner Bottles ..............................................................1-10 Paper Trays ........................................................................................1-11 Emblem and Decals............................................................................1-12 Fire Prevention Cover .........................................................................1-13 Manual Pocket Attachment .................................................................1-13 Initialize the Developer........................................................................1-13 Settings Relevant to the Service Contract ..........................................1-14 1.3.5 MOVING THE MACHINE ................................................................1-15 1.3.6 TRANSPORTING THE MACHINE ..................................................1-15 1.4 PAPER FEED UNIT (B800)......................................................................1-17 1.4.1 ACCESSORY CHECK ....................................................................1-17 1.4.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE .......................................................1-18 1.5 LCT (B801) ...............................................................................................1-21 1.5.1 ACCESSORY CHECK ....................................................................1-21 1.5.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE .......................................................1-22 1.6 AUTO REVERSE DOCUMENT FEEDER (B802).....................................1-25 1.6.1 COMPONENT CHECK....................................................................1-25 1.6.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE .......................................................1-25 1.7 1-BIN TRAY UNIT (B803).........................................................................1-29 1.7.1 COMPONENT CHECK....................................................................1-29 1.7.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE .......................................................1-29
SM
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
1.8 BRIDGE UNIT (B227)...............................................................................1-32 1.8.1 COMPONENT CHECK....................................................................1-32 1.8.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE .......................................................1-32 1.9 1000-SHEET FINISHER (B408) ...............................................................1-35 1.9.1 ACCESSORY CHECK ....................................................................1-35 1.9.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE .......................................................1-36 1.10 2000/3000-SHEET (BOOKLET) FINISHER (B804/B805)...................1-38 1.10.1 ACCESSORY CHECK...............................................................1-38 1.10.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE..................................................1-39 Support Tray Installation .....................................................................1-43 1.11 PUNCH UNIT......................................................................................1-44 1.11.1 COMPONENT CHECK ..............................................................1-44 1.11.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE..................................................1-45 1.12 MECHANICAL COUNTER (NA ONLY)...............................................1-49 1.12.1 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE..................................................1-49 1.13 KEY COUNTER BRACKET ................................................................1-51 1.13.1 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE..................................................1-51 1.14 KEY COUNTER INTERFACE UNIT ...................................................1-53 1.14.1 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE..................................................1-53 1.15 ANTI-CONDENSATION HEATER (SCANNER) .................................1-55 1.15.1 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE..................................................1-55 1.16 TRAY HEATER...................................................................................1-57 1.16.1 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE..................................................1-57 1.17 CONTROLLER OPTIONS ..................................................................1-58 1.17.1 OVERVIEW ...............................................................................1-58 I/F Card Slots......................................................................................1-58 SD Card Slots .....................................................................................1-58 1.17.2 SD CARD APPLI MOVE ............................................................1-59 Overview.............................................................................................1-59 Move Exec ..........................................................................................1-60 Undo Exec ..........................................................................................1-61 1.17.3 POSTSCRIPT 3 .........................................................................1-61 1.17.4 FILE FORMAT CONVERTER....................................................1-62 1.17.5 IEEE1394 (FIREWIRE)..............................................................1-63 Installation Procedure .........................................................................1-63 UP Mode Settings for IEEE 1394........................................................1-64 SP Mode Settings for IEEE 1394 ........................................................1-64 1.17.6 IEEE1284...................................................................................1-65 Installation Procedure .........................................................................1-65 1.17.7 IEEE 802.11B (WIRELESS LAN)...............................................1-66 Installation Procedure .........................................................................1-66 UP Mode Settings for Wireless LAN ...................................................1-67 SP Mode Settings for IEEE 802.11b Wireless LAN ............................1-69 1.17.8 BLUETOOTH .............................................................................1-69 1.17.9 COPY DATA SECURITY UNIT..................................................1-70 User Tool Setting ................................................................................1-72
B222/B224
ii
SM
1.17.10 DATA OVERWRITE SECURITY UNIT TYPE D (B735) .........1-72 Before You Begin the Procedure ........................................................1-72 Seal Check and Removal ...................................................................1-73 Installation Procedure .........................................................................1-73 1.17.11 USB HOST INTERFACE........................................................1-76 1.17.12 PICTBRIDGE .........................................................................1-76 1.17.13 BROWSER UNIT TYPE B......................................................1-77 Installation Procedure .........................................................................1-77 Update Procedure...............................................................................1-79 1.17.14 REMOTE COMMUNICATION GATE INSTALLATION...........1-79 Component Check ..............................................................................1-79 Installation Procedure .........................................................................1-80 1.17.15 CHECK ALL CONNECTIONS ................................................1-82
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ....................................................2-1
2.1 SETTINGS..................................................................................................2-1 2.1.1 BEFORE REMOVING THE OLD PM PARTS ...................................2-1 2.1.2 AFTER INSTALLING THE NEW PM PARTS ....................................2-2 2.1.3 PREPARATION BEFORE OPERATION CHECK..............................2-2 2.1.4 OPERATION CHECK........................................................................2-3 2.2 MAINTENANCE TABLES...........................................................................2-4 2.2.1 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE TABLES ..........................................2-4 Mainframe.............................................................................................2-4 ARDF ....................................................................................................2-7 Two-tray Paper Feed Unit.....................................................................2-8 LCT .......................................................................................................2-8 2000/3000-Sheet (Booklet) Finisher .....................................................2-8 2000/3000-Sheet (Booklet) Finisher Punch Kit .....................................2-9 1000-Sheet Finisher..............................................................................2-9 2.2.2 OTHERS IN MAINFRAME ................................................................2-9
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT

3. REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT.........................................3-1
3.1 BEFOREHAND...........................................................................................3-1 3.2 SPECIAL TOOLS .......................................................................................3-2 3.3 IMAGE ADJUSTMENT ...............................................................................3-3 3.3.1 SCANNING .......................................................................................3-3 Scanner sub-scan magnification...........................................................3-3 Scanner leading edge and side-to-side registration ..............................3-3 3.3.2 ARDF.................................................................................................3-4 ARDF side-to-side, leading edge registration and trailing edge ............3-4 ARDF sub-scan magnification ..............................................................3-5
SM
iii
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
3.3.3 REGISTRATION................................................................................3-5 Image Area ...........................................................................................3-5 Leading Edge........................................................................................3-6 Side to Side ..........................................................................................3-6 Adjustment Standard ............................................................................3-6 Paper Registration Standard.................................................................3-6 Adjustment Procedure ..........................................................................3-6 3.3.4 ERASE MARGIN ADJUSTMENT ......................................................3-7 3.3.5 COLOR REGISTRATION..................................................................3-7 Line Position Adjustment ......................................................................3-7 3.3.6 PRINTER GAMMA CORRECTION ...................................................3-8 Copy Mode ...........................................................................................3-8 Printer Mode .......................................................................................3-13 3.4 EXTERIOR COVERS ...............................................................................3-15 3.4.1 FRONT DOOR ................................................................................3-15 3.4.2 LEFT COVER ..................................................................................3-16 3.4.3 REAR COVER.................................................................................3-16 3.4.4 RIGHT REAR COVER.....................................................................3-17 3.4.5 OPERATION PANEL.......................................................................3-17 3.4.6 PAPER EXIT COVER......................................................................3-18 3.4.7 INNER TRAY...................................................................................3-19 3.4.8 DUST FILTER .................................................................................3-20 3.4.9 OZONE FILTER ..............................................................................3-20 Ozone filters for scanner unit ..............................................................3-20 Ozone filter for IH inverter...................................................................3-21 3.5 SCANNER UNIT.......................................................................................3-22 3.5.1 EXPOSURE GLASS........................................................................3-22 3.5.2 ORIGINAL LENGTH/WIDTH SENSORS.........................................3-23 3.5.3 EXPOSURE LAMP..........................................................................3-23 3.5.4 SCANNER MOTOR.........................................................................3-26 3.5.5 SENSOR BOARD UNIT (SBU)........................................................3-27 When reassembling ............................................................................3-27 3.5.6 EXPOSURE LAMP STABILIZER ....................................................3-27 3.5.7 SIO (SCANNER IN/OUT) BOARD...................................................3-28 3.5.8 SCANNER HP SENSOR.................................................................3-28 3.5.9 PLATEN COVER SENSOR.............................................................3-29 3.5.10 FRONT SCANNER WIRE..........................................................3-30 Reassembling the Front Scanner Wire ...............................................3-30 3.5.11 REAR SCANNER WIRE ............................................................3-32 Reassembling the Rear Scanner Wire................................................3-34 3.5.12 TOUCH PANEL POSITION ADJUSTMENT ..............................3-35 3.6 LASER OPTICS .......................................................................................3-36 3.6.1 CAUTION DECAL LOCATION ........................................................3-36 3.6.2 LASER OPTICS HOUSING UNIT ...................................................3-36 Preparing the new laser optics housing unit .......................................3-37 Before removing the old laser optics housing unit ..............................3-37
B222/B224
iv
SM
Recovery procedure for no replacement preparation of laser optics housing unit ........................................................................................3-38 Removing the old laser optics housing unit.........................................3-39 Installing a new Laser Optics Housing Unit.........................................3-40 After installing the new laser optics housing unit ................................3-40 3.6.3 POLYGON MIRROR MOTOR AND DRIVE BOARD.......................3-42 3.6.4 SHUTTER MOTOR .........................................................................3-43 3.7 IMAGE CREATION ..................................................................................3-46 3.7.1 PCU.................................................................................................3-46 3.7.2 DRUM UNIT AND DEVELOPMENT UNIT ......................................3-47 Developer ...........................................................................................3-49 3.7.3 TONER COLLECTION BOTTLE .....................................................3-50 3.7.4 SECOND DUCT FAN ......................................................................3-51 When reinstalling the second duct fan ................................................3-52 3.7.5 THIRD DUCT FAN ..........................................................................3-52 When reinstalling the third duct fan.....................................................3-53 3.7.6 TONER PUMP UNIT .......................................................................3-53 When you install the new toner pump unit ..........................................3-56 3.7.7 TONER END SENSOR ...................................................................3-59 3.8 IMAGE TRANSFER..................................................................................3-60 3.8.1 IMAGE TRANSFER BELT UNIT .....................................................3-60 3.8.2 IMAGE TRANSFER BELT CLEANING UNIT ..................................3-60 3.8.3 IMAGE TRANSFER BELT...............................................................3-61 When reinstalling the image transfer belt............................................3-65 3.9 PAPER TRANSFER .................................................................................3-67 3.9.1 PAPER TRANSFER ROLLER UNIT ...............................................3-67 3.9.2 PAPER TRANSFER UNIT...............................................................3-67 3.9.3 HIGH VOLTAGE SUPPLY BOARD - DISCHARGE PLATE ............3-69 3.9.4 ID SENSOR BOARD .......................................................................3-70 Cleaning for ID sensors ......................................................................3-71 After installing a new ID sensor unit/board..........................................3-71 3.9.5 TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY SENSOR ..................................3-72 3.10 DRIVE UNIT .......................................................................................3-73 3.10.1 GEAR UNIT ...............................................................................3-74 When installing the drive unit ..............................................................3-79 Adjustment after replacing the gear unit .............................................3-79 3.10.2 REGISTRATION MOTOR..........................................................3-80 3.10.3 PAPER FEED MOTOR..............................................................3-80 3.10.4 DRUM/DEVELOPMENT MOTORS FOR M, C, AND Y .............3-81 3.10.5 DRUM/DEVELOPMENT MOTOR-K ..........................................3-82 3.10.6 ITB DRIVE MOTOR ...................................................................3-83 3.10.7 FUSING/PAPER EXIT MOTOR .................................................3-83 3.10.8 IMAGE TRANSFER BELT CONTACT MOTOR.........................3-84 3.10.9 PAPER TRANSFER CONTACT MOTOR..................................3-84 3.10.10 DUPLEX INVERTER MOTOR................................................3-85 3.10.11 DUPLEX/BY-PASS MOTOR ..................................................3-86
SM
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
3.10.12 TONER TRANSPORT MOTOR .............................................3-87 3.10.13 TONER COLLECTION UNIT..................................................3-88 3.10.14 PAPER FEED CLUTCHES ....................................................3-89 3.10.15 DEVELOPMENT CLUTCH-Y .................................................3-91 3.10.16 DEVELOPMENT CLUTCHES FOR M AND C .......................3-92 3.10.17 DEVELOPMENT CLUTCH-K .................................................3-93 3.11 FUSING ..............................................................................................3-94 3.11.1 FUSING UNIT ............................................................................3-94 3.11.2 FUSING LAMP...........................................................................3-94 3.11.3 PRESSURE ROLLER AND PRESSURE ROLLER BEARING ..3-96 When re-installing the pressure roller .................................................3-99 3.11.4 FERRITE ROLLER GEAR .......................................................3-101 3.11.5 FUSING ROLLER BUSHING AND TENSION ROLLER BUSHING ...............................................................................................3-101 When re-installing the fusing roller bushing and tension roller bushing ............................................................................................3-102 3.11.6 TENSION ROLLER..................................................................3-103 When re-installing the tension roller..................................................3-103 3.11.7 FUSING BELT, HEATING ROLLER, HEATING ROLLER BUSHING AND FUSING ROLLER.........................................................3-103 When re-installing the fusing belt, heating roller, fusing roller and heating roller bushing........................................................................3-105 3.11.8 LUBRICANT ROLLER BUSHING ............................................3-106 3.11.9 LUBRICANT ROLLER AND CLEANING ROLLER ..................3-106 3.11.10 HEATING ROLLER THERMISTOR .....................................3-107 3.11.11 PRESSURE ROLLER THERMOSTAT.................................3-107 3.11.12 PRESSURE ROLLER THERMISTOR..................................3-108 3.11.13 FUSING ROLLER ONE-WAY CLUTCH AND IDLE GEAR ..3-108 When re-installing the idle gear ........................................................3-109 3.11.14 FUSING FAN........................................................................3-109 When installing the fusing fan ...........................................................3-110 PAPER EXIT FAN ................................................................3-110 3.11.15 When installing the paper exit fan .....................................................3-111 3.11.16 IH (INDUCTION HEATING) INVERTER FAN ......................3-111 When installing the IH inverter fan ....................................................3-111 3.11.17 THERMOPILE ......................................................................3-111 3.11.18 FUSING BELT SENSOR AND FERRITE ROLLER HP SENSOR .............................................................................................3-112 3.11.19 IH COIL FAN ........................................................................3-113 3.11.20 IH COIL UNIT .......................................................................3-114 3.12 PAPER FEED ...................................................................................3-116 3.12.1 PAPER FEED UNIT.................................................................3-116 3.12.2 PICK-UP, FEED AND SEPARATION ROLLERS.....................3-116 Tray 1 and Tray 2 .............................................................................3-116 3.12.3 TRAY LIFT MOTOR.................................................................3-117
B222/B224
vi
SM
manuals4you.com
3.12.4 VERTICAL TRANSPORT, PAPER OVERFLOW, PAPER END AND PAPER FEED SENSOR ................................................................3-117 3.12.5 REGISTRATION SENSOR ......................................................3-118 3.12.6 BY-PASS PAPER SIZE SENSOR SWITCH ............................3-119 When reinstalling this switch.............................................................3-119 3.12.7 BY-PASS BOTTOM TRAY ......................................................3-120 3.12.8 BY-PASS PAPER END SENSOR............................................3-122 3.12.9 BY-PASS PICK-UP, FEED AND SEPARATION ROLLER, TORQUE LIMITER .................................................................................3-123 3.12.10 BY-PASS FEED CLUTCH....................................................3-123 3.12.11 PAPER EXIT UNIT...............................................................3-124 3.12.12 FUSING EXIT, PAPER OVERFLOW, JUNCTION PAPER JAM AND PAPER EXIT SENSOR..................................................................3-125 3.12.13 JUNCTION GATE 1 MOTOR ...............................................3-126 3.13 DUPLEX UNIT ..................................................................................3-127 3.13.1 DUPLEX UNIT .........................................................................3-127 3.13.2 DUPLEX DOOR SENSOR.......................................................3-128 3.13.3 DUPLEX ENTRANCE SENSOR..............................................3-128 3.13.4 DUPLEX EXIT SENSOR .........................................................3-129 3.14 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS .........................................................3-130 3.14.1 CONTROLLER UNIT ...............................................................3-130 3.14.2 CONTROLLER BOX RIGHT COVER ......................................3-130 3.14.3 CONTROLLER BOX................................................................3-131 When opening the controller box ......................................................3-131 When removing the controller box ....................................................3-131 3.14.4 IOB (IN/OUT BOARD) .............................................................3-133 3.14.5 BCU .........................................................................................3-133 When installing the new BCU ...........................................................3-134 3.14.6 IPU...........................................................................................3-134 3.14.7 PSU .........................................................................................3-135 PSU bracket......................................................................................3-135 PSU board ........................................................................................3-135 3.14.8 ITB POWER SUPPLY BOARD ................................................3-136 3.14.9 HIGH VOLTAGE SUPPLY BOARD .........................................3-136 3.14.10 HIGH VOLTAGE SUPPLY BOARD BRACKET....................3-137 3.14.11 IH INVERTER.......................................................................3-137 3.14.12 CONTROLLER BOARD .......................................................3-138 When installing the new controller board ..........................................3-139 3.14.13 MOTHER BOARD ................................................................3-139 3.14.14 HDD FAN .............................................................................3-141 3.14.15 HDD .....................................................................................3-141 When installing a new HDD unit .......................................................3-142 Disposal of HDD Units ......................................................................3-142 Reinstallation ....................................................................................3-142 3.14.16 NVRAM REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE.............................3-143 NVRAM on the BCU .........................................................................3-143
SM
vii
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
NVRAM on the Controller .................................................................3-144
TROUBLESHOOTING
4. TROUBLESHOOTING..................................................................4-1
4.1 PROCESS CONTROL ERROR CONDITIONS ..........................................4-1 4.1.1 DEVELOPER INITIALIZATION RESULT ..........................................4-1 4.1.2 PROCESS CONTROL SELF-CHECK RESULT................................4-2 Vsg Adjustment Result..........................................................................4-5 4.1.3 LINE POSITION ADJUSTMENT RESULT ........................................4-6 4.2 SCANNER TEST MODE ............................................................................4-8 4.2.1 VPU TEST MODE .............................................................................4-8 4.2.2 IPU TEST MODE...............................................................................4-8 SP4-904-1 Register Access..................................................................4-8 SP4-904-2 Image Path .........................................................................4-8 4.3 SERVICE CALL CONDITIONS ................................................................4-10 4.3.1 SUMMARY ......................................................................................4-10 SC Code Classification .......................................................................4-11 4.4 SC TABLE ................................................................................................4-14 4.5 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE .................................................................4-97 4.5.1 IMAGE QUALITY.............................................................................4-97 4.5.2 LINE POSITION ADJUSTMENT .....................................................4-99 4.6 JAM DETECTION...................................................................................4-108 4.6.1 PAPER JAM DISPLAY ..................................................................4-108 4.6.2 JAM CODES AND DISPLAY CODES ...........................................4-108 Paper Size Code...............................................................................4-115 Sensor Locations ..............................................................................4-116 4.7 ELECTRICAL COMPONENT DEFECTS................................................4-117 4.7.1 SENSORS.....................................................................................4-117 4.7.2 BLOWN FUSE CONDITIONS .......................................................4-123 Power Supply Unit ............................................................................4-123 IH Inverter .........................................................................................4-124
SERVICE TABLES
5. SERVICE TABLES .......................................................................5-1
5.1 SERVICE PROGRAM MODE.....................................................................5-1 5.1.1 ENABLING AND DISABLING SERVICE PROGRAM MODE............5-1 Entering SP Mode.................................................................................5-1 Exiting SP Mode ...................................................................................5-1 5.1.2 TYPES OF SP MODES.....................................................................5-1 SP Mode Button Summary ...................................................................5-2 Switching Between SP Mode and Copy Mode for Test Printing ...........5-3 Selecting the Program Number.............................................................5-3 Exiting Service Mode ............................................................................5-4
B222/B224
viii
SM
Service Mode Lock/Unlock ...................................................................5-4 5.1.3 REMARKS.........................................................................................5-5 Display on the Control Panel Screen ....................................................5-5 Others ...................................................................................................5-6 5.2 COPY SERVICE MODE .............................................................................5-7 5.2.1 SERVICE MODE TABLE...................................................................5-7 SP1-XXX (Feed) ...................................................................................5-7 SP2-XXX (Drum).................................................................................5-30 SP3-XXX (Process) ..........................................................................5-162 SP4-XXX (Scanner) ..........................................................................5-214 SP5-XXX (Mode) ..............................................................................5-254 SP6-XXX (Peripherals) .....................................................................5-317 SP7-XXX (Data Log).........................................................................5-328 SP8-xxx: Data Log2 ..........................................................................5-363 SP9-XXX: Others ..............................................................................5-417 5.2.2 INPUT CHECK TABLE..................................................................5-423 Copier ...............................................................................................5-423 1000-Sheet Booklet Finisher (B793) .................................................5-429 2000/3000-Sheet (Booklet) Finisher (B804, B805) ...........................5-429 1000-Sheet Finisher (B408)..............................................................5-433 Table 1: Paper Height Sensor...........................................................5-434 Table 2: Paper Size Switch (Tray 2) .................................................5-435 Table 3: Paper Size (By-pass Table) ................................................5-436 Table 4: APS Original Size Detection ...............................................5-437 5.2.3 OUTPUT CHECK TABLE..............................................................5-438 Copier ...............................................................................................5-438 1000-Sheet Booklet Finisher (B793) .................................................5-450 1000-Sheet Finisher (B408)..............................................................5-450 2000/3000-Sheet (Booklet) Finisher .................................................5-451 5.2.4 TEST PATTERN PRINTING .........................................................5-453 5.3 PRINTER SERVICE MODE ...................................................................5-455 5.3.1 SP1-XXX (SERVICE MODE) ........................................................5-455 5.4 SCANNER SP MODE ............................................................................5-459 5.4.1 SP1-XXX (SYSTEM AND OTHERS).............................................5-459 5.4.2 SP2-XXX (SCANNING-IMAGE QUALITY) ....................................5-460 5.5 REBOOT/SYSTEM SETTING RESET ...................................................5-461 5.5.1 SOFTWARE RESET .....................................................................5-461 5.5.2 SYSTEM SETTINGS AND COPY SETTING RESET....................5-461 System Setting Reset .......................................................................5-461 Copier Setting Reset.........................................................................5-461 5.6 FIRMWARE UPDATE.............................................................................5-463 5.6.1 TYPE OF FIRMWARE...................................................................5-463 5.6.2 BEFORE YOU BEGIN...................................................................5-464 5.6.3 UPDATING FIRMWARE ...............................................................5-465 5.6.4 UPDATING THE LCDC FOR THE OPERATION PANEL..............5-467 5.6.5 DOWNLOADING STAMP DATA ...................................................5-468
SM
ix
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
5.6.6 NVRAM DATA UPLOAD/DOWNLOAD .........................................5-469 Uploading Content of NVRAM to an SD card ...................................5-469 Downloading an SD Card to NVRAM................................................5-469 5.6.7 ADDRESS BOOK UPLOAD/DOWNLOAD ....................................5-470 Information List .................................................................................5-470 Download..........................................................................................5-471 Upload ..............................................................................................5-471 5.6.8 INSTALLING ANOTHER LANGUAGE ..........................................5-472 5.6.9 HANDLING FIRMWARE UPDATE ERRORS................................5-474 Error Message Table ........................................................................5-474 5.7 SD CARD APPLI MOVE.........................................................................5-477 5.7.1 OVERVIEW ...................................................................................5-477 5.7.2 MOVE EXEC .................................................................................5-478 5.7.3 UNDO EXEC .................................................................................5-479 5.8 CONTROLLER SELF-DIAGNOSTICS ...................................................5-480 5.8.1 OVERVIEW ...................................................................................5-480 5.9 USING THE DEBUG LOG......................................................................5-481 5.9.1 SWITCHING ON AND SETTING UP SAVE DEBUG LOG............5-481 5.9.2 RETRIEVING THE DEBUG LOG FROM THE HDD......................5-486 5.9.3 RECORDING ERRORS MANUALLY ............................................5-486 5.9.4 NEW DEBUG LOG CODES ..........................................................5-486 SP5857-015 Copy SD Card-to-SD Card: Any Desired Key ..............5-486 SP5857-016 Create a File on HDD to Store a Log ...........................5-487 SP5857-017 Create a File on SD Card to Store a Log .....................5-487 5.10 DIP SWITCHES ................................................................................5-488 5.10.1 CONTROLLER BOARD...........................................................5-488 5.10.2 BCU BOARD ...........................................................................5-488
DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS
6. DETAILED SECTION DESCRIPTIONS........................................6-1
6.1 OVERVIEW ................................................................................................6-1 6.1.1 COMPONENT LAYOUT....................................................................6-1 6.1.2 PAPER PATH....................................................................................6-2 6.1.3 DRIVE LAYOUT ................................................................................6-3 6.1.4 BOARD STRUCTURE.......................................................................6-5 Overview...............................................................................................6-5 6.1.5 PRINTING PROCESS.......................................................................6-6 6.2 PROCESS CONTROL................................................................................6-9 6.2.1 OVERVIEW .......................................................................................6-9 6.2.2 POTENTIAL CONTROL ....................................................................6-9 Overview...............................................................................................6-9 Process Control Self Check ..................................................................6-9 6.2.3 PROCESS CONTROL SELF CHECK PROCEDURE .....................6-12 6.2.4 TONER DENSITY ADJUSTMENT MODE.......................................6-14 6.2.5 TONER SUPPLY CONTROL ..........................................................6-14
B222/B224
SM
Overview.............................................................................................6-14 Toner Supply Control Modes ..............................................................6-15 6.2.6 TONER NEAR END/TONER END DETECTION.............................6-15 6.2.7 DEVELOPER INITIALIZATION .......................................................6-16 6.3 SCANNING...............................................................................................6-18 6.3.1 OVERVIEW .....................................................................................6-18 6.3.2 SCANNER DRIVE ...........................................................................6-19 6.3.3 ORIGINAL SIZE DETECTION.........................................................6-20 6.3.4 ANTI-CONDENSATION HEATER...................................................6-21 6.4 IMAGE PROCESSING .............................................................................6-22 6.4.1 OVERVIEW .....................................................................................6-22 6.4.2 SBU (SENSOR BOARD UNIT) .......................................................6-22 6.4.3 IPU (IMAGE PROCESSING UNIT) .................................................6-23 6.5 LASER EXPOSURE.................................................................................6-24 6.5.1 OVERVIEW .....................................................................................6-24 6.5.2 OPTICAL PATH...............................................................................6-25 6.5.3 LASER SYNCHRONIZING DETECTORS.......................................6-26 Overview.............................................................................................6-26 6.5.4 LD SAFETY SWITCH......................................................................6-27 6.5.5 AUTOMATIC LINE POSITION ADJUSTMENT ...............................6-29 Overview.............................................................................................6-29 Summary of Each Adjustment ............................................................6-29 Adjustment Conditions ........................................................................6-30 Main Scan Skew Adjustment ..............................................................6-32 ID Sensors ..........................................................................................6-32 6.5.6 SHUTTER MECHANISM.................................................................6-33 6.6 PCU (PHOTO CONDUCTOR UNIT) ........................................................6-34 6.6.1 OVERVIEW .....................................................................................6-34 6.6.2 AROUND THE DRUM .....................................................................6-35 Drum Drive..........................................................................................6-35 Phase Control Mechanism..................................................................6-35 Drum Charge and Quenching .............................................................6-36 Drum Cleaning ....................................................................................6-37 6.6.3 DEVELOPMENT .............................................................................6-38 Development Operation ......................................................................6-38 Drive ...................................................................................................6-39 Developer Agitation.............................................................................6-39 Development Bias...............................................................................6-40 New Unit Detection .............................................................................6-41 6.7 TONER SUPPLY......................................................................................6-42 6.7.1 OVERVIEW .....................................................................................6-42 6.7.2 TONER SUPPLY MECHANISM ......................................................6-43 Toner supply from toner bottle to toner attraction pump .....................6-43 Toner Near End Detection ..................................................................6-43 Toner supply from toner attraction pump to development unit ............6-44 6.7.3 TONER CARTRIDGE......................................................................6-45
SM
xi
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
RFID (Radio Frequency ID) ................................................................6-45 6.8 WASTE TONER COLLECTION ...............................................................6-46 6.8.1 TONER COLLECTION PATH AND DRIVE .....................................6-46 From PCU...........................................................................................6-46 From Image Transfer Belt Unit............................................................6-46 Used Toner Distribution Mechanism ...................................................6-47 6.8.2 TONER COLLECTION BOTTLE SET/ NEAR-FULL/ FULL DETECTION.............................................................................................6-47 6.9 IMAGE TRANSFER AND PAPER SEPARATION ....................................6-49 6.9.1 IMAGE TRANSFER.........................................................................6-49 Overview.............................................................................................6-49 ITB (Image Transfer Belt) Drive ..........................................................6-50 ITB Current .........................................................................................6-51 Transfer belt cleaning .........................................................................6-52 ITB (Image Transfer Belt) Contact ......................................................6-53 Transfer Belt Sensor ...........................................................................6-54 6.9.2 PAPER TRANSFER AND SEPARATION .......................................6-55 Overview.............................................................................................6-55 PTR (Paper Transfer Roller) Drive......................................................6-55 PTR (Paper Transfer Roller) Contact and Separation.........................6-56 6.10 PAPER FEED .....................................................................................6-58 6.10.1 OVERVIEW ...............................................................................6-58 6.10.2 DRIVE TRAY 1, TRAY 2, AND BY-PASS TRAY ....................6-59 Tray 1 and Tray2 ................................................................................6-59 By-pass Tray.......................................................................................6-59 6.10.3 PAPER PICK-UP .......................................................................6-60 6.10.4 PAPER LIFT TRAYS 1 AND 2 ................................................6-61 6.10.5 PAPER SIZE DETECTION TRAYS 1 & 2...............................6-61 6.10.6 PAPER HEIGHT DETECTION TRAYS 1 & 2 .........................6-63 6.10.7 PAPER END DETECTION TRAYS 1 & 2 ...............................6-64 6.10.8 REGISTRATION ........................................................................6-65 6.10.9 PAPER FEED LINE SPEED ......................................................6-65 6.10.10 TRAY LOCK MECHANISM ....................................................6-66 Tray Lock at the Front.........................................................................6-66 Tray Lock at the Rear .........................................................................6-67 6.10.11 PAPER DUST COLLECTION.................................................6-67 6.10.12 BY-PASS PAPER SEPARATION...........................................6-68 6.10.13 BY-PASS PAPER SIZE DETECTION ....................................6-68 6.11 FUSING ..............................................................................................6-69 6.11.1 OVERVIEW ...............................................................................6-69 6.11.2 FUSING UNIT DRIVE ................................................................6-70 Belt and Rollers ..................................................................................6-70 Lubricant Mechanism..........................................................................6-70 6.11.3 IH (INDUCTION HEATING) SYSTEM .......................................6-71 Basic IH System .................................................................................6-71 Paper Size Correction.........................................................................6-71
B222/B224
xii
SM
6.11.4 PRESSURE RELEASE MECHANISM.......................................6-72 6.11.5 FUSING TEMPERATURE CONTROL.......................................6-73 Components .......................................................................................6-73 Fusing Temperatures..........................................................................6-74 Temperature Corrections ....................................................................6-79 Overheat Protection ............................................................................6-80 6.11.6 CPM DOWN SYSTEM...............................................................6-80 CPM Down Control .............................................................................6-80 6.11.7 ENERGY SAVER MODES ........................................................6-82 Overview.............................................................................................6-82 Panel Off Mode ...................................................................................6-82 Auto Off Mode.....................................................................................6-83 6.11.8 NEW UNIT DETECTION ...........................................................6-84 Fusing Unit, Image Transfer Belt Unit .................................................6-84 PCU, Development Unit......................................................................6-84 6.12 PAPER EXIT.......................................................................................6-85 6.12.1 OVERVIEW ...............................................................................6-85 6.12.2 JUNCTION GATE MECHANISM ...............................................6-86 To the Standard Tray ..........................................................................6-86 To the 1-bin Tray or Duplex Unit .........................................................6-87 6.13 DUPLEX UNIT ....................................................................................6-88 6.13.1 OVERVIEW ...............................................................................6-88 6.13.2 DUPLEX DRIVE.........................................................................6-89 6.13.3 INVERTER MECHANISM..........................................................6-90 6.13.4 DUPLEX OPERATION ..............................................................6-91 Up to A4/LT (81/2" x 11") LEF ............................................................6-91 From A4/LT (8 1/2" x 11") LEF to 400mm length ................................6-91 6.14 PRINTER FUNCTIONS ......................................................................6-93 6.14.1 OVERVIEW ...............................................................................6-93 6.14.2 HARD DISK ...............................................................................6-95 Overview.............................................................................................6-95 6.14.3 CONTROLLER FUNCTIONS ....................................................6-95 Sample Print .......................................................................................6-95 Locked Print........................................................................................6-96 Hold Print ............................................................................................6-96 Stored Print/ Store and Print ...............................................................6-96 6.14.4 JOB SPOOLING ........................................................................6-96 Related SP Modes ..............................................................................6-97 Paper Source Selection ......................................................................6-97 Auto Continue .....................................................................................6-98 6.15 PICTBRIDGE....................................................................................6-100 6.15.1 GENERAL FUNCTION ............................................................6-100 Photo image format...........................................................................6-100 6.15.2 PRINTING FUNCTION LIST....................................................6-100 6.15.3 PRINTING FUNCTION DESCRIPTION...................................6-101 Single image printing ........................................................................6-101
SM
xiii
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Selected image printing ....................................................................6-102 DPOF (Digital Print Order Format) printing .......................................6-102 All image printing ..............................................................................6-102 Index printing ....................................................................................6-102 Trimming...........................................................................................6-102 Multiple number printing....................................................................6-102 Date and file name printing ...............................................................6-103 Image print size (Fixed size printing) ................................................6-104 Multi-Image-Layout (N-up) ................................................................6-105 Edge-to-edge borderless printing......................................................6-106 Printing quality ..................................................................................6-106 Color matching..................................................................................6-107 Paper type specification....................................................................6-107 Form printing.....................................................................................6-107 Camera memo printing .....................................................................6-108 6.16 COPY DATA SECURITY UNIT.........................................................6-109 6.16.1 GENERAL FUNCTION ............................................................6-109 When copying on a machine with an optional Copy Data Security Unit .....................................................................................6-109 When copying on a machine without an optional Copy Data Security Unit ...................................................................................................6-110 Setting...............................................................................................6-110 Related SC .......................................................................................6-110 6.16.2 MASK TYPE FOR COPYING ..................................................6-110 6.17 FILE FORMAT CONVERTER (MLB) ................................................6-112 6.18 DATA OVERWRITE SECURITY UNIT (B735) .................................6-113 6.18.1 AUTO ERASE MEMORY.........................................................6-113 Types of Data Overwritten and Not Overwritten ...............................6-113 Overwrite timing ................................................................................6-114
SPECIFICATIONS
7. SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................................7-1
7.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS....................................................................7-1 7.1.1 MAIN FRAME ....................................................................................7-1 7.2 PRINTER....................................................................................................7-5 7.3 SCANNER ..................................................................................................7-7 7.4 SUPPORTED PAPER SIZES.....................................................................7-8 7.4.1 PAPER FEED....................................................................................7-8 7.4.2 PAPER EXIT ...................................................................................7-10 2000/3000 Sheet Booklet Finisher ......................................................7-10 1000-Sheet Finisher............................................................................7-13 7.4.3 PLATEN/ARDF ORIGINAL SIZE DETECTION ...............................7-16 7.5 SOFTWARE ACCESSORIES ..................................................................7-18 7.5.1 PRINTER DRIVERS........................................................................7-18 7.5.2 SCANNER AND LAN FAX DRIVERS..............................................7-19
B222/B224
xiv
SM
Rev. 11/2006
7.5.3 UTILITY SOFTWARE......................................................................7-19 7.6 MACHINE CONFIGURATION ..................................................................7-21 7.7 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT .........................................................................7-24 7.7.1 ARDF...............................................................................................7-24 7.7.2 PAPER FEED UNIT ........................................................................7-25 7.7.3 LARGE CAPACITY TRAY...............................................................7-25 7.7.4 3000-SHEET FINISHER..................................................................7-26 7.7.5 2000-SHEET BOOKLET FINISHER................................................7-28 7.7.6 PUNCH UNIT FOR 2000/3000-SHEET (BOOKLET) FINISHER .....7-30 7.7.7 1000-SHEET FINISHER..................................................................7-31 Upper Tray..........................................................................................7-31 Lower Tray..........................................................................................7-31 7.7.8 BRIDGE UNIT .................................................................................7-32 7.7.9 1-BIN TRAY UNIT ...........................................................................7-33
SEE B222/B224 SERVICE MANUAL BOOK 2 OF 2 FOR ACCESSORIES: FAX OPTION B771
SEE SECTION B771 FOR DETAILED TABLE OF CONTENTS
AUTO REVERSE DOCUMENT FEEDER B802

1 BIN TRAY UNIT B803

BOOKLET FINISHER/FINISHER B804/B805

SEE SECTION B804/B805 FOR DETAILED TABLE OF CONTENTS
SCANNER ACCESSIBILITY OPTION TYPE 4045 B838

SM
xv
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Read This First

Important Safety Notices
Prevention of Physical Injury
1. 2. 3. Before disassembling or assembling parts of the copier and peripherals, make sure that the copier power cord is unplugged. The wall outlet should be near the copier and easily accessible. If any adjustment or operation check has to be made with exterior covers off or open while the main switch is turned on, keep hands away from electrified or mechanically driven components. 4. The copier drives some of its components when it completes the warm-up period. Be careful to keep hands away from the mechanical and electrical components as the copier starts operation. 5. The inside and the metal parts of the fusing unit become extremely hot while the copier is operating. Be careful to avoid touching those components with your bare hands.
Health Safety Conditions

1. Toner and developer are non-toxic, but if you get either of them in your eyes by accident, it may cause temporary eye discomfort. Immediately wash eyes with plenty of water. If unsuccessful, get medical attention. 2. The copier, which use high voltage power source, can generate ozone gas. High ozone density is harmful to human health. Therefore, the machine must be installed in a well-ventilated room.
Observance of Electrical Safety Standards

The copier and its peripherals must be serviced by a customer service representative who has completed the training course on those models. Keep the machine away from flammable liquids, gases, and aerosols. A fire or an explosion might occur. The Controller board on this machine contains a lithium battery. The danger of explosion exists if a battery of this type is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or an equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Discard batteries in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and local regulations.
manuals4you.com
The optional fax and memory expansion units contain lithium batteries, which can explode if replaced incorrectly. Replace only with the same or an equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Do not recharge or burn the batteries. Used batteries must be handled in accordance with local regulations.
Safety and Ecological Notes for Disposal

1. 2. 3. 4. Do not incinerate toner bottles or used toner. Toner dust may ignite suddenly when exposed to an open flame. Dispose of used toner, the maintenance unit which includes developer or the organic photoconductor in accordance with local regulations. (These are non-toxic supplies.) Dispose of replaced parts in accordance with local regulations. When keeping used lithium batteries in order to dispose of them later, do not put more than 100 batteries per sealed box. Storing larger numbers or not sealing them apart may lead to chemical reactions and heat build-up.
Laser Safety
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) prohibits the repair of laser-based optical units in the field. The optical housing unit can only be repaired in a factory or at a location with the requisite equipment. The laser subsystem is replaceable in the field by a qualified Customer Engineer. The laser chassis is not repairable in the field. Customer engineers are therefore directed to return all chassis and laser subsystems to the factory or service depot when replacement of the optical subsystem is required. Use of controls, or adjustment, or performance of procedures other than those specified in this manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure. WARNING: Turn off the main switch before attempting any of the procedures in the Laser Optics Housing Unit section. Laser beams can seriously damage your eyes. CAUTION MARKING:
Symbols, Abbreviations and Trademarks

This manual uses several symbols and abbreviations. The meaning of those symbols and abbreviations are as follows:
See or Refer to Clip ring Screw Connector Clamp E-ring SEF LEF Short Edge Feed Long Edge Feed
Trademarks
Microsoft, Windows, and MS-DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and /or other countries. PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Incorporated. PCL is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company. Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation. PowerPC is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation. Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and may be trademarks of their respective companies. We disclaim any and all rights involved with those marks.
manuals4you.com
AUTO REVERSE DOCUMENT FEEDER B802 FAX OPTION B771 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
BOOKLET FINISHER/FINISHER B804/B805
1 BIN TRAY UNIT B803
manuals4you.com
TAB POSITION 8
TAB POSITION 7
SPECIFICATIONS
TAB POSITION 6
DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS
TAB POSITION 5
SERVICE TABLES
TAB POSITION 4
TROUBLESHOOTING
TAB POSITION 3
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
TAB POSITION 2
TAB POSITION 1
INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION
manuals4you.com
Installation Requirements
1. INSTALLATION
1.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
1.1.1 ENVIRONMENT
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Temperature Range: 10C to 32C (50F to 89.6F) Humidity Range: 15% to 80% RH Ambient Illumination: Less than 1500 lux (do not expose to direct sunlight) Ventilation: 3 times/hr/person or more Do not let the machine get exposed to the following: 1) Cool air from an air conditioner 2) Heat from a heater
6. 7. 8. 9.
Do not install the machine in areas that are exposed to corrosive gas. Install the machine at locations lower than 2,500 m (8,200 ft.) above sea level. Install the machine on a strong, level base. (Inclination on any side must be no more than 5 mm.) Do not install the machine in areas that get strong vibrations.
1.1.2 MACHINE LEVEL

Front to back: Within 5 mm (0.2") Right to left: Within 5 mm (0.2")
SM 1-1 B222/B224
Installation
Installation Requirements
1.1.3 MACHINE SPACE REQUIREMENTS

This machine, which uses high voltage power sources, can generate ozone gas. High ozone density is harmful to human health. Therefore, the machine must be installed in a well-ventilated room.
A: Over 100 mm (3.9") B: Over 100 mm (3.9") C: Over 550 mm (21.7") D: Over 750 mm (29.5") Put the machine near the power source with the clearance shown above.
1.1.4 POWER REQUIREMENTS

Insert the plug firmly in the outlet. Do not use an outlet extension plug or cord. Ground the machine. 1. Input voltage level: 120 V, 60 Hz: More than 12 A 220 V to 240 V, 50 Hz/60 Hz: More than 8 A 2. 3. Permissible voltage fluctuation: 10 % Do not put things on the power cord.
B222/B224
1-2
SM
manuals4you.com
Optional Unit Combinations
1.2 OPTIONAL UNIT COMBINATIONS

1.2.1 MACHINE OPTIONS
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6
Options 2-tray paper feed unit Large capacity tray Platen cover ARDF 1-bin tray unit Bridge unit -
Remarks
One from No.1 or No.2
One from No.3 or No.4
One from No.7, No.8 or No.10; 7 2000-sheet booklet finisher Requires No.6 and one from No.1 and No.2. One from No.7, No.8 or No.10; 8 3000-sheet finisher Requires No.6 and one from No.1 and No.2. 9 *Punch kit (3 types) No.7 or 8 required; One of the three types One from No.7, No.8 or No.10; 10 1000-sheet finisher Requires No.6 and one from No.1 and No.2. 11 Scanner Accessibility Option
*: Child options (Child options require a parent option.)
SM
1-3
B222/B224
Installation
1.2.2 CONTROLLER OPTIONS

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 IEEE 1394 Bluetooth IEEE 802.11b IEEE 1284 USB Host Interface Unit File Format Converter PostScript 3 PictBridge Option Data Overwrite Security Unit Type D Browser Unit Copy Data Security Unit VM Card Type C SD card slot 3 (during installation only) SD card slot 3 (during installation only) No.7 to No.9 (SD card slot 2) I/F Slot B I/F Slot D Options Remarks
No. 1 to No. 4 (I/F Slot A)
1.2.3 FAX OPTIONS

No. 1 2 3 4 Options Fax Option Type C4500 *Memory Unit Type B 32MB *Hand Set Type 1018 G3 Interface Unit Type C4500 Requires No.1. Requires No.1. (NA Only) Remarks
*: Child options (Child options require a parent option.)
B222/B224
1-4
SM
manuals4you.com
1.2.4 OTHER OPTIONS

No. 1 2 Options Copy Data Security Unit Type A Optional Counter Interface Unit Type A Remarks
SM
1-5
B222/B224
Installation
Copier Installation
1.3 COPIER INSTALLATION

Make sure that the image transfer belt is in its correct position before you move the machine. Otherwise, the image transfer belt and the black PCU can be damaged.
1.3.1 POWER SOCKETS FOR PERIPHERALS

Rating voltage for peripherals. Make sure to plug the cables into the correct sockets.
1.3.2 INSTALLATION FLOW CHART

This flow chart shows the best procedure for installation.
B222/B224
1-6
SM
manuals4you.com
Copier Installation
Installation
You need the optional paper tray unit or the LCT if you want to install the finisher (B408, B804 or B805). The punch unit is for 2000-sheet booklet finisher (B804) and 3000-sheet finisher (B805).
1.3.3 ACCESSORY CHECK

Check the quantity and condition of these accessories. Description 1. 2. Operating Instruction - Troubleshooting Operating Instruction - About This Machine Q'ty 1 1
SM
1-7
B222/B224
Copier Installation Description 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Operating Instruction - Security Operation Instruction - Quick Reference Guide Operation Instruction - Printer Quick Reference Operation Instruction - Scanner Quick Reference CD-ROM - Instruction - RIC CD-ROM - Instruction - SAV CD-ROM - Instruction - GES CD-ROM - Instruction - LAN CD-ROM - Printer Instruction - RIC CD-ROM - Printer Instruction - SAV CD-ROM - Printer Instruction - GES CD-ROM - Printer Instruction - NRG CD-ROM - Printer Instruction - LAN CD-ROM - Printer Instruction - INF CD-ROM - Scanner Instruction - RIC CD-ROM - Scanner Instruction - SAV CD-ROM - Scanner Instruction - GES CD-ROM - Scanner Instruction - NRG CD-ROM - Scanner Instruction - LAN Model Name Decal Stamp Cloth Holder Q'ty 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B222/B224
1-8
SM
manuals4you.com
Copier Installation Description 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Exposure Glass Cleaning Cloth Rivet Operating Instructions Holder Ferrite Core Power Supply Cord Cover Decal - Paper Size Emblem Cover Sheet - Eula: 16 Languages Sheet - Caution 16 Languages Decal - Caution - Original Sheet Data Warranty Sheet (Chinese) Sheet - Name - Tel Q'ty 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Installation B222/B224
1.3.4 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE

Remove the tape from the development units before you turn the main switch on. The development units can be severely damaged if you do not remove the tape. Put the machine on the paper tray unit or the LCT first if you install an optional paper tray unit or the optional LCT at the same time. Then install the machine and other options. Keep the shipping retainers after you install the machine. You may need them in the future if you transport the machine to another location.
SM
1-9
Copier Installation
Tapes and Retainers
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Remove all the tapes and retainers on the machine. Remove all the tapes and retainers in trays 1 and 2, and then take out the power cord from tray 1 (if applicable). Remove the scanner unit stay [A]. Open the front door [B], and then remove the jam location sheet [C]. Keep the scanner unit stay [A] inside the front door [B]. Reattach the jam location sheet. Close the front door.
Developer and Toner Bottles
B222/B224
1-10
SM
manuals4you.com
Copier Installation 1. Open the front door [A]. GSA model (-58) and EU models (-67/-26) do not require steps from 2 to 7. Skip to step 8 if you install these models. 2. Remove the stopper [B] ( x 1).
Installation
This stopper locks the drum positioning plate lever. 3. 4. 5. Release the image transfer unit lock lever [C], and turn the drum positioning plate lever [D] counterclockwise. Open the drum positioning plate [E]. Remove all tapes [F] from the four development units. When you remove the tape from the development unit, hold the development unit with your hand, and then pull the tape. 6. 7. 8. Close the drum positioning plate. Then lock the image transfer unit lock and turn the drum positioning plate lever clockwise. Lock the drum positioning plate lever with the stopper [B] ( Shake each toner bottle five or six times. x 1).
9.
Install each toner bottle [G] in the machine.
10. Close the front door.
Paper Trays
1. Pull each paper tray out. Then adjust the side guides and end guide to match the paper size. To move the side guides, first pull out the tray fully. Then push down the green
SM
1-11
B222/B224
Copier Installation lock at the rear inside the tray.
2.
Pull out the feeler [A] for the output tray full detection mechanism.
Emblem and Decals
1.
Attach the correct emblem [A] and the cover [B] to the front door [C] of the machine, if the emblem is not attached. If you want to change the emblem that has been already attached, remove the panel with an object (not a sharp object) as shown [D], and then install the correct emblem.
2.
Attach the correct paper tray number and size decals to the paper trays [E]. Paper tray number and size decals are also used for the optional paper tray or the optional LCT. Keep these decals for use with these optional units.
B222/B224
1-12
SM
manuals4you.com
Copier Installation
Fire Prevention Cover
When the copier is installed on the floor without the optional paper tray unit or a table, the cover [A] must be attached to the copier. Install the cover [A] at the right side of the copier.
Manual Pocket Attachment
1. 2.
Attach the manual pocket [A] to the left side of the copier (snap rivet x 2). If a finisher has been installed, attach the manual pocket [B] to the rear side of the finisher (snap rivet x 2).
Initialize the Developer

1. 2. Plug in the machine. Make sure that the platen or ARDF is closed and the main power is turned off.
SM
1-13
B222/B224
Installation
Copier Installation 3. Turn the main power switch on. The machine automatically starts the initialization procedure. The Start button LED ( ) turns green when this procedure has finished. 4. 5. Make copies of image samples (text, photo, and text/photo modes). Do the Automatic Color Calibration process (ACC) as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Print the ACC test pattern (User tools > Maintenance > ACC > Start). Put the printout on the exposure glass. Put 10 sheets of white paper on top of the test chart. Close the ARDF or the platen cover. Press Start Scanning on the LCD panel. The machine starts the ACC.
Check that the sample image has been copied normally.
Settings Relevant to the Service Contract

Change the necessary settings for the following SP modes if the customer has made a service contract. You must select one of the counter methods (developments/prints) in accordance with the contract ( SP5-045-001).
Item
SP No.
Function Specifies if the counting method used in meter charge mode is based on
Default
Counting method
SP5-045-001
developments or prints. NOTE: You can set this one time only. You cannot change the setting after you have set it for the first time.
0: Developments
A3/11" x 17" double counting SP5-104-001
Specifies whether the counter is doubled for A3/11" x 17" paper. When you have to change this setting, contact your supervisor. No: Single counting
B222/B224
1-14
SM
manuals4you.com
Copier Installation
5812-002 programs the service station Service Tel. No. Setting SP5-812-001 through 004 fax number. The number is printed on the counter list when the meter charge mode is selected. This lets the user fax the counter data to the service station.
1.3.5 MOVING THE MACHINE

This section shows you how to manually move the machine from one floor to another floor. See the section Transporting the Machine if you have to pack the machine and move it a longer distance. 1. Remove all trays from the optional paper feed unit or LCT.
1.3.6 TRANSPORTING THE MACHINE

Main Frame 1. 2. Do SP 4806-001 to move the scanner carriage from the home position. This prevents dust from falling into the machine during transportation. Remove the toner cartridges. This prevents toner flow into the toner supply tube, which is caused by vibration during transport. This can also cause the tube to be clogged with toner. 3. 4. 5. Make sure there is no paper left in the paper trays. Then fix down the bottom plates with a sheet of paper and tape. Empty the toner collection bottle. Then attach securing tape to stop the toner bottle from coming out. Do one of the following: Attach shipping tape to the covers and doors. Shrink-wrap the machine tightly. After you move the machine, make sure you do the "Auto Color Registration" as follows. This optimizes color registration. 1. 2. Do the "Forced Line Position Adj. Mode c" (SP2-111-3). Then do the "Forced Line Position Adj. Mode a" (SP2-111-1). To check if SP 2-111-1 was successful, watch the screen during the process. A message is displayed at the end. Also, you can check the result with SP
SM 1-15
Copier Installation 2-194-10 to -12. Make sure that the side fences in the trays are correctly positioned to prevent color registration errors.
B222/B224
1-16
SM
manuals4you.com
Paper Feed Unit (B800)
1.4 PAPER FEED UNIT (B800)

Check the quantity and condition of the accessories against the following list.
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Caster stand
Description
Qty 6 2 8 1 1 1 1
Securing bracket Screw (M3x6 x 6, M4x10 x 2) Spring Washer Screw Rear stand cover Left stand cover Front stand cover
manuals4you
SM
.com
1-17 B222/B224
Installation

Turn off the main switch of the copier and unplug the power cord before you start the installation procedure. You need two or more persons to lift the copier. The copier is highly unstable when lifted by one person, and may cause human injury or property damage. Do not lift the copier with the paper feed unit installed. Otherwise, the handle and grips may be damaged.
1. 2.
Remove all tape on the paper feed unit. Remove the paper trays and remove all tape and padding.
3. 4.
Grasp the handle [A] and grips [B] of the machine. Lift the copier and install it on the paper feed unit [C].
B222/B224
1-18
SM
manuals4you.com

Installation
5. 6. 7. 8.
Remove tray 2 of the machine. Fasten the spring washer screw [D], using the cutout in the securing bracket [E] as a tool. Reinstall tray 2. Attach the securing brackets [E] (M4x10 x 1 each).
One of the securing brackets is used as a securing tool (the cutout [F] is used in step 6). But the cutout [G] is for attaching the tray heater. Therefore, attach the securing brackets [E] after installing the tray heater if you will install the tray heater.
SM
1-19
B222/B224
9.
Attach two caster stands [H] to front, right, and rear sides of the machine.
10. Attach the front stand cover [I], right stand cover [J] and rear stand cover [K] to the correct sides of the machine (M3x6 11. Load paper into the paper feed unit. 12. Turn on the main power switch of the machine. 13. Check the paper feed unit operation and copy quality. x 2: each).
B222/B224
1-20
SM
manuals4you.com
LCT (B801)
1.5 LCT (B801)

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Caster stand
Description
Qty 6 2 8 1 1 1 1
Securing bracket Screw (M3x6 x 6, M4x10 x 2) Spring washer screw Rear stand cover Right stand cover Front stand cover
SM
1-21
B222/B224
Installation
LCT (B801)

Turn off the main switch of the copier and unplug the power cord before you start the installation procedure. You need two or more persons to lift the copier. The copier is highly unstable when lifted by one person, and may cause human injury or property damage. Do not lift the copier with the paper feed unit installed. Otherwise, the handle and grips may be damaged.
1.
Remove all tapes and retainers in the LCT.
2. 3.
Grasp the handle [A] and grips [B] of the machine. Lift the copier and install it on the LCT [C].
B222/B224
1-22
SM
manuals4you.com
LCT (B801)
Installation
4. 5. 6. 7.
Remove tray 2 of the machine. Fasten the spring washer screw [D], using the cutout in the securing bracket [E] as a tool. Reinstall tray 2. Attach the securing brackets [E] (M4x10 x 1each).
One of the securing brackets is used as a securing tool (the cutout [F] is used in step 6). But the cutout [G] is for attaching the tray heater. Therefore, attach the securing brackets [E] after installing the tray heater if you will install the tray heater.
SM
1-23
B222/B224
LCT (B801)
8.
Attach two caster stands [H] to the front, right, and rear sides of the machine.
9.
Attach the front stand cover [I], right stand cover [J] and rear stand cover [K] to the correct sides of the machine (M3x6 x 2 each).
10. Load paper into the LCT. 11. Turn on the main power switch of the machine. 12. Check the LCT operation and copy quality.
B222/B224
1-24
SM
manuals4you.com
Auto Reverse Document Feeder (B802)
1.6 AUTO REVERSE DOCUMENT FEEDER (B802)

1.6.1 COMPONENT CHECK
Check the quantity and condition of the components against the following list.
No. 1 2 3 4 5 ARDF Decal Knob Screw Stud Screw Platen Plate
Description
Qty 1 1 2 2 1

Unplug the copier power cord before starting the following procedure. 1. Remove all tapes and shipping retainers.
SM
1-25
B222/B224
Installation
Auto Reverse Document Feeder (B802) 2. Remove the two screws already installed at the top rear of the machine.
3.
Insert the two stud screws [A] on the top of the machine.
4. 5. 6. 7.
Mount the ARDF [B] by aligning the screw keyholes [C] in the ARDF support plate over the stud screws. Slide the ARDF toward the front of the machine. Secure the ARDF with the two knob screws [D]. Connect the ARDF interface cable [E] to the machine.
B222/B224
1-26
SM
manuals4you.com

Installation
8.
Remove two screws [F] from the bottom of the ARDF.
9.
Peel off the platen plate [G] and place it on the exposure glass. glass.
10. Align the rear left corner of the platen plate with the corner [H] on the exposure 11. Close the ARDF. 12. Open the ARDF and check that the platen plate is correctly attached.
SM
1-27
B222/B224
13. Attach the decal [I] to the top cover as shown. Choose the language you want. 14. Plug in and turn on the main power switch of the machine, and then check the ARDF operation. 15. Make a full size copy. Check that the registrations (side-to-side and leading edge) and image skew are correct. If they are not, adjust the registrations and image skew (refer to "Copy Adjustments" in the "Replacements and Adjustments section).
B222/B224
1-28
SM
manuals4you.com
1-Bin Tray Unit (B803)
1.7 1-BIN TRAY UNIT (B803)

No. 1 2 3 4 5
Description 1-Bin Tray Unit End-fence Tray Support Bar Screws (M3 x 16) Tray
Qty 1 1 1 2 1

Unplug the copier power cord before starting the following procedure. If the bridge unit (B227) has already been installed in the machine, remove it before installing 1-bin tray unit (B803). This will make it easier for you to do the following procedure. 1. 2. Remove all tapes. Open the right door of the machine.
SM
1-29
B222/B224
Installation
3. 4.
Remove the front right cover [A] ( Remove the inner cover [B] ( x 1).
x 1).
Keep this screw for step 5.
5.
Install the 1-bin tray unit [C] ( step 4]).
x 1,
x 1,
x 1 [This screw was removed in
6.
Attach the tray support bar [D] to the tray [E] as shown, and then attach the end-fence [F].
B222/B224
1-30
SM
manuals4you.com

Installation
7. 8. 9.
Install the tray [G] (with the tray support bar) in the machine (M3 x 16: the machine. Turn on the main power switch of the machine.
x 2).
Reinstall the front right cover in the machine, and then close the right door of
10. Check the 1-bin tray unit operation.
SM
1-31
B222/B224
Bridge Unit (B227)
1.8 BRIDGE UNIT (B227)

No. 1 2 3 4 Bridge Unit Screw Knob screw
Description
Qty 1 1 1 1
Holder bracket

Unplug the copier power cord before starting the following procedure. 1. If you will install the 1-bin tray (B803) in the machine, install the 1-bin tray before you install the bridge unit (B227). This will make it easier for you to do the following procedure.
B222/B224
1-32
SM
manuals4you.com
Bridge Unit (B227) 2. If you will install a finisher (B408, B804, or B805) in the machine, install the finisher after you install the bridge unit (B227). 1. Remove all tapes.
Installation
2. 3.
If the sensor feeler [A] is out, fold it into the machine. Open the right door of the machine.
4. 5. 6.
Remove the inner tray [B]. Remove the front right cover [C] ( Remove the connector cover [D] ( x 1). x 1).
SM
1-33
B222/B224
Bridge Unit (B227) 7. Install the bridge unit [E] in the machine.
8. 9.
Secure the bridge unit with the knob screw [F] and screw [G]. Reinstall the front right cover in the machine. Then close the right door of the machine. Open the bridge unit cover [H] when installing the front right cover. Otherwise, the bridge unit cover is an obstacle for attaching the front right cover.
10. Install the optional finisher (refer to the finisher installation procedure). If you will not install the finisher at this time, install the holder bracket [I]. Otherwise, the customer will damage the bridge unit if they pull up the bridge unit tray. When you install the finisher, you will need this bracket during the installation procedure. 11. Turn on the main power switch of the machine. 12. Check the bridge unit operation.
B222/B224
1-34
SM
manuals4you.com
1000-Sheet Finisher (B408)
1.9 1000-SHEET FINISHER (B408)

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Description Front Joint Bracket Rear Joint Bracket Rear Joint Bracket Grounding Plate Copy Tray Staple Position Decal Screw - M4 x 14 Knob Screw - M4 x 10 Screw - M3 x 8 Knob Screw - M3 x 8
Qty 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1
B222/B224 O --O O O O O O O O
O = Necessary, --- = Not necessary
SM
1-35
B222/B224
Installation

Unplug the main machine power cord before starting the following procedure. If this finisher will be installed on the B222 or B224 copier, the following options must be installed before installing this finisher. - Bridge Unit (B227) - Paper Feed Unit (B800) or LCT (B801)
1.
Unpack the finisher, and then remove the tapes [A] and stopper (
x 1).
2.
Install the front joint bracket [B], holder bracket [C] ( joint bracket [D] ( x 2 - M4 x 14).
x 2 - M4 x 14), and rear
The holder bracket [C] must be placed outside the front joint bracket [B]. The holder bracket is provided with the bridge unit (B227).
B222/B224
1-36
SM
manuals4you.com

Installation
3.
Install the grounding plate [E] on the finisher (
x 2 - M3 x 8).
Use the screw removed in step 1 and the screw from the accessory box. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Open the front door [F] of the finisher, and then pull the locking lever [G] (1 knob screw - M3 x 8). Align the finisher on the joint brackets, and lock it in place by pushing the locking lever. Secure the locking lever (1 knob screw - M3 x 8). Close the front door. Install the copy tray [H] (1 knob screw - M4 x 10). Connect the finisher cable [I] to the main machine below the right rear handle.
10. Attach the staple position decal [J] to the ARDF as shown. 11. Turn on the main power switch and check the finisher operation.
SM
1-37
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
2000/3000-Sheet (Booklet) Finisher (B804/B805)
1.10 2000/3000-SHEET (BOOKLET) FINISHER (B804/B805)

Check the quantity and condition of the accessories against the following list. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Description Rear Joint Bracket Front Joint Bracket Ground Plate Tapping screws Tapping screws Tapping screws Upper output tray Support Tray Lower output tray (B804 Only) Cushion (with double-sided tape) - M4 x14 - M3 x 8 - M3 x 6 Qty 1 1 1 4 1 6 1 1 1 1
B222/B224
1-38
SM
manuals4you.com

Installation

Unplug the main machine power cord before starting the following procedure. The bridge unit (B227) and optional paper feed unit (B800 or B801) must be installed before installing this finisher (B804/B805).
1.
Unpack the finisher and remove all tapes and packing materials from the finisher.
SM
1-39
B222/B224
2.
Open the front door, and then remove all tapes and packing materials from the inside of the finisher.
3.
Pull out the jogger unit [A], and then remove all tapes and retainers.
B222/B224
1-40
SM
manuals4you.com

Installation
4.
Attach the cushions [B] to the finisher. Make sure that the cushion is placed within 0 to 1 mm from the edge of the cover.
5.
Install the ground plate [C] on the finisher (
x 2; M3x6).
6. 7.
Attach the rear joint bracket [D] (
x 2; M4x4). x 2; M4x14).
Attach the front joint bracket [E] and the holder bracket [F] (
SM
1-41
B222/B224
The holder bracket [F] must be placed outside the front joint bracket [E]. The holder bracket is provided with the bridge unit (B227).
8. 9.
Pull the lock lever [G] (Long knob screw x 1). Slowly push the finisher to the left side of the machine, keeping its front door open until the brackets [D] [E] go into their slots.
10. Push the lock lever [G], and then secure it (Long knob screw x 1). 11. Close the front door of the finisher. 12. Connect the finisher connector [H] to the machine.
B222/B224
1-42
SM
manuals4you.com
2000/3000-Sheet (Booklet) Finisher (B804/B805) 13. Install the upper output tray [I] ( x 1; M3x8).
14. Only for B804, install the lower output tray [J]. 15. Turn on the main power switch of the machine. 16. Check the finisher operation.
Support Tray Installation
If a stacking problem occurs several times on the upper output tray [A], put the support tray [B] on the tray as shown. Keep this tray in the manual pocket if this tray does not need to be installed.
als justmanu
SM
.com
1-43
Punch Unit
1.11 PUNCH UNIT

The Punch Unit B702 is installed in the 2000/3000 Sheet (Booklet) Finisher B804/B805.

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6
Description Punchout Waste Unit Slide Drive Unit Punch Waste Hopper Screws (M3 x 6) Side-to-Side Detection Unit Punching Unit
Qty 1 1 1 5 1 1
B222/B224
1-44
SM
manuals4you.com
Punch Unit

Unplug the main machine power cord before starting the following procedure. If the 2000/3000-sheet booklet finisher has been installed, disconnect it and pull it away from the machine.
1. 2.
If the finisher is connected to the copier, disconnect the power connector [A] and move the finisher away from the copier. Remove the rear cover [B] ( x 2) and open the front door.
At the bottom of the rear cover, make sure to disconnect the tabs that attach the cover to the frame. 3. Remove the guide plate [C] ( x 2).
SM
1-45
B222/B224
Installation
Punch Unit 4. 5. Move the punch unit [D] along its rails into the finisher. Make sure that the pin engages correctly at the front and rear. Connect the cables [E] of the finisher to the connectors (CN601 and CN602) on the punch unit board ( x 2, x 1). The cables [E] are coiled and attached to the PCB.
6. 7.
Attach the slide drive unit [F] to the finisher and connect it to the punch unit ( 2, x 1). Push in the slide drive unit at when you attach the screw . Make sure that the punch unit moves freely and is not blocked by the screws.
8. 9.
Put the side-to-side detection unit [G] in the machine. Make sure that the two pins are engaged correctly at the front. Make sure that the side-to-side detection unit moves smoothly on its rails. If it does not, make sure that the rails are aligned with their grooves. x 2, x 1,
10. Attach the side-to-side detection unit and connect it at the rear ( x 1).
B222/B224
1-46
SM
manuals4you.com
Punch Unit 11. Pull the short connector out of the connector [H] then connect the cable of the finisher ( x 1).
Installation
This is the 3-pin connector.
12. At the front, use a pair of wire cutters to remove the part [I] of the cover. 13. Install the punch-waste transport unit [J] in the finisher. 14. Make sure that the punch-waste transport unit moves smoothly on its rails. If it does not, make sure that the rails are aligned with the grooves. 15. Remove the short connector from the connector [K]. This is the 4-pin connector. 16. Connect the cable and attach the punch-waste transport unit ( 1). x 1, x 1, x
17. Set the hopper [L] in its holder.
SM
1-47
B222/B224
Punch Unit 18. Reassemble the finisher, and then install it on the main machine. 19. Connect the power cord to the outlet, and then turn the main power switch on. 20. Check the punch unit operation.
B222/B224
1-48
SM
manuals4you.com
Mechanical Counter (NA Only)
1.12 MECHANICAL COUNTER (NA ONLY)

1. 2. Rear cover (see "Rear Cover" in the "Replacement and Adjustment" section) Right rear cover (see "Right Rear Cover" in the "Replacement and Adjustment" section)
3.
Remove the cutouts [A] on the right rear cover with nippers.
4.
Attach the mechanical counters [B] to the bracket [C] and connect the harness to each mechanical counter.
SM
1-49
B222/B224
Installation
Mechanical Counter (NA Only)
5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Attach the mechanical counter bracket to the frame [D] ( Reassemble the machine. Plug in the machine and turn on the main power switch. Enter the SP mode. Set SP5987-001 to "1: ON".
x 1,
x 2,
x 1).
10. Exit the SP mode, and then turn the machine off and on.
B222/B224
1-50
SM
manuals4you.com
Key Counter Bracket
1.13 KEY COUNTER BRACKET

1. 2. 3. 4.
Hold the key counter plate nuts [A] on the inside of the key counter bracket [B] and insert the key counter holder [C]. Secure the key counter holder to the bracket ( x 2). Install the key counter cover [D] ( x 2). Rear cover ( "Rear Cover" in the Replacement and Adjustment section)
5.
Cut off the part [E] of the rear cover.
SM
1-51
B222/B224
Installation
Key Counter Bracket
6.
Connect the harness to the connector [F] inside the machine.
7. 8.
Peel off double sided tape on the key counter bracket and attach the key counter to the scanner right cover [F]. Reassemble the machine.
B222/B224
1-52
SM
manuals4you.com
Key Counter Interface Unit
1.14 KEY COUNTER INTERFACE UNIT

1. 2. Rear cover (see "Rear Cover" in the "Replacement and Adjustment" section) IOB bracket (see "Controller Box" in the "Replacement and Adjustment" section)
3. 4. 5.
Install the four stud stays in the location [A] in the controller box. Install the key counter interface board on the four stud stays in the controller box. Connect the harness to CN3 on the key counter interface board.
6.
Close the IOB bracket and connect the other terminal to CN238 [B] on the IOB.
SM
1-53
B222/B224
Installation
Key Counter Interface Unit
7.
Cut off the part [C] of the rear cover.
8. 9.
Clamp the harness from the counter device with the clamp [D] and put it as shown by the blue arrow ( harnesses [E] ( interface board. x 3). x 1). Route the harness from the counter device in the same way as the other
10. Connect the harness from the counter device to CN4 on the key counter 11. Reattach the IOB bracket (see "Controller Box" in the "Replacement and Adjustment" section) 12. Reassemble the machine.
B222/B224
1-54
SM
manuals4you.com
Anti-Condensation Heater (Scanner)
1.15 ANTI-CONDENSATION HEATER (SCANNER)

1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the ARDF or platen cover (see "ARDF" or "Platen Cover" in the "Installation" section.) Rear cover (see "Rear Cover" in the "Replacement and Adjustment" section.) ARDF exposure glass and exposure glass with left scale (see "Exposure Glass" in the "Replacement and Adjustment" section.) Scanner rear frame (see "Scanner Motor" in the "Replacement and Adjustment" section.)
5. 6. 7.
Move the scanner carriage [A] to the right side by rotating the scanner motor. Install the heater [B] in the scanner unit ( Put the cable through the cutout [C]. x 2, x 1)
SM
1-55
B222/B224
Installation
Anti-Condensation Heater (Scanner) 8. Release the heater relay cable [D] ( x 3).
9.
Route the heater relay cable [E] as shown (
x 3).
10. Connect the heater cable [F] to the heater relay cable ( 11. Reassemble the machine.
x 1).
B222/B224
1-56
SM
manuals4you.com
Tray Heater
1.16 TRAY HEATER

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Remove trays 1 and 2 from the machine. Remove the connector cover [A] ( x 1). x 1) Connect the connector [B] of the heater to the connector of the main machine. Install the heater [C] inside the machine ( Reassemble the machine.
SM
1-57
B222/B224
Installation
Controller Options
1.17 CONTROLLER OPTIONS

1.17.1 OVERVIEW
This machine has I/F card slots for optional I/F connections and SD card slots applications. After you install an option, check that the machine can recognize it (see Check All Connections at the end of this section).
I/F Card Slots

Slot A is used for one of the optional I/F connections (only one can be installed): IEEE1284, IEEE1394 (FireWire), IEEE802.11 (Wireless LAN), Bluetooth, or Remote Communication Gate. Slot B is used for the USB Host only. Slot C is not used in this machine. Slot D is used for the File Format Converter only.
SD Card Slots
Slot 1 is used for the standard printer/scanner application only. Slot 2 is used for one of the optional applications:
B222/B224
1-58
SM
manuals4you.com
Controller Options PostScript 3, Data Overwrite Security Unit, PictBridge Slot 3 is used for installing the Browser Unit, or for service only (for example, updating the firmware).
Installation
1.17.2 SD CARD APPLI MOVE

Overview
The service program SD Card Appli Move (SP5-873) lets you copy application programs from one SD card to another SD card. Slot 1 and Slot 2 are used to store application programs. But there are 3 possible applications (PostScript 3, DOS unit, PictBridge). You cannot run application programs from Slot 3. However you can move application programs from Slot 3 to either Slot 1 or Slot 2 with the following procedure (if there are cards in slots 1 and 2, Slot 1 will be used.) For this model, the printer/scanner card in slot 1 has enough space for the PictBridge and the DOS applications. Use the card that is already in slot 1 (printer/scanner card). Do not remove the printer/scanner card from slot 1. The procedures in this section will assume that you use slot 1. If you want to use slot 2, you must first turn the machine power off, remove the SD card from slot 1, and turn the power on again. You can then do the following procedure, and the application will go to the card in slot 2. Make sure that the target SD card has enough space. 1. 2. Enter SP5873 SD Card Appli Move. Then move the application from the SD Card in Slot 3 to the card in slot 1. Do steps 1-2 again if you want to move another application program. 3. Exit the SP mode. The data necessary for authentication is transferred with the application program from an SD card to another SD card. Authentication fails if you try to use the SD card after you copy the application program from one card to another card. Do not use the SD card if it has been used before for other purposes. Normal operation is not guaranteed when such an SD card is used. Be very careful when you do the SD Card Appli Move procedure:
SM
1-59
B222/B224
Controller Options
Remove the cover [A] ( following reasons: 1. 2.
x 2), and then keep the SD card in the place [B] after you
copy the application program from one card to another card. This is done for the The SD card can be the only proof that the user is licensed to use the application program. You may need to check the SD card and its data to solve a problem in the future. You cannot copy PostScript application to another SD card. You have to copy the other application (PictBridge, DOS Unit) to the SD card that stores the PostScript application.
Move Exec
The menu Move Exec (SP5-873-001) lets you copy application programs from the original SD card to another SD card. Do not turn ON the write protect switch of the system SD card or application SD card on the machine. If the write protect switch is ON, a download error (e.g. Error Code 44) occurs during a firmware upgrade or application merge. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Turn the main switch off. Make sure that an SD card is in SD Card Slot 1. The application program is copied to this SD card. Insert the SD card with the application program in SD Card Slot 3. The application program is copied from this SD card. Turn the main switch on. Start the SP mode. Select SP5-873-001 Move Exec. Follow the messages shown on the operation panel.
B222/B224
1-60
SM
manuals4you.com
Controller Options 8. 9. Turn the main switch off. Remove the SD card from SD Card Slot 3.
10. Turn the main switch on. 11. Check that the application programs run normally.
Undo Exec
Undo Exec (SP5-873-002) lets you copy back application programs from an SD card to the original SD card. You can use this program when, for example, you have mistakenly copied some programs by using Move Exec (SP5-873-001). Do not turn ON the write protect switch of the system SD card or application SD card on the machine. If the write protect switch is ON, a download error (e.g. Error Code 44) occurs during a firmware upgrade or application merge. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Turn the main switch off. Insert the original SD card in SD Card Slot 3. The application program is copied back into this card. Insert the SD card with the application program in SD Card Slot 1. The application program is copied back from this SD card. Turn the main switch on. Start the SP mode. Select SP5-873-002 Undo Exec. Follow the messages shown on the operation panel. Turn the main switch off. Remove the SD card from SD Card Slot 3. This step assumes that the application programs in the SD card are used by the machine. 10. Turn the main switch on. 11. Check that the application programs run normally. 12. Make sure that the machine can recognize the option (see Check All Connections at the end of this section).
1.17.3 POSTSCRIPT 3
Unplug the main machine power cord before you do the following procedure.
SM
1-61
Controller Options
1. 2. 3.
Remove the slot cover [A] from SD card slot 2 ( slot 2 [B] until you hear a click. Attach the slot cover [A] ( x 1).
x 1).
Turn the SD-card label face to the rear of the machine. Then push it slowly into
4. 5.
Attach the Adobe PostScript 3 decal [C] to the front door. Make sure that the machine can recognize the option (see Check All Connections at the end of this section).
1.17.4 FILE FORMAT CONVERTER

B222/B224
1-62
SM
manuals4you.com
Controller Options
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4.
Remove the slot cover [A] from I/F card slot D ( Plug in and turn on the main power switch.
x 2).
Install the file format converter into I/F card slot D and then fasten it with screws. Check or set the following SP codes with the values shown below.
SP No. SP5-836-001 SP5-836-002
Title Capture Function (0:Off 1:On) Panel Setting
Setting "1" "0"
5. 6.
Check the operation. Make sure that the machine can recognize the option (see Check All Connections at the end of this section).
1.17.5 IEEE1394 (FIREWIRE)

Installation Procedure
You can only install one of the following network interfaces at a time: (IEEE 802.11b (Wireless LAN), IEEE1284, IEEE1394, Bluetooth). Unplug the main machine power cord before you do the following procedure.
SM
1-63
B222/B224
Controller Options
1. 2. 3.
Remove the slot cover [A] from I/F Card Slot A (
x 2).
Install the FireWire board (Knob-screw x 2) into I/F card slot A. Make sure that the machine can recognize the option (see Check All Connections at the end of this section).
UP Mode Settings for IEEE 1394

Enter the UP mode. Then do the procedure below to perform the initial interface settings for IEEE 1394. These settings take effect every time the machine is powered on. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Press the User Tools/Counter key. On the touch panel, press System Settings. Press Interface Settings. Press IEEE1394. Press the following soft keys on the touch panel. Then set up the following settings: IP Address: Set the IP Address and Subnet Mask. IP over 1394: Enable or disable this setting as required. This setting enables IP over 1394 as the default setting for the printing method. SCSI Print: Enable or disable this setting as required. This setting enables SCSI Print as the default setting for the printing method. Bi-directional SCSI Print: Switch bi-directional printing on or off for SCSI print.
SP Mode Settings for IEEE 1394

The following SP commands can be set for IEEE 1394.
B222/B224 1-64 SM
manuals4you.com
Controller Options SP No. 5839 007 Name Cycle Master Function Enables or disables cycle master function of the IEEE 1394 standard bus. Sets the BCR (Broadcast Channel Register) setting for the Auto Node operation for the standard IEEE1394 5839 008 BCR Mode bus for when IRM is not in use. The following three settings are available: Standard, IRM Color Copy, and Always Effective. 5839 009 IRM 1394a Check Unique ID Determines whether an IRM check for IEEE 1394a is conducted for the Auto Node when IRM is not used. Enables the Node_Unique_Id setting for enumeration on the standard IEEE 1394 bus. Determines how successive initiator login requests are handled during login in for SBP-2. Enables or disables exclusive login for SBP-2. Sets the limit for the number of logins for SBP-2. Range: 1 to 62.
Installation
5839 010
5839 011 5839 012 5839 013
Logout Login Login MAX
1.17.6 IEEE1284
Unplug the main machine power cord before you do the following procedure. You can only install one of the following network interfaces at a time: (IEEE 802.11b (Wireless LAN), IEEE1284, IEEE1394, Bluetooth).
SM
1-65
B222/B224
Controller Options
1. 2. 3.
x 2).
Install the interface board (Knob-screw x 2) into I/F card slot A. Make sure that the machine can recognize the option (see Check All Connections at the end of this section).
1.17.7 IEEE 802.11B (WIRELESS LAN)

B222/B224
1-66
SM
manuals4you.com
Controller Options
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
x 2).
Install the wireless LAN board (Knob-screw x 2) into I/F card slot A. Install the wireless LAN card in the wireless LAN board. Make sure the card label faces to the front of the machine. Attach the cover to the wireless LAN card. Make sure that the machine can recognize the option (see Check All Connections at the end of this section).
You may have to move the machine if the reception is not clear. 1. 2. Make sure that the machine is not located near an appliance or any type of equipment that generates strong magnetic fields. Put the machine as close as possible to the access point.
UP Mode Settings for Wireless LAN

Enter the UP mode. Then do the procedure below to perform the initial interface settings for IEEE 802.11b. These settings take effect every time the machine is powered on. You cannot use the wireless LAN if you use Ethernet. 1. 2. Press the User Tools/Counter key. On the touch panel, press System Settings. The Network I/F (default: Ethernet) must be set for either Ethernet or wireless LAN.
SM
1-67
B222/B224
Controller Options 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Select Interface Settings Network (tab) Network I/F Setting
Press IEEE 802.11b. Only the wireless LAN options show. Communication Mode. Select either 802.11 Ad hoc, Ad hoc or Infrastructure. SSID Setting. Enter the SSID setting. (The setting is case sensitive.) Channel. You need this setting when Ad Hoc Mode is selected. Range: 1 to 14 (default: 11) The allowed range for the channel settings may vary for different countries.
8.
WEP (Encryption) Setting. The WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) setting is designed to protect wireless data transmission. The same WEP key is required on the receiving side in order to unlock encoded data. There are 64 bit and 128 bit WEP keys. WEP: Selects Active or Inactive. (Inactive is default.) Range of Allowed Settings: 64 bit 10 characters 128 bit26 characters
9.
Transmission Speed. Press the Next button to show more settings. Then select the transmission speed for the mode: Auto, 11 Mbps, 5.5 Mbps, 2 Mbps, 1 Mbps (default: Auto). This setting should match the distance between the closest machine or access point. This depends on which mode is selected. For the Ad Hoc Mode, this is the distance between the machine and the closest PC in the network. For the Infrastructure Mode, this is the distance between the machine and the closest access point. 11 Mbps: 140 m (153 yd.) 5.5 Mbps: 200 m (219 yd.) 2 Mbps: 270 m (295 yd.) 1 Mbps: 400 m (437 yd.)
10. Press Return to Default to initialize the wireless LAN settings. Press Yes to initialize the following settings: Transmission mode Channel Transmission Speed WEP
B222/B224
1-68
SM
manuals4you.com
Controller Options SSID WEP Key

Installation
SP Mode Settings for IEEE 802.11b Wireless LAN

The following SP commands and UP modes can be set for IEEE 802.11b SP No. 5840 006 Name Channel MAX Function Sets the maximum range of the channel settings for the country. Sets the minimum range of the channels settings allowed for your country. Used to select the WEP key (Default: 00). Function Used to confirm the current SSID setting.
5840 007 5840 011 UP mode
Channel MIN WEP Key Select Name SSID Used to confirm
WEP Key
the current WEP key setting. Used to show the maximum length
WEP Mode
of the string that can be used for the WEP Key entry.
1.17.8 BLUETOOTH
SM
1-69
B222/B224
Controller Options
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
x 2).
Install the Bluetooth board (Knob-screw x 2) into I/F card slot A. Insert the Bluetooth card into the Bluetooth card adaptor. Attach the antenna cap to the Bluetooth card. Install the Bluetooth card adaptor into Bluetooth board. Make sure that the machine can recognize the option (see Check All Connections at the end of this section).
1.17.9 COPY DATA SECURITY UNIT

Unplug the main machine power cord before you do the following procedure. If you install this option, you cannot use scanner or fax functions. When you store originals to the document server after installing this option, you can not select the 50 % or less reduction mode on the LCD panel.
B222/B224
1-70
SM
manuals4you.com
Controller Options
Installation
1.
Remove the rear cover [A] of the machine (
x 6).
2.
Controller box right cover [B] (
x 8)
3. 4.
Attach the ICIB-1 (copy data security board) to CN 508 [C] on the IPU ( Reassemble the machine.
x 2).
SM
1-71
B222/B224
Controller Options
User Tool Setting

1. 2. 3. 4. Plug in and turn on the main power switch. Go into the User Tools mode, and select System Settings > Administrator Tools > Copy Data Security Option > "On". Exit the User Tools. Check the operation. The machine will issue an SC165 error if the machine is powered on with the ICIB-1 removed and the "Data Security for Copying" feature set to "ON". When you remove this option from the machine, first set the setting to "OFF" with the user tool before removing this board. If you forget to do this, "Data Security for Copying" feature cannot appear in the user tool setting. And then SC165 will appear every time the machine is switched on, and the machine cannot be used. 5. Make sure that the machine can recognize the option (see Check All Connections at the end of this section).
1.17.10 DATA OVERWRITE SECURITY UNIT TYPE D (B735)

Before You Begin the Procedure
1. Make sure that the following settings are not at their factory default values: Supervisor login password Administrator login name Administrator login password If any of these settings is at a factory default value, tell the customer these settings must be changed before you do the installation procedure. 2. Make sure that Admin. Authentication is ON. [System Settings] [Administrator Tools] [Administrator Authentication Management] - [Admin. Authentication] If this setting is OFF, tell the customer this setting must be ON before you do the installation procedure. 3. Make sure that Administrator Tools is enabled (selected). [System Settings] [Administrator Tools] [Administrator Authentication Management] - [Available Settings] If this setting is disabled (not selected), tell the customer this setting must be enabled (selected) before you do the installation procedure.
B222/B224
1-72
SM
manuals4you.com
Controller Options
Seal Check and Removal
You must check the box seals to make sure that they were not removed after the items were sealed in the box at the factory before you do the installation. 1. Check the box seals [A] on each corner of the box. Make sure that a tape is attached to each corner. The surfaces of the tapes must be blank. If you see VOID on the tapes, do not install the components in the box. 2. 3. If the surfaces of the tapes do not show VOID, remove them from the corners of the box. You can see the VOID marks [B] when you remove each seal. In this condition, they cannot be attached to the box again.
Unplug the main machine power cord before you do the following procedure. You must install the data overwrite security unit in SD Card slot 2. However, the Postscript option and the PictBridge option are also installed in SD Card slot 2. You must do the SD Card Appli move procedure first if you have the postscript or PictBridge option installed and you want to install the data overwrite security unit. 1. 2. Turn off the main power switch if the machine is turned on. Disconnect the network cable if the NIB is installed.
SM
1-73
B222/B224
Installation
Controller Options
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Remove the slot cover [A] for SD cards ( slot 2 [B] until you hear a click.
x 1).
Turn the SD-card label face to the rear of the machine. Then push it slowly into Connect the network cable if the NIB option is installed. Turn on the main power switch. Go into the SP mode and push EXECUTE with SP5-878. Exit the SP mode and turn off the operation switch. Then turn off the main power switch. Turn on the machine power.
10. Do SP5990-005 (SP print mode Diagnostic Report). 11. Make sure the ROM number and firmware version in area [a] of the diagnostic report are the same as those in area [b]. [a]: ROM Number/Firmware Version [b]: Loading Program GW2a_zoffy Diagnostic Report: Data Overwrite Security Unit ROM No. / Firmware Version [a] HDD Format Option: B7355060 / 0.03 Loading Program [b] GW2a_zoffy: B7355060 / 0.03 HDD Format Option
The ROM number and firmware version number change when the firmware is upgraded. However, the important thing is to make sure the numbers in [a] are the same as the numbers in [b]. If the ROM numbers are not the same, or the version numbers are not the same, this means the unit was not installed correctly.
B222/B224
1-74
SM
manuals4you.com
Controller Options If this happens: Make sure of the unit type (must be Type D). If they do not match: 1) Replace the NV-RAM on the controller. 2) Replace the Data Overwrite Security Unit (SD card) with the correct type 3) Do the installation procedure in this procedure again, from Step 1. 12. Go into the User Tools mode, and select System Settings> Administrator Tools> Auto Erase Memory Setting> On. 13. Exit the User Tools mode.
14. Check the display and make sure that the overwrite erase icon [A] shows. 15. Make a Sample Copy. 16. Check the overwrite erase icon. The icon [A] changes to [B] when job data is stored in the HDD. The icon goes back to its usual shape [C] after this function has completed a data overwriting in the HDD.
SM
1-75
manuals4you.com
Controller Options
1.17.11 USB HOST INTERFACE

1. 2. 3.
Remove the slot cover [A] from I/F Card Slot B (
x 2).
Install the USB Host Interface (Knob-screw x 2) into I/F card slot B. Make sure that the machine can recognize the option (see Check All Connections at the end of this section).
1.17.12 PICTBRIDGE
Unplug the main machine power cord before you do the following procedure. You must install the PictBridge option in SD Card slot 2. However, the Postscript option and the data overwrite security unit option are also installed in SD Card slot 2. You must do the SD Card Appli move procedure first if you have the postscript or data overwrite security unit option installed and you want to install the PictBridge unit. You must install the USB Host Interface when using the PictBridge unit.
B222/B224
1-76
SM
manuals4you.com
Controller Options
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4.
Remove the slot cover [A] for SD cards ( slot 2 [B] until you hear a click. Attach the slot cover [A] ( x 1).
x 1).
Make sure that the machine can recognize the option (see Check All Connections at the end of this section).
1.17.13 BROWSER UNIT TYPE B

Unplug the main machine power cord before you do the following procedure. SD card slot 3 is basically used only for service maintenance. Do not leave an SD card in slot 3 after installing an application.
SM
1-77
B222/B224
Controller Options 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the slot cover [A] for SD cards ( slot 3 until you hear a click. Plug in and turn on the main power switch. Push the "User Tools" key. If an administrator setting is registered for the machine, step 5 and 6 are required. Otherwise, skip to the step 7 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Push the "Login/ Logout" key. Login with the administrator user name and password. Touch "Extended Feature Settings" twice on the LCD. Touch "Install" on the LCD. Touch "SD Card". x 1).
10. Touch the "Browser" line. 11. Under "Install to" touch "Machine HDD" and touch "Next". 12. When you see "Ready to Install", check the information on the screen to confirm your previous selection. 13. Touch "OK". You will see "Installing the extended feature... Please wait.", and then "Completed". 14. Touch "Exit" to go back to the setting screen. 15. Touch "Change Allocation". 16. Touch the "Browser" line. 17. Press one of the hard keys, which you want to use for the Browser Unit. In default, this function is assigned to the "Other Functions" key (bottom key of function keys). 18. Touch "OK". 19. Touch "Exit" twice to go back to the copy screen. 20. Turn off the main power switch. 21. Install the key for "Browser Unit" to the place, where you want. 22. Remove the SD card from slot 3. 23. Attach the slot cover [A] ( x 1). "SD Card Appli Move" in section of 24. Keep the SD card in the place (
"Installation") after you install the application program from the card to HDD. This is because: The SD card can be the only proof that the user is licensed to use the application program. - You may need to check the SD card and its data to solve a problem in the future.
B222/B224
1-78
SM
manuals4you.com
Controller Options
Update Procedure
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the slot cover [A] for SD cards ( slot 3 until you hear a click. Plug in and turn on the main power switch. Push the "User Tools" key. If an administrator setting is registered for the machine, step 5 and 6 are required. Otherwise, skip to the step 7 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Push the "Login/ Logout" key. Login with the administrator user name and password. Touch "Extended Feature Settings" twice on the LCD. Touch "Uninstall" on the LCD. Touch the "Browser" line x 1). Turn the SD-card label face to the rear of the machine. Then push it slowly into
10. Confirmation message appears on the LCD. 11. Touch "Yes" to proceed. 12. Reconfirmation message appears on the LCD. 13. Touch "Yes" to uninstall the browser unit. 14. You will see "Uninstalling the extended feature... Please wait.", and then "Completed". 15. Touch "Exit" to go back to the setting screen. 16. Exit "User/Tools" setting, and then turn off the main power switch. 17. Remove the SD card from the SD card slot 3. 18. Overwrite the updated program in the "sdk" folder of the browser unit application with PC. 19. Do the "Installation Procedure" to install the browser unit.
1.17.14 REMOTE COMMUNICATION GATE INSTALLATION

Component Check
No. 1 2 3 Description Remote Comm. Gate Interface Cover Screw Qty 1 1 3
SM
1-79
B222/B224
Installation
Controller Options
1. 2. 3.
Remove one cover bracket [A] from I/F Card Slot A (
x 2) x 2).
Install the modem board into the card slot for the device ( SP5-816-150 (To Select the country)
Check the following SP settings before starting the installation flow chart SP5-816-154 (To set the telephone number for outside connection) SP5-816-161 (To set the telephone number)
4.
Follow the Installation flow chart as shown below with SP mode.
B222/B224
1-80
SM
manuals4you.com
Controller Options
Installation SM 1-81 B222/B224
Controller Options
1.17.15 CHECK ALL CONNECTIONS

1. 2. Plug in the power cord. Then turn on the main switch. Enter the printer user mode. Then print the configuration page. User Tools > Printer Settings > List Test Print > Config. Page All installed options are shown in the System Reference column.
B222/B224
1-82
SM
manuals4you.com
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
manuals4you.com
Settings
2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
2.1 SETTINGS
2.1.1 BEFORE REMOVING THE OLD PM PARTS
1. 2. 3. Enter the SP mode. Output the SMC logging data with SP5-990-004. Set the following SPs to "1" before you turn the power off. Then, the machine will reset the PM counters automatically. In the case of developer, the developer initialization will also be done automatically. 4. Exit the SP mode.
Preventive Maintenance B222/B224
Item
SP Black: 3902-005
Developer
Yellow: 3902-006 Cyan: 3902-007 Magenta: 3902-008 Black: 3902-009
Drum Unit
Yellow: 3902-010 Cyan: 3902-011 Magenta: 3902-012
Fusing Unit Parts (not necessary for complete fusing units; see below) Image Transfer Belt Cleaning Unit Paper Transfer Unit Toner Collection Bottle (if not full or near-full)
3902-014
3902-015 3902-016
3902-017
For the following units, there is a new unit detection mechanism. It is not necessary to reset PM counters.
SM
2-1
Settings PCU Development unit Complete fusing unit Toner Collection Bottle (if full or near-full)
2.1.2 AFTER INSTALLING THE NEW PM PARTS

1. 2. 3. Turn on the main power switch. Output the SMC logging data with SP5-990-004 and check the counter values. Make sure that the PM counters for the replaced units are 0 with SP7-803. If the PM counter for a unit was not reset, then reset that counter with SP 7-804. 4. 5. Make sure that the exchange counter counts up with SP7-853. Make sure that the counters for the previous units (SP7-906) on the new SMC logging data list (from step 2 above) are equal to the counters (SP7-803) for these units on the previous SMC logging data list (the list that was output in the Before removing the old parts section). 6. Make sure that the unit replacement date is updated with SP7-950.
2.1.3 PREPARATION BEFORE OPERATION CHECK

1. 2. 3. Clean the exposure glasses (for DF and book scanning). Enter the user tools mode. Do the Automatic Color Calibration (ACC) for the copier mode & printer mode as follows: 1. 2. 3. Print the ACC test pattern (User Tools > Maintenance > ACC > Start). Put the printout on the exposure glass. Put 10 sheets of white paper on the test chart. This ensures the precise ACC adjustment. 4. 5. 4. 5. Close the ARDF or the platen cover. Press Start Scanning on the LCD. Then, the machine starts the ACC.
Exit the User Tools mode, and then enter the SP mode. Do the Forced line position adjustment as follows. 1. 2. 3. First do SP2-111-3 (Mode c). Then do SP2-111-1 (Mode a). To check if SP 2-111-1 was successful, watch the screen during the process. A message is displayed at the end. Also, you can check the result with SP 2-194-10 to -12.
B222/B224
2-2
SM
manuals4you.com
Settings 6. Exit the SP mode.
2.1.4 OPERATION CHECK

Check if the sample image has been copied normally.
SM
2-3
Maintenance Tables
2.2 MAINTENANCE TABLES

2.2.1 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE TABLES
Chart: A4 (LT)/5% Mode: 2 copies/original (prints/job) Environment: Normal temperature and humidity Yield may change depending on circumstances and print conditions. Symbol keys: C: Clean, R: Replace, L: Lubricant, I: Inspect
Mainframe
Item Scanner
80K
160K
240K
320K
EM
Remarks
Reflector
Optics cloth Optics cloth Dry cloth Dry cloth; alcohol Dry cloth; alcohol
1st/2nd/3rd mirrors
Front and Rear Rails
Exposure Glass
ADF Exposure Glass
Exposure Lamp APS Sensor PCU Dev. UnitK Drum Unit-K, C, M, Y Developer-K, C, M, Y R R R C
R Dry cloth
B222/B224
2-4
SM
manuals4you.com
Maintenance Tables Item Dev. Unit Entrance Mylar-K, C, M, Y Transfer Image transfer belt-cleaning unit Paper transfer roller unit Toner Collection Bottle ID Sensor Fusing Fusing unit Fusing Belt Pressure Roller -Bearing Fusing Roller -Bearing Heating Roller -Insulating Bushing Tension Roller -Bushing Lubricant Roller -Bearing-Front -Bearing-Rear Cleaning Roller R R/L R R/L R R R R R R R R R S552R S552R R R C Dry cloth 80K 160K 240K 320K EM Remarks
Vacuum
Preventive Maintenance
SM
2-5
B222/B224
Maintenance Tables Item Ferrite Roller Gear Idle Gear One-way Clutch Gear Thermopile Themistor (Fusing Roller) Themistor (Pressure Roller) 80K 160K R R R C Dry cloth Dry cloth*1 240K 320K EM Remarks
Dry cloth
Guide Plate (Entrance)
Dry cloth; alcohol Dry cloth; alcohol Dry cloth; alcohol
Guide Plate (Exit)
Stripper Plate
Paper Path Registration Roller Registration Sensor Vertical Transport Roller Vertical Transport Sensor Paper Feed Sensor Pick-up Roller Feed Roller Separation Roller C C C Damp cloth Dry cloth Damp cloth
Dry cloth
C C C C
Dry cloth Dry cloth Dry cloth Dry cloth
B222/B224
2-6
SM
manuals4you.com
Maintenance Tables Item Fusing Entrance Sensor Fusing Exit Sensor Paper Dust Container Duplex Unit Inverter Roller Transport Roller C C Dry cloth Dry cloth Blower brush 80K 160K 240K 320K EM Remarks
Dry cloth
C C
Dry cloth
Inverter Sensor
Duplex Exit Sensor Miscellaneous Dust Filter Ozone Filter R R
*1: Clean this thermistor only when it gets paper dust.
ARDF
Item Pick-up Roller Feed Belt Separation Roller Sensors
120K R R R
EM
Remarks Damp cloth; alcohol Damp cloth; alcohol Damp cloth; alcohol
Blower brush Damp cloth; alcohol (Replace if required.)
Platen Sheet Cover
SM
2-7
Maintenance Tables Item White Plate Drive Gear Transport Roller Exit Roller Inverter Roller Idle Rollers 120K EM C L C C C C Remarks Dry or damp cloth Grease G501 Damp cloth; alcohol Damp cloth; alcohol Damp cloth; alcohol Damp cloth; alcohol
Two-tray Paper Feed Unit
Item Relay Roller Bottom Plate Pad
EM C C Damp cloth Damp cloth
Remarks
LCT
Item Relay Roller Bottom Plate Pad
EM C C Damp cloth Damp cloth
Remarks
2000/3000-Sheet (Booklet) Finisher
Items Rollers Discharge Brush
EM C C Damp cloth Dry cloth
Remarks
B222/B224
2-8
SM
manuals4you.com
Maintenance Tables Sensors C Blower brush
2000/3000-Sheet (Booklet) Finisher Punch Kit

Preventive Maintenance
Items Punch Chads
EM C
Remarks Discard chads.
1000-Sheet Finisher
Items Rollers Discharge Brush Sensors
EM C C C Damp cloth Dry cloth Blower brush
Remarks
2.2.2 OTHERS IN MAINFRAME
Item Dev. UnitC, M, Y Image Transfer Belt Unit
320K R
360K
Remarks *1
*2
*1: The color development units are considered EM parts because the actual life time of the color development units depends on the usage of color ratio. *2: The image transfer belt unit is considered an EM part because its expected lifetime is relatively long.
SM
2-9
B222/B224
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT (rev. 02/02/07)
manuals4you.com
Beforehand
3. REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT

3.1 BEFOREHAND
Before installing options, please do the following: 1. 2. 3. If there is a fax unit in the machine, print out all messages stored in the memory, the lists of user-programmed items, and the system parameter list. If there are printer jobs in the machine, print out all jobs in the printer buffer. Turn off the main switch and disconnect the power cord, the telephone line, and the network cable.
Replacement Adjustment
SM
3-1
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Special Tools
3.2 SPECIAL TOOLS
Part Number B645 5010 B645 6705 B645 6820 VSSM9000 G021 9350 C401 9503 A257 9300 5203 9502 A092 9503 A006 9104 B679 5100 B132 9700 SD Card
Description
Qty 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
PCMCIA Card Adapter USB Reader/Writer Digital Multimeter FLUKE87 Loop-back Connector Parallel *NOTE 20X Magnification Scope Grease Barrierta S552R Silicone Grease G-501 C4 Color Test Chart (3 pcs/set) Scanner Positioning Pin (4 pcs/set) Plug - IEEE1284 Type C Lubricant Powder
The Loop-back ConnectorParallel requires the Plug-IEEE1284 Type C, and the optional IEEE1284 interface option must also be installed.
B222/B224
3-2
SM
Image Adjustment
3.3 IMAGE ADJUSTMENT

3.3.1 SCANNING
Check the printing registration/side-to-side adjustment and the blank margin adjustment before you do the following scanner adjustments. Use S-2-1 test chart to do the following adjustments.
Scanner sub-scan magnification
A: Sub-scan magnification 1. 2. Put the test chart on the exposure glass. Then make a copy from one of the feed stations. Check the magnification ratio. Adjust with SP4-008 if necessary. Standard: 1.0%.
Scanner leading edge and side-to-side registration
SM
3-3
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Image Adjustment A: Leading Edge Registration 1. 2. Put the test chart on the exposure glass. Then make a copy from one of the feed stations. Check the leading edge and side-to-side registration. Adjust the following SP modes if necessary. Standard: 0 2mm for the leading edge registration, 0 2.5mm for the side-to-side registration.
SP mode Leading Edge Registration Side-to-Side Registration SP4-010-001 SP4-011-001
3.3.2 ARDF
ARDF side-to-side, leading edge registration and trailing edge
A: Leading edge registration Use A3/DLT paper to make a temporary test chart as shown above. 1. 2. Put the temporary test chart on the ARDF. Then make a copy from one of the feed stations. Check the registration. Check the leading edge and side-to-side registration. Adjust the following SP modes if necessary. Standard: 4.2 2 mm for the leading edge registration, 2 1 mm for the side-to-side registration. Use the following SP modes to adjust if necessary.
B222/B224
3-4
SM
Image Adjustment SP Code SP6-006-001 SP6-006-003 SP6-006-005 SP6-006-006 SP6-006-007 What It Does Side-to-Side Registration Leading Edge Registration Buckle: Duplex Front Buckle: Duplex Rear Rear Edge Erase (Trailing Edge) Adjustment Range 3.0 mm 5.0 mm 3.0 mm 2.5 mm 10.0 mm
ARDF sub-scan magnification

1. 2. Put the temporary test chart on the ARDF. Then make a copy from one of the feed stations. Check the magnification ratio. Adjust with SP6-017-001 if necessary. Standard: 1.0% Reduction mode: 1.0% Enlargement mode: 1.0%
3.3.3 REGISTRATION
Image Area
A = C = 4.2mm (1.6"), B = 2.0mm Make sure that the registration is adjusted within the adjustment standard range as shown below.
SM
3-5
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Image Adjustment
Leading Edge
Adjusts the leading edge registration for each paper type and process line speed.
Side to Side
Adjusts the side-to-side registration for each paper feed station. Use SP mode (SP1-002) to adjust the side-to-side registration for the optional paper feed unit, LCT, and duplex unit.
Adjustment Standard
Leading edge (sub-scan direction): 4.2 2 mm Side to side (main-scan direction): 2 1 mm
Paper Registration Standard

The registration in both main- and sub-scan directions can change within the following tolerance. Sub-scan direction: 0 9 mm Main-scan direction: 0 4 mm
Adjustment Procedure
1. 2. Enter SP2-109-003. Print out the test pattern (14: 1-dot trimming pattern) with SP2-109-003. Registration can change slightly as shown on the previous page. Print some pages of the 1-dot trimming pattern for step 3 and 4. Then average the leading edge and side-to-side registration values, and adjust each SP mode. 3. Do the leading edge registration adjustment. 1. 2. 3. 4. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. Check the leading edge registration and adjust it with SP1-001. Select the adjustment conditions (paper type and process line speed). Input the value. Then press the key. Generate a trim pattern to check the leading edge adjustment. Check the side-to-side registration and adjust it with SP1-002. Select the adjustment conditions (paper feed station). Input the value. Then press the key. Generate a trim pattern to check the leading edge adjustment.
Do the side-to-side registration adjustment.
B222/B224
3-6
SM
Image Adjustment
3.3.4 ERASE MARGIN ADJUSTMENT

Adjust the erase margin C and D only if the registration (main scan and sub scan) cannot be adjusted within the standard values. Do the registration adjustment after adjusting the erase margin C and D, and then adjust the erase margin A and B.
1. 2. 3.
Enter SP2-109-003. Print out the test pattern (14: 1-dot trimming pattern) with SP2-109-003. Check the erase margin A and B. Adjust them with SP2-103-001 to -010 if necessary. Leading edge: 1.5 to 5.0 mm, Side-to-side: 0.5 to 4.0 mm, Trailing edge: 0.5 to 0.6 mm
3.3.5 COLOR REGISTRATION

Line Position Adjustment
The automatic line position adjustment usually is done for a specified condition to get the best color prints. Do the following if color registration shifts: Do Auto Color Registration as follows to do the forced line position adjustment. 1. 2. First do SP2-111-3. Then do SP2-111-1.
SM
3-7
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Image Adjustment To check if SP 2-111-1 was successful, watch the screen during the process. A message is displayed at the end. Also, you can check the result with SP 2-194-10 to -12. You should also do the line position adjustment at these times: After you transport or move the machine (you should do the forced line position adjustment if you install the machine at the user location.) if the machine is pre-installed at the workshop and moved to the user location, When you open the drum positioning plate When you remove or replace the motors, clutches, and/or gears related to the drum/development/transfer sections When you remove or replace the image transfer belt, image transfer belt unit or laser optical housing unit
3.3.6 PRINTER GAMMA CORRECTION

The ACC (Auto Color Calibration) is usually sufficient to adjust the color balance to get the best print output. You only need the printer gamma correction to fine-tune to meet user requirements. Use SP modes if you want to modify the printer gamma curve created with ACC. You can adjust the gamma data for the following: Highlight Middle Shadow areas IDmax. The adjustable range is from 0 to 30 (31 steps).
Copy Mode
- KCMY Color Balance Adjustment The adjustment uses only Offset values. Never change Option values (default value is 0).
Highlight (Low ID) Middle (Middle ID)
Levels 2 through 5 in the C4 chart 10-level scale Levels 3 through 7 in the C4 chart 10-level scale
B222/B224
3-8
SM
Image Adjustment Shadow (High ID) Levels 6 through 9 in the C4 chart 10-level scale Level 10 in the C4 chart 10-level scale (affects the entire image density.) The higher the number in the range associated with the low ID, middle ID, high ID, and ID max, the greater the density.
ID max
Offset
There are four adjustable modes (can be adjusted with SP4-918-009): Copy Letter mode Copy Letter (Single Color) mode Copy Photo (Single Color) mode
Replacement Adjustment 3-9 B222/B224
Copy Photo mode
- Adjustment Procedure 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Copy the C-4 chart in the mode that you want to adjust. Enter the SP mode. Select Copy SP. Select SP4-918-009. Adjust the offset values until the copy quality conforms to the standard ( the table below). 1. Never change Option value (default value is "0"). 2. Adjust the density in this order: ID Max, Middle, Shadow, Highlight.
SM
manuals4you.com
Image Adjustment
- Photo Mode, Full Color -
Item to Adjust
Level on the C-4 chart
Adjustment Standard Adjust the offset value so
ID max: (K, C, M, and Y)
that the density of level 10 matches that of level 10 on the C-4 chart. Adjust the offset value so
Middle (Middle ID) (K, C, M, and Y)
Shadow (High ID) (K, C, M, and Y)
that the density of level 8 matches that of level 8 on the C-4 chart. Adjust the offset value so that dirty background does
Highlight (Low ID) (K, C, M, and Y)
not show on the copy and the density of level 3 is slightly lighter than that of level 3 on the C-4 chart. Adjust the offset value so that the color balance of
K Highlight (Low 5 ID) (C,M, and Y) <on the full color copy>
black scale levels 3 through 5 in the copy is seen as gray (no C, M, or Y should be visible). If the black scale contains C, M, or Y, do steps 1 to 4 again.
B222/B224
3-10
SM
Image Adjustment
Photo Mode, Single Color Item to Adjust Level on the C-4 chart Adjustment Standard Adjust the offset value so matches that of level 10 on the C-4 chart. Adjust the offset value so 2 Middle (Middle ID) (K) that the density of level 6 matches that of level 6 on the C-4 chart. Adjust the offset value so 3 Shadow (High ID) (K) that the density of level 8 matches that of level 8 on the C-4 chart. Adjust the offset value so that dirty background does 4 Highlight (Low ID) (K) not show on the copy and the density of level 3 is slightly lighter than that of level 3 on the C-4 chart.
ID max: (K)
that the density of level 10
- Text (Letter) Mode, Full Color -
Item to Adjust
Level on the C-4 chart (K)
ID max: (K, C, M, and Y)
that the density of level 10 matches that of level 10 on the C-4 chart.
SM
3-11
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Image Adjustment Adjust the offset value so 2 Middle (Middle ID) (K, C, M, and Y) that the density of level 6 matches that of level 6 on the C-4 chart. Adjust the offset value so 3 Shadow (High ID) (K, C, M, and Y) that the density of level 8 matches that of level 8 on the C-4 chart. Adjust the offset value so that dirty background does 4 Highlight (Low ID) (K, C, M, and Y) not show on the copy and the density of level 3 is slightly lighter than that of level 3 on the C-4 chart.
- Text (Letter) Mode, Single Color -
Item to Adjust
Level on the C-4 chart (K)
ID max: (K)
Middle (Middle ID) (K)
Shadow (High ID) (K)
that the density of level 8 matches that of level 8 on the C-4 chart.
B222/B224
3-12
SM
Image Adjustment Adjust the offset value so that dirty background does 4 Highlight (Low ID) (K) not show on the copy and the density of level 3 is slightly lighter than that of level 3 on the C-4 chart.
shown above. At this time, check if the 5 line/mm pattern at each corner is printed clearly. If it is not, adjust the offset value of shadow again until it is.
Printer Mode
There are six adjustable modes (select these modes with printer SP1-102-001): 2400 x 600 photo mode 2400 x 600 text mode 1800 x 600 photo mode 1800 x 600 text mode 600 x 600 photo mode 600 x 600 text mode
K Highlight Shadow Middle IDmax SP1-104-1 SP1-104-2 SP1-104-3 SP1-104-4
C SP1-104-21 SP1-104-22 SP1-104-23 SP1-104-24
M SP1-104-41 SP1-104-42 SP1-104-43 SP1-104-44
Y SP1-104-61 SP1-104-62 SP1-104-63 SP1-104-64
- Adjustment Procedure 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Do ACC for the printer mode. (Refer to operating instructions Troubleshooting Manual;Chapter 6 Maintenance-Auto Color Calbration) Turn the main power off and on. Enter SP mode. Select Printer SP. Select SP1-102-001. Then select the necessary print mode to adjust. Choose SP1-103-1 to print out a tone control test sheet if you want to examine
SM
3-13
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Text parts of the test pattern cannot be printed clearly after you adjust shadow as
Image Adjustment the image quality for these settings. 7. Adjust the color density with SP1-104. Compare the tone control test sheet with the C4 test chart. Adjust the density in this order: ID Max, Shadow, Middle, Highlight. 8. Use SP1-105-001 to keep the adjusted settings.
als justmanu
B222/B224
.com
3-14 SM
Exterior Covers
3.4 EXTERIOR COVERS

3.4.1 FRONT DOOR
1.
Open the front door [A].
2.
Remove the two pins [B], and then remove the front cover.
SM
3-15
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Exterior Covers
3.4.2 LEFT COVER
1.
Left cover [A] ( x 6)
3.4.3 REAR COVER
1.
Rear cover [A] ( x 6)
B222/B224
3-16
SM
Exterior Covers
3.4.4 RIGHT REAR COVER
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Rear cover [A] (
x 6) x 2)
Open the right door [B]. Scanner right cover [C] ( Right top cover [D] ( Right rear cover [E] ( x 1) x 4)
3.4.5 OPERATION PANEL
SM
3-17
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Exterior Covers 1. 2. 3. Open the right door. Front right cover [A] ( x 1) x 6, x 1) Operation panel with the scanner front cover [B] (
The two screws [C] are shorter than the other screws installed in the inner two screw holes. Make sure that the two screws [C] are installed in the outer screw holes on the scanner front cover.
4.
Scanner front cover [D] (
x 2)
5.
Operation panel [E]
3.4.6 PAPER EXIT COVER

1. Front right cover ( 3.4.5 Operation Panel")
B222/B224
3-18
SM
Exterior Covers
2.
Paper exit cover [A] ( x 1)
3.4.7 INNER TRAY

1. 2. 3. Remove the image transfer belt unit. Paper exit cover ( Left cover ( 3.4.6 "Paper Exit Cover") 3.4.2 "Left Cover")
4. 5.
Toner cartridge cover [A] ( x 2) Inner tray [B].
SM
3-19
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Exterior Covers
3.4.8 DUST FILTER
1. 2.
Dust filter cover [A] Two dust filters [B]
3.4.9 OZONE FILTER

Ozone filters for scanner unit
1. 2.
Scanner right cover [A] ( x 2) Right top cover [B] ( x 1)
B222/B224
3-20
SM
Exterior Covers
3.
Ozone filters [C] in the right top cover.
Ozone filter for IH inverter
1.
IH inverter fan cover [A] (hook)
2. 3.
Filter [B] Ozone filter [C]
SM
3-21
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Scanner Unit
3.5 SCANNER UNIT

3.5.1 EXPOSURE GLASS
1. 2. 3. 4.
Glass cover [A] ( x 2) ARDF exposure glass [B] Rear scale [C] ( x 3) Exposure glass with left scale [D] Position the black marker [E] at the front-left corner when you reattach the ARDF exposure glass.
B222/B224
3-22
SM
Scanner Unit
3.5.2 ORIGINAL LENGTH/WIDTH SENSORS
1. 2. 3.
Exposure glass with left scale ( Original width sensors [A] ( Original length sensors [B] (
3.5.1 "Exposure Glass") x1) x1)
x 1, x 1,
The number of the original length sensors depends on the model; 3 for EU, 2 for others.
3.5.3 EXPOSURE LAMP

1. 2. Operation panel with scanner front cover ( Exposure glass ( 3.5.1 "Exposure Glass") 3.4.5 "Operation Panel")
3.
Move the 1st scanner carriage [A] to the cutout [B] in the front frame.
SM
3-23
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Scanner Unit
4. 5.
Scanner left stay [C] (
x 2) x 5)
Scanner front frame [D] (
6. 7.
Disconnect the connector [E] ( Remove the clamp [F] ( x 1)
x 1).
8.
Remove the pulley [G].
B222/B224
3-24
SM
Scanner Unit
9.
Release the cable clamp [H].
10. Hold down the snap [I], and then slide the exposure lamp [J] to the front side. 11. Exposure lamp [J]
SM
3-25
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Scanner Unit
3.5.4 SCANNER MOTOR
1. 2. 3. 4.
Rear cover (
3.4.2 "Rear Cover") x 2) x 1) x 3, x 2) x 8,
Scanner left cover [A] ( Scanner rear frame [C] (
Scanner top rear cover [B] (
5. 6.
Scanner motor bracket [D] ( Scanner motor [E] (
x 1)
x 2, spring x 1)
After replacing the scanner motor, do the image adjustments in the following section of the manual ( 3.3.1 "Scanning"").
B222/B224
3-26
SM
Scanner Unit
3.5.5 SENSOR BOARD UNIT (SBU)

1. Exposure glass ( 3.5.1 "Exposure Glass")
2. 3. 4. 5.
Scanner right cover [A] ( SBU cover bracket [B] ( Ground plate [C] ( x 4) Sensor board unit [D] (
x 2) x 4) x 4, x 3, x 1)
When reassembling
Adjust the following SP modes after you replace the sensor board unit: SP4008 (Sub Scan Mag): See "Image Adjustment: Scanning". SP4010 (Sub Mag Reg.): See "Image Adjustment: Scanning". SP4011 (Main Scan Reg): See "Image Adjustment: Scanning". SP4688 (DF: Density Adjustment): Use this to adjust the density level if the ID of outputs made in the DF and Platen mode is different.
3.5.6 EXPOSURE LAMP STABILIZER

1. 2. Rear cover ( 3.4.2. "Rear Cover") 3.5.4 "Scanner Motor") Scanner rear frame (
SM
3-27
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Scanner Unit
3.
Exposure lamp stabilizer [A] (
x 2,
x 2)
3.5.7 SIO (SCANNER IN/OUT) BOARD

1. 2. Rear cover ( 3.4.2 "Rear Cover") 3.5.4 "Scanner Motor") Scanner rear frame (
3.
SIO board with bracket [A] (
x 4, All
s)
3.5.8 SCANNER HP SENSOR

1. 2. 3. Rear cover ( 3.4.2 "Rear Cover") 3.5.4 "Scanner Motor") 3.5.1 "Exposure Glass") Scanner left cover and Scanner top rear cover ( Exposure glass (
B222/B224
3-28
SM
Scanner Unit
4.
Move the 1st scanner carriage [A] to the right side.
5. 6.
Remove the mylar [B] Remove the scanner HP sensor [C] ( x 1, x 1, two snaps)
3.5.9 PLATEN COVER SENSOR

1. 2. Rear cover ( 3.4.2 "Rear Cover") 3.4.5 "Scanner Motor") Scanner left cover and Scanner top rear cover (
3.
Platen cover sensor [A] (
x 1,
x 1)
SM
3-29
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Scanner Unit
3.5.10 FRONT SCANNER WIRE

1. 2. 3. Operation panel with the scanner front cover ( Front frame ( 3.5.1 "Exposure Lamp") 3.4.5 "Operation Panel")
To make reassembly easy, slide the first scanner to the right.
4. 5. 6.
Front scanner wire clamp [A] Front scanner wire bracket [B] ( x 1) Front scanner wire and scanner drive pulley [C] ( x 1)
Reassembling the Front Scanner Wire
1. 2. 3.
Position the center ball [A] in the middle of the forked holder. Pass the right end (with the ball) [B] through the square hole. Pass the left end (with the ring) [C] through the notch. Wind the right end counterclockwise (shown from the machines front) five times. Wind the left end clockwise twice.
B222/B224
3-30
SM
Scanner Unit
The two red marks [D] come together when you have done this. Stick the wire to the pulley with tape. This lets you easily handle the assembly at the time of installation.
4.
Install the drive pulley on the shaft [E]. Do not attach the pulley to the shaft with the screw at this time.
5.
Insert the left end into the slit [F]. The end should go via the rear track of the left pulley [G] and the rear track of the movable pulley [H].
6.
Hook the right end onto the front scanner wire bracket [I]. The end should go via the front track of the right pulley [J] and the front track of the movable pulley [K].
SM
3-31
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Scanner Unit
Do not attach the scanner wire bracket with the screw at this time.
7. 8.
Remove the tape from the drive pulley. Insert a scanner-positioning pin [L] through the 2nd carriage hole [M] and the left holes [N] in the front rail. Insert another scanner positioning pin [O] through the 1st carriage hole [P] and the right holes in the front rail [Q].
9.
Insert two more scanner positioning pins through the holes in the rear rail.
10. Screw the drive pulley to the shaft [R]. 11. Screw the scanner wire bracket to the front rail [S]. 12. Install the scanner wire clamp [T]. 13. Pull out the positioning pins. Make sure the 1st and 2nd carriages move smoothly after you remove the positioning pins. Do steps 8 through 13 again if they do not. After replacing the scanner wire, do the image adjustments in the following section of the manual ( 3.3.1. "Scanning").
3.5.11 REAR SCANNER WIRE

1. 2. 3. 4. Exposure glass ( Scanner motor ( IOB with bracket ( 3.5.1. "Exposure Glass") 3.5.4 "Scanner Motor") 3.5.4 "Scanner Motor") 3.14.4 "IOB (In/Out Board)") Scanner rear frame (
B222/B224
3-32
SM
Scanner Unit
5.
Rail frame [A]
6. 7. 8. 9.
To make reassembly easy, slide the first scanner to the center. Rear scanner wire clamp [B] Rear scanner wire bracket [C] ( x 1) Scanner motor gear [D] ( x 1)
10. Rear scanner wire and scanner drive pulley [E] ( x 1)
SM
3-33
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Scanner Unit
Reassembling the Rear Scanner Wire
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Position the center ball [B] in the middle of the forked holder. Pass the end with the ball [A] through the right square hole from the front. Position the center ball [B] in the middle of the notch, as shown by the arrow. Pass the ball end [A] through the drive pulley notch. Wind the end with the ring [C] clockwise (shown from the machines front) three times from ; wind the ball end [A] clockwise (shown from the machines front) five times. The two red marks [D] should meet when you have done this.
6. 7.
Stick the wire to the pulley with tape, so you can easily handle the pulley and wire during installation. Install the drive pulley on the shaft. Do not screw the pulley onto the shaft yet.
8.
Install the wire. The winding of the wire on the three pulleys at the rear of the scanner should be he same as the winding on the three pulleys at the front. This must show as a mirror image. Example: At the front of the machine, the side of the drive pulley with the three windings must face the front of the machine. At the rear of the machine, it must face the rear.
9.
Perform steps 8 through 13 in Reassembling the Front Scanner Wire. After replacing the scanner wire, do the image adjustments in the following section
B222/B224
3-34
SM
Scanner Unit of the manual ( 3.3.1 "Scanning"Image" in the "Image Adjustment").
3.5.12 TOUCH PANEL POSITION ADJUSTMENT

It is necessary to calibrate touch panel at the following times: When you replace the operation panel. When you replace the controller board. When the touch panel detection function does not operate correctly only. 1. Press menu. , press , press 5 times to open the Self-Diagnostics
Do not use items [2] to [9] on the Self-Diagnostic Menu. These items are for design use
2. 3.
On the touch screen press Touch Screen Adjust (or press ). Use a pointed (not sharp) tool to press the upper left mark .
4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Press the lower right mark when shows. Touch a few spots on the touch panel to make sure that the marker + shows exactly where the screen is touched. Press Cancel. Then start from Step 2 again if the + mark does not show where the screen is touched. Press [#] OK on the screen (or press ) when you are finished. Touch [#] Exit on the screen to close the Self-Diagnostic menu. Save the calibration settings.
SM
3-35
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Laser Optics
3.6 LASER OPTICS
Turn off the main switch and unplug the machine before beginning any of the procedures in this section. Laser beams can cause serious eye injury.
3.6.1 CAUTION DECAL LOCATION

Caution decals are placed as shown below.
Be sure to turn off the main switch and disconnect the power plug from the power outlet before beginning any disassembly or adjustment of the laser unit. This copier uses a class IIIb laser beam with a wavelength of 655 nm and an output of 7 mW. The laser can cause serious eye injury.
3.6.2 LASER OPTICS HOUSING UNIT

Before installing a new laser optics housing unit, remove the sponge padding and the tag from the new unit. A new laser optics housing unit has a bracket to protect the LD units. When you install the new unit, do not remove the bracket until near the end of the installation
B222/B224
3-36
SM
Laser Optics procedure (the correct time is stated in the manual). This bracket protects a capacitor on the unit. If the bracket is removed too early, you could break the capacitor on the corner of the main frame when you install the new unit.
Preparing the new laser optics housing unit
1.
Shutter [A] of the laser optics housing unit (
x 3)
2. 3. 4. 5.
Polygon motor cover [B] of the laser optics housing unit ( Sponge padding [C] Tag [D] Reinstall the polygon motor cover [B].
x 4)
Before removing the old laser optics housing unit

Do the following settings before removing the laser optics housing unit. These are adjustments for skew adjustment motors in the laser optics housing unit.
SM 3-37 B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Laser Optics 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Plug in and turn on the main power switch of the copier. Enter the SP mode. Execute SP9511-001 to clear the L2 lens positioning motor setting for Magenta. Execute SP9511-002 to clear the L2 lens positioning motor setting for Cyan. Execute SP9511-003 to clear the L2 lens positioning motor setting for Yellow. Exit the SP mode. Turn off the main power switch and disconnect the power cord of the copier.
Recovery procedure for no replacement preparation of laser optics housing unit

If you did not do the procedure in Before removing the old laser optics housing before removing the old laser optics housing unit, you must do the following. 1. 2. Turn off the main power switch and disconnect the power cord of the copier. Remove the left cover and harness cover bracket (see the following "Removing the old laser optics housing unit")
3. 4. 5. 6.
Disconnect the harness [A] of the skew correction motor. Do steps 1 to 7 of "Before removing the old laser optics housing unit". Connect the harness [A] and reinstall the harness bracket and left cover. Plug in and turn on the main power switch.
B222/B224
3-38
SM
Laser Optics
Removing the old laser optics housing unit
1.
Left cover [A] (
x 6)
2. 3.
Rear fan bracket [B] for the laser housing optics unit ( Front fan bracket [C] for the laser housing optics unit (
x 2, x 2,
x 1) x 1)
SM
3-39
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Laser Optics
4.
Remove the old laser optics housing unit [D] (
x 2, All
's,
x 3)
Installing a new Laser Optics Housing Unit

A new laser optics housing unit has a bracket to protect the LD units. When you install the new unit, do not remove the bracket until near the end of the installation procedure (the correct time is stated in the manual). This bracket protects a capacitor on the unit. If the bracket is removed too early, you could break the capacitor on the corner of the main frame when you install the new unit.
1. 2. 3.
Push the new laser optics housing unit [A] slowly into the copier until the bracket [B] bumps against the frame of the copier. Remove the bracket [B], and then push the new laser optics housing unit fully into the copier ( x 2, All 's, x 3). Reassemble the machine.
After installing the new laser optics housing unit

Do the following adjustment after installing the new laser optics housing unit. 1. Plug in and turn on the main power switch.
3-40 SM
B222/B224
Laser Optics
2.
Adjust the main scan magnification only for black (Bk). 1. Input the standard value [A] provided with a new laser optics housing unit for the main scan magnification adjustment with SP2-185-001. The value [A] is different for each laser optics housing unit. 2. 3. Print the test pattern (14: 1-dot trimming pattern in the SP2-109-003). Check that the left and right trim margin is within 4 1 mm. If not, change the standard value for the main scan magnification adjustment.
3.
Adjust the main scan registration only for black (Bk). 1. Input the registration value [B] provided with a new laser optics housing unit for the main scan registration adjustment with SP2101-001. The value [B] is different for each laser optics housing unit. 2. 3. Print the test pattern (14: 1-dot trimming pattern in the SP2-109-003). Check that the left trim margin is within 2 1 mm. If not, change the registration value for the main scan registration adjustment.
4. 5.
Select "0" with SP2-109-003 after printing the "1-dot trimming pattern. Do the line position adjustment. 1. 2. First do SP2-111-3. Then do SP2-111-1. To check if SP 2-111-1 was successful, watch the screen during the process. A message is displayed at the end. Also, you can check the result with SP 2-194-10 to -12.
6. 7.
Exit the SP mode. After you replace the housing unit, do the adjustments in the following section of the manual: Image Adjustment Registration.
SM
3-41
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Laser Optics
3.6.3 POLYGON MIRROR MOTOR AND DRIVE BOARD
1. 2.
Laser optics housing unit (
3.6.2 "Laser Optics Housing Unit") x 3)
Shutter [A] of the laser housing optics unit (
3. 4. 5. 6. 1. 2.
Polygon mirror motor cover [B] of the laser optics housing unit ( Polygon mirror motor holder [C] ( Polygon mirror motor [D] ( x 4, x 2) x 1) x 2, x 2)
x 4)
Polygon mirror motor drive board [E] (
After installing the polygon mirror motor: Do the "Forced Line Position Adj. Mode c" (SP2-111-3). Then do the "Forced Line Position Adj. Mode a" (SP2-111-1).
To check if SP 2-111-1 was successful, watch the screen during the process. A message is displayed at the end. Also, you can check the result with SP 2-194-10 to -12. After you replace the motor, do the adjustments in the following section of the manual: Image Adjustment Registration.
B222/B224
3-42
SM
Laser Optics
3.6.4 SHUTTER MOTOR

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. All PCUs ( Rear cover ( 3.7.1 "PCU") 3.8.1 "Image Transfer Belt Unit") 3.4.3 "Rear Cover") 3.4.4. "Right Rear Cover") 3.14.3 "Controller Box") Image transfer belt unit ( Right rear cover ( Controller box ( Third duct ( Left cover ( PSU bracket ( Gear unit (
3.7.5 "Third Duct Fan") 3.4.2 "Left Cover") 3.10.1 "Gear Unit") 3.10.8 "Image Transfer Belt Contact Motor") 3.10.2 "Registration Motor") 3.12.5 "Registration Sensor")
3.14.7 "PSU")
10. Image transfer belt contact motor ( 11. Registration motor ( 12. Duplex unit ( 3.13.1 "Duplex Unit")
13. Paper guide plate 1 and 2 ( 14. Front right cover (
3.4.5 "Operation Panel")
15. Pull out the tray 1 and 2, and image transfer belt unit. 16. Right front cover [A] ( x 2) 17. Front inner cover [B] ( x 2)
18. Remove the gear and bushing [C] from the rear frame ( x 1).
SM
3-43
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Laser Optics 19. Remove the bushing [D] from the front frame ( x 1).
20. Registration rollers [E] and [F]
21. Remove the paper dust case [G] and two screws (at the front and rear frame each).
22. Registration sensor bracket [H] ( x 1, 23. Paper feed unit (
x 2)
3.12.1 "Paper Feed Unit")
B222/B224
3-44
SM
Laser Optics
24. Shutter motor [I] ( x 3,
x 1, x 1)
SM
3-45
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Image Creation
3.7 IMAGE CREATION

3.7.1 PCU
Do not touch the OPC drum. Do not let metal objects touch the development sleeve. 1. Open the front door.
2. 3. 4.
Lever lock [A] (
x 1)
Turn the drum positioning plate lever [B] and the image transfer unit lock lever [C] counter-clockwise. Open the drum positioning plate [D].
5.
Pull out the PCU (hold the grip while you pull it out) [E].
B222/B224
3-46
SM
Image Creation
3.7.2 DRUM UNIT AND DEVELOPMENT UNIT

The new drum unit has a front cover and a front joint. When you attach the new drum unit to the development unit, remove a front cover and a front joint at first. And use them for reassembling the new drum unit and development unit. 1. If you install a new drum unit, set SP 3902-xxx to "1". Black: 3902-009 Yellow: 3902-010 Cyan: 3902-011
Magenta: 3902-012 If you do this, then the machine will reset the PM counter for the drum unit automatically, after you turn the power on again. 2. 3. Turn the machine power off. PCU ( 3.7.1 "PCU")
4.
Front cover [A] (
x 2)
SM
3-47
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Image Creation Do not touch the bearing [B] after removing the front cover. The bearing is properly applied with lubricant.
5.
Remove the bushing [C] of the development roller at the rear of the PCU (
x 1).
6.
Remove the front joint [D] (
x 1,
x 1).
The front joint [D] is firmly set. Remove it with a watchmakers or jewelers screwdriver.
B222/B224
3-48
SM
Image Creation 7. Drum unit [E] and Development Unit [F] When the development unit is removed from the drum unit, clean the entrance mylar [G] with a vacuum. 8. If you change the development unit, do the ACC procedure. Refer to Operating Instructions Troubleshooting Manual; Chapter 6 Maintenance Auto Color Calibration. When reassembling the PCU
Make sure that the harness [H] is hooked as shown.
Developer
1. Set SP 3902-xxx to "1". Black: 3902-005 Yellow: 3902-006 Cyan: 3902-007 Magenta: 3902-008 2. 3. Turn the machine power off. Development unit ( 3.7.2 "Drum Unit and Development Unit")
SM
3-49
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Image Creation
4.
Hopper cover [A] (hook x 3)
5. 6. 7.
Shake a bag of developer and pour it into the development hopper [B]. Reattach the hopper cover (hook x 3) Turn the machine power on. The machine initializes the developer and resets the PM counter for the developer. (For details of the developer initialization result, see "Developer Initialization Result" in the "Troubleshooting" chapter.
8.
Do the ACC procedure. (Refer to operating instructions Troublshooting Manual; Chapter 6 Maintenance Auto Color Calibration)
3.7.3 TONER COLLECTION BOTTLE

If you will install a new bottle, and the old bottle is not in a full or near-full condition, then set SP 3902-017 to 1. If you do this, then the machine will reset the PM counter for the bottle automatically, after you turn the power on again. If the bottle is in a full or near-full condition, it is not necessary to do this.
B222/B224
3-50
SM
Image Creation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Turn off the main power switch. Open the front door and remove the screw [A]. Close the front door. Pull out tray 1 [B]. Open the toner collection bottle door [C]. Pull out the toner collection bottle [D].
3.7.4 SECOND DUCT FAN

1. 2. 3. Rear cover ( 3.4.3. "Rear Cover") 3.4.4 "Right Rear Cover") 3.14.3 "Controller Box") Right rear cover (
Open the controller box (
4.
Second duct [A] (
x 2,
x 1,
x 1)
SM
3-51
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Image Creation
5.
Split the second duct (4 hooks).
6.
Second duct fan [B]
When reinstalling the second duct fan

Make sure that the second duct fan is installed with its decal facing to the front of the machine.
3.7.5 THIRD DUCT FAN

1. 2. 3. Rear cover ( 3.4.3 "Rear Cover") 3.4.4 "Right Rear Cover") 3.4.3 "Controller Box") Right rear cover ( Controller box (
B222/B224
3-52
SM
Image Creation 4. Third duct [A] ( x 2, x 1)
5.
Third duct fan [B] (7 hooks)
When reinstalling the third duct fan

Make sure that the third duct fan is installed with its decal facing to the upper side of the machine.
3.7.6 TONER PUMP UNIT

There are four pump units inside the machine. This procedure describes the replacement procedure only for one unit. If you need to replace another unit, do the same as this procedure. Put some sheets of paper on the floor before doing this procedure. Toner may fall on the floor.
1. 2.
Front door (
3.4.3"Rear Cover") 3.8.1"Image Transfer Belt Unit")
Image transfer belt unit (
SM
3-53
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Image Creation 3. 4. All PCUs ( 3.7.1"PCU")
Put a sheet of paper (A3/DLT) inside the machine as shown and on the floor. The sheet of paper on the floor is used in a later step.
5.
Release the harness [A] from the clamp ( and then disconnect the harness.
x 1 for YCM,
x 3 for K) and hook,
Avoid touching these spring terminals [B]. 6. Release the toner supply tube [C].
7.
Remove the toner pump unit [D] (
x 2)
B222/B224
3-54
SM
Image Creation
Make sure that a sheet of paper is attached to the frame of the rear side and covers the four gears. The picture on the left shows a sheet of paper that is correctly set, but the picture on the right shows a sheet of paper that is not correctly set. This sheet of paper prevents toner and screws from falling into the laser optics housing unit through cutouts.
8. 9.
Slowly remove the toner supply tube [E] from the toner pump unit by pulling the tube right and left. Turn up the openings of the toner pump unit and toner supply tube just after removing the tube. If not, the toner may scatter away and fall down.
SM
3-55
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Image Creation
10. Put the toner pump unit on the sheet of paper, which has been put in step 4, with its opening [F] up.
11. Keep the opening [G] of the toner supply tube up, and then clip the opening of the toner supply.
When you install the new toner pump unit

Before installing the new toner pump unit, mask the opening of the old toner pump unit with tape. Dispose of it following local rules.
B222/B224
3-56
SM
Image Creation
1. 2. 3.
Put a sheet of paper (A3/DLT) inside the machine. Turn up the opening of the toner supply tube, and then remove the object that was used to clip the opening of the toner supply tube. Insert the opening of the toner pump unit [A] into the opening of the toner supply tube [B] as far as possible.
4.
Connect the harness [C] to the connector of the machine. On the above picture, the magnified picture of the connector shows the easiest way to connect it.
5.
Clamp the harness [C] (
x 1 for YCM,
x 3 for K).
SM
3-57
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Image Creation Avoid touching these spring terminals [D].
6. 7.
Pass the harness of the toner pump unit behind the hook [E], while pressing at [F]. Secure the toner supply tube with the holder [G], lifting up the edge of the holder "very gently". Be careful when you lift the edge of the holder, because the holder is easily broken.
8.
Insert the toner pump unit [H] into the rear frame of the machine (
x 2).
B222/B224
3-58
SM
Image Creation
3.7.7 TONER END SENSOR
1. 2. 3.
Rear cover (
3.4.3 "Rear Cover") 3.4.3 "Controller Box"") x 1, 2 hooks each)
Open the controller box ( Toner end sensor [A] (
SM
3-59
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Image Transfer
3.8 IMAGE TRANSFER

3.8.1 IMAGE TRANSFER BELT UNIT
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Open the right door. Open the front door Open the drum positioning plate. ( 3.7.1"PCU"") Turn the image transfer belt unit lock lever [A] counterclockwise. Pull out the image transfer belt unit [B] halfway.
6.
Grasp the handles [C], and then pull out the image transfer belt unit fully.
3.8.2 IMAGE TRANSFER BELT CLEANING UNIT

1. If you will install a new belt cleaning unit, then set SP 3902-015 to 1.
B222/B224
3-60
SM
Image Transfer
If you do this, then the machine will reset the PM counter for the belt cleaning unit automatically, after you turn the power on again. Do not use SP3902-015 or 013 if you replace the complete ITB unit. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn off the main power switch. Open the right door. Open the front door Open the drum positioning plate. ( 3.7.1 "PCU"")
6. 7. 8.
Loosen the screw [A]. Turn the lock lever [B] clockwise Pull out the image transfer belt cleaning unit [C].
3.8.3 IMAGE TRANSFER BELT
SM
3-61
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Image Transfer 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Image transfer belt cleaning unit ( Image transfer belt unit ( the rear). Gear [B] (hook x 1) Turn the gear cover [C] clockwise (as seen from the rear) ( x 1). 3.8.2 "Image Transfer Belt Cleaning Unit")
3.7.1 "PCU")
Turn the image transfer unit contact lover [A] counterclockwise (as seen from
6.
Image transfer belt unit top cover [D] (
x 6).
7.
Three stays [E] (
x 6)
B222/B224
3-62
SM
Image Transfer
8.
Guide plate [F] (as seen from the right side of the machine) (
x 2)
9.
Remove the two screws and then rear hold bracket [G] (as seen from the rear).
10. Remove the two screws and then front hold bracket [H] (as seen from the front).
SM
3-63
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Image Transfer
11. Put the front side of the image transfer belt unit on a corner of the table or a box as shown.
12. Pull the tension roller [I] as shown.
13. Image transfer belt [J]
B222/B224
3-64
SM
Image Transfer
When reinstalling the image transfer belt

Clean all rollers with dry cloth before installing the image transfer belt.
There is a rim [A] at each edge of the transfer belt. The ends of all the rollers ([B] for example) in the transfer belt unit must be between the two rims. There are two rims (width [C]: about 5 mm) on the underside of the front and rear edges of the image transfer belt.
This belt must be installed the correct way around. When you reinstall the image transfer belt unit, install it with the painted number [D] on the belt at the rear side of the unit.
SM
3-65
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Image Transfer
Put "Lubricant Powder" (B132 9700) on the surface of the image transfer belt [A], while you turn the drive gear [B] at a constant speed, as shown. (The straight arrow in the picture shows belt movement direction.) Lubricant powder prevents the image transfer cleaning blade from turning up. Do not put the lubricant powder at the right side of the image transfer belt unit (the above picture is taken from the rear). Otherwise, lubricant powder may damage the encoder sensor.
justmanuals.c
B222/B224 3-66 SM
om
Paper Transfer
3.9 PAPER TRANSFER

3.9.1 PAPER TRANSFER ROLLER UNIT
If you will install a new paper transfer unit, then set SP 3902-016 to 1. If you do this, then the machine will reset the PM counter for the paper transfer unit automatically, after you turn the power on again.
1. 2. 3.
Open the right door. Release the two locks [A]. Paper transfer roller unit [B]
3.9.2 PAPER TRANSFER UNIT

If you will install a new paper transfer unit, then set SP3-902-016 to 1. If you do this, then the machine will reset the PM counter for the paper transfer unit automatically, after you turn the power on again. 1. Turn off the main power switch.
SM
3-67
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Paper Transfer
2. 3. 4.
Open the duplex door [A]. Right door cover [B] ( Open the right door. x 4)
5.
Right door inner cover [C] (
x 3)
B222/B224
3-68
SM
Paper Transfer
6. 7.
Pivot bracket [D] (
x 1) x 1, 2 springs)
Paper transfer unit [E] (
3.9.3 HIGH VOLTAGE SUPPLY BOARD - DISCHARGE PLATE

1. Open the right door.
2.
Release the front [A] and rear pivots of the paper transfer roller case.
SM
3-69
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Paper Transfer
3.
Paper transfer roller case [B]
4.
High voltage supply board [C] (
x 3,
x 1, ground cable x 1)
3.9.4 ID SENSOR BOARD

1. 2. 3. 4. K PCU ( 3.7.1"PCU") 3.11.1 "Fusing Unit") 3.8.1 "Image Transfer Belt Unit") Open the right door. Fusing unit ( Image transfer belt unit (
B222/B224
3-70
SM
Paper Transfer
5. 6.
ID sensor unit [A] ( ID sensor board [B] (
x 2, x 6)
x 2,
x 1)
Cleaning for ID sensors

ID sensors require a cleaning procedure every 320K. Do the following steps for ID sensor cleaning.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
K PCU (
3.7.1 "PCU") 3.11.1 "Fusing Unit") 3.8.1 "Image Transfer Belt Unit")
Fusing unit (
Slide the ID sensor shutter [A] to the left side. Clean the ID sensors keeping the ID sensor shutter to the left.
After installing a new ID sensor unit/board

Do the following adjustment after installing a new ID sensor unit/board. 1.
SM
Plug in and turn on the main power switch of the copier.

3-71 B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Paper Transfer 2. 3. Enter the SP mode. to the barcode sheet provided with the new ID sensor unit/board. For example, input "1.00" with SP3-362-013. 4. Exit the SP mode.
3.9.5 TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY SENSOR

1. 2. Rear cover ( 3.4.3 "Rear Cover") 3.4.4"Right Rear Cover") Right rear cover (
3.
Temperature and humidity sensor [A] (
x 1,
x 1)
B222/B224
3-72
SM
manuals4you.com
Input all correction coefficients [A] for the ID sensor with the SP modes referring
Drive Unit
3.10 DRIVE UNIT
The drawing above shows the drive unit layout.
1. Fusing/paper exit motor 2. Development clutches 3. Image transfer belt contact motor 4. Toner transport motor 5. Drum/Development drive motors 6. Paper feed clutch Tray 1
7. Paper feed clutch Tray 2 8. Paper feed motor 9. Registration motor 10. Paper transfer contact motor 11. ITB drive motor
There are some motors and clutches that are not shown in the above drawing:
Tray lift motor 1 and 2 Duplex inverter motor Duplex/By-pass Motor
Junction gate 1 motor Shutter motor By-pass clutch
SM
3-73
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Drive Unit
3.10.1 GEAR UNIT

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. All PCU's Image transfer belt unit Rear cover ( Third duct ( Left cover ( PSU bracket ( 3.4.3 "Rear Cover") 3.14.3 "Controller Box"") 3.7.5 "Third Duct Fan") 3.4.2 "Left Cover") 3.14.7 "PSU") Controller box (
8.
Remove the rear stay [A] (
x 3).
9.
Remove eight clamps (small arrows) and release one clamp (large arrow).
B222/B224
3-74
SM
Drive Unit
10. Release six clamps (circles) and turn each harness aside.
11. Disconnect four connectors (arrows).
12. Disconnect two connectors (small arrows) and put these harnesses inside the machine.
SM
3-75
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Drive Unit
13. Disconnect each connector (upper circles) from the drum/development drive motors ( x 1, 1, x 1 each). x 1 each). 14. Disconnect each connector (lower circles) from the development clutches ( x
15. Cover [B] ( x 2)
B222/B224
3-76
SM
Drive Unit
16. Disconnect eight connectors (circles and arrow) from the high voltage supply board ( x 8, x 2).
17. Release four clamps (circles) and turn the harnesses aside.
SM
3-77
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Drive Unit
18. Disconnect four connectors (circles) ( x 4). 19. Toner transport motor [C] ( x 3)
20. Pulley [D] (timing belt)
B222/B224
3-78
SM
Drive Unit
21. Gear unit [E] ( x 8)
When installing the drive unit
Make sure that the bushing [A] is fully set in the frame of the gear unit before installing the timing belt and pulley to the shaft [B].
Adjustment after replacing the gear unit

Do the following procedures after replacing the gear unit. 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn on the main power switch. Enter "Copy SP" in the SP mode. Do the "Drum Phase Adjustment" with SP1-902-001. Check the result of the drum phase adjustment with SP1-902-002. 0: Success, 1: Failure due to no sampling data, 2: Failure due to insufficient number of pattern detections
SM 3-79 B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Drive Unit When the result of this adjustment is "1" or "2": Check that all the PCUs are correctly set and that the image transfer belt unit is correctly set. Do the "Drum Phase Adjustment" again after checking the PCUs and image transfer belt unit. When the result is still "1" or "2" after checking the PCUs and image transfer belt unit: Check that the gear unit is installed correctly. 5. Exit the SP mode.
3.10.2 REGISTRATION MOTOR

1. 2. 3. 4. Rear cover ( 3.4.3 "Rear Cover") 3.4.4 "Right Rear Cover") 3.14.7 "PSU") x 5) Right rear cover ( Ventilation duct (
Turn the harnesses aside (
5. 6. 7.
Fusing power supply board fan bracket [A] ( x 2, x 1) Registration motor assembly [B] ( x 3, x 1) Registration motor [C] ( x 2, timing belt)
3.10.3 PAPER FEED MOTOR

1. 2. Rear cover ( 3.4.2 "Rear Cover") 3.4.4 "Right Rear Cover") Right rear cover (
B222/B224
3-80
SM
Drive Unit
3.
Disconnect two harnesses and release the three clamps (x 2,
x 3).
4.
Paper feed motor [A] ( x 1, x 2, timing belt)
3.10.4 DRUM/DEVELOPMENT MOTORS FOR M, C, AND Y

1. 2. 3. Rear cover ( PSU bracket ( 3.4.3 "Rear Cover") 3.14.7 "PSU")
Open the controller box.
SM
3-81
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Drive Unit
4.
Drum/Development motors (three motors, one each for MCY) [A] ( x 4, x 1 each)
3.10.5 DRUM/DEVELOPMENT MOTOR-K

1. 2. 3. Rear cover ( PSU bracket ( Controller box ( 3.4.3"Rear Cover") 3.14.7 "PSU") 3.14.3 "Controller Box")
4. 5.
Third duct [A] ( x 2, x 1) Drum/Development motor-K [B] ( x 4, x 1)
B222/B224
3-82
SM
Drive Unit
3.10.6 ITB DRIVE MOTOR

1. 2. Rear cover ( 3.4.3 "Rear Cover") 3.14.3 "Controller Box") Controller box (
3.
ITB drive motor [A] ( x 4, x 1)
3.10.7 FUSING/PAPER EXIT MOTOR

1. 2. Rear cover ( 3.4.3 "Rear Cover") 3.14.3 "Controller Box") Controller box (
3.
Fusing/paper exit motor [A] ( x 4, x 1,
x 1)
SM
3-83
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Drive Unit
3.10.8 IMAGE TRANSFER BELT CONTACT MOTOR

1. 2. Rear cover ( 3.4.3 "Rear Cover") 3.14.3 "Controller Box") Open the controller box. (
3.
Transfer belt contact motor [A] ( x 2, x 2,
x 1)
3.10.9 PAPER TRANSFER CONTACT MOTOR

3.
Release three clamps (circles) (
x 3).
B222/B224
3-84
SM
Drive Unit
4. 5.
Stay [A] ( x 2) Paper transfer contact motor [B] ( x 2, x 2)
3.10.10 DUPLEX INVERTER MOTOR

1. 2. Open the right door. Right door cover ( 3.12.7 "By-pass Bottom Tray")
3. 4. 5.
Duplex door [A] (2 hooks) Duplex guide plate [B] ( x 1, stepped screw x 1; front side, 2 hooks) Right door rear cover ( 3.12.7 "By-pass Bottom Tray"")
SM
3-85
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Drive Unit
6.
Duplex inverter motor bracket [C] ( x 3, x 1,
x 2, spring x 1)
7. 8.
Gear [D] ( x 1, belt x 1) Duplex inverter motor [E] ( x 4)
3.10.11 DUPLEX/BY-PASS MOTOR

1. 2. 3. Rear cover ( 3.4.3 "Rear Cover"") 3.4.4 "Right Rear Cover") 3.14.3 "Controller Box"). Right rear cover (
4.
Disconnect the connector [A] (
x 1)
B222/B224
3-86
SM
Drive Unit
5.
Duplex/by-pass motor bracket [B] ( x 3)
6.
Duplex/by-pass motor [C] ( x 4)
3.10.12 TONER TRANSPORT MOTOR

1. 2. Rear cover ( 3.4.3 "Rear Cover") 3.14.3 "Controller Box") Open the controller box (
SM
3-87
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Drive Unit
3.
Toner transport motor [A] (
x 3,
x 1)
3.10.13 TONER COLLECTION UNIT

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Remove all PCUs ( Rear cover ( Third duct ( Left cover ( PSU bracket ( 3.10.1 "Gear Unit"). 3.8.1 "Image Transfer Belt Unit"). Remove the image transfer belt unit ( 3.4.3 "Rear Cover"") 3.14.3 "Controller Box") 3.7.5 "Third Duct Fan") 3.4.2 "Left Cover") 3.14.7 "PSU") Controller box (
High voltage power supply board bracket
B222/B224
3-88
SM
Drive Unit
9.
Toner collection unit [A] ( x 6,
x 1)
3.10.14 PAPER FEED CLUTCHES

1. 2. Rear cover ( PSU bracket ( 3.4.3 "Rear Cover") 3.14.7 "PSU")
3.
Release five clamps, and then turn the harness [A] aside.
SM
3-89
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Drive Unit
4.
Paper feed clutch 1 bracket [B] ( x 2, x 1, x 1)
5.
Paper feed clutch 1 [C]
6.
Paper feed clutch 2 bracket [D] ( x 2, x 1, x 1)
B222/B224
3-90
SM
Drive Unit
7.
Paper feed clutch 2 [E]
3.10.15 DEVELOPMENT CLUTCH-Y

1. 2. 3. 4. Rear cover ( PSU bracket ( 3.4.3 "Rear Cover") 3.14.7 "PSU") 3.14.3 "Controller Box"). 3.10.4 and 3.10.5 Drum/Development Motor-K")
Open the controller box. (
Drum/development motor-Y (
5.
Disconnect the connector [A] ( x 1).
SM
3-91
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Drive Unit 6. Remove the pulley and bushing [B].
7. 8.
Turn the development clutch unit [C] counter-clockwise and then pull it out ( x 1). Development clutch-Y [D] ( x 1)
3.10.16 DEVELOPMENT CLUTCHES FOR M AND C

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Rear cover ( PSU bracket ( 3.4.3 "Rear Cover") 3.14.7 "PSU") 3.14.3 "Controller Box""). 3.10.4 "Drum/Development Motors for
Open the controller box. ( M, C, and Y"")
Drum/development motors for M and C (
Disconnect the connector for each development clutch ( x 1).
B222/B224
3-92
SM
Drive Unit 6. 7. Turn the development clutch unit [A] counter-clockwise and then pull it out ( x 1). Development clutches for M and C [B] ( x 1)
3.10.17 DEVELOPMENT CLUTCH-K

1. 2. 3. 4. Rear cover ( PSU bracket ( 3.4.3 "Rear Cover") 3.14.7 "PSU") 3.14.3 "Controller Box")
Replacement Adjustment B222/B224
Controller box. (
Drum/development motor-K (
3.10.5 "Drum/Development Motor-K")
5.
Turn the development clutch unit [A] counter-clockwise and then pull it out ( x 1).
6.
Development clutch-K [B] ( x 1)
SM
3-93
manuals4you.com
Fusing
3.11 FUSING
3.11.1 FUSING UNIT
Turn off the main switch and wait until the fusing unit cools down before beginning any of the procedures in this section. The fusing unit can cause serious burns. 1. If you install a lot of new parts in the fusing unit (at PM for example), then set SP 3902-014 to "1". If you do this, then the machine will reset the PM counter for the fusing unit automatically, after you turn the power on again. Do not do this if you replace the complete fusing unit. This is because the fusing unit has a new detection mechanism. 2. 3. Turn off the main power switch. Open the right door.
4.
Pull out the fusing unit [A].
3.11.2 FUSING LAMP

1. Fusing unit ( 3.11.1 "Fusing Unit")
B222/B224
3-94
SM
Fusing
2.
Fusing right cover [A] ( x 2; Stepped screws)
3.
Fusing upper cover [B] ( x 3; Stepped screws)
4. 5.
Connector cover [C] ( x 1) Remove the rear terminal of the fusing lamp ( x 1)
SM
3-95
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Fusing
6. 7. 8.
Fusing lamp front bracket [D] ( x 1) Remove the front terminal of the fusing lamp ( x 1) Fusing lamp [E]
3.11.3 PRESSURE ROLLER AND PRESSURE ROLLER BEARING

1. 2. Fusing unit ( 3.11.1"Fusing Unit) 3.1.2 "Fusing Lamp") Fusing right cover, fusing upper cover (
3. 4.
Fusing bottom cover [A] ( x 4) Fusing lamp ( 3.11.2)
B222/B224
3-96
SM
Fusing
5. 6. 7.
Gear holder bracket [B] ( x 2) Fusing lamp rear bracket [C] ( x 1) One-way clutch gear [D] ( x 1) and idle gear [E]
8.
Pressure adjustment bracket [F] at the front side ( x 3) Never remove the screw that is covered by the crossed-circle in the above photo.
SM
3-97
manuals4you.com
Fusing
9.
Upper frame [G] ( x 5, stepped screw x 4, stud screw x 1)
10. Pressure roller gear [H] (C-ring x 1) 11. Pressure roller bushing [I] at the rear side
B222/B224
3-98
SM
Fusing
12. Pressure roller bushing [J] at the front side 13. Pressure roller [K]
When re-installing the pressure roller
1.
Apply "Barrierta S552R" to the front shaft of the pressure roller at 2 mm from the notch [A], and to the rear shaft of the pressure roller at 2 mm from the edge [B]. (Apply the lubricant to half of the circumference of the pressure roller, as shown in the lower of the three above diagrams.)
SM
3-99
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Fusing
2.
Make sure that pressure roller bushing [C] at the front side is set as shown below.
3.
Make sure that the spring [D] is correctly hooked on the pressure lever [E] before installing the upper frame. (The picture above on the right side shows an example of how to do it wrong.)
4.
Follow the correct order when installing the upper frame.
1.
Secure the stepped screws [A] at the rear side first (at this time, do not fully tighten these screws).
B222/B224
3-100
SM
Fusing
2. 3. 4.
Secure the stepped screw [B] and stud screw [C] at the front side tightly. Secure the stepped screws [A] at the rear side tightly after securing the stepped screw [B] and stud screw [C] at the front side. Install the pressure adjustment bracket, and then secure the other screws.
3.11.4 FERRITE ROLLER GEAR

1. Fusing unit ( 3.11.1)
2.
Ferrite roller gear [A] ( x 1)
3.11.5 FUSING ROLLER BUSHING AND TENSION ROLLER BUSHING

1. 2. 3. Fusing unit ( 3.11.1"Fusing Unit") 3.11.1"Fusing Unit) 3.11.3"Pressure Roller and Presure Roller Bearing) Fusing right cover, fusing upper cover ( Pressure Roller (
SM
3-101
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Fusing
4. 5.
Fusing roller gear [A] (C-ring x 1) Fusing roller bushing [B] (C-ring x 1) at the rear side
6.
Fusing roller bushing [C] (C-ring x 1) at the front side
7.
Tension roller bushings [D] (spring x 1 each)
When re-installing the fusing roller bushing and tension roller bushing
Follow points 3 and 4 explained in "When re-installing the pressure roller" ( 3.11.3)
B222/B224
3-102
SM
Fusing
3.11.6 TENSION ROLLER

1. 2. 3. 4. Fusing unit ( 3.11.1"Fusing Unit) 3.11.1"Fusing Unit) 3.11.3"Pressure Roller and Pressure Roller Bearing) 3.11.5"Fusing Roller Bushing and Tension Roller Fusing right cover, fusing upper cover ( Pressure Roller ( Bushing) Tension roller bushings (
5.
Tension roller [D]
When re-installing the tension roller

Follow points 3 and 4 explained in "When re-installing the pressure roller" ( 3.11.3)
3.11.7 FUSING BELT, HEATING ROLLER, HEATING ROLLER BUSHING AND FUSING ROLLER
1. 2. 3. 4. Fusing unit ( 3.11.1") 3.11.2 "Fusing Lamp"") 3.11.3"Pressure Roller and Pressure Roller Bearing") 3.11.5 "Fusing Roller Bushing and Tension Roller Bushing" ") Fusing right cover, fusing upper cover ( Pressure Roller ( Tension roller (
SM
3-103
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Fusing 5. 6. 7. Discharge brush bracket [A] ( x 1) Fusing belt sensor actuator [B] ( x 1) Slide the holder rollers [C] to the front and rear sides ( x 1 each).
8.
Slide the heating roller bushings [D] ( x 1 each).
9.
Hold both edges of the heating roller [E] and lift it in the arrow direction.
10. Heating roller unit [F], fusing roller [G] and fusing belt [H]
B222/B224
3-104
SM
Fusing
11. Remove the ferrite roller actuator [I] ( x 1), while holding the shaft with the pliers. 12. Bushing holder [J], heating roller bushing [K], gear [L]
13. Gear [M] ( x 1), bushing holder [N] and heating roller bushing [O] 14. Heating roller [P]
When re-installing the fusing belt, heating roller, fusing roller and heating roller bushing
1.
Apply three spots of "Barrierta S552R" (the diameter of each spot must be about 3 mm in diameter, and approximately 0.1 g in weight) to the front shaft of the fusing roller at 2
SM
3-105
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Fusing - 3 mm from the notch [A]. 2. Apply three spots of "Barrierta S552R" (the diameter of each spot must be about 3 mm in diameter, and approximately 0.1 g in weight) to the rear shaft of the fusing roller at 2 - 3 mm from the edge [B] (rear side of the fusing roller). And: Follow the points 3 and 4 explained in "When re-installing the pressure roller" ( "Pressure Roller and Pressure Roller Bearing"") 3.11.3
3.11.8 LUBRICANT ROLLER BUSHING

1. 2. Fusing unit ( 3.11.1 "Fusing Unit") 3.11.2 "Fusing Lamp") Fusing right cover (
3.
Lubricant roller unit [A] ( x 2)
4.
Lubricant roller bushings [B] (spring x 1 each)
3.11.9 LUBRICANT ROLLER AND CLEANING ROLLER

1. 2. 3. Fusing unit ( 3.11.1 "Fusing Unit") 3.11.2 "Fusing Lamp") 3.11.8 "Lubricant Roller Bushing") Fusing right cover (
Lubricant roller bushings (
B222/B224
3-106
SM
Fusing
4.
Lubricant roller [A] and cleaning roller [B]
3.11.10 HEATING ROLLER THERMISTOR

1. 2. 3. Fusing unit ( 3.11.1 "Fusing Unit"") 3.11.2 "Fusing Lamp") 3.11.2 "Fusing Lamp") Fusing right cover (
Fusing bottom cover (
4.
Heating roller thermistor with bracket [A] ( x 1, x 1)
3.11.11 PRESSURE ROLLER THERMOSTAT

1. 2. 3. Fusing unit ( 3.11.1 "Fusing Unit") 3.11.2 "Fusing Lamp") 3.11.2 "Fusing Lamp") Fusing right cover (
SM
3-107
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Fusing
1.
Pressure roller thermostat [A] ( x 4)
3.11.12 PRESSURE ROLLER THERMISTOR

1. 2. 3. Fusing unit ( 3.11.1 "Fusing Unit") 3.11.2 "Fusing Lamp"") 3.11.2 "Fusing Lamp"") Fusing right cover (
4.
Pressure roller thermistor [A] ( x 1)
3.11.13 FUSING ROLLER ONE-WAY CLUTCH AND IDLE GEAR

1. 2. 3. 4. Fusing unit ( 3.11.1 "Fusing Unit") 3.11.2 "Fusing Lamp") 3.11.3 "Pressure Roller and Pressure Roller Bearing") 3.11.3 "Pressure Roller and Pressure Roller Bearing") Fusing upper cover ( Fusing bottom cover ( Gear holder bracket (
B222/B224
3-108
SM
Fusing
5. 6.
One-way clutch gear [A] (C-ring x 1) Idle gear [B]
When re-installing the idle gear
1.
Apply one spot of "Barrierta S552R" (the diameter of the spot must be about 3 mm in diameter, and approximately 0.1 g in weight) to the idle gear shaft [A].
3.11.14 FUSING FAN

1. 2. Rear cover ( 3.4.3Rear Cover") 3.4.4 "Right Rear Cover") Right rear cover (
SM
3-109
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Fusing
3.
Fusing duct [A] ( x 1, x 1)
4.
Fusing fan [B] (hook x 5)
When installing the fusing fan

Make sure that the fusing fan is installed with its decal facing the right side of the machine.
3.11.15 PAPER EXIT FAN

1. 2. Open the right door. Front right cover ( 3.4.5"Operation Panel")
3.
Paper exit fan [A] ( x 1, hook x 2)
B222/B224
3-110
SM
Fusing
When installing the paper exit fan

Make sure that the paper exit fan is installed with its decal facing the rear of the machine.
3.11.16 IH (INDUCTION HEATING) INVERTER FAN

3.
IH inverter fan bracket [A] ( x 2, x 1)
4.
IH inverter fan [B] ( x 2)
When installing the IH inverter fan

Make sure that the IH inverter fan is installed with its decal facing the upper side of the machine.
3.11.17 THERMOPILE
1. Remove the image transfer belt unit.
SM
3-111
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Fusing 2. 3. 4. Left cover ( Inner Tray ( 3.4.3 "Left Cover") 3.4.6 "Paper Exit Cover") 3.4.7 "Inner Tray")
Paper exit cover (
5.
Thermopile bracket [A] ( x 1, x 1)
3.11.18 FUSING BELT SENSOR AND FERRITE ROLLER HP SENSOR

1. 2. 3. Open the right door. Front right cover ( 3.4.5 "Operation Panel") Pull out tray 1 and 2, and the image transfer belt unit.
4. 5.
Right front cover [A] ( x 2) Front inner cover [B] ( x 2)
B222/B224
3-112
SM
Fusing
6. 7. 8. 9.
Fusing belt sensor bracket [C] ( x 1, Fusing belt sensor (1 hook)
x 1, x 1) x 1, x 1)
Ferrite roller HP sensor bracket [D] ( x 1, Ferrite roller HP sensor (1 hook)
3.11.19 IH COIL FAN

1. 2. 3. 4. Open the right door. Front right cover ( 3.4.5 "Operation Panel") 3.11.8 " Fusing Belt Sensor and Ferrite Pull out trays 1 and 2, and the image transfer belt unit. Right front cover and front inner cover ( Roller HP Sensor")
5. 6.
IH coil fan bracket [A] IH coil fan ( x 2)
SM
3-113
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Fusing
3.11.20 IH COIL UNIT

Do not push the thermostats on the IH coil unit. If you do, the thermostats will be opened. In that case, the IH coil unit must be replaced.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Fusing unit (
3.11.1 "Fusing Unit") 3.4.5 "Operation Panel") 3.8.1 "Image Transfer Belt Unit") 3.6.4 "Paper Exit Cover")
Front right cover ( Paper exit cover ( Inner Tray ( All PCUs ( Rear cover (
3.4.7 "Inner Tray") 3.7.1 "PCU") 3.4.3 "Rear Cover") 3.4.5 "Right Rear Cover") 3.14.3 "Controller Box").
Right rear cover (
10. Second duct ( 11. Fusing duct ( 12. IH inverter (
3.7.4 "Second Duct Fan") 3.11.4 " Fusing Fan") 3.14.11 " IH Inverter")
13. IH inverter bracket [A] ( x 3) 14. Remove the ground cable [B] ( x 1)
B222/B224
3-114
SM
Fusing
15. Pull the IH harness [C] in the arrow direction. 16. Remove the second duct screw (circle).
17. Pull the IH harness [D] in the arrow direction.
18. IH coil unit [E] (First release the rear side of the IH coil unit.)
SM
3-115
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Paper Feed
3.12 PAPER FEED

3.12.1 PAPER FEED UNIT
1. 2. 3. 4. Rear cover ( Duplex unit ( 3.4.3 "Rear Cover") 3.4.4 "Right Rear Cover") 3.13.1 "Duplex Unit") Right rear cover
Pull out tray 1 and tray 2.
5. 6.
Paper guide plate [A] (hook x 2) Paper feed unit [B] ( x 2, x 1)
3.12.2 PICK-UP, FEED AND SEPARATION ROLLERS

Tray 1 and Tray 2
1. Paper feed unit ( 3.12.1 "Paper Feed Unit")
2.
Roller holder [A] ( x 1)
B222/B224
3-116
SM
Paper Feed 3. 4. 5. Pick-up roller [B] Feed roller [C] Separation roller [D] and torque limiter [E] ( x 1)
3.12.3 TRAY LIFT MOTOR

1. 2. 3. Rear cover ( PSU bracket ( Bracket") 3.4.3 "Rear Cover") 3.14.7 "PSU") 3.14.10 " High Voltage Supply Board
High voltage supply board bracket (
4.
Tray lift motor 1 or 2 [A] ( x 2, x 3,
x 1 each)
3.12.4 VERTICAL TRANSPORT, PAPER OVERFLOW, PAPER END AND PAPER FEED SENSOR
1. 2. 3. Rear cover ( 3.4.3 "Rear Cover") 3.4.4"Right Rear Cover") 3.12.1 "Paper Feed Unit") Right rear cover ( Paper feed unit (
SM
3-117
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Paper Feed
4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Paper overflow sensor [A] Paper end feeler [B] and paper end sensor [C] (hook, Vertical transport sensor bracket [D] ( Vertical transport sensor [E] ( Paper feed sensor bracket [F] ( x 1) Paper feed sensor [G] ( x 1, hook) x 1, x 1) x 1, hook) x 1 each)
3.12.5 REGISTRATION SENSOR

1. 2. Rear cover ( 3.4.3 "Rear Cover") 3.4.4"Right Rear Cover") Right rear cover (
3. 4.
Paper guide plate 1 [A] and 2 [B] ( Registration sensor [C] (
x 2 each)
x 1, hook)
B222/B224
3-118
SM
manuals4you.com
Paper Feed
3.12.6 BY-PASS PAPER SIZE SENSOR SWITCH
1. 2. 3.
Open the by-pass tray [A]. Move the side fences to the center. By-pass tray cover [B] ( x 4)
4.
By-pass paper size sensor [C] ( x 1)
When reinstalling this switch

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Adjust the projection [E] of the left side fence bar (it must be centered). Install the by-pass paper size detection switch so that the hole [D] in this switch faces the projection [E] of the left side fence bar. Reassemble the copier. Plug in and turn on the main power switch. Check this switch operation with SP5803-071 (By-pass paper size < Input Check). - Display on the LCD -
SM
3-119
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Paper Feed
Paper Size A3 SEF B4 SEF A4 SEF B5 SEF
Display 00001110 00001100 00001101 00001001
Paper Size A5 SEF B6 SEF A6 SEF Smaller A6 SEF
Display 00001011 00000011 00000111 00001111
3.12.7 BY-PASS BOTTOM TRAY

1. 2. Open the right door. By-pass tray cover ( 3.12.6 "By-pass Paper Size Sensor Switch")
3. 4.
Open the duplex door [A]. Right door cover [B] ( x 4)
B222/B224
3-120
SM
Paper Feed
5.
Right door rear cover [C] ( x 3)
6.
Remove the screw at the front side ( x 1).
7.
Turn the harness [D] aside ( x 1).
x 1), and then remove the screw at the rear side (
SM
3-121
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Paper Feed
8.
Release the front [E] and rear [F] arms ( x 1 each).
9.
By-pass Bottom Tray [G]
3.12.8 BY-PASS PAPER END SENSOR

1. Right door cover ( 3.12.7 "By-pass Bottom Tray"")
2.
By-pass feed unit cover [A] ( x 2).
B222/B224
3-122
SM
Paper Feed 3. By-pass paper end sensor [B] ( x 1, hook)
3.12.9 BY-PASS PICK-UP, FEED AND SEPARATION ROLLER, TORQUE LIMITER

1. 2. Right door cover ( 3.12.7 "By-pass Bottom Tray") 3.12.8 "By-pass Paper End Sensor") By-pass feed unit cover (
3. 4. 5. 6.
By-pass pick-up roller [A] (hook) By-pass feed roller [B] ( x 1) By-pass separation roller [C] ( x 1) Torque limiter [D]
3.12.10 BY-PASS FEED CLUTCH

1. 2. Open the right door. Right door rear cover ( 3.12.7 "By-pass Bottom Tray")
SM
3-123
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Paper Feed
3. 4.
By-pass feed clutch holder [A] ( x 2) By-pass feed clutch [B] ( x 1, x 1)
3.12.11 PAPER EXIT UNIT

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Fusing Unit ( 3.11.1 "Fusing Unit") 3.4.5 "Operation Panel") 3.8.1") Front right cover ( Inner Tray ( Thermopile ( Rear cover ( Fusing duct (
3.4.7 "Inner Tray") 3.11.17 " Thermopile") 3.4.3 "Rear Cover") 3.4.4 "Right Rear Cover") 3.14.3 "Controller Box"). 3.11.14 " Fusing Fan"")
Right rear cover (
10. Gear cover [A] ( x 1 each)
B222/B224
3-124
SM
Paper Feed 11. Paper exit unit [B] ( x 4, x 2)
3.12.12 FUSING EXIT, PAPER OVERFLOW, JUNCTION PAPER JAM AND PAPER EXIT SENSOR
1. Paper exit unit ( 3.12.11 " Paper Exit Unit")
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Fusing exit sensor bracket [A] ( x 1, x 1) Fusing exit sensor [B] ( x 1) Paper overflow sensor [C] ( x 1, hook) Sensor bracket [D] (x 1) Junction paper jam sensor [E] ( x 1, hook) Paper exit sensor [F] ( x 1, hook)
SM
3-125
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Paper Feed
3.12.13 JUNCTION GATE 1 MOTOR

1. Paper exit unit ( 3.12.11 " Paper Exit Unit")
2. 3. 4.
Junction gate 1 motor bracket [A] ( x 2) Gear bracket [B] ( x 1, spring x 1) Junction gate 1 motor [C] ( x 2)
B222/B224
3-126
SM
Duplex Unit
3.13 DUPLEX UNIT

3.13.1 DUPLEX UNIT
1. 2.
Open the duplex door [A] and by-pass tray. Right door cover [B] ( x 4)
3. 4. 5.
Remove the spring [C]. Rear cover ( 3.4.3 "Rear Cover") 3.4.4 "Right Rear Cover") Right rear cover (
SM
3-127
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Duplex Unit
6. 7.
Wire [D] ( x 1) Duplex unit [E] ( x 1, Stud screw x 1, x 1, x 3, ground cable x 1)
3.13.2 DUPLEX DOOR SENSOR

1. 2. Right door cover ( Open the right door. 3.13.1 "Duplex Unit")
3.
Duplex door sensor [A] ( x 1, hook)
3.13.3 DUPLEX ENTRANCE SENSOR

1. 2. Right door cover ( Open the right door. 3.13.1 "Duplex Unit")
B222/B224
3-128
SM
Duplex Unit
3. 4. 5.
Duplex entrance guide [A] ( x1, stepped screw x 2) Duplex entrance sensor bracket [B] ( x 1, x 1) Duplex entrance sensor [C] (hook)
3.13.4 DUPLEX EXIT SENSOR

1. Paper transfer unit ( 3.9.2 "Paper Transfer Unit")
2. 3.
Guide plate [A] (two hooks) Duplex exit sensor [B] ( x 1, hook)
SM
3-129
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Electrical Components
3.14 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS

3.14.1 CONTROLLER UNIT
1.
Controller unit [A] ( x 5)
3.14.2 CONTROLLER BOX RIGHT COVER

1. Rear cover ( 3.4.3 "Rear Cover")
2.
Controller box right cover [A] ( x 8)
manuals4you
B222/B224 3-130 SM
.com
3.14.3 CONTROLLER BOX

When opening the controller box
2.
Remove six screws (circles).
3.
Open the controller box [A].
When removing the controller box

1. 2. 3. Rear cover ("Rear Cover") Right rear cover ("Right Rear Cover") Controller box right cover ( 3.14.2 "Controller Box Right Cover ")
SM
3-131
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
4. 5.
Remove the controller box stay [A] ( x 4) Take the IOB bracket [B] aside ( x 4, x 1).
6. 7. 8.
Disconnect the scanner interface cable [C] ( x 2, ground cable). Release all clamps on the controller box frame. Disconnect all connectors on the BCU, IPU and mother board.
9.
Disconnect three connectors [D] at the outer controller box and three connectors [E] at the inner controller box.
B222/B224
3-132
SM
10. Lift up the controller box [D], and then remove it.
3.14.4 IOB (IN/OUT BOARD)

1. 2. Rear cover ( 3.4.3 "Rear Cover") 3.14.2 "Controller Box Right Cover ") Controller box right cover (
3.
IOB [A] ( x 7, All s, flat cable x 1)
3.14.5 BCU
1. 2. 3. Rear cover ( 3.4.3 "Rear Cover") 3.14.2 "Controller Box Right Cover ") 3.14.3 "Controller Box") Controller box right cover ( Take the IOB bracket aside (
SM
3-133
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
4. 5.
BCU board [A] ( x 2, flat cable x 1, two stays) BCU bracket [B] ( x2)
When installing the new BCU

Remove the NVRAM from the old BCU. Then install it on the new BCU after you replace the BCU. Replace the NVRAM ( 3.14.16 " NVRAM Replacement Procedure"") if the NVRAM on the old BCU is defective. Make sure you print out the SMC reports (SP Mode Data and Logging Data) before you replace the NVRAM. Keep NVRAMs away from any objects that can cause static electricity. Static electricity can damage NVRAM data. Make sure the NVRAM is correctly installed on the BCU. Insert the NVRAM in the NVRAM slot with the "half-moon" [C] pointing to the downward side. Make sure that the DIP-switch settings on the old BCU are the same for the new BCU when. Do not change the DIP switches on the BCU in the field.
3.14.6 IPU
1. 2. 3. Rear cover ( 3.4.3 "Rear Cover") 3.14.2 "Controller Box Right Cover ") 3.14.3 "Controller Box") Controller box right cover ( Take the IOB bracket aside (
B222/B224
3-134
SM
4. 5.
BCU bracket [A] ( x 2) IPU board [B] ( x 6, all s)
3.14.7 PSU
PSU bracket
2. 3.
Ventilation duct [A] ( x 2) PSU bracket [B] ( x 6, all s, all s)
PSU board
1. 2. Rear cover ( 3.4.3 "Rear Cover") Ventilation duct (see "PSU bracket")
SM
3-135
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
3.
PSU board [A] ( x 11, all s, all
s)
3.14.8 ITB POWER SUPPLY BOARD

1. 2. Rear cover ( 3.4.3 "Rear Cover") 3.14.3 "Controller Box") Open the controller box (
3.
ITB power supply board [A] ( x 5, x 6)
3.14.9 HIGH VOLTAGE SUPPLY BOARD

B222/B224
3-136
SM
3.
High voltage supply board [A] ( x 8, All s,
x 2)
3.14.10 HIGH VOLTAGE SUPPLY BOARD BRACKET

3.
High voltage supply board bracket [A] ( x 3, All s,
x 2)
3.14.11 IH INVERTER
1. 2. 3. Rear cover ( Fusing duct ( 3.4.3 "Rear Cover") 3.4.4 "Right Rear Cover") 3.11.14 " Fusing Fan") Right rear cover (
SM
3-137
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
4.
IH inverter ( x 7, x 5)
3.14.12 CONTROLLER BOARD

1. 2. 3. Controller unit ( HDD fan bracket ( HDD unit ( 3.14.1 "Controller Unit") 3.14.14" HDD Fan")
3.14.15 " HDD")
4. 5.
Two HDD interface cables [B] and harness [C] Controller slot bracket [D] ( x 4)
B222/B224
3-138
SM
6. 7.
Interface rails [E], NV-RAM [F], RAM-DIMM(s) [G], SD card [H] Controller board [I]
When installing the new controller board

Remove the NVRAM from the old controller board. Then install it on the new controller board after you replace the controller board. Replace the NVRAM ( "p.3-143 " NVRAM Replacement Procedure"") if the NVRAM on the old controller board is defective. Make sure you print out the SMC reports (SP Mode Data and Logging Data) before you replace the NVRAM. Keep NVRAMs away from any objects that can cause static electricity. Static electricity can damage NVRAM data. Make sure the NVRAM is correctly installed on the controller board. Make sure that the DIP-switch settings on the old controller board are the same for the new controller board. Do not change the DIP switches on the controller board in the field.
3.14.13 MOTHER BOARD

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Controller unit ( Rear cover ( IOB bracket ( IPU ( 3.14.1 "Controller Unit") 3.14.2 Controller Box Right Cover ") 3.4.3 "Rear Cover") 3.14.3 "Controller Box")
Controller box right cover ( 3.14.6 "IPU")
SM
3-139
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
6. 7.
Controller box left cover [A] ( x 9; red arrow screws do not need to be removed, just loosen them.) Open the controller box ( 3.14.2 "Controller Box").
8.
Mother board bracket [B] ( x 7, all s)
9.
Mother board [C] ( x 6)
B222/B224
3-140
SM
3.14.14 HDD FAN

1. Controller unit ( 3.14.1 "Controller Unit")
2.
HDD fan bracket [A] ( x 2, x 1,
x 1)
3.
HDD fan [B] ( x 2)
3.14.15 HDD
1. 2. Controller unit ( HDD fan bracket ( 3.14.1 "Controller Unit") 3.14.14 " HDD Fan")
SM
3-141
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
3.
HDD unit [A] ( x 5, x 4)
When installing a new HDD unit

1. 2. 3. Turn the main power switch on. The disk is automatically formatted. Install the stamp data using "SP5853". Switch the machine off and on to enable the fixed stamps for use.
Disposal of HDD Units

Never remove an HDD unit from the work site without the consent of the client. If the customer has any concerns about the security of any information on the HDD, the HDD must remain with the customer for disposal or safe keeping. The HDD may contain proprietary or classified (Confidential, Secret) information. Specifically, the HDD contains document server documents and data stored in temporary files created automatically during copy job sorting and jam recovery. Such data is stored on the HDD in a special format so it cannot normally be read but can be recovered with illegal methods.
Reinstallation
Explain to the customer that the following information stored on the HDD is lost when the HDD is replaced: Document server documents Custom-made stamps Document server address book The address book and document server documents (if needed) must be input again. If you previously backed up the address book to an SD card with SP5846 051, you can use SP 5846 052 to copy the data from the SD card to the hard disk.
B222/B224
3-142
SM
Electrical Components If the customer is using the Data Overwrite Security feature, the DOS function must be set up again. For more, see Section 1 (Installation). If the customer is using the optional Browser Unit, this unit must be installed again. For more, see Section 1 (Installation).
3.14.16 NVRAM REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE

NVRAM on the BCU
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Make sure that you have the SMC report (factory settings). This report comes with the machine. Output the SMC data ( Turn the main switch off. Install an SD card into SD card slot 3. Then turn the main power on. Copy the NVRAM data to an SD card ( SP5-824-001) if possible. Turn off the main switch. Then unplug the power cord. Replace the NVRAM on the BCU and reassemble the machine. Plug in the power cord. Then turn the main switch on. Select a paper-size type ( SP5-131-001). SP5-990-001) if possible.
10. Specify the device number and destination code of the machine. Contact your supervisor for details on how to enter the device number and destination code. SC 999 or Fusing Unit Setting Error can be shown until the device number and destination code are correctly programmed. 11. Turn the main switch off and on. 12. Copy the data from the SD card to the NVRAM ( successfully copied them to the SD card. 13. Turn the main switch off. Then remove the SD card from SD card slot 3. 14. Turn the main switch on. 15. Specify the SP and UP mode settings. 16. Do the process control self-check. 17. Do ACC (Auto Color Calibration) for the copier application program. (Refer to instruction Troubleshhoting Manual; Chapter 6 Maintenance Auot Color Calbration) 18. Do ACC for the printer application program. SP5-825-001) if you have
SM
3-143
manuals4you.com
NVRAM on the Controller

If you change the NVRAM in the controller, and the Data Overwrite Security unit is installed, this Data Overwrite Security unit must be replaced with a new one. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Make sure that you have the SMC report (factory settings). This report comes with the machine. Output the SMC data ( Turn the main switch on. Copy the NVRAM data ( SP5-824-001) and the address book data in the HDD (SP5846-051) to an SD card if possible. An error message shows if local user information cannot be stored in an SD card because the capacity is not enough. You cannot do this procedure if the SD card is write-protected. 6. 7. 8. 9. Enter SP mode. Then print out the SMC reports ( SP5-990-001) if possible. Turn off the main switch. Then unplug the power cord. Replace the NVRAM on the controller. Then reassemble the machine. Check if the serial number shows on the operation panel. ( setting.) 10. Plug in the power cord. Then turn the main switch on. 11. Copy the data from the SD card to the NVRAM ( ( SP5-825-001) and HDD SP5-846-52) if you have successfully copied them to the SD card. The counter data in the user code information clears even if step 11 is done correctly. An error message shows if the download is incomplete. However, you can still use the part of the address book data that has already been downloaded in step 11. An error message shows when the download data does not exist in the SD card, or, if it is already deleted. You cannot do this procedure if the SD card is write-protected. 12. Go out of SP mode. Then turn the main switch off. Then remove the SD card from SD card slot 3. 13. Turn the main switch on. SP5-811-002). Input the serial number if it does not show. (Contact your supervisor about this SP5-990-001) if possible. Turn the main switch off. Then put a blank formatted SD card into SD card slot 3.
B222/B224
3-144
SM
Electrical Components 14. Specify the SP and UP mode settings. 15. Do ACC (Auto Color Calibration) for the copier application program. (Refer to Operating Instruction Troubleshooting Manual; Chapter 6 Maintenance Auto Color Calibration) 16. Do ACC for the printer application program.
SM
3-145
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
TROUBLESHOOTING
manuals4you.com
Process Control Error Conditions
4. TROUBLESHOOTING
4.1 PROCESS CONTROL ERROR CONDITIONS
4.1.1 DEVELOPER INITIALIZATION RESULT
SP-3-014-001 (Developer Initialization Result)
No.
Result
Description Developer
Possible Causes
Action
Successfully completed
initialization is successfully completed.
Troubleshooting
When done in SP mode, do the developer initialization Developer 2 Forced termination initialization was forcibly terminated. A cover was opened or the main switch was turned off during the initialization. again. Reinstall the engine main firmware if the result is the same. Turn the main switch off and on when done at unit replacement. Vt is more 6 Vt error than 0.7V when Vcnt is 4.3V. Vcnt is less than 4.7V 7 Vcnt error 1 when Vcnt is Vt target 0.2V. Vt is more than 0.7V 1. Make sure that the heat seal on the development unit is not removed. 1. 2. 3. Defective TD sensor Vt target settings are not correct. Toner density error
1.
Make sure that the heat seal on the development unit is not removed.
2.
Defective TD sensor
Vcnt error 2
SM
4-1
B222/B224
Process Control Error Conditions No. Result Description when Vcnt is 4.3V and Vcnt is less than 4.7V when Vcnt is Vt target 0.2V. 1. Vcnt is less than 4.7V. Make sure that the heat seal on the development unit is not removed 2. 3. 4. Defective TD sensor Vt target settings are not correct. Toner density error 2. Possible Causes Defective TD sensor Action
Vcnt error 3
The machine starts developer initialization after you set Enable in SP3-902-005, 006, 007, or 008. Developer initialization automatically resumes when you open and close the front door or turn the main switch off and on if an error other than Error 8 occurs.
4.1.2 PROCESS CONTROL SELF-CHECK RESULT

Displayed number shows results of each color sensor check. 00000000 = YYCCMMKK SP3-012-001 to -010 (Process Control Self-check Result)
No.
Result
Description
Possible Causes
Action Check the Vsg adjustment. See the "
Process control 11 Successfully self-check completed successfully completed. -
Vsg Adjustment Result" following this table.
41
Vt error
Vt maximum or
1.
Defective
Vt maximum error and
B222/B224
4-2
SM
manuals4you.com
Process Control Error Conditions No. Result Description minimum error is detected. Possible Causes development unit Action an image is faint: Replace the toner supply pump unit. Vt maximum error and an image is O.K: Replace the development unit. Replace the IOB board. Vt minimum error: Replace the development unit.
Troubleshooting
Replace the IOB board. Solid image is not sufficient density: Retry the process control. Replace the ID sensors. Replace the IOB ID sensor coefficient 53 (K5) detection error Not enough data can be sampled. board. Solid image is O.K. Replace the ID sensors. Replace the IOB board. ID sensor is dirty: Clean the ID sensors. Retry the process control.
SM
4-3
B222/B224
Process Control Error Conditions No. Result Description When the K5 is ID sensor coefficient 54 (K5) maximum/ minimum error more than the value of SP3-362-003 or less than the value of SP3-362-004, the error 54 is displayed. 1. ID sensor pattern density is too high. 2. Hardware defective. 1. ID sensor pattern density is too low. 2. Hardware defective. 1. ID sensor pattern density is too low. 2. Hardware defective. 1. ID sensor pattern density is too high. 2. 3. Background dirty Hardware defective Same as 53 Same as 53 Same as 53 2. 1. ID sensor pattern density is too high or low. ID sensor or shutter is defective. Same as 53 Possible Causes Action
Gamma 55 error: Maximum
Gamma is out of range. 5.0 < Gamma
Gamma 56 error: Minimum
Gamma is out of range. Gamma < 0.15
Same as 53 Replace the toner supply pump unit.
57
Vk error: Maximum
Vk is out of range. 150 < Vk
58
Vk error: Minimum
Vk is out of range. Vk < 150
B222/B224
4-4
SM
manuals4you.com
Sampling data error 59 during gamma correction Unexpected error
Not enough data can be sampled during the gamma correction. Process control fails.
1.
ID sensor pattern density is too high or low. Same as 53
2.
Hardware defective
99
1.
Power Failure
Check the power source.
Vsg Adjustment Result

SP3-325-001 to -010 (Vsg Adjustment Result)
No.
Result
Description Vsg adjustment is correctly done.
Possible Causes
Action
Troubleshooting
O.K
Clean the ID sensor. 1. Dirty ID sensor (toner, dust, or foreign material) ID sensor 2 adjustment error Vsg cannot be adjusted within 4.0 0.5V. 4. 5. 6. 2. 3. Dirty transfer belt Scratched image transfer belt Defective ID sensor Poor connection Defective IOB Check the belt cleaning. Clean or replace the transfer belt. Replace the image transfer belt. Replace the ID sensor. Check the connection. Replace the IOB board. ID sensor output 3 ID sensor output error is more than "Voffset Threshold" Replace the ID sensor. Check the connection.
1. 2. 3.
Defective ID sensor Poor connection Defective IOB
SM
4-5
B222/B224
Process Control Error Conditions No. Result Description (SP3-324-004) Possible Causes Action Replace the IOB board. Vsg 9 Adjustment error Vsg adjustment has not been completed. Other cases
Retry the SP3-321-010.
4.1.3 LINE POSITION ADJUSTMENT RESULT

SP2-194-010 to -012 (Line Position Adjustment Result: M, C, Y) This SP shows the number as a line position adjustment result on the LCD. It shows which color has an error (M, Y or C).
No. 0
Result Not done Completed successfully Cannot detect patterns Fewer lines on
Description Line position adjustment has not been done. Line position adjustment has correctly been done, ID sensors have not detected the patterns for line position adjustment. -
Note
See Note
the pattern than the target More lines on
The patterns, which ID sensors has detected, are not enough for line position adjustment.
See Note
the pattern than the target Out of the
Not used in this machine.
ID sensors has correctly detected the patterns for line position adjustment, but a shift of patterns is out of adjustable range. See Note
adjustment range
6-9
Not used
B222/B224
4-6
SM
manuals4you.com
For details, see the "Troubleshooting Guide - Line Position Adjustment" section.
SM
4-7
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
Scanner Test Mode
4.2 SCANNER TEST MODE

4.2.1 VPU TEST MODE
Output the VPU test pattern with SP4-907-001 to make sure the scanner VPU control operates correctly. The VPU test pattern prints out after you have set the SP mode settings and pressed the start key. The CCD on the SBU board may be defective if the copy is abnormal and the VPU test pattern is normal. The following can be the cause if the copy is normal and the VPU test pattern is abnormal: The harness may not be correctly connected between the SBU and the IPU. The IPU or SBU board may be defective.
4.2.2 IPU TEST MODE

You can check the IPU board with the SP mode menu, SP4-904-1. If no error is detected, the test ends. Then the completion code shows in the operation panel display. If an error is detected, the test is interrupted. Then an error code shows. The table below lists the completion and error codes.
SP4-904-1 Register Access

There are 16 bits switches in this SP. Each bit indicates each CPU as followings. The error result is displayed on the operation panel in decimal number. 0: Normal, 1: Error
Bit 0: TAURUS register Bit 1: ORION register Bit 2: LUPUS register
Bit 3 to 11: Not used Bit 12: Ri20 register Bit 13 to 15: Not used
SP4-904-2 Image Path

There are 16 bits switches in this SP. Each bit indicates each CPU path as followings. The error result is displayed on the operation panel in decimal number. 0: Normal, 1: Error
B222/B224
4-8
SM
manuals4you.com
Scanner Test Mode Bit 0: Image path from SBU to TAURUS Bit 1: Image path from TAURUS to ORION Bit 2: Image path from ORION to TAURUS Bit 3: Image path from TAURUS to LUPUS Bit 4 to 11: Not used Bit 12: Image path from LUPUS to Ri20 Bit 13: Image path from Ri20 to GAVD Bit 14 and 15: Not used
Errors may be caused by the following problems: 1. Short circuit on the signal lines When the IPU board is installed, a pin or two on the ASIC is damaged. Some conductive matter or object is trapped among the pins. Condensation 2. Destruction of circuit elements Over current or a defective element breaks the circuit. 3. Abnormal power supply
Troubleshooting B222/B224
The required voltage is not supplied to the devices. 4. Overheat/overcooling The environment is inappropriate for the board (the scanner unit). 5. Static electricity Static electricity of a high voltage occurs during the test. 6. Others The scanner and IPU are incorrectly connected. When you have completed a check, turn the main switch off and on before you do another check. When you have completed all necessary checks, turn the main switch off and on.
SM
4-9
Service Call Conditions
4.3 SERVICE CALL CONDITIONS

4.3.1 SUMMARY
The SC Table section shows the SC codes for controller errors and other errors. The latter (not controller errors) are put into four types. The type is determined by their reset procedures. The table shows the classification of the SC codes.
Key Controller errors
Definition The error has occurred in the controller. The error involves the fusing
Reset Procedure See Troubleshooting Procedure in the table.
CTL
unit. The machine operation is disabled. The user cannot reset the error. The error involves one or some
Turn the main switch off and on. Reset the SC (set SP5-810-1). Turn the main switch off and on.
specific units. The machine operates as usual, excluding the related units. The error is logged. The
Turn the operation switch off and on.
Other errors C
SC-code history is updated. The machine operates as usual. The machine operation is disabled. You can reset the machine by turning the
The SC will not show. Only the SC history is updated.
operation switch or main switch off and on. If the error occurs again, the same SC code is displayed.
Turn the operation switch or main power switch off and on.
After you turn the main power switch off, wait for one second or more before you turn the
B222/B224
4-10
SM
manuals4you.com
Service Call Conditions main power switch on ( SC 672). All SCs are logged. The print log data (SP5-990-004) in
SP mode can check the latest 10 SC codes detected and total counters when the SC code is detected.
If the problem concerns electrical circuit boards, first disconnect then reconnect the connectors before you replace the PCBs. If the problem concerns a motor lock, first check the mechanical load before you replace motors or sensors.
SC Code Classification
The table shows the classification of the SC codes:
Class 1
Section
SC Code 100 Scanner
Detailed section
Troubleshooting
1XX
Scanning 190 200 220 230 Unique for a specific model Polygon motor Synchronization control FGATE signal related LD control Unique for a specific model Shutter Charge Drum potential Development Unique for a specific model Image transfer Paper separation Cleaning
2XX
Laser exposure 240 280 290 300 330 -
3XX
Image development 1 350 380 -
4XX
Image development 2
400 420 430 -
SM
4-11
B222/B224
Service Call Conditions Class 1 Section SC Code 440 460 480 500 5XX Paper feed / Fusing 515 520 530 540 5XX Paper feed / Fusing 560 570 600 620 630 6XX Communication 640 650 670 680 700 7XX Peripherals 720 740 8XX Controller 800 820 Others Unique for a specific model Electrical counters Mechanical counters Account control CSS Network Internal data processing Unique for a specific model Original handling Two-tray finisher Booklet finisher Error after ready condition Diagnostics error Detailed section Around drum Unit Others Paper feed Duplex Paper transport Fan motor Fusing
B222/B224
4-12
SM
manuals4you.com
Service Call Conditions Class 1 Section SC Code 860 880 900 9XX Others 920 990 Hard disk Unique for a specific model Counter Memory Others Detailed section
SM
4-13
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
SC Table
4.4 SC TABLE
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Exposure lamp error -001: Shading at AGC -002: Shading at scanning The peak white level is less than 64/255 digits (8 bits) when scanning the shading plate. (The shading data peak does not reach the specified threshold) Exposure lamp defective Lamp stabilizer defective
101
Exposure lamp connector defective Standard white plate dirty Scanner mirror or scanner lens out of position or dirty SBU defective 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Check and clean the scanner mirror(s) and scanner lens. Check and clean the shading plate. Replace the exposure lamp. Replace the lamp stabilizer. Replace the scanner mirror(s) or scanner lens. Replace the SBU.
No. 120
Type D
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Scanner home position error 1 The scanner home position sensor does not detect the OFF condition during operation.
B222/B224
4-14
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table No. Type Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Scanner motor driver defective Scanner motor defective Harness between SIO board and scanner motor disconnected Scanner HP sensor defective Harness between SBU and HP sensor disconnected 1. Check the cable connection between the SIO board and scanner motor. 2. 3. 4. Check the cable connection between the SBU and HP sensor. Replace the scanner motor. Replace the HP sensor.
Scanner home position error 2 The scanner home position sensor does not detect the ON condition during operation. Scanner motor driver defective Scanner motor defective Harness between SIO board and scanner motor disconnected 121 D Scanner HP sensor defective Harness between SBU and HP sensor disconnected
1.
Check the cable connection between the SIO board and scanner motor.
2. 3. 4.
Check the cable connection between the SBU and HP sensor. Replace the scanner motor. Replace the HP sensor.
SM
4-15
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures)
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Black level detection error The black level cannot be adjusted within the target value during the
141
zero clamp. Defective SBU Replace the SBU.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) White level detection error The white level cannot be adjusted within the target during auto gain control. Dirty exposure glass or optics section SBU board defective
142
Exposure lamp defective Lamp stabilizer defective 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Clean the exposure glass, white plate, mirrors, and lens. Check if the exposure lamp is lit during initialization. Check the harness connection between SBU and IPU. Replace the exposure lamp. Replace the SBU board.
No. 144 -001
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) SBU communication error
SBU connection error The SBU connection cannot be detected at power on or recovery from the energy save mode.
Insufficient power supply for SBU
B222/B224
4-16
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table No. Type Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Defective SBU Defective harness Defective detection port on the BCU 1. 2. 3. Replace the harness. Replace the SBU. Replace the BCU.
SBU serial communication error The power ON of the SBU is not detected. Defective SIO -002 D Defective harness
Defective detection port on the BCU 1. 2. 3. Replace the harness. Replace the SIO. Replace the BCU.
GASBU reset error The serial communication does not work. Defective SBU -003 D Defective detection circuit on the BCU Defective harness 1. 2. 3. Replace the SBU. Replace the BCU. Replace the harness.
No. 161
Type D
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) IPU error The error result of self-diagnostic by the Taurus (ASIC on the IPU) is detected.
SM
4-17
SC Table No. Type Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Defective IPU Defective connection between IPU and SBU 1. 2. Check the connection between IPU and SBU. Replace the IPU.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Copy Data Security Unit error The copy data security board is not detected when the copy data security function is set "ON" with the initial setting. A device check error occurs when the copy data security function is
165
set "ON" with the initial setting. Incorrect installation of the copy data security board Defective copy data security board 1. 2. Reinstall the copy data security board. Replace the copy data security board.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Serial Number Mismatch Serial number stored in the memory does not have the correct code.
195
NVRAM defective BCU replaced without original NVRAM 1. 2. Check the serial number with SP5-811-002. If the stored serial number is incorrect, contact your supervisor.
B222/B224
4-18
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table No. Type Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Polygon motor error 1: ON timeout The polygon mirror motor does not reach the targeted operating speed within the specified time after turning on or changing speed Defective or disconnected harness to polygon motor driver board 202 D Defective polygon motor driver board Defective polygon motor. 1. 2. 3. 4. Replace the polygon motor. Replace the laser optics housing unit. Replace the harness. Replace the IPU.
Troubleshooting
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Polygon motor error 2: OFF timeout The polygon mirror motor does leave the READY status within 3 seconds after the polygon motor switches off.
203
Disconnected or defective harness to polygon motor driver board Defective polygon motor driver board Defective polygon motor 1. 2. Check or replace the harness. Replace the polygon motor.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Polygon motor error 3: XSCRDY signal error
204
The SCRDY_N signal goes HIGH (inactive) while the laser diode is firing.
SM
4-19
B222/B224
SC Table
Disconnected or defective harness to polygon motor driver board Defective polygon motor Defective polygon motor driver board 1. 2. Check or replace the harness. Replace the polygon motor.
No. 210 211 212 213
Type C C C C
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Laser synchronizing detection error: end position [K] Laser synchronizing detection error: end position [Y] Laser synchronizing detection error: end position [M] Laser synchronizing detection error: end position [C] The laser synchronizing detection signal for the end position of LDB [K], [Y], [M], [C] is not detected for one second after the LDB unit turned on when detecting the main scan magnification. Disconnected or defective harness to synchronizing detector for end position
Defective synchronizing detector board Defective LD board or driver Defective IPU 1. 2. 3. Replace the harness of the LD board. Replace the laser optics housing unit. Replace the IPU.
No. 220 221 222
Type D D D
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Laser synchronizing detection error: start position [K]: LD0 Laser synchronizing detection error: start position [K]: LD1 Laser synchronizing detection error: start position [Y]: LD0
B222/B224
4-20
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table No. 223 224 225 226 Type D D D D Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Laser synchronizing detection error: start position [Y]: LD1 Laser synchronizing detection error: start position [M]: LD0 Laser synchronizing detection error: start position [M]: LD1 Laser synchronizing detection error: start position [C]: LD0 Laser synchronizing detection error: start position [C]: LD1
227
The laser synchronizing detection signal for the start position of the LDB [K], [Y], [M], [C] is not output for two seconds after LDB unit turns on while the polygon motor is rotating normally.
Troubleshooting
Disconnected cable from the laser synchronizing detection unit or defective connection Defective laser synchronizing detector Defective LDB Defective IPU 1. 2. 3. 4. Check the connectors. Replace the laser-synchronizing detector. Replace the LDB. Replace the IPU.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) FGATE ON error: Bk
230
The PFGATE ON signal does not assert within 5 seconds after processing the image in normal job or MUSIC for start position [K]. Defective ASIC (Lupus) Poor connection between controller and IPU. Defective IPU
SM
4-21
B222/B224
SC Table No. Type 1. 2. 3. Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Check the connection between the controller board and the IPU. Replace the IPU. Replace the controller board.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) FGATE OFF error: Bk The PFGATE ON signal still asserts within 5 seconds after
231
processing the image in normal job or MUSIC for end position [K]. The PFGATE ON signal still asserts when the next job starts. See SC 230 for troubleshooting details.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) FGATE ON error: Y
232
The PFGATE ON signal does not assert within 5 seconds after processing the image in normal job or MUSIC for start position [Y]. See SC 230 for troubleshooting details.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) FGATE OFF error: Y The PFGATE ON signal still asserts within 5 seconds after
233
processing the image in normal job or MUSIC for end position [Y]. The PFGATE ON signal still asserts when the next job starts. See SC 230 for troubleshooting details.
B222/B224
4-22
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table No. Type Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) FGATE ON error: M 234 D The PFGATE ON signal does not assert within 5 seconds after processing the image in normal job or MUSIC for start position [M]. See SC 230 for troubleshooting details.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) FGATE OFF error: M The PFGATE ON signal still asserts within 5 seconds after
235
processing the image in normal job or MUSIC for end position [M]. The PFGATE ON signal still asserts when the next job starts. See SC 230 for troubleshooting details.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) FGATE ON error: C
236
The PFGATE ON signal does not assert within 5 seconds after processing the image in normal job or MUSIC for start position [C]. See SC 230 for troubleshooting details.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) FGATE OFF error: C The PFGATE ON signal still asserts within 5 seconds after
237
processing the image in normal job or MUSIC for end position [C]. The PFGATE ON signal still asserts when the next job starts. See SC 230 for troubleshooting details.
SM
4-23
SC Table No. 240 241 242 243 Type C C C C Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) LD error: Bk LD error: Y LD error: M LD error: C The IPU detects LDB error a few times consecutively when LDB unit turns on after LDB initialization. Worn-out LD 1. 2. 3. Disconnected or broken harness of the LD Replace the harness of the LD. Replace the laser optics housing unit. Replace the IPU.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Line position adjustment (MUSIC) error Line position adjustment fails four consecutive times. Pattern sampling error ( insufficient image density ) Defective ID sensors for the line position adjustment Defective image transfer belt unit Defective PCU(s)
285
D 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Defective laser optics housing unit Check and reinstall the image transfer belt unit and PCUs. Check if each toner bottle has enough toner. Replace the ID sensor. Replace the image transfer belt unit. Replace the PCU(s). Replace the laser optics housing unit.
B222/B224
4-24
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table No. Type Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Shutter sensor time over error: Close The shutter close sensor does not detect "ON" for 2000 msec after the shutter motor turns on. Defective shutter close sensor Disconnected or broken harness Defective shutter motor Defective shutter 290 D Shutter motor overload Defective IOB
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Check or replace the harness. Replace the shutter on the laser optics housing unit. Replace the shutter motor. Replace the shutter close sensor. Replace the IOB.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Shutter overrun error 1: Close The shutter close sensor loses the "ON" signal after the shutter was closed.
291
C Defective motor Change of load to shutter motor Replace the shutter on the laser optics housing unit.
SM
4-25
SC Table No. Type Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Shutter overrun error 2: Close The shutter close sensor detects "ON" after SC 291 has occurred. 292 D Defective motor Change of load to shutter motor Replace the shutter on the laser optics housing unit.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Shutter sensor time over error: Open The shutter open sensor does not detect "ON" for 2000 msec after the shutter motor turns on. Defective shutter close sensor Disconnected or broken harness Defective shutter motor
293
Defective shutter Shutter motor overload Defective IOB 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Check or replace the harness. Replace the shutter on the laser optics housing unit. Replace the shutter motor. Replace the shutter close sensor. Replace the IOB.
B222/B224
4-26
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table No. Type Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Shutter overrun error 1: Open The shutter open sensor loses the "ON" signal after the shutter was closed. 294 C Defective motor Change of load to shutter motor 1. Replace the shutter on the laser optics housing unit.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Shutter overrun error 2: Open
Troubleshooting
The shutter open sensor detects "ON" after SC 291 has occurred. 295 D Defective motor Change of load to shutter motor 1. Replace the shutter on the laser optics housing unit.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Shutter open/close sensor error Both shutter open sensor and close sensor detect "ON" at the same
296
time. Broken harness(es) of the shutter open/close sensors Replace the shutter on the laser optics housing unit.
No. 300 301 302
Type D D D
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) AC charge output error [K] AC charge output error [M] AC charge output error [C]
SM
4-27
B222/B224
SC Table No. 303 Type D Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) AC charge output error [Y] The measured voltage is not proper when IOB measures the charge output for each color. Disconnected or broken high voltage cable Defective or not installed PCU Defective high voltage power supply 1. 2. 3. Check or replace the connectors. Replace the PCU for the affected colour. Replace the high voltage power supply.
No. 360 361 362 363
Type D D D D
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) TD sensor (Vt high) error 1: K TD sensor (Vt high) error 1: M TD sensor (Vt high) error 1: C TD sensor (Vt high) error 1: Y The Vt value of the black, magenta, cyan, or yellow TD sensor exceeds the specified value (default: 4.7V) with SP3020-002 for twenty counts. The [Vt - Vtref] value of the black, magenta, cyan, or yellow TD sensor exceeds the specified value (default: 5.0V) with SP3020-001.
Black, magenta, cyan, or yellow TD sensor disconnected Harness between TD sensor and PCU defective Defective TD sensor. 1. Check the black, magenta, cyan, or yellow TD sensor connector and harness between the TD sensor and PCU for damage. 2. 3. Check the drawer connector. Replace the defective PCU.
B222/B224
4-28
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No. 364 365 366 367
Type D D D D
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) TD sensor (Vt high) error 2: K TD sensor (Vt high) error 2: M TD sensor (Vt high) error 2: C TD sensor (Vt high) error 2: Y The Vt value of the black, magenta, cyan, or yellow TD sensor is below the specified value with SP3020-004 (default: 0.5V) for 10 counts. TD sensor harness disconnected, loose, defective A drawer connector disconnected, loose, defective
1.
TD sensor defective Check the black, magenta, cyan, or yellow TD sensor connector and harness between the TD sensor and PCU for damage. 2. 3. Check the drawer connector. Replace the defective PCU.
Troubleshooting
No. 372 373 374 375
Type D D D D
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) TD sensor adjustment error: K TD sensor adjustment error: M TD sensor adjustment error: C TD sensor adjustment error: Y During TD sensor initialization, the output value of the black, magenta,
cyan, or yellow TD sensor is not within the range of the specified value with SP3238-001 to -004 (default: 2.7V) 0.2V Heat seal not removed from a new developer pack TD harness sensor disconnected, loose or defective TD sensor defective Harness between TD sensor and drawer disconnected, defective
SM
4-29
B222/B224
SC Table No. Type 1. 2. Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Remove the heat seal from each PCU. Replace the defective PCU.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Drum gear position sensor error The machine does not detect the drum position signal for 3 seconds at the drum phase adjustment.
380
C Dirty or defective drum gear position sensor 1. 2. Replace the drum gear position sensor. Replace the PCU.
No. 396 397 398 399
Type D D D D
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Drum/Development motor error: K Drum/Development motor error: M Drum/Development motor error: C Drum/Development motor error: Y The machine detects a High signal from the drum/development motor for 2 seconds after the drum/development motor turned on. Overload on the drum/development motor Defective drum/development motor
Defective harness Shorted 24 V fuse on the PSU Defective interlock system 1. 2. 3. Check or replace the harness. Replace the drum/development motor. Replace the 24V fuse on the PSU.
B222/B224
4-30
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table No. Type Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) ID sensor adjustment error When the Vsg error counter reaches "3", the machine detects "SC400". The Vsg error counter counts "1" when the Vsg detected by ID sensor is more than the value (default: 4.5V) specified with SP3234-005 or less than the value (default: 3.5V) specified with SP SP3234-006. Dirty or defective ID sensor Defective ID sensor shutter 400 D 1. 2. Check the harness of the ID sensor. Clean or replace the ID sensor.
After replacing the ID sensor, input the ID sensor correction coefficient with SP3362-013 to -018. For details, refer to "ID sensor board" in the Replacement and Adjustment section. 3. 4. Replace the IOB. Replace the image transfer belt unit.
Troubleshooting
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Image transfer unit motor error The motor LOCK signal is not detected for more than two seconds while the motor START signal is on.
441
Motor overload Defective image transfer unit motor 1. 2. Replace the image transfer belt unit. Replace the IOB.
SM
4-31
B222/B224
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Image transfer belt contact motor error The image transfer belt contact sensor does not detect the movement of actuator at the sensor while the polygon motor rotates. Dirty image transfer belt contact sensor
442
Defective image transfer belt contact motor Disconnected connector of image transfer belt contact sensor or motor Disconnected cable 1. 2. Replace the image transfer belt contact sensor. Replace the image transfer belt contact motor.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Image transfer unit error The machine detects the encoder sensor error. Defective encoder sensor
443
Image transfer unit installation error Defective image transfer unit motor 1. 2. 3. Check if the image transfer unit is correctly set. Replace the image transfer unit motor. Replace the image transfer unit.
B222/B224
4-32
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Paper transfer unit contact error The paper transfer unit contact sensor does not detect the movement of actuator at the sensor while the polygon motor rotates. Defective paper transfer unit contact sensor Defective paper transfer unit contact motor
452
Broken +24V fuse on PSU Defective IOB 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Check the connection between the paper transfer unit and PSU. Replace the paper transfer unit contact sensor. Replace the paper transfer unit contact motor. Replace the +24V fuse on the PSU. Replace the IOB.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Separation power pack output error An interrupt checks the status of the power pack every 20 ms. This SC is issued if the BCU detects a short in the power pack 10 times at D(ac).
460
Damaged insulation on the high-voltage supply cable Damaged insulation around the high-voltage power supply. 1. 2. 3. Replace the high-voltage supply cable. Replace the high-voltage power supply unit. Replace the IOB.
SM
4-33
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Toner transport motor error The LOCK signal is not detected for 2 seconds when the transport motor turns on. Toner transport motor overload Disconnected or broken harness
490
Defective toner transport motor Opened +24V fuse on the PSU Defective interlock switch 1. 2. 3. 4. Check or replace the harness. Replace the toner transport motor. Replace the +24V fuse on the PSU. Replace the interlock switch.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) High voltage power: Drum/ development bias output error An error signal is detected for 0.2 seconds when charging the drum or development. High voltage leak
491
Broken harness Defective drum unit or development unit Defective high voltage supply unit 1. 2. 3. Check or replace the harness. Replace the drum unit or paper transfer unit. Replace the high voltage supply unit.
B222/B224
4-34
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) High voltage power: Image transfer/ paper transfer bias output error An error signal is detected for 0.2 seconds when charging the separation, image transfer bet or paper transfer roller. High voltage leak
492
Broken harness Defective image transfer belt unit or paper transfer unit Defective high voltage supply unit 1. 2. 3. Check or replace the harness. Replace the image transfer belt unit or paper transfer unit. Replace the high voltage supply unit.
Troubleshooting
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Temperature and humidity sensor error 2 The thermistor output of the temperature sensor was not within the prescribed range (0.5V to 4.2V). The thermistor output of the humidity sensor was not within the prescribed range (0.01V to 2.4V).
498
C Temperature and humidity sensor harness disconnected, loose, defective Temperature and humidity sensor defective 1. 2. Check the connector and harness. Replace the temperature/humidity sensor.
SM
4-35
B222/B224
SC Table
No. 501 502
Type B B
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Paper Tray 1 error Paper Tray 2 error When the tray lift motor rotates counterclockwise, (if the upper limit is not detected within 10 seconds), the machine asks the user to reset the tray. When the tray lift motor rotates clockwise, (if the upper limit is not detected within 1.5 seconds), the machine asks the user to reset the tray. If one of these conditions occurs three consecutive times, the SC is generated.
Disconnected or defective paper lift sensor Disconnected or defective tray lift motor Defective bottom plate lift mechanism Too much paper in the tray Defective IOB 1. 2. 3. 4. Check if the paper is not loaded too much. Check if the bottom plate smoothly moves up and down manually. Check and/or replace the tray lift motor. Replace the IOB.
B222/B224
4-36
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Tray 3 error (Paper Feed Unit or LCT) For the paper feed unit: When the tray lift motor is turned on, the upper limit is not detected within 10 seconds For the LCT: SC 503-01 occurs if the upper or lower limit is not detected within 8 seconds when the tray lift motor is turned on to lift or lower the tray. For the paper feed unit:
503-01
Defective tray lift motor or connector disconnection

Troubleshooting
Defective lift sensor or connector disconnection For the LCT: Defective stack transport clutch or connector disconnection Defective tray motor or connector disconnection Defective end fence home position sensor or connector disconnection Defective upper limit sensor or connector disconnection Defective tray lift motor or connector disconnection 1. 2. Check the cable connections. Check and/or replace the defective component.
SM
4-37
B222/B224
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Tray 3 error (Paper Feed Unit or LCT) This SC is generated if the following condition occurs 3 consecutive times. For the paper feed unit: When the tray lowers, the tray lift sensor does not go off within 1.5 sec. For the LCT: When the main switch is turned on or when the LCT is set, if the end fence is not in the home position (home position sensor ON), the tray lift motor stops. If the upper limit does not go off for 1.5 seconds even the tray lift motor turns on to lower the tray after the upper limit has
503-02
been detected at power on. For the paper feed unit: Defective tray lift motor or connector disconnection Defective lift sensor or connector disconnection For the LCT: Defective stack transport clutch or connector disconnection Defective tray motor or connector disconnection Defective end fence home position sensor or connector disconnection
1. 2.
Check the cable connections. Check and/or replace the defective component.
B222/B224
4-38
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Tray 4 error (Paper Feed Unit or LCT) For the two-tray paper feed unit When the tray lift motor is turned on, the upper limit is not detected within 10 seconds. If this condition occurs three consecutive times, the SC is generated. For the LCT
504-01
If the upper or lower limit is not detected within 8 seconds when the tray lift motor is turned on to lift up or lower the tray Defective tray lift motor or connector disconnection Defective lift sensor or connector disconnection 1. 2. Check the cable connections. Check and/or replace the defective component.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Tray 4 error (3 Tray Paper Feed Unit) This SC is generated if the following condition occurs 3 consecutive times. For the two-tray paper feed unit When the tray lowers, the tray lift sensor does not go off within 1.5 sec. For the LCT
504-02
If the upper limit does not go off for 1.5 seconds even the tray lift motor turns on to lower the tray after the upper limit has been detected at power on. Defective tray lift motor or connector disconnection Defective lift sensor or connector disconnection 1. 2. Check the cable connections. Check and/or replace the defective component.
SM
4-39
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Junction gate 1 motor error The junction gate 1 HP sensor does not detect the home position of junction gate 1 for 0.15 seconds when the machine starts to detect its home position. The junction gate 1 HP sensor does not turn off for 0.1 seconds after the machine has detected its home position. Disconnected or defective junction gate 1 motor
529
Disconnected or defective junction gate 1 HP sensor Mechanical problem (such as paper jam etc.) Shorted 24 V fuse on the PSU Defective IOB 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove any objects that obstruct junction gate 1. Replace the junction gate 1 HP sensor. Replace the junction gate 1 motor. Replace the 24 V fuse on the PSU. Replace the IOB.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Fusing fan error The IOB does not receive the lock signal 10 seconds after turning on the fusing fan.
530
D Defective fusing fan motor or connector disconnection Defective IOB Check the connector and/or replace the fusing fan motor.
B222/B224
4-40
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Ventilation fan (at the left side of the machine) motor-front/rear error The IOB does not receive the lock signal for 2 seconds after turning on the ventilation fan motor-front/rear.
531
D Defective ventilation fan motor-front or rear Replace the ventilation fan (at the left side of the machine) motor-front or rear.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) IH coil fan error The machine does not detect the fan motor lock signal for 2 seconds while the IH coil fan turns on. Disconnected harness
Troubleshooting
532
Overload on the IH coil fan motor Defective IH coil fan motor Defective IOB 1. 2. 3. Check or replace the harness. Replace the IH coil fan. Replace the IOB
SM
4-41
B222/B224
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) IH inverter fan error The machine does not detect the fan motor lock signal for 2 seconds while the IH inverter fan turns on. Disconnected harness
533
Overload on the IH inverter fan motor Defective IH inverter fan motor Defective IOB 1. 2. 3. Check or replace the harness. Replace the IH inverter fan. Replace the IOB
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Second duct fan error The machine does not detect the fan motor lock signal for 2 seconds while the second duct fan turns on. Disconnected harness
534
Overload on the second duct fan motor Defective second duct motor Defective IOB 1. 2. 3. Check or replace the harness. Replace the second duct fan. Replace the IOB
B222/B224
4-42
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Paper exit fan error The machine does not detect the fan motor lock signal for 2 seconds while the paper exit fan turns on. Disconnected harness
535
Overload on the paper exit fan motor Defective paper exit motor Defective IOB 1. 2. 3. Check or replace the harness. Replace the paper exit fan. Replace the IOB
Troubleshooting
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Fusing/Paper exit motor error The IOB does not receive the lock signal 10 seconds after turning on the fusing/paper exit motor.
540
D Motor overload Defective fusing/paper exit motor Replace the fusing/paper exit motor.
SM
4-43
B222/B224
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Heating roller thermopile error The temperature measured by the heating roller thermopile does not reach 0C for 6 seconds.
541
Loose connection of the heating roller thermopile Defective heating roller thermopile Defective thermopile 1. 2. Check if the heating roller thermopile is firmly connected. Replace the heating roller thermopile.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Heating roller warm-up error 1 The heating roller temperature does not reach the ready temperature for 190 seconds after the heating lamp on. The heating roller temperature does not reach 80C for 18 seconds after the IH inverter on.
542
A Dirty or defective thermopile Defective IH coil unit 1. 2. 3. Check if the heating roller thermopile is firmly connected. Replace the thermopile. Replace the IH coil unit.
B222/B224
4-44
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Heating roller overheat 1 (software error) The detected fusing temperature stays at 215C for 1 second. Defective PSU Defective IOB
543
Defective BCU Related SC code: SC 553 1. 2. 3. Replace the PSU. Replace the IOB. Replace the BCU.
Troubleshooting
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Heating roller overheat 1 (hardware error) During stand-by mode or a print job, the detected heating roller temperature reaches 220 C. Defective PSU Defective IOB
544
Defective BCU Defective fusing control system Related SC code: SC 543 1. 2. 3. Replace the PSU. Replace the IOB. Replace the BCU.
SM
4-45
B222/B224
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Zero cross error The zero cross signal is detected three times even though the heater relay is off when turning on the main power. The zero cross signal is not detected for 3 seconds even though the heater relay is on after turning on the main power or closing the front door. The detection error occurs twice or more in the 11 zero cross signal detections. This error is defined when the detected zero cross
547
signal is less than 39. Defective fusing relay Defective fusing relay circuit Shorted +24V fuse on the PSU Unstable power supply 1. 2. 3. Check the power supply source. Replace the +24V fuse on the PSU. Replace the PSU
B222/B224
4-46
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Fusing unit rotation error The fusing belt sensor does not detect change in the actuator for 0.5 seconds after the fusing/paper exit motor has turned on. Defective fusing/paper exit motor Deformed actuator for the fusing belt sensor Defective fusing belt sensor
548
Broken connection between IH inverter and IOB Incorrectly set fusing unit 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Check if the fusing unit is correctly set. Check or replace the actuator for fusing belt sensor. Replace the fusing belt sensor. Replace the IH inverter. Check the connection between IH inverter and IOB.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Ferrite core rotation error The ferrite roller HP sensor does not detect the ferrite roller home position for 4 seconds after the fusing/paper exit motor has turned on. Deformed actuator for the ferrite roller HP sensor Defective ferrite roller HP sensor Defective ferrite roller motor
549
Shorted +24V fuse on the PSU Defective IOB 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Replace the heating roller. Replace the ferrite roller HP sensor. Replace the ferrite roller motor. Replace the +24V fuse on the PSU. Replace the IOB.
SM
4-47
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Heating roller thermistor error The temperature measured by the pressure roller thermistor does not reach 0 C for 7 seconds.
551
Loose connection of pressure roller thermistor Defective pressure roller thermistor Related SC code: SC 541 1. 2. Check that the pressure roller thermistor is firmly connected. Replace the pressure roller thermistor.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Heating roller warm-up error 2 The heating roller temperature does not reach the ready temperature for 90 seconds after the heating lamp on. The heating roller temperature does not reach 80C for 13 seconds after the IH inverter on.
552
A Defective thermistor Defective IH inverter Related SC code: SC 542 1. 2. Check if the heating roller thermistor is firmly connected. Replace the IH inverter.
B222/B224
4-48
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Heating roller overheat (software error) The detected heating roller temperature stays at 230C or more for 1 second. Defective PSU
553
Defective IOB Defective BCU Related SC code: SC 543 1. 2. 3. Replace the PSU. Replace the IOB.
Troubleshooting 4-49 B222/B224
Replace the BCU.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Heating roller overheat (hardware error) The heating roller thermistor detects 240C or more. Defective PSU Defective IOB
554
Defective BCU Defective fusing control system 1. 2. 3. Replace the PSU. Replace the IOB. Replace the BCU.
SM
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Zero cross frequency error When the zero cross signal is 66 or more and it is detected 10 times or more in 11 detections, the machine determines that input 60 Hz and
557
SC557 occurs. Noise (High frequency) 1. Check the power supply source.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Consecutive fusing jam The paper jam counter for the fusing unit reaches 3 times. The paper jam counter is cleared if the paper is fed correctly.
559
This SC is activated only when SP1159-001 is set to "1" (default "0"). Paper jam in the fusing unit. Remove the paper that is jammed in the fusing unit. Then make sure that the fusing unit is clean and has no obstacles in the paper feed path.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Pressure roller thermistor error The temperature measured by the thermistor does not reach 0 C for 37 seconds.
561
Loose connection of the thermopile Defective thermopile 1. 2. Check if the thermistor is firmly connected. Replace the thermistor.
B222/B224
4-50
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Pressure roller temperature error The temperature of the pressure roller does not reach the ready temperature for 120 seconds after the fusing lamp has turned on.
562
Defective thermistor Defective fusing lamp 1. 2. Replace the thermistor for the pressure roller. Replace the fusing lamp.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Pressure roller overheat 3 (software error) The detected pressure roller temperature stays at 215C or more for 1 second. Defective PSU
Troubleshooting
563
Defective IOB Defective BCU 1. 2. 3. Replace the PSU. Replace the IOB. Replace the BCU.
SM
4-51
B222/B224
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Pressure roller overheat 3 (hardware error) The thermistor detects 220C or more. Defective PSU Defective IOB
564
Defective BCU Defective fusing control system 1. 2. 3. Replace the PSU. Replace the IOB. Replace the BCU.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Pressure roller fusing lamp consecutive full power 3 When the fusing unit is not running in the ready condition, the pressure roller fusing lamp keeps ON full power for 180 seconds or more.
565
A Broken pressure roller fusing lamp 1. 2. Replace the pressure roller lamp. Replace the PSU.
B222/B224
4-52
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) IH inverter zero cross frequency error The zero cross signal is not detected for 1 second or more after the IH inverter has turned on. Disconnected CN983 on the IH inverter
580
Defective IH inverter Defective IH coil unit 1. 2. 3. Check CN983 on the IH inverter. Replace the IH inverter. Replace the IH coil unit.
Troubleshooting
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) IH inverter input voltage error The IH inverter detects 70V or less/140V or more for 10 seconds. Unusual input voltage
581
Disconnected CN981 on the IH inverter Defective IH inverter 1. 2. Check CN981 on the IH inverter. Replace the IH inverter.
SM
4-53
B222/B224
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) IH inverter current error at power on The output current from the IH inverter does not reach the proper value when the IH inverter turns on. Disconnected power input terminal 1 and 2 Defective IH inverter
582
Defective IH coil unit Defective fusing unit 1. 2. 3. 4. Check the power input terminals 1 and 2. Replace the IH inverter. Replace the IH coil unit. Replace the fusing unit.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) IH inverter communication error The IH inverter does not get the communication signal from the IOB. Broken connection between IH inverter and IOB Defective IH inverter
583
Defective IOB Defective BCU 1. 2. 3. 4. Check the connection between IH inverter and IOB Replace the IH inverter. Replace the IOB. Replace the BCU.
B222/B224
4-54
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Fusing unit rotation error The fusing belt sensor does not detect a change in the fusing unit actuator for 0.5 seconds. Defective fusing/paper exit motor Deformed actuator for the fusing belt sensor Defective fusing belt sensor
584
Broken connection between IH inverter and IOB Incorrectly set fusing unit 1. 1. 2. 3. 4. Check if the fusing unit is correctly set. Check or replace the actuator for fusing belt sensor. Replace the fusing belt sensor. Replace the IH inverter. Check the connection between IH inverter and IOB.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) IH coil unit full power (1250W) error The IH coil unit full power (1250W) continues for 220 seconds or more. Defective IH inverter Defective BCU Defective IOB
585
Broken connection between IH inverter and IOB Defective thermopile 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Replace the IH inverter. Replace the BCU. Replace the IOB. Check the connection between IH inverter and IOB. Replace the thermopile.
SM
4-55
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) IH coil unit rare short error The IH inverter detects an unusual current (high current) in the IH coil unit.
586
Defective IH coil unit Defective IH inverter 1. 2. Replace the IH coil unit. Replace the IH inverter.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) IH inverter high temperature error The IH inverter detects a high temperature near Q5 (power control circuit on the IH inverter). Defective IH inverter Defective IH inverter fan
587
Clogged IH inverter fan intake at the right rear cover Incorrect input paper type to the machine 1. 2. 3. 4. Check or clean the IH inverter fan intake. Set the correct paper type on the operation panel. Replace the IH inverter. Replace the IH inverter fan.
B222/B224
4-56
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No. 610 611
Type D D
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Mechanical counter error: Bk Mechanical counter error: FC This SC is only for NA models. The machine detects the mechanical counter error when SP5987-001 is set to "1".
Disconnected mechanical counter Defective mechanical counter 1. Check or replace the mechanical counter.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) ARDF communication error After the ARDF is detected, the break signal occurs or communication timeout occurs. Incorrect installation of ARDF ARDF defective
620
IPU board defective External noise 1. 2. 3. 4. Check the cable connection of the ARDF. Shut out the external noise. Replace the ARDF. Replace the IPU board.
SM
4-57
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
SC Table
No. 621 622
Type D D
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Finisher communication error Paper tray unit communication error While the IOB communicates with an optional unit, an SC code is displayed if one of following conditions occurs. The IOB receives the break signal which is generated by the peripherals only just after the main switch is turned on. When the IOB does not receive an OK signal from a peripheral 100ms after sending a command to it. The IOB resends the command. The IOB does not receive an OK signal after sending the command 3 times.
Cable problems IOB problems BCU problems PSU problems in the machine Main board problems in the peripherals 1. 2. 3. 4. Check if the cables of peripherals are correctly connected. Replace the PSU if no power is supplied to peripherals. Replace the IOB or main board of peripherals. Replace the BCU.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) CSS communication error
630
CTL C
A communication error occurred during communication with the CSS. Communication line error Logging only.
B222/B224
4-58
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) MF accounting device error 1 The controller sends data to the accounting device, but the device does not respond. This occurs three times.
632
CTL B Loose connection between the controller and the accounting device 1. Check the connection.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) MF accounting device error 2 After communication is established, the controller receives the brake
Troubleshooting
633
CTL B
signal from the accounting device. Loose connection between the controller and the accounting device 1. Check the connection.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) MF accounting device error 3 The accounting device sends the controller the report that indicates a backup RAM error has occurred.
634
CTL B 1. 2. 3.
Defective controller of the MF accounting device Battery error Turn the main switch off and on. Replace the controller board of the accounting device. Replace the battery.
SM
4-59
B222/B224
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) MF accounting device error 4 The accounting device sends the controller the report that indicates the battery voltage error has occurred.
635
CTL B 1. 2. 3.
Defective controller of the MF accounting device Battery error Turn the main switch off and on. Replace the controller board of the accounting device. Replace the battery.
No.
Type CTL B
650
Communication error of the remote service modem (Cumin-M)
Authentication error The authentication for the Cumin-M fails at a dial up connection. Incorrect SP settings -001 Disconnected telephone line Disconnected modem board 1. Check and set the correct user name (SP5816-156) and password (SP5816-157). Incorrect modem setting Dial up fails due to the incorrect modem setting. -004 Same as -001 1. -005 Check and set the correct AT command (SP5819-160).
Communication line error
The supplied voltage is not sufficient due to the defective
B222/B224
4-60
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table No. Type Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) communication line or defective connection. Same as -001 1. Consult with the user's local telephone company.
Incorrect network setting Both the NIC and Cumin-M are activated at the same time. -011 Same as -001 1. Disable the NIC with SP5985-1.
Modem board error

Troubleshooting
The modem board does not work properly even though the setting of the modem board is installed with a dial up connection. -012 Same as -001 1. 2. 3. Install the modem board. Check and reset the modem board setting with SP5816. Replace the modem board.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Incorrect dial up connection -001: Program parameter error -002: Program execution error
651
CTL C
An unexpected error occurs when the modem (Cumin-M) tries to call the center with a dial up connection. Caused by a software bug No action required because this SC does not interfere with operation of the machine.
SM
4-61
B222/B224
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) EEPROM error Retry of EEPROM communication fails three times after the machine
669
has detected the EEPROM error. Caused by noise Turn the main power switch off and on.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) No response from controller at power on When the main power is turned on or the machine starts warming up from energy-saving mode, the controller does not receive a command signal from the controller.
670
CTL D
Loose connection Defective controller Defective controller board 1. 2. 3. Check the connection between the BCU and controller. Replace the controller. Replace the BCU.
B222/B224
4-62
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Controller-to-operation panel communication error at startup After the machine is powered on, the communication between the controller and the operation panel is not established, or communication with controller is interrupted after a normal startup. After startup reset of the operation panel, the attention code or the attention acknowledge code is not sent from the controller within 15 seconds. After the controller issues a command to check the communication line with the controller at 30-second intervals, the controller fails to respond twice. Controller stalled
672
CTL D
Controller board installed incorrectly Controller board defective Operation panel connector loose or defective The controller is not completely shutdown when you turn the main switch off. 1. Check the setting of SP5875-001. If the setting is set to "1 (OFF)", change it to "0 (OFF)". 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Check the condition of the controller board. Check the condition of the operation panel. Replace the controller board. Replace the operation panel. Turn the main switch off, wait for one second or more, and turn the main switch on.
SM
4-63
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) RFID: Communication error Communication error occurs when the RFID starts to communicate with the RFID receptor. Retry of RFID communication fails three times after the machine has detected the RFID communication error.
681
Defective RFID reader and writer Disconnected ASAP I/F No memory chip on the toner cartridge Noise 1. 2. Replace the RFID controller board. Replace the toner cartridge.
B222/B224
4-64
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Memory chip at TD sensor: Communication error Retry of memory chip communication fails three times after the machine has detected the memory chip communication error.
682
Damaged memory chip data Disconnected inter face No memory chip on the development unit Noise 1. Replace the PCU.
RFID: Unit check error The machine gets RFID communication error even the toner cartridges 683 B have not been installed in the machine. Caused by noise 1. Turn the main power switch off and on.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Memory address command error The BCU does not receive a memory address command from the controller 120 seconds after paper is in the position for registration. Loose connection
687
Defective controller Defective BCU 1. 2. 3. Check if the controller is firmly connected to the BCU. Replace the controller. Replace the BCU.
SM
4-65
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
No.
Type
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) IH inverter communication error When the machine turns on, recovers from the energy save mode or front and right doors are opened and closed, a time out error for communicating with the IOB occurs. The IOB detects the break signal from the IH inverter after a communication between the IOB and IH inverter has already been
689
detected. The IOB fails to communicate with IH inverter three times after the IOB has detected the break signal from the IH inverter. Defective IOB Defective IH inverter. 1. 2. Turn the main power switch off and on. If the error occurs again, replace the IOB and/or the IH inverter
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) GAVD communication error The I2C bus device ID is not identified during initialization. A device-status error occurs during I2C bus communication. The I2C bus communication is not established due to an error other than a buffer shortage.
690
Loose connection Defective IPU Defective LD controller board 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the main switch off and on. Check the cable connection. Replace the laser optics-housing unit. Replace the IPU board.
B222/B224
4-66
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Original stopper HP error When the pick-up motor turns on clockwise, the original stopper HP sensor does not detect the home position of the original stopper. Defective original stopper HP sensor
700
Defective pick-up motor Defective DF drive board 1. Replace the DF drive board if the pick-up motor does not work correctly. 2. 3. Replace the pick-up motor. Replace the original stopper HP sensor.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Pick-up roller HP error When the pick-up motor turns on counterclockwise, the pick-up roller HP sensor does not detect the home position of the pick-up roller. Defective pick-up roller HP sensor
701
Defective pick-up motor Defective DF drive board 1. Replace the DF drive board if the pick-up motor does not work correctly. 2. 3. Replace the pick-up motor. Replace the pick-up roller HP sensor.
SM
4-67
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Finisher exit guide plate motor error After moving away from the guide plate position sensor, the exit guide is not detected at the home position within the prescribed time. The 1st detection failure issues a jam error, and the 2nd failure issues this SC code. Guide plate motor disconnected, defective
725
Guide plate motor overloaded due to obstruction Guide plate position sensor disconnected, defective 1. Check the connections and cables for the components mentioned above. 2. 3. 4. Check for blockages in the guide plate motor mechanism. Replace the guide plate position sensor and/or guide plate motor Replace the finisher main board.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Finisher Tray 1 shift motor error The shift roller HP sensor of the upper tray does not activate within the prescribed time after the shift tray starts to move toward or away from the home position. The 1st detection failure issues a jam error, and the 2nd failure issues this SC code. Shift tray HP sensor of the upper tray disconnected, defective
730
Shift tray motor of the upper tray is disconnected, defective Shift tray motor of the upper tray overloaded due to obstruction 1. Check the connections and cables for the components mentioned above. 2. 3. 4. Check for blockages in shift motor mechanism. Replace the shift tray HP sensor and/or shift motor Replace the finisher main board.
B222/B224
4-68
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Finisher corner stapler motor error The 1st detection failure issues a jam error, and the 2nd failure issues this SC code. For the 2000/3000-sheet (booklet) finisher Staple movement is not finished after a certain time. For the 1000-sheet finisher The stapler motor does not switch off within the prescribed time after operating. The HP sensor of the staple unit does not detect the home
740
position after the staple unit moves to its home position. The HP sensor of the staple unit detects the home position after the staple unit moves from its home position. Staple jam Motor overload Defective stapler motor 1. Check the connections and cables for the components mentioned above. 2. 3. Replace the HP sensor and/or stapler motor Replace the finisher main board.
SM
4-69
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Finisher corner stapler rotation motor error The stapler does not return to its home position within the specified time after stapling. The 1st detection failure issues a jam error, and the 2nd failure issues this SC code.
741
B Defective stapler rotation motor Overload to the stapler rotation motor Defective stapler rotation HP sensor 1. 2. Replace the stapler rotation motor. Replace the stapler rotation HP sensor.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Finisher stapler movement motor error The 1st detection failure issues a jam error, and the 2nd failure issues this SC code. For the 2000/3000-sheet (booklet) finisher Staple movement is not finished for a certain time. For the 1000-sheet finisher
742
The stapler HP sensor is not activated within the specified time after the stapler motor turned on. (first detection: jam error, consecutive twice detection SC code). Motor overload Loose connection of the stapler home position sensor Loose connection of the stapler movement motor Defective stapler home position sensor Defective stapler movement motor
B222/B224
4-70
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
1. 2. 3. 4.
Check the connection of the stapler movement motor. Check the connection of the stapler home position sensor. Replace the stapler home position sensor. Replace the stapler movement motor.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Booklet stapler motor error 1 The 1st detection failure issues a jam error, and the 2nd failure issues this SC code. For the 2000/3000-sheet (booklet) finisher The front stapler unit saddle-stitch motor does not start operation within
Troubleshooting 4-71 B222/B224
743
the specified time. Motor overload Loose connection of the front stapler motor Defective front stapler motor Replace the front stapler motor.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Booklet staple motor error 2 The 1st detection failure issues a jam error, and the 2nd failure issues this SC code. For the 2000/3000-sheet (booklet) finisher The rear stapler unit saddle-stitch motor does not start operation within
744
the specified time. Motor overload Loose connection of the rear stapler motor Defective rear stapler motor Replace the front stapler motor.
SM
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) 1000-sheet booklet finisher: Stack feed motor error
746
B This SC is not used in this machine.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) 1000/2000/3000-sheet (booklet) finisher: Tray lift motor error The 1st detection failure issues a jam error, and the 2nd failure issues this SC code.
750
The upper tray paper height sensor does not change its status with the specified time after the tray raises or lowers. 1. 2. Check the connections to the shift tray motor. Defective shift tray motor.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Finisher punch motor error The punch HP sensor is not activated within the specified time after the punch motor turned on. The 1st detection failure issues a jam error, and the 2nd failure issues this SC code. Punch HP sensor disconnected, defective
760
Punch motor disconnected or defective Punch motor overload due to obstruction 1. Check the connections and cables for the punch motor and HP sensor. 2. 3. 4. Check for blockages in the punch motor mechanism. Replace the punch HP sensor and/or punch motor Replace the finisher main board.
B222/B224
4-72
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Finisher folder plate motor error The folder plate moves but is not detected at the home position within the specified time. The 1st detection failure issues a jam error, and the 2nd failure issues this SC code. Folder plate HP sensor disconnected, defective
761
Folder plate motor disconnected, defective Folder plate motor overloaded due to obstruction. 1. Check the connections and cables for the folder plate motor and HP sensor. 2. 3. 4. Check for blockages in the folder plate motor mechanism. Replace the folder plate HP sensor and/or folder plate motor Replace the finisher main board.
Troubleshooting
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Punch movement motor error The punch unit moves but is not detected at the home position within the specified time. The 1st detection failure issues a jam error, and the 2nd failure issues this SC code.
763
B Motor harness disconnected, loose, defective Defective motor 1. 2. Check the connections to the punch movement motor. Defective punch movement motor
SM
4-73
B222/B224
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Paper position sensor slide motor error The paper position sensor moves but is not detected at the home position within the specified time. The 1st detection failure issues a jam error, and the 2nd failure issues this SC code.
764
B Motor harness disconnected, loose, defective Defective motor 1. 2. Check the connections to the paper position sensor slide motor. Defective paper position sensor slide motor.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Bridge unit error The machine recognizes the finisher, but does not recognize the bridge unit.
791
Defective connector Broken harness 1. 2. Check the connections between the bridge unit and the machine. Install a new bridge unit.
B222/B224
4-74
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Finisher error The machine does not recognize the finisher, but recognizes the bridge unit.
792
Defective connector Defective harness Incorrect installation 1. 2. Check the connections between the finisher and the machine. Install a new finisher.
Watch-dog error While the system program is running, other processes do not operate at all. 818 CTL B 1. Defective controller Software error Replace the controller.
See Note 1 at the end of the SC table
No.
Type CTL D
819
Fatal error
[696E]
Process error System completely down
Defective RAM DIMM
SM
4-75
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
No.
Type
SC Table No. Type Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Defective ROM DIMM Defective controller Software error 1. 2. 3. Check and/or replace the RAM DIMM. Check and/or replace the ROM DIMM. Replace the controller.
See Note 1 at the end of the SC table Memory error Unexpected system memory size Defective RAM DIMM Defective ROM DIMM [766D] Defective controller Software error 1. 2. 3. Check and/or replace the RAM DIMM. Check and/or replace the ROM DIMM. Replace the controller.
Kernel stop error The cache error trap occurs in the CPU. [4361] CPU cache error 1. Replace the controller.
Kernel stop error An error in the operation system (An error message is output.)
B222/B224
4-76
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
Defective CPU Defective memory Defective flash memory Incorrect software 1. 2. Replace the memory. Replace the controller.
No.
Type CTL D
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Self-diagnostics error: CPU [XXXX]: Detailed error code CPU error During the self-diagnostic, the controller CPU detects an error. There are 47 types of error code (0001 to 4005) depending on the cause of the error. The CPU detects an error and displays the specific error code with the program address where the error occurs. System firmware problem
Troubleshooting
820
[0001] to [06FF] 1.
Defective controller Turn the main switch off and on. Reinstall the controller system firmware. Replace the controller.
[0801] to [4005] 2. 3.
When the problem cannot be fixed with the above procedure, the following information displayed on the screen needs to be fed back to a technical support center. SC code Detailed error code Program address [0702] [0709] [070A] CPU/Memory Error
SM
4-77
B222/B224
SC Table
System firmware problem Defective RAM-DIMM Defective controller 1. 2. 3. Reinstall the controller system software. Replace the RAM-DIMM. Replace the controller.
No.
Type CTL D
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Self-diagnostics error: ASIC [XXXX]: Detailed error code ASIC error The write-&-verify check error has occurred in the ASIC.
821
[0B00] Defective ASIC device 1. Replace the controller.
ASIC detection error The I/O ASIC for system control is not detected. [0B06] Defective ASIC Defective North Bridge and PCI I/F 1. Replace the controller board.
SHM register error The initialization of bus connection or read for SHM fails. The register of SHM is different from specified value. [0B10] Defective connection bus Defective SHM 1. Replace the controller board
B222/B224
4-78
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
Self-diagnosis error: ASIC The CPU checks if the ASIC timer works correctly compared with the CPU timer. If the ASIC timer does not function in the specified range, this SC code is displayed. System firmware problem [0D05] Defective RAM-DIMM Defective controller
1. 2. 3.
Reinstall the controller system firmware. Replace the RAM-DIMM.

Replace the controller board.
No.
Type CTL B
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Self-diagnostic error: HDD (Hard Disk Drive) [XXXX]: Detailed error code Timeout error Command error When the main switch is turned on or starting the self-diagnostic, the HDD stays busy for the specified time or more. Loose connection
822
[3003] [3004]
Defective HDD Defective controller 1. Check that the HDD is correctly connected to the controller. Replace the HDD. Replace the controller.
2. 3.
SM
4-79
SC Table
No.
Type CTL B
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Self-diagnostic error: NIB [XXXX]: Detailed error code MAC address check sum error
823
[6101]
The result of the MAC address check sum does not match the check sum stored in ROM. PHY IC error The PHY IC on the controller cannot be correctly recognized. PHY IC loop-back error
[6104]
[6105]
An error occurred during the loop-back test for the PHY IC on the controller.
1.
Replace the controller.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) [1401] Self-diagnosis error: Standard NVRAM The controller cannot recognize the standard NVRAM installed or detects that the NVRAM is defective.
824
CTL D
Loose connection Defective standard NVRAM Defective controller 1. 2. 3. Check the standard NVRAM is firmly inserted into the socket. Replace the NVRAM. Replace the controller
B222/B224
4-80
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) [15FF] Self-diagnostic Error: RTC/optional NVRAM The RTC device is not detected.
826
CTL D RTC defective NVRAM without RTC installed Backup battery discharged 1. Replace the NVRAM with another NVRAM with an RTC device.
No.
Type CTL D

827
Self-diagnostic error: Standard SDRAM DIMM [XXXX]: Detailed error code Verification error Error detected during a write/verify check for the standard RAM (SDRAM DIMM). Loose connection
[0201]
Defective SDRAM DIMM Defective controller 1. 2. 3. Turn the main switch off and on. Replace the SDRAM DIMM. Replace the controller.
Resident memory error The SPD values in all RAM DIMM are incorrect or unreadable. [0202] Defective RAM DIMM Defective SPD ROM on RAM DIMM Defective 12C bus 1. Replace the RAM DIMM.
SM
4-81
SC Table
No.
Type CTL D
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Self-diagnostic error: ROM [XXXX]: Detailed error code Check sum error 1
828
[0101]
The boot monitor and OS program stored in the ROM DIMM is checked. If the check sum of the program is incorrect, this SC code is displayed. Check sum error 2 All areas of the ROM DIMM are checked. If the check sum of all
[0104]
programs stored in the ROM DIMM is incorrect, this SC code is displayed.
Defective ROM DIMM Defective controller 1. Turn the main switch on and off. Replace the ROM DIMM Replace the controller.
2. 3.
No.
Type CTL B
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Self-diagnosis error: optional RAM [XXXX]: Detailed error code Verification error (Slot 1)
829
[0401]
The data stored in the optional RAM in Slot 1 does not match the data when reading. Composition error (Slot 1)
[0402]
The result of checking the composition data of the optional RAM in Slot 1 on the controller is incorrect. Not specified RAM DIMM installed Defective RAM DIMM
B222/B224
4-82
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table No. Type 1. 2. 3. Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Turn the main switch off and on. Replace the RAM DIMM. Replace the controller board.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) IEEE1394 interface error The 1394 interface is unusable. Defective IEEE1394
851
CTL B 1. 2. 3.
Defective controller.
Turn the main switch off and on. Replace the IEEE1394 interface board. Replace the controller.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Wireless LAN card not detected The wireless LAN card is not detected before communication is
853
CTL B
established, though the wireless LAN board is detected. Loose connection 1. Check the connection.
SM
4-83
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Wireless LAN/Bluetooth card not detected The wireless LAN/Bluetooth card is not detected after communication is
854
CTL B
established, but the wireless LAN board is detected. Loose connection 1. Check the connection.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Wireless LAN/Bluetooth card error An error is detected in the wireless LAN/Bluetooth card.
855 856
CTL B 1. 2.
Loose connection Defective wireless LAN/Bluetooth card Check the connection. Replace the wireless LAN/Bluetooth card.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) USB interface error The USB interface cannot be used due to a driver error.
857
CTL B 1. 2.
Defective USB driver Loose connection Check the connection. Replace the USB board.
B222/B224
4-84
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) HDD: Initialization error The controller detects that the hard disk fails.
860
CTL B 1. 2.
HDD not initialized Defective HDD Reformat the HDD. Replace the HDD.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) HDD: Reboot error The HDD does not become ready within 30 seconds after the power is supplied to the HDD. Loose connection
Troubleshooting
861
CTL D
Defective cables Defective HDD Defective controller 1. 2. 3. 4. Check the connection between the HDD and controller. Check and replace the cables. Replace the HDD. Replace the controller.
SM
4-85
B222/B224
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) HDD: Read error The data stored in the HDD cannot be read correctly.
863
CTL D 1. 2.
Defective HDD Defective controller Replace the HDD. Replace the controller.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) HDD: CRC error While reading data from the HDD or storing data in the HDD, data
864
CTL D
transmission fails. Defective HDD 1. Replace the HDD.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) HDD: Access error
865
CTL D
An error is detected while operating the HDD. Defective HDD Replace the HDD.
B222/B224
4-86
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) SD card authentication error A correct license is not found in the SD card.
866
CTL B SD-card data is corrupted. 1. Store correct data in the SD card.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) SD card error
867
D 1. 2. Install the SD card. Turn the main switch off and on.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) SD card access error -13 to -3: File system error Other number: Device error
868
CTL D
An error report is sent from the SD card reader. An error is detected in the SD card. 1. 2. 3. 4. For a file system error, format the SD card on your PC. For a device error, turn the mains switch off and on. Replace the SD card. Replace the controller.
SM
4-87
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
CTL
The SD card is ejected from the slot.
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Address book error An error is detected in the data copied to the address book over a network.
870
CTL B
Defective software program Defective HDD Incorrect path to the server 1. 2. 3. Initialize the address book data (SP5-846-050). Initialize the user information (SP5-832-006). Replace the HDD.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) HDD mail data error An error is detected in the HDD at machine initialization.
872
CTL B 1. 2. 3.
Defective HDD Power failure during an access to the HDD Turn the main switch off and on. Initialize the HDD partition (SP5-832-007). Replace the HDD.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) HDD mail transfer error An error is detected in the HDD at machine initialization.
873
CTL B 1. 2.
Defective HDD Power failure during an access to the HDD Initialize the HDD partition (SP5-832-008). Replace the HDD.
B222/B224
4-88
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Delete All error 1: HDD An error is detected while all of the HDD or NVRAM are formatted physically by the Data Overwrite Security Unit (B735).
874
CTL D Data Overwrite Security Unit (SD card) not installed Defective HDD 1. 2. Install the Data Overwrite Security Unit (B735). Replace the HDD.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Delete All error 2: Data area An error is detected while all of the HDD or NVRAM are formatted
Troubleshooting
875
CTL D
logically by the Data Overwrite Security Unit (B735). The logical format for the HDD fails. 1. Turn the main switch off/on and try the operation again
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Log Data Error
876
CTL D
An error was detected in the handling of the log data at power on or during machine operation. This can be caused by switching the machine off while it is operating. Log Data Error 1
-001 1. -002
Damaged log data file in the HDD Initialize the HDD with SP5832-004.
Log Data Error 2 An encryption module not installed
SM
4-89
B222/B224
SC Table No. Type 1. 1. Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Disable the log encryption setting with SP9730-004 ("0" is off.) Install the DESS module.
Log Data Error 3 -003 1. 2. Invalid log encryption key due to defective NVRAM data Initialize the HDD with SP5832-004. Disable the log encryption setting with SP9730-004 ("0" is off.)
Log Data Error 4 -004 1. Unusual log encryption function due to defective NVRAM data Initialize the HDD with SP5832-004.
Log Data Error 5 -005 1. 2. Installed NVRAM or HDD which is used in another machine Reinstall the previous NVRAM or HDD. Initialize the HDD with SP5832-004.
Log Data Error 99 -099 1. Other than the above causes Ask your supervisor.
B222/B224
4-90
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) HDD Data Overwrite Security SD card error The 'all delete' function cannot be executed but the Data Overwrite Security Unit (B735) is installed and activated.
877
CTL D Defective SD card (B735) SD card (B735) not installed 1. 2. Replace the NVRAM and then install the new SD card (B735). Check and reinstall the SD card (B735).
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) File format converter error
880
CTL D
The file format converter does not respond. Defective file format converter 1. Replace the file format converter.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Electric counter error Abnormal data in the counters.
900
CTL D 1. 2. 3.
Defective NVRAM Defective controller Check the connection between the NVRAM and controller. Replace the NVRAM. Replace the controller.
SM
4-91
SC Table
No. 910 911
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) External Controller Error 1 External Controller Error 2
CTL 912 913 914 D External Controller Error 3 External Controller Error 4 External Controller Error 5 The external controller alerted the machine about an error. Please refer to the instructions for the external controller (application).
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) External Controller Error 6 While EAC (External Application Converter), the conversion module, was operating normally, the receipt of a power line interrupt signal from
919
CTL D
the FLUTE serial driver was detected, or BREAK signal from the other station was detected. Power outage at the EFI controller EFI controller was rebooted Connection to EFI controller loose
B222/B224
4-92
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Printer application error An error is detected in the printer application program.
920
CTL D 1.
Defective software Unexpected hardware resource (e.g., memory shortage) Software defective; switch off/on, or change the controller firmware if the problem is not solved 2. Insufficient memory
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Printer font error A necessary font is not found in the SD card.
921
CTL D A necessary font is not found in the SD card. The SD card data is corrupted. 1. Check that the SD card has the correct data.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Netfile function error The management area or management file on the HDD is corrupted. Defective HDD Data inconsistency (e.g., caused by power failure)
925
CTL D When SC 860-865 keep occurring: 1. Follow the troubleshooting procedures.
In other cases: 1. 2. 3. Initialize the netfile partition. Initialize the hard disk. Replace the HDD.
SM
4-93
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Software performance error The software makes an unexpected operation. Defective software
990
CTL D 1. 2.
Defective controller Software error Turn the main switch off and on. Reinstall the controller and/or engine main firmware.
See Note 1 at the end of the SC table.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Software continuity error The software has attempted to perform an unexpected operation. However, unlike SC 990, the object of the error is continuity of the software.
991
CTL C
Software program error Internal parameter incorrect, insufficient working memory. 1. This SC is not displayed on the LCD (logging only).
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Undefined error
992
CTL D Defective software program An error undetectable by any other SC code occurred
B222/B224
4-94
SM
manuals4you.com
SC Table
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Operation panel management records exceeded An error occurred because the number of records exceeded the limit for
994
CTL C
images managed in the service layer of the firmware. This can occur if there if there are too many application screens open on the operation panel. No action required because this SC does not interfere with operation of the machine.
No.
Type

Troubleshooting
Controller Board Mismatch The information on the controller board does not match that of the 995 CTL D Wrong controller board installed Reinstall the correct controller board for this machine. machine
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Application function selection error The application selected by the operation panel key does not start or ends abnormally. Software (including the software configuration) defective
997
CTL B
An option required by the application (RAM, DIMM, board) is not installed Nesting of the fax group addresses is too complicated 1. Check the devices necessary for the application program. If necessary devices have not been installed, install them. 2. Check that application programs are correctly configured.
SM
4-95
B222/B224
SC Table No. Type 3. Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) For a fax operation problem, simplify the nesting of the fax group addresses. 4. Take necessary countermeasures specific to the application program. If the logs can be displayed on the operation panel, see the logs.
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures) Application start error No applications start within 60 seconds after the power is turned on. Loose connection of RAM-DIMM, ROM-DIMM Defective controller
998
CTL D 1.
Software problem Check the setting of SP5875-001. If the setting is set to "1 (OFF)", change it to "0 (OFF)". 2. 3. 4. Check if the RAM-DIMM and ROM-DIMM are correctly connected. Reinstall the controller system firmware. Replace the controller.
Note 1 If a problem always occurs in a specific condition (for example. printer driver setting, image file), the problem may be caused by a software error. In this case, the following data and information needs to be sent back to your product specialist. Please understand that it may take some time to get a reply on how to solve the problem, because in some cases the design staff in Japan must analyze the data. Symptom / Possible Causes / Action taken Summary sheet (SP mode Printer SP, SP1-004 [Print Summary]) SMC - All (SP5-990-001) SMC - Logging (SP5-990-004) Printer driver settings used when the problem occurs All data displayed on the screen (SC code, error code, and program address where the problem is logged.) Image file which causes the problem, if possible
B222/B224
4-96
SM
manuals4you.com
Troubleshooting Guide
4.5 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

4.5.1 IMAGE QUALITY
The following work-flow shows the basic troubleshooting steps for the image quality problems on this product.
SM
4-97
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
B222/B224
4-98
SM
manuals4you.com
4.5.2 LINE POSITION ADJUSTMENT

When there are color registration errors on the output, do the line position adjustment as follows.
Use A3/DLT size paper for this adjustment. Test 1. 2. Do SP2-111-003 (Mode c: rough adjustment). Use SP2-194-007 to check if the result of the line position adjustment is correct (0: Completed successfully, 1: Not completed). If the result is "1", refer to Countermeasure list for color registration errors. 3. 4. Do SP2-111-001 (Mode a: fine adjustment twice). Use SP2-194-007 to check if the result of the line position adjustment is correct (0: Completed successfully, 1: Not completed). If the result is "1", refer to Countermeasure list for color registration errors. 5. Put some A3/DLT paper on the by-pass tray. When you print a test pattern, use the by-pass tray to feed the paper. 6. 7. 8. Print out test pattern "7" with SP2-109-003. Check the printed output with a loupe. If there are no color registration errors on the output, the line position adjustment is correctly done. If not, refer to the countermeasure list for color registration errors. Countermeasure list for color registration errors
SM
4-99
After Executing SP2-111-003 Result (SP2-194) -010, -011, -012 Defective laser optics housing unit shutter Test pattern check Possible cause/Countermeasure
-007
White image, Abnormal image, Low density Result: Result: "1" "2" or "3" (Line pattern detection failure) 4. 3. 1. 2.
Defective image processing unit Low density of test pattern Defective BCU Replace the shutter motor. Replace the high voltage power supply unit. Do the forced process control (SP3-011-001) or supply some toner (SP3-015-xxx). Replace the BCU. Defective ID sensor shutter Defective ID sensor
Normal image, but with color registration errors 2. 3. 1.
Defective BCU Replace the ID sensor shutter solenoid. Replace the ID sensor. Replace the BCU.
B222/B224
4-100
SM
manuals4you.com
Defective laser optics housing The main scan registrations of M, C, Y are shifted by more than 15 mm from the main scan registration of Bk. 1. unit Defective BCU Replace the laser optics housing unit. One of results (-010, -011, -012): "5" (Out of adjustable range) The sub scan registrations of M, C, Y are shifted by more than 20 mm from the sub scan registration of Bk. 1. 2. Replace the BCU. Defective image transfer belt Defective drive units
Troubleshooting
Defective BCU Replace the image transfer belt. 2. Replace the drum motor. 3. Replace the BCU.
SM
4-101
B222/B224
Defective ID sensor at center Deformed center area The main scan registration is shifted by more than 0.66 mm, but only at the central area of the image on the output. 1. 2. on the image transfer belt Defective BCU Replace the ID sensor. Replace the image transfer belt. 3. Replace the BCU. Defective PCU Defective laser optics housing unit The skew for M, C, Y is more than 0.75 mm from the main scan registration of Bk Defective BCU 1. Reinstall or replace the PCU. 2. Replace the laser optics housing unit. 3. Replace the BCU. Skew correction upper limit error Defective BCU Others 1. 2. Defective laser optics housing unit Replace the BCU. Replace the laser optics housing unit. Result: "0"
- -
Do SP2-111-001 or -002.
B222/B224
4-102
SM
manuals4you.com
Troubleshooting Guide After Executing SP2-111-001 Result (SP2-194) -010, -011, -012 Defective laser optics housing unit shutter Defective image processing unit Low density of test pattern White image, Abnormal image, Low density Result: "2" or "3" (Line pattern detection Result: "1" Defective ID sensor shutter Defective ID sensor Normal image, but with color registration 1. errors 2. 3. Result: "5" (Out of adjustable range) Low image density on the output 1. Defective BCU Replace the ID sensor shutter solenoid. Replace the ID sensor. Replace the BCU. Low pattern density Do the forced process control (SP3-011-001) or supply some toner (SP3-015-xxx). failure) 4. 3. Defective BCU 1. 2. Replace the shutter motor. Replace the high voltage power supply unit.
Troubleshooting
Test pattern check
Possible cause/Countermeasure
-007
Do the forced process control (SP3-011-001) or supply some toner (SP3-015-xxx). Replace the BCU.
manuals4you
SM
.com
4-103
B222/B224
No defective component The main scan registrations of M, C, Y are shifted by more 1. than 1.4 mm from the main scan registration of Bk. 3. 2. Replace the laser optics housing unit. Replace the BCU. No defective component The sub scan registrations of M, C, Y are shifted by more than 1.4 mm from the sub scan registration of Bk. 1. 2. 3. 4. Defective image transfer belt Defective drive units Defective BCU Do SP2-111-003 again. Replace the image transfer belt. Replace the drum motor. Replace the BCU. Defective ID sensor at center Deformed center area on the image transfer belt Defective BCU 1. 2. 3. Replace the ID sensor. Replace the image transfer belt. Replace the BCU. Defective laser optics housing unit Defective BCU Do SP2-111-003 again.
The main scan registration is shifted by more than 0.66 mm, but only at the central area of the image on the output.
B222/B224
4-104
SM
manuals4you.com
The skew for M, C, Y is more than 0.75 mm from the main scan registration of Bk. at the end of the scan line? 1. 2.
Defective PCU Defective laser optics housing unit Defective BCU Reinstall or replace the PCU. Replace the laser optics housing unit. 3. Replace the BCU. Skew correction upper limit error Defective BCU
Others
Defective laser optics housing unit 1. 2. Replace the BCU. Replace the laser optics housing
Troubleshooting
unit. Abnormal SP setting value of main scan: Bk 1. Adjust the value with SP2-101-001. Abnormal SP setting value of main scan length detection: Bk 1. Adjust the value with SP2-185-001. Low pattern density Low image density on the output 1. Do the forced process control (SP3-011-001) or supply some toner (SP3-015-xxx).
The main scan registration of Bk is No color registration errors Result: "0" The main scan length of Bk is shifted. shifted.
Color registration errors
SM
4-105
B222/B224
Defective ID sensor at center The main scan registration is shifted, but only at the central area of the image on the output. 1. 2. 3. Deformed center area on the image transfer belt Defective BCU Replace the ID sensor. Replace the image transfer belt. Replace the BCU. Defective laser optics housing unit Defective ID sensor Defective BCU The main scan registrations of M, C, Y are shifted. Incorrect SP value 1. Replace the laser optics housing unit. 2. 3. 4. Replace the ID sensor. Replace the BCU. Adjust the value with SP2-182-004 to -021.
B222/B224
4-106
SM
manuals4you.com
Defective image transfer belt Defective drive units Defective ID sensor Defective BCU The sub scan registrations of M, C, 1. Y are shifted. 2. 3. 4. 5. Incorrect SP value Replace the image transfer belt. Replace the ID sensor. Replace the drum motor. Replace the BCU. Adjust the value with SP2-182-022 to -039. Defective PCU
Troubleshooting
Defective laser optics housing unit The skew of M, C, Y is different. Defective IOB 1. 2. Reinstall or replace the PCU. Replace the laser optics housing unit. 3. Replace the IOB. Defective PCU Defective drive unit The sub scan lines are shifted. Shifted lines appear cyclically. 2. 3. Drum phase adjustment error 1. Do SP1-902-001 (Drum phase adjustment); see Replacement and Adjustment Drive Unit Gear Unit for details. Reinstall or replace the PCU. Check or replace the drive unit.
SM
4-107
B222/B224
Jam Detection
4.6 JAM DETECTION

4.6.1 PAPER JAM DISPLAY
SP7-504 shows the paper jam history.
CODE: indicates the jam code. SIZE: indicates the paper Size Code. Total: Indicates the total counter (SP7-502-001). DATE: indicates the date when the jam occurred.
4.6.2 JAM CODES AND DISPLAY CODES
Jam Code SP 7504 1 7504 3 7504 4 7504 5 7504 6 7504 8 7504 9
Display
Description
LCD Display A A Y Y A Z
At Power On Tray 1: ON Tray 2: ON Tray 3: ON Tray 4: ON Bypass: ON Duplex: ON Vertical Transport 1: ON Vertical Transport 2: ON
Paper is not fed at power on. Paper is not fed from tray 1. Paper is not fed from tray 2. Paper is not fed from tray 3 (LCT). Paper is not fed from tray 4. Paper is not fed from the by-pass tray. Paper is jammed at the duplex unit. Vertical transport sensor 1 does not detect paper from tray 1. Vertical transport sensor 2 does not detect paper from tray 2.
7504 11
7504 12
B222/B224
4-108
SM
manuals4you.com
Jam Detection Jam Code SP Display Description LCD Display
Vertical transport sensor 1 or relay 7504 13 Bank Transport 1 sensor does not detect paper from tray 3 Y (LCT). Registration sensor does not detect paper. Fusing entrance sensor does not detect paper. Fusing exit sensor does not detect paper.
7504 17
Registration: ON
7504 18
Fusing Entrance: ON
7504 19
Fusing Exit: ON
7504 21
Relay Exit: ON
Tray exit sensor (bridge unit) does not detect paper. Relay sensor (bridge unit) does not detect paper. Junction gate jam sensor does not detect paper. Duplex exit sensor does not detect paper. Duplex entrance sensor does not detect paper. Duplex entrance sensor does not detect paper again after paper has passed this sensor. 1-bin tray exit sensor does not detect paper. Vertical transport sensor 1 does not turn off.
7504 22
Relay Transport: ON
7504 24
Junction Gate Feed: ON
7504 25
Duplex Exit: ON
7504 26
Duplex Entrance: ON (In)
7504 27
Duplex Entrance: ON (Out)
7504 28
1-Bin Exit Sensor
7504 51
SEF Sensor 1
SM
4-109
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
7504 20
Paper Exit: ON
Paper exit sensor does not detect paper. C
7504 52
SEF Sensor 2
Vertical transport sensor 2 does not turn off. Vertical transport sensor or relay sensor 1 does not turn off. Vertical transport sensor 2 does not turn off. Registration sensor does not turn off. Paper exit sensor does not turn off. Tray exit sensor (bridge unit) does not turn off. Relay sensor (bridge unit) does not turn off. Junction gate jam sensor does not turn off. Duplex exit sensor does not turn off.
7504 53
Bank SEF Sensor 1
7504 54
Bank SEF Sensor 2
7504 57 7504 60
Regist Sensor Exit Sensor
B C
7504 61
Relay Exit Sensor
7504 62
Relay Sensor
7504 64
Junction Gate Feed: OFF Duplex Exit Sensor
7504 65
7504 66
Duplex Entrance: OFF Duplex entrance sensor does not turn (In) off.
7504 67
Duplex Entrance: OFF Duplex entrance sensor does not turn (Out) 1-Bin Exit: ON Finisher Entrance (B408) off after paper has passed this sensor. 1-bin tray exit sensor does not turn off. Paper does not reach to the entrance sensor or stay at the entrance sensor. Paper does not reach to the lower tray exit sensor or stay at the lower tray exit sensor.
7504 68
7504 100
R1-R2
7504 101
Finisher Shift Tray Exit (B408)
R1-R2
7504 102
Finisher Staple (B408) Paper does not reach to the staple tray
R3-R5
B222/B224
4-110
SM
manuals4you.com
entrance sensor or stay at the staple tray entrance sensor. Lower tray exit sensor does not detect paper after the stack feed-out 7504 103 Finisher Exit (B408) belt has fed paper. Lower tray exit sensor still detects paper after the stack feed-out belt has returned to the home position. Finisher Drive Motor (B408) Exit guide plate HP sensor does not turn on or off for specified time. Stack height sensor does not detect paper after the lower tray has lifted 7504 105 Finisher Tray Lift Motor (B408) up. Stack height sensor still detects paper after the lower tray has lifted down. Jogger fence HP sensor does not turn off after the jogger fence has 7504 106 Finisher Jogger Motor (B408) moved from its home position. Jogger fence HP sensor does not turn on after the jogger fence has returned to its home position. Shift roller HP sensor does not turn off after the shift roller has moved 7504 107 Finisher Shift Motor (B408) from its home position. Shift roller HP sensor does not turn on after the shift roller has returned to its home position. Finisher Staple Motor (B408) Stapler HP sensor does not turn off after the stapler has moved from its R1-R2 R3-R5 R1-R2 R3-R5
7504 104
7504 108
R3-R5
SM
4-111
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
manuals4you.com
home position. Stapler HP sensor does not turn on after the stapler has returned to its home position. Stack feed-out belt HP sensor does not turn off after the stack feed-out belt has moved from its home 7504 109 Finisher Exit Motor (B408) position. Stack feed-out belt HP sensor does not turn on after the stack feed-out belt has returned to its home position. Paper does not reach the finisher entrance sensor or stays at the finisher entrance sensor. Paper does not reach the proof tray exit sensor or stays at the proof tray exit sensor. Paper does not reach the upper tray exit sensor or stays at the upper tray exit sensor. Stapling tray paper sensor does not Finisher Stapler Exit: EUP (B804/B805) turn on after the finisher entrance sensor has turned on. Stapling tray paper sensor does not turn off after it has turned on. R1-R4 R1-R4 R1-R4 R3-R5
7504 191
Finisher Entrance: EUP (B804/B805)
7504 192
Finisher Proof Exit: EUP (B804/B805)
Finisher Shift Tray 7504 193 Exit: EUP (B804/B805)
[B804]: R5-R7 [B805]: R5-R8
7504 194
Upper tray exit sensor does not turn [B804]: 7504 195 Finisher Exit: EUP (B804/B805) on while the stack feed-out belt is turned on. R1-R4/ R8-R12
Upper tray exit sensor does not turn [B805]:
B222/B224
4-112
SM
manuals4you.com
Jam Detection Jam Code SP Display Description LCD Display R8-R12
off after the stack feed-out belt has returned to its home position. Finisher Staple: EUP (B804/B805) Finisher Saddle Stitch 7504 197 Staple: EUP (B804/B805) Fold bottom fence HP sensor does not turn on after the fold roller motor has stopped. Finisher Folder: EUP (B804 only) Fold unit exit sensor does not turn on after the fold rollers have stopped. Fold unit exit sensor does not turn off after the fold rollers have stopped. Not used
7504 196
Not used
7504 198
R8-R12
Upper tray limit sensor does not turn Finisher Tray Motor: EUP (B804/B805) on after the upper tray has lifted up. Upper tray limit sensor does not turn off after the upper tray has moved down.
[B804]: R1-R4/ R5-R7 [B805]: R1-R4/ R5-R8
7504 199
Jogger fence HP sensor does not turn on/off after the jogger motor 7504 200 Finisher Jogger Motor: EUP (B804/B805) has turned on. Stack feed out belt HP sensor does not turn on/off after the feed out belt motor has turned on. Finisher Shift Motor: EUP (B804/B805) Shift roller HP sensor does not turn on/off after the shift roller motor has
[B804]: R5-R7/ R8-R12 [B805]: R5-R8
7504 201
[B804]: R1-R4/
SM
4-113
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
Jam Detection Jam Code SP Display Description LCD Display R5-R7
turned on.
Exit guide plate HP sensor does not [B805]: turn on/off after the exit guide plate motor has turned on. Stacking roller HP sensor does not turn on/off after the stacking sponge roller motor has turned on. Corner stapler HP sensor does not Finisher Staple 7504 202 Moving Motor: EUP (B804/B805) turn on/off after the corner stapler movement motor has turned on. Stapler rotation HP sensor does not turn on/off after the corner stapler rotation motor has turned on. R1-R4/ R5-R8
[B804]: R5-R7/ R8-R12 [B805]: R5-R8
Corner stapler does not finish 7504 203 Finisher Staple Motor: EUP (B804/B805) stapling after a specified time. Booklet stapler does not finish stapling after a specified time.
[B804]: R5-R7/ R8-R12 [B805]: R5-R8
Fold plate HP sensor does not turn on/off after the fold plate motor has turned on. Clamp roller HP sensor does not turn on/off after the clamp roller Finisher Folder Motor: EUP (B804 only) retraction motor has turned on. Fold bottom fence HP sensor does not turn on/off after the fold unit bottom fence lift motor has turned on. Stack junction gate HP sensor does not turn on/off after the stack junction gate motor has turned on. R8-R12
7504 204
B222/B224
4-114
SM
manuals4you.com
7504 205
Finisher Exit Motor: EUP (B804/B805)
Not used
Punch encoder sensor does not turn on/off after the punch drive motor has turned on. Punch movement HP sensor does 7504 206 Finisher Punch Motor: EUP (B804/B805) not turn on/off after the punch movement motor has turned on. Paper position slide HP sensor does not turn on/off after the paper position sensor slide motor has turned on. Finisher Exit No Response Finisher Communication Error The machine does not get a paper exit signal from the finisher. The machine does not detect the finisher.
Troubleshooting
R1-R4
7504 230
7504 231
Paper Size Code
Size Code 05 06 14 38 44 132
Paper Size A4 LEF A5 LEF B5 LEF LT LEF HLT LEF A3 SEF 141 142 160 164 166 172
Size Code
Paper Size B4 SEF B5 SEF DLT SEF LG SEF LT SEF HLT SEF
SM
4-115
B222/B224
Jam Detection Size Code 133 134 Paper Size A4 SEF A5 SEF 255 Size Code Paper Size Others -
Sensor Locations
B222/B224
4-116
SM
manuals4you.com
Electrical Component Defects
4.7 ELECTRICAL COMPONENT DEFECTS

4.7.1 SENSORS
The CN numbers in the following table are the connector numbers on the IOB.
No.
Sensor Name/ Sensor Board Name
Active
CN
Condition
Symptom
Open S13 Duplex Door L CN215/B9 Shorted
"Open Cover" is displayed "Open cover" cannot be

detected.
ID Sensor (K, M, C, Y) S44 ID Sensor (Front, Center, Rear)
CN239
Open/ Shrted Open/ Shorted Open
SC285
CN107 on BCU
SC400
Jam A (Jam8, 17) Jam A, B (Jam1)
S17
Registration Sensor
CN209/A2 Shorted
S35
Drum Gear Position Sensor-K Drum Gear Position Sensor-M Drum Gear Position Sensor-C Drum Gear Position Sensor-Y Shutter Positioning Sensor - Open
CN244/10
Open/ Shorted Open/ Shorted Open/ Shorted Open/ Shorted Open
SC380/SC396
S36
CN244/13
SC380/SC397
S37
CN244/16
SC380/SC398
S38
CN244/19
SC380/SC399
SC294/295 SC293
S1
CN266/4 Shorted
SM
4-117
Electrical Component Defects No. Sensor Name/ Sensor Board Name Shutter Positioning Sensor - Close Active CN Condition Symptom
Open H CN266/7 Shorted CN236/B3 CN236/B6 L CN236/B9 CN236/ B12 Open/ Shorted Open L CN212/A7 Shorted Shorted
SC291/292 SC290 Toner end cannot be detected. Toner end is detected when there is enough toner.
S2
S31 S32 S33 S34
Toner End Sensor - Y Toner End Sensor - C Toner End Sensor M Toner End Sensor - K Image Transfer Belt Rotation Sensor Vertical Transport Sensor 1
Open
S52
H/L
CN223/1
SC443
Jam A (Jam3, 11) Jam A, B (Jam1) Paper end is not
S24
Open S25 S29 Paper End Sensor 1, 2 L CN212/ A10, B10
detected when there is no paper in the paper tray. Paper end is detected
Shorted
when there is paper in the paper tray.
S26 S30
Paper Lift Sensor 1, 2
CN212/ A13, B13
Open/ Shorted Open
SC501, SC502
S28
Vertical Transport Sensor 2
Jam A (Jam4, 12) Jam A, B (Jam1) Remaining paper volume on the LCD is wrong. Remaining paper
CN212/B7 Shorted
S19 S20
Tray 1 Paper Height Sensor 1, 2
CN209/ B2, B5
Open/ Shorted
S21
Tray 2 Paper Height
CN209/
Open/
B222/B224
4-118
SM
manuals4you.com
Electrical Component Defects No. Sensor Name/ Sensor Board Name Sensor 1, 2 Active CN Condition Symptom
S22
B10, B13
Shorted
volume on the LCD is wrong.
S23
Tray 1 Paper Feed Sensor Tray 2 Paper Feed Sensor
CN212/A4
Open/ Shorted Open/ Shorted
Jam A, B (Jam1)
S27
CN212/A4
Jam A, B (Jam1)
Open SW5 Tray 1 Set Switch L CN209/A9 Shorted
Tray 1 is not detected when tray 1 is set. Tray 1 is detected when

Troubleshooting
tray 1 is not set.
S15
By-pass Paper Size Sensor
CN215/ L B16, B17, B19, B20
Open/ Shorted
Paper size error
Paper on the by-pass Open S11 By-pass Paper Detection Sensor L CN215/ A17 Shorted tray is not detected when paper is set. Paper on the by-pass tray is detected when paper is not set. Fusing Entrance Sensor Open L CN215/B6 Shorted Open L CN215/A8 Shorted CN215/ A11 CN219/A7 Open Shorted Open/ Jam Z (Jam 1) Jam Z (Jam 25) Jam Z (Jam 1) SC372 Jam C (Jam 1) Jam Z (Jam 26/27) Jam C (Jam 18)
S12
S9
Duplex Entrance Sensor
S10
Duplex Exit Sensor
S48
TD Sensor - K
SM
4-119
B222/B224
Electrical Component Defects No. Sensor Name/ Sensor Board Name Active CN Condition Symptom
Shorted CN219/ A15 Open/ Shorted Open/ Shorted Open/ Shorted Open S5 Fusing Exit Sensor L CN232/13 Shorted Jam C (Jam 1) Waste toner near full Open indicated when it is not near full. S18 Waste Toner Sensor H CN209/A5 Shorted Waste toner near full cannot be detected when the waste toner bottle is nearly full. Waste toner bottle is Open Waste Toner Bottle Set Switch not detected when the waste toner bottle is set. L CN209/A7 Waste toner bottle is Shorted detected when the waste toner bottle is not set. CN209/ L A11, A12, A13, A14
S49
TD Sensor - M
SC373
S50
TD Sensor - C
CN219/B7
SC374
S51
TD Sensor - Y
CN219/ B15
SC375
Jam C (Jam 19)
SW4
SW6
Tray 2 Paper Size Switch
Open/ Shorted
Paper size error
B222/B224
4-120
SM
manuals4you.com
Electrical Component Defects No. Sensor Name/ Sensor Board Name Active CN Condition Symptom
SC498 Printed image has S16 Temperature/ Humidity Sensor A CN205/1, 3 Open/ Shorted some problems such as rough image, dirty background, weak image or poor fusing. Open/ Shorted Open/ Shorted Open/ Shorted Open S4 Paper Exit Sensor L CN231/10 Shorted Jam C (Jam 1) Paper overflow message is not Open displayed when the paper overflow S6 Paper Overflow Sensor condition still remains. L CN232/16 Paper overflow message is displayed Shorted when the paper overflow condition does not remain. Original Width Sensor 1 S41 Original Width Sensor 2 A CN313/3 SIO CN313/4 SIO Open/ Shorted Original paper size cannot be detected.
S47
Thermopile
CN218/3
SC541
TH2
Thermistor - Heating Roller Thermistor - Pressure Roller
CN217/5
SC551
TH1
CN217/3
SC561
Jam C (Jam 20)
SM
4-121
Electrical Component Defects No. Sensor Name/ Sensor Board Name Original Length Sensor 1 S42 Original Length Sensor 2 Original Length Sensor 3 A CN313/9 SIO CN313/13 SIO CN318/2 SIO CN318/5 SIO Open Shorted Open/ Shorted Open/ Shorted Open/ Shorted Open/ Shorted Open/ Shorted Open/ Shorted Open/ Shorted SC120 SC121 Platen cover open cannot be detected. Open/ Shorted Original paper size cannot be detected. Active CN Condition Symptom
CN313/8 SIO
S43
S39
Scanner HP Sensor
S40
Platen Cover Sensor
S45
Paper Transfer Contact Sensor Image Transfer Belt Contact Sensor Ferrite Roller HP Sensor
CN225/11
SC452
S46
CN225/17
SC442
S8
CN224/7
SC549
S7
Fusing Belt Sensor
H/L
CN225/2
SC584
S14
Junction Gate 1 HP Sensor
C215/B12
SC529
S3
Junction Paper Jam
C232/7
Jam C (Jam 24/64)
B222/B224
4-122
SM
manuals4you.com
4.7.2 BLOWN FUSE CONDITIONS

Power Supply Unit
Rating Fuse 115V 220V - 240V No response. (5V power to the PSU is not supplied.) No response. (5V power to the BCU and controller is not supplied.) 5V power to the scanner heater and tray heater is not supplied. 5V power to the SIO and heater is not supplied. 5V power to the IOB not supplied. 5VS power to the IPU not supplied. 24VS power to the IOB not supplied. 24VS power to the IOB not supplied. 24V power to the IOB not supplied. 24V power to the SIO not supplied. 24V power to the IPU and MB not supplied. 24V power to the PFU or LCT not supplied. 24V power to the finisher not supplied. 5V power to the IPU not supplied.
Troubleshooting
Symptom when turning on the main switch
FU1
15A/125V
8A/250V
FU2
10A/125V
6.3A/250V
FU3
2A/250V
1A/250V
FU4 FU5 FU6 FU7 FU8 FU9 FU10 FU11 FU12 FU13 FU14
1A/250V 5A/250V 2A/250V 10A/125V 10A/125V 6.3A/125V 6.3A/125V 6.3A/125V 6.3A/125V 6.3A/125V 5A/250V
1A/250V 5A/250V 2A/125V 10A/125V 10A/125V 6.3A/125V 6.3A/125V 6.3A/125V 6.3A/125V 6.3A/125V 5A/250V
SM
4-123
B222/B224
IH Inverter
Rating Fuse 115V 220V - 240V 15V power to the IH coil unit is not supplied. SC689 occurs. No response No response 15V power to the IH coil unit is not supplied. SC689 occurs. Symptom when turning on the main switch
FU1
15A/125V
8A/250V
FU2 FU3
115C 115C
FU4
1A/250V
For continued protection against risk of fire, replace only with same type and rating of fuse.
B222/B224
4-124
SM
manuals4you.com
SERVICE TABLES
manuals4you.com
Service Program Mode
5. SERVICE TABLES
5.1 SERVICE PROGRAM MODE
Make sure that the data-in LED ( ) is not on before you go into the SP mode. This LED indicates that some data is coming to the machine. When the LED is on, wait for the copier to process the data.
5.1.1 ENABLING AND DISABLING SERVICE PROGRAM MODE

The Service Program Mode is for use by service representatives only. If this mode is used by anyone other than service representatives for any reason, data might be deleted or settings might be changed. In such case, product quality cannot be guaranteed any more.
Entering SP Mode
1. 2. 3. 4. Press the "Clear Mode" key ( Use keypad to enter "107" ( Hold down "Clear/Stop" ( Enter the Service Mode. ). ). ) for 3 seconds at least.
Service Tables B222/B224
Exiting SP Mode
1. Press "Exit" on the LCD twice to return to the copy window.
5.1.2 TYPES OF SP MODES

Copy SP: SP modes related to the engine functions Printer SP: SP modes related to the controller functions Scanner SP: SP modes related to the scanner functions Fax SP: SP modes related to the fax functions Select one of the Service Program modes (Copy, Printer, Scanner, or Fax) from the touch panel as shown in the diagram below after you access the SP mode. This section explains the functions of the Printer/Copy/Scanner SP modes. Refer to the Fax service manual for the Fax SP modes.
SM
5-1
SP Mode Button Summary

Here is a short summary of the touch-panel buttons.
Opens all SP groups and sublevels. Closes all open groups and sublevels and restores the initial SP mode display. Opens the copy window (copy mode) so you can make test copies. Press SP Mode (highlighted) in the copy window to return to the SP mode screen, Enter the SP code directly with the number keys if you know the SP number. Then press . (The required SP Mode number will be highlighted when pressing . If
not, just press the required SP Mode number.) Press two times to leave the SP mode and return to the copy window to resume
B222/B224
5-2
SM
manuals4you.com
Service Program Mode normal operation. Press any Class 1 number to open a list of Class 2 SP modes. Press to scroll the show to the previous or next group. Press to scroll to the previous or next display in segments the size of the screen display (page). Press to scroll the show the previous or next line (line by line). Press to move the highlight on the left to the previous or next selection in the list.
Switching Between SP Mode and Copy Mode for Test Printing

1. 2. In the SP mode, select the test print. Then press Copy Window. Use the copy window (copier mode), to select the appropriate settings (paper size, etc.) for the test print. 3. 4. Press Start to start the test print.
Press SP Mode (highlighted) to return to the SP mode screen and repeat from step 1.
Program numbers have two or three levels. 1. 2. Refer to the Service Tables to find the SP that you want to adjust before you begin. Press the Group number on the left side SP Mode window that contains the SP that you want to adjust. 3. Use the scrolling buttons in the center of the SP mode window to show the SP number that you want to open. Then press that number to expand the list. 4. Use the center touch-panel buttons to scroll to the number and title of the item that you want to set and press it. The small entry box on the right activates and shows the below default or the current settings.
SM
5-3
B222/B224
Service Tables
Selecting the Program Number
Refer to the Service Tables for the range of allowed settings. 1. Do this procedure to enter a setting: Press to toggle between plus and minus and use the keypad to enter the
appropriate number. The number you enter writes over the previous setting. Press to enter the setting. (The value is not registered if you enter a number
that is out of range.) Press Yes when you are prompted to complete the selection. 2. If you need to perform a test print, press Copy Window to open the copy window and select the settings for the test print. Press Start 3. and then press SP Mode
(highlighted) in the copy window to return to the SP mode display. Press Exit two times to return to the copy window when you are finished.
Exiting Service Mode

Press the Exit key on the touch-panel.
Service Mode Lock/Unlock

At locations where the machine contains sensitive data, the customer engineer cannot operate the machine until the Administrator turns the service mode lock off. This function makes sure that work on the machine is always done with the permission of the Administrator. 1. If you cannot go into the SP mode, ask the Administrator to log in with the User Tool and then set Service Mode Lock to OFF after he or she logs in: User Tools > System Settings > Administrator Tools > Service Mode Lock > OFF This unlocks the machine and lets you get access to all the SP codes. The CE can service the machine and turn the machine off and on. It is not necessary to ask the Administrator to log in again each time the machine is turned
B222/B224
5-4
SM
manuals4you.com
Service Program Mode on. 2. 3. Go into the SP mode and set SP5169 to 1 if you must use the printer bit switches. After machine servicing is completed: Change SP5169 from 1 to 0. Turn the machine off and on. Tell the administrator that you have completed servicing the machine. The Administrator will then set the Service Mode Lock to ON.
5.1.3 REMARKS
Display on the Control Panel Screen
The maximum number of characters which can show on the control panel screen is limited to 30 characters. For this reason, some of the SP modes shown on the screen need to be abbreviated. The following are abbreviations used for the SP modes for which the full description is over 20 characters.
Paper Weight Thin paper: 52-59 g/m2 Plain Paper: 60-81g/m2, 16-22lb.
Service Tables
Middle Thick: 82-105g/m2, 22-28lb. Thick Paper 1: 106-169g/m2, 28.5-44.9lb. Thick Paper 2: 170-219g/m2, 45-58lb. Paper Type N: Normal paper MTH: Middle thick paper TH: Thick paper Color Mode [Color] [K]: Black in B&W mode [Y], [M], or [C]: Yellow, Magenta, or Cyan in Full Color mode [YMC]: Only for Yellow, Magenta, and Cyan [FC]: Full Color mode [FC, K], [FC, Y], [FC, M], or [FC, C]: Black, Yellow, Magenta, or Cyan in full color mode Print Mode S: Simplex Process Speed L: Low speed (77 mm/s)
Paper Feed Station P: Paper tray B: By-pass table
SM
5-5
B222/B224
Service Program Mode D: Duplex M: Middle speed (115 mm/s) H: High speed (B224: 205, B222 154 mm/s)
Others
The following symbols are used in the SP mode tables. FA: Factory setting (Data may be adjusted from the default setting at the factory. Refer to the factory setting sheets enclosed. You can find it under the jammed paper removal decal.) DFU: Design/Factory Use only Do not touch these SP modes in the field. A sharp (#) to the right hand side of the mode number column means that the main switch must be turned off and on to effect the setting change. An asterisk (*) to the right hand side of the mode number column means that this mode is stored in the NVRAM. If you do a RAM clear, this SP mode will be reset to the default value. ENG and CTL show which NVRAM contains the data. ENG: NVRAM on the BCU board CTL: NVRAM on the controller board The settings of each SP mode are explained in the right-hand column of the SP table in the following way. [Adjustable range / Default setting / Step ] Alphanumeric If Alphanumeric is written to the right of the bracket as shown above, the setting of the SP mode shows on the screen using alphanumeric characters instead of only numbers. However, the settings in the bracket in the SP mode table are explained by using only the numbers. SSP: This denotes a Special Service Program mode setting.
B222/B224
5-6
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
5.2 COPY SERVICE MODE

5.2.1 SERVICE MODE TABLE
SP1-XXX (Feed)
[Leading Edge Registration] Leading Edge Registration Adjustment (Tray Location, Paper Type, Color Mode), Paper Type -> Plain, Thick 1or Thick 1001 2 Adjusts the leading edge registration by changing the registration clutch operation timing for each mode. 001 Tray: Plain 002 Tray: Thick 1 003 Tray: Thick 2 004 By-pass Table: Plain 005 By-pass Table: Thick 1 006 By-pass Table: Thick 2 007 Duplex: Plain 008 Duplex: Thick 1 009 Tray: Thin 010 Tray: Middle Thick 011 By-pass: Thin 012 By-pass: Middle Thick 013 By-pass: Thick 3 014 Duplex: Thin 015 Duplex: Middle Thick *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [9 to 9 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
SM
5-7
Copy Service Mode
[Side to Side Reg.] Side-to-Side Registration Adjustment 1002 Adjusts the side-to-side registration by changing the laser main scan start position for each mode. 001 By-pass Table 002 Paper Tray 1 003 Paper Tray 2 004 Paper Tray 3 005 Paper Tray 4 006 Duplex *ENG *ENG *ENG [4 to 4 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG
[Paper Buckle] Paper Buckle Adjustment (Tray Location, Paper Type), Paper Type: N: Normal, TH: Thick 1003 Adjusts the amount of paper buckle at the registration roller by changing the paper feed timing. 001 Paper Tray1: Plain 002 Paper Tray1: Thick1 003 Paper Tray1: Thick2 004 Paper Tray2/3/4/5: Plain Paper Tray2/3/4/5: Thick 1 Paper Tray2/3/4/5: Thick 2 *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [5 to 5 / -2 / 1 mm/step] [5 to 5 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
[5 to 5 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
005
*ENG [5 to 5 / -2 / 1 mm/step] *ENG
006
007 By-pass: Plain 008 By-pass: Thick1 009 By-pass: Thick2
*ENG *ENG *ENG
[5 to 5 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
[5 to 5 / -2 / 1 mm/step]
B222/B224
5-8
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 010 Duplex: Plain 011 Duplex: Thick1 012 Tray 1: Thin 013 Tray 1: Middle Thick 014 Tray 2/3/4/5: Thin *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [5 to 5 / 0 / 1 mm/step] [5 to 5 / 0 / 1 mm/step] [5 to 5 / -2 / 1 mm/step]
[5 to 5 / -2 / 1 mm/step]
015 Tray 2/3/4/5: Middle Thick *ENG 016 By-pass: Thin 017 By-pass: Middle Thick 018 By-pass: Thick 3 019 Duplex: Thin 020 Duplex: Middle Thick *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [5 to 5 / 0 / 1 mm/step] [5 to 5 / -2 / 1 mm/step]
[5 to 5 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
1007
[By-Pass Size Detection] By-Pass Size Detection Display LG *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / ] 0: OFF, 1: ON

Enables or disables the automatic paper size detection function of the by-pass 001 tray. This SP determines what paper size the machine detects if the detected size is less than 8.5. 0: OFF (Letter/SEF), 1: ON (Legal/SEF)
1103
[Fusing Idling] Fusing Idling Adjustment Extra Idling Time *ENG [0 to 60 / 0 / 1 sec/step] Not used
001 Specifies how long the extra idling operation is executed. Specifies how long the extra idling 016 Extra Idling Time (L) *ENG operation is executed for each environment.
SM
5-9
Copy Service Mode [0 to 250 / 60 / 1 sec/step] Each environment is determined with SP1112-001 and 002. 017 Extra Idling Time (H) 018 Extra Idling Time (M) *ENG [0 to 250 / B222: 10, B224: 25 / 1 *ENG sec/step]
1105
[Fusing Temperature] Fusing Temperature Adjustment (Printing Mode, Roller Type, [Color], Simplex/Duplex) Roller Type > Center and Ends: Heating roller, Pressure > Pressure roller Paper Type -> Plain, Thin, Thick, OHP, Middle Thick, Special Fusing Ready Temp. *ENG [100 to 200 / 138 / 1C/step]
001 Specifies the heating roller target temperature for the ready condition. Fusing Ready: Offset *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1C/step]
002 Sets the heating roller offset temperature for the printing ready condition. Ready temperature = (Target temperature specified in SP1-105-1) Temperature specified in this SP mode Ends Ready: Offset *ENG [70 to 180 / 70 / 1C/step]
003 Sets the heating roller offset temperature at the end of the heating roller. This value is one of the thresholds to determine if the machine is at the heating roller target temperature during warm-up. Ends Ready: Upper Limit *ENG [0 to 200 / 200 / 1C/step]
004 Sets the upper limit temperature of the heating roller at the end of the heating roller. This value is one of the thresholds to determine if the machine is at the heating roller target temperature during warm-up. Pressure Ready: Offset. * ENG [40 to 180 / B222: 70, B224: 90/ 1C/step]
005 Sets the pressure roller offset temperature. This value is one of the thresholds to determine if the machine is at the heating roller target temperature during warm-up.
B222/B224
5-10
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode Pressure Ready: Upper Limit. 006 * ENG [0 to 180 / 180 / 1C/step]
Sets the limit temperature of the pressure roller. This value is one of the thresholds to determine if the machine is at the heating roller target temperature during the warm-up. Stand-By: Pressure * ENG [90 to 150 / 150 / 1C/step]
012 Specifies the stand-by temperature for the pressure roller. Pressure Target Energy 016 Saver [90 to 150 / B222: 100, B224: 140 / 1C/step]
* ENG
Specifies the temperature during the panel-off mode for the pressure roller. The following SPs except SP1105-085 set the target operating temperatures of the heating roller in various modes. 030 Plain: FC: Simplex 032 Plain: FC: Duplex 034 Plain: BW: Simplex 036 Plain: BW: Duplex 038 Thin: FC: Simplex 040 Thin: FC: Duplex 042 Thin: BW: Simplex 044 Thin: BW: Duplex 046 Thick 1: FC: Simplex 048 Thick 1: FC: Duplex 050 Thick 1: BW: Simplex 052 Thick 1: BW: Duplex 054 Thick 2: FC: Simplex *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [100 to 200 / 150 / 1C/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [100 to 200 / 170 / 1C/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG [100 to 200 / 170 / 1C/step] [100 to 200 / B222: 155, B224: 160 /
1C/step]
SM
5-11
Copy Service Mode 055 Thick 2: BW: Simplex 056 OHP: FC 057 OHP: BW 058 Special 1: FC: Simplex 060 Special 1: FC: Duplex 062 Special 1: BW: Simplex 064 Special 1: BW: Duplex 066 Special 2: FC: Simplex 068 Special 2: FC: Duplex 070 Special 2: BW: Simplex 072 Special 2: BW: Duplex 074 Special 3: FC: Simplex 076 Special 3: FC: Duplex 078 Special 3: BW: Simplex 080 Special 3: BW: Duplex Target Temp. After Ready 082 Specifies the target temperature for the maintain mode after the machine has reached the target temperature in warm-up mode. Recovery Target Temp. 083 *ENG [100 to 200 / 170 / 1C/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [100 to 200 / 160 / 1C/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [100 to 200 / 160 / 1C/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [100 to 200 / 160 / 1C/step] *ENG *ENG [100 to 180 / 165 / 1C/step] [100 to 180 / 160 / 1C/step]
*ENG
[100 to 200 / 160 / 1C/step]
Specifies the target temperature for the print mode without printing/copying job after the machine's recovery. Print Start: Offset *ENG [0 to 100 / 5 / 1C/step]
085
Specifies the paper feed start temperature. This value is the offset temperature in relation to the target temperature for the print ready mode.
B222/B224
5-12
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode Feed Start: Offset 086 *ENG [0 to 100 / 5 / 1C/step]
Specifies the image processing start temperature. This value is the offset temperature in relation to the target temperature for the print ready mode.
089 Thick 3: FC: Simplex 091 Thick 3: BW: Simplex 093 Envelop: FC 094 Envelop: BW Middle Thick: Middle Speed: FC: Simplex Middle Thick: Middle Speed: FC: Duplex Middle Thick: Middle Speed: BW: Simplex Middle Thick: Middle Speed: BW: Duplex Middle Thick: Constant Speed: Offset Feed Start: Extra: Offset 104
*ENG [100 to 200 / 175 / 1C/step] *ENG *ENG [100 to 180 / 160 / 1C/step] *ENG
095
*ENG
097
*ENG [100 to 160 / 145 / 1C/step]
099
*ENG
101
*ENG
Service Tables
103
*ENG
[0 to 55 / B222: 15, B224: 20 / 1C/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 100 / 1C/step]
Specifies the paper feed start offset temperature. This value is the offset temperature in relation to the target temperature for the print ready mode. Print Start: Extra: Offset *ENG [0 to 100 / 100 / 1C/step]
105
Specifies the image processing start offset temperature. This value is the offset temperature in relation to the target temperature for the print ready mode. Extra Rotation Temp.: L *ENG [100 to 200 / 165 / 1C/step]
106
Specifies the target temperature for extra idling mode in a low temperature environment. The low temperature threshold can be adjusted with SP1112-003.
SM
5-13
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode Extra Rotation Temp.: M *ENG [100 to 200 / 160 / 1C/step]
107 Specifies the target temperature for extra idling mode in a medium temperature environment. The medium temperature is between the low temperature threshold (SP1112-003) and the high temperature threshold (SP1112-004). Extra Rotation Temp.: H *ENG [100 to 200 / 160 / 1C/step]
108 Specifies the target temperature for extra idling mode in a high temperature environment. The high temperature threshold can be adjusted with SP1112-004. 111 Thick: Small Size PF/PS Temp.: Extend: O/V: Plain: FC Prn PF/PS Temp.: Extend: O/V: M-Thick PF/PS Temp.: O/V: Stand-By: Mid-Thick PF Temp: Pressure: Plain PF Temp: Pressure: Plain: FC Prn. PF Temp: Pressure: M-Thick: BK PF Temp: Pressure: M-Thick: FC Reload Correction Temp.: Plain: Reload Reload Correction Temp.: M-Thick: Reload *ENG [100 to 170 / 155 / 1C/step]
119
*ENG
[0 to 100 / B222: 20, B224: 10 / 1C/step]
120
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 5 / 1C/step]
121
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 5 / 1C/step]
122
*ENG
[10 to 150 / 20 / 1C/step]
123
*ENG
[10 to 150 / B222: 65, B224: 90 / 1C/step]
124
*ENG [10 to 150 / B222: 85, B224: 115 / 1C/step] *ENG
125
126
*ENG
[0 to 20 / 10 / 1C/step]
127
*ENG
[0 to 20 / 15 / 1C/step]
128 Reload Correction
*ENG
[0 to 20 / 10 / 1C/step]
B222/B224
5-14
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode Temp.: M-Thick: Standby PF/PS Temp: Offset Value: Color: M PF/Print: Offset Value: Color: M: M-Thick
*129
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 30 / 1C/step]
*130
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 5 / 1C/step]
*For Future Use
[Fusing Temperature Display] Fusing Temperature Display (Heating or 1106 Pressure) Displays the current temperature of the heating and pressure rollers. 001 Fusing: Center 002 Fusing: Ends 003 Pressure [20 to 250 / - / 1C/step] The heating roller has two lamps. One heats the center of the heating roller and the other heats both ends of the heating roller.
[Forced Ready Setting] 1108 Japan use only [0 or 1 / 0 / - ] 0: OFF, 1: ON
001 ON/OFF
*ENG
002 Target Voltage Ratio 003 Measured Voltage Ratio 004 Target Temperature
*ENG [85 to 100 / 92 / 1%/step] *ENG [70 to 120 / 100 / 1%/step] *ENG [110 to 155 / 155 / 1 deg/step]
1109
[Fusing Nip Band Check] Executes the nip band measurement
001
Execute
between fusing belt and pressure roller. If the nip band width is not 8 mm, and
SM
5-15
B222/B224
Service Tables
Copy Service Mode fusing is not good, replace the pressure roller or install a new fusing unit. Pre-Idling Time 002 Specifies the fusing rotation time before executing SP1109-001. Stop Time 003 Specifies the time for measuring the nip. * ENG [5 to 30 / 10 / 1 sec/step] *ENG [0 to 120 / 240 / 1 sec/step]
1112
[Environmental Correction: Fusing] Temp.: Threshold: Low *ENG [10 to 23 / 17 / 1C/step]
001 Specifies the threshold temperature for low temperature condition. Temp.: Threshold: High 002 Specifies the threshold temperature for high temperature condition. Low Temp. Correction *ENG [0 to 15 / 5 / 1C/step] *ENG [24 to 40 / 30 / 1C/step]
003 Specifies the temperature correction for the heating roller. When the low temperature condition (specified with SP1112-001) is detected, the value of this SP is added to the heating roller temperature. High Temp. Correction *ENG [0 to 15 / 5 / 1C/step]
004 Specifies the temperature correction for the heating roller. When the high temperature condition (specified with SP1112-002) is detected, the value of this SP is subtracted from the heating roller temperature.
1113
[Stand-by Time] Shift Time *ENG [0 to 180 / 60 / 1 sec/step]
Specifies the interval from the ready mode to the stand-by mode. 001 If the machine does not do any printing job for the time specified with this SP after the heating roller has reached the ready temperature, the machine returns to the stand-by mode.
B222/B224
5-16
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode Recovery Target Temp. 002 *ENG [0 to 180 / 10 / 1 sec/step]
Specifies the time for keeping the target temperature after recovery (SP1105-083) without any jobs.
1115
[Stand-by Idling] Interval *ENG [1 to 240 / 60 / 1 min/step]
001
Specifies the interval between idling during stand-by mode. This idling during the stand-by mode prevents the roller deformation. Idling Time *ENG [0 to 60 / 0.7 / 0.1 sec/step]
002 Specifies the length of each idling operation during stand-by mode.
1116
[Ends Temp. Correction] Not used *ENG [0 to 999 / 40 / 1 sheet/step] *ENG [0 to 999 / 70 / 1 sheet /step] *ENG [0 to 999 / 100 / 1 sheet /step] *ENG [1 to 20 / 5 / 1deg/step] *ENG [180 to 230 / 210 / defe/step] *ENG [30 to 130 / 130 / 1deg/step]
001 Mode: X1 002 Mode: X2 003 Mode: X3 004 Detection Hysteresis 005 Saturation Temp. 006 Saturation Temp.: Margin
1159
[Fusing Jam Detection] [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 /step] 0: Disable, 1: Enable
SC Display 001
*ENG
Enables or disables the fusing consecutive jam detection. If this SP is set to "1" (default: 0), SC559 occurs when the machine detects the paper jam three times consecutively at the fusing unit.
SM
5-17
B222/B224
Service Tables
Copy Service Mode
1801
[Motor Speed Adj.] FA *ENG *ENG [2 to 2 / 0 / 0.05 %/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [4 to 4 / 0 / 0.01 %/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG [10 to 10 / 0 / 1 /step] *ENG [7 to 7 / 0 / 1 /step] *ENG [9 to 9 / 0 / 1 /step] *ENG [13 to 13 / 0 / 1 /step] *ENG [10 to 10 / 0 / 1 /step] *ENG [7 to 7 / 0 / 1 /step] *ENG [9 to 9 / 0 / 1 /step] *ENG [13 to 13 / 0 / 1 /step] *ENG [10 to 10 / 0 / 1 /step] *ENG [7 to 7 / 0 / 1 /step] *ENG [9 to 9 / 0 / 1 /step] *ENG [13 to 13 / 0 / 1 /step] *ENG [4 to 4 / 0 / 0.01%/step] *ENG [4 to 4 / 0 / 0.01%/step]
001 Registration: 77: Plain 002 Registration: 115: Plain 003 Registration: 154: Plain 004 Registration: 205: Plain 006 BkOpcDevMot: 205 007 BkOpcDevMot: 154 008 BkOpcDevMot: 115 009 BkOpcDevMot: 77 010 MOpcDevMot: 205 011 MOpcDevMot: 154 012 MOpcDevMot: 115 013 MOpcDevMot: 77 014 COpcDevMot: 205 015 COpcDevMot: 154 016 COpcDevMot: 115 017 COpcDevMot: 77 018 YOpcDevMot: 205 019 YOpcDevMot: 154 020 YOpcDevMot: 115 021 YOpcDevMot: 77 022 Fusing: 205 023 Fusing: 154
B222/B224
5-18
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 024 Fusing: 115 025 Fusing: 77 026 Image Transfer: 205 027 Image Transfer: 154 028 Image Transfer: 115 029 Image Transfer: 77 Drum Drive Fine Adj. Control *ENG [4 to 4 / 1.4 / 0.01%/step] *ENG [4 to 4 / 1 / 0.01%/step] *ENG *ENG [4 to 4 / 0 / 0.01%/step] *ENG *ENG
030
*ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
031 Offset: 205: M 032 Offset: 205: C 033 Offset: 205: Y 034 Offset: 154: M 035 Offset: 154: C 036 Offset: 154: Y 037 Offset: 115: M 038 Offset: 115: C 039 Offset: 115: Y 040 Offset: 77: M 041 Offset: 77: C 042 Offset: 77: Y 043 Registration: 77: Thin 044 Registration: 77: Thick 1 045 Registration: 77: Thick 2 046 Registration: 77: Thick 3
*ENG *ENG [10 to 10 / 0 / 1 /step] *ENG *ENG *ENG [7 to 7 / 0 / 1 /step] *ENG *ENG *ENG [9 to 9 / 0 / 1 /step] *ENG *ENG *ENG [13 to 13 / 0 / 1 /step] *ENG *ENG *ENG [2 to 2 / 0.5 / 0.05 %/step] *ENG *ENG
SM
5-19
Copy Service Mode 047 Registration: 115: Middle Thick Registration: 154: Middle Thick *ENG [2 to 2 / 0 / 0.05 %/step] 048 *ENG
049 Registration: 205: Thin Registration: 205: Middle Thick
*ENG [2 to 2 / 0.5 / 0.05 %/step]
050
*ENG [2 to 2 / 0 / 0.05 %/step]
051 Registration: 154: Thin 052 Registration: 115: Thick1 054 Duplex CW: 77 055 Duplex CW: 115: Thick1 Duplex CW: 115: Middle Thick
*ENG [2 to 2 / 0.5 / 0.05 %/step] *ENG [2 to 2 / 1 / 0.05 %/step] *ENG [4 to 4 / 0 / 0.1 %/step] *ENG [4 to 4 / 0.6 / 0.1 %/step]
056
*ENG [4 to 4 / 1 / 0.1 %/step]
057 Duplex CW: 154: Normal Duplex CW: 154: Middle Thick
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0.5 / 0.1 %/step]
058
*ENG [4 to 4 / 1 / 0.1 %/step]
059 Duplex CW: 205: Normal Duplex CW: 205: Middle Thick
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0.5 / 0.1 %/step]
060
*ENG [4 to 4 / 1 / 0.1 %/step]
061 Duplex CCW: 115: Thick1 *ENG [4 to 4 / 0 / 0.1 %/step] Duplex CCW: 115: Middle Thick Duplex CCW: 154: Normal Duplex CCW: 154: Middle Thick
062
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0.2 / 0.1 %/step]
063
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0.3 / 0.1 %/step]
064
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0.2 / 0.1 %/step]
B222/B224
5-20
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 065 Duplex CCW: 205: Normal Duplex CCW: 205: Middle Thick *ENG [4 to 4 / 0.3 / 0.1 %/step]
066
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0.2 / 0.1 %/step]
067 Reverse CW: 115: Thick1 *ENG [4 to 4 / 0 / 0.1 %/step] Reverse CW: 115: Middle Thick Reverse CW: 154: Normal Reverse CW: 154: Middle Thick Reverse CW: 205: Normal Reverse CW: 205: Middle Thick Reverse CCW: 115: Thick1 Reverse CCW: 115: Middle Thick Reverse CCW: 154: Normal Reverse CCW: 154: Middle Thick Reverse CCW: 205: Normal Reverse CCW: 205: Middle Thick
068
*ENG
069
*ENG
070
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0 / 0.1 %/step]
071
*ENG
072
*ENG
073
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0 / 0.1 %/step]
074
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0.2 / 0.1 %/step]
075
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0.3 / 0.1 %/step]
076
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0.2 / 0.1 %/step]
077
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0.3 / 0.1 %/step]
078
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0.2 / 0.1 %/step]
SM
5-21
Copy Service Mode 1901 [Recovery Temp. Ope. Time] *ENG [0 to 60 / 10 / 1 sec/step] Not used
004 -
1902
[Drum Phase Adj.] Execute drum phase adjustment. Displays the result of drum phase adjustment.
001 Execute
002 Result
*ENG 0: Successfully done 2: Sampling failure 3: Insufficient detection number Turns the automatic drum phase
003 Auto Execution
*ENG adjustment on or off. 0: Off, 1: On
1907
[Paper Feed Timing Adj.] DFU *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / - ] *ENG [10 to 40 / 0 / 2.5 mm/step] *ENG [10 to 10 / 0 / 1 mm/step] *ENG [10 to 10 / 0 / 1 mm/step] *ENG [10 to 10 / 0 / 1 mm/step] *ENG [10 to 10 / 0 / 1 mm/step] *ENG [0 to 40 / 0 / 1 mm/step] *ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / - ] *ENG [10 to 10 / 0 / 1 mm/step] *ENG [10 to 40 / 0 / 2.5 mm/step] *ENG [10 to 10 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
001 Pre-Feed 002 Feed Solenoid ON: Plain 003 Feed Clutch OFF: Plain 004 Feed Clutch ON: Plain 005 Inverter Stop Position 006 Re-Feed Stop Position 007 By-pass Solenoid OFF 008 By-pass Solenoid Re-ON 010 By-pass Feed Clutch ON 012 Feed Solenoid ON: Thick 013 Feed Clutch OFF: Thick
B222/B224
5-22
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 014 Feed Clutch ON: Thick *ENG [10 to 10 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
1908
[Paper Bank Feed Timing Adj.] DFU *ENG [10 to 10 / 0 / 1 mm/step] *ENG
006 Feed Clutch ON: Plain 007 Feed Clutch ON: Thick
[Fusing Feed Start Time] 1910 Specifies the waiting time for feeding paper after the machine has entered the print ready mode. 001 Plain: Normal Temp 002 Thick: Normal Temp. Middle Thick Constant Speed: Normal Temp. *ENG [0 to 250 / 0 / 1 sec/step] *ENG
003
*ENG [0 to 250 / 5 / 1 sec/step]
007 Plain: Low Temp. 008 Thick: Low Temp. Middle Thick Constant Speed: Low Temp.
*ENG *ENG
[0 to 250 / 0 / 1 sec/step]
009
*ENG [0 to 250 / 5 / 1 sec/step]
[Stand-by Recovery Rotation Speed] 1911 Selects the line speed for increasing the fusing temperature after recovery. 001 Low Temp. Setting 002 Normal temp. Setting *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / -] 0: Low Speed *ENG 1: Constant Speed (B222)/205 (B224)
1912
[Capacitor Condition Display] Not used *ENG [0 to 150 / 45 / 1 F/step]
001 Latest Capacity
SM
5-23
Copy Service Mode 002 Current Voltage 003 Charge Time 004 Deterioration Counter 005 Charge Current *ENG [0 to 50 / 0 / 0.01 V/step] *ENG [0 to 50000 / 0 / 10 ms/step] *ENG [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1 /step] *ENG [5 to 15 / 10 / 0.1 A/step]
1913 001
[Capacitor Discharge Stop Voltage Setting] Not used *ENG [10 to 25 / 20 / 1 V/step]
1914
[Capacitor Deterioration Detection Condition] Not used *ENG [0 to 150 / 100 / 1 V/step] *ENG [10 to 250 / 30 / 1 /step] *ENG [80 to 100 / 90 / 1 V/step] *ENG [20 to 130 / 35 / 1 F/step]
001 AC Input Voltage Display 002 Deterioration Counter 003 AC Input Voltage 004 Capacitor Capacity
1915
[After Ready Setting] Correction Temp.: Plain: Reload
*ENG [0 to 50 / 10 / 1 deg/step]
001
Specifies the additional temperature for the target temperature of the plain paper for the first print mode. This temperature is added for the time specified with SP1915-002. Correction Time: Plain: Reload
*ENG [0 to 60 / 20 / 1 sec/step]
002 Specifies the time for adding the correction temperature (SP1915-001) for the first print mode. 003 Correction Temp.: M-Thick: Reload
*ENG [0 to 50 / 20 / 1 deg/step]
B222/B224
5-24
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode Specifies the additional temperature for the target temperature of the middle thick paper for the first print mode. This temperature is added for the time specified with SP1915-004. Correction Time: M-Thick: Reload 004 Specifies the time for adding the correction temperature (SP1915-003) for the first print mode. Correction Temp.: M-Thick: Normal 005
*ENG [0 to 60 / 20 / 1 sec/step]
*ENG [0 to 50 / 10 / 1 deg/step]
Specifies the additional temperature for the target temperature of the middle thick paper at recovery from the stand-by mode. This temperature is added for the time specified with SP1915-006. Correction Time: M-Thick: Normal
*ENG [0 to 60 / 20 / 1 sec/step]
006 Specifies the time for adding the correction temperature (SP1915-005) at recovery from the stand-by mode.
Service Tables
1916
[CPM Down Setting] [100 to 200 / B222: 135, B224: 140 / 1 deg/step]
Temp.: BW: M 001 Not used
*ENG
Temp.: BW: L 002 Not used
*ENG
[100 to 200 / B222: 140, B224: 145 / 1 deg/step]
Temp.: FC: M 003 Not used
*ENG
[100 to 200 / B222: 135, B224: 140 / 1 deg/step]
SM
5-25
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
Temp.: FC: L 004 Not used ON/OFF: BW: M 005 Not used ON/OFF: BW: L 006 Not used ON/OFF: FC: M 007 Not used ON/OFF: FC: L 008 Not used Non Permissive Time: 009 BW: M Not used Non Permissive Time: 010 BW: L Not used Non Permissive Time: 011 FC: M Not used Non Permissive Time: 012 FC: L Not used
*ENG
[100 to 200 / B222: 140, B224: 145 / 1 deg/step]
*ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
*ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
*ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
*ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
*ENG [0 to 180 / 0 / 1 sec/step]
*ENG [0 to 180 / 0 / 1 sec/step]
*ENG [0 to 180 / 0 / 1 sec/step]
*ENG [0 to 180 / 0 / 1 sec/step]
B222/B224
5-26
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
CPM: BW: M 013 Not used
*ENG
[20 to 30 / B222: 25, B224: 30 / 5 cpm/step]
CPM: BW: L 014 Not used
*ENG
[20 to 30 / B222: 25, B224: 30 / 5 cpm/step]
CPM: FC: M 015 Not used
*ENG
[20 to 30 / B222: 25, B224: 30 / 5 cpm/step]
CPM: FC: L 016 Not used O/V: Plain
*ENG
[20 to 30 / B222: 25, B224: 30 / 5 cpm/step]
*ENG [0 to 100 / 20 / 1 deg/step]

Service Tables
017 Specifies the offset temperature for plain paper for the CPM down threshold. CPM down threshold temperature for plain paper = Fusing temperature for plain paper (SP1-105-030, -032, -034, -036) this offset value O/V: M-Thick: BK *ENG [0 to 100 / 25 / 1 deg/step]
Specifies the offset temperature for middle thick paper in B/W mode for the 018 CPM down threshold. CPM down threshold temperature for middle thick paper in B/W mode = Fusing temperature for middle thick paper in B/W mode (SP1-105-099, -101) this offset value
SM
5-27
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
O/V: M-Thick: FC
*ENG [0 to 100 / 10 / 1 deg/step]
Specifies the offset temperature for middle thick paper in full color mode for 019 thed CPM down threshold. CPM down threshold temperature for middle thick paper in full color mode = Fusing temperature for middle thick paper in full color mode (SP1-105-095, -097) this offset value [20 to 30 / B222: 25, B224: 30 / 5 cpm/step]
CPM Value: Plain 020
*ENG
Adjusts the CPM for plain paper. This setting is activated only when the machine enters the CPM down mode. For details, refer to "CPM Down System" in the "Detailed Section Descriptions" section. [20 to 30 / B222: 25, B224: 30 / 5 cpm/step]
CPM Value: M-Thick: BK 021
*ENG
Adjusts the CPM for middle thick paper in B/W mode. This setting is activated only when the machine enters the CPM down mode. For details, refer to "CPM Down System" in the "Detailed Section Descriptions" section. [20 to 30 / B222: 25, B224: 30 / 5 cpm/step]
CPM Value: M-Thick: FC 022
*ENG
Adjusts the CPM for middle thick paper in full color mode. This setting is activated only when the machine enters the CPM down mode. For details, refer to "CPM Down System" in the "Detailed Section Descriptions" section. Operation Time *ENG [0 to 60 / 20 / 1 sec/step]
023
Specifies the time for keeping CPM down mode. This SP is activated only for middle thick paper in full color mode.
B222/B224
5-28
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
Low Temp.: CPM O/V Coeffiecient
*ENG [0 to 10 / 5 / 5 cpm/step]
024 Specifies the offset value for CPM down mode. This SP is activated only when the machine determines that input voltage is 93% or less (SP1-916-026) and ambient temperature is 17C or less (SP1-112-001) using middle thick paper in full color mode. [0 or 1 / B222: 0, B224: 1 / - ] 0: OFF, 1: ON
CPM Down Enable 025
*ENG
Enables or disables the CPM down mode. [80 to 120 / 93* / 1%/step] *Only TAIWAN: 90
Voltage Target 026
*ENG
Specifies the threshold voltage for CPM down mode.
SM
5-29
B222/B224
Service Tables
Copy Service Mode
1917
[Magnetic Field Roller HP Detection] Position Replacement *ENG [5 to 100 / 40 / 1 time/step]
001 Specifies the limit times of the ferrite roller rotation for initializing the home position of the ferrite roller. After the ferrite roller rotates more than 40 times, the machine starts to find the home position of the ferrite roller. Continuous Feed Page *ENG [100 to 1000 / 500 / 10 sheets/step]
002 Specifies the limit sheets of outputs for initializing the home position of the ferrite roller. When the outputs are more than 500 sheets of paper, the machine starts to find the home position of the ferrite roller.
SP2-XXX (Drum)
[Charge DC Voltage] Charge Roller DC Voltage Adjustment 2005 (Paper Type, Process Speed, Color) Paper Type > Plain, Thick 1, Thick 2 Adjusts the DC component of the charge roller bias in the various print modes. Charge bias (DC component) is automatically adjusted during process control; therefore, adjusting these settings does not effect while process control mode (SP3-041-1 Default: ON) is activated. When deactivating process control mode with SP3-041-1, the values in these SP modes are used for printing. 001 Plain: Bk 002 Plain: M 003 Plain: C 004 Plain: Y 005 Thick 1: Bk 006 Thick 1: M 007 Thick 1: C *ENG [0 to 1000 / 690 / 10 volts/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG
B222/B224
5-30
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 008 Thick 1: Y 009 Thick 2&FINE: Bk 010 Thick 2&FINE: M 011 Thick 2&FINE: C 012 Thick 2&FINE: Y *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG
[Charge AC Voltage] Charge Roller AC Voltage Adjustment (Paper Type, Process Speed, Color) Paper Type > Plain, Thick 1, Thick 2 2006 Adjusts the AC component of the charge roller bias in the various print modes. Charge bias (AC component) is adjusted by environment correction (SP2-007-xxx to SP2-011-xxx). These SPs are activated only when SP2-012-1 is set to "1: manual control". 001 Plain: Bk 002 Plain: M 003 Plain: C 004 Plain: Y 005 Thick 1: Bk 006 Thick 1: M 007 Thick 1: C 008 Thick 1: Y 009 Thick 2&FINE: Bk 010 Thick 2&FINE: M 011 Thick 2&FINE: C 012 Thick 2&FINE: Y *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [0 to 3 / 2.1 / 0.01 KV/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG
SM
5-31
Copy Service Mode
[Charge AC Current: LL] Charge Roller AC Current Adjustment for LL (Color) 2007 Displays/sets the AC current target of the charge roller for LL environment (Low temperature and Low humidity). DFU [0 to 3 / B222: 1.24, B224: 1.64 / 0.01 mA/step]
001 Environmental Target: Bk
*ENG
002 Environmental Target: M 003 Environmental Target: C 004 Environmental Target: Y
*ENG [0 to 3 / B222: 1.28, B224: 1.68 / 0.01 *ENG *ENG mA/step]
[Charge AC Current: ML] Charge Roller AC Current Adjustment for MM (Color) 2008 Displays/sets the AC current target of the charge roller for ML environment (Meddle temperature and Low humidity). DFU [0 to 3 / B222: 1.21, B224: 1.6 / 0.01 mA/step]
*ENG
[Charge AC Current: MM] Charge Roller AC Current Adjustment for MM (Color) 2009 Displays/sets the AC current target of the charge roller for MM environment (Middle temperature and Middle humidity). DFU [0 to 3 / B222: 1.16, B224: 1.53 / 0.01 mA/step]
*ENG
B222/B224
5-32
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 002 Environmental Target: M 003 Environmental Target: C 004 Environmental Target: Y *ENG [0 to 3 / B222: 1.2, B224: 1.58 / 0.01 *ENG *ENG mA/step]
[Charge AC Current: MH] Charge Roller AC Current Adjustment for MH (Color) 2010 Displays/sets the AC current target of the charge roller for MH environment (Middle temperature and High humidity). DFU [0 to 3 / B222: 1.13, B224: 1.49 / 0.01 mA/step]
*ENG
(Color) 2011 Displays/sets the AC current target of the charge roller for HH environment (High temperature and High humidity). DFU [0 to 3 / B222: 1. 21, B224: 1.48 / 0.01 mA/step]
*ENG
2012
[Charge Output Control] Selects the AC voltage control type. [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 AC Voltage
*ENG
SM
5-33
B222/B224
Service Tables
[Charge AC Current: HH] Charge Roller AC Current Adjustment for HH
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 0: Process control 1: Manual control (AC voltages are decided with SP2006.)
2013
[Environmental Correction: PCU] Displays the environmental condition, which is measured in absolute humidity. [1 to 5 / / 1 /step] 1: LL (LL <= 4.3 g/m3) 2: ML (4.3 < ML <= 11.3 g/m3) 3: MM (11.3 < MM <= 18.0 g/m3) 4: MH (18.0 < MH <= 24.0 g/m3) 5: HH (24.0 g/m3 < HH) Selects the environmental condition manually.
001
Current Environmental: Display
*ENG
002 Forced Setting
*ENG
[0 to 5 / 0 / 1 /step] 0: The environmental condition is determined automatically. 1: LL, 2: ML, 3: MM, 4: MH, 5: HH Changes the humidity threshold between
003
Absolute Humidity: Threshold 1
*ENG LL and ML. [0 to 100 / 4.3 / 0.01 g/m3/step] Changes the humidity threshold between *ENG ML and MM. [0 to 100 / 11.3 / 0.01 g/m3/step] Changes the humidity threshold between *ENG MM and MH. [0 to 100 / 18.0 / 0.01 g/m3/step] Changes the humidity threshold between *ENG MH and HH. [0 to 100 / 24.0 / 0.01 g/m3/step]
004
005
006
B222/B224
5-34
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 007 Current Temp.: Display *ENG Displays the current temperature. [0 to 100 / / 1C/step] Displays the current relative humidity. [0 to 100 / / 1%RH/step] Displays the absolute humidity. [0 to 100 / / 0.01 g/m3/step] Displays the previous environmental Previous Environmental: Display condition, which is measured in absolute *ENG humidity. [1 to 5 / / 1 /step] 1: LL, 2: ML, 3: MM, 4: MH, 5: HH Displays the previous temperature. [0 to 100 / / 1C/step] Displays the previous relative humidity. [0 to 100 / / 1%RH/step] Displays the previous absolute humidity. [0 to 100 / / 0.01 g/m3/step]
008
Current Relative Humidity: Display Current Absolute Humidity: Display
*ENG
009
*ENG
010
011 Previous Temp.: Display
*ENG
012
Previous Relative Humidity: Display Previous Absolute Humidity: Display
*ENG
013
*ENG
[Color Registration Correction] FA These values are the parameters for the automatic line position adjustment and 2101 are adjusted at the factory. However, you must input a value for SP2101-001 after replacing the laser optics housing unit. For details, see 3.6.2 "Laser Optics Housing Unit"" in the "Replacement and Adjustment" section. The value should be provided with the new laser optics housing unit. 001 Main Dot: Bk 002 Main Dot: M 003 Main Dot: C 004 Main Dot: Y 005 Sub Line: Bk *ENG *ENG [512 to 511 / 0 / 1 dot/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG [16384 to 16383 / 0 / 1 line/step]
SM
5-35
Copy Service Mode 006 Sub Line: M 007 Sub Line: C 008 Sub Line: Y *ENG *ENG *ENG
2102
[Magnification Adjustment] DFU Main Mag.: High Speed: Bk Main Mag.: Medium Speed: Bk Main Mag.: Low Speed: Bk Main Mag.: High Speed: M Main Mag.: Medium Speed: M Main Mag.: Low Speed: M Main Mag.: High Speed: C Main Mag.: Medium Speed: C
001
*ENG
002
*ENG
003
*ENG
004
*ENG
005
*ENG These are results of the main scan length *ENG adjustment. [0 to 560 / 280 / 1 /step]
006
007
*ENG
008
*ENG
009 Main Mag.: Low Speed: C *ENG Main Mag.: High Speed: Y Main Mag.: Medium Speed: Y
010
*ENG
011
*ENG
012 Main Mag.: Low Speed: Y *ENG
B222/B224
5-36
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
2103
[Erase Margin Adjustment] (Area, Paper Size) Adjusts the erase margin by deleting image data at the margins.
001 Lead Edge Width 002 Trail. Edge Width 003 Left 004 Right 005 Lead Edge Width: Thin 006 Duplex Trail. L Size 007 Duplex Trail. M Size 008 Duplex Trail. S Size 009 Duplex Left Edge 010 Duplex Right Edge
*ENG [0 to 9.9 / 4.2 / 0.1 mm/step] *ENG *ENG [0 to 9.9 / 2 / 0.1 mm/step] *ENG *ENG [0 to 9.9 / 5 / 0.1 mm/step] *ENG [0 to 9.9 / 1 / 0.1 mm/step] *ENG [0 to 4 / 0.8 / 0.1 mm/step] *ENG [0 to 4 / 0.6 / 0.1 mm/step] *ENG [0 to 1.5 / 0.3 / 0.1 mm/step] *ENG
2105
[LD Power Adj.] (Process Speed, Color) Adjusts the LD power of each color for each process speed. Each LD power setting is decided by process control. High Speed: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Middle Speed: 111 mm/sec, Low Speed: 77 mm/sec
001 High Speed: Bk 002 High Speed: M 003 High Speed: C 004 High Speed: Y 005 Middle Speed: Bk 006 Middle Speed: M
*ENG [50 to 120 / 100 / 1%/step] *ENG Decreasing a value makes lines thinner on the output.
*ENG Increasing a value makes lines thicker on the output. *ENG *ENG *ENG
SM
5-37
Copy Service Mode 007 Middle Speed: C 008 Middle Speed: Y 009 Low Speed: Bk 010 Low Speed: M 011 Low Speed: C 012 Low Speed: Y *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG
2106
[Polygon Rotation Time] Adjusts the time of the polygon motor rotation. DFU
001 Warming-Up 002 Job End
*ENG [0 to 60 / 10 / 1 sec/step] *ENG
[Image Parameter] 2107 DFU 001 Image Gamma Flag 002 Shading Correction Flag *ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1 /step] *ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1 /step]
[Test Pattern] 2109 Generates the test pattern using "COPY Window" tab in the LCD. [0 to 23 / 0 / 1/step] 0 None 1: 1-dot line pattern (Vertical) 003 Pattern Selection 2: 2-dot line pattern (Vertical) 3: 1-dot line pattern (Horizontal) 4: 2-dot line pattern (Horizontal) 5: 1-dot grid pattern (Vertical) 6: 1-dot grid pattern (Horizontal)
B222/B224
5-38
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 7: 1-dot grid pattern (Fine) 8: 1-dot grid pattern (Rough) 9: 1-dot slant pattern (Fine) 10: 1-dot slant pattern (Rough) 11. 1-dot pattern 12. 2-dot pattern 13. 4-dot pattern 14. 1-dot trimming pattern 15: Cross stitch: sub-scan 16: Cross stitch: main-scan 17: Belt pattern (Horizontal) 18: Belt pattern (Vertical) 19: Checkered flag 20: Gray scale (Vertical) 21: Gray scale (Horizontal) 22: Dual beams density pattern 23: Solid Specifies the color for the test pattern.
Service Tables
005 Color Selection
[1 to 4 / 1 / 1/step] 1: All colors, 2: Magenta, 3: Yellow, 4: Cyan
006 Density: Bk 007 Density: M 008 Density: C 009 Density: Y
Specifies the color density for the test pattern. [0 to 15 / 15 / 1 /step] 0: Lightest density 15: Darkest density
SM
5-39
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
2111
[Forced Line Position Adj.] Executes the fine line position adjustment twice.
001 Mode a
If this SP is not completed (NG is displayed), do SP2111-003 first and then try this SP again. Executes the fine line position adjustment
002 Mode b
once. If this SP is not completed, do SP2111-003 first and then try this SP again. Executes the rough line position adjustment once.
003 Mode c
After doing this SP, make sure to execute SP2111-001 or -002. Otherwise, the line position adjustment is not perfectly done.
2112
[TM/ID Sensor Check] ID Sensor Check FA This SP is used to check the ID sensors at
001 Execute
the factory. The results of this SP are displayed in SP2140 to SP2145.
[Skew Adjustment] Specifies a skew adjustment value for the skew motor M, C or Y. 2117 These SPs must be used when a new laser optics housing unit is installed or when SC285 occurs. For details, see "p.3-36 "Laser Optics Housing Unit"" in the "Replacement and Adjustment" section. 001 Pulse: M 002 Pulse: C 003 Pulse: Y *ENG *ENG [50 to 50 / 0 / 1 pulse/step] *ENG
B222/B224
5-40
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
2118
[Skew Adjustment] *ENG Changes the current skew adjustment *ENG values to the values specified with SP2117. These SPs must be used when a new laser optics housing unit is installed or when
001 Pulse: M 002 Pulse: C
003 Pulse: Y
*ENG
SC285 occurs. For details, see "p.3-36 "Laser Optics Housing Unit"" in the "Replacement and Adjustment" section.
[Skew Adjustment Display] 2119 Displays the current skew adjustment value for each skew motor. 001 M 002 C 003 Y *ENG *ENG [50 to 50 / 0 / 1 pulse/step] *ENG
Service Tables 5-41 B222/B224
[ID Sensor Check Result] DFU 2140 Displays the results of the ID sensor check. Bk, M, C, Y: ID sensors for the process control Front, Center, Rear: ID sensors for the automatic line position adjustment 001 Bk 002 M 003 C 004 Y 005 Front 006 Center 007 Rear *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [0 to 1024 / - / 1/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG
SM
Copy Service Mode
[ID Sensor Check Result: Ave.] DFU 2141 Displays the average result values of the ID sensor check. Bk, M, C, Y: ID sensors for the process control Front, Center, Rear: ID sensors for the automatic line position adjustment 001 Bk 002 M 003 C 004 Y 005 Front 006 Center 007 Rear *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG
[ID Sensor Check Result] DFU 2142 Displays the maximum result values of the ID sensor check. Bk, M, C, Y: ID sensors for the process control Front, Center, Rear: ID sensors for the automatic line position adjustment 001 Maximum: Bk 002 Maximum: M 003 Maximum: C 004 Maximum: Y 005 Maximum: Front 006 Maximum: Center 007 Maximum: Rear *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG
B222/B224
5-42
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[ID Sensor Check Result] DFU 2143 Displays the minimum result values of the ID sensor check. Bk, M, C, Y: ID sensors for the process control Front, Center, Rear: ID sensors for the automatic line position adjustment 001 Minimum: Bk 002 Minimum: M 003 Minimum: C 004 Minimum: Y 005 Minimum: Front 006 Minimum: Center 007 Minimum: Rear *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG
[ID Sensor Check Result] DFU 2144 Displays the maximum result 2 values of the ID sensor check. Bk, M, C, Y: ID sensors for the process control Front, Center, Rear: ID sensors for the automatic line position adjustment 001 Maximum 2: Bk 002 Maximum 2: M 003 Maximum 2: C 004 Maximum 2: Y 005 Maximum 2: Front 006 Maximum 2: Center 007 Maximum 2: Rear *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG
SM
5-43
Copy Service Mode
[ID Sensor Check Result] DFU 2145 Displays the minimum result 2 values of the ID sensor check. Bk, M, C, Y: ID sensors for the process control Front, Center, Rear: ID sensors for the automatic line position adjustment 001 Minimum 2: Bk 002 Minimum 2: M 003 Minimum 2: C 004 Minimum 2: Y 005 Minimum 2: Front 006 Minimum 2: Center 007 Minimum 2: Rear *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG
[Area Mag. Correction] LD Pulse Area Correction (Color, Area) FA Adjusts the magnification for each area. The main scan (297 mm) is divided into 8 areas. Area 1 is at the front side of the machine (left side of the image) 2150 and area 8 is at the rear side of the machine (right side of the image). Decreasing a value makes the image shift to the left side on the print. Increasing a value makes the image shift to the right side on the print. 1 pulse = 1/16 dot 027 Area0: Bk 028 Area1: Bk 029 Area2: Bk 030 Area3: Bk 031 Area4: Bk 032 Area5: Bk *ENG DFU *ENG Adjusts the area magnification for LD 0. *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [256 to 255 / 0 / 1 sub-dot/step ]
B222/B224
5-44
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 033 Area6: Bk 034 Area7: Bk 035 Area8: Bk 036 Area9: Bk 037 Area10: Bk 038 Area11: Bk 039 Area12: Bk 040 Area0: Bk 041 Area1: Bk 042 Area2: Bk 043 Area3: Bk 044 Area4: Bk 045 Area5: Bk 046 Area6: Bk 047 Area7: Bk 048 Area8: Bk 049 Area9: Bk 050 Area10: Bk 051 Area11: Bk 052 Area12: Bk 079 Area0: M 080 Area1: M 081 Area2: M *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG Not used *ENG *ENG *ENG Not used *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG Adjusts the area magnification for LD 1. *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG Not used *ENG *ENG *ENG Not used *ENG Adjusts the area magnification for LD 0. *ENG [256 to 255 / 0 / 1 sub-dot/step] [256 to 255 / 0 / 1 sub-dot/step ]
SM
5-45
Copy Service Mode 082 Area3: M 083 Area4: M 084 Area5: M 085 Area6: M 086 Area7: M 087 Area8: M 088 Area9: M 089 Area10: M 090 Area11: M 091 Area12: M 092 Area0: M 093 Area1: M 094 Area2: M 095 Area3: M 096 Area4: M 097 Area5: M 098 Area6: M 099 Area7: M 100 Area8: M 101 Area9: M 102 Area10: M 103 Area11: M 104 Area12: M *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG Not used *ENG *ENG *ENG Not used *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG Adjusts the area magnification for LD 1. *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG Not used *ENG *ENG [256 to 255 / 0 / 1 sub-dot/step]
B222/B224
5-46
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 131 Area0: C 132 Area1: C 133 Area2: C 134 Area3: C 135 Area4: C 136 Area5: C 137 Area6: C 138 Area7: C 139 Area8: C 140 Area9: C 141 Area10: C 142 Area11: C 143 Area12: C 144 Area0: C 145 Area1: C 146 Area2: C 147 Area3: C 148 Area4: C 149 Area5: C 150 Area6: C 151 Area7: C 152 Area8: C 153 Area9: C *ENG Not used *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG Adjusts the area magnification for LD 0. *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG Not used *ENG *ENG *ENG Not used *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG Adjusts the area magnification for LD 1. *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG Not used [256 to 255 / 0 / 1 sub-dot/step]
[256 to 255 / 0 / 1 sub-dot/step]
SM
5-47
Copy Service Mode 154 Area10: C 155 Area11: C 156 Area12: C 183 Area0: Y 184 Area1: Y 185 Area2: Y 186 Area3: Y 187 Area4: Y 188 Area5: Y 189 Area6: Y 190 Area7: Y 191 Area8: Y 192 Area9: Y 193 Area10: Y 194 Area11: Y 195 Area12: Y 196 Area0: Y 197 Area1: Y 198 Area2: Y 199 Area3: Y 200 Area4: Y 201 Area5: Y 202 Area6: Y *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG Not used *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG Adjusts the area magnification for LD 0. *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG Not used *ENG *ENG *ENG Not used *ENG Adjusts the area magnification for LD 0. *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [256 to 255 / 0 / 1 sub-dot/step] [256 to 255 / 0 / 1 sub-dot/step]
B222/B224
5-48
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 203 Area7: Y 204 Area8: Y 205 Area9: Y 206 Area10: Y 207 Area11: Y 208 Area12: Y *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG Not used *ENG *ENG
[Area Shad. Correct. Setting] FA Adjusts the area correction value for each LD power. The main scan is divided into 16 areas. However, the image areas are limited 2152 from area 1 to area 14. For BK and Magenta, area 1 is at the rear side of the machine (left side of the image) and area 14 is at the front side of the machine (right side of the image). For Cyan and Yellow, area 1 is at the front side of the machine (right side of the image) and area 14 is at the rear side of the machine (left side of the image). This is for the synchronizing detection board.
Service Tables
001 Area 0: Bk
*ENG
002 Area 1: Bk 003 Area 2: Bk 004 Area 3: Bk 005 Area 4: Bk 006 Area 5: Bk 007 Area 6: Bk 008 Area 7: Bk 009 Area 8: Bk 010 Area 9: Bk
*ENG [50 to 150 / 100 / 1 %/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG
SM
5-49
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode 011 Area 10: Bk 012 Area 11: Bk 013 Area 12: Bk 014 Area 13: Bk 015 Area 14: Bk 016 Area 15: Bk *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG This is out of the image area. This is for the synchronizing detection board.
033 Area 0: M
*ENG
034 Area 1: M 035 Area 2: M 036 Area 3: M 037 Area 4: M 038 Area 5: M 039 Area 6: M 040 Area 7: M 041 Area 8: M 042 Area 9: M 043 Area 10: M 044 Area 11: M 045 Area 12: M 046 Area 13: M 047 Area 14: M 048 Area 15: M 065 Area 0: C
*ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [50 to 150 / 100 / 1 %/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG This is out of the image area. *ENG This is for the synchronizing detection
B222/B224
5-50
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode board. 066 Area 1: C 067 Area 2: C 068 Area 3: C 069 Area 4: C 070 Area 5: C 071 Area 6: C 072 Area 7: C 073 Area 8: C 074 Area 9: C 075 Area 10: C 076 Area 11: C 077 Area 12: C 078 Area 13: C 079 Area 14: C 080 Area 15: C *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [50 to 150 / 100 / 1 %/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG This is out of the image area. This is for the synchronizing detection board.
097 Area 0: Y
*ENG
098 Area 1: Y 099 Area 2: Y 100 Area 3: Y 101 Area 4: Y 102 Area 5: Y 103 Area 6: Y
*ENG [50 to 150 / 100 / 1 %/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG
SM
5-51
Copy Service Mode 104 Area 7: Y 105 Area 8: Y 106 Area 9: Y 107 Area 10: Y 108 Area 11: Y 109 Area 12: Y 110 Area 13: Y 111 Area 14: Y 112 Area 15: Y *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG This is out of the image area.
2180
[Line Position Adj. Setting Clear] DFU
001 Color Regist Main Scan Length Detection
002
DFU
003 MUSIC Result Area Magnification Correction
DFU
004
DFU
2181
[Line Position Adj. Result] Displays the values for each correction. "Paper Int. Mag: Subdot" indicates the magnification correction value between two sheets of paper. "Mag.Cor. Subdot" indicates the magnification correction value. "M. Scan Erro." indicates the shift correction value in the main scan direction. "S. Scan Erro." Indicates the shift correction value in the sub scan direction.
B222/B224
5-52
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode "M. Cor.: Dot" indicates the dot correction value in the main scan direction. "M. Cor.: Subdot" indicates the sub dot correction value in the main scan direction. Paper Int. Mag: Subdot: Bk
001
*ENG [32768 to 32767 / 0 / 1 pulse/step]
002 Mag.Cor. Subdot: Bk 003 Skew: M 004 Bent: M 005 M. Scan Erro.: Left: M 006 M. Scan Erro.: Center: M 007 M. Scan Erro.: Right: M 008 S. Scan Erro.: Left: M 009 S. Scan Erro.: Center: M 010 S. Scan Erro.: Right: M 011 M. Cor.: Dot: M 012 M. Cor.: Subdot: M Paper Int. Mag: Subdot: M
*ENG [32768 to 32767 / 0 / 1 pulse/step] *ENG [5000 to 5000 / 0 / 0.001 um/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [5000 to 5000 / 0 / 0.001 um/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [512 to 511 / 0 / 1 dot/step] *ENG
013
*ENG
014 Mag.Cor. Subdot: M 015 M. Left Mag.: Subdot: M
*ENG [32768 to 32767 / 0 / 1 pulse/step] *ENG
016 M. Right Mag.: Subdot: M *ENG 017 S. Cor.: 600 Line: M 018 S. Cor.: 600 Sub: M 019 S. Cor.: 1200 Line: M 020 S. Cor.: 1200 Sub: M *ENG [16384 to 16383 / 0 / 1 line/step] *ENG [1 to 1 / 0 / 0.001 line/step] *ENG [16384 to 16383 / 0 / 1 line/step] *ENG [1 to 1 / 0 / 0.001 line/step]
SM
5-53
Copy Service Mode 021 Skew: C 022 Bent: C 023 M. Scan Erro.: Left: C 024 M. Scan Erro.: Center: C 025 M. Scan Erro.: Right: C 026 S. Scan Erro.: Left: C 027 S. Scan Erro.: Center: C 028 S. Scan Erro.: Right: C 029 M. Cor.: Dot: C 030 M. Cor.: Subdot: C Paper Int. Mag: Subdot: C *ENG [5000 to 5000 / 0 / 0.001 um/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG [5000 to 5000 / 0 / 0.001 um/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG [5000 to 5000 / 0 / 0.001 um/step] *ENG *ENG [512 to 511 / 0 / 1 dot/step] *ENG [15 to 15 / 0 / 1 pulse/step]
031
*ENG
032 Mag.Cor. Subdot: C 033 M. Left Mag.: Subdot: C 034 M. Right Mag.: Subdot: C 035 S. Cor.: 600 Line: C 036 S. Cor.: 600 Sub: C 037 S. Cor.: 1200 Line: C 038 S. Cor.: 1200 Sub: C 039 Skew: Y 040 Bent: Y 041 M. Scan Erro.: Left: Y 042 M. Scan Erro.: Center: Y 043 M. Scan Erro.: Right: Y
*ENG [32768 to 32767 / 0 / 1 pulse/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG [16384 to 16383 / 0 / 1 line/step] *ENG [1 to 1 / 0 / 0.001 line/step] *ENG [16384 to 16383 / 0 / 1 line/step] *ENG [1 to 1 / 0 / 0.001 line/step] *ENG [5000 to 5000 / 0 / 0.001 um/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG [5000 to 5000 / 0 / 0.001 um/step] *ENG
B222/B224
5-54
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 044 S. Scan Erro.: Left: Y 045 S. Scan Erro.: Center: Y 046 S. Scan Erro.: Right: Y 047 M. Cor.: Dot: Y 048 M. Cor.: Subdot: Y *ENG *ENG [5000 to 5000 / 0 / 0.001 um/step] *ENG *ENG [512 to 511 / 0 / 1 dot/step] *ENG [15 to 15 / 0 / 1 pulse/step]
049 Paper Int. Mag: Subdot: Y *ENG 050 Mag.Cor. Subdot: Y 051 M. Left Mag.: Subdot: Y 052 M. Right Mag.: Subdot: Y 053 S. Cor.: 600 Line: Y 054 S. Cor.: 600 Sub: Y 055 S. Cor.: 1200 Line: Y 056 S. Cor.: 1200 Sub: Y *ENG [32768 to 32767 / 0 / 1 dot/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG [16384 to 16383 / 0 / 1 line/step] *ENG [1 to 1 / 0 / 0.001 line/step] *ENG [16384 to 16383 / 0 / 1 line/step] *ENG [1 to 1 / 0 / 0.001 line/step]
[Line Position Adj. Offset] 2182 (Color) M. Scan: Main scan, S. Scan: Sub-scan High: 154 (B222)/ 205 (B224) mm/sec, Medium: 115 mm/sec, Low: 77 mm/sec 001 M Magnification 002 C Magnification *ENG Adjusts the line position manually. *ENG [-1 to 1 / 0 / 0.001%/step] When line shifts are not corrected by the automatic line position adjustment, do this SP. 003 Y Magnification *ENG Increasing a value reduces the image in the main scan direction. Decreasing a value enlarges the image in the main scan direction. 004-021 Adjusts the main scan registration for each color and speed.
SM
5-55
B222/B224
Service Tables
Copy Service Mode Decreasing a value makes the image shift to the left side on the print. Increasing a value makes the image shift to the right side on the print. 1 dot = 21m, 1 pulse = 1.3m Dot: Rough adjustment, Subdot: Fine adjustment. Adjust dot first, then adjust subdot. 004 M. Scan: High: Dot: M *ENG [-512 to 512 / 0 / 1 dot/step]
005 M. Scan: High: Subdot: M *ENG [-15 to 15 / 0 / 1 pulse/step] 006 M. Scan: Medium: Dot: M *ENG [-512 to 512 / 0 / 1 dot/step] M. Scan: Medium: Subdot: M
007
*ENG [-15 to 15 / 0 / 1 pulse/step]
008 M. Scan: Low: Dot: M 009 M. Scan: Low: Subdot: M 010 M. Scan: High: Dot: C
*ENG [-512 to 512 / 0 / 1 dot/step] *ENG [-15 to 15 / 0 / 1 pulse/step] *ENG [-512 to 512 / 0 / 1 dot/step]
011 M. Scan: High: Subdot: C *ENG [-15 to 15 / 0 / 1 pulse/step] 012 M. Scan: Medium: Dot: C M. Scan: Medium: Subdot: C *ENG [-512 to 512 / 0 / 1 dot/step]
013
014 M. Scan: Low: Dot: C 015 M. Scan: Low: Subdot: C 016 M. Scan: High: Dot: Y 017 M. Scan: High: Subdot: Y 018 M. Scan: Medium: Dot: Y M. Scan: Medium: Subdot: Y
*ENG [-512 to 512 / 0 / 1 dot/step] *ENG [-15 to 15 / 0 / 1 pulse/step] *ENG [-512 to 512 / 0 / 1 dot/step] *ENG [-15 to 15 / 0 / 1 pulse/step] *ENG [-512 to 512 / 0 / 1 dot/step]
019
020 M. Scan: Low: Dot: Y 021 M. Scan: Low: Subdot: Y
*ENG [-512 to 512 / 0 / 1 dot/step] *ENG [-15 to 15 / 0 / 1 pulse/step]
B222/B224
5-56
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode Adjusts the sub-scan registration for each color and speed. 022-039 Decreasing a value makes the image shift to the leading edge side on the print. Increasing a value makes the image shift to the trailing edge side on the print. 1 line = 42m 022 S. Scan: High: Line: M *ENG [-16384 to 16384 / 0 / 1 line/step]
023 S. Scan: High: Subline: M *ENG [1 to 1 / 0 / 0.001 /line] 024 S. Scan: Medium: Line: M *ENG [-16384 to 16384 / 0 / 1 line/step] S. Scan: Medium: Subline: M
025
*ENG [1 to 1 / 0 / 0.001 /line]
026 S. Scan: Low: Line: M 027 S. Scan: Low: Subline: M 028 S. Scan: High: Line: C
*ENG [-16384 to 16384 / 0 / 1 line/step] *ENG Not used *ENG [-16384 to 16384 / 0 / 1 line/step]
029 S. Scan: High: Subline: C *ENG [1 to 1 / 0 / 0.001 /line] 030 S. Scan: Medium: Line: C *ENG [-16384 to 16384 / 0 / 1 line/step] S. Scan: Medium: Subline: C
031
*ENG [1 to 1 / 0 / 0.001 /line]
032 S. Scan: Low: Line: C 033 S. Scan: Low: Subline: C 034 S. Scan: High: Line: Y 035 S. Scan: High: Subline: Y
*ENG [-16384 to 16384 / 0 / 1 line/step] *ENG Not used *ENG [-16384 to 16384 / 0 / 1 line/step] *ENG [1 to 1 / 0 / 0.001 /line]
036 S. Scan: Medium: Line: Y *ENG [-16384 to 16384 / 0 / 1 line/step] S. Scan: Medium: Subline: Y
037
*ENG [1 to 1 / 0 / 0.001 /line]
038 S. Scan: Low: Line: Y 039 S. Scan: Low: Subline: Y
*ENG [-16384 to 16384 / 0 / 1 line/step] *ENG Not used
SM
5-57
Copy Service Mode 2183 [Main Scan Length Detection] DFU Executes the adjustment for the main scan length detection manually.
001 Execute: High: Bk 002 Execute: Medium: Bk 003 Execute: Low: Bk 004 Execute: High: M 005 Execute: Medium: M 006 Execute: Low: M 007 Execute: High: C 008 Execute: Medium: C 009 Execute: Low: C 010 Execute: High: Y 011 Execute: Medium: Y 012 Execute: Low: Y
2184
[Main Scan Length Detection Target] DFU Executes the target value for the main scan length detection.
001 Execute: Bk 002 Execute: M 003 Execute: C 004 Execute: Y
[Main Scan Length Detection Disp.] Displays/adjusts the target value for the main scan magnification correction of 2185 the line position adjustment. After replacing the laser optics housing unit, input the standard value for Bk provided with the new unit. For details, see "p.3-36 "Laser Optics Housing
B222/B224
5-58
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode Unit"" in the "Replacement Adjustment" section. It is not necessary to input the values for the other colors; these are automatically adjusted after doing the line position adjustment. 001 Bk 002 M 003 C 004 Y *ENG [0 to 266667 / 249449 / 1 sub-dot/step] *ENG *ENG DFU *ENG
2186
[Main Scan Length Detection] DFU [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step] 0: OFF, 1: ON
Selection 001
*ENG
Enables or disables the main scan length detection for the laser. Paper Interval 002 Adjusts the interval of the main scan length detection for the laser. [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: D-phase, 1: D-phase and PLL
*ENG [0 to 999 / 1 / 1 sec/step]
Freq. Selection 003
*ENG
Selects the correction method of the main scan length detection for the laser. 004 Freq. Threshold *ENG Not used
2190
[Line Position Adj.] Paper Int. Mag.: Subdot: Bk Paper Int. Mag.: Subdot: M Paper Int. Mag.: Subdot: C *ENG DFU
001
002
*ENG
003
*ENG
SM
5-59
Copy Service Mode 004 Paper Int. Mag.: Subdot: Y *ENG
005 M. Scan Mag.: Subdot: M *ENG 006 M. Scan Mag.: Subdot: C 007 M. Scan Mag.: Subdot: Y 008 Area Mag.: Subdot: M 009 Area Mag.: Subdot: C 010 Area Mag.: Subdot: Y
DFU
*ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step] 0: Disable correction, 1: Enable correction *ENG *ENG *ENG DFU *ENG DFU [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
011 S. Scan Cor. Setting
*ENG 0: Adjusted with Bk 1: Adjusted in minimum shift among four colors
012 1 Line Shift Control
*ENG DFU
[MUSIC Coefficient Setting] Line Position Adjustment: Coefficient Setting 2191 DFU ch 0: ID sensor at rear, ch 1: ID sensor at center, ch 2: ID sensor at front 001 ch 0: Filter: Front: a1 002 ch 0: Filter: Front: a2 003 ch 0: Filter: Front: b0 004 ch 0: Filter: Front: b1 005 ch 0: Filter: Front: b2 006 ch 0: Filter: Rear: a1 007 ch 0: Filter: Rear: a2 008 ch 0: Filter: Rear: b0 *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 125869 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 60488 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 39 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 77 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 39 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 128596 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 63398 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 84 / 1 bit/step]
B222/B224
5-60
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 009 ch 0: Filter: Rear: b1 010 ch 0: Filter: Rear: b2 011 ch 1: Filter: Front: a1 012 ch 1: Filter: Front: a2 013 ch 1: Filter: Front: b0 014 ch 1: Filter: Front: b1 015 ch 1: Filter: Front: b2 016 ch 1: Filter: Rear: a1 017 ch 1: Filter: Rear: a2 018 ch 1: Filter: Rear: b0 019 ch 1: Filter: Rear: b1 020 ch 1: Filter: Rear: b2 021 ch 2: Filter: Front: a1 022 ch 2: Filter: Front: a2 023 ch 2: Filter: Front: b0 024 ch 2: Filter: Front: b1 025 ch 2: Filter: Front: b2 026 ch 2: Filter: Rear: a1 027 ch 2: Filter: Rear: a2 028 ch 2: Filter: Rear: b0 029 ch 2: Filter: Rear: b1 030 ch 2: Filter: Rear: b2 031 Q Format Selection *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 168 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 84 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 125869 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 60488 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 39 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 77 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 39 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 128596 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 63398 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 84 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 168 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 84 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 125869 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 60488 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 39 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 77 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 39 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 128596 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 63398 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 84 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 168 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [131071 to 131071 / 84 / 1 bit/step] *ENG [0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
SM
5-61
B222/B224
Service Tables
Copy Service Mode 2192 [MUSIC Threshold Setting] Line Position Adjustment: Threshold Setting DFU ch 0: ID sensor at rear, ch 1: ID sensor at center, ch 2: ID sensor at front *ENG *ENG [0.5 to 3 / 1.3 / 0.1 V/step] 003 ch 0: 3rd 004 ch 0: 4th 005 ch 1: 1st 006 ch 1: 2nd 007 ch 1: 3rd 008 ch 1: 4th 009 ch 2: 1st 010 ch 2: 2nd 011 ch 2: 3rd 012 ch 2: 4th *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [0.5 to 3 / 1.3 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [0.5 to 3 / 1.3 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG *ENG
001 ch 0: 1st 002 ch 0: 2nd
2193
[MUSIC Condition Set] Line Position Adjustment: Condition Setting [0 or 1 / 1 / ] 0: OFF, 1: ON
Auto Execution 001
*ENG
Enables/disables the automatic line position adjustment Page: Job End: BW+FC 002 *ENG [0 to 999 / 500 / 1 page/step]
Adjusts the threshold of the line position adjustment for BW and color printing mode after job end. Page: Job End: FC *ENG [0 to 999 / 200 / 1 page/step]
003
Adjusts the threshold of the line position adjustment for color printing mode after job end.
B222/B224
5-62
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode Page: Interrupt: BW+FC 004 *ENG [0 to 999 / 200 / 1 page/step]
Adjusts the threshold of the line position adjustment for BW and color printing mode during job. Page: Interrupt: FC *ENG [0 to 999 / 200 / 1 page/step]
005
Adjusts the threshold of the line position adjustment for color printing mode during jobs. Page: Stand-By: BW *ENG [0 to 999 / 100 / 1 page/step]
Adjusts the threshold of the line position adjustment for BW printing mode in 006 stand-by mode. The line position adjustment is done when the number of outputs in BW printing mode reaches the value specified with this SP and the condition of SP2-193-008 or SP2-193-009 is satisfied. Page: Stand-By: FC *ENG [0 to 999 / 100 / 1 page/step]
Adjusts the threshold of the line position adjustment for BW printing mode in 007 stand-by mode. The line position adjustment is done when the number of outputs in color printing mode reaches the value specified with this SP and the
condition of SP2-193-008 or SP2-193-009 is satisfied. Temp. *ENG [0 to 100 / 5 / 1C/step]
Adjust the temperature change threshold for the line position adjustment (Mode 008 b: adjustment once). The timing for line position adjustment depends on the combinations of several conditions. For details, see p.6-29 "Automatic Line Position Adjustment" in the "Detailed Section Descriptions" section. Time *ENG [1 to 1440 / 300 / 1 minute/step]
Adjust the time threshold for the line position adjustment (Mode b: adjustment 009 once). The timing for line position adjustment depends on the combinations of several conditions. For details, see p.6-29 "Automatic Line Position Adjustment" in the "Detailed Section Descriptions" section. Magnification 010 *ENG [0 to 10 / 1 / 0.1%/step]
Adjusts the magnification threshold for line position adjustment. If the length of the main scan is changed by this amount since the previous MUSIC, then
SM
5-63
Copy Service Mode MSUIC is done again. Temp. 2 *ENG [0 to 100 / 10 / 1C/step]
Adjust the temperature change threshold for the line position adjustment (Mode 011 a: adjustment twice). The timing for line position adjustment depends on the combinations of several conditions. For details, see 6.5.5 "Automatic Line Position Adjustment" in the "Detailed Section Descriptions" section. Time 2 *ENG [1 to 9999 / 600 / 1 minute/step]
Adjust the time threshold for the line position adjustment (Mode a: adjustment 012 twice). The timing for line position adjustment depends on the combinations of several conditions. For details, see 6.5.5 "Automatic Line Position Adjustment" in the "Detailed Section Descriptions" section.
2194
[MUSIC Execution Result] Line Position Adjustment: Execution Result *ENG [0 to 99 / 0 / 1 year/step] *ENG [1 to 12 / 1 / 1 month/step] *ENG [1 to 31 / 1 / 1 day/step] *ENG [0 to 23 / 0 / 1 hour/step] *ENG [0 to 59 / 0 / 1 minute/step] *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1 page/step] [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 /step] 0: Completed successfully, 1: Failed
001 Year 002 Month 003 Day 004 Hour 005 Minute 006 Temperature
007 Execution Result
*ENG
008 Number of Execution 009 Number of Failure 010 Error Result: M 011 Error Result: C 012 Error Result: Y
*ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1 time/step] *ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1 /step] *ENG [0 to 9 / 0 / 1 /step] *ENG 0: Not done 1: Completed successfully
*ENG 2: Cannot detect patterns
B222/B224
5-64
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 3: Fewer lines on the pattern than the target 4: Not used 5: Out of the adjustment range 6 to 9: Not used
[MUSIC Start Time] 2197 DFU 001 MUSIC Start Time (EDT) 002 TM Sensor Position *ENG [10 to 40 / 20 / 10ms/step] *ENG [50 to 500 / 105.5 / 0.1mm/step]
[Music A/D Interval] 2198 DFU 001 ADC Trigger Counter *ENG [7.5 to 20 / 10 / 0.1 m/step]
2199 DFU 001 Error Detection Counter *ENG [0.5 to 3 / 2.5 / 0.1 sec /step]
[LD Power] LD Power Control Adjusts the fixed LD power for each line speed and color. 2221 These SPs are activated only when SP3-041-002 is set to "0". Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec 001 Plain: Bk 002 Plain: M 003 Plain: C 004 Plain: Y *ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG Increasing this value makes the image density darker.
SM
5-65
B222/B224
Service Tables
[Music Error Time Setting]
Copy Service Mode 005 Thick 1: Bk 006 Thick 1: M 007 Thick 1: C 008 Thick 1: Y 009 Thick 2&FINE: Bk 010 Thick 2&FINE: M 011 Thick 2&FINE: C 012 Thick 2&FINE: Y *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG
[Development DC Bias] Development DC Bias Adjustment Adjusts the development bias. Development bias is automatically adjusted during process control; therefore, adjusting these settings has no effect while Process Control (SP3-041-001 2229 Default: ON) is activated. After deactivating Process Control with SP3-041-001, the values in these SP modes are used for printing. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec 001 Plain: Bk 002 Plain: M 003 Plain: C 004 Plain: Y 005 Thick 1: Bk 006 Thick 1: M 007 Thick 1: C 008 Thick 1: Y *ENG [0 to 700 / 550 / 10 V/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG
B222/B224
5-66
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 009 Thick 2: Bk 010 Thick 2: M 011 Thick 2: C 012 Thick 2: Y 013 Fine: Bk 014 Fine: M 015 Fine: C 016 Fine: Y *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG
[Temperature/Humidity: Display] 2241 Displays the environment temperature and humidity. 001 Temperature 002 Relative Humidity 003 Absolute Humidity [128 to 127 / - / 0.1C/step] [0 to 100 / - / 0.1 %RH/step] [0 to 100 / - / 0.01 g/m3/step]
2302
[Environmental Correction: Transfer] Environmental Correction: Image Transfer Belt Unit Sets the environment condition manually. [0 to 5 / 0 / 1/step] 0: Automatic environment control 1: LL (Low temperature/ Low humidity)
002 Forced Setting
*ENG 2: ML (Middle temperature/ Low humidity) 3: MM (Middle temperature/ Middle humidity) 4: MH (Middle temperature/ High humidity) 5: HH (High temperature/ High humidity)
003 Absolute Humidity:
*ENG Adjusts the threshold value between LL and
SM
manuals4you
m .co5-67
Copy Service Mode Threshold 1 ML. [0 to 100 / 4.3 / 0.01 g/m3/step] Adjusts the threshold value between ML *ENG and MM. [0 to 100 / 11.3 / 0.01 g/m3/step] Adjusts the threshold value between MM *ENG and MH. [0 to 100 / 18 / 0.01 g/m3/step] Adjusts the threshold value between MH *ENG and HH. [0 to 100 / 24 / 0.01 g/m3/step]
004
005
006
[Paper Size Correction] 2308 Adjusts the threshold value for the paper size correction. [0 to 350 / 297 / 1 mm/step] 001 Threshold 1 *ENG Threshold 1 paper: Paper is detected as "S1" size. [0 to 350 / 257 / 1 mm/step] 002 Threshold 2 *ENG Threshold 2 paper Threshold 1: Paper is detected as "S2" size. [0 to 350 / 210 / 1 mm/step] 003 Threshold 3 *ENG Threshold 3 paper Threshold 2: Paper is detected as "S3" size. [0 to 350 / 148 / 1 mm/step] Threshold 4 paper Threshold 3: 004 Threshold 4 *ENG Paper is detected as "S4" size. Paper Threshold 4: Paper is detected as "S5" size.
B222/B224
5-68
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
2311
[Non Image Area: Bias] Adjusts the bias of the image transfer belt
001 Image Transfer
*ENG
between images. This value is added to the value of the image transfer belt bias. [10 to 250 / 100 / 5 %/step] Adjusts the bias of the paper transfer roller
002 Paper Transfer
*ENG between images. [0 to 200 / 5 / 1 A/step] Adjusts the bias of the paper transfer roller
003
Paper Transfer: Resistance FB
for measuring the resistance of the paper *ENG transfer roller when the image processing starts. [0 to 200 / 30 / 1 A/step]
[P/M Pattern: Bias] 2314 Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec Adjusts the bias of the image transfer belt 001 Image Transfer: Plain *ENG during the process control and automatic line position control. [0 to 80 / B222: 24, B224: 32 / 1 A /step] 002 Image Transfer: Thick 1 Image Transfer: Thick 2 & FINE *ENG [0 to 80 / 18 / 1 A /step] *ENG [0 to 80 / 12 / 1 A /step]
Service Tables
003
SM
5-69
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
2316
[Power ON: Bias] Adjusts the bias of the image transfer belt at warming up mode after a machine has
001 Image Transfer
*ENG been turned on or any door has been closed. [0 to 80 / 5 / 1 A /step]
2326
[Transfer Roller CL: Bias] Transfer Roller Cleaning: Bias Adjustment Positive *ENG [0 to 5000 / 2000 / 1 V /step]
001
Adjusts the positive voltage of the paper transfer roller for cleaning the paper transfer roller. Negative *ENG [0 to 200 / 50 / 1 A /step]
002
Adjusts the negative current of the paper transfer roller for cleaning the paper transfer roller. Negative: Limit Voltage *ENG [0 to 5000 / 2000 / 1 V /step]
003
Adjusts the negative current limit of the paper transfer roller for cleaning the paper transfer roller.
[Common: BW: Bias] Image Transfer Belt: B/W: Bias Adjustment 2351 Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec Image Transfer: Plain 001 Adjusts the current for the image transfer belt in B/W mode for plain paper. Image Transfer: Thick 1 002 Adjusts the current for the image transfer belt in B/W mode for thick 1 paper. *ENG [0 to 80 / 21 / 1 A] *ENG [0 to 80 / B222: 28, B224: 38 / 1 A]
B222/B224
5-70
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
Image Transfer: Thick 2 & FINE 003
*ENG [0 to 80 / 14 / 1 A]
Adjusts the current for the image transfer belt in B/W mode for thick 2 paper or FINE mode.
[Common: FC: Bias] Image Transfer Belt: Full Color: Bias Adjustment 2357 Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec Image Transfer: Plain: Bk 001 *ENG [0 to 80 / B222: 22, B224: 30 / 1 A]
Adjusts the current for the image transfer belt for Black in full color mode for plain paper. Image Transfer: Plain: M *ENG [0 to 80 / B222: 22, B224: 30 / 1 A]
002
Adjusts the current for the image transfer belt for Magenta in full color mode for plain paper.
Service Tables
Image Transfer: Plain: C 003
*ENG [0 to 80 / B222: 25, B224: 33 / 1 A]
Adjusts the current for the image transfer belt for Cyan in full color mode for plain paper. Image Transfer: Plain: Y *ENG [0 to 80 / B222: 28, B224: 38 / 1 A]
004
Adjusts the current for the image transfer belt for Yellow in full color mode for plain paper. Image Transfer: Thick 1: Bk *ENG [0 to 80 / 17 / 1 A]
005 Adjusts the current for the image transfer belt for Black in full color mode for thick 1 paper.
SM
5-71
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
Image Transfer: Thick 1: M 006
*ENG [0 to 80 / 17 / 1 A]
Adjusts the current for the image transfer belt for Magenta in full color mode for thick 1 paper. Image Transfer: Thick 1: C 007 Adjusts the current for the image transfer belt for Cyan in full color mode for thick 1 paper. Image Transfer: Thick 1: Y 008 Adjusts the current for the image transfer belt for Yellow in full color mode for thick 1 paper. Image Transfer: Thick 2 & FINE: Bk 009 Adjusts the current for the image transfer belt for Black in full color mode for Thick 2 and fine. Image Transfer: Thick 2 & FINE: M 010 Adjusts the current for the image transfer belt for Magenta in full color mode for Thick 2 and fine. Image Transfer: Thick 2 & FINE: C 011 Adjusts the current for the image transfer belt for Cyan in full color mode for Thick 2 and fine. Image Transfer: Thick 2 & FINE: Y 012 Adjusts the current for the image transfer belt for Yellow in full color mode for Thick 2 and fine. *ENG [0 to 80 / 15 / 1 A] *ENG [0 to 80 / 12 / 1 A] *ENG [0 to 80 / 11 / 1 A] *ENG [0 to 80 / 11 / 1 A] *ENG [0 to 80 / 21 / 1 A] *ENG [0 to 80 / 18 / 1 A]
B222/B224
5-72
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Common: LL] Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is 2381 detected as LL, SP2351 and SP2357 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec 001 Image Transfer: Plain 002 Image Transfer: Thick 1 Image Transfer: Thick 2 & FINE *ENG [10 to 250 / 70 / 5%/step] *ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
004
Image Transfer: P/M Pattern
[10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step] *ENG P/M Pattern: When doing process control or automatic line position adjustment.
[Common: ML]
Service Tables
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is 2382 detected as ML, SP2351 and SP2357 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec 001 Image Transfer: Plain 002 Image Transfer: Thick 1 Image Transfer: Thick 2 & FINE *ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step] *ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
[10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step] 004 Image Transfer: P/M Pattern *ENG P/M Pattern: When doing the process control or automatic line position adjustment.
SM
5-73
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Common: MM] Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is 2383 detected as MM, SP2351 and SP2357 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec 001 Image Transfer: Plain 002 Image Transfer: Thick 1 Image Transfer: Thick 2 & FINE *ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step] *ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
[Common: MH] Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is 2384 detected as MH, SP2351 and SP2357 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec 001 Image Transfer: Plain 002 Image Transfer: Thick 1 Image Transfer: Thick 2 & FINE *ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step] *ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
B222/B224
5-74
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Common: HH] Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is 2385 detected as HH, SP2351 and SP2357 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec 001 Image Transfer: Plain 002 Image Transfer: Thick 1 Image Transfer: Thick 2 & FINE *ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step] *ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
[Plain: Bias] 2401 Adjusts the DC voltage of the discharge plate for plain paper. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Separation DC: Plain: 1st Side Separation DC: Plain: 2nd Side Separation DC: Fine: 1st Side Separation DC: Fine: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [0 to 5000 / 1500 / 10 V/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [0 to 5000 / 1000 / 10 V/step]
004
*ENG
SM
5-75
Copy Service Mode
[Plain: Bias: BW] 2403 Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for plain paper in black-and-white mode. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side [0 to 200 / B222: 22, B224: 30 / 1 A /step] [0 to 200 / B222: 22, B224: 30 / 1 A /step]
001
*ENG
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [0 to 200 / 12 / 1 A /step]
004
*ENG
[Plain: Bias: FC] 2407 Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for plain paper in full color mode. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side [0 to 200 / B222: 33, B224: 40 / 1 A /step] [0 to 200 / B222: 33, B224: 40 / 1 A /step]
001
*ENG
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [0 to 200 / 15 / 1 A /step]
004
*ENG
B222/B224
5-76
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Plain: Paper Size Correction] 2411 Adjusts the size correction coefficient for the paper transfer roller current for each paper size. SP2403 and SP2407 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain : 1st Side: S1 Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side: S1 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S1 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S1 Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side: S2 Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side: S2 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S2 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S2 Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side: S3 Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side: S3 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S3
001
*ENG
002
*ENG [100 to 600 / 100 / 5%/step] S1 size 297 mm (Paper width) *ENG
003
004
*ENG
005
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 120 / 5%/step] 297 mm S2 size 275 mm (Paper width)

Service Tables
006
*ENG
007
*ENG [100 to 600 / 120 / 5%/step] 297 mm S2 size 275 mm (Paper width) *ENG
008
009
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 140 / 5%/step] 275 mm S3 size 210 mm (Paper width) [100 to 600 / 200 / 5%/step] 275 mm S3 size 210 mm (Paper width) [100 to 600 / 130 / 5%/step] 275 mm S3 size 210 mm (Paper width)
010
*ENG
011
*ENG
SM
5-77
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
012
Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S3 Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side: S4 Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side: S4 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S4 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S4 Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side: S5 Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side: S5 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S5 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S5
*ENG
013
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 160 / 5%/step] 210 mm S4 size 148 mm (Paper width) [100 to 600 / 220 / 5%/step] 210 mm S4 size 148 mm (Paper width)
014
*ENG
015
016
017
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 180 / 5%/step] 148 mm S5 size (Paper width) [100 to 600 / 240 / 5%/step] 148 mm S5 size (Paper width)
018
*ENG
019
*ENG [100 to 600 / 150 / 5%/step] 148 mm S5 size (Paper width) *ENG
020
[Plain: Leading Edge Correction] Plain Paper: Leading Edge Correction Adjusts the correction to the paper transfer roller current at the paper leading 2421 edge in each mode. SP2403 and SP2407 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec
The paper leading edge area can be adjusted with SP2422. Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side
001
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
002 Paper Transfer: Plain:
*ENG [0 to 400 / 150 / 5%/step]
B222/B224
5-78
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
003
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
Adjusts the correction to the discharge plate current at the paper leading edge 2421 in each mode. SP2401 is multiplied by these SPs values.
The paper leading edge area can be adjusted with SP2422. Separation DC: Plain: 1st Page Separation DC: Plain: 2nd Page Separation DC: Fine: 1st Page Separation DC: Fine 2nd Page
005
*ENG
006
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
007
*ENG
008
*ENG
SM
5-79
B222/B224
Service Tables
Copy Service Mode
[Plain: Switch Timing: Lead. Edge] Adjusts the bias/ voltage switch timing of the paper transfer roller/ discharge 2422 plate at the paper leading edge between the erase margin area and the image area. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side Separation DC: Plain: 1st Page Separation DC: Plain: 2nd Page Separation DC: Fine: 1st Page Separation DC: Fine: 2nd Page
001
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
002
*ENG [0 to 30 / 20 / 1 mm/step]
003
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
004
*ENG
005
*ENG
006
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
007
*ENG
008
*ENG
B222/B224
5-80
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Plain: Trailing Edge Correction] Plain Paper: Trailing Edge Correction Adjusts the correction coefficient to the paper transfer roller current for the paper trailing edge in each mode. SP2403 and SP2407 are multiplied by these 2423 SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec
The paper trailing edge area can be adjusted with SP2424. Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG
002
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
003
*ENG
004
*ENG
[Plain: Switch Timing: Trail. Edge] Adjusts the bias/voltage switch timing of the paper transfer roller/discharge 2424 plate at the paper trailing edge between the erase margin area and the image area. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE (: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG
002
*ENG [100 to 0 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
003
*ENG
004
*ENG
SM
5-81
Copy Service Mode
[Plain: LL] Plain Paper: LL Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2431 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as LL, SP2403 and SP2407 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
2431
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as LL, SP2401 is multiplied by these SP values. Separation DC: Plain: 1st Side Separation DC: Plain: 2nd Side: Separation DC: FINE: 1st Side Separation DC: FINE: 2nd Side
005
*ENG [10 to 250 / 200 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG
007
*ENG [10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
[Plain: ML] Plain Paper: ML Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2432 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as ML, SP2403 and SP2407 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
001 Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st *ENG

B222/B224
5-82
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
002
*ENG
003
*ENG
004
*ENG
2432
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as ML, SP2401 is multiplied by these SP values. Separation DC: Plain: 1st Side Separation DC: Plain: 2nd Side: Separation DC: FINE: 1st Side Separation DC: FINE: 2nd Side
005
*ENG [10 to 250 / 200 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG [10 to 250 / 170 / 5%/step]
007
*ENG [10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]

008
*ENG
[Plain: MM] Plain Paper: MM Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2433 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MM, SP2403 and SP2407 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side *ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
001
002
*ENG
003
*ENG
SM
5-83
Copy Service Mode 004 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side *ENG
2433
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MM, SP2401 is multiplied by these SP values. Separation DC: Plain: 1st Side Separation DC: Plain: 2nd Side: Separation DC: FINE: 1st Side Separation DC: FINE: 2nd Side
005
*ENG [10 to 250 / 170 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG [10 to 250 / 140 / 5%/step]
007
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
[Plain: MH] Plain Paper: MH Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2434 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MH, SP2403 and SP2407 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG
002
*ENG [10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
003
*ENG
004
*ENG
2434
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MH, SP2401 is multiplied by these SP values. Separation DC: Plain: 1st Side
005
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
B222/B224
5-84
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 006 Separation DC: Plain: 2nd Side: Separation DC: FINE: 1st Side Separation DC: FINE: 2nd Side *ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
007
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
[Plain: HH] Plain Paper: HH Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2435 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as HH, SP2403 and SP2407 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG
002
*ENG [10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
003
*ENG
004
*ENG
2435
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as HH, SP2401 is multiplied by these SP values. Separation DC: Plain: 1st Side Separation DC: Plain: 2nd Side: Separation DC: FINE: 1st Side Separation DC: FINE: 2nd Side
005
*ENG [10 to 250 / 50 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
007
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
SM
5-85
B222/B224
Service Tables
Copy Service Mode
[Thin: Bias] 2451 Adjusts the DC voltage of the discharge plate for thin paper. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Separation DC: Plain: 1st Side Separation DC: Plain: 2nd Side Separation DC: Fine: 1st Side Separation DC: Fine: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [0 to 5000 / 1500 / 10 V/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [0 to 5000 / 1000 / 10 V/step]
004
*ENG
[Thin: Bias: BW] 2453 Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for thin paper in black-and-white mode. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [0 to 200 / B222: 22, B224: 30 / 1 A /step] *ENG
002
003
*ENG [0 to 200 / 12 / 1 A /step]
004
*ENG
B222/B224
5-86
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Thin: Bias: FC] 2457 Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for thin paper in full color mode. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side [0 to 200 / B222: 33, B224: 40 / 1 A /step] [0 to 200 / B222: 33, B224: 45 / 1 A /step]
001
*ENG
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [0 to 200 / 15 / 1 A /step]
004
*ENG
[Thin: Paper Size Correction] 2461 Adjusts the size correction coefficient for the paper transfer roller current for
Service Tables
each paper size. SP2453 and SP2457 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side: S1 Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side: S1 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S1 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S1 Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side: S2 Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side: S2
001
002
003
004
005
*ENG
006
*ENG
SM
5-87
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode 007 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S2 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S2 Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side: S3 Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side: S3 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S3 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S3 Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side: S4 Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side: S4 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S4 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S4 Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side: S5 Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side: S5 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S5 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S5 *ENG [100 to 600 / 120 / 5%/step] 297 mm S2 size 275 mm (Paper width) *ENG
008
009
*ENG
010
*ENG
011
012
013
*ENG
014
*ENG
015
016
017
*ENG
018
*ENG
019
020
B222/B224
5-88
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Thin: Leading Edge Correction] Thin Paper: Leading Edge Correction Adjusts the correction to the paper transfer roller current at the paper leading 2471 edge in each mode. SP2453 and SP2457 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec
The paper leading edge area can be adjusted with SP2472. Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
Adjusts the correction to the discharge plate current at the paper leading edge 2471 in each mode. SP2451 is multiplied by these SP values.
The paper leading edge area can be adjusted with SP2472. Separation DC: Plain: 1st Page Separation DC: Plain: 2nd Page Separation DC: Fine: 1st Page Separation DC: Fine: 2nd Page
005
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG
007
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
SM
5-89
Copy Service Mode
[Thin: Switch Timing: Lead. Edge] Adjusts the bias/ voltage switch timing of the paper transfer roller/ discharge 2472 plate at the paper leading edge between the erase margin area and the image area. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side Separation DC: Plain: 1st Page Separation DC: Plain: 2nd Page Separation DC: Fine: 1st Page Separation DC: Fine: 2nd Page
001
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 2 mm/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 2 mm/step]
004
*ENG
005
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 2 mm/step]
006
*ENG
007
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 2 mm/step]
008
*ENG
B222/B224
5-90
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Thin: Trailing Edge Correction] Thin Paper: Trailing Edge Correction Adjusts the correction coefficient to the paper transfer roller current for the paper trailing edge in each mode. SP2453 and SP2457 are multiplied by these 2473 SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec
001
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
Service Tables
SM
5-91
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Thin: Switch Timing: Trail. Edge] Adjusts the bias/voltage switch timing of the paper transfer roller/discharge 2474 plate at the paper trailing edge between the erase margin area and the image area. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [100 to 0 / 0 / 2 mm/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [100 to 0 / 0 / 2 mm/step]
004
*ENG
[Thin: LL] Thin Paper: LL Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2481 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as LL, SP2453 and SP2457 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
B222/B224
5-92
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
2481
005
*ENG [10 to 250 / 200 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG
007
*ENG [10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
[Thin: ML] Thin Paper: ML Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2482 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as ML, SP2453 and SP2457 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
Service Tables
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
2482
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as ML, SP2451 is multiplied by these SP values. Separation DC: Plain: 1st Side
005
*ENG [10 to 250 / 200 / 5%/step]
SM
5-93
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
006
Separation DC: Plain: 2nd Side: Separation DC: FINE: 1st Side Separation DC: FINE: 2nd Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 170 / 5%/step]
007
*ENG [10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
[Thin: MM] Thin Paper: MM Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2483 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MM, SP2453 and SP2457 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
2483
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MM, SP2451 is multiplied by these SP values. Separation DC: Plain: 1st Side Separation DC: Plain: 2nd Side:
005
*ENG [10 to 250 / 170 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG [10 to 250 / 140 / 5%/step]
B222/B224
5-94
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
007
Separation DC: FINE: 1st Side Separation DC: FINE: 2nd Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
[Thin: MH] Thin Paper: MH Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2484 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MH, SP2453 and SP2457 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step] 004 *ENG
2484
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MH, SP2451 is multiplied by these SP values. Separation DC: Plain: 1st Side Separation DC: Plain: 2nd Side: Separation DC: FINE: 1st Side Separation DC: FINE: 2nd Side
005
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
007
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
SM
5-95
Copy Service Mode
[Thin: HH] Thin Paper: HH Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2485 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as HH, SP2453 and SP2457 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
2485
005
*ENG [10 to 250 / 50 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
007
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
B222/B224
5-96
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Thick 1: Bias] 2501 Adjusts the DC voltage of the discharge plate for thick 1 paper. Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec Separation DC: Thick 1: 1st Side Separation DC: Thick 1: 2nd Side Separation DC: Fine: 1st Side Separation DC: Fine: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [0 to 5000 / 1000 / 10 V/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [0 to 5000 / 0 / 10 V/step]
004
*ENG
[Thick 1: Bias: BW] 2502 Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for thick 1 paper in
black-and-white mode. Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [0 to 200 / 18 / 1 A /step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [0 to 200 / 12 / 1 A /step]
004
*ENG
SM
5-97
Copy Service Mode
[Thick 1: Bias: FC] 2507 Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for thick 1 paper in full color mode. Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [0 to 200 / 22 / 1 A /step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [0 to 200 / 15 / 1 A /step]
004
*ENG
[Thick 1: Paper Size Correction] 2511 Adjusts the size correction coefficient for the paper transfer roller current for each paper size. SP2502 and SP2507 are multiplied by these SP values. Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side: S1 Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side: S1 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S1 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S1 Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side: S2
001
002
003
004
005
*ENG
006 Paper Transfer: Thick 1:
*ENG [100 to 600 / 150 / 5%/step]
B222/B224
5-98
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 2nd Side: S2 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S2 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S2 Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side: S3 Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side: S3 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S3 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S3 Paper Transfer: Thick 1): 1st Side: S4 Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side: S4 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S4 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S4 Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side: S5 297 mm S2 size 275 mm (Paper width)
007
008
009
*ENG
010
*ENG
011
012
013
*ENG
Service Tables
014
*ENG
015
016
017
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 290 / 5%/step] 148 mm S5 size (Paper width)
SM
5-99
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
018
Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side: S5 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S5 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S5
*ENG
019
020
[Thick 1: Leading Edge Correction] Thick 1 Paper: Leading Edge Correction Adjusts the correction to the paper transfer roller current at the paper leading 2521 edge in each mode. SP2502 and SP2507 are multiplied by these SP values. Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec
The paper leading edge area can be adjusted with SP2522. Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
The paper leading edge area can be adjusted with SP2522. Separation DC: Thick 1: 1st Page
005
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
B222/B224
5-100
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
006
Separation DC: Thick 1: 2nd Page Separation DC: Fine: 1st Page Separation DC: Fine: 2nd Page
*ENG
007
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
[Thick 1: Switch Timing: Lead. Edge] Adjusts the bias/ voltage switch timing of the paper transfer roller/ discharge 2522 plate at the paper leading edge between the erase margin area and the image area. Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side Separation DC: Thick 1: 1st Page Separation DC: Thick 1: 2nd Page Separation DC: Fine: 1st Page Separation DC: Fine: 2nd Page
001
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
Service Tables
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
004
*ENG
005
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
006
*ENG
007
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
008
*ENG
SM
5-101
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Thick 1: Trailing Edge Correction] Thick 1 Paper: Trailing Edge Correction Adjusts the correction coefficient to the paper transfer roller current for the paper trailing edge in each mode. SP2502 and SP2507 are multiplied by these 2523 SP values. Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec
The paper trailing edge area can be adjusted with SP2524. Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
[Thick 1: Switch Timing: Trail. Edge] Adjusts the bias/voltage switch timing of the paper transfer roller/discharge 2524 plate at the paper trailing edge between the erase margin area and the image area. Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [100 to 0 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [100 to 0 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
004
*ENG
B222/B224
5-102
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Thick 1: LL] Thick 1 Paper: LL Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2531 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as LL, SP2502 and SP2507 are multiplied by these SP values. Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
2531
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as LL, SP2501 is multiplied by these SP values.
005
Separation DC: Thick 1: 1st Side Separation DC: Thick 1: 2nd Side: Separation DC: FINE: 1st Side Separation DC: FINE: 2nd Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 180 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG [10 to 250 / 240 / 5%/step]
007
*ENG [10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
[Thick 1: ML] Thick 1 Paper: ML Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2532 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as ML, SP2502 and SP2507 are multiplied by these SP values. Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
001 Paper Transfer: Thick 1:

SM
*ENG
5-103
Copy Service Mode 1st Side Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
2532
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as ML, SP2501 is multiplied by these SP values. Separation DC: Thick 1: 1st Side Separation DC: Thick 1: 2nd Side: Separation DC: FINE: 1st Side Separation DC: FINE: 2nd Side
005
*ENG [10 to 250 / 140 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG [10 to 250 / 240 / 5%/step]
007
*ENG [10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
[Thick 1: MM] Thick 1 Paper: MM Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2533 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MM, SP2502 and SP2507 are multiplied by these SP values. Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
B222/B224
5-104
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 004 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side *ENG
2533
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MM, SP2501 is multiplied by these SP values. Separation DC: Thick 1: 1st Side Separation DC: Thick 1: 2nd Side: Separation DC: FINE: 1st Side Separation DC: FINE: 2nd Side
005
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG [10 to 250 / 200 / 5%/step]
007
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
[Thick 1: MH] Thick 1 Paper: MH Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2534 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is
Service Tables
detected as MH, SP2502 and SP2507 are multiplied by these SP values. Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is 2534 detected as MH, SP2501 is multiplied by these SP values. Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec 005 Separation DC: Thick 1: *ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
SM
5-105
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode 1st Side Separation DC: Thick 1: 2nd Side: Separation DC: FINE: 1st Side Separation DC: FINE: 2nd Side
006
*ENG [10 to 250 / 180 / 5%/step]
007
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
[Thick 1: HH] Thick 1 Paper: HH Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2535 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as HH, SP2502 and SP2507 are multiplied by these SP values. Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
2535
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as HH, SP2501 is multiplied by these SP values. Separation DC: Thick 1: 1st Side Separation DC: Thick 1: 2nd Side: Separation DC: FINE: 1st Side
005
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG
007
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
B222/B224
5-106
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 008 Separation DC: FINE: 2nd Side *ENG
[Thick 2: Bias] 2551 Adjusts the DC voltage of the discharge plate for thick 2 paper. 001 Separation DC: 1st Side 002 Separation DC: 2nd Side *ENG [0 to 5000 / 1000 / 10 V/step] *ENG
[Thick 2: Bias: BW] 2553 Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for thick 2 paper in black-and-white mode. 001 Paper Transfer: 1st Side 002 Paper Transfer: 2nd Side *ENG [0 to 200 / 12 / 1 A /step] *ENG
[Thick 2: Bias: FC] 2558 Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for thick 2 paper in full color mode. 001 Paper Transfer: 1st Side 002 Paper Transfer: 2nd Side *ENG [0 to 200 / 15 / 1 A /step] *ENG
SM
5-107
B222/B224
Service Tables
Copy Service Mode
[Thick 2: Paper Size Correction] 2561 Adjusts the size correction coefficient for the paper transfer roller current for each paper size. SP2553 and SP2558 are multiplied by these SP values. Paper Transfer: 1st Side: S1 Paper Transfer: 2nd Side: S1 Paper Transfer: 1st Side: S2 Paper Transfer: 2nd Side: S2 Paper Transfer: 1st Side: S3 Paper Transfer: 2nd Side: S3 Paper Transfer: 1st Side: S4 Paper Transfer: 2nd Side: S4 Paper Transfer: 1st Side: S5 Paper Transfer: 2nd Side: S5 [100 to 600 / 100 / 5%/step] S1 size 297 mm (Paper width)
001
*ENG
002
*ENG
003
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 140 / 5%/step] 297 mm S2 size 275 mm (Paper width) [100 to 600 / 160 / 5%/step] 297 mm S2 size 275 mm (Paper width) [100 to 600 / 200 / 5%/step] 275 mm S3 size 210 mm (Paper width) [100 to 600 / 260 / 5%/step] 275 mm S3 size 210 mm (Paper width) [100 to 600 / 260 / 5%/step] 210 mm S4 size 148 mm (Paper width) [100 to 600 / 430 / 5%/step] 210 mm S4 size 148 mm (Paper width) [100 to 600 / 330 / 5%/step] 148 mm S5 size (Paper width) [100 to 600 / 600 / 5%/step] 148 mm S5 size (Paper width)
004
*ENG
005
*ENG
006
*ENG
007
*ENG
008
*ENG
009
*ENG
010
*ENG
B222/B224
5-108
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Thick 2: Leading Edge Correction] Thick 2 Paper: Leading Edge Correction Adjusts the correction to the paper transfer roller current at the paper leading 2571 edge in each mode. SP2553 and SP2558 are multiplied by these SP values.
The paper leading edge area can be adjusted with SP2572. 001 Paper Transfer: 1st Side 002 Paper Transfer: 2nd Side *ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step] *ENG
The paper leading edge area can be adjusted with SP2572. 003 Separation DC: 1st Page *ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step] 004 Separation DC: 2nd Page *ENG
2572
Adjusts the bias/ voltage switch timing of the paper transfer roller/ discharge plate at the paper leading edge between the erase margin area and the image area.
001 Paper Transfer: 1st Side 002 Paper Transfer: 2nd Side 003 Separation DC: 1st Page
*ENG *ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step] *ENG
004 Separation DC: 2nd Page *ENG
SM
5-109
B222/B224
Service Tables
[Thick 2: Switch Timing: Lead. Edge]
Copy Service Mode
[Thick 2: Trailing Edge Correction] Thick 2 Paper: Trailing Edge Correction Adjusts the correction to the paper transfer roller current for the paper trailing 2573 edge in each mode. SP2553 and SP2558 are multiplied by these SP values.
The paper trailing edge area can be adjusted with SP2574. 001 Paper Transfer: 1st Side 002 Paper Transfer: 2nd Side *ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step] *ENG
[Thick 2: Switch Timing: Trail. Edge] 2574 Adjusts the bias/voltage switch timing of the paper transfer roller/discharge plate at the paper trailing edge between the erase margin area and the image area. 001 Paper Transfer: 1st Side 002 Paper Transfer: 2nd Side *ENG [100 to 0 / 0 / 1 mm/step] *ENG
[Thick 2: LL] Thick 2 Paper: LL Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2581 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as LL, SP2553 and SP2558 are multiplied by these SP values. 001 Paper Transfer: 1st Side 002 Paper Transfer: 2nd Side *ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step] *ENG
2581
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as LL, SP2551 is multiplied by these SP values. *ENG [10 to 250 / 180 / 5%/step]
003 Separation DC: 1st Side
004 Separation DC: 2nd Side: *ENG [10 to 250 / 240 / 5%/step]
B222/B224
5-110
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Thick 2: ML] Thick 2 Paper: ML Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2582 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as ML, SP2553 and SP2558 are multiplied by these SP values. 001 Paper Transfer: 1st Side 002 Paper Transfer: 2nd Side *ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step] *ENG
2582
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as ML, SP2551 is multiplied by these SP values. *ENG [10 to 250 / 140 / 5%/step]
003 Separation DC: 1st Page
004 Separation DC: 2nd Page *ENG [10 to 250 / 240 / 5%/step]
[Thick 2: MM] Thick 2 Paper: MM Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2583 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MM, SP2553 and SP2558 are multiplied by these SP values.
001 Paper Transfer: 1st Side 002 Paper Transfer: 2nd Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step] *ENG
2583
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MM, SP2551 is multiplied by these SP values. *ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
[Thick 2: MH] Thick 2 Paper: MH Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2584 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MH, SP2553 and SP2558 are multiplied by these SP values. 001 Paper Transfer: 1st Side 002 Paper Transfer: 2nd Side *ENG [10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step] *ENG
SM
5-111
Copy Service Mode 2584 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MH, SP2551 is multiplied by these SP values. *ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
[Thick 2: HH] Thick 2 Paper: HH Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2585 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as HH, SP2553 and SP2558 are multiplied by these SP values. 001 Paper Transfer: 1st Side 002 Paper Transfer: 2nd Side *ENG [10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step] *ENG
2585
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as HH, SP2551 is multiplied by these SP values. *ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
004 Separation DC: 2nd Page *ENG
[OHP: Bias] 2601 Adjusts the DC voltage of the discharge plate for OHP. 001 Separation DC *ENG [0 to 5000 / 1500 / 10 V/step]
[OHP: Bias: BW] 2603 Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for OHP in black-and-white mode. 001 Paper Transfer *ENG [0 to 200 / 12 / 1 A /step]
B222/B224
5-112
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[OHP: Bias: FC] 2608 Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for OHP in full color mode. 001 Paper Transfer *ENG [0 to 200 / 15 / 1 A /step]
[OHP: Paper Size Correction] 2611 Adjusts the size correction coefficient for the paper transfer roller current for each paper size. SP2603 and SP2608 are multiplied by these SP values. [100 to 600 / 100 / 5%/step] S1 size 297 mm (Paper width) [100 to 600 / 140 / 5%/step] 297 mm S2 size 275 mm (Paper width) [100 to 600 / 200 / 5%/step] 275 mm S3 size 210 mm (Paper width) [100 to 600 / 260 / 5%/step] 210 mm S4 size 148 mm (Paper width) [100 to 600 / 330 / 5%/step] 148 mm S5 size (Paper width)
Service Tables
001 Paper Transfer: S1
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[OHP: Leading Edge Correction] OHP: Leading Edge Correction Adjusts the correction to the paper transfer roller current at the paper leading 2621 edge in each mode. SP2603 and SP2608 are multiplied by these SP values.
The paper leading edge area can be adjusted with SP2622.
SM
5-113
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
001 Paper Transfer
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
The paper leading edge area can be adjusted with SP2622. 002 Separation DC *ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
[OHP: Switch Timing: Lead. Edge] 2622 Adjusts the bias/ voltage switch timing of the paper transfer roller/ discharge plate at the paper leading edge between the erase margin area and the image area. 001 Paper Transfer 002 Separation DC *ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step] *ENG
[OHP: Trailing Edge Correction] OHP: Trailing Edge Correction Adjusts the correction to the paper transfer roller current for the paper trailing 2623 edge in each mode. SP2603 and SP2608 are multiplied by these SP values.
The paper trailing edge area can be adjusted with SP2624. 001 Paper Transfer *ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
[OHP: Switch Timing: Trail. Edge] 2624 Adjusts the bias/voltage switch timing of the paper transfer roller/discharge plate at the paper trailing edge between the erase margin area and the image area. 001 Paper Transfer *ENG [100 to 0 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
B222/B224
5-114
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[OHP: LL] OHP: LL Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2631 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as LL, SP2603 and SP2608 are multiplied by these SP values. 001 Paper Transfer *ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
2631
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as LL, SP2601 is multiplied by these SP values. *ENG [10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
002 Separation DC
[OHP: ML] OHP: ML Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2632 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode When the environment is detected as ML, SP2603 and SP2608 are multiplied by these SP values. 001 Paper Transfer *ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
2632
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as ML, SP2601 is multiplied by these SP values. *ENG [10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
002 Separation DC
[OHP: MM] OHP: MM Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2633 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MM, SP2603 and SP2608 are multiplied by these SP values. 001 Paper Transfer *ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
2633
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MM, SP2601 is multiplied by these SP values. *ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
002 Separation DC
SM
5-115
Copy Service Mode
[OHP: MH] OHP: MH Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2634 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MH, SP2603 and SP2608 are multiplied by these SP values. 001 Paper Transfer *ENG [10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
2634
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MH, SP2601 is multiplied by these SP values. *ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
002 Separation DC
[OHP: HH] OHP Paper: HH Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2635 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as HH, SP2603 and SP2608 are multiplied by these SP values. 001 Paper Transfer *ENG [10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
2635
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as HH, SP2601 is multiplied by these SP values. *ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
002 Separation DC
[Thick 3: Bias] 2650 Adjusts the DC voltage of the discharge plate for thick paper 3. Separation DC: Thick 3: 1st Side Separation DC: Thick 3: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [0 to 5000 / 1000 / 10 V/step]
002
*ENG
B222/B224
5-116
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Thick 3: Bias: BW] 2651 Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for thick paper 3 in black-and-white mode. Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [0 to 200 / 12 / 1 A /step]
002
*ENG
[Thick 3: Bias: FC] 2652 Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for thick paper 3 in full color mode. Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [0 to 200 / 15 / 1 A /step]
002
*ENG
Service Tables
[Thick 3: Paper Size Correction] 2653 Adjusts the size correction coefficient for the paper transfer roller current for each paper size. SP2651 and SP2652 are multiplied by these SP values. Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 1st Side: S1 Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 1st Side: S2 Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 1st Side: S3 [100 to 600 / 100 / 5%/step] S1 size 297 mm (Paper width) [100 to 600 / 140 / 5%/step] 297 mm S2 size 275 mm (Paper width) [100 to 600 / 200 / 5%/step] 275 mm S3 size 210 mm (Paper width)
001
*ENG
002
*ENG
003
*ENG
SM
5-117
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
004
Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 1st Side: S4 Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 1st Side: S5 Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 2nd Side: S1 Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 2nd Side: S2 Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 2nd Side: S3 Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 2nd Side: S4 Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 2nd Side: S5
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 260 / 5%/step] 210 mm S4 size 148 mm (Paper width) [100 to 600 / 330 / 5%/step] 148 mm S5 size (Paper width) [100 to 600 / 100 / 5%/step] S1 size 297 mm (Paper width) [100 to 600 / 160 / 5%/step] 297 mm S2 size 275 mm (Paper width) [100 to 600 / 260 / 5%/step] 275 mm S3 size 210 mm (Paper width) [100 to 600 / 430 / 5%/step] 210 mm S4 size 148 mm (Paper width) [100 to 600 / 600 / 5%/step] 148 mm S5 size (Paper width)
005
*ENG
006
*ENG
007
*ENG
008
*ENG
009
*ENG
010
*ENG
[Thick 3: Leading Edge Correction] Thick 3 Paper: Leading Edge Correction Adjusts the correction to the paper transfer roller current at the paper leading 2654 edge in each mode. SP2651 and SP2652 are multiplied by these SP values.
The paper leading edge area can be adjusted with SP2655. Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 1st Side Separation DC: Thick 3: 1st Page
001
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
B222/B224
5-118
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
The paper leading edge area can be adjusted with SP2655. Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 2nd Side Separation DC: Thick 3: 2nd Page
003
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
[Thick 3: Switch Timing: Lead. Edge] 2655 Adjusts the bias/ voltage switch timing of the paper transfer roller/ discharge plate at the paper leading edge between the erase margin area and the image area. Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 1st Side Separation DC: Thick 3: 1st Page Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 2nd Side Separation DC: Thick 3: 2nd Page
001
*ENG
002
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
003
*ENG
004
*ENG
SM
5-119
Copy Service Mode
[Thick 3: Trailing Edge Correction] Thick 3 Paper: Trailing Edge Correction Adjusts the correction to the paper transfer roller current for the paper trailing 2656 edge in each mode. SP2651 and SP2652 are multiplied by these SP values.
The paper trailing edge area can be adjusted with SP2657. Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
[Thick 3: Switch Timing: Trail. Edge] 2657 Adjusts the bias/voltage switch timing of the paper transfer roller/discharge plate at the paper trailing edge between the erase margin area and the image area. Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [100 to 0 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
002
*ENG
[Thick 3: LL] Thick 3 Paper: LL Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2658 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as LL, SP2651 and SP2652 are multiplied by these SP values. Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 1st Side Separation DC: Thick 3: 1st Side
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG [10 to 250 / 180 / 5%/step]
B222/B224
5-120
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
2658
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as LL, SP2650 is multiplied by these SP values. Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 2nd Side Separation DC: Thick 3: 2nd Side:
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG [10 to 250 / 240 / 5%/step]
[Thick 3: ML] Thick 3 Paper: ML Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2659 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode When the environment is detected as ML, SP2651 and SP2652 are multiplied by these SP values. Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 1st Side Separation DC: Thick 3: 1st Side
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG [10 to 250 / 140 / 5%/step]
2659
detected as ML, SP2650 is multiplied by these SP values. Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 2nd Side Separation DC: Thick 3: 2nd Side:
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG [10 to 250 / 240 / 5%/step]
[Thick 3: MM] Thick 3 Paper: MM Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2660 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MM, SP2651 and SP2652 are multiplied by these SP values. Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 1st Side
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
002 Separation DC: Thick 3:
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
SM
5-121
B222/B224
Service Tables
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is
Copy Service Mode 1st Side Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MM, SP2650 is multiplied by these SP values. Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 2nd Side Separation DC: Thick 3: 2nd Side:
2660
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG [10 to 250 / 200 / 5%/step]
[Thick 3: MH] Thick 3 Paper: MH Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2661 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MH, SP2651 and SP2652 are multiplied by these SP values. Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 1st Side Separation DC: Thick 3: 1st Side
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
2661
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MH, SP2650 is multiplied by these SP values. Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 2nd Side Separation DC: Thick 3: 2nd Side:
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG [10 to 250 / 180 / 5%/step]
B222/B224
5-122
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Thick 3: HH] Thick 3 Paper: HH Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2662 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as HH, SP2651 and SP2652 are multiplied by these SP values. Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 1st Side Separation DC: Thick 3: 1st Side
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
2662
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as HH, SP2650 is multiplied by these SP values. Paper Transfer: Thick 3: 2nd Side Separation DC: Thick 3: 2nd Side:
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
2751
Adjusts the DC voltage of the discharge plate for special paper 1. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Separation DC: Plain: 1st Side Separation DC: Plain: 2nd Side Separation DC: Fine: 1st Side Separation DC: Fine: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [0 to 5000 / 1500 / 10 V/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [0 to 5000 / 1000 / 10 V/step]
004
*ENG
SM
5-123
B222/B224
Service Tables
[Special 1: Bias]
Copy Service Mode
[Special 1: Bias: BW] 2753 Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for special paper 1 in black-and-white mode. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [0 to 200 / B222: 22/B224: 30 / 1 A /step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [0 to 200 / 12 / 1 A /step]
004
*ENG
[Special 1: Bias: FC] 2757 Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for special paper 1 in full color mode. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain): 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [0 to 200 / B222: 33/B224: 40 / 1 A /step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [0 to 200 / 15 / 1 A /step]
004
*ENG
B222/B224
5-124
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Special 1: Paper Size Correction] 2761 Adjusts the size correction coefficient for the paper transfer roller current for each paper size. SP2753 and SP2757 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side: S1 Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side: S1 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S1 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S1 Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side: S2 Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side: S2 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S2 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S2 Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side: S3 Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side: S3 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S3 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S3
001
002
003
004
005
*ENG

Service Tables
006
*ENG
007
008
009
*ENG
010
*ENG
011
012
SM
5-125
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode 013 Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side: S4 Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side: S4 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S4 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S4 Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side: S5 Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side: S5 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S5 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S5 *ENG [100 to 600 / 160 / 5%/step] 210 mm S4 size 148 mm (Paper width) [100 to 600 / 220 / 5%/step] 210 mm S4 size 148 mm (Paper width)
014
*ENG
015
016
017
*ENG
018
*ENG
019
020
[Special 1: Leading Edge Correction] Special 1 Paper: Leading Edge Correction Adjusts the correction to the paper transfer roller current at the paper leading 2771 edge in each mode. SP2753 and SP2757 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec
The paper leading edge area can be adjusted with SP2772. Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG [0 to 400 / 150 / 5%/step]
003 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st *ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
B222/B224
5-126
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
004
*ENG
005
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG
007
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
[Special 1: Switch Timing: Lead. Edge] Adjusts the bias/ voltage switch timing of the paper transfer roller/ discharge 2772 plate at the paper leading edge between the erase margin area and the image area. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
002
*ENG [0 to 30 / 20 / 1 mm/step]
003
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
004
*ENG
SM
5-127
B222/B224
Service Tables
Copy Service Mode 005 Separation DC: Plain: 1st Page Separation DC: Plain: 2nd Page Separation DC: Fine: 1st Page Separation DC: Fine: 2nd Page *ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step] 006 *ENG
007
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
008
*ENG
[Special 1: Trailing Edge Correction] Special 1 Paper: Trailing Edge Correction Adjusts the correction to the paper transfer roller current for the paper trailing 2773 edge in each mode. SP2753 and SP2757 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec
001
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
B222/B224
5-128
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Special 1: Switch Timing: Trail. Edge] Adjusts the bias/voltage switch timing of the paper transfer roller/discharge 2774 plate at the paper trailing edge between the erase margin area and the image area. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [100 to 0 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [100 to 0 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
004
*ENG
[Special 1: LL] Special 1 Paper: LL Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2781 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as LL, SP2753 and SP2757 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
Service Tables
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
SM
5-129
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
2781
005
*ENG [10 to 250 / 200 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG
007
*ENG [10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
[Special 1: ML] Special 1 Paper: ML Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2782 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode When the environment is detected as ML, SP2753 and SP2757 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
B222/B224
5-130
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
2782
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as ML, SP2751 is multiplied by these SP values. Separation DC: Plain: 1st Side Separation DC: Plain: 2nd Side: Separation DC: FINE: 1st Side Separation DC: FINE: 2nd Side
005
*ENG [10 to 250 / 200 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG [10 to 250 / 170 / 5%/step]
007
*ENG [10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
[Special 1: MM] Special 1 Paper: MM Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2783 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MM, SP2753 and SP2757 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
Service Tables
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
SM
5-131
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
2783
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MM, SP2751 is multiplied by these SP values. Separation DC: Plain: 1st Side Separation DC: Plain : 2nd Side: Separation DC: FINE: 1st Side Separation DC: FINE: 2nd Side
005
*ENG [10 to 250 / 170 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG [10 to 250 / 140 / 5%/step]
007
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
[Special 1: MH] Special 1 Paper: MH Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2784 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MH, SP2753 and SP2757 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
B222/B224
5-132
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
2784
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MH, SP2751 is multiplied by these SP values. Separation DC: Plain: 1st Side Separation DC: Plain: 2nd Side: Separation DC: FINE: 1st Side Separation DC: FINE: 2nd Side
005
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
007
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
[Special 1: HH] Special 1 Paper: HH Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2785 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as HH, SP2753 and SP2757 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
Service Tables
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
SM
5-133
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
2785
005
*ENG [10 to 250 / 50 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
007
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
[Special 2: Bias] 2801 Adjusts the DC voltage of the discharge plate for special paper 2. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Separation DC: Plain: 1st Side Separation DC: Plain: 2nd Side Separation DC: Fine: 1st Side Separation DC: Fine: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [0 to 5000 / 1500 / 10 V/step]
002
*ENG [0 to 5000 / 1500 / 10 V/step]
003
*ENG [0 to 5000 / 1000 / 10 V/step]
004
*ENG
[Special 2: Bias: BW] 2803 Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for special paper 2 in black-and-white mode. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec
B222/B224
5-134
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 001 Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side *ENG [0 to 200 / B222: 22/ B224: 30 / 1 A /step] *ENG
002
003
*ENG [0 to 200 / 12 / 1 A /step]
004
*ENG
[Special 2: Bias: FC] 2807 Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for special paper 2 in full color mode. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side [0 to 200 / B222: 33/ B224: 40 / 1 A /step]
Service Tables
001
*ENG
002
*ENG
[0 to 200 / B222: 33/ B224: 45 / 1 A /step]
003
*ENG [0 to 200 / 15 / 1 A /step]
004
*ENG
[Special 2: Paper Size Correction] 2811 Adjusts the size correction coefficient for the paper transfer roller current for each paper size. SP2803 and SP2807 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side: S1 [100 to 600 / 100 / 5%/step] S1 size 297 mm (Paper width)
001
*ENG
SM
5-135
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode 002 Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side: S1 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S1 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S1 Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side: S2 Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side: S2 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S2 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S2 Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side: S3 Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side: S3 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S3 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S3 Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side: S4 Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side: S4 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S4 *ENG
003
004
005
*ENG
006
*ENG
007
008
009
*ENG
010
*ENG
011
012
013
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 160 / 5%/step] 210 mm S4 size 148 mm (Paper width) [100 to 600 / 220 / 5%/step] 210 mm S4 size 148 mm (Paper width) [100 to 600 / 140 / 5%/step] 210 mm S4 size 148 mm (Paper width)
014
*ENG
015
*ENG
B222/B224
5-136
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 016 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S4 Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side: S5 Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side: S5 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S5 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S5 *ENG
017
*ENG
018
*ENG
019
020
[Special 2: Leading Edge Correction] Special 2 Paper: Leading Edge Correction Adjusts the correction to the paper transfer roller current at the paper leading 2821 edge in each mode. SP2803 and SP2807 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec
The paper leading edge area can be adjusted with SP2822. Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG [0 to 400 / 150 / 5%/step]
003
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
SM
5-137
Copy Service Mode
005
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG
007
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
[Special 2: Switch Timing: Lead. Edge] Adjusts the bias/ voltage switch timing of the paper transfer roller/ discharge 2822 plate at the paper leading edge between the erase margin area and the image area. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side Separation DC: Plain: 1st Page
001
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
002
*ENG [0 to 30 / 20 / 1 mm/step]
003
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
004
*ENG
005
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
B222/B224
5-138
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 006 Separation DC: Plain: 2nd Page Separation DC: Fine: 1st Page Separation DC: Fine: 2nd Page *ENG
007
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
008
*ENG
[Special 2: Trailing Edge Correction] Special 2 Paper: Trailing Edge Correction Adjusts the correction to the paper transfer roller current for the paper trailing 2823 edge in each mode. SP2803 and SP2807 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec
001
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]

Service Tables
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
SM
5-139
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Special 2: Switch Timing: Trail. Edge] Adjusts the bias/voltage switch timing of the paper transfer roller/discharge 2824 plate at the paper trailing edge between the erase margin area and the image area. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [100 to 0 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [100 to 0 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
004
*ENG
[Special 2: LL] Special 2 Paper: LL Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2831 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as LL, SP2803 and SP2807 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
005-008
B222/B224
5-140
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 005 Separation DC: Plain: 1st Side Separation DC: Plain: 2nd Side: Separation DC: FINE: 1st Side Separation DC: FINE: 2nd Side *ENG [10 to 250 / 200 / 5%/step] 006 *ENG
007
*ENG [10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
[Special 2: ML] Special 2 Paper: ML Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2832 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode When the environment is detected as ML, SP2803 and SP2807 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
005-008
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as ML, SP2801 is multiplied by these SP values. Separation DC: Plain: 1st Side Separation DC: Plain: 2nd Side:
005
*ENG [10 to 250 / 200 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG [10 to 250 / 170 / 5%/step]
SM
5-141
B222/B224
Service Tables
Copy Service Mode
007
Separation DC: FINE: 1st Side Separation DC: FINE: 2nd Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
[Special 2: MM] Special 2 Paper: MM Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2833 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MM, SP2803 and SP2807 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
005-008
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MM, SP2801 is multiplied by these SP values. Separation DC: Plain: 1st Side Separation DC: Plain: 2nd Side: Separation DC: FINE: 1st Side Separation DC: FINE: 2nd Side
005
*ENG [10 to 250 / 170 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG [10 to 250 / 140 / 5%/step]
007
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
B222/B224
5-142
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Special 2: MH] Special 2 Paper: MH Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2834 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MH, SP2803 and SP2807 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
005-008
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MH, SP2801 is multiplied by these SP values.
005
Separation DC: Plain: 1st Side Separation DC: Plain: 2nd Side: Separation DC: FINE: 1st Side Separation DC: FINE: 2nd Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
007
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
SM
5-143
Copy Service Mode
[Special 2: HH] Special 2 Paper: HH Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2835 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as HH, SP2803 and SP2807 are multiplied by these SP values. Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Plain: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
005-008
005
*ENG [10 to 250 / 50 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
007
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
B222/B224
5-144
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Special 3: Bias] 2851 Adjusts the DC voltage of the discharge plate for special paper 3. Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec Separation DC: Thick 1: 1st Side Separation DC: Thick 1: 2nd Side Separation DC: Fine: 1st Side Separation DC: Fine: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [0 to 5000 / 1000 / 10 V/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [0 to 5000 / 0 / 10 V/step]
004
*ENG
[Special 3: Bias: BW] 2852 Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for special paper 3 in
black-and-white mode. Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [0 to 200 / 18 / 1 A /step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [0 to 200 / 12 / 1 A /step]
004
*ENG
SM
5-145
Copy Service Mode
[Special 3: Bias: FC] 2857 Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for special paper 3 in full color mode. Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [0 to 200 / 22 / 1 A /step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [0 to 200 / 15 / 1 A /step]
004
*ENG
[Special 3: Paper Size Correction] 2861 Adjusts the size correction coefficient for the paper transfer roller current for each paper size. SP2852 and SP2857 are multiplied by these SP values. Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side: S1 Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side: S1 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S1 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S1 Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side: S2
001
002
003
004
005
*ENG
B222/B224
5-146
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
006
Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side: S2 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S2 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S2 Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side: S3 Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side: S3 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S3 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S3 Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side: S4 Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side: S4 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S4 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S4 Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side: S5
*ENG
007
008
009
*ENG
010
*ENG
011
012
013
*ENG
210 mm S4 size 148 mm (Paper width) [100 to 600 / 370 / 5%/step] 210 mm S4 size 148 mm (Paper width)
014
*ENG
015
016
017
*ENG
SM
5-147
B222/B224
Service Tables
[100 to 600 / 230 / 5%/step]
Copy Service Mode
018
Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side: S5 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side: S5 Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side: S5
*ENG
019
*ENG
020
*ENG
[Special 3: Leading Edge Correction] Special 3 Paper: Leading Edge Correction Adjusts the correction to the paper transfer roller current at the paper leading 2871 edge in each mode. SP2852 and SP2857 are multiplied by these SP values. Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec
The paper leading edge area can be adjusted with SP2872. Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
Adjusts the correction to the discharge plate current at the paper leading edge 005-008 in each mode. SP2851 is multiplied by these SP values.
The paper leading edge area can be adjusted with SP2872. Separation DC: Thick 1: 1st Page
005
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
B222/B224
5-148
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
006
Separation DC: Thick 1: 2nd Page Separation DC: Fine: 1st Page Separation DC: Fine: 2nd Page
*ENG
007
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
[Special 3: Switch Timing: Lead. Edge] Adjusts the bias/ voltage switch timing of the paper transfer roller/ discharge 2872 plate at the paper leading edge between the erase margin area and the image area. Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side Separation DC: Thick 1: 1st Page Separation DC: Thick 1: 2nd Page Separation DC: Fine: 1st Page Separation DC: Fine: 2nd Page
001
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
Service Tables
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
004
*ENG
005
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
006
*ENG
007
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
008
*ENG
SM
5-149
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Special 3: Trailing Edge Correction] Special 3 Paper: Trailing Edge Correction Adjusts the correction to the paper transfer roller current for the paper trailing 2873 edge in each mode. SP2852 and SP2857 are multiplied by these SP values. Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec
The paper trailing edge area can be adjusted with SP2874. Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
[Special 3: Switch Timing: Trail. Edge] Adjusts the bias/voltage switch timing of the paper transfer roller/discharge 2874 plate at the paper trailing edge between the erase margin area and the image area. Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [100 to 0 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [100 to 0 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
004
*ENG
B222/B224
5-150
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Special 3: LL] Special 3 Paper: LL Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2881 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as LL, SP2852 and SP2857 are multiplied by these SP values. Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
005-008
005
*ENG [10 to 250 / 180 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG [10 to 250 / 240 / 5%/step]
007
*ENG [10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
SM
5-151
Copy Service Mode
[Special 3: ML] Special 3 Paper: ML Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2882 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode When the environment is detected as ML, SP2852 and SP2857 are multiplied by these SP values. Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
005-008
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as ML, SP2851 is multiplied by these SP values. Separation DC: Thick 1: 1st Side Separation DC: Thick 1: 2nd Side: Separation DC: FINE: 1st Side Separation DC: FINE: 2nd Side
005
*ENG [10 to 250 / 140 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG [10 to 250 / 240 / 5%/step]
007
*ENG [10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
B222/B224
5-152
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Special 3: MM] Special 3 Paper: MM Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2883 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MM, SP2852 and SP2857 are multiplied by these SP values. Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
005-008
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MM, SP2851 is multiplied by these SP values.
005
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG [10 to 250 / 200 / 5%/step]
007
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
SM
5-153
Copy Service Mode
[Special 3: MH] Special 3 Paper: MH Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2884 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MH, SP2852 and SP2857 are multiplied by these SP values. Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
005-008
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as MH, SP2851 is multiplied by these SP values. Separation DC: Thick 1: 1st Side Separation DC: Thick 1: 2nd Side: Separation DC: FINE: 1st Side Separation DC: FINE: 2nd Side
005
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG [10 to 250 / 180 / 5%/step]
007
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
B222/B224
5-154
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Special 3: HH] Special 3 Paper: HH Environment Coefficient Adjustment 2885 Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as HH, SP2852 and SP2857 are multiplied by these SP values. Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 1st Side Paper Transfer: Thick 1: 2nd Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st Side Paper Transfer: FINE: 2nd Side
001
*ENG [10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
002
*ENG
003
*ENG [10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
004
*ENG
005-008
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is detected as HH, SP2851 is multiplied by these SP values.
005
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
006
*ENG
007
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
008
*ENG
SM
5-155
Copy Service Mode
[OPC Drum Brake Time] Adjusts the time when the OPC drum motor reverses from normal rotation after 2901 job end. DFU Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec 001 Plain 002 Thick 1 003 Thick 2 & FINE *ENG *ENG [0 to 1500 / 500 / 10 msec/step] *ENG
[OPC Drum Reverse Time] 2902 Adjusts the time for how long the OPC drum motor reverses after job end. DFU 001 All: BW 002 All: FC *ENG [0 to 200 / 50 / 10 msec/step] *ENG [0 to 200 / 40 / 10 msec/step]
[Image Transfer Roller Brake Time] Adjusts the time when the image transfer belt motor reverses from normal 2903 rotation after job end. DFU Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec 003 Plain 004 Thick 1 005 Thick 2 & FINE *ENG *ENG [0 to 1500 / 500 / 10 msec/step] *ENG
B222/B224
5-156
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[OPC Drum Reverse Time] 2904 Adjusts the time for how long the image transfer belt motor reverses after job end. DFU 003 All *ENG [0 to 200 / 30 / 10 msec/step]
[Drum Stop Angle] 2906 DFU 001 Y 002 C 003 M 004 Bk Drum Gear Phase Adj. Range *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [0 to 359 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
*005
*ENG
Service Tables
*For Future Use
[ACS Setting (FC to Bk)] Adjusts the threshold for moving away the image transfer belt from the color 2907 PCUs. This SP moves the image transfer belt away from the color PCUs when the number of B/W image printouts reaches the number of sheets specified with this SP after consecutive full color image printouts in the full color mode. If this SP is set to "0", the image transfer belt does not move away. 001 Continuous Bk Pages *ENG [0 to 10 / 0 / 1 sheet/step]
SM
5-157
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Gain Adjust] Gain Adjustment of Image Transfer Belt Motor 2908 DFU 001 205 mm/sec 002 154 mm/sec 003 115 mm/sec 004 77 mm/sec *ENG *ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]] 0: Gain: High *ENG 1: Gain:Low *ENG
2914
[Dust Shield Shutter Motor] *ENG DFU *ENG [1 to 50 / 38 / 1 ms/step] Opens the shutter on the laser optics housing unit manually for test purposes. Closes the shutter on the laser optics housing unit manually for test purposes.
001 Stop Delay: Open 002 Stop Delay: Close
003 Open Execution
*ENG
004 Close Execution
*ENG
[SecondaryFB: Threshold] Paper Transfer Roller Feed-back: Threshold Adjustment 2930 Adjusts the threshold between high resistance (division 1) and low resistance (division 2) at the paper transfer roller. This SP affects SP2931 to SP2939. 001 Voltage *ENG [0 to 7000 / 5000 / 10 V/step]
B222/B224
5-158
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[SecondaryFB: Plain] 2931 Adjusts the upper limit voltage for the paper transfer roller. These SPs are only used for plain paper use in full color mode. 001 Limit Voltage: Division 1 002 Limit Voltage: Division 2 *ENG [0 to 7000 / 6000 / 10 V/step] *ENG [0 to 7000 / 5000 / 10 V/step]
[SecondaryFB: Thin] 2932 Adjusts the upper limit voltage for the paper transfer roller. These SPs are only used for thin paper use in full color mode. 001 Limit Voltage: Division 1 002 Limit Voltage: Division 2 *ENG [0 to 7000 / 6000 / 10 V/step] *ENG [0 to 7000 / 5000 / 10 V/step]
[SecondaryFB: Special 1]
Service Tables
2933
Adjusts the upper limit voltage for the paper transfer roller. These SPs are only used for special 1 paper use in full color mode.
001 Limit Voltage: Division 1 002 Limit Voltage: Division 2
*ENG [0 to 7000 / 6000 / 10 V/step] *ENG [0 to 7000 / 5000 / 10 V/step]
SM
5-159
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[SecondaryFB: Special 2] 2934 Adjusts the upper limit voltage for the paper transfer roller. These SPs are only used for special 2 paper use in full color mode. 001 Limit Voltage: Division 1 002 Limit Voltage: Division 2 *ENG [0 to 7000 / 6000 / 10 V/step] *ENG [0 to 7000 / 5000 / 10 V/step]
[SecondaryFB: Thick 1] 2935 Adjusts the upper limit voltage for the paper transfer roller. These SPs are only used for thick 1 paper use in full color mode. 001 Limit Voltage: Division 1 002 Limit Voltage: Division 2 *ENG [0 to 7000 / 6000 / 10 V/step] *ENG [0 to 7000 / 5000 / 10 V/step]
B222/B224
5-160
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[SecondaryFB: OHP] 2938 Adjusts the upper limit voltage for the paper transfer roller. These SPs are only used for OHP paper use in full color mode. 001 Limit Voltage: Division 1 002 Limit Voltage: Division 2 *ENG [0 to 7000 / 6000 / 10 V/step] *ENG [0 to 7000 / 5000 / 10 V/step]
[SecondaryFB: Special 3] 2939 Adjusts the upper limit voltage for the paper transfer roller. These SPs are only used for special 3 paper use in full color mode. 001 Limit Voltage: Division 1 002 Limit Voltage: Division 2 *ENG [0 to 7000 / 6000 / 10 V/step] *ENG [0 to 7000 / 5000 / 10 V/step]
SM
5-161
B222/B224
Service Tables
Copy Service Mode
SP3-XXX (Process)
3011
[Process Cont. Manual Execution] Executes the normal process control
001 Normal
manually (potential control). Check the result with SP3-325-001 and 3-012-001 after executing this SP. Executes the toner density adjustment manually. Executes the process control that is
002 Density Adjustment
003 Pre-ACC
normally done before ACC. The type of process control is selected with SP3-041-004. Executes the process control that is
004 Full MUSIC
normally done at the same time as MUSIC. This SP does the MUSIC (line position adjustment) twice. Executes the process control that is
005 Normal MUSIC
normally done at the same time as MUSIC. This SP does the MUSIC (line position adjustment) once.
[Process Cont. Check Result] Process Control Self-check Result Displays the result of the latest process control self-check. 3012 All colors are displayed. The results are displayed in the order Y C M K e.g., 11 (Y) 99 (C) 11 (M) 11 (K): The self-check for Cyan failed but the others were successful. See 4.1.2 in the troubleshooting section for details. 001 History: Latest *ENG [11111111 to 99999999 / - / 1/step]
B222/B224
5-162
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 002 Result: Latest 1 003 Result: Latest 2 004 Result: Latest 3 005 Result: Latest 4 006 Result: Latest 5 007 Result: Latest 6 008 Result: Latest 7 009 Result: Latest 8 010 Result: Latest 9 *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG
3013
[T Sensor Initial Set: Execution] Developer Initialization Setting DFU Service Tables B222/B224
001 Execution: ALL 002 Execution: COL (MCY) 003 Execution: Bk 004 Execution: M 005 Execution: C 006 Execution: Y
SM
5-163
Copy Service Mode
3014
[T Sensor Initial Set Result: Display] Developer Initialization Result: Display [0 to 9999 / - / - ] Display: YCMK *ENG 1: Success 2 to 9: Failure
001 Displays the developer initialization result. See 4.1.1 "Developer Initialization Result"" for details on the meaning of each code. All colors are displayed. Values are displayed in the order Y C M Bk. e.g., 1 (Y) 2 (C) 1 (M) 1 (Bk): Initialization of Cyan failed but the others succeeded.
3015
[Forced Toner Supply] Forced Toner Supply ([Color]) Executes the manual toner supply to the development unit.
001 Execution: ALL 002 Execution: COL (MCY) 003 Execution: Bk 004 Execution: M 005 Execution: C 006 Execution: Y
[Forced Toner Supply: Setting] Forced Toner Supply Setting ([Color]) 3016 Specifies the manual toner supply time for each color. 001 Supply Time: Bk 002 Supply Time: M 003 Supply Time: C 004 Supply Time: Y *ENG *ENG [0 to 30 / 4 / 1 sec/step] *ENG *ENG
B222/B224
5-164
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Vt Limit Error] 3020 DFU 001 Delta Vt Threshold 002 Upper Threshold Threshold Number of Upper counter *ENG [0 to 5 / 5 / 0.01 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 4.7 / 0.01 V/step]
003
*ENG [0 to 99 / 20 / 1 time/step]
004 Lower Threshold
*ENG [0 to 5 / 0.5 / 0.01 V/step]
005 Number of Lower counter *ENG [0 to 99 / 10 / 1 time/step] 006 Upper Counter: Bk 007 Upper Counter: M 008 Upper Counter: C 009 Upper Counter: Y 010 Lower Counter: Bk 011 Lower Counter: M 012 Lower Counter: C 013 Lower Counter: Y *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [0 to 99 / 0 / 1 time/step]
*ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG
[TD Sensor Initial Set] Developer Initialization Setting 3021 Specifies the developer agitation time for each color at the developer initialization. DFU 001 Agitation Time: Bk 002 Agitation Time: M 003 Agitation Time: C *ENG *ENG [0 to 200 / 30 / 1 sec/step] *ENG
SM
5-165
Copy Service Mode
004 Agitation Time: Y
*ENG
005-008 Sets the execution flag of the developer initialization for each color. DFU 005 Execution Flag: Bk 006 Execution Flag: M 007 Execution Flag: C 008 Execution Flag: Y *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] *ENG 0: Flag OFF, 1: Flag ON *ENG *ENG Enables or disables developer initialization. 009 Prohibition *ENG DFU [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: Enable, 1: Disable This flag is cleared after executing TD sensor initialization.
[Toner Replenishment Mode] DFU 3022 Specifies the toner supply time for each color in the toner supply mode. 001 Number: Bk 002 Number: M 003 Number: C 004 Number: Y *ENG [0 to 30 / 8 / 1 sec/step] *ENG *ENG [0 to 30 / 6 / 1 sec/step] *ENG
005-008 Sets the execution flag for the toner supply mode for each color. 005 Execution Flag: Bk 006 Execution Flag: M 007 Execution Flag: C 008 Execution Flag: Y *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] *ENG 0: Flag OFF, 1: Flag ON *ENG *ENG This flag is cleared after executing TD sensor initialization.
B222/B224
5-166
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
3041
[Process Control Type] [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step ] Alphanumeric 0: FIXED (Use the fixed values for the Voltage Control *ENG charge DC bias and development DC bias set with SP2-005 and SP2-229.) 1: CONTROL Enables or disables potential control. [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step] Alphanumeric LD Power Control *ENG 0: FIXED (at the value in SP2221-xxx) 1: CONTROL (adjusted by process control) Selects the LD power control mode. [0 to 2 / 2 / 1/step] 0: Not Executed Pre-ACC Process Control *ENG 1: Process Control
001
002
004
2: TC Control (TD Adjustment)

3: Not used Selects the process control mode that is done before ACC.
3043
[TD Adjustment Mode] Repeat Number: Power ON
*ENG [0 to 9 / 4 / 1 time/step]
Specifies the maximum number of repeats of the toner density adjustment at power on. 001 0: Disabled, 1 to 3: Repeat number, 4: Repeat three times (No consumption mode) 5: Repeat three times (Toner is supplied only when the toner density is too low, and toner is consumed only when the toner density is too dark.) 6 to 9: Disabled
SM
5-167
Copy Service Mode
Repeat Number: Initialization
Specifies the maximum number of repeats of the toner density adjustment at the developer initialization. 002 0: Disabled, 1 to 3: Repeat number, 4: Repeat three times (No consumption mode) 5: Repeat three times (Toner is supplied only when the toner density is too low, and toner is consumed only when the toner density is too dark.) 6 to 9: Disabled Repeat Number: Non-use *ENG [0 to 9 / 0 / 1 time/step] Specifies the maximum number of repeats of the toner density adjustment in stand by mode. 003 0: Disabled, 1 to 3: Repeat number, 4: Repeat three times (No consumption mode) 5: Repeat three times (Toner is supplied only when the toner density is too low, and toner is consumed only when the toner density is too dark.) 6 to 9: Disabled Repeat Number: ACC *ENG [0 to 9 / 3 / 1 time/step]
Specifies the maximum number of repeats of the toner density adjustment at ACC. 004 0: Disabled, 1 to 3: Repeat number, 4: Repeat three times (No consumption mode) 5: Repeat three times (Toner is supplied only when the toner density is too low, and toner is consumed only when the toner density is too dark.) 6 to 9: Disabled Repeat Number: 005 Recovery Not used
B222/B224
5-168
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
Repeat Number: Job End *ENG [0 to 9 / 4 / 1 time/step] Specifies the maximum number of repeats of the toner density adjustment at job end. 006 0: Disabled, 1 to 3: Repeat number, 4: Repeat three times (No consumption mode) 5: Repeat three times (Toner is supplied only when the toner density is too low, and toner is consumed only when the toner density is too dark.) 6 to 9: Disabled Repeat Number: Interrupt *ENG [0 to 9 / 0 / 1 time/step] 007 Specifies the maximum number of repeats of the toner density adjustment during printing. DFU Toner Supply Coefficient 008 *ENG [0 to 25.5 / 10 / 0.1 sec/step]
Adjusts the time for the toner supply mode when a toner density is detected to be low. Consumption pattern: Bk *ENG [0 to 255 / 5 / 1 time/step]
Service Tables
009
Specifies the belt mark generating time for checking the black toner density when toner density is detected to be low at the toner density adjustment. Consumption pattern: M *ENG [0 to 255 / 5 / 1 time/step]
010
Specifies the belt mark generating time for checking the magenta toner density when toner density is detected to be low at the toner density adjustment. Consumption pattern: C *ENG [0 to 255 / 5 / 1 time/step]
011
Specifies the belt mark generating time for checking the cyan toner density when toner density is detected to be low at the toner density adjustment. Consumption pattern: Y *ENG [0 to 255 / 5 / 1 time/step]
012
Specifies the belt mark generating time for checking the yellow toner density when toner density is detected to be low at the toner density adjustment.
SM
5-169
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
T1 Bias: Bk 013
*ENG [0 to 80 / B222: 22/B224: 30 / 1 A/step]
Adjusts the image transfer belt bias for Black. T1 Bias: M 014 Adjusts the image transfer belt bias for Magenta. T1 Bias: C 015 Adjusts the image transfer belt bias for Cyan. T1 Bias: Y 016 Adjusts the image transfer belt bias for Yellow. Developer Mixing Time 017 Specifies the developer mixing time at the toner density adjustment. Consumption Pattern: LD: DUTY: Bk *ENG [0 to 250 / 10 / 1 sec/step] *ENG [0 to 80 / B222: 33/B224: 45 / 1 A/step] *ENG [0 to 80 / B222: 25/B224: 33/ 1 A/step] *ENG [0 to 80 / B222: 22/B224: 30/ 1 A/step]
*ENG [0 to 15 / 15 / 1 /step]
Adjusts the LD duty for the toner consumption mode at the toner density 018 adjustment. In toner consumption mode, toner is discharged when the detected development gamma values (SP3611-001) exceed the target values (SP3611-005) by more than the specified thresholds (SP3239-009). Consumption Pattern: LD: DUTY: M
*ENG [0 to 15 / 15 / 1 /step]
Adjusts the LD duty for the toner consumption mode at the toner density 019 adjustment. In toner consumption mode, toner is discharged when the detected development gamma values (SP3611-002) exceed the target values (SP3611-006) by more than the specified thresholds (SP3239-009).
B222/B224
5-170
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
Consumption Pattern: LD: DUTY: C
*ENG [0 to 15 / 15 / 1 /step]
Adjusts the LD duty for the toner consumption mode at the toner density 020 adjustment. In toner consumption mode, toner is discharged when the detected development gamma values (SP3611-003) exceed the target values (SP3611-007) by more than the specified thresholds (SP3239-009). Consumption Pattern: LD: DUTY: Y
*ENG [0 to 15 / 15 / 1 /step]
Adjusts the LD duty for the toner consumption mode at the toner density 021 adjustment. In toner consumption mode, toner is discharged when the detected development gamma values (SP3611-004) exceed the target values (SP3611-008) by more than the specified thresholds (SP3239-009).
[Toner Supply Type] Toner Supply Type ([Color]) Selects the toner supply method type. 001 Bk 002 M 003 C 004 Y *ENG [0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step] Alphanumeric *ENG 0: FIXED (with the supply rates stored with SP 3401)
3044
*ENG 1: PID (Vtref_Fixed) 2: PID (Vtref_Control) *ENG 3: Not used
SM
5-171
Copy Service Mode
[Toner End Detection Set] 3045 Enables/disables the toner alert display on the LCD. [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: Detect, 1: Not Detect
001 ON/OFF
*ENG
[Toner End/Near End] 3101 Displays the amount of each color toner. DFU 001 Toner Replenishment: Bk 002 Toner Replenishment: M 003 Toner Replenishment: C 004 Toner Replenishment: Y *ENG [1 to 600 / 510 / 1 g/step] *ENG *ENG [1 to 600 / 400 / 1 g/step] *ENG
005-008 Displays the consumed amount of each color toner. 005 Toner Consumption: Bk 006 Toner Consumption: M 007 Toner Consumption: C 008 Toner Consumption: Y *ENG *ENG [0 to 3000 / 0 / 0.001 g/step] *ENG *ENG
009-012
Displays the remaining amount of each color toner. These are calculated by the operating times of the toner supply pumps. *ENG *ENG [50000 to 600 / 0 / 0.001 g/step] *ENG *ENG
009 Toner Remaining: Bk 010 Toner Remaining: M 011 Toner Remaining: C 012 Toner Remaining: Y
B222/B224
5-172
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
Adjusts the threshold of toner near end for each color. The toner near end 013-016 message appears on the LCD when the remaining toner amount reaches this threshold. When one of these SPs (SP3-101-009 to 012 or -032 to -035) reaches this threshold, toner near end is detected. 013 Near End Threshold: Bk 014 Near End Threshold: M 015 Near End Threshold: C 016 Near End Threshold: Y 017-020 DFU Cartridge Error Threshold: Bk Cartridge Error Threshold: M Cartridge Error Threshold: C Cartridge Error Threshold: Y Delta Vt Threshold *ENG *ENG [0 to 600 / 50 / 1 g/step] *ENG *ENG
017
*ENG
018
*ENG [50000 to 0 / 50000 / 1 g/step]

Service Tables
019
*ENG
020
*ENG
*ENG [0 to 5 / 0.5 / 0.01 V/step]
021 This SP is the threshold for toner end. Delta Vt: Vt-Vtref When both this SP and SP3-101-026 occur at same time, toner end is determined. Displays the total delta Vt (Vt-Vtref) value for each color. These are calculated by pixel counting. *ENG [0 to 655 / 0 / 0.01 V/step] 023 Delta Vt Sum: M *ENG
022-025
022 Delta Vt Sum: Bk
SM
5-173
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
024 Delta Vt Sum: C 025 Delta Vt Sum: Y 026 Delta Vt Sum Threshold Gamma Threshold: Coefficient
*ENG *ENG *ENG [0 to 255 / 10 / 1 V/step]
027
*ENG Not used
028-031
Displays the consumed toner amount calculated with the pixel count for each color. *ENG *ENG [0 to 3000 / 0 / 0.001 g/step] *ENG *ENG
028 Pixel: Consumption: Bk 029 Pixel: Consumption: M 030 Pixel: Consumption: C 031 Pixel: Consumption: Y
032-035 Displays the remaining toner amount for each color, using pixel count. 032 Pixel: Remaining : Bk 033 Pixel: Remaining : M 034 Pixel: Remaining : C 035 Pixel: Remaining : Y *ENG *ENG [-50000 to 600 / 0 / 0.001 g/step] *ENG *ENG
036-039 Adjusts the threshold of toner end for each color. 036 End Threshold: Bk 037 End Threshold: M 038 End Threshold: C 039 End Threshold: Y *ENG *ENG Not used *ENG *ENG
040-043 Displays the pixel M/A for each color.
B222/B224
5-174
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
040 Pixel M/A: Bk 041 Pixel M/A: M 042 Pixel M/A: C 043 Pixel M/A: Y
*ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG Adjusts the delta Vt (Vt Vtref) of toner end *ENG before toner near end is detected. [0 to 5 / 0.5 / 0.01 V/step] Adjusts the total delta Vt (Vt Vtref) of
[0 to 1 / 0.4 / 0.001 mg/cm2/step]
044
Delta Vt Threshold Before Near End
045
Delta Vt Sum Threshold Before Near End
*ENG
toner end before toner near end is detected. [0 to 255 / 10 / 1 V/step]
[Toner End Recovery] 3102 Adjusts the number of times toner supply is attempted for each color when the
TD sensor continues to detect toner end during toner recovery. 001 Repeat: Bk 002 Repeat: M 003 Repeat: C 004 Repeat: Y *ENG *ENG [1 to 20 / 5 / 1 time/step] *ENG *ENG
SM
5-175
Copy Service Mode
[TE Count m: Display] 3131 Display the number of toner end detections for each color. 001 Bk 002 M 003 C 004 Y *ENG *ENG [0 to 99 / 0 / 1 time/step] *ENG *ENG
[TD Sensor: Vt Display] 3201 Display the current voltage of the TD sensor for each color. 001 Current: Bk 002 Current: M 003 Current: C 004 Current: Y *ENG *ENG [0 to 5.5 / 0.01 / 0.01 V/step] *ENG *ENG
[Vt Shift: Display/Set] 3211 Adjusts the Vt correction value for each line speed. Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2 & FINE: 77 mm/sec 001 Thick 1 Shift: Bk 002 Thick 1 Shift: M 003 Thick 1 Shift: C 004 Thick 1 Shift: Y 005 Thick 2 & FINE Shift: Bk 006 Thick 2 & FINE Shift: M *ENG *ENG [0 to 5 / B222: 0.14, B224: 0.67 / 0.01 *ENG *ENG *ENG [0 to 5 / B222: 0.28, B224: 0.81 / 0.01 *ENG V/step] V/step]
B222/B224
5-176
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
007 Thick 2 & FINE Shift: C 008 Thick 2 & FINE Shift: Y
*ENG *ENG
[Vtcnt: Display/Set] 3221 Displays or adjusts the current Vtcnt value for each color. 001 Current: Bk 002 Current: M 003 Current: C 004 Current: Y *ENG *ENG [2 to 5 / 4 / 0.01 V/step] *ENG *ENG
005-008
Displays or adjusts the Vtcnt value for each color at developer initialization. DFU *ENG *ENG [2 to 5 / 4 / 0.01 V/step] *ENG *ENG
005 Initial: Bk 006 Initial: M 007 Initial: C 008 Initial: Y
[Vtref: Display/Set] 3222 Displays or adjusts the current Vtref value for each color. 001 Current: Bk 002 Current: M 003 Current: C 004 Current: Y *ENG *ENG [0 to 5.5 / 3 / 0.01 V/step] *ENG *ENG
SM
5-177
Copy Service Mode
005-008
Displays or adjusts the Vtref value for each color at developer initialization. DFU *ENG *ENG [0 to 5.5 / 3 / 0.01 V/step] *ENG *ENG
005 Initial: Bk 006 Initial: M 007 Initial: C 008 Initial: Y
009-012 Displays and adjusts Vtref correction by pixel coverage for each color. DFU 009 Pixel Correction: Bk 010 Pixel Correction: M 011 Pixel Correction: C 012 Pixel Correction: Y *ENG *ENG [-5 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01 V/step] *ENG *ENG
[Vtref Upper Lower: Set] DFU 3223 Adjusts the lower or upper limit value of Vtref for each color. 001 Lower: Bk 002 Lower: M 003 Lower: C 004 Lower: Y 005 Upper: Bk 006 Upper: M 007 Upper: C 008 Upper: Y *ENG *ENG [0 to 5 / 2 / 0.01 V/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [0 to 5 / 4 / 0.01 V/step] *ENG *ENG
B222/B224
5-178
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
009 Initial TC
*ENG
Adjusts the initial toner concentration. [1 to 15 / 7 / 0.1 wt%/step] Adjusts the upper limit of the toner
010 Upper: TC
*ENG concentration. [1 to 15 / 10.5 / 0.1 wt%/step] Adjusts the lower limit of the toner
011 Lower: TC
*ENG concentration. [1 to 15 / 4 / 0.1 wt%/step] Adjusts the upper limit of the TD sensor
012 Upper Sensitivity
*ENG sensitivity. [0.2 to 0.5 / 0.44 / 0.001 V/wt% /step] Adjusts the lower limit of the TD sensor
013 Lower Sensitivity
*ENG sensitivity. [0.2 to 0.5 / 0.209 / 0.001 V/wt% /step]
014
Toner Density Between H and M Toner Density Between M and L
*ENG [1 to 10 / 3.4 / 0.1 wt%/step]

015
*ENG [1 to 10 / 4.3 / 0.1 wt%/step]
SM
5-179
Copy Service Mode
[Vtref Correction: Pixel] DFU 3224 Adjusts the coefficient of Vtref correction for each coverage and color. Low Coverage Coefficient: Bk Low Coverage Coefficient: M Low Coverage Coefficient: C Low Coverage Coefficient: Y High Coverage Coefficient: Bk High Coverage Coefficient: M High Coverage Coefficient: C High Coverage Coefficient: Y
001
*ENG
002
*ENG [0 to 5 / 1 / 0.1 /step]
003
*ENG
004
*ENG
005
*ENG [0 to 5 / 1 / 0.01 V/step]
006
*ENG
007
*ENG [0 to 5 / 0.5 / 0.01 V/step]
008
*ENG
009 Low Coverage: Threshold *ENG
Adjusts the threshold of the low coverage. [0 to 20 / 3 / 0.1 %/step] Adjusts the threshold of the high coverage. [0 to 100 / 60 / 1 %/step]
010
High Coverage: Threshold TC Upper Limit Correction Upper Limit TC: Display: Bk
*ENG
011
*ENG [0 to 5 / 0.5 / 0.1 wt%/step]
012
*ENG [1 to 15 / 10 / 0.01 wt% /step]
B222/B224
5-180
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
013
Upper Limit TC: Display: M Upper Limit TC: Display: C Upper Limit TC: Display: Y Process Control Execution Threshold
*ENG
014
*ENG
015
*ENG
016
*ENG [0 to 255 / 50 / 1 time/step]
[Toner Supply: Setting] 3231 Adjusts the coefficient of the toner supply time for each color. DFU Conversion Coefficient: Bk
001
*ENG [0.5 to 9.99 / 1.48 / 0.01 /step]
002 Conversion Coefficient: M *ENG [0.5 to 9.99 / 1.67/ 0.01 /step] 003 Conversion Coefficient: C *ENG [0.5 to 9.99 / 1.45 / 0.01 /step] 004 Conversion Coefficient: Y *ENG [0.5 to 9.99 / 1.74 / 0.01 /step]
3232
[Toner Supply Coefficient: Setting] DFU *ENG *ENG [0 to 2550 / 50 / 1 /step] *ENG *ENG *ENG [0 to 2.55 / 0.47 / 0.01 /step] *ENG
001 Vt Proportion: Bk 002 Vt Proportion: M 003 Vt Proportion: C 004 Vt Proportion: Y 005 Pixel Proportion: Bk 006 Pixel Proportion: M
SM
5-181
Copy Service Mode
007 Pixel Proportion: C 008 Pixel Proportion: Y 009 Vt Integral Control: Bk 010 Vt Integral Control: M 011 Vt Integral Control: C 012 Vt Integral Control: Y 013 Vt Sum Times: Bk 014 Vt Sum Times: M 015 Vt Sum Times: C 016 Vt Sum Times: Y
*ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [0 to 2550 / 500 / 1 /step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [1 to 255 / 20 / 1 time/step] *ENG *ENG
3233
[Pixel Proportion Coefficient 2: Setting] DFU *ENG [0 to 2.55 / 1 / 0.01 /step] *ENG [0 to 2.55 / 0.5 / 0.01 /step] *ENG [0 to 2.55 / 0 / 0.01 /step] *ENG [0 to 2.55 / 0.25 / 0.01 /step] *ENG [0 to 2.55 / 0.5 / 0.01 /step]
001 Correction Coefficient: 1 002 Correction Coefficient: 2 003 Correction Coefficient: 3 004 Correction Coefficient: 4 005 Correction Coefficient: 5
3234
[Pixel Proportion Coefficient 3: Setting] DFU *ENG [-0.1 to 0 / -0.01 / 0.01 /step] *ENG [0 to 0.1 / 0.01 / 0.01 /step]
001 Correction Value 1 002 Correction Value 2
B222/B224
5-182
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
3235
[Toner Supply Coefficient: Display] DFU *ENG *ENG [0 to 2.55 / 1 / 0.01 /step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [0.7 to 1.3 / 1 / 0.01 /step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [-255 to 255 / 0 / 0.01 /step] *ENG *ENG
Service Tables
001 Pixel Proportion 2: Bk 002 Pixel Proportion 2: M 003 Pixel Proportion 2: C 004 Pixel Proportion 2: Y 005 Pixel Proportion 3: Bk 006 Pixel Proportion 3: M 007 Pixel Proportion 3: C 008 Pixel Proportion 3: Y 009 Vt Integral Value: Bk 010 Vt Integral Value: M 011 Vt Integral Value: C 012 Vt Integral Value: Y
[Toner Supply Consumption: Display] DFU 3236 Displays the toner amount of the latest toner supply for each color. 001 Latest: Bk 002 Latest: M 003 Latest: C 004 Latest: Y *ENG *ENG [0 to 40000 / 0 / 0.1 mg/step] *ENG *ENG
SM
5-183
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Developer Mixing Setting] 3237 Displays the toner amount of the latest toner supply for each color. DFU 001 Mixing Time *ENG [0 to 200 / 5 / 1 sec/step]
[Vt Target: Setting] 3238 Displays the Vt target value at developer initialization. DFU 001 Bk 002 M 003 C 004 Y *ENG *ENG [0 to 5 / 2.7 / 0.01 V/step] *ENG *ENG
[Vtref Correction: Setting] 3239 Adjusts the parameter for Vtref correction at the process control. 001 (+)Consumption: Bk 002 (+)Consumption: M 003 (+)Consumption: C 004 (+)Consumption: Y 005 (-)Consumption: Bk 006 (-)Consumption: M 007 (-)Consumption: C 008 (-)Consumption: Y *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [0 to 1 / 0.1 / 0.01 V/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG
009-012 Threshold for development gamma rank.
B222/B224
5-184
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
009 P Rank 1 Threshold 010 P Rank 2 Threshold 011 P Rank 3 Threshold 012 P Rank 4 Threshold
*ENG [0 to 2 / 0.2 / 0.1 /step] *ENG [0 to 2 / 0.1 / 0.1 /step] *ENG [-2 to 0 / -0.1 / 0.1 /step] *ENG [-2 to 0 / -0.2 / 0.1 /step]
013-014 Threshold for image density rank on the image transfer belt. 013 T Rank 1 Threshold 014 T Rank 2 Threshold *ENG [-1 to 0 / -0.2 / 0.01 V/step] *ENG [0 to 1 / 0.2 / 0.01 V/step]
3241
[Background Potential Setting] *ENG These are parameters for calculating the *ENG charge bias referring to the development bias at process control.
001 Coefficient: Bk 002 Coefficient: M 003 Coefficient: C 004 Coefficient: Y 005 Offset: Bk 006 Offset: M 007 Offset: C
*ENG [-1000 to 1000 / 0 / 1 /step] DC charge bias = Development bias x (1 + *ENG 0.001 x these vales) + SP3-241-005 to -008 *ENG These are additional values for calculating *ENG the charge bias referring to the development bias at process control.
Service Tables
*ENG [0 to 255 / 140 / 1 V/step] DC charge bias = Development bias x (1 + *ENG 0.001 x SP3-241-001 to -004) + these values
008 Offset: Y
ma
SM
u.c ls4yo nua
om
5-185 B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[LD Power Setting] 3242 Adjusts the coefficient for LD power control value at the process control. 001 Coefficient: Bk 002 Coefficient: M 003 Coefficient: C 004 Coefficient: Y 005 Offset: Bk 006 Offset: M 007 Offset: C 008 Offset: Y *ENG *ENG [-1000 to 1000 / 75 / 1 /step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [-1000 to 1000 / 65 / 1 /step] *ENG *ENG
[Coverage] 3251 These (-001 to -016) are coefficients for SP3-222-009 to -012. 001 Latest Pixel: Bk 002 Latest Pixel: M 003 Latest Pixel: C 004 Latest Pixel: Y *ENG *ENG Displays the latest coverage for each color. *ENG *ENG [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 cm2/step]
Displays the average coverage of each color for the Vtref correction. 005-008 "Average S" is defined when the number of developed pages does not reach the number specified with SP3251-017. 005 Average S: Bk 006 Average S: M 007 Average S: C *ENG *ENG [0 to 100 / 5 / 0.01 %/step] *ENG
B222/B224
5-186
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
008 Average S: Y
*ENG
Displays the average coverage of each color for the Vtref correction. 009-012 "Average M" is defined when the number of developed pages does not reach the number specified with SP3251-018. 009 Average M: Bk 010 Average M: M 011 Average M: C 012 Average M: Y *ENG *ENG [0 to 100 / 5 / 0.01 %/step] *ENG *ENG
Displays the average coverage of each color for the Vtref correction. 013-016 "Average L" is defined when the number of developed pages does not reach the number specified with SP3-251-019. 013 Average L: Bk 014 Average L: M 015 Average L: C 016 Average L: Y *ENG *ENG [0 to 100 / 5 / 0.01 %/step]
*ENG *ENG
017-019 Adjusts the threshold for SP3-251-005 to -016. 017 Total Page Setting: S 018 Total Page Setting: M 019 Total Page Setting: L *ENG [1 to 100 / 10 / 1 sheet/step] *ENG [1 to 500 / 10 / 1 sheet/step] *ENG [1 to 999 / 50 / 1 sheet/step]
SM
5-187
Copy Service Mode
024-027 Displays the latest coverage ratio for each color. 024 Latest Coverage: Bk 025 Latest Coverage: M 026 Latest Coverage: C 027 Latest Coverage: Y *ENG *ENG [0 to 100 / - / 0.01 %/step] *ENG *ENG
[ID Sensor Detection Value: Vofset] 3311 Displays the ID sensor (regular) offset voltage for Vsg adjustments. 001 Voffset reg: Bk 002 Voffset reg: M 003 Voffset reg: C 004 Voffset reg: Y *ENG *ENG [0 to 5.5 / - / 0.01 V/step] *ENG *ENG
005-007 Displays the ID sensor (diffusion) offset voltage for Vsg adjustments. 005 Voffset dif: M 006 Voffset dif: C 007 Voffset dif: Y *ENG *ENG [0 to 5.5 / - / 0.01 V/step] *ENG
008-010 Displays the ID sensor offset voltage for Vsg adjustments. 008 Voffset TM (Front) 009 Voffset TM (Center) 010 Voffset TM (Rear) *ENG *ENG [0 to 5.5 / - / 0.01 V/step] *ENG
B222/B224
5-188
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[ID Sensor Detection Value: Vsgave] 3313 Not used 001 Vsgave reg: Bk 002 Vsgave reg: M 003 Vsgave reg: C 004 Vsgave reg: Y 005-007 Not used 005 Vsgave dif: M 006 Vsgave dif: C 007 Vsgave dif: Y 008-010 Not used 008 Vsgave TM (Front) 009 Vsgave TM (Center) 010 Vsgave TM (Rear) *ENG *ENG [0 to 5.5 / - / 0.01 V/step] *ENG
*ENG *ENG [0 to 5.5 / - / 0.01 V/step] *ENG *ENG
*ENG *ENG [0 to 5.5 / - / 0.01 V/step] *ENG
3321
[Vsg Adjustment: Execution] Execute the ID sensor initialization setting for all sensors
010 P/TM Sensor All
SM
5-189
Copy Service Mode
[Vsg Adjustment Result: Vsg] 3322 Displays the result value of the Vsg adjustment for each sensor. 001 Vsg reg: Bk 002 Vsg reg: M 003 Vsg reg: C 004 Vsg reg: Y 005 Vsg dif: M 006 Vsg dif: C 007 Vsg dif: Y 008 Vsg TM (Front) 009 Vsg TM (Center) 010 Vsg TM (Rear) *ENG *ENG [0 to 5.5 / - / 0.01 V/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [0 to 5.5 / - / 0.01 V/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG [0 to 5.5 / - / 0.01 V/step] *ENG
3323
[Vsg Adjustment Result: Ifsg] DFU *ENG *ENG [0 to 50 / - / 0.1 mA/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [0 to 50 / - / 0.1 mA/step] *ENG
001 Ifsg: Bk 002 Ifsg: M 003 Ifsg: C 004 Ifsg: Y 005 Ifsg TM (Front) 006 Ifsg TM (Center) 007 Ifsg TM (Rear)
B222/B224
5-190
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
3324
[Vsg Adjustment: Set] DFU *ENG [0 to 99 / - / 0.1 time/step] *ENG *ENG [0 to 5 / 1 / 0.01 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 4.5 / 0.01 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 3.5 / 0.01 V/step]
002 Vofset Error Counter 003 Vofset Error Counter 004 Vofset Threshold 005 Vsg Upper Threshold 006 Vsg Lower Threshold
[Vsg Adjustment Result] Displays the result of the Vsg adjustment. 3325 The displayed numbers mean the result of each sensor (sensor for Front, sensor for Bk, sensor for Cyan, sensor for Center, sensor for Magenta, sensor for Yellow and sensor for Rear). 001 Latest 002 Latest 1 003 Latest 2 004 Latest 3 005 Latest 4 006 Latest 5 007 Latest 6 008 Latest 7 009 Latest 8 010 Latest 9 *ENG
Service Tables
*ENG *ENG *ENG [1111111 to 9999999 / 9999999 / 1 /step] *ENG 9: Unexpected error 3: Offset voltage error *ENG 2: Vsg adjustment value error *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG 1: O.K
SM
5-191
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
3361
[ID Sensor Sensitivity: Display] Not Used *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [0 to 5 / - / 0.0001 /step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG
001 K2K (Latest) 002 K5K (Latest) 003 K2M (Latest) 004 K5M (Latest) 005 K2C (Latest) 006 K5C (Latest) 007 K2Y (Latest) 008 K5Y (Latest)
3362
[ID Sensor Sensitivity: Setting] DFU *ENG [0 to 1 / 0.32 / 0.01 /step] *ENG [0 to 1 / 0.22 / 0.01 /step] *ENG [0 to 10 / 5 / 0.01 /step] *ENG [0 to 10 / 0.5 / 0.01 /step] *ENG [0 to 1 / 0.1 / 0.01 /step] *ENG [0 to 1 / 1 / 0.01 /step] *ENG [0 to 1 / 0.15 / 0.01 /step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 1.63 / 0.01 V/step] [0 to 1 / 1 / 1 /step] 0:Linear, 1: Curve
001 K2: Upper 002 K2: Lower 003 K5: Upper 004 K5: Lower 005 Kn: Lower 006 Kn: Upper 007 K5 Edit Point 008 K5 Target Voltage
009 K5 Approximate Method
*ENG
010
K2: Upper/Lower Limit Coefficient 1
*ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 0.01 /step]
B222/B224
5-192
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
011
K2: Upper Limit Correction K2: Lower Limit Correction
*ENG [0.2 to 0.4 / 0.07 / 0.01 /step]
012
*ENG [0.2 to 0.4 / 0.07 / 0.01 /step]
013 Diffusion Correction: M 014 Diffusion Correction: C 015 Diffusion Correction: Y 016 K2: Check: M 017 K2: Check: C 018 K2: Check: Y
*ENG *ENG [0.75 to 1.35 / 1 / 0.01 /step] *ENG *ENG *ENG [0 to 1 / 0.25 / 0.001 /step] *ENG
3363
[ID Pattern Timing Setting] DFU Adjusts the detection timing for the process
001 Scan YCMBk
*ENG control pattern. [-500 to 500 / 13.7 / 1 mm/step] Adjusts the timing when the paper transfer
002
Paper Transfer Release Start Time
*ENG
unit is kept away from the image transfer belt. [0 to 2500 / 0 / 1 msec/step] Adjusts the processing timing for the
003 Delay Time
*ENG process control pattern. [0 to 2500 / 600 / 1 msec/step] Adjusts the processing timing for the
004 MUSIC Delay Time
*ENG
pattern that is used for the line position adjustment. [-2500 to 2500 / 300 / 1 msec/step]
SM
5-193
Copy Service Mode
3371
[M/A Calculation] DFU
001 Correction Coefficient: Bk *ENG [0.5 to 2.0 / 1.04 / 0.01 /step] 002 Correction Coefficient: M 003 Correction Coefficient: C 004 Correction Coefficient: Y *ENG [0.5 to 2.0 / 0.98 / 0.01 /step] *ENG [0.5 to 2.0 / 1.11 / 0.01 /step] *ENG [0.5 to 2.0 / 0.91 / 0.01 /step]
[Fixed Supply Mode] 3401 Adjusts the toner supply rate in the fixed toner supply mode. 001 Fixed Rate: Bk 002 Fixed Rate: M 003 Fixed Rate: C 004 Fixed Rate: Y *ENG *ENG [0 to 100 / 5 / 1 %/step] These SPs are used only when SP3-044 is *ENG set to "1". *ENG
[Toner Supply Rate: Display] 3411 Displays the current toner supply rate. 001 Latest: Bk 002 Latest: M 003 Latest: C 004 Latest: Y *ENG *ENG [0 to 100 / - / 1 %/step] *ENG *ENG
B222/B224
5-194
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
3421
[Toner Supply Range] *ENG *ENG Adjusts the toner supply rate during printing.
001 Upper Limit: Bk 002 Upper Limit: M 003 Upper Limit: C 004 Upper Limit: Y Minimum Supply Time: Bk
*ENG [0 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step] *ENG
005
*ENG Adjusts the minimum toner supply time. [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1 msec/step]
006 Minimum Supply Time: M 007 Minimum Supply Time: C 008 Minimum Supply Time: Y
*ENG *ENG *ENG
3451
[Toner Supply Carry Over: Display] DFU *ENG *ENG [0 to 10000 / 0 / 1 msec/step] *ENG *ENG
001 Bk 002 M 003 C 004 Y
3452
[Toner Supply Carry Over: Setting] DFU *ENG *ENG [0 to 10000 / 1000 / 1 msec/step] *ENG *ENG
001 Maximum: Bk 002 Maximum: M 003 Maximum: C 004 Maximum: Y
SM
5-195
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Process Control Target M/A] 3501 Adjusts the target M/A. 001 Maximum M/A: Bk 002 Maximum M/A: M 003 Maximum M/A: C 004 Maximum M/A: Y *ENG
2 *ENG [0 to 1 / 0.42 / 0.001 mg/cm /step]
*ENG *ENG [0 to 1 / 0.43 / 0.001 mg/cm2/step]
[Image Quality Adj. Counter: Display] 3510 Displays the total page counter for each adjustment mode. 001 Potential Control: BW 002 Potential Control: FC 003 Power ON: BW 004 Power ON: FC 005 MUSIC: BW 006 MUSIC: FC 007 Vsg Adj. 008 Charge AC Control *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1 page/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG
B222/B224
5-196
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Execution Interval: Setting] 3511 Adjusts the threshold for each adjustment mode. Job End: Potential Control: BW Job End: Potential Control: FC Interrupt: Potential Control: BW Interrupt: Potential Control: FC Initial: Potential Control: BW Initial: Potential Control: FC
001
*ENG [0 to 2000 / 250 / 1 page/step]
002
*ENG [0 to 2000 / 100 / 1 page/step]
003
*ENG [0 to 2000 / 500 / 1 page/step]
004
*ENG [0 to 2000 / 200 / 1 page/step]
005
*ENG [0 to 2000 / 200 / 1 page/step]
006
*ENG [0 to 2000 / 100 / 1 page/step]

007 Vsg Adj. Counter Charge AC Control Counter
*ENG [0 to 2000 / 500 / 1 page/step]
008
*ENG [0 to 2000 / 500 / 1 page/step]
019 Environmental Correction *ENG
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1 /step] 0: Not Correct (OFF), 1: Correct (ON) [0 or 1 / 1 / 1 /step] 0: Not Correct (OFF), 1: Correct (ON) [0 or 1 / 1 / 1 /step] 0: Not Correct (OFF), 1: Correct (ON)
020 Gamma Correction
*ENG
021 Non-use Time Correction
*ENG
022
Correction Coefficient 1: JE: BW
*ENG [0 to 1 / 0.2 / 0.01 page/step]
SM
5-197
Copy Service Mode
023
Correction Coefficient 2: JE: BW Correction Coefficient 1: JE: FC Correction Coefficient 2: JE: FC Correction Coefficient 1: Interrupt: BW Correction Coefficient 2: Interrupt: BW Correction Coefficient 1: Interrupt: FC Correction Coefficient 2: Interrupt: FC Max. Number Correction Threshold Max. Number Correction Counter
*ENG [0 to 1 / 1 / 0.01/step]
024
*ENG [0 to 1 / 0.5 / 0.01/step]
025
*ENG [0 to 1 / 1 / 0.01/step]
026
*ENG [0 to 1 / 0.1 / 0.01/step]
027
*ENG [0 to 1 / 1 / 0.01/step]
028
*ENG [0 to 1 / 0.25 / 0.01/step]
029
*ENG [0 to 1 / 1 / 0.01/step]
030
*ENG [0 to 99 / 2 / 1/step]
031
*ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
[Image Quality Adj.: Interval] 3512 Adjusts the timing for execution of process control and line position adjustment. 001 During Job 002 During Stand-by *ENG [0 to 100 / 30 / 1 page/step] *ENG [0 to 100 / 10 / 1 minute/step]
B222/B224
5-198
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[PCU Motor Stop Time: Bk] 3513 Displays the last time that the PCU motors stopped. These are used for process control execution timing. 001 Year 002 Month 003 Date 004 Hour 005 Minute *ENG [0 to 99 / 0 / 1/step] *ENG [1 to 12 / 1 / 1/step] *ENG [1 to 31 / 1 / 1/step] *ENG [0 to 23 / 0 / 1/step] *ENG [0 to 59 / 0 / 1/step]
[Environmental Display: Job End] 3514 Displays the environmental conditions for the last job. These are used for process control execution timing. 001 Temperature 002 Relative Humidity 003 Absolute Humidity *ENG [-1280 to 1270 / 0 / 0.1C/step] *ENG [0 to 1000 / - / 0.1%RH/step] *ENG [0 to 1000 / - / 0.1 g/cm3/step]
[Execution Interval: Display] 3515 Displays the current interval for process control execution. When the machine calculates the timing for process control, it uses a number of conditions. These are the results after considering all the conditions. Job End: Potential Control: BW Job End: Potential Control: FC
001
*ENG [0 to 2000 / / 1 page/step]
002
SM
5-199
Copy Service Mode
003
Interrupt: Potential Control: BW Interrupt: Potential Control: FC
004
[Refresh Mode] DFU While making prints with low coverage, the developer is agitated with less toner 3516 consumption and the toner carrier attraction tends to increase. This may cause low image density or poor transfer (white dots). To prevent this, the coagulated toner or overcharged toner has to be consumed by performing the refresh mode. Dev. Motor Rotation: Display: Bk Dev. Motor Rotation: Display: M Dev. Motor Rotation: Display: C Dev. Motor Rotation: Display: Y
001
*ENG
002
*ENG [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1 m/step]
003
*ENG
004
*ENG
005 Rotation Threshold 006 Pixel Coverage Sum: Bk 007 Pixel Coverage Sum: M 008 Pixel Coverage Sum: C
*ENG [0 to 1000 / 1 / 1 m/step] *ENG

2 *ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 cm /step]
*ENG
B222/B224
5-200
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
009 Pixel Coverage Sum: Y 010 Required Area: Bk 011 Required Area: M 012 Required Area: C 013 Required Area: Y 014 Refresh Threshold: Bk 015 Refresh Threshold: M 016 Refresh Threshold: C 017 Refresh Threshold: Y Pattern Generation Number: Bk Pattern Generation Number: M Pattern Generation Number: C Pattern Generation Number: Y Pattern Generation Number: Upper limit Toner Consumption Pattern Area
*ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 cm2/step]
[0 to 255 / 34 / 1 cm2/m/step]
018
*ENG
019
*ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 time/step]

020
*ENG
021
*ENG
022
*ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 time/step]
023
*ENG [10 to 2550 / 320 / 10 cm2/step]
024 Supply Coefficient 025 Job End Area Coefficient 026 Job End Vb Coefficient
*ENG [0 to 2.55 / 1 / 0.01/step] *ENG [0.1 to 25.5 / 1 / 0.1/step] *ENG [0 to 100 / 40 / 1%/step]
SM
5-201
Copy Service Mode
027 Job End Length 028 Job End Supply
*ENG [0 to 56 / 25 / 1mm/step] *ENG [0 to 1 / 0.45 / 0.001 mg/cm2/step]
[Blade damage prevention mode] 3517 Adjusts the threshold temperature for preventing the cleaning blade at the drum unit from being damaged. If the temperature is above this value, the drum reverses briefly at the end of the job to prevent the blade from flipping over. Execution Temp. Threshold
001
*ENG [0 to 50/ 40 / 1C/step]
3518
[Image Quality Adj. Execution Flag] DFU *ENG *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] *ENG *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: OFF. 1: ON [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: OFF. 1: ON [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: OFF. 1: ON [0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step] 0: OFF. 1: ON (once), 2: ON (twice) [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: OFF. 1: ON 0: OFF. 1: ON
001 Toner End Recovery: Bk 002 Toner End Recovery: M 003 Toner End Recovery: C 004 Toner End Recovery: Y
005 Vsg Adj.
*ENG
006 Developer Mixing
*ENG
007 Process Control
*ENG
008 MUSIC
*ENG
009 Drum Phase Adj.
*ENG
B222/B224
5-202
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
010 Charge AC Control
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: OFF. 1: ON [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: OFF. 1: ON
011
Blade Damage Prevention
*ENG
[Toner End Prohibition Setting] 3519 Enables or disables each adjustment at toner near end. 001 Process Control 002 MUSIC *ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step] *ENG 0: Permit (adjustment is done even toner near end condition) 1: Forbid (adjustment is not done at toner near end condition)
003 TC Adj.
*ENG
[Initial Process Control Setting] Adjusts the threshold for the process control at power on. When the current condition has changed by more than the values of these SPs when compared with the conditions at the previous operation, the process control at power on is executed. 002 Non-use Time Setting 003 Temperature Range 004 Relative Humidity Range *ENG [0 to 1440 / 360 / 1 minute/step] *ENG [0 to 99 / 10 / 1C/step] *ENG [0 to 99 / 50 / 1 %RH/step]
Service Tables
3522
005 Absolute Humidity Range *ENG [0 to 99 / 6 / 1 g/m3/step]
SM
5-203
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Non-use Time Process Control Setting] Adjusts the threshold for the process control at stand-by. 3531 When the current condition has changed by more than the values of these SPs when compared with the conditions at the previous operation, the process control at stand-by is executed. 001 Non-use Time Setting 002 Temperature Range 003 Relative Humidity Range *ENG [0 to 1440 / 360 / 1 minute/step] *ENG [0 to 99 / 10 / 1C/step] *ENG [0 to 99 / 50 / 1 %RH/step]
004 Absolute Humidity Range *ENG [0 to 99 / 6 / 1 g/m3/step] Adjusts the maximum execution time for the *ENG process control at stand-by. [0 to 99 / 10 / 1 time/step]
005
Maximum Execution Number
3611
[Development Gamma: Display/Set] *ENG *ENG Displays the current development gamma for each color.
001 Bk (Current) 002 M (Current) 003 C (Current) 004 Y (Current) 005 Bk (Target Display) 006 M (Target Display) 007 C (Target Display) 008 Y (Target Display)
*ENG [0 to 5 / - / 0.01 mg/cm2/kV /step] *ENG *ENG Displays the target development gamma for each color. *ENG [0 to 5 / 0.85 / 0.01 mg/cm2/kV /step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 0.8 / 0.01 mg/cm2/kV /step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 0.77 / 0.01 mg/cm2/kV /step]
B222/B224
5-204
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
Displays the standard target development 009 Bk (Standard Target Set) *ENG gamma for each color. [0 to 5 / 0.9 / 0.01 mg/cm2/kV /step] 010 M (Standard Target Set) 011 C (Standard Target Set) 012 Y (Standard Target Set) *ENG
2 *ENG [0 to 5 / 0.8 / 0.01 mg/cm /kV /step]
*ENG Turns on or off the environmental correction
013 Environmental Correction *ENG
for target development gamma. [0 or 1 / 1 / - ] 0: Not Correct, 1: Correct
[Vk Display] 3612 Displays Vk for each color. 001 Bk 002 M 003 C 004 Y *ENG *ENG [-300 to 300 / - / 1 V/step] *ENG *ENG
[Development DC Control: Display] Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Thick 2 & FINE: 77 mm/sec 3621 Displays the development DC bias adjusted with the process control for each line speed and color. 001 Plain: Bk 002 Plain: M 003 Plain: C *ENG *ENG [0 to 700 / 550 / 1 -V/step] *ENG
SM
5-205
Copy Service Mode
004 Plain: Y 009 Thick 2 & FINE: Bk 010 Thick 2 & FINE: M 011 Thick 2 & FINE: C 012 Thick 2 & FINE: Y
*ENG *ENG *ENG [0 to 700 / 550 / 1 -V/step] *ENG *ENG
[Charge DC Control: Display] Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Thick 2 & FINE: 77 mm/sec 3631 Displays the charge DC voltage adjusted with the process control for each line speed and color. 001 Plain: Bk 002 Plain: M 003 Plain: C 004 Plain: Y 009 Thick 2 & FINE: Bk 010 Thick 2 & FINE: M 011 Thick 2 & FINE: C 012 Thick 2 & FINE: Y *ENG *ENG [0 to 2000 / 690 / 1 -V/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [0 to 2000 / 690 / 1 -V/step] *ENG *ENG
B222/B224
5-206
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Charge AC Control: Display] Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec 3641 Displays the charge AC voltage adjusted with the process control for each color. 001 Plain: Bk 002 Plain: M 003 Plain: C 004 Plain: Y *ENG *ENG [0 to 3 / 1.75 / 0.01 kV/step] *ENG *ENG
[LD Power Control: Display] 3651 Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Thick 2 & FINE: 77 mm/sec Displays the LD power adjusted for each environment. 001 Plain: Bk 002 Plain: M 003 Plain: C 004 Plain: Y 005 Thick 1: Bk 006 Thick 1: M 007 Thick 1: C 008 Thick 1: Y *ENG
*ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1 %/step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1 %/step] *ENG *ENG
SM
5-207
Copy Service Mode
009 Thick 2 & FINE: Bk 010 Thick 2 & FINE: M 011 Thick 2 & FINE: C 012 Thick 2 & FINE: Y
*ENG *ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1 %/step] *ENG *ENG
[HST Concentration Control: Set] TD Sensor: Toner Concentration Control Setting 3710 Selects the toner concentration control method by HST memory, which is in the TD sensor. Control Method: Selection [0 or 1 / 1 / - ] 0: Not Use, 1: Use
001
*ENG
[HST Concentration Control: Bk] 3711 Displays the factory settings of the black PCU. 001 Vcnt 002 Vt 003 Sensitivity: HL 004 Sensitivity: HM 005 Sensitivity: ML 006 Set Detection 007 Without Developer 008 With Developer 009 Serial Number 1 *ENG [0 to 5 / 4 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 2.5 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 2.5 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 1.3 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 1.2 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 1 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 1.2 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 1.3 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 255 / - / 1 V/step]
B222/B224
5-208
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
010 Serial Number 2 011 Adjustment: Vt 012 Adjustment: Vtref 013 Adjustment: Vtcnt 014 Adjustment: Gamma 015 Adjustment: Vcnt Result
*ENG *ENG [0 to 5 / 3 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 3 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 4 / 0.01 V/step] *ENG [0 to 2.55 / 0 / 0.01 mg/cm2/kV /step] *ENG [0 to 9 / 9 / 1 /step]
[HST Concentration Control: M] 3712 Displays the factory settings of the magenta PCU. 001 Vcnt 002 Vt 003 Sensitivity: HL 004 Sensitivity: HM 005 Sensitivity: ML 006 Set Detection 007 Without Developer 008 With Developer 009 Serial Number 1 010 Serial Number 2 011 Adjustment: Vt 012 Adjustment: Vtref 013 Adjustment: Vtcnt *ENG [0 to 5 / 4 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 2.5 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 2.5 / 0.1 V/step]
*ENG [0 to 5 / 1.3 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 1.2 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 1 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 1.2 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 1.3 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 255 / - / 1 V/step] *ENG *ENG [0 to 5 / 3 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 3 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 4 / 0.01 V/step]
SM
5-209
Copy Service Mode
014 Adjustment: Gamma 015 Adjustment: Vcnt Result
*ENG [0 to 2.55 / 0 / 0.01 mg/cm2/kV /step] *ENG [0 to 9 / 9 / 1 /step]
[HST Concentration Control: C] 3713 Displays the factory settings of the cyan PCU. 001 Vcnt 002 Vt 003 Sensitivity: HL 004 Sensitivity: HM 005 Sensitivity: ML 006 Set Detection 007 Without Developer 008 With Developer 009 Serial Number 1 010 Serial Number 2 011 Adjustment: Vt 012 Adjustment: Vtref 013 Adjustment: Vtcnt 014 Adjustment: Gamma 015 Adjustment: Vcnt Result *ENG [0 to 5 / 4 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 2.5 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 2.5 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 1.3 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 1.2 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 1 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 1.2 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 1.3 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 255 / - / 1 V/step] *ENG *ENG [0 to 5 / 3 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 3 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 4 / 0.01 V/step] *ENG [0 to 2.55 / 0 / 0.01 mg/cm2/kV /step] *ENG [0 to 9 / 9 / 1 /step]
B222/B224
5-210
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[HST Concentration Control: Y] 3714 Displays the factory settings of the yellow PCU. 001 Vcnt 002 Vt 003 Sensitivity: HL 004 Sensitivity: HM 005 Sensitivity: ML 006 Set Detection 007 Without Developer 008 With Developer 009 Serial Number 1 010 Serial Number 2 011 Adjustment: Vt 012 Adjustment: Vtref 013 Adjustment: Vtcnt 014 Adjustment: Gamma 015 Adjustment: Vcnt Result *ENG [0 to 5 / 4 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 2.5 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 2.5 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 1.3 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 1.2 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 1 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 1.2 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 1.3 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 255 / - / 1 V/step] *ENG *ENG [0 to 5 / 3 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 3 / 0.1 V/step] *ENG [0 to 5 / 4 / 0.01 V/step] *ENG [0 to 2.55 / 0 / 0.01 mg/cm2/kV /step] *ENG [0 to 9 / 9 / 1 /step]
SM
5-211
Copy Service Mode
[Toner Collection Bottle Full Detection] 3800 Displays/ adjusts the toner collection bottle detection settings. These SPs are used for NRS. 001 Condition 002 Detection Times 003 Print Page After Near Full Pixel Count After Near Full *CTL [0 to 4 / 0 / 1 /step] *CTL [0 to 50 / - / 1 /step] *CTL [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1 sheet/step] *CTL [0 to 200000 / - / 1 cm2/step]
004
005
Pixel Count After Replacement
Displays the pixel counter after *CTL replacement of toner collection bottle. [0 to 200000 / - / 1 cm2/step] *ENG [0.5 to 1.5 / 1 / 0.1 /step] Enables or disables the calling for NRS. [0 or 1 / 1 / - ] 0: Enable NRS calling 1: Disable NRS calling NOTE:
008 Coefficient
011 Notice Setting
*ENG If the toner collection bottle has been replaced before the machine detects used toner near full when this setting is set to "0", the machine cannot detect toner collection bottle near full. In that case, set SP3-902-017 to "1".
B222/B224
5-212
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Toner Collection Bottle Full Detection] 3900 Turns toner collection bottle full detection on or off. [0 or 1 / 1 / - ] 0: OFF, 1: ON
001 ON/OFF Setting
*ENG
[New PCU Detection] 3901 Turns new PCU detection on or off. [0 or 1 / 1 / - ] 0: OFF, 1: ON
001 ON/OFF Setting
*ENG
[Manual New Unit Set] 3902 Turns the new unit detection flag for each PM unit on or off. The use of these counters is explained in the PM section and in the relevant parts of section 3 (Replacement and Adjustment). 001 Development Unit: Bk 002 Development Unit: Y 003 Development Unit: C 004 Development Unit: M 005 Developer: Bk 006 Developer: Y 007 Developer: C 008 Developer: M *ENG *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / - ] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / - ] *ENG *ENG 0: OFF, 1: ON 0: OFF, 1: ON
SM
5-213
Copy Service Mode
009 PCU: Bk 010 PCU: Y 011 PCU: M 012 PCU: C 013 Image Transfer Unit 014 Fusing Unit 015 Cleaning Unit 016 Paper Transfer Unit 017 Toner Collection Bottle
*ENG *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / - ] *ENG *ENG *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / - ] Do not use 3902-013 if you only change the *ENG cleaning unit. 0: OFF, 1: ON
*ENG 0: OFF, 1: ON
*ENG 3902-015: This is for the image transfer belt cleaning unit. *ENG
SP4-XXX (Scanner)
[Sub Scan Magnification Adjustment] 4008 Adjusts the sub-scan magnification by changing the scanner motor speed. Sub Scan Magnification Adjustment *CTL
001
[-1.0 to 1.0 / 0 / 0.1%/step] FA
[Leading Edge Registration Adjustment] 4010 Adjusts the leading edge registration by changing the scanning start timing in the sub-scan direction. 001 *CTL [-2.0 to 2.0 / 0 / 0.1 mm/step] FA
B222/B224
5-214
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Side-to-Side registration Adjustment] 4011 Adjusts the side-to-side registration by changing the scanning start timing in the main scan direction. 001 *CTL [-2.5 to 2.5 / 0 / 0.1 mm/step ] FA
[Scanner Erase Margin: Scale] Scanner: Erase Margin: Scale 4012 Sets the blank margin at each side for erasing the original shadow caused by the gap between the original and the scale. 001 Book: Leading Edge 002 Book: Trailing Edge *ENG [0 to 3.0 / 0 / 0.1 mm/step ] FA 003 Book: Left 004 Book: Right 005 ADF: Leading Edge 007 ADF: Right 008 ADF: Left *ENG [0 to 3.0 / 0 / 0.1 mm/step ] FA
[Scanner Free Run] 4013 Performs the scanner free run with the exposure lamp on or off in the following mode. Full color mode / Full Size / A3 or DLT 001 Lamp: ON 002 Lamp: OFF -
SM
5-215
Copy Service Mode
[Scan] 4014 Execute the scanner free fun with each mode. 001 HP Detection Enable 002 HP Detection Disable Scanner free run with HP sensor check. Scanner free run without HP sensor check.
4020
[Dust Check] Turns the ADF scan glass dust check on/
001 Detection: ON/OFF
*ENG
off. [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 /step] 0: OFF, 1: ON Selects the detect level.
002 Dust Detect: Level
*ENG
[0 to 8 / 4 / 1 /step] 0: lowest detection level 8: highest detection level Selects the level of the sub scan line correction when using the ARDF. [0 to 4 / 0 / 1 /step]
003 Correction Level
*ENG
0: Off 1: Weakest 2: Weak 3: Strong 4: Strongest
B222/B224
5-216
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[APS Operation Check] 4301 Displays a code that represents the original size detected by the original sensors. (See 5.2.2 "Input Check Table"".) 001 APS Operation Check -
[APS Min Size (A5/HLT/16K)] 4303 Specifies the result of the detection when the outputs from the original sensors are all OFF. [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 /step] 0: No Original 001 APS Min. Size (A5/HLT/16K) *ENG 1: A5-Lengthwise (16K SEF if 4305 is set to 3) 2: A5-Sideways (16K LEF if 4305 is set to 3)
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1 /step] 0: Normal Detection (the machine detects *ENG A4/LT size as A4 or LT, depending on the paper size setting) 1: A4-Sideways LT-Lengthwise 2: LT-Sideways A4-Lengthwise 3: 8K 16K 001 This program enables the machine to automatically recognize the 8K/16K size.
4305
[8K/16K Detection]
SM
5-217
B222/B224
Service Tables
Copy Service Mode
[Scanner Erase Margin] *ENG 4400 Set the Mask for Original. These SPs set the area to be masked during platen (book) mode scanning. 001 Book: Leading Edge 002 Book: Trailing Edge 003 Book: Left 004 Book: Right 005 ADF: Leading Edge 007 ADF: Right 008 ADF: Left [0 to 3.0 / 0 / 0.1 mm/step]
[IPU Test Pattern] 4417 Selects the IPU test pattern. [0 to 24 / 0 / 1/step ] 0: Scanned image 1: Gradation main scan A 2: Gradation main scan B 3: Gradation main scan C 4: Gradation main scan D 001 Test Pattern Selection 5: Gradation sub scan (1) 6: Grid pattern 7: Slant grid pattern 8: Gradation RGBCMYK 9: UCR pattern 10: Color patch 16 (1) 11: Color patch 16 (2) 12: Color patch 64 13: Grid pattern CMYK 14: Color patch CMYK 15: Gray pattern (1) 16: Gray pattern (2) 17: Gray Pattern (3) 18: Shading pattern 19: Thin line pattern 20: Scanned + Grid pattern 21: Scanned + Gray scale 22: Scanned + Color patch 23: Scanned + Slant Grid C 24: Scanned + Slant Grid D
B222/B224
5-218
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[ICI Output Selection] 4429 Adjusts the ICI output density level. [32 to 255 / 128 / 1 /step] 255: Strongest density
001 -
*ENG
[Saturation Adjustment] 4440 Adjusts the level of saturation for copying. [0 to 5 / 3 / 1 /step] 0: High 1: Lowest 001 Saturation Adj. 1 *ENG 2: Lower 3: Default 4: Higher 5: Highest
4450
[Scan Image Path Selection] Black Subtraction ON/OFF 001 Uses or does not use the black reduction image path. SH ON/OFF 002 Uses or does not use the shading image path. [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 /step] 0: ON, 1: OFF [0 or 1 / 1 / - ] 0: OFF, 1: ON
[Digital AE Set] DFU 4460 Specifies the level of deleting the background in the ADS mode. You can adjust its level for each scanning method (platen, ADF). 001 Lower Limit 002 Background Level *ENG [0 to 1024 / 364 / 4 digit/step] *ENG [512 to 1532 / 972 / 1 digit/step]
SM
5-219
B222/B224
Service Tables
Copy Service Mode
[ACC Target Density] 4501 Selects the ACC result. 001 Copy: Bk: Text 002 Copy: M: Text 003 Copy: C: Text 004 Copy: Y: Text 005 Copy: Bk: Photo 006 Copy: M: Photo 007 Copy: C: Photo 008 Copy: Y: Photo *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [0 to 10 / 5 / 1 /step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG 10: Darkest density
[ACC Offset: Light] 4505 Adjusts the offset correction for light areas of the ACC pattern. 001 Self Machine: Bk 002 Self Machine: M 003 Self Machine: C 004 Self Machine: Y 005 Other Machine: Bk 006 Other Machine: M 007 Other Machine: C 008 Other Machine: Y *ENG *ENG [-128 to 127 / 0 / 1 /step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG Reserved *ENG *ENG
B222/B224
5-220
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[ACC Offset: Dark] 4506 Adjusts the offset correction for dark areas of the ACC pattern. 001 Self Machine: Bk 002 Self Machine: M 003 Self Machine: C 004 Self Machine: Y 005 Other Machine: Bk 006 Other Machine: M 007 Other Machine: C 008 Other Machine: Y *ENG *ENG [-128 to 127 / 0 / 1 /step] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG Reserved *ENG *ENG
[Printer Vector Correction]

Service Tables
4540
This SP corrects the printer coverage of 12 hues (RY, YR, YG, etc. x 4 Colors [R, G, B, Option]) for a total of 48 parameters.
001-004 RY Phase: Option/R/G/B 005-008 YR Phase: Option/R/G/B 009-012 YG Phase: Option/R/G/B 013-016 GY Phase: Option/R/G/B 017-020 GC Phase: Option/R/G/B 021-024 CG Phase: Option/R/G/B 025-028 CB Phase: Option/R/G/B 029-032 BC Phase: Option/R/G/B 033-036 BM Phase: Option/R/G/B
*ENG Specifies the printer vector correction value. [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 /step]
SM
5-221
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode 037-040 MB Phase: Option/R/G/B 041-044 MR Phase: Option/R/G/B 045-048 RM Phase: Option/R/G/B
4550 4551 4552 4553 4554 4565 4570 4571 4572
[Scanner Application: text/Printing] DFU [Scanner Application: text] DFU [Scanner Application: text (Drop Out Coor)] DFU [Scanner Application: textPhoto] DFU [Scanner Application: Photo] DFU [Scanner Application: GrayScale] DFU [Scanner Application: Color: TextPhoto] DFU [Scanner Application: Color: Glossy Photo] DFU [Scanner Application: AutoColor] DFU MTF: 0 (Off), 1-15 (Strong) [0 to 15 / 8 / 1 /step] 0: MTF Off
*ENG
-005 Sets the MTF level (Modulation Transfer Function) designed to improve image contrast. Set higher for stronger effect, lower for weaker effect. Smoothing: 0 (x1), 1-7 -006 (Strong)
*ENG [0 to 7 / 4 / 1 /step]
Use to remove "jaggies" if they appear. Set higher for smoother images. Brightness: 1255 -007 Set higher for darker, set lower for lighter. Contrast: 1255 -008 Set higher for more contrast, set lower for less contrast. *ENG [1 to 255 / 128 / 1 /step] *ENG [1 to 255 / 128 / 1 /step]
B222/B224
5-222
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
Independent Dot Erase (0), 1-7 (Strong) -009
*ENG [0 to 7 / 0 / 1 /step]
Sets the erasure level of Irregular Dots. Set higher for stronger effect, lower for weaker effect. 0: Not activated
4580 4581 4582 4583 4584 4585
[FAX Application: Text/Chart] DFU [FAX Application: Text] DFU [FAX Application: Text/Photo] DFU [FAX Application: Photo] DFU [FAX Application: Original 1] DFU [FAX Application: Original 2] DFU MTF: 0 (Off), 1-15 (Strong) [0 to 15 / 8 / 1 /step] 0: MTF Off
Service Tables
*ENG
-005 Sets the MTF level (Modulation Transfer Function) designed to improve image contrast. Set higher for stronger effect, lower for weaker effect. Smoothing: 0 (x1), 1-7 -006 (Strong)
*ENG [0 to 7 / 4 / 1 /step]
Use to remove "jaggies" if they appear. Set higher for smoother images. Brightness: 1255 -007 Set higher for darker, set lower for lighter. Contrast: 1255 -008 Set higher for more contrast, set lower for less contrast. *ENG [1 to 255 / 128 / 1 /step] *ENG [1 to 255 / 128 / 1 /step]
SM
5-223
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
Independent Dot Erase (0), 1-7 (Strong) -009
*ENG [0 to 7 / 0 / 1 /step]
Selects the contrast level for B/W the Text mode. Sets the erasure level of Irregular Dots. Set higher for stronger effect, lower for weaker effect. 0: Not activated Texture Erase: 0 *ENG [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 /step]
-010 Sets the erasure level of textures. Set higher for stronger effect, lower for weaker effect. This SP (suffix "-010") only exists in SP4580, 4582 and 4583. 0: Not activated
4600
[SBU Version Display] Displays the ID of the SBU.
001 -
4602
[Scanner Memory Access] Enables the read and write check for the SBU registers.
001 Scanner Memory Access
002 Address Set 003 Data Set
Not used -
4603
[AGC Execution] Executes the AGC. DFU
001 HP Detection Enable 002 HP Detection Disable
B222/B224
5-224
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
4604
[FGATE Open/Close] DFU Opens or closes the FGATE signal. This SP automatically returns to the default
001 -
status (close) after exiting this SP. [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: OFF, 1: ON
4606
[White Balance Target: R] DFU This value is the target value of red for the
001 -
*ENG white level adjustment. [0 to 1024 / 784 / 1 digit/step]
4607
[White Balance Target: G] DFU This value is the target value of green for
001 -
*ENG the white level adjustment.

[0 to 1024 / 784 / 1 digit/step]
4608
[White Balance Target: B] DFU This value is the target value of blue for
001 -
*ENG the white level adjustment. [0 to 1024 / 784 / 1 digit/step]
SM
5-225
Copy Service Mode
4623
[Black Level Fine Adj. Display] RE: Red Even signal, RO: Red Odd signal Displays the black offset value (rough
001 Latest: RE Color
adjustment) for the even red signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). [0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step] Displays the black offset value (rough
002 Latest: RO Color
adjustment) for the odd red signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). Displays the black offset value (fine
003 Latest: RE Color
adjustment) for the even red signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). Displays the black offset value (fine
004 Latest: RO Color
adjustment) for the odd red signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). Displays the black offset value (rough adjustment) for the even red signal in the
005 Latest: RE BW
CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). [0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step] Displays the black offset value (rough
006 Latest: RO BW
adjustment) for the odd red signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). Displays the black offset value (fine
007 Latest: RE BW
adjustment) for the even red signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed).
B222/B224
5-226
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
Displays the black offset value (fine 008 Latest: RO BW adjustment) for the odd red signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed).
4624
[Black Level Rough Adj. Display] GE: Green Even signal, GO: Green Odd signal Displays the black offset value (rough adjustment) for the even green signal in
001 Latest: GE Color
the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). [0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step] Displays the black offset value (rough
002 Latest: GO Color
adjustment) for the odd green signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). Displays the black offset value (fine
003 Latest: GE Color
adjustment) for the even green signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). Displays the black offset value (fine
004 Latest: GO Color
adjustment) for the odd green signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). Displays the black offset value (rough adjustment) for the even green signal in
005 Latest: GE BW
the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). [0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step]
SM
5-227
B222/B224
Service Tables
Copy Service Mode
Displays the black offset value (rough 006 Latest: GO BW adjustment) for the odd green signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). Displays the black offset value (fine 007 Latest: GE BW adjustment) for the even green signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). Displays the black offset value (fine 008 Latest: GO BW adjustment) for the odd green signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed).
4625
[Black Level Rough Adj. Display] BE: Blue Even signal, BO: Blue Odd signal Displays the black offset value (rough
001 Latest: BE Color
adjustment) for the even blue signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). [0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step] Displays the black offset value (rough
002 Latest: BO Color
adjustment) for the odd blue signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). Displays the black offset value (fine
003 Latest: BE Color
adjustment) for the even blue signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). Displays the black offset value (fine
004 Latest: BO Color
adjustment) for the odd blue signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed).
B222/B224
5-228
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
Displays the black offset value (rough adjustment) for the even blue signal in the 005 Latest: BE BW CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). [0 to255 / 128 / 1 digit/step] Displays the black offset value (rough 006 Latest: BO BW adjustment) for the odd blue signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). Displays the black offset value (fine 007 Latest: BE BW adjustment) for the even blue signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). Displays the black offset value (fine 008 Latest: BO BW adjustment) for the odd blue signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing
[Gain Adjustment] 4628 Displays the gain value of the amplifiers on the controller for Red. 001 Latest: RE Color 002 Latest: RO Color 003 Latest: RE BW 004 Latest: RO BW [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit/step] -
SM
5-229
B222/B224
Service Tables
speed).
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Gain Adjustment] 4629 Displays the gain value of the amplifiers on the controller for Green. 001 Latest: GE Color 002 Latest: GO Color 003 Latest: GE BW 004 Latest: GO BW [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit/step] -
[Gain Adjustment] 4630 Displays the gain value of the amplifiers on the controller for Blue. 001 Latest: BE Color 002 Latest: BO Color 003 Latest: BE BW 004 Latest: BO BW [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit/step] -
[Black Level Adj. Loop] Black Level Adjustment Loop Counter 4640 Displays the black level adjustment time for each mode. The black level adjustment is done twice. The 1st adjustment decides the reference value for the 2nd adjustment. 001 Adj. 1 Number: Color 002 Adj. 1 Number: BW 003 Adj. 2 Number: Color 004 Adj. 2 Number: BW 1st adjustment [0 to 20 / 0 / 1 /step]
2nd adjustment [0 to 20 / 0 / 1 /step]
B222/B224
5-230
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[White Level Adj. Loop] White Level Adjustment Loop Counter 4641 Displays the white level adjustment time for each mode. 001 Adj. Number: Color 002 Adj. Number: BW [0 to 20 / 0 / 1 /step] -
[Scan Adj. Time Out Error] 4646 Displays the result of the AGC adjustment. If the AGC adjustment fails, SC141 (B/W mode) or SC142 (Color mode) occurs. 001 Black Offset Correction 1 002 Black Offset Correction 2 003 White Offset Correction [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: OK, 1: AGC adjustment failure
4647 Displays the result of the SBU connection check. [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 001 Power-ON 0: OK, 1: SBU connection check failure If the SBU connection check fails, SC141-001, -002 or -003 occurs.
SM
5-231
B222/B224
Service Tables
[Read Hard Error]
Copy Service Mode
4654
[Black Level Fine Adj. Display] RE: Red Even signal, RO: Red Odd signal Displays the previous black offset value Last Correct Value: RE Color (rough adjustment) for the even red signal *ENG in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). [0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step] Displays the previous black offset value
001
002
Last Correct Value: RO Color
*ENG
(rough adjustment) for the odd red signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). Displays the previous black offset value
003
Last Correct Value: RE Color
(fine adjustment) for the even red signal in *ENG the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). [0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step] Displays the previous black offset value
004
*ENG
(fine adjustment) for the odd red signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). Displays the previous black offset value
005
Last Correct Value: RE BW
(rough adjustment) for the even red signal *ENG in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). [0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step] Displays the previous black offset value
006
Last Correct Value: RO BW
*ENG
(rough adjustment) for the odd red signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed).
B222/B224
5-232
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
Displays the previous black offset value Last Correct Value: RE BW (fine adjustment) for the even red signal in *ENG the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). [0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step] Displays the previous black offset value 008 Last Correct Value: RO BW *ENG (fine adjustment) for the odd red signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed).
007
4655
[Black Level Rough Adj. Display] GE: Green Even signal, GO: Green Odd signal Displays the previous black offset value Last Correct Value: GE Color (rough adjustment) for the even green *ENG signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed).
Service Tables
001
[0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step] Displays the previous black offset value 002 Last Correct Value: GO Color *ENG (rough adjustment) for the odd green signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). Displays the previous black offset value Last Correct Value: GE Color (fine adjustment) for the even green signal *ENG in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). [0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step] Displays the previous black offset value 004 Last Correct Value: GO Color *ENG (fine adjustment) for the odd green signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed).
003
SM
5-233
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
Displays the previous black offset value Last Correct Value: GE BW (rough adjustment) for the even green *ENG signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). [0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step] Displays the previous black offset value 006 Last Correct Value: GO BW *ENG (rough adjustment) for the odd green signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). Displays the previous black offset value Last Correct Value: GE BW (fine adjustment) for the even green signal *ENG in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). [0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step] Displays the previous black offset value 008 Last Correct Value: GO BW *ENG (fine adjustment) for the odd green signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed).
005
007
4656
[Black Level Rough Adj. Display] BE: Blue Even signal, BO: Blue Odd signal Displays the previous black offset value Last Correct Value: BE Color (rough adjustment) for the even blue *ENG signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). [0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step] Displays the previous black offset value
001
002
Last Correct Value: BO Color
*ENG
(rough adjustment) for the odd blue signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed).
B222/B224
5-234
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
Displays the previous black offset value Last Correct Value: BE Color (fine adjustment) for the even blue signal *ENG in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). [0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step] Displays the previous black offset value 004 Last Correct Value: BO Color *ENG (fine adjustment) for the odd blue signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). Displays the previous black offset value Last Correct Value: BE BW (rough adjustment) for the even blue *ENG signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). [0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step] Displays the previous black offset value 006 Last Correct Value: BO BW *ENG (rough adjustment) for the odd blue signal
Service Tables
003
005
in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). Displays the previous black offset value
007
Last Correct Value: BE BW
(fine adjustment) for the even blue signal *ENG in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). [0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step] Displays the previous black offset value
008
Last Correct Value: BO BW
*ENG
(fine adjustment) for the odd blue signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed).
SM
5-235
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Gain Adjustment] 4658 Displays the previous gain value of the amplifiers on the controller for Red. Last Correct Value: RE Color Last Correct Value: RO Color Last Correct Value: RE BW Last Correct Value: RO BW
001
*ENG
002
*ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit/step]
003
*ENG
004
*ENG
[Gain Adjustment] 4659 Displays the previous gain value of the amplifiers on the controller for Green. Last Correct Value: GE Color Last Correct Value: GO Color Last Correct Value: GE BW Last Correct Value: GO BW
001
*ENG
002
003
*ENG
004
*ENG
B222/B224
5-236
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Gain Adjustment] 4660 Displays the previous gain value of the amplifiers on the controller for Blue. Last Correct Value: BE Color Last Correct Value: BO Color Last Correct Value: BE BW Last Correct Value: BO BW
001
*ENG
002
003
*ENG
004
*ENG
4661
[Black Level 2 Rough Adj. Display] RE: Red Even signal, RO: Red Odd signal Displays the previous 2nd black offset Last Correct Value: RE Color
Service Tables
value (rough adjustment) for the even red *ENG signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). [0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step] Displays the previous 2nd black offset
001
002
*ENG
value (rough adjustment) for the odd red signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). Displays the previous 2nd black offset
003
Last Correct Value: RE Color
value (fine adjustment) for the even red *ENG signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). [0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step]
SM
5-237
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
Displays the previous 2nd black offset 004 Last Correct Value: RO Color *ENG value (fine adjustment) for the odd red signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). Displays the previous 2nd black offset Last Correct Value: RE BW value (rough adjustment) for the even red *ENG signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). [0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step] Displays the previous 2nd 006 Last Correct Value: RO BW *ENG black offset
005
value (rough adjustment) for the odd red signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). Displays the previous 2nd black offset
007
Last Correct Value: RE BW
value (fine adjustment) for the even red *ENG signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). [0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step] Displays the previous 2nd black offset
008
Last Correct Value: RO BW
*ENG
value (fine adjustment) for the odd red signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed).
4662
[Black Level 2 Rough Adj. Display] GE: Green Even signal, GO: Green Odd signal Displays the previous 2nd black offset Last Correct Value: GE Color value (rough adjustment) for the even *ENG green signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). [0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step]
001
B222/B224
5-238
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
Displays the previous 2nd black offset 002 Last Correct Value: GO Color *ENG value (rough adjustment) for the odd green signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). Displays the previous 2nd black offset Last Correct Value: GE Color value (fine adjustment) for the even green *ENG signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). [0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step] Displays the previous 2nd black offset 004 Last Correct Value: GO Color *ENG value (fine adjustment) for the odd green signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). Displays the previous 2nd black offset Last Correct Value: GE BW value (rough adjustment) for the even *ENG green signal in the CCD circuit board (black
003
005
and white printing speed). [0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step] Displays the previous 2nd black offset
006
Last Correct Value: GO BW
*ENG
value (rough adjustment) for the odd green signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). Displays the previous 2nd black offset
007
Last Correct Value: GE BW
value (fine adjustment) for the even green *ENG signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). [0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step]
SM
5-239
Copy Service Mode
Displays the previous 2nd black offset 008 Last Correct Value: GO BW *ENG value (fine adjustment) for the odd green signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed).
4663
[Black Level 2 Rough Adj. Display] BE: Blue Even signal, BO: Blue Odd signal Displays the previous 2nd black offset value Last Correct Value: BE Color (rough adjustment) for the even blue signal *ENG in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). [0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step] Displays the previous 2nd black offset value
001
002
*ENG
(rough adjustment) for the odd blue signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). Displays the previous 2nd black offset value
003
Last Correct Value: BE Color
(fine adjustment) for the even blue signal in *ENG the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). [0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step] Displays the previous 2nd black offset value
004
*ENG
(fine adjustment) for the odd blue signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). Displays the previous 2nd black offset value
005
Last Correct Value: BE BW
(rough adjustment) for the even blue signal *ENG in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). [0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step]
B222/B224
5-240
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
Displays the previous 2nd black offset value 006 Last Correct Value: BO BW *ENG (rough adjustment) for the odd blue signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). Displays the previous 2nd black offset value Last Correct Value: BE BW (fine adjustment) for the even blue signal in *ENG the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). [0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step] Displays the previous 2nd black offset value 008 Last Correct Value: BO BW *ENG (fine adjustment) for the odd blue signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed).
007
SM
5-241
B222/B224
Service Tables
Copy Service Mode
4673
[Black Level Rough Adj. Display] RE: Red Even signal, RO: Red Odd signal Displays the factory setting values of the black level adjustment for the even red
001 Factory Setting: RE Color *ENG signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed).. [0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step] Displays the factory setting values of the 002 Factory Setting: RO Color *ENG black level adjustment (rough adjustment) for the odd red signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). Displays the factory setting values of the black level adjustment (fine adjustment) for 003 Factory Setting: RE Color *ENG the even red signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). [0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step] Displays the factory setting values of the 004 Factory Setting: RO Color *ENG black level adjustment (fine adjustment) for the odd red signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). Displays the factory setting values of the black level adjustment (rough adjustment) 005 Factory Setting: RE BW *ENG for the even red signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). [0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step] Displays the factory setting values of the 006 Factory Setting: RO BW *ENG black level adjustment (rough adjustment) for the odd red signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed).
B222/B224
5-242
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
Displays the factory setting values of the black level adjustment (fine adjustment) for 007 Factory Setting: RE BW *ENG the even red signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). [0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step] Displays the factory setting values of the 008 Factory Setting: RO BW *ENG black level adjustment (fine adjustment) for the odd red signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed).
4674
[Black Level Rough Adj. Display] GE: Green Even signal, GO: Green Odd signal Displays the factory setting values of the black level adjustment (rough adjustment)
001 Factory Setting: GE Color *ENG for the even green signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed).
Service Tables
[0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step] Displays the factory setting values of the 002 Factory Setting: GO Color *ENG black level adjustment (rough adjustment) for the odd green signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). Displays the factory setting values of the black level adjustment (fine adjustment) for 003 Factory Setting: GE Color *ENG the even green signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). [0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step] Displays the factory setting values of the 004 Factory Setting: GO Color *ENG black level adjustment (fine adjustment) for the odd green signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed).
SM
5-243
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
Displays the factory setting values of the black level adjustment (rough adjustment) 005 Factory Setting: GE BW *ENG for the even green signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). [0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step] Displays the factory setting values of the 006 Factory Setting: GO BW *ENG black level adjustment (rough adjustment) for the odd green signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). Displays the factory setting values of the black level adjustment (fine adjustment) for 007 Factory Setting: GE BW *ENG the even green signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). [0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step] Displays the factory setting values of the 008 Factory Setting: GO BW *ENG black level adjustment (fine adjustment) for the odd green signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed).
4675
[Black Level Rough Adj. Display] BE: Blue Even signal, BO: Blue Odd signal Displays the factory setting values of the black level adjustment (rough adjustment)
001 Factory Setting: BE Color *ENG for the even blue signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). [0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step] Displays the factory setting values of the 002 Factory Setting: BO Color *ENG black level adjustment (rough adjustment) for the odd blue signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed).
B222/B224
5-244
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
Displays the factory setting values of the black level adjustment (fine adjustment) for 003 Factory Setting: BE Color *ENG the even blue signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). [0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step] Displays the factory setting values of the 004 Factory Setting: BO Color *ENG black level adjustment (fine adjustment) for the odd blue signal in the CCD circuit board (color printing speed). Displays the factory setting values of the black level adjustment (rough adjustment) 005 Factory Setting: BE BW *ENG for the even blue signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). [0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step] Displays the factory setting values of the 006 Factory Setting: BO BW *ENG black level adjustment (rough adjustment)
Service Tables
for the odd blue signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). Displays the factory setting values of the black level adjustment (fine adjustment) for
007 Factory Setting: BE BW
*ENG the even blue signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed). [0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step] Displays the factory setting values of the
008 Factory Setting: BO BW
*ENG
black level adjustment (fine adjustment) for the odd blue signal in the CCD circuit board (black and white printing speed).
SM
5-245
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Gain Adjustment] 4677 Displays the factory setting values of the gain adjustment for Red. 001 Factory Setting: RE Color *ENG 002 Factory Setting: RO Color *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit/step] 003 Factory Setting: RE BW 004 Factory Setting: RO BW *ENG *ENG
[Gain Adjustment] 4678 Displays the factory setting values of the gain adjustment for Green. 001 Factory Setting: GE Color *ENG 002 Factory Setting: GO Color *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit/step] 003 Factory Setting: GE BW 004 Factory Setting: GO BW *ENG *ENG
[Gain Adjustment] 4679 Displays the factory setting values of the gain adjustment for Blue. 001 Factory Setting: BE Color *ENG 002 Factory Setting: BO Color *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit/step] 003 Factory Setting: BE BW 004 Factory Setting: BO BW *ENG *ENG
B222/B224
5-246
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Gray Balance Set: R] DFU 4685 Adjusts the gray balance of the red signal for each scanning mode. 001 Book Read 002 DF Read *ENG [-512 to 511 / -240 / 1 digit/step] *ENG
[Gray Balance Set: G] DFU 4686 Adjusts the gray balance of the green signal for each scanning mode. 001 Book Read 002 DF Read *ENG [-512 to 511 / -240 / 1 digit/step] *ENG
[Gray Balance Set: B] DFU 4687 Adjusts the gray balance of the blue signal for each scanning mode. 001 Book Read 002 DF Read *ENG [-512 to 511 / -240 / 1 digit/step] *ENG
[DF: Density Adjustment] 4688 Adjusts the white shading parameter when scanning an image with the ARDF. Adjusts the density level if the ID of outputs made in the DF and Platen mode is different. 001 *ENG [50 to 150 / 100 / 1 %/ step ]
SM
5-247
B222/B224
Service Tables
Copy Service Mode
[White Level Peak Read] 4690 Displays the peak level of the white level scanning. 001 RE 002 RO 003 RE: Bk 004 RO: Bk [0 to 1024 / 0 / 1 digit/step] -
[White Level Peak Read] 4691 Displays the peak level of the white level scanning. 001 GE 002 GO 003 GE: Bk 004 GO: Bk [0 to 1024 / 0 / 1 digit/step] -
[White Level Peak Read] 4692 Displays the peak level of the white level scanning. 001 BE 002 BO 003 BE: Bk 004 BO: Bk [0 to 1024 / 0 / 1 digit/step] -
B222/B224
5-248
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Black Level Peak Read] 4693 Displays the peak level of the black level scanning. 001 RE 002 RO 003 RE: Bk 004 RO: Bk [0 to 1024 / 0 / 1 digit/step] -
[Black Level Peak Read] 4694 Displays the peak level of the black level scanning. 001 GE 002 GO 003 GE: Bk 004 GO: Bk [0 to 1024 / 0 / 1 digit/step] Service Tables
[Black Level Peak Read] 4695 Displays the peak level of the black level scanning. 001 BE 002 BO 003 BE: Bk 004 BO: Bk [0 to 1024 / 0 / 1 digit/step] -
SM
5-249
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
4802
[DF Shading FreeRun] Executes the scanner free run of shading movement with exposure lamp on or off. Press "OFF" to stop this free run. Otherwise, the free run lasts.
001 Lamp ON
002 Lamp OFF
4804
[Home Position] Executes the scanner HP detection.
001 Lamp ON
4806
[Carriage Save] Moves the carriage from the scanner home position.
001 Lamp ON
Dust may fall through the DF exposure glass. Therefore, do this SP when you transport the machine a long distance.
[ACC Data Display] 4902 This SP outputs the final data read at the end of ACC execution. A zero is returned if there was an error reading the data. [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 /step] 001 R DATA1 002 G DATA1 003 B DATA1 004 R DATA2 005 G DATA2 006 B DATA2 *ENG Photo C Patch Level 1 (8-bit) *ENG Photo M Patch Level 1 (8-bit) *ENG Photo Y Patch Level 1 (8-bit) *ENG Photo C Patch Level 17 (8-bit) *ENG Photo M Patch Level 17(8-bit) *ENG Photo Y Patch Level 17 (8-bit)
B222/B224
5-250
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
4904
[Scanner IPU Board Test] Bit0: TAURUS register Bit1: ORION register Bit2: LUPUS register Test1 Bit3 to 11: Not used Bit12: Ri20 Bit13 to 15: Not used 0: OK, 1: Error Performs a write and read check of the ASICs on the IPU board and displays the result. Bit0: Image path from SBU to TAURUS Bit1: Image path from TAURUS to ORION Bit2: Image path from ORION to TAURUS Bit3: Image path from TAURUS to LUPUS Test2 Bit4 to 11: Not used Bit12: Image path from LUPUS to Ri20
Service Tables
001
002
Bit13: Image path from Ri20 to GAVD Bit14 and 15: Not used 0: OK, 1: Error Performs an image path check on the IPU board and displays the result.
[Dither Selection] DFU 4905 Changes the parameters for error diffusion. 4905 1 Dither Selection *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 /step] DFU
SM
5-251
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
4907
[SBU Test Pattern Change] [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 /step] 0: Default (Scanning Image) Test Pattern: R 1: Grid pattern 2: Gradation main scan 3: Gradation sub scan 4 to 250: Default (Scanning Image) Selects the test pattern generated by the controller board.
4907 1
[Manual Gamma Adj.] 4918 Adjusts the offset data of the printer gamma for yellow in Photo mode. See 3.3.6 in the Replacement and Adjustment for how to use. Enter the manual gamma adjustment 009 Change screen (-001 to 008). For details, see 3.3.6 "Printer Gamma Correction"" in the section "Replace and Adjustment".
B222/B224
5-252
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[IPU Image Pass Selection ] 4991 Selects the image path. Enter the number to be selected using the 10-key pad. RGB Frame Memory *ENG [0 to 14 / 2 / 1 /step ]
0: Scanner input RGB images 1: Scanner I/F RGB images 2: RGB images done by Shading correction (Shading ON, Black offset ON) 3: Shading data 4: Inner pattern data: Gray scale 001 5: RGB images done by Line skipping correction 6: RGB images done by Digital AE 7: RGB images done by Vertical line correction 8: RGB image done by Scanner gamma correction 9: RGB image done by Filtering correction 10: RGB images done by Full color ADS 11: RGB image done by Color correction
Service Tables
4993
[High Light Correction] Selects the Highlight correction level.
001 Sensitivity Selection
*ENG
[0 to 9 / 4 / 1 /step] 0: weakest sensitivity 9: strongest sensitivity Selects the range level of Highlight correction.
002 Range Selection
*ENG [0 to 9 / 4 / 1 /step] 0: weakest skew correction, 9: strongest skew correction
SM
5-253
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Text/Photo Detection Level Adj.] 4994 Selects the definition level between Text and Photo for high compression PDF. [0 to 2 / 1 / 1 /step] 001 PDF Sensitivity Level text/photo *ENG 0: Text priority 1: Normal 2: Photo priority
SP5-XXX (Mode)
[mm/inch Display Selection] 5024 Display units (mm or inch) for custom paper sizes. 0: mm (Europe/Asia) 1: inch (USA)
001 0:mm 1:inch
*CTL
[Accounting Counter] 5045 Selects the counting method. NOTE: The counting method can be changed only once, regardless of whether the counter value is negative or positive. [0 or 1 / 0 / - ] 001 Counter Method *CTL 0: Developments 1: Prints
[Paper Display] 5047 Turns on or off the printed paper display on the LCD. [0 or 1 / 0 / - ] 0: OFF, 1: ON
001 -
*CTL
B222/B224
5-254
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Toner Refill Detection Display] 5051 Enables or disables the toner refill detection display. [0 or 1 / 0 / - ] Alphanumeric *CTL 0: ON 1: OFF
5051 1
Toner Refill Detection Display
[Display IP Address] 5055 Display or does not display the IP address on the LCD. [0 or 1 / 0 / - ] 0: OFF 1: ON
001 -
*CTL
[Coverage Counter Display] 5056 Display or does not display the coverage counter on the LCD. [0 or 1 / 0 / - ] 0: Not display, 1: Display
[Toner Remaining Icon Display] 5061 Display or does not display the remaining toner display icon on the LCD. [0 or 1 / 0 / - ] 0: Not display, 1: Display
001 -
*CTL
[Parts PM Display Setting] 5062 Display or does not display the PM part yield on the LCD. Not used in this model [0 or 1 / 1 / - ] 0: ON, 1: OFF
001 -
*CTL
SM
5-255
B222/B224
Service Tables
001 -
*CTL
Copy Service Mode
[A3/DLT Double Count] SSP *5104 Specifies whether the counter is double clicked for A3/DLT size prints. When you have to change this SP, ask your supervisor. [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 /step] 0: NO (Normal count) 5104 1 Double Count *CTL 1: YES (Double count) 2: YES except By-pass (Normal count for unknown size) *For Future Use
5112
[Non-Std. Paper Sel.] Non-Standard Paper Selection Determines whether a non-standard paper size can be input for the universal cassette trays (Tray 2, and Optional paper tray unit trays 1 and 2)
001
[0 or 1/ 0 / - ] 0: OFF 1: ON, If 1 is selected, the customer will be able to input a non-standard paper size using the UP mode.
5113
[Optional Counter Type] This program specifies the counter type. 0: None, 1: Key card (RK 3, 4)
001
Default Optional Counter Type
*CTL
2: Key card (down), 3: Prepaid card 4: Coin rack, 5: MF key card 8: Key counter + Vendor 9: Bar-code Printer
B222/B224
5-256
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
This program specifies the external counter type. 002 External Optional Counter Type *CTL 0: None 1: Expansion Device 1 2: Expansion Device 2 3: Expansion Device 3
5114
[Optional Counter I/F] [0: Not installed/ 1: Installed (scanning accounting)]
001 MF Key Card Extension
*CTL
5118
[Disable Copying]
*CTL [0: Not disabled/ 1: Disabled]
001 This program disables copying.
5120
[Mode Clear Opt. Counter Removal]
*CTL
[0: Yes (removed)/ 1: Standby (installed

Service Tables
but not used)/ 2: No (not removed)]
001
This program updates the information on the optional counter. When you install or remove an optional counter, check the settings.
5121
[Counter Up Timing]
*CTL [0: Feed/ 1: Exit]
001
This program specifies when the counter goes up. The settings refer to paper feed and paper exit respectively.
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1 /step] 5126 [F Size Original Setting] *ENG 0: 8 1/2" x 13" (Foolscap) 1: 8 1/4" x 13" (Folio) 2: 8" x 13" (F) 001 Selects F size original setting.
SM
5-257
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
5127
[APS Mode]
*CTL [0: Not disabled/ 1: Disabled]
001 This program disables the APS.
5128
[Code Mode With Key/Card Option] *CTL -
001 DFU
5131
[Paper Size Type Selection]
*ENG [0: JP (Japan)/ 1: NA / 2: EU]
001
The program selects a paper size system from the following alternatives: the AB system (0), the LT system (1), and the AF system (2).
5150
[By-Pass Length Setting]
*CTL [0: OFF/ 1: ON]
Determines whether the transfer sheet from the by-pass tray is used or not. 001 Normally the paper length for sub scanning paper from the by-pass tray is limited to 600 mm, but this can be extended with this SP to 1260 mm.
5162
[App. Switch Method]
*CTL [0: Soft Key Set/ 1: Hard Key Set]
001 This program specifies the switch that selects an application program.
[Fax Printing Mode at Optional] 5167 Enables or disables the automatic print out without an accounting device. This SP is used when the receiving fax is accounted by an external accounting device. [0 or 1 / 0 / - ] *CTL 0: Automatic printing 1: No automatic printing
001
Fax Printing Mode at Optional Counter Off
B222/B224
5-258
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[CE Login] 5169 If you will change the printer bit switches, you must log in to service mode with this SP before you go into the printer SP mode. [0 or 1 / 0 / - ] 001 CE Login *CTL 0: Disabled 1: Enabled
[By-pass Size Error Detection] 5179 Turns on or off the by-pass tray size error message. [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: OFF 001 *ENG 1: ON (Paper size error message is displayed when the paper jam occurs due to the wrong direction of set paper in by-pass mode.)
Service Tables
[Size Adjust] 5181 Adjusts the paper size for each tray. [0 to 3 / 0 (EU/ASIA), 1 (NA) / 1 /step] 0: A4 LEF, 1: LT LEF, 2: B5 LEF, 3: A5 LEF [0 or 1 / 0 (EU/ASIA), 1 (NA) / - ] 0: A4 LEF, 1: LT LEF [0 or 1 / 0 (EU/ASIA), 1 (NA) / - ] 0: A3, 1: DLT [0 or 1 / 0 (EU/ASIA), 1 (NA) / - ] 0: B4, 1: LG
001 TRAY 1
*ENG
002 TRAY 2: 1
*ENG
003 TRAY 2: 2
*ENG
004 TRAY 2: 3
*ENG
SM
5-259
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
005 TRAY 2: 4
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 (EU/ASIA), 1 (NA) / - ] 0: B5 LEF, 1: Exe LEF [0 or 1 / 0 (EU/ASIA), 1 (NA) / - ] 0: A4 LEF, 1: LT LEF [0 or 1 / 0 (EU/ASIA), 1 (NA) / - ] 0: A3, 1: DLT [0 or 1 / 0 (EU/ASIA), 1 (NA) / - ] 0: B4, 1: LG [0 or 1 / 0 (EU/ASIA), 1 (NA) / - ] 0: B5 LEF, 1: Exe LEF [0 or 1 / 0 (EU/ASIA), 1 (NA) / - ] 0: A4 LEF, 1: LT LEF [0 or 1 / 0 (EU/ASIA), 1 (NA) / - ] 0: A3, 1: DLT [0 or 1 / 0 (EU/ASIA), 1 (NA) / - ] 0: B4, 1: LG [0 or 1 / 0 (EU/ASIA), 1 (NA) / - ] 0: B5 LEF, 1: Exe LEF
006 TRAY 3: 1 (LCT)
*ENG
007 TRAY 3: 2 (LCT)
*ENG
008 TRAY 3: 3 (LCT)
*ENG
009 TRAY 3: 4 (LCT)
*ENG
010 TRAY 4: 1
*ENG
011 TRAY 4: 2
*ENG
012 TRAY 4: 3
*ENG
013 TRAY 4: 4
*ENG
014 TRAY 5: 1 015 TRAY 5: 2 016 TRAY 5: 3 017 TRAY 5: 4
*ENG *ENG Not used in this machine. *ENG *ENG
B222/B224
5-260
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[RK 4] 5186 Enables or disables the prevention for RK4 (accounting device) disconnection. If the RK4 is disconnected for 10 seconds when this SP is set to "1 (Enable)", the machine automatically jams a sheet of paper and stops. [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 001 *ENG 0: Disable 1: Enable
5212
[Page Numbering]
*CTL
This program adjusts the position of the second side page numbers. A " value" moves the page number positions to the left edge. A "+ value" moves the page number positions to the right edge. Duplex Printout Right/Left Position Duplex Printout High/Low Position
003
[10 to 10 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
[Set Time] Adjusts the RTC (real time clock) time setting for the local time zone. Examples: For Japan (+9 GMT), enter 540 (9 hours x 60 min.) DOM: +540 (Tokyo) 5302 NA: -300 (New York) EU: + 60 (Paris) CH: +480 (Peking) TW: +480 (Taipei) AS: +480 (Hong Kong) *CTL #
002 Time Difference
[-1440 to 1440 / Area / 1 min./step ]
SM
5-261
B222/B224
Service Tables
004
[10 to 10 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
Copy Service Mode
5307
[Summer Time] [ 0 to 1 / NA, EU, ASIA / 1 /step] Setting 0: Disabled 1: Enabled NA and EUR: 1, ASIA: 0
001 Enables or disables the summer time mode.
Make sure that both SP5-307-3 and -4 are correctly set. Otherwise, this SP is not activated even if this SP is set to "1". 003 Rule Set (Start) Specifies the start setting for the summer time mode. There are 8 digits in this SP. For months 1 to 9, the "0" cannot be input in the first digit, so the eight-digit setting for -2 or -3 becomes a seven-digit setting. 1st and 2nd digits: The month. [1 to 12] 3rd digit: The week of the month. [1 to 5] 4th digit: The day of the week. [0 to 6 = Sunday to Saturday] 5th and 6th digits: The hour. [00 to 23] 7th digit: The length of the advanced time. [0 to 9 / 1 hour /step]
8th digit: The length of the advanced time. [0 to 5 / 10 minutes /step] For example: 3500010 (EU default) The timer is advanced by 1 hour at am 0:00 on the 5th Sunday in March The digits are counted from the left. Make sure that SP5-307-1 is set to "1".
B222/B224
5-262
SM
manuals4you.com
Rev. 10/2006
Copy Service Mode
004 Rule Set (End)
Specifies the end setting for the summer time mode. There are 8 digits in this SP. 1st and 2nd digits: The month. [1 to 12] 3rd digit: The week of the month. [0 to 5] 4th digit: The day of the week. [0 to 7 = Sunday to Saturday] 5th and 6th digits: The hour. [00 to 23] The 7th and 8 digits must be set to "00". The digits are counted from the left. Make sure that SP5-307-1 is set to "1".
5401
[Access Control] When installing the SDK application, SAS (VAS) adjusts the following settings. DFU Assign default access privileges of users to their own documents on the Document Server. 0: Read only (default) 1: Edit 2: Edit/delete 3: Full control ID is *CTL Thisinstalloverwritten by SAS (VAS) when you or uninstall the SDK application. *CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 /step] *CTL *CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 /step] *CTL *CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 /step]
103 Default Document ACL
200 SDK1 Unique ID SDK1 Certification 201 Method 210 SDK2 Unique ID SDK2 Certification 211 Method 220 SDK3 Unique ID SDK3 Certification 221 Method
5404
[User Code Counter Clear] 001 UCodeCtrClr Clears all counters for users.
SM
5-263
B222/B224
Service Tables
Copy Service Mode
5501
[PM Alarm]
*CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 /step]
001 PM Alarm Level
0: Alarm off 1 to 9999: Alarm goes off when Value (1 to 9999) x 1000 PM counter [0 or 1 / 1 / ]
002 Original Count Alarm
0: No alarm sounds 1: Alarm sounds after the number of originals passing through the ARDF 10,000
5504
[Jam Alarm]
*CTL -
Sets the alarm to sound for the specified jam level (document misfeeds are not included). [0 to 3 / 3 / 1 /step] 001 0: Zero (Off) 1: Low (2.5K jams) 2: Medium (3K jams) 3: High (6K jams)
[Error Alarm] Sets the error alarm level. 5505 The error alarm counter counts "1" when any SC is detected. However, the error alarm counter decreases by "1" when an SC is not detected during a set number of copied sheets (for example, default 1500 sheets). The error alarm occurs when the SC error alarm counter reaches "5". [0 to 255 / 19 (B222/B224) / 100 copies /step]
001 -
*CTL
B222/B224
5-264
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
5507
[Supply Alarm] 001 Paper Supply Alarm 002 Staple Supply Alarm 003 Toner Supply Alarm 128 Interval :Others 132 Interval :A3 133 Interval :A4 134 Interval :A5 141 Interval :B4
*CTL
0: Off, 1: On, DFU 0: Off, 1: On, Japan only 0: Off, 1: On, DFU
[250 to 10000 / 1000 / 1 /step] DFU 142 Interval :B5 160 Interval :DLT 164 Interval :LG 166 Interval :LT 172 Interval :HLT
SM
Copy Service Mode
5508*
[CC Call] Jam Remains
*CTL 0: Disable, 1: Enable
001* Enables/disables initiating a call for an unattended paper jam. Continuous Jams 002* Enables/disables initiating a call for consecutive paper jams. Continuous Door Open 003* Enables/disables initiating a call when the front door remains open. Jam Detection: Time Length 011* [3 to 30 / 10 / 1 minute /step] 0: Disable, 1: Enable 0: Disable, 1: Enable
Sets the time a jam must remain before it becomes an unattended paper jam. This setting is enabled only when SP5508-004 is set to "1". Jam Detection: Continuous Count
[2 to 10 / 5 / 1 /step]
012* Sets the number of consecutive paper jams required to initiate a call. This setting is enabled only when SP5508-004 is set to "1". Door Open: Time Length [3 to 30 / 10 / 1 /step]
013* Sets the length of time the door remains open before the machine initiates a call. This setting is enabled only when SP5-508-004 is set to "1". 0: Automatic Call 1: Audible Warning at Machine
Jam Operation: Time Length 021*
Determines what happens when a paper jam is left unattended. Jam Operation: Continuous Count 0: Automatic Call 1: Audible Warning at Machine
022*
B222/B224
5-266
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
Determines what happens when consecutive paper jams occur. Door Operation: Time Length 0: OFF, 1: ON
Determines what happens if the door remains open (15 min.). 023* Displays a warning if set to ON. Pressing the call button will contact the service center. This setting is available for setting only if SP5508-004 is set to "1".
[SC/Alarm Setting] 5515
*CTL
With NRS (New Remote Service) in use, these SP codes can be set to issue an SC call when an SC error occurs. If this SP is switched off, the SC call is not issued when an SC error occurs.
001
SC Call Service Parts Near End Call Service Parts End Call User Call CE Call [0 or 1 / 1 / - ] 0: Off 1: On
002
003 004 006
SM
5-267
Copy Service Mode
007
Communication Test Call Machine Information Notice Alarm Notice Non Genuine Toner Alarm Supply Automatic Ordering Call Supply Management Report Call Jam/Door Open Call [0 or 1 / 1 / - ] 0: Off 1: On
008
009
010
011
012
*013
*For Future Use
5516
[Individual PM Part Alarm Call]
*CTL
Enables or disables the PM part alarm call. 001 Disable/ Enable Setting [0 or 1 / 1 / - ] 0: Not Send, 1: Send Displays the condition of the PM part alarm call. 002 Alarm Flag [0 or 1 / 1 / - ] 0: Ready (to send), 1: Already Send Clears the alarm flag (SP5-516-002). 003 Alarm Flag Clear Do this SP after servicing for PM parts. So, SP5-516-002 is set to "0".
B222/B224
5-268
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
5610
[ACC Factory Setting] Recall 004 Recalls the factory settings. Overwrite 005 Overwrites the current values onto the factory settings. Previous Setting 006 Recalls the previous settings. -
5611
[Toner Color in 2C] [0 to 128 / 100 / 1 /step] 128: Darkest density
B-C 001
*ENG
Adjusts the Cyan correction value of the blue signal in two-color mode. [0 to 128 / 100 / 1 /step] 128: Darkest density
002
Adjusts the Magenta correction value of the blue signal in two-color mode. [0 to 128 / 100 / 1 /step] 128: Darkest density
G-C 003
*ENG
Adjusts the Cyan correction value of the blue signal in two-color mode. [0 to 128 / 100 / 1 /step] 128: Darkest density
G-Y 004
*ENG
Adjusts the Yellow correction value of the blue signal in two-color mode. [0 to 128 / 100 / 1 /step] 128: Darkest density
R-M 005
*ENG
Adjusts the Magenta correction value of the blue signal in two-color mode.
SM
5-269
B222/B224
Service Tables
B-M
*ENG
Copy Service Mode
R-Y 006
*ENG
[0 to 128 / 100 / 1 /step] 128: Darkest density
Adjusts the Yellow correction value of the blue signal in two-color mode.
5618
[Color Mode Display Selection] [0 or 1 / 1 / - ] 001 *CTL 0: ACS, Colour, Black & White, Two Colour, Single colour 1: ACD, Full Colour, Black & White Selects the color selection display on the LCD.
5801
[Memory Clear] NOTE: For more information, see NOTE 1 following "SP8-xxx" table. 001 All Clear Resets all correction data for process control and all software counters, and returns all modes and adjustments to their default values. Use this SP only after replacing the NVRAM, or after the copier has malfunctioned due to a damaged NVRAM. 002 Engine Clears the engine settings. 003 SCS Clears the system settings. IMH Memory Clr 004 Clears IMH data. DFU -
B222/B224
5-270
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
MCS 005 Clears MCS data. DFU Copier Application 006
Clears the copy application settings. Fax Application 007 Clears the fax application settings. Printer Application 008 Clears the printer application settings. Scanner Application 009 Clears the scanner application settings. Web Service/Network Application 010 initializes the job login ID. NCS Service Tables B222/B224
Delete the netfile application management files and thumbnails, and
011 Initializes the system default and interface settings (IP address also), SmartDeviceMonitor for Admin, WebStatusMonitor settings, and the TELNET settings. R-FAX 012 -
Initializes the job login ID, SmartDeviceMonitor for Admin, job history, and local storage file numbers. IPU -
013 Initializes the IPU settings.
SM
5-271
Copy Service Mode
Clear DCS Settings 014
Initializes the DCS (Delivery Control Service) settings. Clear UCS Settings 015 Initializes the UCS (User Information Control Service) settings. MIRS Setting 016 Initializes the MIRS (Machine Information Report Service) settings. CCS 017 Initializes the CCS (Certification and Charge-control Service) settings. SRM Memory Clr 018 Initializes the SRM (System Resource Manager) settings. LCS 019 Initializes the LCS (Log Count Service) settings. WebUapl 020 Initializes the WebUapl settings. -
B222/B224
5-272
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Free Run] Performs a free run on the copier engine.
The machine starts free run in the same condition as the sequence 5802 of A4/LT, A3 or A4 SEF printing from the 1st or 2nd tray. Therefore, the correct paper should be loaded in the 1st tray or 2nd tray, but paper is not fed. The main switch has to be turned off and on after using the free run mode for a test. 001 TRAY1: A4LEF: FC 002 TRAY2: A3: FC 003 TRAY2: A4SEF: FC -
5803
[Input Check]
See 5.2.2 "Input Check Table"" in this section. See 5.2.3 "Output Check Table"" in this section.
Service Tables
5804
[Output Check]
[SC Reset] 5810 Resets a type A service call condition.
Turn the main switch off and on after resetting the SC code. 001 Fusing SC Reset -
5811
[Machine Serial] Machine Serial Number Display 002 Display *ENG Displays the machine serial number.
SM
5-273
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
5812
[Service Tel. No. Setting] Service *CTL -
Sets the telephone number for a service representative. This number is 001 printed on the Counter List, which can be printed with the users Counter menu. This can be up to 20 characters (both numbers and alphabetic characters can be input). Facsimile *CTL -
Sets the fax or telephone number for a service representative. This number is 002 printed on the Counter List. This can be up to 20 characters (both numbers and alphabetic characters can be input). Supply 003 *CTL -
Use this to input the telephone number of your supplier for consumables. Enter the number and press #. Operation *CTL -
004
Use this to input the telephone number of your sales agency. Enter the number and press #.
5816
[Remote Service] I/F Setting
*CTL -
Selects the remote service setting. 001 [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 /step] 0: Remote service off 1: CSS remote service on 2: NRS remote service on
B222/B224
5-274
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
CE Call Performs the CE Call at the start or end of the service. 002 [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 /step] 0: Start of the service 1: End of the service NOTE: This SP is activated only when SP 5816-001 is set to 1. Function Flag Enables or disables the remote service function. 003 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 /step] 0: Disabled 1: Enabled Device Information Call Display Setting Displays or does not display the device information call content. *006 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 /step] 0: Not displayed
1: Displayed SSL Disable Uses or does not use the RCG certification by SSL when calling the RCG. 007 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 /step] 0: Uses the RCG certification 1: Does no use the RCG certification RCG Connect Timeout 008 Specifies the connect timeout interval when calling the RCG. [1 to 90 / 10 / 1 second /step] RCG Write Timeout 009 Specifies the write timeout interval when calling the RCG. [1 to 100 / 60 / 1 second /step] * For Future Use
SM
Copy Service Mode
RCG Read Timeout 010 Specifies the read timeout interval when calling the RCG. [1 to 100 / 60 / 1 second /step] Port 80 Enable -
Enables/disables access via port 80 to the SOAP method. 011 [0 or 1 / 0 / ] 0: Disabled 1: Enabled RCG C Registed 021 This SP displays the Cumin installation end flag. 0: Installation not completed 1: Installation completed RCG C Registed Detail This SP displays the Cumin installation status. 022 0: Basil not registered 1: Basil registered 2: Device registered Connect Type (N/M) This SP displays and selects the Cumin connection method. 023 [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 /step 0: Internet connection 1: Dial-up connection 061 Cert. Expire Timing DFU Proximity of the expiration of the certification. This SP setting determines if the proxy server is 062 Use Proxy used when the machine communicates with the service center.
B222/B224
5-276
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
Proxy Host This SP sets the address of the proxy server used for communication between Cumin-N and the gateway. Use this SP to set up or display the customer proxy server address. The address is necessary to set up Cumin-N. 063 The address display is limited to 128 characters. Characters beyond the 128 character are ignored. This address is customer information and is not printed in the SMC report. Proxy Port Number This SP sets the port number of the proxy server used for communication between Cumin-N and the gateway. This setting is necessary to set up 064 Cumin-N.
This port number is customer information and is not printed in the SMC report. Proxy User Name This SP sets the HTTP proxy certification user name. 065
The length of the name is limited to 31 characters. Any character beyond the 31st character is ignored. This name is customer information and is not printed in the SMC report. Proxy Password This SP sets the HTTP proxy certification password.
066
The length of the password is limited to 31 characters. Any character beyond the 31st character is ignored. This name is customer information and is not printed in the SMC report.
SM
5-277
Copy Service Mode 067 CERT: Up State Displays the status of the certification update. 0 The certification used by Cumin is set correctly. The certification request (setAuthKey) for update has been received from the GW URL and certification is presently being updated. The certification update is completed and the GW URL is being notified of the successful update. The certification update failed, and the GW URL is being notified of the failed update. The period of the certification has expired and new request for an update is being sent to the GW URL. A rescue update for certification has been issued and a rescue certification setting is in progress for the rescue GW connection. The rescue certification setting is completed and the GW URL is being notified of the certification update request. The notification of the request for certification update has completed 13 successfully, and the system is waiting for the certification update request from the rescue GW URL. The notification of the certification request has been received from the rescue GW controller, and the certification is being stored. The certification has been stored, and the GW URL is being notified of the successful completion of this event. The storing of the certification has failed, and the GW URL is being notified of the failure of this event. The certification update request has been received from the GW URL, 17 the GW URL was notified of the results of the update after it was completed, but an certification error has been received, and the rescue certification is being recorded.
11
12
14
15
16
B222/B224
5-278
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 18 The rescue certification of No. 17 has been recorded, and the GW URL is being notified of the failure of the certification update.
CERT: Error Displays a number code that describes the reason for the request for update of the certification. 0 Normal. There is no request for certification update in progress. Request for certification update in progress. The current certification has expired. An SSL error notification has been issued. Issued after the certification has expired. Notification of shift from a common authentication to an individual certification. Notification of a common certification without ID2. Notification that no certification was issued.
1 068 2
4 5 6
Notification that GW URL does not exist. The ID of the request for certification. Displays the status of the firmware update. This setting determines if the firmware can be
069 CERT: Up ID 083 Firmware Up Status
084 Non-HDD Firm Up
updated, even without the HDD installed. 0: Not allowed update 1: Allowed update This SP setting determines if the operator can confirm the previous version of the firmware before the firmware update execution. If the option to
085 Firm Up User Check
confirm the previous version is selected, a notification is sent to the system manager and the firmware update is done with the firmware files from the URL.
SM
5-279
Copy Service Mode Allows the service technician to confirm the size of 086 Firmware Size the firmware data files during the firmware update execution. Displays the macro version of the NRS certification. Displays the PAC version of the NRS certification. Displays ID2 for the NRS certification. Spaces are 089 CERT: ID2 Code displayed as underscores (_). Asteriskes () indicate that no NRS certification exists. Displays the common name of the NRS 090 CERT: Subject certification subject. CN = the following 17 bytes. Spaces are displayed as underscores (_). Asterisks () indicate that no DESS exists. Displays serial number for the NRS certification. Asterisks () indicate that no DESS exists. Displays the common name of the issuer of the 092 CERT: Issuer NRS certification. CN = the following 30 bytes. Asteriskes () indicate that no DESS exists. Displays the start time of the period for which the current NRS certification is enabled. Displays the end time of the period for which the current NRS certification is enabled.
087 CERT: Macro Version
088 CERT: PAC Version
091 CERT: Serial Number
093 CERT: Valid Start
094 CERT: Valid End
Selection Country Select from the list the name of the country where Cumin-M is installed in the machine. After selecting the country, you must also set the following SP 150 codes for Cumin-M: SP5816-153 SP5816-154 SP5816-161 0: Japan, 1: USA, 2: Canada, 3: UK, 4: Germany, 5: France, 6: Italy,
B222/B224
5-280
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 7: Netherlands, 8: Belgium, 9: Luxembourg, 10: Spain Line Type Authentication Judgment Touch [Execute]. Setting this SP classifies the telephone line where Cumin-M is connected as either dial-up or push type, so Cumin-M can automatically distinguish the 151 number that connects to the outside line. The current progress, success, or failure of this execution can be displayed with SP5816-152. If the execution succeeded, SP5816-153 will display the result for confirmation and SP5816-154 will display the telephone number for the connection to the outside line. Line Type Judgment Result Displays a number to show the result of the execution of SP5816 151. Here is a list of what the numbers mean. 0: Success 1: In progress (no result yet). Please wait. 2: Line abnormal 3: Cannot detect dial tone automatically 4: Line is disconnected 5: Insufficient electrical power supply 6: Line classification not supported 7: Error because fax transmission in progress ioctl() occurred. 8: Other error occurred 9: Line classification still in progress. Please wait. Selection Dial/Push This SP displays the classification (tone or pulse) of the telephone line to the access point for Cumin-M. The numbered displayed (0 or 1) is the result of 153 the execution of SP5816 151. However, this setting can also be changed manually. [0 to 1/ 0 / 1 /step] 0: Tone Dialing Phone 1: Pulse Dialing Phone
152
SM
5-281
Copy Service Mode Inside Japan "2" may also be displayed: 0: Tone Dialing Phone 1: Pulse Dialing Phone 10PPS 2: Pulse Dialing Phone 20PPS Outside Line/Outgoing Number The SP sets the number that switches to PSTN for the outside connection for Cumin-M in a system that employs a PBX (internal line). If the execution of SP5816 151 has succeeded and Cumin-M has connected to the external line, this SP display is completely blank. 154 If Cumin-M has connected to an internal line, then the number of the connection to the external line is displayed. If Cumin-M has connected to an external line, a comma is displayed with the number. The comma is inserted for a 2 sec. pause. The number setting for the external line can be entered manually (including commas). Dial Up User Name Use this SP to set a user name for access to remote dial up. Follow these 156 rules when setting a user name: Name length: Up to 32 characters Spaces and # allowed but the entire entry must be enclosed by double quotation marks ("). Dial Up Password Use this SP to set a password for access to remote dial up. Follow these 157 rules when setting a user name: Name length: Up to 32 characters Spaces and # allowed but the entire entry must be enclosed by double quotation marks (").
B222/B224
5-282
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
Local Phone Number Use this SP to set the telephone number of the line where Cumin-M is 161 connected. This number is transmitted to and used by the Call Center to return calls. Limit: 24 numbers (numbers only) Connection Timing Adjustment: Incoming When the Call Center calls out to a Cumin-M modem, it sends a repeating ID tone (*#1#). This SP sets the line remains open to send these ID tones after 162 the number of the Cumin-M modem is dialed up and connected. [0 to 24 / 1 / 1 /step] The actual amount of time is this setting x 2 sec. For example, if you set "2" the line will remain open for 4 sec. Access Point This is the number of the dial-up access point for Cumin-M. If no setting is 163 done for this SP code, then a preset value (determined by the country Default: 0 Allowed: Up to 16 alphanumeric characters 164 Line Connecting This SP sets the connection conditions for the customer. This setting dedicates the line to Cumin-M only, or sets the line for sharing between Cumin-M and a fax unit. [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 /step] 0: Sharing Fax 1: No Sharing Fax
selected) is used.
If this setting is changed, the copier must be cycled off and on. SP5816 187 determines whether the off-hook button can be used to interrupt a Cumin-M transmission in progress to open the line for fax transaction.
SM
5-283
Copy Service Mode 173 Modem Serial Number This SP displays the serial number registered for the Cumin-M.
Retransmission Limit Normally, it is best to allow unlimited time for certification and ID2 update requests, and for the notification that the certification has been completed. 174 However, Cumin-M generates charges based on transmission time for the customer, so a limit is placed upon the time allowed for these transactions. If these transactions cannot be completed within the allowed time, do this SP to cancel the time restriction. FAX TX Priority -
This SP determines whether pushing the off-hook button will interrupt a 187 Cumin-M transmission in progress to open the line for fax transaction. This SP can be used only if SP5816 164 is set to "0". [0 or 1/ 0 / - ] 0: Disable, 1: Enable 200 Manual Polling Regist: Status Displays a number that indicates the status of the NRS service device. 0: Neither the NRS device nor Cumin device are set. 1: The Cumin device is being set. Only Box registration is completed. In this 201 status the Basil unit cannot answer a polling request. 2: The Cumin device is set. In this status the Basil unit cannot answer a polling request. 3: The NRS device is being set. In this status the Cumin device cannot be set. 4: The NRS module has not started. Allows entry of the number of the request needed for the Cumin device. Executes the inquiry request to the NRS GW URL. Executes the manual polling.
202 Letter Number
203 Confirm Execute 204 Confirm Result
Displays a number that indicates the result of the inquiry executed with
B222/B224
5-284
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode SP5816 203. 0: Succeeded 1: Inquiry number error 2: Registration in progress 3: Proxy error (proxy enabled) 4: Proxy error (proxy disabled) 5: Proxy error (Illegal user name or password) 6: Communication error 7: Certification update error 8: Other error 9: Inquiry executing Confirm Place 205 Displays the result of the notification sent to the device from the GW URL in answer to the inquiry request. Displayed only when the result is registered at the GW URL. 206 Register Execute Register Result Displays a number that indicates the registration result. 0: Succeeded 2: Registration in progress 3: Proxy error (proxy enabled) 207 4: Proxy error (proxy disabled) 5: Proxy error (Illegal user name or password) 6: Communication error 7: Certification update error 8: Other error 9: Registration executing 208 Error Code Displays a number that describes the error code that was issued when either SP5816-204 or SP5816-207 was executed. Cause Code Meaning
Executes Cumin Registration.
SM
5-285
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode -11001 Illegal Modem Parameter -11002 -11003 Chat execution error Unexpected error Inquiry, registration attempted without acquiring device status. Attempted registration without execution -12003 of an inquiry and no previous registration. Attempted setting with illegal entries for certification and ID2. Attempted dial up overseas without the -2385 correct international prefix for the telephone number. -2387 -2389 -2390 Error Caused by Response from GW URL -2393 -2394 -2395 -2396 -2397 -2398 209 @Remote Setting Clear Basil not managed Device not managed Box ID for Basil is illegal Device ID for Basil is illegal Incorrect ID2 format Incorrect request number format -2391 -2392 Not supported at the Service Center Database out of service Program out of service Two registrations for same device Parameter error Chat parameter error
-12002
Operation Error, Incorrect Setting
-12004
Releases the machine from its Cumin setup.
B222/B224
5-286
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 250 CommLog Print Prints the communication log.
5821
[Remote Service Address] Sets the PI device code. After you change 001 CSS-PI Device Code this setting, you must turn the machine off and on. *CTL [0 to 4 / 0 / 1 /step] Sets the IP address of the RCG (Remote 002 RCG IP Address Communication Gate) destination for call processing at the remote service center.
[NV-RAM Data Upload] 5824 Uploads the UP and SP mode data (except for counters and the serial number) from the NVRAM to an SD card. For details, see 5.6.6 "NVRAM Data Upload/Download"" in this section. 5824 1 NV-RAM Data Upload # Service Tables
[NV-RAM Data Download] 5825 Downloads the UP and SP mode data from an SD card to the NVRAM. For details, see 5.6.6 "NVRAM Data Upload/Download"" in this section. 5825 1 NV-RAM Download # -
5828
[Network Setting]
*CTL Enables or disables 1284 Compatibility. [0 or 1 / 1 / 1 / step] 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled Enables or disables ECP Compatibility.
050
1284 Compatibility (Centro)
052 ECP (Centro)
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1 / step] 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
SM
5-287
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
This SP is activated only when SP5-828-50 is set to "1". Enables/disables Job Spooling. 065 Job Spooling [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled Treatment of the job when a spooled job exists at 066 Job Spooling Clear: Start Time power on. 0: ON (Data is cleared) 1: OFF (Automatically printed) Validates or invalidates the job spooling function for each protocol. 0: Validates 1: Invalidates bit0: LPR 069 Job Spooling (Protocol) bit1: FTP bit2: IPP bit3: SMB bit4: BMLinkS bit5: DIPRINT bit6: sftp bit7: (Reserved) Enables or disables the Telnet protocol. 090 TELNET (0: OFF 1: ON) [0 or 1 / 1 / ] 0: Disable, 1: Enable Enables or disables the Web operation. 091 Web (0: OFF 1: ON) [0 or 1 / 1 / ] 0: Disable, 1: Enable This is the IPv6 local address link referenced on 145 Active IPv6 Link Local Address the Ethernet or wireless LAN (802.11b) in the format: "Link Local Address" + "Prefix Length"
B222/B224
5-288
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode The IPv6 address consists of a total 128 bits configured in 8 blocks of 16 bits each. Active IPv6 Stateless Address 1 Active IPv6 Stateless Address 2 Active IPv6 Stateless Address 3 Active IPv6 Stateless Address 4 Active IPv6 Stateless Address 5 This SP is the IPv6 manually set address referenced on the Ethernet or wireless LAN 156 IPv6 Manual Address (802.11b) in the format: "Manual Set Address" + "Prefix Length" The IPv6 address consists of a total 128 bits configured in 8 blocks of 16 bits each. This SP is the IPv6 gateway address referenced 158 IPv6 Gateway Address on the Ethernet or wireless LAN (802.11b). The IPv6 address consists of a total 128 bits configured in 8 blocks of 16 bits each. 160 Action Mode (IPv6) Enables or disables the automatic setting for IPv6 161 IPv6 Stateless Auto Setting stateless. [0 or 1 / 1 / 1 /step] 0: Disable, 1: Enable
Service Tables
147
149
These SPs are the IPv6 status addresses (1 to 5) referenced on the Ethernet or wireless LAN (802.11b) in the format: "Status Address" + "Prefix Length" The IPv6 address consists of a total 128 bits
151
153
configured in 8 blocks of 16 bits each.
155
SM
5-289
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
5832
[HDD] HDD Initialization 001 HDD Formatting (ALL) 002 HDD Formatting (IMH) HDD Formatting (Thumbnail) HDD Formatting (Job Log) HDD Formatting (Printer Fonts)
*CTL -
003
004
005
Initializes the hard disk. Use this SP mode only if 006 HDD Formatting (User Info) there is a hard disk error.
007 Mail RX Data 008 Mail TX Data HDD Formatting (Data for a Design)
009
010 HDD Formatting (Log) HDD Formatting (Ridoc I/F)
011
B222/B224
5-290
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
5836
[Capture Settings]
*CTL 0: Disable, 1: Enable
Capture Function (0:Off 1:On) 001
With this function disabled, the settings related to the capture feature cannot be initialized, displayed, or selected. Panel Setting 0: Displayed, 1: Not displayed
002 Displays or does not display the capture function buttons. 5836-71 to 5836-78, Copier and Printer Document Reduction The following 6 SP modes set the default reduction for stored documents sent to the document management server via the MLB. Enabled only when optional MLB (Media Link Board) is installed. 071 Reduction for Copy Color 072 Reduction for Copy B&W Text 073 Reduction for Copy B&W Other 074 Reduction for Printer Color 075 Reduction for Printer B&W 076 Reduction for Printer B&W HQ 0: 1to-1, 1: 1/2, 2: 1/3, 3: 1/4 0: 1to-1, 1: 1/2, 2: 1/3, 3: 1/4 0: 1to-1, 1: 1/2, 2: 1/3, 3: 1/4
0: 1to-1, 1: 1/2, 2: 1/3, 3: 1/4 0: 1to-1, 1: 1/2, 2: 1/3, 3: 1/4 0: 1to-1, 1: 1/2, 2: 1/3, 3: 1/4
077 Reduction for Printer Color 1200 1: 1/2, 3: 1/4, 4: 1/6, 5: 1/8 (2: skipped) 078 Reduction for Printer B&W 1200 1: 1/2, 3: 1/4, 4: 1/6, 5: 1/8 (2: skipped)
SM
5-291
Copy Service Mode
5836-81 to 5836-86, Stored document format The following 6 SP modes set Sets the default format for stored documents sent to the document management server via the MLB. Enabled only when optional MLB (Media Link Board) is installed. 0: JFIF/JPEG, 1: TIFF/MMR, 081 Format for Copy Color 2: TIFF/MH, 3: TIFF/MR
This SP is not used in this model. 0: JFIF/JPEG, 1: TIFF/MMR, 2: TIFF/MH, 3: TIFF/MR 0: JFIF/JPEG, 1: TIFF/MMR, 2: TIFF/MH, 3: TIFF/MR 0: JFIF/JPEG, 1: TIFF/MMR, 084 Format for Printer Color 2: TIFF/MH, 3: TIFF/MR
082 Format for Copy B&W Text
083 Format Copy B&W Other
This SP is not used in this model. 0: JFIF/JPEG, 1: TIFF/MMR, 2: TIFF/MH, 3: TIFF/MR 0: JFIF/JPEG, 1: TIFF/MMR, 2: TIFF/MH, 3: TIFF/MR [5 to 95 / 50 / 1 /step]
085 Format for Printer B&W
086 Format for Printer B&W HQ
Default for JPEG
091 Sets the JPEG format default for documents sent to the document management server via the MLB with JPEG selected as the format. Enabled only when optional MLB (Media Link Board) is installed.
B222/B224
5-292
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
5839
[IEEE1394]
*CTL Turns the cycle master function on/off.
007 Cycle Master
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1 /step] 0: OFF 1: ON Selects either Standard, 'IRM Color Copy', or 'Always Effective'. Turns the IRM 1394a check on/off. [0 or 1 / 0 / - ]
008 BCR mode
009 IRM 1394a Check
0: OFF 1: ON If the IRM is not defined as 1394a standard, its node is used as IRM. [0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
010 Unique ID
0: OFF 1: ON Prevents initiators from logging on or makes initiators log off. [0 or 1 / 1 / - ]

Service Tables
011 Logout
0: OFF (Prevents the initiators, having already logged on, to log on if they try to log on.) 1: ON (Makes initiators, having already logged on, to log off if they try to log on.) Allows/disallows an initiator to exclusively log on.
012 Login
[0 or 1 / 0 / - ] 0: OFF (Disallows) 1: ON (Allows) Specifies the maximum initiators able to log on. [0 to 63 / 8 / 1 /step]
013 Login MAX
SM
5-293
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
5840
[IEEE 802.11b] [1 to 11 or 13 / 11 or 13 / 1 /step] Channel Max *CTL Europe/Asia: 1 to 13 NA/ Asia: 1 to 11 Sets the maximum number of channels available for data transmission via the 006 wireless LAN. The number of channels available varies according to location. The default settings are set for the maximum end of the range for each area. Adjust the upper 4 bits to set the maximum number of channels. DFU Do not change the setting. [1 to 11 or 13 / 1 / 1 /step] Channel Min *CTL Europe: 1 to 13 NA/ Asia: 1 to 11 Sets the minimum number of channels available for data transmission via the 007 wireless LAN. The number of channels available varies according to location. The default settings are set for the minimum end of the range for each area. Adjust the lower 4 bits to set the minimum number of channels. DFU Do not change the setting. Selects the WEP key. [00 to 11 / 00 / 1 binary] 011 WEP key Select *CTL 00: Key #1 01: Key #2 (Reserved) 10: Key #3 (Reserved) 11: Key #4 (Reserved)
B222/B224
5-294
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
5841
[Supply Name Setting] Toner Name Setting: Black Toner Name Setting: Cyan Toner Name Setting: Yellow Toner Name Setting: Magenta Specifies supply names. These appear on 007 OrgStamp 011 Staple Std1 012 Staple Std2 013 Staple Std3
001
002
003
004
*CTL the screen when the user presses the Inquiry button in the user tools screen.
014 Staple Std4 021 Staple Bind 1 022 Staple Bind 2 023 Staple Bind 3
SM
Copy Service Mode
5842
[GWWS Analysis Mode] DFU Default: 00000000 do not change 001 Setting 1 *CTL Netfiles: Jobs to be printed from the document server using a PC and the DeskTopBinder software Adjusts the debug program modesetting. Bit7: 5682 mmseg-log setting 002 Setting 2 *CTL 0: Date/Hour/Minute/Second 1: Minute/Second/Msec. 0 to 6: Not used
5844
[USB] 0x01: Full speed 0x04: Auto Change
Transfer Rate 001
*CTL
Adjusts the USB transfer rate. 002 Vendor ID 003 Product ID *CTL Displays the vendor ID. DFU *CTL Displays the product ID. DFU Displays the development release version number. DFU
004 Device Release Number *CTL
B222/B224
5-296
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Delivery Server 5845 Setting]
*CTL
Provides items for delivery server settings. FTP Port No. 001 Sets the FTP port number used when image files to the Scan Router Server. IP Address (Primary) 002 Range: 000.000.000.000 to 255.255.255.255 [0 to 65535 / 3670 / 1 /step]
Use this SP to set the Scan Router Server address. The IP address under the transfer tab can be referenced by the initial system setting. Delivery Error Display Time [0 to 999 / 300 / 1 second /step]
006 Use this setting to determine the length of time the prompt message is displayed when a test error occurs during document transfer with the NetFile application and an external device. IP Address (Secondary) Range: 000.000.000.000 to 255.255.255.255
Service Tables
008 Specifies the IP address assigned to the computer designated to function as the secondary delivery server of Scan Router. This SP allows only the setting of the IP address without reference to the DNS setting. Delivery Server Model [0 to 4/ 0 / 1 /step]
Allows changing the model of the delivery server registered by the I/O device. 0: Unknown 009 1: SG1 Provided 2: SG1 Package 3: SG2 Provided 4: SG2 Package
SM
5-297
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
010 Delivery Svr Capability
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1 /step]
Bit7 = 1 Comment information exits Bit6 = 1 Direct specification of mail address possible Bit5 = 1 Mail RX confirmation setting possible Bit4 = 1 Address book automatic update function exists Bit3 = 1 Fax RX delivery function exists Bit2 = 1 Sender password function exists Bit1 = 1 Function to link MK-1 user and Sender exists Bit0 = 1 Sender specification required (if set to 1, Bit6 is set to 0) Delivery Svr Capability (Ext) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 /step] Changes the capability of the registered that the I/O device registered.
Changes the capability of the registered that the I/O device registered. 011 Bit7 = 1 Address book usage limitation (Limitation for each authorized user) Bit6 = 1 RDH authorization link Bit5 to 0: Not used Server Scheme (Primary) DFU 013 This is used for the scan router program. Server Port Number (Primary) DFU 014 This is used for the scan router program. Server URL Path (Primary) DFU 015 This is used for the scan router program. Server Scheme (Secondary) DFU 016 This is used for the scan router program.
B222/B224
5-298
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
Server Port Number (Secondary) DFU 017 This is used for the scan router program. Server URL Path (Secondary) DFU 018 This is used for the scan router program. Capture Server Scheme DFU 019 This is used for the scan router program. Capture Server Port Number DFU 020 This is used for the scan router program. Capture Server URL Path DFU 021 This is used for the scan router program.
SM
5-299
B222/B224
Service Tables
Copy Service Mode
5846
[UCS Settings]
*CTL
Displays ID
Machine ID (For Delivery Server)
Displays the unique device ID in use by the delivery server directory. The 001 value is only displayed and cannot be changed. This ID is created from the NIC MAC or IEEE 1394 EUI. The ID is displayed as either 6-byle or 8-byte binary. Machine ID Clear (For Delivery Server) Clears ID
Clears the unique ID of the device used as the name in the file transfer 002 directory. Execute this SP if the connection of the device to the delivery server is unstable. After clearing the ID, the ID will be established again automatically by cycling the machine off and on. Maximum Entries [2000 to 20000/ 2000 /1 /step]
003 Changes the maximum number of entries that UCS can handle. If a value smaller than the present value is set, the UCS managed data is cleared, and the data (excluding user code information) is displayed. Delivery Server Retry Timer 006 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 /step]
Sets the interval for retry attempts when the delivery server fails to acquire the delivery server address book. Delivery Server Retry Times [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 /step]
007
Sets the number of retry attempts when the delivery server fails to acquire the delivery server address book. [2000 to 50000 / 2000 / 1/step]
Delivery Server Maximum Entries 008
Sets the maximum number account entries of the delivery server user information managed by UCS.
B222/B224
5-300
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
LDAP Search Timeout 010
[1 to 255 / 60 / 1 /step]
Sets the length of the timeout for the search of the LDAP server. Addr Book Migration (SD => HDD) 040 Not used in this machine. Fill Addr Acl Info. This SP must be executed immediately after installation of an HDD unit in a basic machine that previously had no HDD. The first time the machine is powered on with the new HDD installed, the system automatically takes the address book from the NVRAM and writes it onto the new HDD. However, the new address book on the HDD can be accessed only by the system administrator at this stage. Executing this SP by the service technician immediately after power on grants full address book access to all users. 041 Procedure 1. Turn the machine off. 2. Install the new HDD.
Service Tables
3. Turn the machine on. 4. The address book and its initial data are created on the HDD automatically. 5. However, at this point the address book can be accessed by only the system administrator or key operator. 6. Enter the SP mode and do SP5846 041. After this SP executes successfully, any user can access the address book. Clears the local address book information, including the user code. Clears the distribution address book information, except the user code. Clears the LDAP address book information, except the user code.
047 Initialize Local Addr Book
048 Initialize Delivery Addr Book
049 Initialize LDAP Addr Book
SM
5-301
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
050 Initialize All Addr Book
Clears all directory information managed by UCS, including all user codes. Uploads all directory information to the SD card. Downloads all directory information from the SD card. Deletes the address book data from the SD card in the service slot. Deletes only the files that were uploaded from this machine. This feature does not work if the card is
051 Backup All Addr Book
052 Restore All Addr Book
053 Clear Backup Info
write-protected.
After you do this SP, go out of the SP mode, and then turn the power off. Do not remove the SD card until the Power LED stops flashing. Search Option This SP uses bit switches to set up the fuzzy search options for the UCS local address book. Bit: Meaning 060 0: Checks both upper/lower case characters 1: Japan Only 2: Japan Only 3: Japan Only 4 to 7: Not Used Complexity Option 1 Use this SP to set the conditions for password entry to access the local 062 address book. Specifically, this SP limits the password entry to upper case and sets the length of the password. [0 to 32 / 0 / 1 /step]
B222/B224
5-302
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
This SP does not normally require adjustment. This SP is enabled only after the system administrator has set up a group password policy to control access to the address book. 063 Complexity Option 2 DFU 064 Complexity Option 3 DFU 065 Complexity Option 4 DFU Specifies the FTP port for getting a 091 FTP Auth Port Setting distribution server address book that is used in the identification mode. [0 to 65535 / 3671 / 1 /step] Shows the status of the encryption function for the address book data.
094 Encryption Stat
[Rep Resolution Reduction]
*CTL
Service Tables
5847 1 through 5847 8 changes the default settings of image data transferred externally by the Net File page reference function. [ 0 to 5 / 2 / 1 /step] 5847 5847 21 sets the default for JPEG image quality of image files handled by NetFile. Net files are jobs to be printed from the document server using a PC and the DeskTopBinder software. 001 Rate for Copy Color 002 Rate for Copy B&W Text 003 Rate for Copy B&W Other 004 Rate for Printer Color 005 Rate for Printer B&W 0: 1x 2:1/3x
2:1/3x 0:1x
SM
5-303
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
Network Quality Default for JPEG Sets the default value for the quality of JPEG images sent as NetFile pages. 021 This function is available only with the MLB (Media Link Board) option installed. [5 to 95 / 50 / 1 /step]
[Web Service]
*CTL
5848 2 sets the 4-bit switch assignment for the access control setting. Setting 5848 of 0001 has no effect on access and delivery from Scan Router. 5848 100 sets the maximum size allowed for downloaded images. The default is equal to 1 gigabyte. ACC Ctrl: Netfile Protocol (Lower 4 bits only) 0000: No access control 0001: Denies access to DeskTop Binder. Access and deliveries from Scan Router have no effect on capture. 0000: No access control 0001: Denies access to DeskTop Binder. 0010: No writing control
001
Bit switch settings.
002
Access Ctrl: Repository (only Lower 4 bits)
003
Access Control: Doc. Svr. Print (Lower 4 bits) Access Control: User Directory (only Lower 4 bits) Access Cntl: For Cherry(only lower 4bits) Access Ctrl: Comm. Log Fax (Lower 4 bits) Switches access control on and off. 0000: No access control
004
005
0001: Denies access to DeskTop Binder.
007
B222/B224
5-304
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
009
Access Ctrl: Job Ctrl (Lower 4 bits) Access Ctrl: Device management (Lower 4 bits) Access Ctrl: Delivery (Lower 4 bits) Access Ctrl: uAdministration (Lower 4bits) Specifies the max size of the image data that the machine can download. [1 to 1024 / 1024 / 1 MB /step]
011
021
022
100
Repository: Download Image Max. Size
210 Setting: LogType: Job1 211 Setting: LogType: Job2 212 Setting: LogType: Access 213 Setting: Primary Srv NIA 214 Setting: Secondary Srv 215 Setting: Start Time 216 Setting: Interval Time 217 Setting: Timing
SM
5-305
Copy Service Mode
5849
[Installation Date]
*CTL
5849 1 Display
The Counter Clear Day has been changed to Installation Date or Inst. Date. Determines whether the installation date is printed on the printout for the total counter.
5849 2 Switch to Print
[0 or 1 / 1 / - ] 0: OFF (No Print) 1: ON (Print)
5850
[Address Book Function]
*CTL
Replacement of Circuit Classification Japan Only 003 The machine is sold ready to use with a G3 line. This SP allows you to switch all at once to convert to G4 after you add a G4 line. Conversely, if for some reason the G4 line becomes unusable, you can easily switch back to G3.
[Bluetooth Mode] 5851 Sets the operation mode for the Bluetooth Unit. Press either key. [0:Public] [1: Private]
[Stamp Data Download] Use this SP to download the fixed stamp data stored in the firmware of the ROM and copy it to the HDD. This SP can be executed as many times as 5853 required. This SP must be executed after replacing or formatting the hard disks.
This SP can be executed only with the hard disks installed.
B222/B224
5-306
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Remote ROM Update] 5856 Allows the technician to upgrade the firmware using a local port (IEEE1284) when updating the remote ROM. [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step] 002 Local Port *CTL 0: Disable 1: Enable
5857
[Save Debug Log] On/Off (1:ON 0:OFF)
*CTL
0: OFF, 1: ON
5857 1
Switches the debug log feature on and off. The debug log cannot be captured until this feature is switched on. Target (2: HDD 3: SD) 2: HDD, 3: SD Card
5857 2 Selects the storage device to save debug logs information when the conditions set with SP5-858 are satisfied.
[ 2 to 3 / 2 / 1 /step] Save to HDD Saves the debug log of the input SC number in memory to the HDD. 005 A unique file name is generated to avoid overwriting existing file names on the SD Card. Up to 4MB can be copied to an SD Card. 4 MB segments can be copied one by one to each SD Card. Save to SD Card 006 Saves the debug log of the input SC number in memory to the SD card. 009 Copy HDD to SD Card (Latest 4 MB) 010 Copy HDD to SD Card (Latest 4 MB Any Key) 011 Erase HDD Debug Data
SM
Copy Service Mode
012 Erase SD Card Debug Data 013 Free Space on SD Card 014 Copy SD to SD (Latest 4 MB) 015 Copy SD to SD (Latest 4 MB Any Key) 016 Make HDD Debug 017 Make SD Debug
[Debug Save When]
*CTL
These SPs select the content of the debugging information to be saved to the 5858 destination selected by SP5857-002. SP5858-3 stores one SC specified by number. Refer to Section 4 for a list of SC error codes. Turns on/off the debug save for SC codes 001 Engine SC Error generated by copier engine errors. [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/ step] 0: OFF, 1: ON Turns on/off the debug save for SC codes 002 Controller SC Error generated by GW controller errors. [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/ step] 0: OFF, 1: ON 003 Any SC Error [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 /step] Turns on/off the debug save for jam errors. 004 Jam [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/ step] 0: OFF, 1: ON
B222/B224
5-308
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
5859
[Debug Save Key No.]
*CTL -
001 Key 1 002 Key 2 003 Key 3 004 Key 4 These SPs allow you to set up to 10 keys for log 005 Key 5 006 Key 6 007 Key 7 008 Key 8 009 Key 9 010 Key 10 files for functions that use common memory on the controller board. [9999999 to 9999999 / 0 / ]
020 Partial Mail Receive Timeout
[1 to 168 / 72 / ]
Sets the amount of time to wait before saving a mail that breaks up during reception. The received mail is discarded if the remaining portion of the mail is not received during this prescribed time. 021 MDN Response RFC2298 Compliance [0 to 1 / 1 / ]
Determines whether RFC2298 compliance is switched on for MDN reply mail. 0: No 1: Yes
manuals4you
SM 5-309
.com
B222/B224
Service Tables
5860
[SMTP/POP3/IMAP4]
*CTL
Copy Service Mode
022 SMTP Auth. From Field Replacement
[0 to 1 / 0 / ]
Determines whether the FROM item of the mail header is switched to the validated account after the SMTP server is validated. 0: No. From item not switched. 1: Yes. From item switched. 025 SMTP Auth. Direct Setting [0 or 1 / 0 / ]
Selects the authentication method for SMPT. Bit switch: Bit 0: LOGIN Bit 1: PLAIN Bit 2: CRAM MD5 Bit 3: DIGEST MD5 Bit 4 to 7: Not used This SP is activated only when SMTP authorization is enabled by UP mode.
5866
[E-mail Alert] Not Used Enables or disables the E-mail alert
001 Report Validity
function. [0 or 1 / 0 / ] 0: Enabled, 1: Disabled Adds or does not add the date field to the
005 Add Date Field
*CTL
header of the alert mail. [0 or 1 / 0 / ] 0: Not added, 1: Added
B222/B224
5-310
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
5870
[Common Key Info Writing] Writes to flash ROM the common proof for
001 Writing
*CTL
validating the device for NRS specifications.
5873
[SD Card Appli Move] This SP copies the application programs from the
001 Move Exec
original SD card in SD card slot 3 to an SD card in SD card slot 1 or 2 (slot 1 has the priority to be copied). This SP copies back the application programs from an SD card in SD Card Slot 3 to the original SD
002 Undo Exec
card in SD card slot 1 or 2 (slot 1 has the priority to be copied). Use this menu when you have mistakenly copied some programs by using "Move Exec" (SP5873-1).
Service Tables
5875
[SC Auto Reboot] Enables or disables the automatic reboot function when an SC error occurs. [0 or 1/ 0 / ] 0: The machine reboots automatically when the machine issues an SC error and
001 Reboot Setting
*CTL
logs the SC error code. If the same SC occurs again, the machine does not reboot. 1: The machine does not reboot when an SC error occurs. The reboot is not executed for Type A or C SC codes.
SM
5-311
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
Selects the reboot method for SC. 002 Reboot Type *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / -] 0: Manual reboot, 1: Automatic reboot
5878
[Option Setup] Enables the Data Overwrite Security unit.
001 Option Setup
Press "EXECUTE" on the operation panel. Then turn the machine off and on.
5881
[Fixed Phrase Block Erasing] Deletes the fixed phrase.
001 -
[Line Speed Selection] 5883 Selects the line speed for middle thick paper. [0 or 1 / 1 / 1 /step] 001 Middle Thick *ENG 0: MID CARD: Half Speed (115 mm/sec) 1: MID CARD: Normal Speed (B222: 154, B224: 205 mm/sec)
B222/B224
5-312
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[WIM Settings] Web Image Monitor Settings 5885 Close or disclose the functions of web image monitor. 0: OFF, 1: ON Bit Meaning 0: Forbid all document server access (1) 1: Forbid user mode access (1) 020 Document Server ACC Ctrl *CTL 2: Forbid print function (1) 3: Forbid fax TX (1) 4: Forbid scan sending (1) 5: Forbid downloading (1) 6: Forbid delete (1) 7: Reserved
[Permit ROM Updating] DFU 5886 This SP determines whether the ROM can be updated.
001 -
*CTL
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: ON, 1: OFF
SM
5-313
Copy Service Mode
[Plug & Play Maker/Model Name] Plug & Play Name Selection 5907 Specifies the manufacturer and model name. These names are registered in the NVRAM. If the NVRAM becomes defective, these names should be re-registered. [0 to 11 / 0 / 1 /step ] FA 0: RICOH Aficio MP C3500 1: RICOH Aficio MP C4500 2: SAVIN C3535 3: SAVIN C4540 4: Gestetner MPC 3500/DSc535 001 Plug/Play *ENG 5: Gestetner MPC 4500/DSc545 6: NRG MP C3500 7: NRG MP C4500 8: infotec ISC3535 9: infotec ISC4540 10: LANIER MP C3500/LD435c 11: LANIER MP C4500/LD445c
5913
[Switchover Permission Time] Print Application Timer *CTL [3 to 30 / 3 / 1 second /step]
002 Sets the amount of time to elapse while the machine is in standby mode (and the operation panel keys have not been used) before another application can gain control of the display.
B222/B224
5-314
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
5967
[Copy Server Set Function]
*CTL
0: ON, 1: OFF
Enables and disables the document server. This is a security measure that prevents image data from being left in the temporary area of the HDD. After changing this setting, you must switch the main switch off and on to enable the new setting.
[Cherry Server] 5974 Specifies which version of ScanRouter, Lite or Full, is installed. [0 or 1 / 0 / ] 0: Lite 1: Full
001 Cherry Server
*CTL
[Device Setting] 5985 The NIC and USB support features are built into the GW controller. Use this SP to enable and disable these features. In order to use the NIC and USB functions built into the controller board, these SP codes must be set to "1". [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 /step] 0: Disable, 1: Enable, 2: Function limitation When the "Function limitation" is set, "On board NIC" is limited only for the NRS or LDAP/NT authentication. 001 On Board NIC
Service Tables
Other network applications than NRS or LDAP/NT authentication are not available when this SP is set to "2". Even though you can change the initial settings of those network applications, the settings do not work. [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: Disable, 1: Enable
002
On Board USB
SM
5-315
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
5987
[Counter Falsification Prevention] This SP detects that a mechanical counter device is removed. If it is detected, SC610 occurs. 001 0: OFF / 1: ON The mechanical counter is provided only for NA model.
[SP print mode] 5990 Prints out the SMC sheets. 001 All (Data List) 002 SP (Mode Data List) 003 User Program 004 Logging Data 005 Diagnostic Report 006 Non-Default 007 NIB Summary 008 Capture Log 021 Copier User Program 022 Scanner SP 023 Scanner User Program -
B222/B224
5-316
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Fusing Cont mode] Fusing Control Mode 5998 Turns the silent fusing warm-up mode on or off. [0 or 1 / 1 / - ] 001 fast/silent *ENG 0: Silent (less noise) 1: Fast (less time)
SP6-XXX (Peripherals)
6006
[ADF Adj.] ADF Adjustment Adjusts the side-to-side and leading registration of originals with the ARDF.
001 Side-to-Side Registration Leading Edge Registration *ENG
[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0 / 0.1 mm/step ]
003
[-5.0 to 5.0 / 0 / 0.1 mm/step ]
rear sides. 005 Buckle: Duplex Front *ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0 / 0.1 mm/step ] 006 Buckle: Duplex Rear Adjusts the erase margin at the original trailing edge. 007 Rear Edge Erase *ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0 / 0.1 mm/step ]
SM
5-317
B222/B224
Service Tables
Adjusts the amount of paper buckle to correct original skew for the front and
Copy Service Mode
[ADF Input Check] 6007 Displays the signals received from the sensors and switches of the ARDF. Only Bit 0 is used for ADF input check. Original Length 1 (B5 Detection Sensor) Original Length 2 (A4 Detection Sensor) Original Length 3 (LG Detection Sensor)
001
002
003
004 Original Width 1 005 Original Width 2 006 Original Width 3 007 Original Width 4 008 Orginal Width 5 009 Original Detection 010 Separation 011 Skew Correction 012 Scan Orginal 013 Registration 014 Exit 0: ADF cover close 1: ADF cover open 0: ADF close 1: ADF open 0: Paper not detected 1: Paper detected
015 Feed Cover
016 Lift Up
B222/B224
5-318
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
017 Inverter 018 Pick Up Roller HP 019 Orginal Set HP
[ADF Output Check] 6008 Activates the electrical components for functional check. It is not possible to activate more than one component at the same time. 001 Pickup Motor Forward 002 Pickup Motor Reverse 003 Feed Motor Forward 004 Feed Motor Reverse 005 Relay Motor Forward 006 Relay Motor Reverse 007 Inverter Motor Forward 008 Inverter Roller Reverse *009 Feed Clutch *010 Feed Solenoid 011 Inverter Solenoid 012 Stamp * For Future Use Pick-up Solenoid Stamp Solenoid Feed Motor Forward rotation Feed Motor-Reverse rotation Transport Motor- Forward rotation Transport Motor- Forward rotation
SM
Copy Service Mode
[ADF Free Run] 6009 Performs a DF free run in simplex, duplex mode or stamp mode. 001 Free Run Simplex Motion 002 Free Run Duplex Motion 003 Free Run Stamp Motion -
[Stamp Position Adj.] Fax Stamp Position Adjustment 6010 Adjusts the horizontal position of the stamp on the scanned originals. 6010 1 Stamp Position Adj. *ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
[Original Size Detection Priority] Original Size Detection Priority 6016 Specifies the original size for a size detected by the original sensor, since original sensors cannot recognize all sizes. [0 or 1 / 0 / - ] *ENG 0: Setting 1 1: Setting 2 Setting 1 DLT SEF 001 Original Size Detection Priority LT SEF LT LEF DLT SEF EU/ ASIA LT SEF LT LEF 16K 195 x 267 mm 16K 267 x 195 mm US EXE 8" x 10" US EXE LEF 8K 267 x 390 mm NA LG SEF Setting 2 Folio SEF 11" x 15" Foolscap SEF
B222/B224
5-320
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[DF Magnification Adj.] DF Magnification Adjustment 6017 Adjusts the magnification in the sub-scan direction for the ARDF. 001 DF Magnification Adj. *CTL [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0 / 0.1 %/step]
[Skew Correction Moving Setting] 6020 Turns the original skew correction in the ARDF for all original sizes on or off. [0 or 1 / 0 / - ] 001 *ENG 0: Off (only for small original sizes) 1: On (for all original sizes)
[Punch Position: Sub Scan] 6128 Adjusts the punching position in the sub scan direction. 001 Domestic (Japan) 2Hole 002 North America 3Hole 003 Europe 4Hole 004 North Europe 4Hole 005 North Europe 2Hole *ENG
*ENG *ENG [-7.5 to 7.5 / 0 / 0.5 mm/step]] *ENG *ENG
[Punch Position: Main Scan] 6129 Adjusts the punching position in the main scan direction. 001 Domestic (Japan) 2Hole 002 North America 3Hole 003 Europe 4Hole *ENG *ENG [-2.0 to 2.0 / 0 / 0.4 mm/step]] *ENG
SM
5-321
Copy Service Mode
004 North Europe 4Hole 005 North Europe 2Hole
*ENG *ENG
[Skew Correction: Buckle Adj.] 6130 Adjusts the paper buckle for each paper size. 001 A3T (SEF) 002 B4T (SEF) 003 A4T (SEF) 004 A4Y (LEF) 005 B5T (SEF) 006 B5Y (LEF) 007 DLT-T (SEF) 008 LG-T (SEF) 009 LT-T (SEF) 010 LT-Y (LEF) 011 12" x 18" 012 Other *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0 / 0.25 mm/step]] *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG
[Skew Correction Control] 6131 Selects the skew correction control for each paper size. These are only activated for B804/B805. 001 A3T (SEF) *ENG [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]] 0: No (No skew correction) 002 B4T (SEF) *ENG 1: Roller Stop Skew Correction 2: Roller Reverse Skew Correction
B222/B224
5-322
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
003 A4T (SEF) 004 A4Y (LEF) 005 B5T (SEF) 006 B5Y (LEF) 007 DLT-T (SEF) 008 LG-T (SEF) 009 LT-T (SEF) 010 LT-Y (LEF) 011 12" x 18" 012 Other
*ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG
SM
5-323
B222/B224
Service Tables
Copy Service Mode
[Jogger Fence Fine Adj] 6132 This SP adjusts the distance between the jogger fences and the sides of the stack on the finisher stapling tray in the (Booklet) Finisher B804/B805. The adjustment is done perpendicular to the direction of paper feed. 001 A3T (SEF) 002 B4T (SEF) 003 A4T (SEF) 004 A4Y (LEF) 005 B5T (SEF) 006 B5Y (LEF) 007 DLT-T (SEF) 008 LG-T (SEF) 009 LT-T (SEF) 010 LT-Y (LEF) 011 12" x 18" 012 Other *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG [-1.5 to 1.5 / 0 / 1/step] + Value: Increases distance between *ENG jogger fences and the sides of the stack. *ENG - Value: Decreases the distance between the jogger fences and the sides of the *ENG stack. *ENG *ENG *ENG *ENG
[Staple Position Adjustment] 6133 Adjusts the staple position for each finisher (B408/B804/B805). + Value: Moves the staple position to the rear side. - Value: Moves the staple position to the front side. Finisher (B408/B804/B805)
001
*ENG [-3.5 to 3.5 / 0 / 1/step]
B222/B224
5-324
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
6134 User SP
[Saddle Stitch Position Adjustment] Use this SP to adjust the stapling position of the booklet stapler when paper is stapled and folded in the Booklet Finisher B804.
001 A3 SEF 002 B4 SEF 003 A4 SEF 004 B5 SEF 005 DLT-T (SEF) 006 LG-T (SEF) 007 LT-T (SEF) 008 12" x 18" 009 Other
Service Tables
[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0 / 0.2 mm/step] + Value: Shifts staple position toward the crease. - Value: Shifts staple position away from the crease.
6135
[Folder Position Adj.] This SP corrects the folding position when paper is stapled and folded in the Booklet Finisher B804. [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0 / 0.2 mm/step] + Value: Shifts staple position toward the crease. - Value: Shifts staple position away from the crease.
User SP
001 A3 SEF 002 B4 SEF 003 A4 SEF 004 B5 SEF 005 DLT-T (SEF) 006 LG-T (SEF) 007 LT-T (SEF) 008 12" x 18"
SM
5-325
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode 009 Other
6136 User SP
[Folding Number] Sets the number of times that folding is done in the Booklet Finisher B804. [2 to 30 / 2 / 1 time/step]
001 -
[Finisher Free Run] 6137 These SPs are used only for B793 finisher. 001 Free Run 1 002 Free Run 2 Free run for paper edge stapling. Free run for booklet stapling. Shipping free run. Simulates standby conditions during shipping. DFU
003 Free Run 3
004 Free Run 4
6138
[FIN (TIG) INPUT Check] Finisher (B793) Input Check Displays the signals received from sensors and switches of the booklet finisher. ( 5.2.2 "Input Check Table"")
6139
[FIN (KIN) INPUT Check] Finisher (B408) Input Check Displays the signals received from sensors and switches of the booklet finisher. ( 5.2.2"Input Check Table"")
6140
[FIN (EUP) INPUT Check] Finisher (B804/B805) Input Check Displays the signals received from sensors and switches of the (booklet) finisher. ( 5.2.2"Input Check Table"")
B222/B224
5-326
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
6143
[FIN (TIG) OUPUT Check] Finisher (B793) Output Check Displays the signals received from sensors and switches of the booklet finisher. ( 5.2.3 "Output Check Table"")
6144
[FIN (KIN) OUPUT Check] Finisher (B408) Output Check Displays the signals received from sensors and switches of the booklet finisher. ( 5.2.3"Output Check Table"")
6145
[FIN (EUP) OUPUT Check] Finisher (B804/B805) Output Check Displays the signals received from sensors and switches of the (booklet) finisher. ( 5.2.3"Output Check Table"")
6147
[FIN (JAK) OUPUT Check] Not used in this machine.

6148
[Jogger Fine Adj] *ENG Fine Adjust Output Jogger Unit Fences This SP corrects the distance between the jogger fences and the sides of the stack when the output jogger unit attached to the side of the machine jogs sheets as they exit the finisher. + Value:
001 A3T (SEF) 002 B4T (SEF) 003 A4T (SEF) 004 A4Y LEF) 005 B5Y (LEF) 006 A5Y (LEF) 007 DLT-T (SEF) 008 LG-T (SEF) 009 LT-T (SEF)
Increases distance between jogger fences and the sides of the stack. - Value: Decreases the distance between the jogger fences and the sides of the stack. [-1.5 to 1.5 / 0 / 0.5 mm/step]
SM
5-327
Copy Service Mode 010 LT-Y (LEF) 011 HLT-Y (LEF) 012 Other
[Max. Pre-Stack Sheet] 6149
*ENG Number of Pre-Stack Sheets
This SP sets the number of sheets sent to the pre-stack tray. Note: You may need to adjust this setting or switch it off when feeding thick or slick paper.
001 -
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1 sheet/step]
SP7-XXX (Data Log)
[Total SC Counter] 7401 Displays the number of SC codes detected. 7401 1 SC Counter *CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step ]
[SC History] 7403 Logs the SC codes detected. The 10 most recently detected SC Codes are not displayed on the screen, but can be seen on the SMC (logging) outputs. 7403 1 Latest 7403 2 Latest 1 7403 3 Latest 2 7403 4 Latest 3 7403 5 Latest 4 *CTL -
B222/B224
5-328
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 7403 6 Latest 5 7403 7 Latest 6 7403 8 Latest 7 7403 9 Latest 8 7403 10 Latest 9
[Total Paper Jam Counter] 7502 Displays the total number of jams detected. * CTL
7502 1 Total Jam
[0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 sheet/step ]
[Total Original Jam Counter] 7503 Displays the total number of original jams. 7503 1 Original Jam counter *CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 original/step ]
[Paper Jam Location] ON: On check, OFF: Off Check 7504 Displays the number of jams according to the location where jams were detected. NOTE: The LCT is counted as the 3rd feed station. 7504 1 At Power On 7504 3 Tray 1: ON 7504 4 Tray 2: ON 7504 5 Tray 3: ON 7504 6 Tray 4: ON 7504 8 Bypass: ON *CTL For details, see the "p.4-108 "Jam *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL Detection"" in the Troubleshooting (section 4)".
SM
5-329
B222/B224
Service Tables
Copy Service Mode 7504 9 Duplex: ON *CTL
7504 11 Vertical Transport 1: ON *CTL 7504 12 Vertical Transport 2: ON *CTL 7504 13 Bank Transport 1 7504 17 Registration: ON *7504 18 Fusing Entrance: ON 7504 19 Fusing Exit: ON 7504 20 Paper Exit: ON 7504 21 Relay Exit: ON 7504 22 Relay Transport : ON 7504 24 Junction Gate Feed: ON *CTL 7504 25 Duplex Exit: ON 7504 26 Duplex Reverse: ON 7504 27 Duplex Entrance: ON 7504 28 1 Bin Exit Sensor 7504 51 SEF Sensor 1 7504 52 SEF Sensor 2 7504 53 Bank SEF Sensor 1 7504 54 Bank SEF Sensor 2 7504 57 Regist Sensor *7504 59 Fusing Exit Sensor 7504 60 Exit Sensor 7504 61 Relay Exit Sensor *For Future Use *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL
B222/B224
5-330
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
7504 62 Relay Sensor Junction Gate Feed:OFF
*CTL
7504 64
*CTL
7504 65 Duplex Exit Sensor Duplex Entrance Sensor
7504 66
*CTL
*7504 68 1-Bin Exit: ON 7504 100 Finisher Entrance
*CTL *CTL
7504 101 Finisher Shift Tray Exit *CTL 7504 102 Finisher Staple 7504 103 Finisher Exit 7504 104 Finisher Drive Motor Finisher Tray Lift Motor *CTL *CTL *CTL
7504 106 Finisher Jogger Motor 7504 107 Finisher Shift Motor 7504 108 Finisher Staple Motor 7504 109 Finisher Exit Motor *7504 130 Finisher Entrance
*CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL
*7504 131 Finisher Proof Exit
*7504 132 Finisher Shift Tray Exit *CTL *7504 133 Finisher Staple Exit *7504 134 Finisher Exit *For Future Use *CTL *CTL
SM
5-331
B222/B224
Service Tables
7504 105
*CTL
Copy Service Mode
*7504 135 Finisher Folding *7504 136 Finisher Folding Exit *7504 137 Finisher Guide Motor Finisher Staple Moving Motor
*CTL *CTL *CTL
*7504 138
*CTL
7504 139 Finisher Punch Motor Finisher Tray Lift Motor
*CTL
*7504 140
*CTL
*7504 141 Finisher Jogger Motor Finisher Shift Roller Motor Finisher Folding Plate Motor
*CTL
*7504 142
*CTL
*7504 143
*CTL
7504 144 Finisher Staple Motor *7504 145 Finisher Exit Motor Finisher Stack 1 Release Motor Finisher Stack 2 Release Motor Finisher Stopper Motor
*CTL *CTL
*7504 146
*CTL
*7504 147
*CTL
*7504 148
*CTL
*7504 160 Finisher Entrance: ON *CTL Finisher Entrance: OFF
*7504 161
*CTL
*For Future Use
B222/B224
5-332
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
*7504 162 Finisher Stack Exit *7504 163 Finisher Staple
*CTL *CTL
*7504 164 Finisher Staple Cancel *CTL *7504 165 Finisher Jogger Motor Finisher Pickup Lift Motor *CTL
*7504 166
*CTL
*7504 167 Finisher Staple Slide *7504 168 Finisher Stack Tray Finisher Belt Lift Solenoid Finisher Exit No Response Finisher Communication Error
*CTL *CTL
*7504 169
*CTL
7504 230
*CTL
7504 231
*CTL
Service Tables
*For Future Use
[Original Jam Detection] 7505 Displays the total number of original jams by location. 7505 1 At Power On 7505 3 Separation : ON 7505 4 Skew Correction: ON 7505 5 Reading Entrance: ON 7505 6 Registration: ON 7505 7 Read Exit Sensor : ON 7505 8 Paper Exit: ON *CTL -
SM
5-333
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 7505 53 Separation OFF 7505 54 Skew Correction: OFF 7505 55 Reading Entrance: OFF 7505 56 Registration: OFF 7505 57 Reading Exit Sensor: OFF 7505 58 Paper Exit: OFF
[Jam Count by Paper Size] 7506 Displays the number of jams according to the paper size. 7506 5 A4 LEF 7506 6 A5 LEF 7506 14 B5 LEF 7506 38 LT LEF 7506 44 HLT LEF 7506 132 A3 SEF 7506 133 A4 SEF 7506 134 A5 SEF 7506 141 B4 SEF 7506 142 B5 SEF 7506 160 DLT SEF 7506 164 LG SEF 7506 166 LT SEF 7506 172 HLT SEF 7506 255 Others *CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 sheet/step ]
B222/B224
5-334
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[Plotter Jam History] 7507 Displays the 10 most recently detected paper jams. 7507 1 Latest 7507 2 Latest 1 7507 3 Latest 2 7507 4 Latest 3 7507 5 Latest 4 *CTL 7507 6 Latest 5 7507 7 Latest 6 7507 8 Latest 7 7507 9 Latest 8 7507 10 Latest 9
Service Tables
[Original Jam History] 7508 Displays the 10 most recently detected original jams. 7508 1 Latest 7508 2 Latest-1 7508 3 Latest-2 7508 4 Latest-3 7508 5 Latest-4 7508 6 Latest-5 7508 7 Latest-6 7508 8 Latest-7 *CTL -
SM
5-335
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode 7508 9 Latest-8 7508 10 Latest-9
7801
[ROM No./Firmware Version] Displays all versions and ROM numbers in SP7-910 and SP7-911.
7801 255 Engine
7803
[PM Counter Display] (Page, Unit, [Color]) Displays the number of sheets printed for each current maintenance unit. PM counters click up based on the number of A4 (LT) LEF size sheets printed. Therefore, the A3 (DLT) Double Count is activated. The Double Count cannot be deactivated. When a unit is replaced, the machine automatically detects that the new unit is installed. Then, the current PM counter value is automatically moved to the PM Counter - Previous (SP7-906-1 to 10) and is reset to 0. The total number of sheets printed with the last unit replaced can be checked with SP7-906-1 to 10. NOTE: The LCT is counted as the 3rd feed station.
7803 1 Paper 7803 2 Page: PCU: Bk 7803 3 Page: PCU: M 7803 4 Page: PCU: C 7803 5 Page: PCU: Y Page: Development Unit: Bk Page: Development Unit: M
*ENG [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 page/step ]
7803 6
7803 7
B222/B224
5-336
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 7803 8 Page: Development Unit: C Page: Development Unit: Y
7803 9
7803 10 Page: Developer: Bk 7803 11 Page: Developer: M 7803 12 Page: Developer: C 7803 13 Page: Developer: Y 7803 14 Page: Image Transfer 7803 15 Page: Cleaning Unit 7803 16 Page: Fusing Unit Page: Paper Transfer Unit Page: Toner Collection Bottle Displays the number of revolutions of motors or clutches for each current maintenance unit. [ 0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 revolution/step ] When a unit is replaced, the machine automatically detects that the new unit is installed. Then, the current PM counter value is automatically moved to the PM Counter - Previous (SP7-906-11 to 20) and is reset to 0. The total number of revolutions made with the last unit replaced can be checked with SP7-906-11 to 20.
Service Tables
7803 17
7803 18
SM
5-337
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
7803 31 Rotation: PCU: Bk 7803 32 Rotation: PCU: M 7803 33 Rotation: PCU: C 7803 34 Rotation: PCU: Y Rotation: Development Unit: Bk Rotation: Development Unit: M Rotation: Development Unit: C Rotation: Development Unit: Y *ENG [0 to 999999999 / - / 1 mm/step ]
7803 35
7803 36
7803 37
7803 38
7803 39 Rotation: Developer: Bk 7803 40 Rotation: Developer: M 7803 41 Rotation: Developer: C 7803 42 Rotation: Developer: Y Rotation: Image Transfer Belt
7803 43
7803 44 Rotation: Cleaning Unit 7803 45 Rotation: Fusing Unit Rotation: Paper Transfer Unit
7803 46
B222/B224
5-338
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
7803 47
Measurement: Toner Collection bottle Displays the value given by the following formula: (Current revolution Target revolution) 100. This shows how much of the units expected lifetime has been used up. The Rotation% counter is based on rotations, not prints. If the number of rotations reaches the limit, the machine enters the end condition for that unit. If the print count lifetime is reached first, the machine also enters the end condition, even though the R% counter is still less than 100%.
7803 61 Rotation (%): PCU: Bk 7803 62 Rotation (%): PCU: M 7803 63 Rotation (%): PCU: C 7803 64 Rotation (%): PCU: Y Rotation (%): Development Unit: Bk Rotation (%): Development Unit: M Rotation (%): Development Unit: C Rotation (%): Development Unit: Y Rotation (%): Developer: Bk Rotation (%): Developer: M Rotation (%): Developer: C
*ENG [0 to 255 / - / 1 %/step]
7803 65
7803 66
7803 67
7803 68
7803 69
7803 70
7803 71
7803 72 Rotation (%):
SM
5-339
B222/B224
Service Tables
Copy Service Mode Developer: Y Rotation (%): Image Transfer Rotation (%): Cleaning Unit Rotation (%): Fusing Unit Rotation (%): Paper Transfer Unit
7803 73
7803 74
7803 75
7803 76
B222/B224
5-340
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
7803 77
Measurement (%): Toner Collection bottle Displays the value given by the following formula: (Current printouts Target printouts) 100. This shows how much of the units expected lifetime has been used up. The Page% counter is based on printouts, not revolutions. If the number of printouts reaches the limit, the machine enters the end condition for that unit. If the revolution count lifetime is reached first, the machine also enters the end condition, even though the Page% counter is still less than 100%.
7803 91 Page (%): PCU: Bk 7803 92 Page (%): PCU: M 7803 93 Page (%): PCU: C 7803 94 Page (%): PCU: Y Page (%): Development Unit: Bk Page (%): Development Unit: M Page (%): Development Unit: C Page (%): Development Unit: Y Page (%): Developer: Bk *ENG [0 to 255 / - / 1 %/step]
7803 95
7803 96
7803 97
7803 98
7803 99
7803 100 Page (%): Developer: M 7803 101 Page (%): Developer: C 7803 102 Page (%): Developer: Y
SM
Copy Service Mode
7803 103
Page (%): Image Transfer
7803 104 Page (%): Cleaning Unit 7803 105 Page (%): Fusing Unit Page (%): Paper Transfer Unit
7803 106
7804
[PM Counter Reset] PM Counter Clear (Unit, [Color]) Clears the PM counter. Press the Enter key after the machine asks Execute?, which will store the PM counter value in SP7-906 (PM Counter - Previous) and reset the value of the current PM counter (SP7-803) to 0.
7804 1 Paper 7804 2 PCU: K 7804 3 PCU: M 7804 4 PCU: C 7804 5 PCU: Y 7804 6 PCU: All 7804 7 Development Unit: Bk 7804 8 Development Unit: M 7804 9 Development Unit: C 7804 10 Development Unit: Y 7804 11 Development Unit: All 7804 12 Developer: Bk
B222/B224
5-342
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 7804 13 Developer: M 7804 14 Developer: C 7804 15 Developer: Y 7804 16 Developer: All 7804 17 Image Transfer Belt 7804 18 Cleaning Unit 7804 19 Fusing Unit 7804 20 Paper Transfer Unit 7804 21 Toner Collection Bottle 7804 100 All
[SC/Jam Counter Reset] 7807 Clears the counters related to SC codes and paper jams. 7807 1 SC/Jam Clear Service Tables B222/B224
7826
[MF Error Counter] Japan Only
7826 1 Error Total 7826 2 Error Staple
7827
[MF Error Counter Clear] Japan Only
[Self-Diagnose Result Display] 7832 Displays the result of the diagnostics. 7832 1 Diag. Result *CTL -
SM
5-343
Copy Service Mode
ACC Counter 7835 . 7835 1 Copy All *CTL 7835 2 Printer ACC
Total Memory Size 7836 Displays the memory capacity of the controller system.
[DF Scan Glass Dust Check Counter] 7852 Counts the number of occurrences (0 to 65,535) when dust was detected on the scanning glass of the ADF or resets the dust detection counter. Counting is done only if SP4-020-1 (ADF Scan Glass Dust Check) is switched on. 7852 1 Dust Detection Counter Dust Detection Clear Counter *CTL [0 to 9999 / - / 1 /step]
7852 2
*CTL
[0 to 9999 / - / 1 /step]
[Replacement Counter] 7853 Displays the PM parts replacement number. 7853 1 PCU: Bk 7853 2 PCU: M 7853 3 PCU: C 7853 4 PCU: Y 7853 5 Development Unit: Bk 7853 6 Development Unit: M 7853 7 Development Unit: C *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL [0 to 255 / - / 1 /step]
B222/B224
5-344
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 7853 8 Development Unit: Y 7853 9 Developer: Bk 7853 10 Developer: M 7853 11 Developer: C 7853 12 Developer: Y 7853 13 Image Transfer 7853 14 Cleaning Unit 7853 15 Fusing Unit 7853 16 Paper Transfer Unit 7853 17 Toner Collection Bottle *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL
[Assert Info] 7901 Records the location where a problem is detected in the program. The data
stored in this SP is used for problem analysis. DFU 7901 1 File Name 7901 2 Number of Lines 7901 3 Location *CTL -
SM
5-345
Copy Service Mode
[Prev. Unit PM Counter] 7906 (Page or Rotations, Unit, [Color]), Dev.: Development Unit Displays the number of sheets printed with the previous maintenance units. 7906 1 Page: PCU: Bk 7906 2 Page: PCU: M 7906 3 Page: PCU: C 7906 4 Page: PCU: Y Page: Development Unit: Bk Page: Development Unit: M Page: Development Unit: C Page: Development Unit: Y *ENG [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 page/step ]
7906 5
7906 6
7906 7
7906 8
7906 9 Page: Developer: Bk 7906 10 Page: Developer: M 7906 11 Page: Developer: C 7906 12 Page: Developer: Y 7906 13 Page: Image Transfer 7906 14 Page: Cleaning Unit 7906 15 Page: Fusing Unit Page: Paper Transfer Unit
7906 16
B222/B224
5-346
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 7906 17 Page: Toner Collection Bottle Displays the number of revolutions for motors or clutches in the previous maintenance units. 7906 31 Rotation: PCU: Bk 7906 32 Rotation: PCU: M 7906 33 Rotation: PCU: C 7906 34 Rotation: PCU: Y Rotation: Development Unit: Bk Rotation: Development Unit: M Rotation: Development Unit: C
*ENG [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 mm/step ]
7906 35
7906 36
7906 37
7906 38
Rotation: Development Unit: Y
7906 39 Rotation: Developer: Bk 7906 40 Rotation: Developer: M 7906 41 Rotation: Developer: C 7906 42 Rotation: Developer: Y Rotation: Image Transfer Belt
7906 43
7906 44 Rotation: Cleaning Unit 7906 45 Rotation: Fusing Unit Rotation: Paper Transfer Unit
7906 46
SM
Copy Service Mode 7906 47 Measurement: Toner Collection bottle Displays the number of sheets printed with the previous maintenance unit or toner cartridge. 7906 61 Rotation (%): PCU: Bk 7906 62 Rotation (%): PCU: M 7906 63 Rotation (%): PCU: C 7906 64 Rotation (%): PCU: Y Rotation (%): Development Unit: Bk Rotation (%): Development Unit: M Rotation (%): Development Unit: C Rotation (%): Development Unit: Y Rotation (%): Developer: Bk Rotation (%): Developer: M Rotation (%): Developer: C Rotation (%): Developer: Y Rotation (%): Image Transfer Rotation (%): Cleaning Unit *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %/step ]
7906 65
7906 66
7906 67
7906 68
7906 69
7906 70
7906 71
7906 72
7906 73
7906 74
B222/B224
5-348
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 7906 75 Rotation (%): Fusing Unit Rotation (%): Paper Transfer Unit Measurement (%): Toner Collection bottle Displays the value given by the following formula: (Current count Yield count) x 100, where Current count is the current values in the counter for the part, and Yield count is the recommended yield. 7906 91 Page (%): PCU: Bk 7906 92 Page (%): PCU: M 7906 93 Page (%): PCU: C 7906 94 Page (%): PCU: Y Page (%): Development Unit: Bk Page (%): Development Unit: M Page (%): Development Unit: C Page (%): Development Unit: Y Page (%): Developer: Bk
7906 76
7906 77
*ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %/step ]
7906 95
7906 96
7906 97
7906 98
7906 99
7906 100 Page (%): Developer: M 7906 101 Page (%): Developer: C 7906 102 Page (%): Developer: Y
7906 103 Page (%): Image
SM
Copy Service Mode Transfer 7906 104 Page (%): Cleaning Unit 7906 105 Page (%): Fusing Unit Page (%): Paper Transfer Unit
7906 106
[Toner Bottle Bk] 7931 Displays the toner bottle information for Bk. 7931 1 Machine Serial ID 7931 2 Cartridge Ver 7931 3 Brand ID 7931 4 Area ID 7931 5 Product ID 7931 6 Color ID 7931 7 Maintenance ID 7931 8 New Product Information 7931 9 Recycle Counter 7931 10 Date 7931 11 Serial No. 7931 12 Toner Remaining 7931 13 EDP Code 7931 14 End History 7931 15 Refill Information *ENG
7931 16 Attachment: Total
B222/B224
5-350
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode Counter Attachment: Color Counter
7931 17
7931 18 End: Total Counter 7931 19 End: Color Counter 7931 20 Attachment Date 7931 21 End Date
[Toner Bottle M] 7932 Displays the toner bottle information for M. 7932 1 Machine Serial ID 7932 2 Cartridge Ver 7932 3 Brand ID
*ENG
7932 4 Area ID 7932 5 Product ID 7932 6 Color ID 7932 7 Maintenance ID 7932 8 New Product Information 7932 9 Recycle Counter 7932 10 Date 7932 11 Serial No. 7932 12 Toner Remaining 7932 13 EDP Code 7932 14 End History
SM
Copy Service Mode 7932 15 Refill Information Attachment: Total Counter Attachment: Color Counter
7932 16
7932 17
[Toner Bottle C] 7933 Displays the toner bottle information for C. 7933 1 Machine Serial ID 7933 2 Cartridge Ver 7933 3 Brand ID 7933 4 Area ID 7933 5 Product ID 7933 6 Color ID 7933 7 Maintenance ID 7933 8 New Product Information 7933 9 Recycle Counter 7933 10 Date 7933 11 Serial No. 7933 12 Toner Remaining *ENG
B222/B224
5-352
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 7933 13 EDP Code 7933 14 End History 7933 15 Refill Information Attachment: Total Counter Attachment: Color Counter
7933 16
7933 17
[Toner Bottle Y] 7934 Displays the toner bottle information for Y. 7934 1 Machine Serial ID 7934 2 Cartridge Ver 7934 3 Brand ID 7934 4 Area ID 7934 5 Product ID 7934 6 Color ID 7934 7 Maintenance ID 7934 8 New Product Information 7934 9 Recycle Counter 7934 10 Date *ENG
SM
5-353
Copy Service Mode 7934 11 Serial No. 7934 12 Toner Remaining 7934 13 EDP Code 7934 14 End History 7934 15 Refill Information Attachment: Total Counter Attachment: Color Counter
7934 16
7934 17
7935
[Toner Bottle Log 1/2/3/4/5: Bk]
7935 1 Serial No. 7935 2 Attachment Date Attachment: Total Counter *ENG Displays the toner bottle information log 1 for Bk.
7935 3
7935 4 Serial No. 7935 5 Attachment Date Attachment: Total Counter *ENG Displays the toner bottle information log 3 for Bk. *ENG Displays the toner bottle information log 2 for Bk.
7935 6
7935 7 Serial No. 7935 8 Attachment Date
B222/B224
5-354
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 7935 9 Attachment: Total Counter
7935 12
7935 15
7936
[Toner Bottle Log 1/2/3/4/5: M]
7936 1 Serial No. 7936 2 Attachment Date Attachment: Total Counter *ENG Displays the toner bottle information log 1
for M.
7936 3
7936 4 Serial No. 7936 5 Attachment Date Attachment: Total Counter *ENG Displays the toner bottle information log 2 for M.
7936 6
7936 7 Serial No. 7936 8 Attachment Date Attachment: Total Counter *ENG Displays the toner bottle information log 4 for M. *ENG Displays the toner bottle information log 3 for M.
7936 9
7936 10 Serial No. 7936 11 Attachment Date
SM
5-355
Copy Service Mode 7936 12 Attachment: Total Counter
7936 13 Serial No. 7936 14 Attachment Date Attachment: Total Counter *ENG Displays the toner bottle information log 5 for M.
7936 15
7937
[Toner Bottle Log 1/2/3/4/5: C]
7937 1 Serial No. 7937 2 Attachment Date Attachment: Total Counter *ENG Displays the toner bottle information log 1 for C.
7937 3
7937 6
7937 9
7937 12
B222/B224
5-356
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
7937 15
7938
[Toner Bottle Log 1/2/3/4/5: Y]
7938 1 Serial No. 7938 2 Attachment Date Attachment: Total Counter *ENG Displays the toner bottle information log 1 for Y.
7938 3
7938 4 Serial No. 7938 5 Attachment Date Attachment: Total

Service Tables
*ENG
Displays the toner bottle information log 2 for Y.
7938 6
Counter
7938 9
7938 12
SM
5-357
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
7938 15
[Unit Replacement Date] 7950 Displays the replacement date of each PM unit. 7950 1 Image Transfer Belt 7950 2 Cleaning Unit 7950 3 Paper Transfer Unit 7950 4 Fusing Unit 7950 5 Toner Collection Bottle *ENG
[Remaining Day Counter] 7951 Displays the remaining unit life of each PM unit. 7951 1 Page: PCU: Bk 7951 2 Page: PCU: M 7951 3 Page: PCU: C 7951 4 Page: PCU: Y Page: Development Unit: Bk Page: Development Unit: M Page: Development Unit: C *ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 day/step]
7951 5
7951 6
7951 7
B222/B224
5-358
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 7951 8 Page: Development Unit: Y
7951 9 Page: Developer: Bk 7951 10 Page: Developer: M 7951 11 Page: Developer: C 7951 12 Page: Developer: Y Page: Image Transfer Belt
7951 13
7951 14 Page: Cleaning Unit 7951 15 Page: Fusing Unit Page: Paper Transfer Unit *ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 day/step]
7951 16
7951 31 Rotation: PCU: Bk 7951 32 Rotation: PCU: M 7951 33 Rotation: PCU: C 7951 34 Rotation: PCU: Y Rotation: Development Unit: Bk Rotation: Development Unit: M Rotation: Development Unit: C Rotation: Development Unit: Y
7951 35
7951 36
7951 37
7951 38
7951 39 Rotation: Developer: Bk 7951 40 Rotation: Developer: M
SM
5-359
B222/B224
Service Tables
Copy Service Mode 7951 41 Rotation: Developer: C 7951 42 Rotation: Developer: Y Rotation: Image Transfer Belt
7951 43
7951 44 Rotation: Cleaning Unit 7951 45 Rotation: Fusing Unit Rotation: Paper Transfer Unit Measurement: Toner Collection bottle
7951 46
7951 47
[PM Yield Setting] 7952 Adjusts the unit yield of each PM unit. Rotation: Image Transfer Belt
7952 1
*CTL [0 to 999999999 / 199566000 / 1 mm/step]
7952 2 Rotation: Cleaning Unit 7952 3 Rotation: Fusing Unit Rotation: Paper Transfer Unit Page: Image Transfer Belt
*CTL [0 to 999999999 / 94783000 / 1 mm/step] *CTL [0 to 999999999 / 350000000 / 1 mm/step]
7952 4
*CTL [0 to 999999999 / 149674000/ 1 mm/step]
7952 11
*CTL [0 to 999999 / 320000 / 1 sheet/step]
7952 12 Page: Cleaning Unit 7952 13 Page: Fusing Unit Page: Paper Transfer Unit
*CTL [0 to 999999 / 160000 / 1 sheet/step] *CTL [0 to 999999 / 160000 / 1 sheet/step]
7952 14
*CTL [0 to 999999 / 240000/ 1 sheet/step]
B222/B224
5-360
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
7952 21
Day Threshold: PCU: Bk
*CTL
Adjusts the threshold day for the near end fro each PM unit. [1 to 30 / 15 / 1 day/step] These threshold days are used for NRS alarms.
7952 22 Day Threshold: PCU: M 7952 23 Day Threshold: PCU: C 7952 24 Day Threshold: PCU: Y Day Threshold: Development Unit: Bk Day Threshold: Development Unit: M Day Threshold: Development Unit: C Day Threshold: Development Unit: Y Day Threshold: Developer: Bk Day Threshold: Developer: M Day Threshold: Developer: C Day Threshold: Developer: Y Day Threshold: Image Transfer Belt Day Threshold: Cleaning Unit Day Threshold: Fusing Unit
7952 25
7952 26
7952 27
7952 28
7952 30
7952 31
7952 32
7952 33
7952 34
7952 35
SM
5-361
B222/B224
Service Tables
7952 29
Copy Service Mode 7952 36 Day Threshold: Paper Transfer Unit] Day Threshold: Toner Collection Botte
7952 37
7953
[Operation Env. Log: PCU: Bk] Displays the PCU rotation distance in each specified operation environment. T: Temperature (C), H: Relative Humidity (%)
7953 1 T<=5: 0<=H<30 7953 2 T<=5: 30<=H<55 7953 3 T<=5: 55<=H<80 7953 4 T<=5: 80<=H<=100 7953 5 5<T<15: 0<=H<30 7953 6 5<T<15: 30<=H<55 7953 7 5<T<15: 55<=H<80 7953 8 5<T<15: 80<=H<=100 7953 9 15<=T<25: 0<=H<30 7953 10 15<=T<25: 30<=H<55 7953 11 15<=T<25: 55<=H<80 15<=T<25: 80<=H<=100
*CTL [0 to 99999999 / - / 1 mm/step]
7953 12
7953 13 25<=T<30: 0<=H<30 7953 14 25<=T<30: 30<=H<55 7953 15 25<=T<30: 55<=H<80
7953 16 25<=T<30:
B222/B224
5-362
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 80<=H<=100 7953 17 30<=T: 0<=H<30
7953 18 30<=T: 30<=H<55 7952 19 30<=T: 55<=H<80 7952 20 30<=T: 80<=H<=100
[Operation Env. Log Clear] 7954 Clears the operation environment log. 7954 1
SP8-xxx: Data Log2

Many of these counters are provided for features that are currently not available, such as sending color faxes, and so on. However, here are some Group 8 codes that when used in combination with others, can provide useful information.
SP Numbers
What They Do
SP8 211 to SP8 216 The number of pages scanned to the document server. SP8 401 to SP8 406 The number of pages printed from the document server SP8 691 to SP8 696 The number of pages sent from the document server
Specifically, the following questions can be answered: How is the document server actually being used? What application is using the document server most frequently? What data in the document server is being reused? Most of the SPs in this group are prefixed with a letter that indicates the mode of operation (the mode of operation is referred to as an application). Before reading the Group 8 Service Table, make sure that you understand what these prefixes mean.
SM
5-363
Copy Service Mode
Prefixes
What it means Grand total of the items counted for all applications (C, F, P, etc.)..
T:
Total: (Grand Total).
C: F: P: S:
Copy application. Fax application. Print application. Scan application. Totals (jobs, pages, etc.) for the document server. The L: counters work differently case by case. Sometimes, they count jobs/pages stored on the document server; this can be in document server Local storage (document server) mode (from the document server window), or from another mode, such as from a printer driver or by pressing the Store File button in the Copy mode window. Sometimes, they include occasions when the user uses a file that is already on the document server. Each counter will be discussed case by case. Other applications Refers to network applications such as Web Image Monitor. Utilities developed with the SDK (Software Development Kit) will also be counted with this group in the future. Totals (pages, jobs, etc.) executed for each application when the job was not stored on the document server.
L:
O:
(external network applications, for example)
The Group 8 SP codes are limited to 17 characters, forced by the necessity of displaying them on the small LCDs of printers and faxes that also use these SPs. Read over the list of abbreviations below and refer to it again if you see the name of an SP that you do not understand.
B222/B224
5-364
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
Key for Abbreviations
Abbreviation / > AddBook Apl B/W Bk C ColCr ColMode Comb Comp Deliv
What it means By, e.g. T:Jobs/Apl = Total Jobs by Application More (2> 2 or more, 4> 4 or more Address Book Application Black & White Black Cyan Color Create Color Mode Combine Compression Delivery Designated Application. The application (Copy, Fax, Scan,
DesApl
Print) used to store the job on the document server, for example.
Dev Counter Dup, Duplex Emul FC FIN Full Bleed
Development Count, no. of pages developed. Duplex, printing on both sides Emulation Full Color Post-print processing, i.e. finishing (punching, stapling, etc.) No Margins
SM
Copy Service Mode Abbreviation GenCopy Generation Copy Mode Get Print Counter. For jobs 10 pages or less, this counter does GPC not count up. For jobs larger than 10 pages, this counter counts up by the number that is in excess of 10 (e.g., for an 11-page job, the counter counts up 11-10 =1) IFax Internet Fax Image Edit performed on the original with the copier GUI, e.g. border removal, adding stamps, page numbers, etc. Black (YMCK) Local Storage. Refers to the document server. Large (paper) Size Magnification One color (monochrome) New Remote Service, which allows a service center to monitor NRS machines remotely. NRS is used overseas, CSS is used in Japan. Org OrgJam Original for scanning Original Jam Print Job Manager/Desk Top Editor: A pair of utilities that allows Palm 2 print jobs to be distributed evenly among the printers on the network, and allows files to moved around, combined, and converted to different formats. PC Personal Computer Pages. A page is the total scanned surface of the original. PGS Duplex pages count as two pages, and A3 simplex count as two pages if the A3/DLT counter SP is switched ON. What it means
ImgEdt
K LS LSize Mag MC
B222/B224
5-366
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode Abbreviation PJob Ppr PrtJam PrtPGS Print Jobs Paper Printer (plotter) Jam Print Pages Red (Toner Remaining). Applies to the wide format model A2 R only. This machine is under development and currently not available. Rez SC Scn Sim, Simplex S-to-Email Resolution Service Code (Error SC code displayed) Scan Simplex, printing on 1 side. Scan-to-E-mail
Service Tables
What it means
SMC
SMC report printed with SP5990. All of the Group 8 counters are recorded in the SMC report. Server Toner End Toner Save Send, Transmission Yellow, Magenta, Cyan Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black
Svr TonEnd TonSave TXJob YMC YMCK
SM
5-367
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
All of the Group 8 SPs are reset with SP5 801 1 Memory All Clear.
8 001 8 002 8 003 8 004 8 005 8 006
T:Total Jobs
*CTL These SPs count the number of times each application is used to do a job. [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
C:Total Jobs F:Total Jobs P:Total Jobs S:Total Jobs L:Total Jobs
*CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL
Note: The L: counter is the total number of times the other applications are used to send a job to the document server, plus the number of times a file already on the document server is used.
These SPs reveal the number of times an application is used, not the number of pages processed. When an application is opened for image input or output, this counts as one job. Interrupted jobs (paper jams, etc.) are counted, even though they do not finish. Only jobs executed by the customer are counted. Jobs executed by the customer engineer using the SP modes are not counted. When using secure printing (when a password is required to start the print job), the job is counted at the time when either Delete Data or Specify Output is specified. A job is counted as a fax job when the job is stored for sending. When a fax is received to fax memory, the F: counter increments but the L: counter does not (the document server is not used). A fax broadcast counts as one job for the F: counter (the fax destinations in the broadcast are not counted separately). A fax broadcast is counted only after all the faxes have been sent to their destinations. If one transmission generates an error, then the broadcast will not be counted until the transmission has been completed. A printed fax report counts as one job for the F: counter. The F: counter does not distinguish between fax sending or receiving. When a copy job on the document server is printed, SP8022 also increments, and when a print job stored on the document server is printed, SP8024 also increments. When an original is both copied and stored on the document server, the C: and L:
B222/B224
5-368
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode counters both increment. When a print job is stored on the document server, only the L: counter increments. When the user presses the Document Server button to store the job on the document server, only the L: counter increments. When the user enters document server mode and prints data stored on the document server, only the L: counter increments. When an image received from Palm 2 is received and stored, the L: counter increments. When the customer prints a report (user code list, for example), the O: counter increments. However, for fax reports and reports executed from the fax application, the F: counter increments.
8 011 8 012 8 013 8 014 8 015 8 016 8 017
T:Jobs/LS C:Jobs/LS F:Jobs/LS P:Jobs/LS S:Jobs/LS L:Jobs/LS O:Jobs/LS
*CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL These SPs count the number of jobs stored to the document server by each application, to reveal how local storage is being used for input. [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1] The L: counter counts the number of jobs stored
Service Tables
from within the document server mode screen at the operation panel.
When a scan job is sent to the document server, the S: counter increments. When you enter document server mode and then scan an original, the L: counter increments. When a print job is sent to the document server, the P: counter increments. When a network application sends data to the document server, the O: counter increments. When an image from Palm 2 is stored on the document server, the O: counter increments. When a fax is sent to the document server, the F: counter increments.
8 021 8 022
T:Pjob/LS C:Pjob/LS
*CTL *CTL
These SPs reveal how files printed from the document server were stored on the document
SM
5-369
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode 8 023 8 024 8 025 8 026 8 027 F:Pjob/LS P:Pjob/LS S:Pjob/LS L:Pjob/LS O:Pjob/LS *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL server originally. [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1] The L: counter counts the number of jobs stored from within the document server mode screen at the operation panel.
When a copy job stored on the document server is printed with another application, the C: counter increments. When an application like DeskTopBinder merges a copy job that was stored on the document server with a print job that was stored on the document server, the C: and P: counters both increment. When a job already on the document server is printed with another application, the L: counter increments. When a scanner job stored on the document server is printed with another application, the S: counter increments. If the original was scanned from within document server mode, then the L: counter increments. When images stored on the document server by a network application (including Palm 2), are printed with another application, the O: counter increments. When a copy job stored on the document server is printed with a network application (Web Image Monitor, for example), the C: counter increments. When a fax on the document server is printed, the F: counter increments.
8 031 8 032 8 033 8 034 8 035 8 036 8 037
T:Pjob/DesApl C:Pjob/DesApl F:Pjob/DesApl P:Pjob/DesApl S:Pjob/DesApl L:Pjob/DesApl O:Pjob/DesApl
*CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL These SPs reveal what applications were used to output documents from the document server. [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1] The L: counter counts the number of jobs printed from within the document server mode screen at the operation panel.
B222/B224
5-370
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode When documents already stored on the document server are printed, the count for the application that started the print job is incremented. When the print job is started from a network application (Desk Top Binder, Web Image Monitor, etc.) the L: counter increments.
8 041 8 042 8 043 8 044 8 045 8 046 8 047
T:TX Jobs/LS C:TX Jobs/LS F:TX Jobs/LS P:TX Jobs/LS S:TX Jobs/LS L:TX Jobs/LS O:TX Jobs/LS
*CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL
These SPs count the applications that stored files on the document server that were later accessed for transmission over the telephone line or over a network (attached to an e-mail, or as a fax image by I-Fax). [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1] Note: Jobs merged for sending are counted separately. The L: counter counts the number of jobs scanned from within the document server mode screen at the operation panel.
When a stored copy job is sent from the document server, the C: counter increments. When images stored on the document server by a network application or Palm2 are sent as an e-mail, the O: counter increments.
Service Tables
8 051 8 052 8 053 8 054 8 055 8 056 8 057
T:TX Jobs/DesApl C:TX Jobs/DesApl F:TX Jobs/DesApl P:TX Jobs/DesApl S:TX Jobs/DesApl L:TX Jobs/DesApl O:TX Jobs/DesApl
These SPs count the applications used to send files from the document server over the telephone line or over a network (attached to an e-mail, or as a fax image by I-Fax). Jobs merged for sending are counted separately. [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1] The L: counter counts the number of jobs sent from within the document server mode screen at the operation panel.
If the send is started from Desk Top Binder or Web Image Monitor, for example, then the O: counter increments.
SM
5-371
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
T:FIN Jobs 8 061
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs total the finishing methods. The finishing method is specified by the application. C:FIN Jobs *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 062
These SPs total finishing methods for copy jobs only. The finishing method is specified by the application. F:FIN Jobs *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 063
These SPs total finishing methods for fax jobs only. The finishing method is specified by the application. Note: Finishing features for fax jobs are not available at this time. P:FIN Jobs *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 064
These SPs total finishing methods for print jobs only. The finishing method is specified by the application. S:FIN Jobs *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 065
These SPs total finishing methods for scan jobs only. The finishing method is specified by the application. Note: Finishing features for scan jobs are not available at this time. L:FIN Jobs *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 066
These SPs total finishing methods for jobs output from within the document server mode screen at the operation panel. The finishing method is specified from the print window within document server mode.
B222/B224
5-372
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
O:FIN Jobs 8 067
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs total finishing methods for jobs executed by an external application, over the network. The finishing method is specified by the application. Number of jobs started in Sort mode. When a stored copy job is
8 06x 1 Sort
set for Sort and then stored on the document server, the L: counter increments. (See SP8 066 1)
8 06x 2 Stack 8 06x 3 Staple
Number of jobs started out of Sort mode. Number of jobs started in Staple mode. Number of jobs started in Booklet mode. If the machine is in staple mode, the Staple counter also increments. Number of jobs started In any mode other than the Booklet mode and set for folding (Z-fold). Number of jobs started in Punch mode. When Punch is set for a
8 06x 4 Booklet
8 06x 5 Z-Fold
8 06x 6 Punch
print job, the P: counter increments. (See SP8 064 6.) Reserved. Not used.
8 06x 7 Other
T:Jobs/PGS 8 071
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the number of jobs broken down by the number of pages in the job, regardless of which application was used. C:Jobs/PGS *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 072
These SPs count and calculate the number of copy jobs by size based on the number of pages in the job.
SM
5-373
Copy Service Mode
F:Jobs/PGS 8 073
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count and calculate the number of fax jobs by size based on the number of pages in the job. P:Jobs/PGS *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 074
These SPs count and calculate the number of print jobs by size based on the number of pages in the job. S:Jobs/PGS [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 075
These SPs count and calculate the number of scan jobs by size based on the number of pages in the job. L:Jobs/PGS *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 076
These SPs count and calculate the number of jobs printed from within the document server mode window at the operation panel, by the number of pages in the job. O:Jobs/PGS *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 077
These SPs count and calculate the number of Other application jobs (Web Image Monitor, Palm 2, etc.) by size based on the number of pages in the job.
8 07x 1 1 Page 8 07x 2 2 Pages 8 07x 3 3 Pages 8 07x 4 4 Pages 8 07x 5 5 Pages 8 07x 6 6 to 10 Pages 8 07x 7 11 to 20 Pages
8 07x 8 8 07x 9 8 07x 10 8 07x 11 8 07x 12 8 07x 13 8 07x 14
21 to 50 Pages 51 to 100 Pages 101 to 300 Pages 301 to 500 Pages 501 to 700 Pages 701 to 1000 Pages 1001 to Pages
B222/B224
5-374
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
For example: When a copy job stored on the document server is printed in document server mode, the appropriate L: counter (SP8076 0xx) increments. Printing a fax report counts as a job and increments the F: counter (SP 8073). Interrupted jobs (paper jam, etc.) are counted, even though they do not finish. If a job is paused and re-started, it counts as one job. If the finisher runs out of staples during a print and staple job, then the job is counted at the time the error occurs. For copy jobs (SP 8072) and scan jobs (SP 8075), the total is calculated by multiplying the number of sets of copies by the number of pages scanned. (One duplex page counts as 2.) The first test print and subsequent test prints to adjust settings are added to the number of pages of the copy job (SP 8072). When printing the first page of a job from within the document server screen, the page is counted.
T:FAX TX Jobs
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
Service Tables
These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) sent 8 111 by fax, either directly or using a file stored on the document server, on a telephone line. Note: Color fax sending is not available at this time. F: FAX TX Jobs 8 113 *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) sent by fax directly on a telephone line. Note: Color fax sending is not available at this time.
8 11x 1 B/W 8 11x 2 Color
These counters count jobs, not pages. This SP counts fax jobs sent over a telephone line with a fax application, including documents stored on the document server.
SM
5-375
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
If the mode is changed during the job, the job will count with the mode set when the job started. If the same document is faxed to both a public fax line and an I-Fax at a destination where both are available, then this counter increments, and the I-Fax counter (8 12x) also increments. The fax job is counted when the job is scanned for sending, not when the job is sent.
T:IFAX TX Jobs
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) sent, 8 121 either directly or using a file stored on the document server, as fax images using I-Fax. Note: Color fax sending is not available at this time.
F: IFAX TX Jobs 8 123
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the number of jobs (color or black-and-white) sent (not stored on the document server), as fax images using I-Fax. Note: Color fax sending is not available at this time.
8 12x 1 B/W 8 12x 2 Color
These counters count jobs, not pages. The counters for color are provided for future use; the color fax feature is not available at this time. The fax job is counted when the job is scanned for sending, not when the job is sent.
B222/B224
5-376
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
T:S-to-Email Jobs 8 131
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) scanned and attached to an e-mail, regardless of whether the document server was used or not. S: S-to-Email Jobs *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 135
These SPs count the number of jobs (color or black-and-white) scanned and attached to e-mail, without storing the original on the document server.
8 13x 1 B/W 8 13x 2 Color 8 13x 3 ACS
These counters count jobs, not pages. If the job is stored on the document server, after the job is stored it is determined to be
Service Tables
color or black-and-white then counted. If the job is cancelled during scanning, or if the job is cancelled while the document is waiting to be sent, the job is not counted. If the job is cancelled during sending, it may or may not be counted, depending on what stage of the process had been reached when the job was cancelled. If several jobs are combined for sending to the Scan Router, Scan-to-Email, or Scan-to-PC, or if one job is sent to more than one destination. each send is counted separately. For example, if the same document is sent by Scan-to-Email as well as Scan-to-PC, then it is counted twice (once for Scan-to-Email and once for Scan-to-PC).
T:Deliv Jobs/Svr 8 141
*CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) scanned and sent to a Scan Router server.
8 145
S: Deliv Jobs/Svr
*CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
SM
5-377
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode These SPs count the number of jobs (color or black-and-white) scanned in scanner mode and sent to a Scan Router server. 8 14x 1 B/W 8 14x 2 Color 8 14x 3 ACS
These counters count jobs, not pages. The jobs are counted even though the arrival and reception of the jobs at the Scan Router server cannot be confirmed. If even one color image is mixed with black-and-white images, then the job is counted as a Color job. If the job is cancelled during scanning, or if the job is cancelled while the document is waiting to be delivered, the job is not counted. If the job is cancelled during sending, it may or may not be counted, depending on what stage of the process had been reached when the job was cancelled. Even if several files are combined for sending, the transmission counts as one job.
T:Deliv Jobs/PC 8 151
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) scanned and sent to a folder on a PC (Scan-to-PC). Note: At the present time, 8 151 and 8 155 perform identical counts. S:Deliv Jobs/PC *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 155
These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) scanned and sent with Scan-to-PC.
8 15x 1 B/W 8 15x 2 Color 8 15x 3 ACS
B222/B224
5-378
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
If the job is cancelled during scanning, it is not counted. If the job is cancelled while it is waiting to be sent, the job is not counted. If the job is cancelled during sending, it may or may not be counted, depending on what stage of the process had been reached when the job was cancelled. Even if several files are combined for sending, the transmission counts as one job.
8 161
T:PCFAX TX Jobs
*CTL
These SPs count the number of PC Fax transmission jobs. A job is counted from when it is registered for sending, not when it is sent.
8 163
F:PCFAX TX Jobs
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1] Note: At the present time, these counters perform identical counts.
This counts fax jobs started from a PC using a PC fax application, and sending the data out to the destination from the PC through the copier.
8 192 8 193 8 195 8 196
C:Total Scan PGS F:Total Scan PGS S:Total Scan PGS L:Total Scan PGS
*CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL
These SPs count the pages scanned by each application that uses the scanner to scan images. [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
SP 8 191 to 8 196 count the number of scanned sides of pages, not the number of physical pages. These counters do not count reading user stamp data, or reading color charts to adjust color. Previews done with a scanner driver are not counted. A count is done only after all images of a job have been scanned. Scans made in SP mode are not counted.
SM
5-379
B222/B224
Service Tables
8 191
T:Total Scan PGS
*CTL
manuals4you.com
These counters count jobs, not pages.
Copy Service Mode
Examples If 3 B5 pages and 1 A3 page are scanned with the scanner application but not stored, the S: count is 4. If both sides of 3 A4 sheets are copied and stored to the document server using the Store File button in the Copy mode window, the C: count is 6 and the L: count is 6. If both sides of 3 A4 sheets are copied but not stored, the C: count is 6. If you enter document server mode then scan 6 pages, the L: count is 6.
T:LSize Scan PGS
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total number of large pages input with the scanner 8 201 for scan and copy jobs. Large size paper (A3/DLT) scanned for fax transmission are not counted. Note: These counters are displayed in the SMC Report, and in the User Tools display. F: LSize Scan PGS *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total number of large pages input with the scanner 8 203 for fax transmission. Note: These counters are displayed in the SMC Report, and in the User Tools display. S:LSize Scan PGS *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total number of large pages input with the scanner 8 205 for scan jobs only. Large size paper (A3/DLT) scanned for fax
transmission are not counted. Note: These counters are displayed in the SMC Report, and in the User Tools display.
B222/B224
5-380
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
8 211 8 212 8 213 8 215 8 216
T:Scan PGS/LS C:Scan PGS/LS F:Scan PGS/LS S:Scan PGS/LS L:Scan PGS/LS
*CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL
These SPs count the number of pages scanned into the document server . [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1] The L: counter counts the number of pages stored from within the document server mode screen at the operation panel, and with the Store File button from within the Copy mode screen
Reading user stamp data is not counted. If a job is cancelled, the pages output as far as the cancellation are counted. If the scanner application scans and stores 3 B5 sheets and 1 A4 sheet, the S: count is 4. If pages are copied but not stored on the document server, these counters do not change. If both sides of 3 A4 sheets are copied and stored to the document server, the C: count is 6 and the L: count is 6. If you enter document server mode then scan 6 pages, the L: count is 6.
ADF Org Feeds 8 221
*CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the number of pages fed through the ADF for front and back side scanning. Number of front sides fed for scanning: With an ADF that can scan both sides simultaneously, the Front side count is the same as the number of pages fed for either
8 221 1
Front
simplex or duplex scanning. With an ADF that cannot scan both sides simultaneously, the Front side count is the same as the number of pages fed for duplex front side scanning. (The front side is determined by which side the user loads face up.)
SM
5-381
Copy Service Mode
Number of rear sides fed for scanning: With an ADF that can scan both sides simultaneously, the Back count is the same as the number of pages fed for duplex 8 221 2 Back scanning. With an ADF that cannot scan both sides simultaneously, the Back count is the same as the number of pages fed for duplex rear-side scanning.
When 1 sheet is fed for duplex scanning the Front count is 1 and the Back count is 1. If a jam occurs during the job, recovery processing is not counted to avoid double counting. Also, the pages are not counted if the jam occurs before the first sheet is output.
Scan PGS/Mode 8 231
*CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the number of pages scanned by each ADF mode to determine the work load on the ADF. Selectable. Large copy jobs that cannot be loaded in the ADF at one time. Selectable. Feeding pages one by one through the ADF. Selectable. Select Mixed Sizes on the operation panel. Selectable. Originals of non-standard size. Book mode. Raising the ADF and placing the original directly on the platen.
8 231 1 Large Volume
8 231 2 SADF
8 231 3 Mixed Size
8 231 4 Custom Size
8 231 5 Platen
If the scan mode is changed during the job, for example, if the user switches from ADF to Platen mode, the count is done for the last selected mode. The user cannot select mixed sizes or non-standard sizes with the fax application so if the originals page sizes are mixed or non-standard, these are not counted.
B222/B224
5-382
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
If the user selects Mixed Sizes for copying in the platen mode, the Mixed Size count is enabled. In the SADF mode if the user copies 1 page in platen mode and then copies 2 pages with SADF, the Platen count is 1 and the SADF count is 3.
T:Scan PGS/Org 8 241
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total number of scanned pages by original type for all jobs, regardless of which application was used. C:Scan PGS/Org *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 242
These SPs count the number of pages scanned by original type for Copy jobs. F:Scan PGS/Org *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 243
These SPs count the number of pages scanned by original type for Fax jobs. S:Scan PGS/Org *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
Service Tables
8 245
These SPs count the number of pages scanned by original type for Scan jobs. L:Scan PGS/Org *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 246
These SPs count the number of pages scanned and stored from within the document server mode screen at the operation panel, and with the Store File button from within the Copy mode screen 8 241 8 242 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 8 243 Yes Yes Yes No 8 245 Yes Yes Yes Yes 8 246 Yes Yes Yes Yes
8 24x 1: Text 8 24x 2: Text/Photo 8 24x 3: Photo 8 24x 4: GenCopy, Pale
SM
5-383
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
8 24x 5: Map 8 24x 6: Normal/Detail 8 24x 7: Fine/Super Fine 8 24x 8: Binary 8 24x 9: Grayscale 8 24x 10: Color 8 24x 11: Other
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes No No No No No Yes
No Yes Yes No No No Yes
Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes No No No No No Yes
If the scan mode is changed during the job, for example, if the user switches from ADF to Platen mode, the count is done for the last selected mode.
8 251 8 252 8 254 8 256
T:Scan PGS/ImgEdt C:Scan PGS/ImgEdt P:Scan PGS/ImgEdt L:Scan PGS/ImgEdt
*CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL
These SPs show how many times Image Edit features have been selected at the operation panel for each application. Some examples of these editing features are: Erase> Border Erase> Center Image Repeat Centering Positive/Negative [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 257
O:Scan PGS/ImgEdt
*CTL
Note: The count totals the number of times the edit features have been used. A detailed breakdown of exactly which features have been used is not given.
The L: counter counts the number of pages stored from within the document server mode screen at the operation panel, and with the Store File button from within the Copy mode screen.
B222/B224
5-384
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
8 261 8 262 8 266
T:Scan PGS/ColCr C:Scan PGS/ ColCr L:Scn PGS/ColCr
*CTL *CTL *CTL
8 26x 1 Color Conversion 8 26x 2 Color Erase 8 26x 3 Background 8 26x 4 Other These SPs show how many times color creation features have been selected at the operation panel.
8 281
T:Scan PGS/TWAIN
*CTL
These SPs count the number of pages scanned using a TWAIN driver. These counters reveal how the TWAIN driver is used for delivery functions.
8 285
S:Scan PGS/TWAIN
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1] Note: At the present time, these counters

perform identical counts.
8 291 8 293 8 295
T:Scan PGS/Stamp F:Scan PGS/Stamp S:Scan PGS/Stamp
*CTL *CTL *CTL
These SPs count the number of pages stamped with the stamp in the ADF unit. [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1] The L: counter counts the number of pages stored from within the document server mode screen at the operation panel, and with the
8 296
L:Scan PGS/Stamp
*CTL
Store File button from within the Copy mode screen
SM
5-385
Copy Service Mode
T:Scan PGS/Size 8 301
*CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned by all applications. Use these totals to compare original page size (scanning) and output (printing) page size [SP 8-441]. C:Scan PGS/Size *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 302
These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned by the Copy application. Use these totals to compare original page size (scanning) and output (printing) page size [SP 8-442]. F:Scan PGS/Size *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 303
These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned by the Fax application. Use these totals to compare original page size (scanning) and output page size [SP 8-443]. S:Scan PGS/Size *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 305
These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned by the Scan application. Use these totals to compare original page size (scanning) and output page size [SP 8-445]. L:Scan PGS/Size *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned and stored 8 306 from within the document server mode screen at the operation panel, and with the Store File button from within the Copy mode screen. Use these totals to compare original page size (scanning) and output page size [SP 8-446].
B222/B224
5-386
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
8 30x 1 A3 8 30x 2 A4 8 30x 3 A5 8 30x 4 B4 8 30x 5 B5 8 30x 6 DLT 8 30x 7 LG 8 30x 8 LT 8 30x 9 HLT 8 30x 10 Full Bleed 8 30x 254 Other (Standard) 8 30x 255 Other (Custom)
T:Scan PGS/Rez 8 311
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by resolution setting the total number of pages scanned by applications that can specify resolution settings. S: Scan PGS/Rez *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 315
These SPs count by resolution setting the total number of pages scanned by applications that can specify resolution settings. Note: At the present time, SP8-311 and SP8-315 perform identical counts.
8 31x 1 8 31x 2
1200dpi < 600dpi to 1199dpi
SM
5-387
Copy Service Mode
8 31x 3 8 31x 4 8 31x 5
400dpi to 599dpi 200dpi to 399dpi < 199dpi
Copy resolution settings are fixed so they are not counted. The Fax application does not allow finely-adjusted resolution settings so no count is done for the Fax application.
8 381 8 382 8 383 8 384 8 385 8 386 8 387
T:Total PrtPGS C:Total PrtPGS F:Total PrtPGS P:Total PrtPGS S:Total PrtPGS L:Total PrtPGS O:Total PrtPGS
These SPs count the number of pages printed by the customer. The counter for the application used for storing the pages increments. [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1] The L: counter counts the number of pages stored from within the document server mode screen at the operation panel. Pages stored with the Store File button from within the Copy mode screen go to the C: counter.
When the A3/DLT double count function is switched on with SP5104, 1 A3/DLT page is counted as 2. When several documents are merged for a print job, the number of pages stored are counted for the application that stored them. These counters are used primarily to calculate charges on use of the machine, so the following pages are not counted as printed pages: Blank pages in a duplex printing job. Blank pages inserted as document covers, chapter title sheets, and slip sheets. Reports printed to confirm counts. All reports done in the service mode (service summaries, engine maintenance reports, etc.) Test prints for machine image adjustment. Error notification reports. Partially printed pages as the result of a copier jam.
B222/B224
5-388
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
LSize PrtPGS 8 391
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count pages printed on paper sizes A3/DLT and larger. Note: In addition to being displayed in the SMC Report, these counters are also displayed in the User Tools display on the copy machine.
8 401 8 402 8 403 8 404 8 405 8 406
T:PrtPGS/LS C:PrtPGS/LS F:PrtPGS/LS P:PrtPGS/LS S:PrtPGS/LS L:PrtPGS/LS
*CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL *CTL
These SPs count the number of pages printed from the document server. The counter for the application used to print the pages is incremented. The L: counter counts the number of jobs stored from within the document server mode screen at the operation panel. [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
Print jobs done with Web Image Monitor and Desk Top Binder are added to the L: count. Fax jobs done with Web Image Monitor and Desk Top Binder are added to the F: count.
Service Tables
This SP counts the amount of paper (front/back counted as 1 page) used for duplex 8 411 Prints/Duplex *CTL printing. Last pages printed only on one side are not counted. [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
SM
5-389
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
T:PrtPGS/Dup Comb 8 421
*CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of pages processed for printing. This is the total for all applications. C:PrtPGS/Dup Comb *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 422
These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of pages processed for printing by the copier application. F:PrtPGS/Dup Comb *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 423
These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of pages processed for printing by the fax application. P:PrtPGS/Dup Comb *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 424
These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of pages processed for printing by the printer application. S:PrtPGS/Dup Comb *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 425
These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of pages processed for printing by the scanner application. L:PrtPGS/Dup Comb *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 426
These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of pages processed for printing from within the document server mode window at the operation panel. O:PrtPGS/Dup Comb *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 427
These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of pages processed for printing by Other applications
8 42x 1 Simplex> Duplex 8 42x 2 Duplex> Duplex 8 42x 3 Book> Duplex
B222/B224
5-390
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode 8 42x 4 Simplex Combine 8 42x 5 Duplex Combine 8 42x 6 2> 8 42x 7 4> 8 42x 8 6> 8 42x 9 8> 8 42x 10 9> 8 42x 11 16> 8 42x 12 Booklet 8 42x 13 Magazine 2 pages on 1 side (2-Up) 4 pages on 1 side (4-Up) 6 pages on 1 side (6-Up) 8 pages on 1 side (8-Up) 9 pages on 1 side (9-Up) 16 pages on 1 side (16-Up)
These counts (SP8 421 to SP8 427) are especially useful for customers who need to improve their compliance with ISO standards for the reduction of paper consumption. Pages that are only partially printed with the n-Up functions are counted as 1 page. Here is a summary of how the counters work for Booklet and Magazine modes:
Service Tables
Booklet Original Pages 1 2 3 4
Magazine Original Pages 1 2 3 4
Count
Count
1 2 2 2
1 2 2 2
SM
5-391
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
5 6 7 8
3 4 4 4
5 6 7 8
4 4 4 4
T:PrtPGS/ImgEdt 8 431
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total number of pages output with the three features below, regardless of which application was used. C:PrtPGS/ImgEdt *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 432
These SPs count the total number of pages output with the three features below with the copy application. P:PrtPGS/ImgEdt *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 434
These SPs count the total number of pages output with the three features below with the print application. L:PrtPGS/ImgEdt *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 436
These SPs count the total number of pages output from within the document server mode window at the operation panel with the three features below. O:PrtPGS/ImgEdt *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 437
These SPs count the total number of pages output with the three features below with Other applications. Total number of covers or slip sheets inserted. The count for a cover printed on both sides counts 2.
8 43x 1 Cover/Slip Sheet
B222/B224
5-392
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
8 43x 2 Series/Book
The number of pages printed in series (one side) or printed as a book with booklet right/left pagination. The number of pages printed where stamps were
8 43x 3 User Stamp
applied, including page numbering and date stamping.
T:PrtPGS/Ppr Size 8 441
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by all applications. C:PrtPGS/Ppr Size *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 442
These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by the copy application. F:PrtPGS/Ppr Size *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 443
These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by the
fax application. P:PrtPGS/Ppr Size 8 444 *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by the printer application. S:PrtPGS/Ppr Size *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 445
These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by the scanner application. L:PrtPGS/Ppr Size *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 446
These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed from within the document server mode window at the operation panel.
SM
5-393
Copy Service Mode
O:PrtPGS/Ppr Size 8 447
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by Other applications.
8 44x 1 A3 8 44x 2 A4 8 44x 3 A5 8 44x 4 B4 8 44x 5 B5 8 44x 6 DLT 8 44x 7 LG 8 44x 8 LT 8 44x 9 HLT 8 44x 10 Full Bleed 8 44x 254 Other (Standard) 8 44x 255 Other (Custom)
These counters do not distinguish between LEF and SEF.
PrtPGS/Ppr Tray 8 451
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the number of sheets fed from each paper feed station. 8 451 1 Bypass 8 451 2 Tray 1 8 451 3 Tray 2 Bypass Tray Copier Copier
B222/B224
5-394
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
8 451 4 Tray 3 8 451 5 Tray 4 8 451 6 Tray 5 8 451 7 Tray 6 8 451 8 Tray 7 8 451 9 Tray 8 8 451 10 Tray 9
Paper Tray Unit (Option) Paper Tray Unit (Option) LCT (Option) Currently not used. Currently not used. Currently not used. Currently not used.
T:PrtPGS/Ppr Type
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed by all applications. These counters are not the same as the PM counter. The PM counter 8 461 is based on feed timing to accurately measure the service life of the feed rollers. However, these counts are based on output timing. Blank sheets (covers, chapter covers, slip sheets) are also counted. During duplex printing, pages printed on both sides count as 1, and a page printed on one side counts as 1. C:PrtPGS/Ppr Type 8 462 *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
Service Tables
These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed by the copy application. F:PrtPGS/Ppr Type *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 463
These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed by the fax application. P:PrtPGS/Ppr Type *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 464
These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed by the printer application.
SM
5-395
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode L:PrtPGS/Ppr Type 8 466 *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed from within the document server mode window at the operation panel.
8 46x 1 Normal 8 46x 2 Recycled 8 46x 3 Special 8 46x 4 Thick 8 46x 5 Normal (Back) 8 46x 6 Thick (Back) 8 46x 7 OHP 8 46x 8 Other
PrtPGS/Mag 8 471
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by magnification rate the number of pages printed. 8 471 1 < 49% 8 471 2 50% to 99% 8 471 3 100% 8 471 4 101% to 200% 8 471 5 201% <
Counts are done for magnification adjusted for pages, not only on the operation panel but performed remotely with an external network application capable of performing magnification adjustment as well. Magnification adjustments done with printer drivers with PC applications such as Excel are also counted. Magnification adjustments done for adjustments after they have been stored on the document server are not counted.
B222/B224
5-396
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
Magnification adjustments performed automatically during Auto Reduce/Enlarge copying are counted. The magnification rates of blank cover sheets, slip sheets, etc. are automatically assigned a rate of 100%.
8 481 8 484
T:PrtPGS/TonSave P:PrtPGS/TonSave
*CTL *CTL
These SPs count the number of pages printed with the Toner Save feature switched on. Note: These SPs return the same results as this SP is limited to the Print application. [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 491
T:PrtPGS/Col Mode C:PrtPGS/Col Mode F:PrtPGS/Col Mode L:PrtPGS/Col Mode O:PrtPGS/Col Mode
*CTL
These SPs count the number of pages *CTL printed in the Color Mode by each application.
8 493
8 496
*CTL
8 497
*CTL
8 49x 1 B/W 8 49x 2 Single Color 8 49x 3 Two Color 8 49x 4 Full Color
SM
5-397
B222/B224
Service Tables
8 492
*CTL
Copy Service Mode
8 501
T:PrtPGS/Col Mode P:PrtPGS/Col Mode O:PrtPGS/Col Mode
*CTL These SPs count the number of pages
8 504
*CTL printed in the Color Mode by the print application. *CTL
8 507
8 50x 1 B/W 8 50x 2 Mono Color 8 50x 3 Full Color 8 50x 4 Single Color 8 50x 5 Two Color
T:PrtPGS/Emul 8 511
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by printer emulation mode the total number of pages printed. P:PrtPGS/Emul *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 514
These SPs count by printer emulation mode the total number of pages printed.
8 514 1 8 514 2 8 514 3 8 514 4 8 514 5 8 514 6
RPCS RPDL PS3 R98 R16 GL/GL2
B222/B224
5-398
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
8 514 7 8 514 8 8 514 9 8 514 10 8 514 11 8 514 12 8 514 13 8 514 14
R55 RTIFF PDF PCL5e/5c PCL XL IPDL-C BM-Links Other Japan Only
SP8 511 and SP8 514 return the same results as they are both limited to the Print application. Print jobs output to the document server are not counted.
T:PrtPGS/FIN 8 521
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
Service Tables
These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed by all applications. C:PrtPGS/FIN *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
8 522
These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed by the Copy application. F:PrtPGS/FIN *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed by 8 523 the Fax application. NOTE: Print finishing options for received faxes are currently not available.
SM
5-399
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
P:PrtPGS/FIN 8 524
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed by the Print application. S:PrtPGS/FIN *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
8 525
These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed by the Scanner application. L:PrtPGS/FIN *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
8 526
These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed from within the document server mode window at the operation panel.
8 52x 1 Sort 8 52x 2 Stack 8 52x 3 Staple 8 52x 4 Booklet 8 52x 5 Z-Fold 8 52x 6 Punch 8 52x 7 Other
If stapling is selected for finishing and the stack is too large for stapling, the unstapled pages are still counted. The counts for staple finishing are based on output to the staple tray, so jam recoveries are counted.
B222/B224
5-400
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
This SP counts the amount of staples used by the 8 531 Staples *CTL machine. [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
T:Counter
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total output broken down by color output, regardless 8 581 of the application used. In addition to being displayed in the SMC Report, these counters are also displayed in the User Tools display on the copy machine. 8 581 1 Total 8 581 2 Total: Full Color 8 581 3 B&W/Single Color 8 581 4 Development: CMY 8 581 5 Development: K 8 581 6 Copy: Color 8 581 7 Copy: B/W 8 581 8 Print: Color 8 581 9 Print: B/W 8 581 10 Total: Color 8 581 11 Total: B/W 8 581 12 Full Color: A3 8 581 13 Full Color: B4 JIS or Smaller 8 581 14 Full Color Print
SM
Copy Service Mode
8 581 15 Mono Color Print 8 581 16 Full Color GPC
8 582
C:Counter
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total output of the copy application broken down by color output. 8 582 1 B/W 8 582 2 Single Color 8 582 3 Two Color 8 582 4 Full Color
8 583
F:Counter
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total output of the fax application broken down by color output. 8 583 1 B/W 8 583 2 Single Color
8 584
P:Counter
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total output of the print application broken down by color output. 8 584 1 B/W 8 584 2 Mono Color 8 584 3 Full Color
B222/B224
5-402
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
8 584 4 Single Color 8 584 5 Two Color
8 586
L:Counter
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total output of the local storage broken down by color output. 8 582 1 B/W 8 582 2 Single Color 8 582 3 Two Color 8 582 4 Full Color
O:Counter 8 591
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the totals for A3/DLT paper use, number of duplex pages
Service Tables
printed, and the number of staples used. These totals are for Other (O:) applications only. 8 591 1 A3/DLT 8 591 2 Duplex
SM
5-403
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
Coverage Counter 8 601
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total coverage for each color and the total printout pages for each printing mode.
8 601 1 B/W 8 601 2 Color 8 601 11 B/W Printing Pages 8 601 12 Color Printing Pages
T:FAX TX PGS 8 631
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by color mode the number of pages sent by fax to a telephone number. F:FAX TX PGS *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 633
These SPs count by color mode the number of pages sent by fax to a telephone number.
8 63x 1 B/W 8 63x 2 Color
If a document has color and black-and-white pages mixed, the pages are counted separately as B/W or Color. At the present time, this feature is provided for the Fax application only so SP8631 and SP8633 are the same. The counts include error pages. If a document is sent to more than one destination with a Group transmission, the count is done for each destination. Polling transmissions are counted but polling RX are not. Relay, memory, and confidential mailbox transmissions and are counted for each destination.
B222/B224
5-404
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
T:IFAX TX PGS 8 641
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by color mode the number of pages sent by fax to as fax images using I-Fax. F:IFAX TX PGS *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 643
These SPs count by color mode the number of pages sent by Fax as fax images using I-Fax.
8 64x 1 B/W 8 64x 2 Color
If a document has color and black-and-white pages mixed, the pages are counted separately as B/W or Color. At the present time, this feature is provided for the Fax application only so SP8641 and SP8643 are the same. The counts include error pages. If a document is sent to more than one destination with a Group transmission, the count is done for each destination. Polling transmissions are counted but polling RX are not. Relay, memory, and confidential mailbox transmissions and are counted for each destination.
T:S-to-Email PGS 8 651
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages attached to an e-mail for both the Scan and document server applications. S-to-Email PGS *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 655
These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages attached to an e-mail for the Scan application only.
8 65x 1 B/W 8 65x 2 Color
SM
5-405
Copy Service Mode
The count for B/W and Color pages is done after the document is stored on the HDD. If the job is cancelled before it is stored, the pages are not counted. If Scan-to-Email is used to send a 10-page document to 5 addresses, the count is 10 (the pages are sent to the same SMTP server together). If Scan-to-PC is used to send a 10-page document to 5 folders, the count is 50 (the document is sent to each destination of the SMB/FTP server). Due to restrictions on some devices, if Scan-to-Email is used to send a 10-page document to a large number of destinations, the count may be divided and counted separately. For example, if a 10-page document is sent to 200 addresses, the count is 10 for the first 100 destinations and the count is also 10 for the second 100 destinations, for a total of 20.).
T:Deliv PGS/Svr 8 661
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages sent to a Scan Router server by both Scan and LS applications. Deliv PGS/Svr *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 665
These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages sent to a Scan Router server by the Scan application.
8 66x 1 B/W 8 66x 2 Color
The B/W and Color counts are done after the document is stored on the HDD of the Scan Router server. If the job is canceled before storage on the Scan Router server finishes, the counts are not done. The count is executed even if regardless of confirmation of the arrival at the Scan Router server.
B222/B224
5-406
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
T:Deliv PGS/PC 8 671
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages sent to a folder on a PC (Scan-to-PC) with the Scan and LS applications. Deliv PGS/PC *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 675
These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages sent with Scan-to-PC with the Scan application.
8 67x 1 B/W 8 67x 2 Color
8 681
T:PCFAX TXPGS
*CTL These SPs count the number of pages sent by PC Fax. These SPs are provided for the Fax application only, so the counts for SP8 681 and
8 683
F:PCFAX TXPGS
*CTL SP8 683 are the same. [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]

Service Tables
This counts pages sent from a PC using a PC fax application, from the PC through the copier to the destination. When sending the same message to more than one place using broadcasting, the pages are only counted once. (For example, a 10-page fax is sent to location A and location B. The counter goes up by 10, not 20.)
8 691 8 692 8 693 8 694 8 695
T:TX PGS/LS C:TX PGS/LS F:TX PGS/LS P:TX PGS/LS S:TX PGS/LS
*CTL These SPs count the number of pages sent from *CTL the document server. The counter for the application that was used to store the pages is
*CTL incremented. [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1] *CTL The L: counter counts the number of pages *CTL stored from within the document server mode screen at the operation panel. Pages stored with the Store File button from within the Copy mode screen go to the C: counter.
8 696
L:TX PGS/LS
*CTL
SM
5-407
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
Print jobs done with Web Image Monitor and Desk Top Binder are added to the count. If several documents are merged for sending, the number of pages stored are counted for the application that stored them. When several documents are sent by a Fax broadcast, the F: count is done for the number of pages sent to each destination.
TX PGS/Port 8 701
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the number of pages sent by the physical port used to send them. For example, if a 3-page original is sent to 4 destinations via ISDN G4, the count for ISDN (G3, G4) is 12.
8 701 1 PSTN-1 8 701 2 PSTN-2 8 701 3 PSTN-3 8 701 4 ISDN (G3,G4) 8 701 5 Network
8 711
T:Scan PGS/Comp S:Scan PGS/Comp
*CTL *CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1] [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 715 These SPs count the number of pages sent by each compression mode. 8 715 1 JPEG/JPEG2000 8 715 2 TIFF(Multi/Single) 8 715 3 PDF 8 715 4 Other
B222/B224
5-408
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
RX PGS/Port 8 741
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the number of pages received by the physical port used to receive them.
8 741 1 PSTN-1 8 741 2 PSTN-2 8 741 3 PSTN-3 8 741 4 ISDN (G3,G4) 8 741 5 Network
Dev Counter 8 771
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the frequency of use (number of rotations of the development rollers) for black and other color toners.
8 771 1 Total 8 771 2 K 8 771 3 Y 8 771 4 M 8 771 5 C

Service Tables
Toner Bottle Info. 8 781
*ENG
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs display the number of already replaced toner bottles. NOTE: Currently, the data in SP7-833-011 through 014 and the data in SP8-781-001 through 004 are the same.
8 781 1 Toner: BK
The number of black-toner bottles
SM
5-409
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
8 781 2 Toner: Y 8 781 3 Toner: M 8 781 4 Toner: C
The number of yellow-toner bottles The number of magenta-toner bottles The number of cyan-toner bottles
This SP displays the percent of space 8 791 LS Memory Remain *CTL available on the document server for storing documents. [0 to 100 / 0 / 1]
Toner Remain
*CTL
[0 to 100/ 0 / 1]
These SPs display the percent of toner remaining for each color. This SP 8 801 allows the user to check the toner supply at any time. Note: This precise method of measuring remaining toner supply (1% steps) is better than other machines in the market that can only measure in increments of 10 (10% steps). 8 801 1 K 8 801 2 Y 8 801 3 M 8 801 4 C
Coverage Count: 0-10% 8 851
*ENG
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs display the number of scanned sheets on which the coverage of each color is from 0% to 10%. 8 851 11 0 to 2%: BK 8 851 12 0 to 2%: Y 8 851 31 5 to 7%: BK 8 851 32 5 to 7%: Y
B222/B224
5-410
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
8 851 13 0 to 2%: M 8 851 14 0 to 2%: C 8 851 21 3 to 4%: BK 8 851 22 3 to 4%: Y 8 851 23 3 to 4%: M 8 851 24 3 to 4%: C
8 851 33 5 to 7%: M 8 851 34 5 to 7%: C 8 851 41 8 to 10%: BK 8 851 42 8 to 10%: Y 8 851 43 8 to 10%: M 8 851 44 8 to 10%: C
*ENG
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs display the number of scanned sheets on which the coverage of each color is from 11% to 20%. 8 861 1 BK 8 861 2 Y 8 861 3 M 8 861 4 C
Service Tables
*ENG
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs display the number of scanned sheets on which the coverage of each color is from 21% to 30%. 8 871 1 BK 8 871 2 Y 8 871 3 M 8 871 4 C
SM
5-411
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
Coverage Count: 31%8 881
*ENG
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs display the number of scanned sheets on which the coverage of each color is 31% or higher. 8 881 1 BK 8 881 2 Y 8 881 3 M 8 881 4 C
Printing PGS: Present Ink 8 891
*ENG
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs display the amount of the remaining current toner for each color. 8 891 1 BK 8 891 2 Y 8 891 3 M 8 891 4 C
Printing PGS: Log: Latest 1 8 901
*ENG
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs display the amount of the remaining previous toner for each color. 8 901 1 BK 8 901 2 Y
B222/B224
5-412
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
8 901 3 M 8 901 4 C
Printing PGS: Log: Latest 2 8 911
*ENG
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs display the amount of the remaining 2nd previous toner for each color. 8 911 1 BK 8 911 2 Y 8 911 3 M 8 911 4 C
Coverage Count: 8 921 Total
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
Service Tables
Displays the total coverage and total printout number for each color. 8 921 1 BK (%) 8 921 2 Y (%) 8 921 3 M (%) 8 921 4 C (%) 8 921 14 BK (Page) 8 921 15 Y (Page) 8 921 16 M (Page) 8 921 17 C (Page)
SM
5-413
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
Machine Status
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the amount of time the machine spends in each 8 941 operation mode. These SPs are useful for customers who need to investigate machine operation for improvement in their compliance with ISO Standards. Engine operation time. Does not include time while 8 941 1 Operation Time controller is saving data to HDD (while engine is not operating). Engine not operating. Includes time while controller 8 941 2 Standby Time saves data to HDD. Does not include time spent in Energy Save, Low Power, or Off modes. Includes time while the machine is performing background printing. Includes time in Energy Save mode with Engine on. 8 941 4 Low Power Time Includes time while machine is performing background printing. Includes time while machine is performing 8 941 5 Off Mode Time background printing. Does not include time machine remains powered off with the power switches. 8 941 6 SC Total time when SC errors have been staying. Total time when paper jams have been staying during printing. Total time when original jams have been staying during scanning.
8 941 3 Energy Save Time
8 941 7 PrtJam
8 941 8 OrgJam
8 941 9 Supply PM Unit End Total time when toner end has been staying
B222/B224
5-414
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
AddBook Register 8 951
*CTL
These SPs count the number of events when the machine manages data registration.
8 951 1 User Code 8 951 2 Mail Address 8 951 3 Fax Destination 8 951 4 Group Transfer Request
User code registrations. Mail address registrations. Fax destination registrations. [0 to 9999999/ 0 / Group destination registrations. Fax relay destination registrations for relay TX. F-Code box registrations. Copy application registrations with the Program (job settings) feature. Fax application registrations with
Service Tables
1]
8 951 5
8 951 6 F-Code
8 951 7 Copy Program
8 951 8 Fax Program
the Program (job settings) feature. Printer application registrations [0 to 255 / 0 / 255]
8 951 9 Printer Program
with the Program (job settings) feature. Scanner application registrations with the Program (job settings) feature.
8 951 10
Scanner Program
Adomin. Counter List 8 999
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
Displays the total coverage and total printout number for each color. 8 999 1 Total 8 999 2 Copy: Full Color
SM
5-415
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
8 999 3 Copy: BW 8 999 4 Copy: Single Color 8 999 5 Copy: Two Color 8 999 6 Printer Full Color 8 999 7 Printer BW 8 999 8 Printer Single Color 8 999 9 Printer Two Color 8 999 10 Fax Print: BW 8 999 12 A3/DLT 8 999 13 Duplex 8 999 14 Coverage: Color (%) 8 999 15 Coverage: BW (%) Coverage: Color Print Page (%) Coverage: BW Print Page (%) Transmission Total: Color Transmission Total: BW
8 999 16
8 999 17
8 999 101
8 999 102
8 999 103 FAX Transmission
B222/B224
5-416
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
8 999 104
Scanner Transmission: Color Scanner Transmission: BW
8 999 105
SP9-XXX: Others
9511
Skew Origin Set 001 M: Skew Motor
*CTL
These SPs reset the skew correction value 002 C: Skew Motor 003 Y: Skew Motor (SP2-119-001 to -003) to "0".
9911
[Pressure Roller Condition]

Normal: Threshold: Upper Limit 001
*ENG [0 to 200 / 140 / 1 deg/step]
Specifies the threshold temperature of the pressure roller between M (middle) and H (high). This SP is referred when the input voltage of the IH inverter is more than 93% (adjustable with SP1-916-026). Normal: Threshold: Lower Limit
*ENG [0 to 200 / 120 / 1 deg/step]
002
Specifies the threshold temperature of the pressure roller between L (low) and M (middle). This SP is referred when the input voltage of the IH inverter is more than 93% (adjustable with SP1-916-026).
SM
5-417
Copy Service Mode
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1 /step] 0: No effect Coefficient: Low 003 DFU Adjusts the coefficient value of the temperature correction for ferrite roller rotation when the the fusing unit is in the low temperature. 004 Coefficient: Mid. 005 Coefficient: High Stand-by: Threshold: Upper Limit 006 *ENG [0 to 3 / 1 / 1 /step] DFU *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 /step] DFU *ENG 1: Normal 2: High 3: Highest
*ENG [0 to 200 / 180 / 1 deg/step]
Specifies the threshold temperature of the pressure roller between M (middle) and H (high). This SP is referred when the input voltage of the IH inverter is 93% or less (adjustable with SP1-916-026). Stand-by: Threshold: Lower Limit
*ENG [0 to 200 / 120 / 1 deg/step]
007
Specifies the threshold temperature of the pressure roller between L (low) and M (middle). This SP is referred when the input voltage of the IH inverter is 93% or less (adjustable with SP1-916-026). Mid. Thick: A3: Threshold: Upper Limit
*ENG [0 to 200 / 200 / 1 deg/step]
008
Specifies the threshold temperature of the pressure roller between M (middle) and H (high). This SP is referred when the paper of 275 mm width or more is used in the middle thick paper and 205/154 mm/sec line speed mode.
B222/B224
5-418
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
Mid. Thick: A3: Threshold: Lower Limit 009
*ENG [0 to 200 / 190 / 1 deg/step]
Specifies the threshold temperature of the pressure roller between L (low) and M (middle). This SP is referred when the paper of 275 mm width or more is used in the middle thick paper and 205/154 mm/sec line speed mode.
9912
[Target Angle] Ferrite Roller Paper Size Adjustment DFU *ENG [0 to 960 / 323 / 1 PULSE/step] *ENG [0 to 960 / 381 / 1 PULSE/step] *ENG [0 to 960 / 400 / 1 PULSE/step] *ENG [0 to 960 / 498 / 1 PULSE/step] *ENG [0 to 960 / 525 / 1 PULSE/step] *ENG [0 to 960 / 525 / 1 PULSE/step]
001 A3/DLT 002 B4 003 A4/LT 004 B5 005 A5/HLT 006 B6 007 A6
*ENG [0 to 960 / 525 / 1 PULSE/step]
9921
Page Correction Setting *CTL
Not used in this machine. [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
[Repeat Print Temp.Correction] 9965 These SPs are used for Preventing the fusing temperature overheating due to a multiple printing job. JOB Interval: Plain *ENG [0 to 120 / 30 / 1 sec/step]
001 Specifies the job interval time in plain paper mode. The machine does not enter the temperature correction mode for preventing the overheating for the time specified with this SP.
SM
5-419
Copy Service Mode
JOB Interval: M-Thick
*ENG [0 to 120 / 30 / 1 sec/step]
002 Specifies the job interval time in middle thick paper mode. The machine does not enter the temperature correction mode for preventing the overheating for the time specified with this SP. Shift Time *ENG [0 to 1200 / 600 / 10 sec/step]
003 Specifies the threshold time for entering the temperature correction mode. If a job continues for the time specified with this SP, the machine enteres the temperature correction mode. Offset Value: Plain: Low Temp.
*ENG [0 to 20 / 5 / 1 deg/step]
004 Specified the offset temperature for the plain paper in the low temperature. The machine decreases this temperature when a job continues for 600 seconds (adjustable with SP9-965-003) and the environment temperature is 17C or less. Offset Value: Plain: Normal/High Temp.
*ENG [0 to 20 / 5 / 1 deg/step]
005 Specified the offset temperature for the plain paper in the low temperature. The machine decreases this temperature when a job continues for 600 seconds (adjustable with SP9-965-003) and the environment temperature is more than 17C and 30C or less. Offset Value: M-Thick: Low Temp.
006
*ENG [0 to 20 / 5 / 1 deg/step]
Specified the offset temperature for the middle thick paper in the middle temperature. The machine decreases this temperature when a job continues for 600 seconds (adjustable with SP9-965-003) and the environment temperature is 17C or less.
B222/B224
5-420
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
Offset Value: M-Thick: Normal/High Temp.
*ENG [0 to 20 / 5 / 1 deg/step]
007 Specified the offset temperature for the middle thick paper in the middle temperature. The machine decreases this temperature when a job continues for 600 seconds (adjustable with SP9-965-003) and the environment temperature is more than 17C and 30C or less.
Memory Clear (SP5-801) The following tables list the items that are cleared. The serial number information, meter charge setting and meter charge counters (SP8-581, 582, 583, 584, and 586) are not cleared.
5801
[Memory Clear] Resets all correction data for process control and
5801 1 All Clear
all software counters, and returns all modes and

adjustments to their default values. 5801 2 ENG All Clears the engine settings. Initializes default system settings, SCS (System 5801 3 SCS Control Service) settings, operation display coordinates, and ROM update information. No SP modes are cleared. But, all files stored in 5801 4 IMH the HDD are cleared. (IMH: Image Memory Handler) No SP modes are cleared. (MCS: Memory Control Service) Initializes all copier application settings. Initializes the fax reset time, job login ID, all TX/RX 5801 7 Fax application settings, local storage file numbers, and off-hook timer.
5801 5 MCS
5801 6 Copier application
SM
5-421
Copy Service Mode The following service settings: Bit switches Gamma settings (User & Service) Toner Limit The following user settings: 5801 8 Printer application Tray Priority Menu Protect System Setting except for setting of Energy Saver I/F Setup (I/O Buffer and I/O Timeout) PCL Menu Initializes the scanner defaults for the scanner and all the scanner SP modes. Deletes the network file application management files and thumbnails, and initializes the job login ID. All setting of Network Setup (User Menu) (NCS: Network Control Service) Initializes the job login ID, SmartDeviceMonitor for Admin, job history, and local storage file numbers. Initilaize the IPU setting. Initializes the DCS (Delivery Control Service) settings. Initializes the UCS (User Information Control Service) settings. Initializes the MIRS (Machine Information Report Service) settings. Initializes the CCS (Certification and Charge-control Service) settings.
5801 9 Scanner application
5801 10 Netfile application
5801 11 NCS
5801 12 R-Fax
5801 13 IPU
5801 14 Clear DCS Settings
5801 15 Clear UCS Settings
5801 16 MIRS Setting
5801 17 CCS
B222/B224
5-422
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
5998
[Memory Clear] All engine related SP modes except for the following:
5998 1 ENG Setting
Serial number information SP modes related to meter charge Counters and logging data
5998 2 ENG Counter
All counters and logging data related to engine
5.2.2 INPUT CHECK TABLE

When entering the Input Check mode, 8 digits display the result for a section. Each digit corresponds to a different device as shown in the table.
Bit No. Result
7 0 or 1
6 0 or 1
5 0 or 1
4 0 or 1
3 0 or 1
2 0 or 1
1 0 or 1
0 0 or 1
Service Tables
Copier
Reading 5803 Bit Description 0 Interlock Release Detection Front door closed Front door closed Open 1
5803 1
Interlock Release Detection 1
Front door open
Interlock Release Detection 2
Front door open
5803 2 Right Cover Open/Closed
Closed
SM
5-423
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
5803 3 Toner Collection Bottle Set Image Transfer Contact/Release Position Paper Transfer Contact/Release Position
Set
Not set
5803 4
Not contact
Contact
5803 9
Not contact
Contact
5803 10 Drum Motor: Bk: Lock 5803 13 Toner Relay Motor: Lock 5803 14 Fusing Exit Motor: Lock 5803 15 Image Transfer Motor: Lock 5803 16 Laser Optics Fan: Front Lock 5803 17 Laser Optics Fan: Rear Lock 5803 18 Fusing Exhaust Fan: Lock 5803 20 IH Power Cooling Fan: Lock 5803 27 Toner Collection Full Sensor
Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Not full Actuator not detected Actuator not detected Actuator not detected Actuator not detected Not HP
Lock error Lock error Lock error Lock error Lock error Lock error Lock error Lock error Full Actuator detected Actuator detected Actuator detected Actuator detected HP
5803 28 Drum Phase Sensor: Bk
5803 29 Drum Phase Sensor: M
5803 30 Drum Phase Sensor: C
5803 31 Drum Phase Sensor: Y
5803 33 IH Magnetic Field Switch HP Sensor 1
B222/B224
5-424
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
5803 34 Fusing Rotation Sensor
Actuator not detected Toner end Toner end Toner end Toner end Set Set Set Set Not set Not set Set New Set
Actuator detected Toner remaining Toner remaining Toner remaining Toner remaining Not set Not set Not set Not set Set Set
Service Tables
5803 35 Toner End Sensor: Bk 5803 36 Toner End Sensor: M 5803 37 Toner End Sensor: C 5803 38 Toner End Sensor: Y 5803 39 Fusing Destination Detection: DOM 5803 40 Fusing Destination Detection: NA 5803 41 Fusing Destination Detection: EU 5803 42 Keycard: Set 5803 43 Mechanical Counter Bk: Set 5803 44 Mechanical Counter FC: Set 5803 45 Key Counter: Set 5803 46 Fusing New Unit Detection 5803 48 Tray 1 Set Detection
Not set Not new Not set Paper remaining
5803 49 Tray 1 Paper End
No paper
5803 50 Tray 1 Paper Height Detection 1 5803 51 Tray 1 Paper Height Detection 2 5803 52 Tray 1 Lift Detection 5803 53 Tray 2 Set Detection
See table 1 following this table. See table 1 following this table. Not upper limit Set Upper limit Not set Paper remaining
5803 54 Tray 2 Paper End
No paper
SM
5-425
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
5803 55 Tray 2 Paper Height Detection 1 5803 56 Tray 2 Paper Height Detection 2 5803 57 Tray 2 Lift Detection 5803 58 Tray 2 Paper Size
See table 1 following this table. See table 1 following this table. Not upper limit Upper limit
See table 2 following this table. Paper not detected Paper not detected Paper not detected Paper not detected Paper not detected Paper not detected
5803 59 Registration Sensor
Paper detected
5803 60 Relay Sensor 1 (Paper feed sensor 1)
Paper detected
5803 61 Relay Sensor 2 (Paper feed sensor 2)
Paper detected
5803 62 Paper Feed Sensor 1
Paper detected
5803 63 Paper Feed Sensor 2
Paper detected
5803 64 Fusing Entrance Sensor
Paper detected
5803 65 Fusing Exit Sensor
Paper not detected
Paper detected
5803 66 Exit Sensor
Paper detected
Paper not detected Paper full Paper not detected HP No paper
5803 67 Exit Full Detection
Paper not full
5803 68 Junction Gate Relay Detection
Paper detected
5803 69 Junction Gate HP Detection 5803 70 By-pass Tray Paper End
Not HP Paper remaining
B222/B224
5-426
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
5803 71 By-Pass Paper Size
See table 3 following this table. Paper not detected Paper not detected Paper full Not set Open Open Paper not detected Paper not detected
Service Tables
5803 72 Bridge Exit
Paper detected
5803 73 Bridge Relay Sensor
Paper detected
5803 74 Bridge Paper Full 5803 75 Bridge Unit Set 5803 76 Bridge Exit Cover Detection 5803 77 Bridge Relay Cover Detection
Paper not full Set Closed Closed
5803 78 Duplex Entrance Sensor
Paper detected
5803 79 Duplex Exit Sensor
Paper detected
5803 80 Duplex Open/Closed Detection 5803 81 Duplex Feed Cover 5803 82 1 Bin Tray Set Detection
Closed Open Set Paper not detected Paper not detected Paper not detected Paper not detected
Open Closed Not set
5803 83 1 Bin Tray Sensor
Paper detected
5803 87
Bank SEF (Vertical transport sensor 1/ Relay sensor) Sensor3 Bank SEF (Vertical transport sensor 2) Sensor4
Paper detected
5803 88
Paper detected
5803 89 Bank Feed Sensor 3
Paper detected
ma
SM
ls nua
4y
o u.c o
5-427
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
5803 90 Bank Feed Sensor 4
Paper not detected Closed
Paper detected
5803 91 Bank Relay Cover Detection 5803 92 Bank Vertical Transport Sensor 5 5803 93 Bank Feed Sensor 5
Open Not used Not used
5803 94 GAVD Open/Closed Detection
Closed (LD5V ON) Normal Not new SC detected SC detected SC detected Normal Normal Normal Normal Shutter open Shutter closed Switch off (Power off) Normal Normal Normal
Open (LD5V OFF) Lock error New No SC No SC No SC Lock error Lock error Lock error Lock error Shutter closed Shutter open Switch on (Power on) Lock error Lock error Lock error
*5803 95 Tube Cooling Fan: Lock 5803 96 New Transfer Detection 5803 101 PP: D: SC Detection 5803 102 PP: CB: SC Detection 5803 103 PP: TTS: SC Detection 5803 104 Fusing Coil Fan: Lock 5803 105 Exit Fan: Lock 5803 106 Duct Fan 2: Lock 5803 107 Duct Fan 3: Lock 5803 108 Laser Optics Shutter Sensor 1 5803 109 Laser Optics Shutter Sensor 2
5803 110 Interlock Detection 2
5803 111 Drum Motor: M: Lock 5803 112 Drum Motor: Y: Lock 5803 113 Drum Motor: C: Lock
B222/B224
5-428
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
5803 200 Scanner HP Sensor 5803 201 Platen Cover Sensor *For Future Use
Not HP Open
HP Closed
1000-Sheet Booklet Finisher (B793)

Not used in this machine.
2000/3000-Sheet (Booklet) Finisher (B804, B805)
Reading 6140 Bit Description 0 Paper not detected Paper not detected Not Full Paper not detected*1 Paper not detected Not HP Paper not detected Not HP Paper not detected 1
6140 1 Entrance Sensor
Paper detected
6140 2 Proof Exit Sensor
Paper detected
6140 3 Proof Full Detection Sensor
Full Paper detected*1
6140 4 Trailing Edge Detection: Shift
6140 5 Staple Exit Sensor
Paper detected
6140 6 Shift HP Sensor
HP
6140 7 Shift Exit Sensor
Paper detected
6140 8 Exit Guide Plate HP Sensor
HP
6140 9 Paper Detection Sensor: Staple
Paper detected
SM
5-429
B222/B224
Service Tables
Copy Service Mode
6140 10 Paper Detection Sensor: Shift
Paper not detected Not Full Not HP Not HP HP Paper not detected Not HP Not HP Not Limit Closed Not HP Staple not detected Staple not detected Not HP Not HP Paper not detected Not Full Not HP
Paper detected
6140 11 Paper Full Sensor: 2000-Sheet 6140 12 Oscillating Back Roller HP Sensor 6140 13 Jogger HP Sensor 6140 14 Exit Junction Gate HP Sensor
Full HP HP Not HP
6140 15 Staple Tray Paper Sensor
Paper detected
6140 16 Staple Moving HP Sensor 6140 17 Skew HP Sensor 6140 18 Limit SW 6140 19 DOOR SW 6140 20 Stapler 1 Rotation
HP HP Limit Open HP
6140 21 Staple Detection
Staple detected
6140 22 Staple Leading Edge Detection
Staple detected
6140 23 Punch Moving HP Sensor 6140 24 Punch Registration HP Sensor Punch Registratioin Detection Sensor
HP HP
6140 25
Paper detected
6140 26 Punch Chad Full Sensor 6140 27 Punch HP
Full HP
B222/B224
5-430
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
6140 28 Punch Selection DIPSW 1 6140 29 Punch Selection DiPSW 2 Stack Junction Gate Open/Closed HP Sensor
See *1 See *1
6140 30
Not HP
HP
6140 31 Leading Edge Detection Sensor
Paper not detected Not HP Paper not detected Not HP Not HP Not HP Paper not detected Paper not detected*
2
Paper detected
6140 32 Drive Roller HP Sensor
HP
6140 33 Arrival Sensor
Paper detected
6140 34 Rear Edge Fence HP Sensor 6140 35 Folder Cam HP Sensor 6140 36 Folder Plate HP Sensor
HP HP HP
6140 37 Folder Pass Sensor
Paper detected
Service Tables
6140 38 Saddle Full Sensor: Front
Paper detected*2
6140 39 Saddle Full Sensor: Rear
Paper not detected*

2
Paper detected*2
6140 40
Saddle Stitch Stapler 1 Rotation: Front
Not HP
HP
6140 41 Saddle Stitch Detection: Front
Staple not detected Staple not detected
Staple detected
6140 42
Saddle Stitch Leading Edge Detection: Front
Staple detected
SM
5-431
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
6140 43
Saddle Stitch Stapler 1 Rotation: Rear
Not HP
HP
6140 44 Saddle Stitch Detection: Rear
Staple not detected Staple not detected Not Full
Staple detected
6140 45
Saddle Stitch Leading Edge Detection: Rear
Staple detected
6140 46 Full Sensor: 3000-Sheet 6140 47 Exit Jogger HP Sensor: Front 6140 48 Exit Jogger HP Sensor: Rear 6140 49 Exit Jogger HP Sensor: Rear
Full
Not used in the machine Not used in the machine Not used in the machine
*1: Combination of DIP SW 1 and SW 2
DIP SW 1 0 1 0 1
DIP SW 2 0 0 1 1
Punch Type Japan Europe North America North Europe
*2: Please refer to "Lower Tray (B804 Only)" in the Service Manual for the "2000/3000 (Booklet) Finisher".
B222/B224
5-432
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
Reading 6139 Bit Description 0 1 Paper not detected
6139 1 Entrance Sensor
Paper detected
6139 2
Shift Exit Sensor (Lower Tray Exit Sensor) Staple Entrance Sensor (Stapler Tray Entrance Sensor) Staple Moving HP Sensor (Stapler HP Sensor) Jogger HP Sensor (Jogger Fence HP Sensor)
Paper not detected
Paper detected
6139 3
Paper detected
Paper not detected
6139 4
Not home position
Home position
6139 5
Not home position
Home position
Service Tables
6139 6 Stack Feed-out Belt HP Sensor
Home position
Not home position
6139 7 Staple Tray Paper Sensor
Paper not detected
Paper detected
6139 8
Staple Rotation Sensor (Staple Rotation HP Sensor)
Not home position
Home position
6139 9 Staple Sensor
Staple detected
Staple not detected Staple not detected
6139 10 Staple READY Detection
Staple detected
6139 11
Exit Guide Plate HP (Exit Guide Plate HP Sensor)
Not home position
Home position
SM
5-433
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
6139 12 Shift HP Sensor Paper Sensor (Stack Height Sensor) Tray Lower Sensor (Lower Tray Lower Limit Sensor) Proof Full Sensor (Paper Limit Sensor) Pick Roller Sensor (Pick-Up Roller Unit HP Sensor)
Not home position Output tray not detected
Home position Output tray detected
6139 13
6139 14
Lower limit
Not lower limit
6139 15
Not full
Full
*6141 12
Not home position
Home position
*6141 13 Staple HP Sensor *6141 14 Staple Near Empty Sensor Staple Self Prime Sensor (End Fence Detection Sensor)
Not home position Staple near empty Staple not detected Closed
Home position Staple remaining
*6141 15
Staple detected
*6141 16 Top Cover Sensor Staple Cover Sensor (Front Cover Switch)
Open
*6141 17
Closed
Open
*For Future Use
Table 1: Paper Height Sensor

0: Deactivated, 1: Activated (actuator inside sensor)
Remaining paper Full Nearly full Near end Almost empty
Paper height sensor 1 0 1 1 0
Paper height sensor 2 0 0 1 1
B222/B224
5-434
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
Table 2: Paper Size Switch (Tray 2)

Switch 1 is used for tray set detection. 0: Pushed, 1: Not pushed
Models North America 11" x 17" SEF*1 (A3 SEF) 8.5" x 14" SEF *2 (B4 SEF) A4 SEF 8.5" x 11" SEF B5 SEF 11" x 81/2" LEF*3 (A4 LEF) 10.5" x 7.25" LEF*4 (B5 LEF) A5 LEF Europe/Asia A3 SEF*1 (11" x 17" SEF) B4 SEF *2 (8.5" x 14" SEF) A4 SEF 8.5" x 11" SEF B5 SEF A4 LEF*3 (11" x 81/2" LEF) B5 LEF*4 (10.5" x 7.25" LEF) A5 LEF 4
Switch Location 3 2
1 1 0
1 1 1
0 1 1
*1: The machine detects either 11" x 17" SEF or A3 SEF, depending on the setting of SP 5-181-003. *2: The machine detects either 8.5" x 14" SEF or B4 SEF, depending on the setting of SP 5-181-004. *3: The machine detects either 11" x 81/2" LEF or A4 LEF, depending on the setting of SP 5-181-002. *4: The machine detects either B5 LEF or 10.5" x 7.25" LEF, depending on the setting of SP 5-181-005.
SM
5-435
Copy Service Mode
Table 3: Paper Size (By-pass Table)

0: Pushed, 1: Not pushed
Models North America 11" x 17" SEF*1 (11" x 8.5" LEF) 11" x 17" SEF*1 (11" x 8.5" LEF) 8.5" x 11" SEF*1 (8.5" x 11" SEF*2) 8.5" x 11" SEF*1 (8.5" x 11" SEF*2) 5.5" x 8.5" SEF 5.5" x 8.5" SEF 5.5" x 8.5" SEF 5.5" x 8.5" SEF Europe/Asia A3 SEF*1 (A4 LEF) A3 SEF*1 (A4 LEF) A4 SEF*1 (A5 LEF) A4 SEF*1 (B5 LEF) A5 LEF A5 LEF A5 LEF A6 LEF 3 2
Bit No. 1 0
1 0 0 1
0 0 1 1
1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
B222/B224
5-436
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
*1: When the machine determines that the paper feed direction is "LEF", it considers that the paper size is bracketed size.
Table 4: APS Original Size Detection
Original Size
Length Sensor
Width Sensor W1 O O W2 O X 00011111 00011110 SP4-301 display
Metric version A3 B4 F4 8.5" x 13", 8.25" x 13", or 8" x 13" SP 5126 controls the size that is detected A4 LEF B5 LEF A4 SEF B5 SEF
Inch version 11" x 17" 10" x 14"
L3 O O
L2 O O
L1 O O
8.5 x 14
00011100
8.5" x 11" 11" x 8.5" 5.5" x 8.5", 8.5" x 5.5"
X X X X
X X O X
X X O O
O O X X
O X X X
00000011 00000010 00001100 00000100
A5 LEF/ SEF
00000000
SM
5-437
B222/B224
Service Tables
Copy Service Mode
5.2.3 OUTPUT CHECK TABLE

Copier
5804
Display
Description Image Transfer Belt Contact Motor
5804 1 Image Transfer Motor Drum Motor: Bk: Full Speed Drum Motor: Bk: Medium Speed Drum Motor: Bk: Low Speed Drum Motor: M: Full Speed Drum Motor: M: Middle Speed Drum Motor: M: Low Speed Drum Motor: C: Full Speed Drum Motor: C: Middle Speed Drum Motor: C: Low Speed Drum Motor: Y: Full Speed
5804 2
Drum/Development Drive Motor-K: 154/205 mm/s
5804 3
Drum/Development Drive Motor-K: 115 mm/s
5804 4
Drum/Development Drive Motor-K: 77 mm/s
5804 5
Drum/Development Drive Motor-M: 154/205 mm/s
5804 6
Drum/Development Drive Motor-M: 115 mm/s
5804 7
Drum/Development Drive Motor-M: 77 mm/s
5804 8
Drum/Development Drive Motor-C: 154/205 mm/s
5804 9
Drum/Development Drive Motor-C: 115 mm/s
5804 10
Drum/Development Drive Motor- C: 77 mm/s
5804 11
Drum/Development Drive Motor-Y: 154/205 mm/s
B222/B224
5-438
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
5804 12
Drum Motor: Y: Middle Speed Drum Motor: Y: Low Speed
Drum/Development Drive Motor-Y: 115 mm/s
5804 13
Drum/Development Drive Motor-Y: 77 mm/s
5804 20 Toner Relay Motor IH Magnetic Field Switch Motor: Forward IH Magnetic Field Switch Motor: Reverse
Toner Transport Motor
5804 21
Ferrite Roller Motor - Forward
5804 22
Ferrite Roller Motor - Reverse
5804 23 Paper Transfer Motor Image Transfer Motor: Full Speed Image Transfer Motor: Medium Speed Image Transfer Motor: Low Speed Fusing Exit Motor: Full Speed Fusing Exit Motor: Medium Speed Fusing Exit Motor: Low Speed Development Clutch: Bk
Paper Transfer Roller Contact Motor Image Transfer Belt Unit Drive Motor: 154/205 mm/s
5804 24
5804 25
Image Transfer Belt Unit Drive Motor: 115 mm/s

Service Tables
5804 26
Image Transfer Belt Unit Drive Motor: 77 mm/s
5804 27
Fusing/Paper Exit Motor: 154/205 mm/s
5804 28
Fusing/Paper Exit Motor: 115 mm/s
5804 29
Fusing/Paper Exit Motor: 77 mm/s
5804 30
Development Clutch-K
5804 31 Development Clutch: M 5804 32 Development Clutch: C
Development Clutch-M Development Clutch-C
SM
5-439
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
5804 33 Development Clutch: Y
Development Clutch-Y
5804 36 Toner Supply Pump: Bk Toner Supply Clutch: Bk 5804 37 Toner Supply Pump: M 5804 38 Toner Supply Pump: C 5804 39 Toner Supply Pump: Y Front Laser Optics Fan: High Speed Rear Laser Optics Fan: High Speed Fusing Exhaust Fan: High Speed Fusing Exhaust Fan: Low Speed Drive Unit Cooling Fan: High Speed Electrical Section 5804 47 Cooling Fan: High Speed 5804 54 PSU Fan1: High Speed Dust Shield Shutter Motor PSU Fan 1: High Speed IH Inverter Fan Toner Supply Clutch: M Toner Supply Clutch: C Toner Supply Clutch: Y
5804 40
Ventilation Fan - Front
5804 42
Ventilation Fan - Rear
5804 44
Fusing Fan: High Speed
5804 45
Fusing Fan: Low Speed
5804 46
5804 56
Shutter Motor (Laser Optics Housing Unit)
5804 57 TM Sensor Shutter SOL ID Sensor Shutter Solenoid TM Sensor LED Output: F
5804 58
ID Sensor LED Output: Front
B222/B224
5-440
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
5804 59
TM Sensor LED Output: C TM Sensor LED Output: R P Sensor LED Output: Bk P Sensor LED Output: M P Sensor LED Output: C P Sensor LED Output: Y
ID Sensor LED Output: Center
5804 60
ID Sensor LED Output: Rear
5804 61
ID Sensor (mirror reflection) - K: LED Output
5804 62
ID Sensor (mirror reflection) - M: LED Output
5804 63
ID Sensor (mirror reflection) - C: LED Output
5804 64
ID Sensor (mirror reflection) - Y: LED Output
5804 65 ST Sensor Output: Bk 5804 66 ST Sensor Output: M 5804 67 ST Sensor Output: C 5804 68 ST Sensor Output: Y 5804 69 Toner End Sensor: Bk 5804 70 Toner End Sensor: M 5804 71 Toner End Sensor: C 5804 72 Toner End Sensor: Y 5804 73 Separation Voltage Image Transfer Output: Bk
ID Sensor (diffusion) - K: LED Output ID Sensor (diffusion) - M: LED Output ID Sensor (diffusion) - C: LED Output ID Sensor (diffusion) - Y: LED Output Toner End Sensor - K Toner End Sensor - M Toner End Sensor - C Toner End Sensor - Y Discharge Plate Voltage
5804 74
Image Transfer Belt Unit Bias Output: K
SM
5-441
Copy Service Mode
5804 75
Image Transfer Output: M Image Transfer Output: C Image Transfer Output: Y
Image Transfer Belt Unit Bias Output: M
5804 76
Image Transfer Belt Unit Bias Output: C
5804 77
Image Transfer Belt Unit Bias Output: Y
5804 78 Charge DC Output: Bk 5804 79 Charge DC Output: M 5804 80 Charge DC Output: C 5804 81 Charge DC Output: Y Charge AC Output: Bk: Full Speed Charge AC Output: Bk: Medium Speed Charge AC Output: Bk: Low Speed Charge AC Output: M: Full Speed Charge AC Output: M: Medium Speed Charge AC Output: M: Low Speed Charge AC Output: C: Full Speed Charge AC Output: C: Medium Speed
Drum Charge DC Voltage Output: K Drum Charge DC Voltage Output: M Drum Charge DC Voltage Output: C Drum Charge DC Voltage Output: Y
5804 82
Drum Charge AC Voltage Output: K: 154/205 mm/s
5804 83
Drum Charge AC Voltage Output: K: 115 mm/s
5804 84
Drum Charge AC Voltage Output: K: 77 mm/s
5804 85
Drum Charge AC Voltage Output: M: 154/205 mm/s
5804 86
Drum Charge AC Voltage Output: M: 115 mm/s
5804 87
Drum Charge AC Voltage Output: M: 77 mm/s
5804 88
Drum Charge AC Voltage Output: C: 154/205 mm/s
5804 89
Drum Charge AC Voltage Output: C: 115 mm/s
B222/B224
5-442
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
5804 90
Charge AC Output: C: Low Speed Charge AC Output: Y: Full Speed Charge AC Output: Y: Medium Speed Charge AC Output: Y: Low Speed Development Output: Bk
Drum Charge AC Voltage Output: C: 77 mm/s
5804 91
Drum Charge AC Voltage Output: Y: 154/205 mm/s
5804 92
Drum Charge AC Voltage Output: Y: 115 mm/s
5804 93
Drum Charge AC Voltage Output: Y: 77 mm/s
5804 94
Development Bias Output: Bk
5804 95 Development Output: M Development Bias Output: M 5804 96 Development Output: C Development Bias Output: C 5804 97 Development Output: Y Paper Transfer Output + Paper Transfer Output Development Bias Output: Y
5804 99
Paper Transfer Roller Output: Negative current
5804 100 PCL: Bk 5804 101 PCL: M 5804 102 PCL: C 5804 103 PCL: Y 5804 104 Polygon Motor: LL 5804 105 Polygon Motor: L 5804 107 Polygon Motor: HH
Toner Supply Motor Clutch: K Toner Supply Motor Clutch: M Toner Supply Motor Clutch: C Toner Supply Motor Clutch: Y Polygon Motor: 77 mm/s Polygon Motor: 115 mm/s Polygon Motor: 154/205 mm/s
SM
5-443
B222/B224
Service Tables
5804 98
Paper Transfer Roller Output: Positive current
Copy Service Mode
5804 109 Feed Motor: 77mm/s 5804 110 Feed Motor: 115mm/s 5804 112 Feed Motor: 154mm/s 5804 114 Feed Motor: 205mm/s 5804 115 Feed Motor: 215mm/s 5804 117 Feed Motor: 265mm/s 5804 118 Feed CL1 5804 119 Feed CL2 5804 121 Pick-Up Solenoid 1 5804 122 Pick-Up Solenoid 2 5804 123 Regist Motor: 77mm/s 5804 124 Regist Motor: 115mm/s
Paper Feed Motor: 77 mm/s Paper Feed Motor: 115 mm/s Paper Feed Motor: 154 mm/s Paper Feed Motor: 205 mm/s Paper Feed Motor: 215 mm/s Paper Feed Motor: 265 mm/s Tray 1 Paper Feed Clutch Tray 2 Paper Feed Clutch Pick-up Solenoid: Tray 1 Pick-up Solenoid: Tray 2 Registration Motor: 77 mm/s Registration Motor: 115 mm/s
5804 126 Regist Motor: 154/mm/s Registration Motor: 154 mm/s 5804 127 Right Motor: 205mm/s 5804 128 Tray Lock SOL 5804 129 Up Motor1: Up 5804 130 Up Motor1: Down 5804 131 Up Motor2: Up 5804 132 Up Motor2: Down Junction Gate Motor: Clockwise Right Motor 205 mm/s Tray Lock Solenoid Tray Lift Motor 1: Lift Up Tray Lift Motor 1: Lift Down Tray Lift Motor 2: Lift Up Tray Lift Motor 2: Lift Down
5804 133
Junction Gate 2 Motor: Clockwise
B222/B224
5-444
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
5804 134
Junction Gate Motor: Counterclockwise
Junction Gate 2 Motor: Counterclockwise
5804 135 Junction Gate SOL 5804 136 By-pass Feed Clutch By-pass Pick-Up Solenoid Duplex Motor CW: 77mm/s Duplex Motor CW: 115mm/s Duplex Motor CW: 138mm/s Duplex Motor CW: 205mm/s Duplex Motor CCW: 77mm/s Duplex Motor CCW: 115mm/s Duplex Motor CCW: 154mm/s Duplex Motor CCW: 205mm/s Inverter Motor CW: 77mm/s Inverter Motor CCW: 77mm/s
DuplexInverter Solenoid By-pass Feed Clutch
5804 137
By-pass Pick-Up Solenoid
5804 138
Duplex/By-pass Motor: CW 77 mm/s
5804 139
5804 140
5804 141

5804 143
Duplex/By-pass Motor: CCW 77 mm/s
5804 144
5804 146
5804 147
5804 149
Duplex Inverter Motor: CW 77 mm/s
5804 151
Duplex Inverter Motor: CCW 77 mm/s
SM
5-445
Copy Service Mode
5804 153 Relay Motor: 77mm/s 5804 154 Relay Motor: 115mm/s 5804 156 Relay Motor: 154mm/s 5804 157 Relay Motor: 205mm/s Relay Junction gate Solenoid Relay Cooling Fan: Strong Relay Cooling Fan: weak 1 Bin Junction Gate Solenoid
Bridge Unit Transport Motor: 77 mm/s Bridge Unit Transport Motor: 115 mm/s Bridge Unit Transport Motor: 154 mm/s Bridge Unit Transport Motor: 205 mm/s
5804 158
Bridge Unit Junction Gate Solenoid
5804 159
Not used
5804 160
Not used
5804 161
Junction Gate Solenoid: Bridge Unit/ Junction Gate 1 Solenoid Paper Feed (Tray) Motor: 77 mm/s (Optional Paper Feed Unit or LCT) Paper Feed (Tray)Motor: 115 mm/s (Optional Paper Feed Unit or LCT) Paper Feed (Tray)Motor: 154 mm/s (Optional Paper Feed Unit or LCT) Paper Feed (Tray)Motor: 205 mm/s (Optional Paper Feed Unit or LCT) Paper Feed (Tray)Motor: 215 mm/s (Optional Paper Feed Unit or LCT) Paper Feed (Tray)Motor: 265 mm/s (Optional Paper Feed Unit or LCT) Paper Feed Clutch 3 (Optional Paper Feed Unit: Tray 3 or LCT)
5804 163 Bank Motor: 77mm/s
5804 169 Bank Feed CL3
B222/B224
5-446
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
5804 170 Bank Feed CL4
Paper Feed Clutch 4 (Optional Paper Feed Unit: Tray 4) Pickup Solenoid 3 (Optional Paper Feed Unit: Tray 3 or LCT) Pickup Solenoid 4 (Optional Paper Feed Unit: Tray 4) Tray Lock Solenoid for Tray 3 and Tray 4 Toner Bottle Clutch - K Toner Bottle Clutch - M Toner Bottle Clutch - C Toner Bottle Clutch - Y Paper Feed Motor 2: 77 mm/s (Optional Paper Feed Unit)
Service Tables
5804 171 Bank Pickup SOL3
5804 172 Bank Pickup SOL4
5804 173 Bank Tray Lock SO 5804 176 Toner Bottle Clutch: K 5804 177 Toner Bottle Clutch: M 5804 178 Toner Bottle Clutch: C 5804 179 Toner Bottle Clutch: Y
5804 180 Bank Motor 2: 77mm/s
Paper Feed Motor 2: 115 mm/s (Optional Paper Feed Unit) Paper Feed Motor 2: 154 mm/s (Optional Paper Feed Unit) Paper Feed Motor 2: 205 mm/s (Optional Paper Feed Unit) Paper Feed Motor 2: 215 mm/s (Optional Paper Feed Unit) Paper Feed Motor 2: 265 mm/s (Optional Paper Feed Unit) -
5804 186 Bank Feed Clutch 5
SM
5-447
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
5804 187
Bank Pick-Up Solenoid 5 Bank Tray Lock Solenoid 2
5804 188
5804 190 Relay Motor: Reset 5804 191 Relay Motor: Enable 5804 192 RFID ON/OFF:K 5804 193 RFID ON/OFF:M 5804 194 RFID ON/OFF:C 5804 195 RFID ON/OFF:Y 5804 196 RFID COM ON:K 5804 197 RFID COM ON:M 5804 198 RFID COM ON:C 5804 199 RFID COM ON:Y 5804 202 Scanner Lamp 5804 208 Fusing Coil Fan 5804 209 IH Power Fan 5804 210 Exit Fan: High Speed 5804 211 Exit Fan: Low Speed
Drive Motor (Bridge Unit): Reset Drive Motor (Bridge Unit): Enable RFID ON/OFF - K RFID ON/OFF - M RFID ON/OFF - C RFID ON/OFF - Y RFID Communication ON - K RFID Communication ON - M RFID Communication ON - C RFID Communication ON - Y Scanner Exposure Lamp IH Coil Fan IH Inverter Fan Paper Exit Fan: High Speed Paper Exit Fan: Low Speed
5804 212 Duct Fan 2: High Speed Second Fan: High Speed 5804 213 Duct Fan 2: Low Speed Second Fan: Low Speed
5804 214 Duct Fan 3: High Speed Third Fan: High Speed
B222/B224
5-448
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
5804 215 Duct Fan 3: Low Speed 5804 216 LD1: K 5804 217 LD2: K 5804 218 LD1: M 5804 219 LD2: M 5804 220 LD1: C 5804 221 LD2: C 5804 222 LD1: Y 5804 223 LD2: Y Duplex Inverter Motor: CW: 205mm/s Duplex Inverter Motor: CW: 154mm/s Duplex Inverter Motor: CW: 115mm/s Duplex Inverter Motor: CCW: 205mm/s Duplex Inverter Motor: CCW: 154mm/s Duplex Inverter Motor: CCW: 115mm/s
Third Fan: Low Speed LD1: K LD2: K LD1: M LD2: M LD1: C LD2: C LD1: Y LD2: Y
5804 224
5804 225

5804 226
5804 227
5804 228
5804 229
SM
5-449
Copy Service Mode
1000-Sheet Booklet Finisher (B793)

SP6-143-xxx are not used in this machine.
6144
Display
Description Upper Transport Motor Lower Transport Motor -
6144 1 Relay Up Motor 6144 2 Relay Down Motor 6144 3 Exit Motor Proof Junction Gate SOL
6144 4
Tray Junction Gate Solenoid
6144 5 Tray Up Motor 6144 6 Jogger Motor Staple Moving Motor
Lower Tray Lift Motor Jogger Fence Motor
6144 7
Stapler Motor
6144 8 Staple Motor Staple Junction Gate SOL Positioning Roller Solenoid Stack Feed-out Motor
Stapler Hammer
6144 9
Stapler Junction Gate Solenoid
6144 10
Positioning Roller Solenoid
6144 11
6144 12 Shift Motor Exit Guide Plate Motor
6144 13
B222/B224
5-450
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
2000/3000-Sheet (Booklet) Finisher
6145
Display
Description Finisher Entrance Motor Upper Transport Motor Lower Transport Motor Upper/Proof Tray Exit Motor
6145 1 Entrance Motor 6145 2 Upper Feed Motor 6145 3 Lower Feed Motor 6145 4 Exit Motor
6145 5 Knock Roller Motor Clamp Roller Retraction Motor 6145 6 Shift Motor Exit Guide Plate Open/Close Motor Shift Roller Motor
6145 7
Exit Guide Plate Motor
6145 8 Tray Lift Motor Oscillating Back Roller Motor
Upper Tray Lift Motor

6145 9
Stacking Sponge Roller Motor
6145 10 Jogger Motor Stack Feed-out Motor Staple Moving Motor
Jogger Fence Motor
6145 11
Feed Out Belt Motor
6145 12
Corner Stapler Movement Motor
6145 13 Staple Skew Motor 6145 14 Staple Motor Upper Junction Gate Solenoid
Corner Stapler Rotation Motor Corner Stapler EH530
6145 15
Proof Junction Gate Solenoid
SM
5-451
Copy Service Mode
6145 16
Lower Junction Gate Solenoid
Stapling Tray Junction Gate Solenoid
6145 17 Knock Solenoid Trailing Edge Hold Solenoid Saddle Stitch Hold Solonoid Stack Junction 6145 20 Gate Open/Close Motor Trailing Edge 6145 21 Fence Moving Motor Saddle Stitch Staple Motor: Front Saddle Stitch Staple Motor: Rear
Stapling Edge Pressure Plate Solenoid
6145 18
Positioning Roller Solenoid
6145 19
Booklet Pressure Roller Solenoid
Stack Junction Gate Motor
Fold Unit Bottom Fence Lift Motor
6145 22
Booklet Stapler EH185R: Front
6145 23
Booklet Stapler EH185R: Rear
6145 24 Folder Plate Motor
Fold Plate Motor
6145 25 Folder Roller Motor Fold Roller Motor Drive Roller Oscillating Motor
6145 26
Positioning Roller Motor
6145 27 Punch Motor Punch Moving Motor
Punch Drive Motor
6145 28
Punch Movement Motor
B222/B224
5-452
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
6145 29
Punch Registration Detection Motor Exit Jogger Motor: Front Exit Jogger Motor: Rear Exit Jogger Release Motor
Paper Position Sensor Slide Motor
6145 30
6145 31
6145 32
5.2.4 TEST PATTERN PRINTING

Printing Test pattern: SP2-109 Some of these test patterns are used for copy image adjustments but most are used primarily for design testing.
Otherwise, an SC occurs. 1. 2. 3. Enter the SP mode and select SP2-109-003. Enter the number for the test pattern that you want to print and press [#]. When you want to select the single color of Magenta, Yellow or Cyan for printing a test pattern, select the color with SP2-109-005 (2: Magenta, 3: Yellow, 4: Cyan). 4. When you want to change the density of printing a test pattern, select the density with SP2-109-006 to -009 for each color.
If you select "0" with SP2-109-006 to -009, the color to be adjusted to "0" does not come up on a test pattern. 5. When you are prompted to confirm your selection, touch "Yes" to select the test pattern for printing. 6. Touch "Copy Window" to open the copy window, then select the settings for the test print (paper size etc.).
SM
5-453
B222/B224
Service Tables
Do not operate the machine until the test pattern is printed out completely.
Copy Service Mode
If you want to use black and white printing, touch "Black & White" on the LCD. If you want to use color printing, touch "Full Colour" on the LCD. 7. 8. Press the "Start" key to start the test print. After checking the test pattern, touch "SP Mode" on the LCD to return to the SP mode display. 9. Reset all settings to the default values.
10. Touch "Exit" twice to exit SP mode.
No. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 None
Pattern
No. 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
Pattern 2-dot pattern 4-dot pattern 1-dot trimming pattern Cross stitch: sub-scan Cross stitch: main-scan Belt pattern (Horizontal) Belt pattern (Vertical) Checkered flag Gray scale (Vertical) Gray scale (Horizontal) Dual beam density pattern Solid
1-dot line pattern (Vertical) 2-dot line pattern (Vertical) 1-dot line pattern (Horizontal) 2-dot line pattern (Horizontal) 1-dot grid pattern (Vertical) 1-dot grid pattern (Horizontal) 1-dot grid pattern (Fine) 1-dot grid pattern (Rough) 1-dot slant pattern (Fine) 1-dot slant pattern (Rough) 1-dot pattern
B222/B224
5-454
SM
manuals4you.com
Printer Service Mode
5.3 PRINTER SERVICE MODE

5.3.1 SP1-XXX (SERVICE MODE)
1001
[Bit Switch]
1001 1 Bit Switch 1 Settings 1001 2 Bit Switch 2 Settings 1001 3 Bit Switch 3 Settings 1001 4 Bit Switch 4 Settings *CTL Adjusts the bit switch settings. DFU 1001 5 Bit Switch 5 Settings 1001 6 Bit Switch 6 Settings 1001 7 Bit Switch 7 Settings 1001 8 Bit Switch 8 Settings
1003
[Clear Setting] Initialize Printer System
1003 1 Initializes settings in the System menu of the user mode. 1003 3 Delete Program
1004
[Print Summary] Print Summary
1004 1 Prints the service summary sheet (a summary of all the controller settings).
SM
1005
[Display Version] Disp. Version
1005 1 Displays the version of the controller firmware.
1006
[Sample/Locked Print]
*CTL 0: Linked, 1: On
Enables and disables the document server. When you select 0, the document 1006 1 server is enabled or disabled in accordance with Copy Service Mode SP5-967. When you select 1, the document server is enabled regardless of Copy Service Mode SP5-967.
[Data Recall] 1101 Recalls a set of gamma settings. This can be either a) the factory setting, b) the previous setting, or c) the current setting. 1101 1 Factory 1101 2 Previous *CTL 1101 3 Current 1101 4 ACC
[Resolution Setting] 1102 Selects the printing mode (resolution) for the printer gamma adjustment. 2400x600 Photo, 1800x600 Photo, 600 x 600 Photo, 2400x600 Text, 1800x600, Text, 600x600 Text
1102 1
B222/B224
5-456
SM
manuals4you.com
[Test Page] 1103 Prints the test page to check the color balance before and after the gamma adjustment. 1103 1 Color Gray Scale 1103 2 Color Pattern
[Gamma Adjustment] 1104 Adjusts the printer gamma for the mode selected in the Mode Selection menu. 1104 1 Black: Highlight 1104 2 Black: Shadow 1104 3 Black: Middle 1104 4 Black: IDmax 1104 21 Cyan: Highlight 1104 22 Cyan: Shadow 1104 23 Cyan: Middle 1104 24 Cyan: IDmax 1104 41 Magenta: Highlight 1104 42 Magenta: Shadow 1104 43 Magenta: Middle 1104 44 Magenta: IDmax 1104 61 Yellow: Highlight 1104 62 Yellow: Shadow 1104 63 Yellow: Middle
*CTL [0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step ]
SM
Printer Service Mode 1104 64 Yellow: IDmax
[Save Tone Control Value] Stores the print gamma adjusted with the Gamma Adj. menu item as the 1105 current setting. Before the machine stores the new current setting", it moves the data currently stored as the current setting to the previous setting memory storage location. 1105 1 Save Tone Control Value
[Toner Limit] 1106 Adjusts the maximum toner amount for image development. 1106 1 Toner Limit Value *CTL [100 to 400 / 260 / 1 %/step ]
B222/B224
5-458
SM
manuals4you.com
Scanner SP Mode
5.4 SCANNER SP MODE

5.4.1 SP1-XXX (SYSTEM AND OTHERS)
[Compression Type] 1004 Selects the compression type for binary picture processing. [1 to 3 / 1 / 1/step ] 1: MH, 2: MR, 3: MMR
1004 1 Compression Type
*CTL
[Erase margin] 1005 Creates an erase margin for all edges of the scanned image. If the machine has scanned the edge of the original, create a margin. This SP is activated only when the machine uses TWAIN scanning. 1005 1 Range from 0 to 5 mm *CTL [0 to 5 / 0 / 1 mm/step ]
1009
[Remote scan disable]
*CTL
[0 or 1 / 0 / - ] 0: enable, 1: disable
1009 1 Enable or disable remote scan.
1010
[Non Display Clear Light PDF]
*CTL
[0 or 1 / 0 / - ] 0: Display, 1: No display
1010 1 Enable or disable remote scan.
SM
5-459
Scanner SP Mode
5.4.2 SP2-XXX (SCANNING-IMAGE QUALITY)
[Compression Level (Gray-scale)] 2021 Selects the compression ratio for grayscale processing mode (JPEG) for the three settings that can be selected at the operation panel. 2021 1 Level 3 (Middle Image Quality) 2021 2 Level 2 (High Image Quality) 2021 3 Level 4 (Low Image Quality) 2021 4 Level 1 (Highest Image Quality) 2021 5 Level 5 (Lowest Image Quality) [5 to 95 / 40 / 1 /step ] [5 to 95 / 50 / 1 /step ] *CTL [5 to 95 / 30 / 1 /step ] [5 to 95 / 60 / 1 /step ] [5 to 95 / 20 / 1 /step ]
[Compression ratio of ClearLight PDF] 2024 Selects the compression ratio for clearlight PDF for the two settings that can be selected at the operation panel. 2024 1 Compression Ratio (Normal image) *CTL 2024 2 Compression Ratio (High comp image) [5 to 95 / 20 / 1 /step ] [5 to 95 / 25 / 1 /step ]
B222/B224
5-460
SM
manuals4you.com
Reboot/System Setting Reset
5.5 REBOOT/SYSTEM SETTING RESET

5.5.1 SOFTWARE RESET
You can reboot the software with one of the following two procedures: 1. 2. Turn the main power switch off and on. Press and hold down together for over 10 seconds. When the machine beeps
once, release both buttons. After Now loading. Please wait shows for a few seconds, the copy window will open. The machine is ready for normal operation.
5.5.2 SYSTEM SETTINGS AND COPY SETTING RESET

System Setting Reset
The system settings in the UP mode can be reset to their defaults. Use the following procedure. 1. 2. Press User Tools/Counter Hold down .
and then press System Settings.
You must press
first.
Service Tables
3.
Press yes when the message prompts you to confirm that you want to reset the system settings.
4.
Press exit when the message tells you that the settings have been reset.
Copier Setting Reset

Use the following procedure to reset the copy settings in the UP mode to their defaults. 1. 2. Press User Tools/Counter Hold down .
and then press Copier/Document Server Settings.
You must press
first.
SM
5-461
B222/B224
Reboot/System Setting Reset
3.
Press Yes when the message prompts you to confirm that you want to reset the Copier Document Server settings.
4.
Press exit when the message tells you that the settings have been reset.
B222/B224
5-462
SM
manuals4you.com
Firmware Update
5.6 FIRMWARE UPDATE

To update the firmware for this machine, you must have the new version of the firmware downloaded onto an SD (Secure Digital) Card. The SD Card is inserted into SD Card Slot 3 on the right side of the controller box.
5.6.1 TYPE OF FIRMWARE

There are 19 types of firmware as shown below.
Type of firmware
Function
Location of firmware BCU Flash ROM Flash ROM on the controller board Printer/scanner SD card Printer/scanner SD card Printer/scanner SD card Flash ROM on the controller board Flash ROM on the controller board Operation Panel Flash ROM on the controller board FCU Printer/scanner
Message shown
Engine System/Copy Application
Printer engine control
Engine
Operating system
System/Copy
Netfile Application
Feature application
NetworkDocBox
Printer Application
Feature application
SD Printer
Scanner Application
Feature application
SD Scanner
Fax Application
Feature application
Fax
NIB
Network Interface
Network
Operation Panel
Panel control
OpePanel.
Jam Animation
Jam animation
Animation
Fax FCU Remote Fax
Fax control Fax control
GWFCU 3-3 Fax (option)
SM
5-463
Firmware Update SD card Language firmware Language (16 languages) Two languages can be selected from 16 languages. Document server application Printer/scanner SD card Printer/scanner SD card Operation Panel LANG
WebDocBox
Web Uapl
WebSys
Web Service application
Web Support
PS3
Page description language (PostScript3)
PS3 SD card
Option PS3
PictBridge
PictBridge control
PictBridge SD card Flash ROM on the controller board ARDF Finisher (B793 only)
Option PctBrgd
DESS
Security control
Security Module
ARDF Finisher (B804/805 only)
ARDF control
ADF
Finisher control
Finisher
5.6.2 BEFORE YOU BEGIN

An SD card is a precision device. Always observe the following precautions when you handle SD cards: Always switch the machine off before you insert an SD card. Never insert the SD card into the slot with the power on. Do not remove the SD card from the service slot after the power has been switched on. Never switch the machine off while the firmware is downloading from the SD card. Keep SD cards in a safe location where they are not exposed to high temperature, high humidity, or exposure to direct sunlight. Always handle SD cards with care. Do not bend or scratch them. Do not let the SD card get exposed to shock or vibration.
B222/B224
5-464
SM
manuals4you.com
Firmware Update Make sure that the write protection of an SD card is unlocked when you download an application to it. If not, downloading fails and a download error (e.g. Error Code 44) occurs during a firmware upgrade. Keep the following points in mind when you use the firmware update software: Upload means to send data from the machine to the SD card. Download means to send data from the SD card to the machine. To select an item on the LCD, touch the appropriate button on the soft touch-screen of the LCD, or, press the appropriate number key on the 10-key pad of the operation panel. For example, when Exit (0) shows on the screen you can touch the Exit button on the screen, or, press the button on the operation panel of the copier.
Make sure that the machine is disconnected from the network to prevent a print job for arriving while the firmware update is in progress before you start the firmware update procedure.
5.6.3 UPDATING FIRMWARE

Preparation 1. 2. If the SD card is blank, copy the entire romdata folder onto the SD card. If the card already contains the romdata folder, copy the B221 folder onto the card.
Service Tables
If the card already contains folders up to B221, copy the necessary firmware files (e.g. B221xxxx.fwu) into this folder.
Do not put multiple machine firmware programs on the same SD card. Copy the only model firmware you want. 1. 2. 3. Turn the main power switch off. Remove the slot cover ( x 1).
Insert the SD card into SD Card Slot 3. Make sure the label on the SD card faces the rear side of the machine.
4.
Slowly push the SD card into the slot so it locks in place. You will hear it click. Make sure the SD card locks in place. To remove the SD, push it in to unlock the spring lock. Then release it so it pops out of the slot.
5.
Disconnect the network cable from the copier if the machine is connected to a network.
6.
Open The Front Cover (See Note)
SM
5-465
B222/B224
Firmware Update
7.
Switch the main power switch on. After about 45 seconds, the initial version update screen appears on the LCD in English. If the front cover is not open, the firmware update may not complete correctly
8.
On the screen, touch the button or press the corresponding number key on the operation panel to select the item in the menu that you want to update.
ROM/NEW
What it means Tells you the number of the module and name of the version currently
ROM:
installed. The first line is the module number, the second line the version name. Tells you the number of the module and name version on the SD card. The first line is the module number, the second line the version name.
NEW:
Controller, engine and operation panel firmware cannot be updated at the same time. It is recommended to update firmware modules one by one. 9. Touch UpDate (#) (or ) to start the update.
The progress bar does not show for the operation panel firmware after you touch OpPanel. The power on key flashes on and off at 0.5 s intervals when the LCDC firmware is updating. The power key flashes on and off at 3 s intervals when the update is finished. 10. The "Update is Done" message appears on the operation panel after completing the updating. The message differs depending on the firmware that has been updated. 11. Switch the copier main power switch off when you see the Update is Done message or follow the procedure that is displayed on the operation panel. 12. Press in the SD card to release it. Then remove it from the slot. 13. Switch the copier on for normal operation.
B222/B224
5-466
SM
manuals4you.com
Firmware Update
Error Messages An error message shows in the first line if an error occurs during the download. The error code consists of the letter E and a number. The example above shows error E24 displayed. For details, refer to the Error Message Table. ( 5.6.9
"Handling Firmware Update Errors"") Firmware Update Error If a firmware update error occurs, this means the update was cancelled during the update because the module selected for update was not on the SD card.
Recovery after Power Loss If the ROM update is interrupted as a result of accidental loss of power while the firmware is updating, then the correct operation of the machine cannot be guaranteed after the machine is switched on again. If the ROM update does not complete successfully for any reason, then in order to ensure the correct operation of the machine, the ROM update error will continue to show until the ROM is updated successfully. In this case, insert the card again and switch on the machine to continue the firmware download automatically from the card without the menu display.
5.6.4 UPDATING THE LCDC FOR THE OPERATION PANEL

Do the following procedure to update the LCDC (LCD Control Board). 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn the copier main switch off. Remove the SD slot cover ( x 1).
Insert the SD card into SD Card Slot 3. Switch the copier main switch on. The initial screen opens in English after about 45 seconds.
SM
5-467
B222/B224
Service Tables
Firmware Update 6. 7. 8. 9. Touch Ope Panel.xx. "xx" differs depending on the destination. Touch UpDate(#) or ( ) to start the update.
Downloading starts after about 9 seconds.
10. The operation panel goes off and the main power on key flashes in red at 0.5 s intervals when the data is downloading. The same key starts flashing in green at 1 s intervals when the update is finished. 11. Switch the copier main power switch off and remove the SD card. Then switch the copier on.
5.6.5 DOWNLOADING STAMP DATA

The stamp data should be downloaded from the controller firmware to the hard disks at the following times: After the hard disks have been replaced. The print data contains the controller software. Execute SP 5853 to download the fixed stamp data required by the hard disks. 1. 2. Enter the SP mode. Select SP5853 and then press EXECUTE. The following screen opens while the stamp data is downloading.
The download is finished when the message prompts you to close.
3.
Press the Exit button. Then turn the copier off and on again.
B222/B224
5-468
SM
manuals4you.com
Firmware Update
5.6.6 NVRAM DATA UPLOAD/DOWNLOAD

Uploading Content of NVRAM to an SD card
Do the following procedure to upload SP code settings from NVRAM to an SD card.
This data should always be uploaded to an SD card before the NVRAM is replaced. Make sure that the write protection of an SD card is unlocked 1. Do SP5990-001 (SMC Print) before you switch the machine off. You will need a record of the NVRAM settings if the upload fails. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Switch the copier main power switch off. Remove the SD slot cover ( x 1).
Insert the SD card into SD card slot 3. Then switch the copier on. Execute SP5824-001 (NVRAM Data Upload) and then press the Execute key. The following files are coped to an NVRAM folder on the SD card when the upload procedure is finished. The file is saved to the path and the following filename: Here is an example with Serial Number K5000017114: NVRAMK5000017114.NV
NVRAM<serial number>.NV
7.
In order to prevent an error during the download, be sure to mark the SD card that holds the uploaded data with the number of the machine from which the data was uploaded. You can upload NVRAM data from more than one machine to the same SD card.
Downloading an SD Card to NVRAM

Do the following procedure to download SP data from an SD card to the NVRAM in the machine. The NVRAM data down load may fail if the SD card with the NVRAM data is damaged, or if the connection between the controller and BCU is defective. Do the download procedure again if the download fails. Do the following procedure if the second attempt fails:
SM
5-469
Firmware Update
Enter the NVRAM data manually using the SMC print you created before uploading the NVRAM data. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Switch the copier main power switch off. Remove the SD slot cover ( x 1).
Insert the SD card with the NVRAM data into SD Card Slot 3. Switch the copier main power switch on. Do SP5825-001 (NVRAM Data Download) and press the Execute key. The serial number of the file on the SD card must match the serial number of the machine for the NVRAM data to download successfully. The download fails if the serial numbers do not match.
This procedure does not download the following data to the NVRAM: Total Count C/O, P/O Count
5.6.7 ADDRESS BOOK UPLOAD/DOWNLOAD

Information List
The following information is possible to be uploaded and downloaded.
Information Registration No. User Code E-mail Protection Code Fax Destination Fax Option Group Name Key Display Select Title Folder Local Authentication Folder Authentication Account ACL New Document Initial ACL LDAP Authentication
B222/B224
5-470
SM
manuals4you.com
Firmware Update
Download
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Prepare a formatted SD card. Make sure that the write-protection on the SD card is off. Turn off the main power switch of the main machine. Remove the SD slot cover at the left rear side of the machine ( Install the SD card into the SD card slot 3 (for service use). Turn on the main power switch. Enter the SP mode. Do SP5-846-051 (Backup All Addr Book). Exit the SP mode, and then turn off the main power switch. x 1).
10. Remove the SD card form the SD card slot 3. 11. Install the SD slot cover.
If the capacity of SD card is not enough to store the local user information, an error message is displayed. Carefully handle the SD card, which contains user information. Do not take it
Service Tables
back to your location.
Upload
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Turn off the main power switch of the main machine. Remove the SD slot cover at the left rear side of the machine ( Turn on the main power switch. Enter the SP mode. Do SP5-846-052 (Restore All Addr Book). Exit the SP mode, and then turn off the main power switch. Remove the SD card form the SD card slot 3. Install the SD slot cover. x 1).
Install the SD card, which has already been uploaded, into the SD card slot 3.
SM
5-471
B222/B224
Firmware Update
The counter in the user code information is initialized after uploading. The information of an administrator and supervisor cannot be downloaded nor uploaded. If there is no data of address book information in the SD card, an error message is displayed.
5.6.8 INSTALLING ANOTHER LANGUAGE

Many languages are available. But you can only switch between two languages at a time. Do the following procedure to select the two languages you want. You can select both of the languages you want from the user interface on the operation panel. 1. 2. 3. 4. Switch the copier main power switch off. Remove the SD slot cover ( x 1).
Insert the SD card with the language data into SD Card Slot 3. Switch the copier main power switch on. The initial screen opens after about 45 seconds.
5.
Touch Language Data (2) on the screen (or press
).
6.
Touch LANG. 1(1) or LANG. 2(2)"
B222/B224
5-472
SM
manuals4you.com
Firmware Update
Key
What it does Touch this button on the screen (or press on the 10-key pad) to
LANG. 1(1)
open the next screen so you can select the 1st language. Touch this button on the screen (or press on the 10-key pad) to
LANG. 1(2)
open the next screen so you can select the 2nd language. Touch this key on the screen (or press on the 10-key pad) to
Exit(0)
quit the update procedure and return to normal screen.
7.
Touch LANG 1(1) to select the 1st Language. Touch LANG (2) to select the 2nd Language.
8.
Touch the appropriate button on the screen (or press the number on the 10-keypad) to select a language as the 1st (or 2nd) language. If a language is already selected, it will show in reverse. Touching Exit (0) returns you to the previous screen.
9.
If you do not see the language that you want to select, touch (7) or (9) on the screen (or press or ) to show more choices. The Download Screen opens after you select a language. The 1st or 2nd language selected for updating shows. 1. 2. The following show to right of the selection: The first column shows the language currently selected
The 2nd column shows the language selected to replace that language. The example below shows that the download will replace Japanese with Italian as the 1st language.
SM
5-473
B222/B224
Service Tables
Firmware Update
10. Touch Update(#) on the screen (or press
) to start the download.
Another screen with a progress bar does not show when the language is downloading. The following occur at the time the language is downloading: The operation panel switches off. The LED on the power on key flashes rapidly. 11. After the message of installation completed has shown on the LCD, switch the copier main power switch off. Then remove the SD card from the slot. 12. Switch the copier main power switch on to resume normal operation.
5.6.9 HANDLING FIRMWARE UPDATE ERRORS

An error message shows in the first line if an error occurs during a download. The error code consists of the letter E and a number (E20, for example).
Error Message Table
Code 20 21
Meaning Cannot map logical address Cannot access memory Cannot decompress compressed data
Solution Make sure the SD card is inserted correctly. HDD connection incorrect or replace hard disks. Incorrect ROM data on the SD card, or data is corrupted.
22
B222/B224
5-474
SM
manuals4you.com
Firmware Update
23
Error occurred when ROM update program started
Controller program abnormal. If the second attempt fails, replace controller board. Make sure SD card inserted correctly, or use another SD card.
24
SD card access error
30
No HDD available for stamp data download
HDD connection incorrect or replace hard disks.
31
Data incorrect for continuous download
Insert the SD card with the remaining data required for the download, the re-start the procedure. Execute the recovery procedure for the intended module download, then repeat the installation procedure. Incorrect ROM data on the SD card, or data is corrupted. SD update data is incorrect. Acquire the correct data (Japan, Overseas, OEM, etc.) then install again. SD update data is incorrect. The data on the SD card is for another machine. Acquire correct update data then install again. SD update data is incorrect. The data on the SD card is for another machine. Acquire correct update data then install again. Replace the update data for the module on the SD card and try again, or replace the BCU board. Replace the update data for the module on the SD card and try again, or replace the LCDC.
Service Tables
32
Data incorrect after download interrupted
33
Incorrect SD card version
Module mismatch - Correct 34 module is not on the SD card) Module mismatch Module 35 on SD card is not for this machine
36
Cannot write module Cause other than E34, E35
40
Engine module download failed
42
Operation panel module download failed
SM
5-475
B222/B224
Firmware Update
43
Stamp data module download failed
Replace the update data for the module on the SD card and try again, or replace the hard disks. Replace the update data for the module on the SD card and tray again, or replace controller board. SD update data is incorrect. The data on the SD card is for another machine. Acquire correct update data then install again.
44
Controller module download failed
50
Electronic confirmation check failed
B222/B224
5-476
SM
manuals4you.com
SD Card Appli Move
5.7 SD CARD APPLI MOVE

5.7.1 OVERVIEW
The service program SD Card Appli Move (SP5-873) lets you to copy application programs from one SD card to another SD card. Slot 1 and Slot 2 are used to store application programs. But there are 3 possible applications (PostScript 3, DOS unit, PictBridge). You cannot run application programs from Slot 3. However you can move application programs from Slot 3 to either Slot 1 or Slot 2 with the following procedure (if there are cards in slots 1 and 2, Slot 1 will be used). For this model, the printer/scanner card in slot 1 has enough space for the PictBridge and the DOS applications. Use the card that is already in slot 1 (printer/scanner card). Do not remove the printer/scanner card from slot 1. The procedures in this section will assume that you use slot 1. If you want to use slot 2, you must first turn the machine power off, remove the SD card from slot 1, and turn the power on again. You can then do the following procedure, and the application will go to the card in slot 2. 1. 2. Choose a SD card with enough space. Enter SP5873 SD Card Appli Move. Then move the application from the SD Card in Slot 3 to the Slot you want.
If you move the application to slot 1, use the card that is already in slot 1 (printer/scanner card). Do not remove the printer/scanner card from slot 1. Do steps 1-2 again if you want to move another application program. 3. Exit the SP mode
Use caution when you do the SD Card Appli Move procedure: 1. The data necessary for authentication is transferred with the application program from an SD card to another SD card. Authentication fails if you try to use the SD card after you copy the application program from one card to another card. 2. Do not use the SD card if it has been used by the user on the computer. Normal operation is not guaranteed when such an SD card is used.
SM
SD Card Appli Move
3. 4.
Remove the cover [A] (
x 2).
Keep the SD card in the place [B] after you copy the application program from one card to another card. This is done for the following reasons: 1. The SD card can be the only proof that the user is licensed to use the application program. 2. You may need to check the SD card and its data to solve a problem in the future.
5.
You cannot copy PostScript data to another SD card. You have to copy other data to the same SD card that stores PostScript data.
5.7.2 MOVE EXEC

The menu Move Exec (SP5-873-001) lets you copy application programs from the original SD card to another SD card.
Do not turn ON the write protect switch of the system SD card or application SD card on the machine. If the write protect switch is ON, a download error (e.g. Error Code 44) occurs during a firmware upgrade or application merge. 1. 2. Turn the main switch off. Make sure that an SD card is in SD Card Slot 1. The application program is copied into this SD card. 3. Insert the SD card (having stored the application program) to SD Card Slot 3. The application program is copied from this SD card. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Turn the main switch on. Start the SP mode. Select SP5-873-001 Move Exec. Follow the messages shown on the operation panel. Turn the main switch off.
B222/B224
5-478
SM
manuals4you.com
SD Card Appli Move 9. Remove the SD card from SD Card Slot 3.
10. Turn the main switch on. 11. Check that the application programs run normally.
5.7.3 UNDO EXEC

The menu Undo Exec (SP5-873-002) lets you copy back application programs from an SD card to the original SD card. You can use this program when, for example, you have mistakenly copied some programs by using Move Exec (SP5-873-001).
Do not turn ON the write protect switch of the system SD card or application SD card on the machine. If the write protect switch is ON, a download error (e.g. Error Code 44) occurs during a firmware upgrade or application merge. 1. 2. Turn the main switch off. Insert the original SD card in SD Card Slot 3. The application program is copied back into this card. 3. Insert the SD card (having stored the application program) to SD Card Slot 1. The application program is copied back from this SD card. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Turn the main switch on. Start the SP mode. Select SP5-873-002 Undo Exec. Follow the messages shown on the operation panel. Turn the main switch off. Remove the SD card from SD Card Slot 3. This step assumes that the application programs in the SD card are used by the machine. 10. Turn the main switch on. 11. Check that the application programs run normally.
SM
5-479
Controller Self-Diagnostics
5.8 CONTROLLER SELF-DIAGNOSTICS

5.8.1 OVERVIEW
There are three types of self-diagnostics for the controller. 1. Power-on self-diagnostics: The machine automatically starts the self-diagnostics just after the power has been turned on. 2. SC detection: The machine automatically detects SC conditions at power-on or during operation. The following shows the workflow of the power-on and detailed self-diagnostics.
B222/B224
5-480
SM
manuals4you.com
Using the Debug Log
5.9 USING THE DEBUG LOG

This machine provides a Save Debug Log feature that allows the Customer Engineer to save and retrieve error information for analysis. Every time an error occurs, debug information is recorded in volatile memory. But this information is lost when the machine is switched off and on. To capture this debug information, the Save Debug Log feature provides two main features: Switching on the debug feature so error information is saved directly to the HDD for later retrieval. Copying the error information from the HDD to an SD card. Do the following procedure below to set up the machine so the error information is saved automatically to the HDD when a user has problems with the machine. Then ask the user to reproduce the problem.
5.9.1 SWITCHING ON AND SETTING UP SAVE DEBUG LOG

The debug information cannot be saved until the Save Debug Log function has been switched on and a target has been selected. 1. Enter the SP mode and switch the Save Debug Log feature on.
Service Tables
Press
then use the 10-key pad to enter for more than 3 seconds.
Press and hold down Touch Copy SP.
On the LCD panel, open SP5857. 2. Under 5857 Save Debug Log, touch 1 On/Off.
3.
On the control panel keypad, press 1. Then press Debug Log feature on.
. This switches the Save
The default setting is 0 (OFF). This feature must be switched on in order for the debug information to be saved.
SM
5-481
B222/B224
Using the Debug Log
4.
Select the target destination where the debug information will be saved. Under 5857 Save Debug Log, touch 2 Target, enter 2 with the operation panel key to select the hard disk as the target destination. Then press .
Select 3 SD Card to save the debug information directly to the SD card if it is inserted in the service slot. 5. Now touch 5858 and specify the events that you want to record in the debug log. SP5858 (Debug Save When) provides the following items for selection.
Engine SC Error
Saves data when an engine-related SC code is generated. Saves debug data when a
Controller SC Error
controller-related SC Code is generated. Saves data only for the SC code that you specify by entering code number. Saves data for jams.
Any SC Error
Jam
More than one event can be selected. Example 1: To Select Items 1, 2, 4 Touch the appropriate items(s). Press ON for each selection. This example shows Engine SC Error selected.
B222/B224
5-482
SM
manuals4you.com
Using the Debug Log
Example 2: To Specify an SC Code Touch 3 Any SC Error, enter the 3-digit SC code number with the control panel number keys. Then press . This example shows an entry for SC670.
Troubleshooting. 6. Select one or more memory modules for reading and recording debug information. Touch 5859. Under 5859 press the necessary key item for the module that you want to record. Enter the appropriate 4-digit number. Then press .
Refer to the two tables below for the 4-digit numbers to enter for each key. The example below shows Key 1 with 2222 entered.
SM
5-483
B222/B224
Service Tables
For details about SC code numbers, please refer to the SC tables in Section 4.
Using the Debug Log The following keys can be set with the corresponding numbers. (The initials in parentheses indicate the names of the modules.) 4-Digit Entries for Keys 1 to 10
Key No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Copy
Printer 2222 (SCS) 14000 (SRM) 256 (IMH) 1000 (ECS) 1025 (MCS)
Scanner
Web
4848 (COPY) 2224 (BCU)
4400 (GPS) 4500 (PDL) 4600 (GPS-PM) 2000 (NCS) 2224 (BCU)
5375 (Scan) 5682 (NFA)
5682 (NFA) 6600 (WebDB)
3000 (UCS)
3300 (PTS)
9 10
2000 (NCS) 4126 (DCS)
6666 (WebSys) 2000 (NCS)
The default settings for Keys 1 to 10 are all zero (0). Key to Acronyms
Acronym ECS GPS
Meaning Engine Control Service GW Print Service GW Print Service Print Module
Acronym NFA PDL
Meaning Net File Application Printer Design Language
GSP-PM
PTS
Print Server
B222/B224
5-484
SM
manuals4you.com
Using the Debug Log
IMH
Image Memory Handler
SCS
System Control Service System Resource Management Web Document Box (Document Server)
MCS
Memory Control Service
SRM
NCS
Network Control Service
WebDB
The machine is now set to record the debugging information automatically on the HDD (the target selected with SP5857-002) for the events that you selected with SP5858 and the memory modules selected with SP5859. Please keep the following important points in mind when you do this setting: Note that the number entries for Keys 1 to 5 are the same for the Copy, Printer, Scanner, and Web memory modules. The initial settings are all zero. These settings remain in effect until you change them. Be sure to check all the settings, especially the settings for Keys 6 to 10. To switch off a key setting, enter a zero for that key.
Service Tables
You can select any number of keys from 1 to 10 (or all) by entering the corresponding 4-digit numbers from the table. You cannot mix settings for the groups (COPY, PRINTER, etc.) for 006 to 010. For example, if you want to create a PRINTER debug log you must select the settings from the 9 available selections for the PRINTER column only. One area of the disk is reserved to store the debug log. The size of this area is limited to 4 MB.
SM
5-485
B222/B224
Using the Debug Log
5.9.2 RETRIEVING THE DEBUG LOG FROM THE HDD

Retrieve the debug log by copying it from the hard disk to an SD card. 1. 2. Insert the SD card into the service slot of the copier. Enter the SP mode and execute SP5857-009 (Copy HDD to SD Card (Latest 4 MB)) to write the debugging data to the SD card. 3. Use a card reader to copy the file and send it for analysis to your local Ricoh representative by email. You can also send the SD card by regular mail if you want.
5.9.3 RECORDING ERRORS MANUALLY

SC errors and jams only are recorded to the debug log automatically. Please instruct the user to do the following immediately after occurrence to save the debug data for any other errors that occur while the customer engineer is not on site. Such problems also include a controller or panel freeze.
You must previously switch on the Save Debug Feature (SP5857-001) and select the hard disk as the save destination (SP5857-002) if you want to use this feature. 1. 2. Press (Clear Modes).on the operation panel when the error occurs. for at least 3 seconds until
On the control panel, enter 01. Then hold down
the machine beeps and then release it. This saves the debug log to the hard disk for later retrieval with an SD card by the service representatives. 3. Switch the machine off and on to resume operation. The debug information for the error is saved on the hard disk. This lets the service representative retrieve it on their next visit by copying it from the HDD to an SD card.
5.9.4 NEW DEBUG LOG CODES

SP5857-015 Copy SD Card-to-SD Card: Any Desired Key
This SP copies the log on an SD card (the file that contains the information written directly from shared memory) to a log specified by key number. The copy operation is executed in the log directory of the SD card inserted in the same slot. (This function does not copy from one slot to another.) Each SD card can hold up to 4 MB of file data. Unique file names are created for the data during the copy operation to prevent overwriting files of the same name.
B222/B224
5-486
SM
manuals4you.com
Using the Debug Log This means that log data from more than one machine can be copied onto the same SC card. This command does not execute if there is no log on the HDD for the name of the specified key.
SP5857-016 Create a File on HDD to Store a Log

This SP creates a 32 MB file to store a log on the HDD. However, this is not a completely empty file. The created file will hold the number 2225 as the SCS key number and other non-volatile information. Even if this SP is not executed, a file is created on the HDD when the first log is stored on the HDD (it takes some time to complete this operation). This creates the possibility that the machine may be switched off and on before the log can be created completely. If you execute this SP to create the log file beforehand, this will greatly reduce the amount of time required to acquire the log information and save onto the HDD. With the file already created on the HDD for the log file, the data only needs to be recorded. A new log file does not need to be created. To create a new log file, do SP5857-011 to delete the debug log data from the HDD. Then do SP5857-016.
SP5857-017 Create a File on SD Card to Store a Log

This SP creates a 4 MB file to store a log on an SD card. However, this is not a completely empty file. The created file will hold the number 2225 as the SCS key number and other
Service Tables
non-volatile information. Even if this SP is not executed, a file is created on the SD card when the first log is stored on the SD card (it takes some time to complete this operation). This creates the possibility that the machine may be switched off and on before the log can be created completely. If you execute this SP to create the log file beforehand, this will greatly reduce the amount of time required to acquire the log information and save onto the SD card. With the file already created on the SD card for the log file, the data only needs to be recorded; a new log file does not require creation. To create a new log file, do SP5857-012 to delete the debug log data from the SD card. Then do SP5857-017.
SM
5-487
B222/B224
Dip Switches
5.10 DIP SWITCHES

5.10.1 CONTROLLER BOARD
DIP SW No.
OFF Boot-up from Flash Memory
ON
Boot-up from SD card
2 to 8
Factory Use Only: Do not change the switch settings.
5.10.2 BCU BOARD
DIP SW No.
OFF
ON
1 and 2
Factory Use Only: Do not change the switch settings.
B222/B224
5-488
SM
manuals4you.com
DETAILED SECTION DESCRIPTIONS
manuals4you.com
Overview
6. DETAILED SECTION DESCRIPTIONS

6.1 OVERVIEW
6.1.1 COMPONENT LAYOUT
1. Scanner HP sensor 2. ADF exposure glass 3. 2nd scanner (2nd carriage) 4. Exposure glass 5. Scanner lamp 6. 1st scanner (1st carriage) 7. Original width sensor
14. Paper transfer roller 15. Registration roller 16. By-pass feed table 17. Tray 2 18. Tray 1 19. Toner collection bottle 20. Laser optics housing unit
SM
6-1
B222/B224
Detailed Descriptions
Overview 8. Scanner motor 9. Original length sensor 10. Lens block 11. Sensor board unit (SBU) 12. Duplex unit 13. Fusing unit 21. PCU (4 colors) 22. Image transfer belt cleaning unit 23. Image transfer belt unit 24. Toner bottle (4 colors) 25. ID sensor 26. IH coil unit
6.1.2 PAPER PATH
15
1. Original tray 2. Original exit tray 3. Duplex inverter 4. Duplex feed
8. Tray 3: Optional paper feed unit/LCT 9. Tray 4: Optional paper feed unit 10. Finisher booklet stapler (Optional) 11. Finisher stapler (Optional)
B222/B224
6-2
SM
manuals4you.com
Overview 5. By-pass tray feed 6. Tray 1 feed 7. Tray 2 feed 12. Finisher upper tray (Optional) 13. Finisher proof tray (Optional) 14. Inner Tray 15. Bridge Unit
The 2000/3000-sheet (booklet) finisher and 1000-sheet finisher require the bridge unit (B227) and either two-tray paper feed unit (B800) or the LCT (B801).
6.1.3 DRIVE LAYOUT
1. Scanner motor: 2. Toner supply clutch-K and
Drives the scanner unit. Turns on/off the drive power to the toner supply unit (Bk
SM
6-3
B222/B224
Overview -CMY: 3.ITB (Image Transfer Belt) contact motor: and -CMY). Moves the ITB into contact and away from the color PCUs. Drives the toner attraction pumps and the toner collection 4. Toner transport motor: coils from the PCUs, from the transfer belt unit, and inside the toner collection bottle. Also rotates the toner bottles. 5. Development clutch (Bk, Y, Turns on/off the drive power to the development unit (Bk, M, C): 6. Drum/Development drive motor (Bk, Y, M, C) 7. Paper feed clutch Y, M, C). Drives the color drum unit and development unit (Bk, Y, M, C). Switches the drive power between the tray 1 and tray 2. Drives the paper feed mechanisms (tray 1/tray 2/by-pass tray). Turns on/off the drive power to the by-pass pick-up, feed and separation rollers. Drives the registration roller. Drives the by-pass pick-up, feed and separation roller, and duplex transport rollers. Moves the paper transfer roller in contact with the image transfer belt. Drives the image transfer belt unit. Drives the duplex inverter gate. Drives the fusing unit and paper exit section Opens and closes junction gate 1.
8. Paper feed motor:
9. By-pass feed clutch:
10. Registration motor: 11. By-pass/duplex feed motor: 12. Paper transfer contact motor: 13. ITB drive motor: 14. Duplex Inverter motor: 15. Fusing/paper exit motor 16. Junction gate 1 motor:
B222/B224
6-4
SM
manuals4you.com
Overview
6.1.4 BOARD STRUCTURE

Overview
In the diagram, MLB is the File Format Converter Descriptions BCU (Base Engine Control Unit): The BCU controls all the mechanical components and the following functions:
Detailed Descriptions 6-5 B222/B224
Engine sequence Engine operation Polygon motor control Controller: The controller connects to the IPU through a PCI bus. The controller handles the following functions: Machine-to-host interface Operation panel interface Network interface Interfacing and control of the optional IEEE1284, Bluetooth, IEEE1394, IEEE802.11b (wireless LAN), USB Host, HDD, and DRAM DIMM IPU: The Image Processing Unit is a large-scale integrated circuit. This unit processes digital
SM
Overview signals. LD Drive Board: This is the laser diode drive circuit board. SBU: The Sensor Board Unit has a CCD (charge-coupled device) and an analog-to-digital conversion circuit. Operation Panel Board: This controls the display panel, the LED and the keypad. Scanner I/O Board (SIO): The scanner I/O board is a circuit board that transmits control signals and image data. I/O Board (IOB): Contains drivers for motors and other mechanical components. Motherboard: Connects the controller board to the IPU. FCU: The FCU (fax controller unit) controls the fax programs and communicates with the controller to share copier resources.
6.1.5 PRINTING PROCESS
This machine uses four PCUs, and four laser beams for color printing. Each PCU consists of the drum unit and the development unit. Each drum unit has a drum, charge roller, cleaning brush, and blade. From the left, the PCU stations are yellow, cyan, magenta, and black. The drum [A] is charged with a negative voltage, and is exposed by the laser from the laser optics housing unit [B]. The laser neutralizes the negative charge on the surface of the drum. So, the white parts of the image correspond to areas of the drum that still have a high
B222/B224
6-6
SM
manuals4you.com
Overview negative charge. The toner has a negative charge, and it moves to the areas of the drum that have the smallest negative charge (i.e., the areas written by the laser beam). The image on each drum is moved to the transfer belt by the positive bias that is applied to the transfer belt [C]. All four toners are put on the belt at the same time. Then, the completed four-color image is moved to the paper by a negative charge applied to the ITB drive roller [D] (the transfer roller [E] is an idle roller). 1. 2. Drum charge: The charge roller gives the drum a negative charge Laser exposure: The laser beam from the laser diode (LD) goes through the lens and mirrors and reaches the drum. The machine turns the laser beam on and off to make a latent image on the drum. 3. Development: The development roller carries negatively charged toner to the latent image on the drum surface. This machine uses four independent development units (one for each color). 4. Transfer: Image transfer: Bias rollers opposite the OPC drums transfer toner from the drums to the transfer belt. Four toner images are super-imposed onto the belt. Paper transfer: Then, the ITB drive roller pushes the toner from the transfer belt to the paper (the transfer roller is an idle roller). 5. Cleaning for OPC drum: The cleaning brush and blade remove remaining toner on the drum surface after image transfer to the paper. 6. Quenching for OPC drum: Quenching is done by illuminating the whole area of the drum with the laser at the end of every job. 7. Cleaning and quenching for transfer belt: The cleaning brush and blade clean the charge on the belt.
belt surface. The grounding roller inside the transfer belt unit removes the remaining
8.
ID sensors: The ID sensors detect the density of ID sensor patterns on the transfer
SM
6-7
B222/B224
Overview belt. The ID sensor board contains three ID sensors for the line position adjustment (front, center, and rear) and four ID sensors for the process control. On this board, there are 7 ID sensors in total, as follows. [A]: Line position adjustment (front) [B]: Process control (K) [C]: Process control (C) [D]: Line position adjustment (center) [E] Process control (M) [F]: Process control (Y) [G]: Line position adjustment (rear) The ID sensor output is used for the following: Process control and for automatic line position Skew correction Color registration adjustments for the latent image.
B222/B224
6-8
SM
manuals4you.com
Process Control
6.2 PROCESS CONTROL

6.2.1 OVERVIEW
This machine has the following two forms of process control: Potential control Toner supply control The following machine components are used for process control: Four ID (image density) sensors (black, magenta, cyan and yellow). TD sensor. Normally, process control is not disabled. If process control is disabled, fixed supply mode is used for toner supply, and the VREF stored in SP 3222 is used.
6.2.2 POTENTIAL CONTROL

Overview
The machine determines VD using the ID sensor output, and then determines VB and VL. VD: Drum potential without exposure to adjust this, the machine adjusts the charge roller voltage. VB: Development bias VL: Drum potential at the strongest exposure to adjust this, the machine adjusts the laser power At the same time, the machine also determines VREF: Reference TD sensor output, used for toner supply control. If potential control is disabled (SP3-041-001 is set to "0"), VD and VB are fixed by the following SP mode settings. SP2-005 for VD, SP2-229 for VB If LD power control is disabled (SP3-041-002 is set to "0"), the LD power is fixed by the following SP mode setting. SP2-221 for VL
Process Control Self Check

This machine uses the process control self check method to do the potential control. The machine uses seven types of process control self check. These are categorized according to their execution timing. The counter (SP3-510) is reset if a self-check is done (except for a forced self-check).
SM
6-9
B222/B224
Process Control T = Temperature change between the temperature of the previous process control and the current temperature RH = RH (Relative Humidity) change between the relative humidity of the previous process control and the current relative humidity AH = AH (Absolute Humidity) change between the absolute humidity of the previous process control and the current absolute humidity 1. 2. Manual execution (forced): This is done when SP3-011-1 is used. Initial This starts automatically when the power is turned on, or, when the machine recovers from energy saver mode. This is done automatically if one of these conditions occurs. a) T is greater than or equal to Temperature Threshold (SP3-522-003: 10C) b) RH is greater than or equal to Relative Humidity Threshold (SP3-522-004: 50%RH) c) AH is greater than or equal to Absolute Humidity Threshold (SP3-522-005: 6 g/m3) d) If the following conditions both occur. BW Counter (SP3-510-003) is greater than or equal to Execution Interval (SP3-511-005) OR FC Counter (SP3-510-004) is greater than or equal to Execution Interval (SP3-511-006) Non-use Time is greater than or equal to SP3522-002 (default: 6 hours) 3. Interval: Job End This starts automatically at the end of a print job if the following condition occurs: BW Counter (SP3-510-001) is greater than or equal to Execution Interval (SP3-515-001) OR FC Counter (SP3-510-002) is greater than or equal to Execution Interval (SP3-515-002) 4. Interval: During a Job This interrupts printing and then starts automatically if the following condition occurs: BW Counter (SP3-510-001) is greater than or equal to Execution Interval (SP3-515-003) OR FC Counter (SP3-510-002) is greater than or equal to Execution Interval
B222/B224
6-10
SM
manuals4you.com
Process Control (SP3-515-004)
5.
In standby mode This is done automatically if one of these conditions occurs. a) T is greater than or equal to Temperature Threshold (SP3-531-002: 10C) b) RH is greater than or equal to Relative Humidity Threshold (SP3-531-003: 50%RH) c) AH is greater than or equal to Absolute Humidity Threshold (SP3-531-004: 6 g/m3) d) Non-use Time is greater than or equal to SP3-531-001 (default: 6 hours) It is not done if the machine is in energy saver mode. The default non-use time is 6 hours (see condition d above), so normally it will only be done if the user disables energy saver mode.
6.
After Toner End Recovery This starts after recovery from a toner end condition.
7.
After Developer Initialization Developer initialization occurs automatically in the following conditions: After a new development unit has been installed After new developer is installed and 3902-005 to 008 is done, depending on the color (see Maintenance for details).
SM
6-11
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
After process control is completed, the machine continues to make prints.
Process Control
6.2.3 PROCESS CONTROL SELF CHECK PROCEDURE
Step 1: VSG Adjustment This machine uses four ID sensors (direct reflection type) for the process control. Each sensor detects a pattern for each color (see the Printing Process section). The ID sensor checks the bare transfer belts reflectivity. Then the machine calibrates the ID sensor until its output when reading the bare transfer belt (known as VSG) is as follows. VSG = 4.0 0.5 Volts This calibration compensates for the transfer belts condition and the ID sensor condition. For example, dirt on the surface of the belt or ID sensor. VSG adjustment is always done during initial process control. But, at other times, it is only done if the VSG adjustment counter (SP3-510-007) is more than the value set with SP3-511-007 (default: 500) during a job or at job end. SC400 is displayed if VSG is out of adjustment range sequentially 3 times. SP3-321: Forced VSG Adjustment for each sensor SP 3-325: Shows the results of the VSG adjustment (automatic or forced VSG adjustment) - 7 digits (Front, Bk, C, Center, M, Y, Rear)
B222/B224
6-12
SM
manuals4you.com
Process Control Step 2: ID Sensor Solid Pattern Generation
First, the machine agitates the developer for between 15 and 30 seconds until the fluctuation in TD sensor output becomes less than 0.3V. Second, the machine makes the grade patterns (see the diagram). This 10-grade pattern is made in black, yellow, cyan, and magenta (40 squares in total). The machine first makes the first five grades for each color (the first 20 squares), and then the second five grades for each color (the remaining 20 squares). The patterns are made by changing the development bias and charge roller voltage. The difference between development bias and charge roller voltage is always the same. But, the development potential changes for each pattern. The development potential is the difference between the development bias and the charge remaining on the drum where the laser writes a black area. The development bias changes for each grade, and the charge on black areas of the image is always the same, so the development potential also changes. Step 3: Sensor Pattern Detection The ID sensor measures the light reflected from each grade of the pattern, to detect the densities of each grade. This data goes to memory.
Step 4: Toner Amount Calculation The machine calculates the amount of toner on the transfer belt that is required to make each of the 10 grades of the sensor pattern. To do this, the machine uses the output values of the ID sensor from each grade of the pattern. The amounts of toner are expressed as M/A (mass per unit area, mg/cm2) Step 5: VD, VB, VL Selection and VTREF Adjustment The machine determines the relationship between the amount of toner on the transfer belt and the development bias for each of the 10 grades. From this, the machine determines the best VD to get the target M/A for each color. Then, based on this VD, the machine determines the best VB and VL. This process ensures that enough toner is deposited to make black pixels. The machine also adjusts VTREF (toner density target) at the same time so that the development gamma used by the machine fall within the target development gamma range
SM
6-13
B222/B224
Process Control stored in the machines software. If it does not fall within this range, the amount of toner deposited on the latent image will be too high or too low.
6.2.4 TONER DENSITY ADJUSTMENT MODE

If the toner density becomes too high or too low because of an incorrect development gamma, this is corrected by process control (see the previous section). But sometimes, it takes many copies before the toner density comes to the correct value. Toner density adjustment mode can be used to bring the toner concentration to the correct level much more quickly, if users complain about the toner density. SP 3-043 controls when the toner density adjustment mode is done. To do the toner density adjustment mode manually, execute SP 3-011-2. It is also done automatically before ACC, if SP3-041-4 is set to "2: TC Control" (this is the default setting). During this procedure, the machine generates ID sensor patterns and detects the current development gamma. The gamma must be within 0.2 of the target development gamma. If the current gamma is too high (above the target by 0.2 or more: 0.2 limit is set with SP3-239-009), the machine consumes toner in the development unit until the development gamma is within the correct range. To consume toner, the machine generates solid patterns. If the current gamma is too low (below the target by more than 0.2: 0.2 limit is set with SP3-239-012), the machine supplies toner to the development unit until the development gamma is within the correct range.
6.2.5 TONER SUPPLY CONTROL

Overview
Toner supply control determines how long the toner supply clutch turns on. This determines the amount of toner supplied. This is done before every development for each color. Toner supply control uses the following factors: Density of the toner in the developer (detected by the TD sensor) - VREF, VT Pixel count: Determines how much toner was used for the page The image density is kept constant by adjusting the density of toner in the development unit. At the same time, it accommodates changes in the development conditions through the potential control mechanism. Environmental changes and the number of prints made are also used in the calculation. The amount of toner supplied is determined by the on time of the toner supply clutch. The
B222/B224
6-14
SM
manuals4you.com
Process Control total on time for each toner supply clutch is stored in the memory chip for the relevant toner cartridge. The machine supplies the calculated amount of toner for each color.
Toner Supply Control Modes

This machine has three toner supply control modes. You can select them with SP3-044-1 to -4. 1. Fixed supply mode This mode is used when the TD sensor becomes faulty. You can adjust the amount of toner supply with SP3-401-1 to -4 if the image density is incorrect (the default setting is 5%). 2. PID (Proportional Integral Differential) control mode (Fixed VTREF) This mode is used when the ID sensor becomes faulty. Only the TD sensor is used to control toner supply. The machine uses the VTREF that is stored in SP3-222-1 to -4. 3. PID (Proportional Integral Differential) control mode This is the default toner supply control mode. The TD sensor, ID sensor, and pixel count are used in this mode. VTREF is adjusted by process control. The machine automatically changes the toner supply mode to fixed supply mode if the TD sensor is broken. However, the supply amount will be 70% of the normal fixed value to prevent too high image density. The machine automatically changes the toner supply mode to PID control mode (Fixed Vtref) if the ID sensors are broken.
6.2.6 TONER NEAR END/TONER END DETECTION

Detailed Descriptions SM 6-15 B222/B224
Process Control Toner Near End The controller considers the following information to determine the toner near end status: Operation time counter of the toner attraction pump [A] Pixel counter These values are both stored in the memory chip [B] on the toner cartridge, and copied from the memory chip to the NVRAM on the BCU. If either value indicates that the amount of remaining toner is 50g or less, the machine enters the near-end condition. Toner End To determine the toner end status, the machine uses the TD sensor [C] in the development unit. The machine must first be in a toner near-end condition, or toner end cannot be detected. Toner end is detected if both the following conditions occur: VT VTREF greater than or equal to "0.5" (SP3-101-021) SUM (VT VTREF) greater than or equal to "10" (SP3-101-026) The machine cannot print until the toner cartridge is replaced after it detects toner end for black. The machine can print in black and white only if cyan, magenta, or yellow are in a toner end condition during standby mode. At this time the machine cannot do color print jobs.
If the yellow, cyan, or magenta toner ends during a color-printing job, the job is suspended until toner is supplied. If new color toner is not installed, the user can print black-and-white jobs only. Toner End Recovery The machine assumes that the toner cartridge has been replaced if either of the following occurs when the near-end or end status exists: The front door is opened and closed. The main switch is turned off and on. Then the machine starts to supply toner to the development unit. After supplying toner, the machine clears the toner near-end or end status if the following condition is detected: Toner end sensor detects that toner is supplied. The machine tries to supply toner for a maximum of 5 times (SP 3-102).
6.2.7 DEVELOPER INITIALIZATION

When is it done? When you install new developer, you must set the following SPs to "1" before you turn the
B222/B224
6-16
SM
manuals4you.com
Process Control power off. Then, the machine will reset the PM counters automatically. Developer initialization will also be done automatically. Black: SP3902-005 Yellow: SP3902-006 Cyan: SP3902-007 Magenta: SP3902-008 When a new development unit or PCU is installed, the machine detects the new unit automatically and initializes the developer. How is it done? The procedure is as follows. 1. 2. The machine agitates the developer for 30 seconds. The machine adjusts VCNT (control voltage for TD sensor) so that VT (TD sensor output) becomes within 2.7 0.2. 3. The machine keeps this as VTREF if it is successful. SC372 to SC375 is displayed if it fails sequentially 3 times. The result of developer initialization can be checked with SP3-014. During developer initialization, the machine forcibly supplies toner because there is no toner inside the toner transport tube at installation. Then the machine does the process control self check.
SM
6-17
B222/B224
Scanning
6.3 SCANNING
6.3.1 OVERVIEW
1. Scanner HP sensor 2. ADF exposure glass 3. 2nd scanner (2nd carriage) 4. Scanner lamp 5. 1st scanner (1st carriage) 6. Exposure glass
7. Sensor board unit (SBU) 8. Lens block 9. Original length sensor 10. Scanner motor 11. Original width sensor
The original on the exposure glass or ARDF exposure glass reflects the light emitted from the scanner lamp. The reflected light goes to the CCD on the sensor board by way of the 1st and 2nd scanners. The sensor board converts the CCD analog signals into digital signals. When the original is manually placed on the exposure glass, the scanner motor pulls the 1st and 2nd scanners via mechanical linkage. The original is scanned from left to right. When the original is fed from the optional ARDF, it is automatically transported onto the ARDF exposure glass, and to the original exit. The original does not stay on the glass; but goes to the exit. The 1st and 2nd scanners stay at their home positions.
B222/B224
6-18
SM
manuals4you.com
Scanning
6.3.2 SCANNER DRIVE
The scanner motor [A] drives the 1st scanner [B] and the 2nd scanner [C] through the scanner drive pulley, scanner drive shaft [D], and two scanner wires [E]. Book mode The SBU board controls the scanner drive motor. The 2nd scanner speed is half that of the 1st scanner. In reduction or enlargement mode, the scanning speed depends on the magnification ratio. The returning speed is always the same, whether in full size or magnification mode. The image length change in the sub scan direction is done by changing the scanner motor speed. In the main scan direction it is done by image processing on the IPU board. You can adjust the magnification in the sub-scan direction by changing the scanner motor speed with SP4-008. ARDF mode The scanners always stay in their home position (the scanner HP sensor [F] detects the 1st scanner) to scan the original. The ARDF motor feeds the original through the ARDF. In reduction/enlargement mode, the image length change in the sub-scan direction is done by changing the ARDF motor speed. Magnification in the main scan direction is done in the IPU board. This is the same as for book mode. You can adjust magnification in the sub-scan direction by changing the ARDF motor speed with SP6-017.
SM
6-19
B222/B224
Scanning
6.3.3 ORIGINAL SIZE DETECTION
The original width sensors [A] detect the original width. The original length sensors [B] detect the original length. The SBU controller on the SBU board checks each sensor status when the platen cover sensor [C] is activated as it is closed. It detects the original size by the on/off signals it gets from each sensor. If the copy is made with the platen cover fully open, the SBU controller on the SBU determines the original size from the sensor outputs after the Start key is pressed.
Original Size
Length Sensor
Width Sensor W1 O O W2 O X 00011111 00011110 SP4-301 display
Metric version A3 B4
Inch version 11" x 17" 10" x 14"
L3 O O
L2 O O
L1 O O
B222/B224
6-20
SM
manuals4you.com
Scanning F4 8.5" x 13", 8.25" x 13", or 8" x 13" SP 5126 controls the size that is detected A4 LEF B5 LEF A4 SEF B5 SEF 8.5" x 11" 11" x 8.5" 5.5" x 8.5", 8.5" x 5.5" X X X X X X O X X X O O O O X X O X X X 00000011 00000010 00001100 00000100 8.5 x 14 O O O X X 00011100
A5 LEF/ SEF
00000000
O: Paper present, X: Paper not present The above table shows the outputs of the sensors for each original size. This original size detection method eliminates the necessity for a pre-scan and increases the machines productivity. However, if the by-pass tray is used, the machine assumes that the copy paper is lengthwise (L). For example, if A4 sideways paper is placed on the by-pass tray, the machine assumes it is A3 paper and scans a full A3 area. Information from the original size
sensors is disregarded. Refer to the ARDF manual for more information on original size detection with the ARDF.
6.3.4 ANTI-CONDENSATION HEATER

The anti-condensation heater is available as an optional unit. The anti-condensation heater prevents condensation on the mirrors. Condensation can occur when the scanner unit is, for example, moved from a cold room to a warm room. Condensation can cause abnormal images.
SM
6-21
B222/B224
Image Processing
6.4 IMAGE PROCESSING

6.4.1 OVERVIEW
6.4.2 SBU (SENSOR BOARD UNIT)

SBU The VPU (Video Processor Unit) does the following functions: Black level correction White level correction Gradation calibration ADS control (Background Density) Creating the SBU test pattern Operation Summary The signals from the 3-line CCD, one line for each color (R, G, B) and 2 analog signals per line (ODD, EVEN), are sampled by the ASIC and converted to digital signals in the 10-bit A/D converter. This is the first phase of processing the data scanned from the original. Storing Operation Settings The controller stores the SBU settings. These values must be restored after the lens block is replaced:
B222/B224
6-22
SM
manuals4you.com
Image Processing
SP4-008-001 SP4-010-001 SP4-011-001
Sub Scan Mag Sub Scan Reg Main Scan Reg
Sub Scan Magnification Adjustment Sub Scan Registration Adjustment Main Scan Registration Adjustment
SBU Test Mode There is an SP code to create a test pattern which can be used as a diagnostic tool to troubleshoot problems in the SBU: SP4907-001 SBU Pattern - Test Pattern To print the pattern: Select the pattern to print. Touch "Copy Window" then press the Start key twice.
6.4.3 IPU (IMAGE PROCESSING UNIT)

The IPU does the following: Controls the scanner Processes the image signals from the SBU and sends them over the PCI bus to the controller memory Receives the image processing signals sent over the PCI bus from the controller memory, processes them, then outputs them to the VGAVD. Outputs the control signals for the ARDF
Controls the relay of power and signals Image processing, ADS correction, and line width correction are done on the IPU board for all the digital data sent from the SBU. Finally, the processed data is sent to the printer as digital signals (4 bits/pixel).
SM
6-23
B222/B224
Laser Exposure
6.5 LASER EXPOSURE

6.5.1 OVERVIEW
1. Synchronizing detector board: Y/C-E 2. LD unit-Y 3. LD unit-C 4. LD unit-Bk 5. LD unit-M 6. Synchronizing detector board: Bk/M-S 7. L1 lens-Bk/M 8. L2 lens-Bk
9. L2 lens-M 10. Synchronizing detector board: Bk/M-E 11. Polygon mirror motor 12. Synchronizing detector board: Y/C-S 13. L2 lens-C 14. L2 lens-Y 15. L1 lens-Y/C
This machine uses four LD units and one polygon mirror motor to produce latent images on four OPC drums (one drum for each color toner). In the B224 model, two laser beams are used for each color except for OHP/Thick paper type in 600 x 600 dpi mode. There are two hexagonal mirrors. Each mirror reflects beams from two LD units. Laser exposure for black and magenta starts from the rear side of the drum. But for yellow and cyan it starts from the front side of the drum. This is because the units for black and
B222/B224
6-24
SM
manuals4you.com
Laser Exposure magenta are on the other side of the polygon mirror from the units for yellow and cyan.
6.5.2 OPTICAL PATH
The laser beams for black [A] and yellow [B] are directed to the upper part of the polygon mirror [C]. Laser beams for magenta [D] and cyan [E] are directed to the lower part of the polygon mirror [C]. The L2 lens [F] corrects the main scan line. Without this component, the line bends out towards the middle of the main scan. The central bend of the L2 lens is adjusted in the factory. The speed of the polygon mirror depends on the selected mode and model (see below).
(dpi)
(rpm) B222: 36,377 B224: 24,212
speed (mm/s)
(cpm)
B/W (except OHP/Thick paper)
600 x 600
B222: 154 B224: 205
B222: 35 B224: 45 B222: 17.5 B224: 17.5 B222: 35 B224: 40 B222: 17.5 B224: 17.5
Only B224: 2 beams
600 x 600 4bits
36,377
77
Color (except OHP/Thick paper)
600 x 600
B222: 36,377 B224: 24,212
B222: 154 B224: 205
Only B224: 2 beams
600 x 600 4bits
36,377
77
SM
6-25
B222/B224
Mode
Resolution
Polygon motor speed
Process line
Copy speed
Remarks
Laser Exposure 600 x 600 OHP/Thick 600 x 600 4bits 36,377 77 17.5 27,165 115 25 (B/W) 22.5 (Color)
6.5.3 LASER SYNCHRONIZING DETECTORS
Overview
The machine has four laser synchronizing detector boards (LSD). There is one at each corner of the laser optics-housing unit. The four LSD boards detect the following: [A]: Scanning end position for yellow and cyan [B]: Scanning start position for yellow and cyan [C]: Scanning end position for magenta and black [D]: Scanning start position for magenta and black. The machine recognizes each color from the time that they are detected. Main Scan Start Detection For magenta and black, the LSD at the rear detects the start of the main scan. For yellow and cyan, the LSD at the front detects the start of the main scan. The arrow [E] indicates the scanning direction. Clock Frequency Adjustment
B222/B224
6-26
SM
manuals4you.com
Laser Exposure Each LSD ensures that the number of laser clock pulses in the main scan is constant. If the count for one particular beam varies from normal, the LD clock frequency for that beam is adjusted. If the board at the end position is defective, the clock frequency cannot be adjusted. At this time, you must disable the detection feature with SP2-186-1.
6.5.4 LD SAFETY SWITCH

Model B222
SM
6-27
B222/B224
Laser Exposure
Model B224
A relay on the PSU ensures technician and user safety. It also prevents the laser beam from turning on during servicing. This relay turns off when the front cover, upper left cover, or right door is opened. At this time it cuts the power (+5V) supplied to the LD board for each color through the IPU. The safety switches are opened or closed by the front door or right door, and this opens the relay. PMAC: Precise Pulse Modulation ASIC on C-MOS technology LDB: LD Drive Board (included in the LD Unit) Error Messages Along with other switches, the LD safety switches help show error messages related to external covers. When one or more covers are open, the messages, Cover is open. and Close the indicated cover, show with a diagram. The diagram shows which cover is open.
B222/B224
6-28
SM
manuals4you.com
Laser Exposure
6.5.5 AUTOMATIC LINE POSITION ADJUSTMENT

Overview
CC, KK, YY, MM: Spaces between two lines of the same color KC, KY, KM: Spaces between a black line and a color line
During automatic line position adjustment, the line patterns above are created eight times on the transfer belt. The spaces between the lines (CC, KK, YY, MM, KC, KY, KM) are
measured by the front, center, and rear ID sensors. The controller takes the average of the spaces. Then it adjusts the following positions and magnification: Sub scan line position for CMY Main scan line position for CMY Magnification ratio for CKMY Skew for CMY The transfer belt-cleaning unit cleans the transfer belt after the patterns are measured. SC285 shows if an error is detected four times consecutively.
Summary of Each Adjustment

Sub scan line position for YCM The adjustment of the sub-scan line position for YCM is based on the line position for K (color registration). The machine measures the gaps between the lines of each color in the pattern on the transfer belt. If the gaps for a color are not correct, the machine moves the
SM
6-29
B222/B224
Laser Exposure image of the color up or down the sub scan axis. To do this, it changes the laser write timing for that color. Main scan line position for YCM If the machine detects that the image is out of position in the main scan direction, it changes the laser write start timing for each scan line. Magnification adjustment for KYCM If the machine detects that magnification adjustment is necessary, it changes the LD clock frequency for the required color. Skew for YCM The adjustment of the skew for YCM is based on the line position for K.
Adjustment Conditions
Line position adjustment can be turned on or off with SP2-193-001. However, it is normally recommended to turn on this function. Line position adjustment timing depends on several SP mode settings. These are described below. t = Time since the previous line position adjustment T = Temperature change between the temperature of the previous line position adjustment and the current temperature Forced (SP2-111-001 to -003): This activates the line position adjustment manually. There are three types of line position adjustment mode. See the SP table for details. Initial: This starts automatically when the power is turned on, or when the machine recovers from the energy saver mode. Line position adjustment is automatically done twice if one of these conditions occurs: 1. 2. t > Time threshold (SP2-193-012: [default: 600 minutes]) T > Temperature threshold (SP2-193-011: [default: 10C]) t > Time threshold (SP2-193-009: [default: 300 minutes]) T > Temperature threshold (SP2-193-008: [default: 5C])
Line position adjustment is automatically done once if one of these conditions occurs: 1. 2.
Interval: During job: This interrupts printing and then starts automatically if one of these conditions occurs when the machine checks at the sheet interval specified with SP3-512-001 (default: 30 pages). Line position adjustment is automatically done once if one of these conditions occurs: 1. t > Time threshold (SP2-193-009: [default: 300 minutes])
B222/B224
6-30
SM
manuals4you.com
Laser Exposure 2. 3. T > Temperature threshold (SP2-193-008: [default: 5C]) B/W counter (SP3-510-005) + Color counter (SP3-510-006) > Output threshold for all outputs (SP2-193-004: [default: 200 pages]) 4. Color counter > Output threshold for color outputs (SP2-193-005: [default: 200 pages])
Interval: Job end: This starts automatically at the end of a print job. Line position adjustment is automatically done once if one of these conditions occurs: 1. 2. 3. t > Time threshold (SP2-193-009: [default: 300 minutes]) T > Temperature threshold (SP2-193-008: [default: 5C]) B/W counter (SP3-510-005) + Color counter (SP3-510-006) > Output threshold for all outputs (SP2-193-002: [default: 500 pages]) 4. Color counter > Output threshold for color outputs (SP2-193-003: [default: 200 pages])
Front door open/close: This starts automatically when the front door is opened/closed. Line position adjustment is automatically done once if one of these conditions occurs: 1. 2. t > Time threshold (SP2-193-009: [default: 300 minutes]) T > Temperature threshold (SP2-193-008: [default: 5C])
In stand-by mode: This is automatically done once if both conditions occur at the same time. However, it is not done if the machine is in the energy saver mode. 1. 2. t > Time threshold (SP2-193-009: [default: 300 minutes]) or T > Temperature threshold (SP2-193-008: [default: 5C]) B/W counter (SP3-510-005) > Output threshold for B/W outputs (SP2-193-002:
[default: 500 pages]) or Color counter > Output threshold for color outputs (SP2-193-003: [default: 200 pages]) After new PCU or Image Transfer Belt Unit detection When the machine detects a new unit (one of the PCUs or the Image Transfer Belt Unit), line position adjustment is automatically done twice. If the main scan magnification changes This is detected by the main scan synchronization detectors at each end of the scan line for each color. If the magnification changes by more than 1% (threshold adjustable SP2-193-010), line position adjustment is done again.
SM
6-31
B222/B224
Laser Exposure
Main Scan Skew Adjustment
The L2 lens positioning motors for magenta [A], cyan [B], and yellow [C] adjust the angle of the L2 lens [D] respectively, based on the L2 lens position for black. This mechanism corrects main scan skew.
ID Sensors
There are seven ID sensors. Three of them are for the line position adjustment. Four of them are for process control. The ID sensor shutter [A] covers the sensors when the machine is idle. When the ID sensor shutter solenoid [B] is activated, ID sensor shutter [A] slides to the left. This mechanism prevents the ID sensors from becoming dirty with toner or dust.
B222/B224
6-32
SM
manuals4you.com
Laser Exposure
6.5.6 SHUTTER MECHANISM
The laser optics housing unit has a shutter. As a result, toner and other dust do not fall on the glass of the laser optics housing. The shutter motor [A] moves the shutter [B] in the direction of the arrow with the cam [C] (to open: black arrow direction, to close: white arrow direction). First, the actuator [D] stays at the shutter closed sensor [E]. The shutter motor opens the shutter and the actuator moves to the shutter open sensor position [F] after the polygon motor has turned on. Finally, the shutter motor closes the shutter and the actuator moves back to the shutter closed sensor position [E] after the polygon motor has turned off. One of SC290 to 296 occurs if the output of the shutter open [F] or closed sensor [E] does not change after the shutter motor turned on.
SM
6-33
B222/B224
PCU (Photo Conductor Unit)
6.6 PCU (PHOTO CONDUCTOR UNIT)

6.6.1 OVERVIEW
1. OPC drum 2. Cleaning blade 3. Brush roller 4. Lubricant bar 5. Lubricant application blade 6. Cleaning roller (charge roller)
7. Charge roller (non-contact) 8. TD sensor/ID chip 9. Mixing auger 10. Development roller 11. Inner pressure adjustment filter
This machine has four tandem PCUs. Therefore, four color developments are possible during one paper path. This improves the productivity of outputs in color printing mode. Each PCU contains identical components (drum unit, development unit and so on), but the PCUs are not interchangeable. The diameter of the drum is 40 mm (circumference: about 125.7 mm). The photoconductor gap between a drum and the corresponding development roller is not possible to adjust because these are assembled as a PCU at the factory. The ID chip is part of the TD sensor assembly. The ID chip contains counters and other data about the PCU, drum unit, and development unit. If you replace the development unit with a new one, the counter information for the drum unit is not kept on the new ID chip.
B222/B224
6-34
SM
manuals4you.com
6.6.2 AROUND THE DRUM

Drum Drive
Each PCU has its own drum/development drive motor [A]. The drum/development motor drives the drum [B] of each PCU. Also, each drive gear has its own drum gear position sensor [C]. The drum gear position sensor detects the position of each drum gear, so that the four PCUs are aligned. The signal from these sensors are used for "Phase Control" as described next. This motor is a brushless DC motor. This helps to reduce the drive noise.
Phase Control Mechanism

The machine uses the drum gear position sensors to detect if the drum motors rotate. SC380 shows when it detects that the drum motor is not moving. These sensors also help the machine to initialize the relative positions of the gears when the main switch is turned on, and during initializing. This prevents phase fluctuation between printouts that is caused by incorrect gear meshing at the start of the job. There is an interrupter on each drum gear. The drum gear position sensors [C] detect the positions of these interrupters. This mechanism makes sure that output quality does not vary. Immediately after the machine power turns on, recovers from the energy saver mode, or the front door is opened and closed, the machine executes the drum phase adjustment if one of the following conditions occurs: When a new PCU is installed. When a new image transfer belt unit is installed. Also, if the machine detects a shift in the drum positions during the line position adjustment, the machine executes the drum phase adjustment.
SM
6-35
B222/B224
Drum Charge and Quenching
This machine uses a non-contact charge roller [A] to reduce ozone. The non-contact charge roller gives the drum surface a negative charge. The high voltage supply board, which is located at the rear of the machine, applies a dc and ac voltage (at a constant current) to the roller. The ac voltage helps to ensure that the charge given to the drum is as uniform as possible. The machine automatically controls the charge roller voltage if automatic process control is enabled (i.e., if SP3-041-1 is set to "CONTROL"). However, if process control is switched off, (i.e., if SP3-041-1 is set to "FIXED"), the dc voltage is the value stored in SP2-001-1 to -12 (do not adjust in the field unless advised to do so). The diameter of the charge roller is 12.5 mm (circumference about 39.3 mm). The gap between a drum and the corresponding charge roller is about 50 micrometers. The cleaning roller [B], which always contacts the charge roller, cleans the charge roller. Quenching is done by illuminating the whole area of the drum with the laser at the end of every job.
B222/B224
6-36
SM
manuals4you.com
Drum Cleaning
The cleaning blade [A] scrapes off the used toner that stays on the drum. The toner collection auger [B] transports the used toner towards the toner collection duct. Then it goes to the toner collection duct. The brush roller [C] put lubricant on the drum to make
toner removal easy the next time the drum rotates past the cleaning blade. If the temperature is above the value of SP3-517, the drum reverses briefly at the end of the job to prevent the blade from flipping over. The brush roller rubs against the lubricant bar [D] and lubricates the drum surface. Lubricant is uniformly applied on the surface of the drum by the lubricant application blade [E]. The toner collection auger [B] in each PCU is driven by gears [F] at the end of the drum. This toner then goes to the toner collection bottle ( Drive"" in this section). " 6.8.1 "Toner Collection Path and
SM
6-37
B222/B224
6.6.3 DEVELOPMENT
Development Operation
This machine uses a dual-component development system and has four development units (which are included in the drum units), one for each color. Each contains 225 g of developer when it is new. The developer in each unit is supplied to the development roller [A] by the two mixing augers [B] and attracted onto the surface of its roller. The TD sensor [C] in the development unit and four ID sensors above the ITB control toner density. Each development unit has a TD sensor. The TD sensor contains an ID chip in which some information about the development unit is stored. The diameter of the development roller is 18 mm (circumference about 56.5 mm).
B222/B224
6-38
SM
manuals4you.com
Drive
Each color (K, Y, M, C) has its own drum/development drive motor [A] and development clutch [B]. Each drum/development motor drives the development roller through gears and development clutch. The gear trains are shown in the diagram.
Developer Agitation
Two mixing augers [A] circulate the developer forward and backward to agitate the developer. This happens at the following times:
SM
6-39
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
PCU (Photo Conductor Unit) During process control self check During toner supply During development. Filters [B] on the top of the developer hopper make sure that the internal pressure does not become too high. These ducts are sealed not to let the toner solidify before installing. This development unit does not operate very well if it has been placed in the condition of over 50C during transportation. The toner inside the development unit can become solid at temperatures higher that this value. A developer initialization error shows if the toner does become solid. At this time, you must do the following procedure:
You should also do this procedure when you install a new development unit. 1. 2. 3. Remove the (old) development unit. Keep the (new) development unit level and shake it several times from side to side. Install it in the machine.
Development Bias
The PSU supplies development bias to the development roller via the receptacle at the rear of each development unit. There is a dc bias voltage. The machine automatically controls the dc bias if the automatic process control is enabled (i.e., if SP3-041-001 is set to "1: CONTROL"). However, if process control is switched off, (i.e., if SP3-041-001 is set to "0: FIXED"), the dc bias is the value stored in SP3-621-001 to -012 (do not adjust in the field unless advised to do so).
B222/B224
6-40
SM
manuals4you.com
New Unit Detection
The TD sensor [A] in the development unit has an ID chip that contains the new unit detection flag. The machine detects that a PCU is new if the flag in the ID chip is activated. The machine automatically does the following adjustments when detecting the new unit detection flag. PM counter clear for items related to the PCU Developer initialization Charge roller voltage control Process control Line position adjustment
Detailed Descriptions B222/B224
If the PM counter clear fails, clear the following SPs manually. SP3-902-1 to -4 SP3-902-5 to -8 SP3-902-9 to -12
SM
6-41
Toner Supply
6.7 TONER SUPPLY

6.7.1 OVERVIEW
1. Toner bottle (each color) 2. Memory chip (each color) 3. Toner end sensor (each color)
4. Toner attraction pump (each color) 5. Development unit (each color) 6. TD sensor (each color)
This machine uses four toner bottles. Each bottle has a spiral groove in it and its groove moves toner to the toner attraction pump. And the toner attraction pump transports the toner to the development unit. The toner end sensor is attached to the toner supply tube. The toner end sensor and the output from the process control define when the machine detects toner end.
B222/B224
6-42
SM
manuals4you.com
Toner Supply
6.7.2 TONER SUPPLY MECHANISM

Toner supply from toner bottle to toner attraction pump
The toner transport motor [A] rotates the toner bottle-Bk via gears and a clutch. It also rotates the toner bottle-Y, -C, -M via gears, clutches and timing belts. Each bottle has a spiral groove, and this groove moves toner to the mouth [B] of the bottle. Here, toner spills into a hopper [C]. The opening [D] of the toner hopper is normally closed if the toner bottle is not installed in the machine. When the toner bottle is installed in the machine, the transport tube [E] pushes the toner hopper shutter [F] and then the opening of the toner hopper is open. The toner passes part of the way along the transport tube towards the toner attraction pump. The toner goes through the toner end sensor [G].
Toner Near End Detection

The toner end sensors [G] detect toner near end conditions ( End/Toner End Detection""). "6.2.6 "Toner Near
SM
6-43
B222/B224
Toner Supply
Toner supply from toner attraction pump to development unit
Each toner attraction pump [A] is driven by the toner transport motor [B]. Each toner attraction pump has the same mechanism. The pump (toner attraction pump) has the following components: Toner supply clutch [C] Rubber tube Rotor [D] The above components attract the toner in the toner transport tube [E] toward the development unit. The toner supply clutch controls the rotor, which draws the toner in from the cartridge and passes it to the development unit. When supplying toner, the clutch turns on and off as many times as necessary to supply the necessary amount of toner. The amount of toner depends on the results of toner supply control. Shutter Mechanism The development unit and toner attraction pump each have a shutter mechanism. The shutter [F] on the pump opens when the development unit is placed in the machine. At the same time, the pump opens the shutter [G] in the development unit. When both shutters are open, toner can enter the development unit from the toner attraction pump. The shutter springs pull and close the shutter when the development unit is removed.
B222/B224
6-44
SM
manuals4you.com
Toner Supply
6.7.3 TONER CARTRIDGE

RFID (Radio Frequency ID)
Each toner cartridge of this machine has a RFID chip [A]. This stores the total on time of the toner supply clutch. This is used to calculate the amount of toner remaining in the toner cartridge. The chip is also used to detect whether the cartridge is installed (if the cartridge is not installed, the machine does not detect a signal from the memory chip). The RFID transmits its data to the RFID antenna board [B] without any contact.
SM
6-45
B222/B224
Waste Toner Collection
6.8 WASTE TONER COLLECTION

6.8.1 TONER COLLECTION PATH AND DRIVE
From PCU
The used toner from the collection augers in the four PCUs drops into the toner collection duct from the four openings [A][B][C][D] at the front of the PCUs. The toner collection auger [E] in the duct transports this used toner towards the toner collection bottle [F]. The coil [E] is driven by the toner transport motor [G]. The openings and PCUs correspond as follows: Yellow [A], Cyan [B], Magenta [C], Black [D].
From Image Transfer Belt Unit
The toner collection auger [A] moves the used toner from the image transfer belt and the
B222/B224
6-46
SM
manuals4you.com
Waste Toner Collection used toner drops into the toner collection duct [B]. The toner collection coil [C] moves the used toner to the opening [D] at the rear of the toner collection bottle. The toner transport motor [E] drives the toner collection coil.
Used Toner Distribution Mechanism
The toner collection bottle has two openings (front and rear). The opening at the front is for the toner from the PCUs, and the opening at the rear is for the toner from the image transfer belt. To distribute the toner inside the bottle evenly, the auger [A] moves the toner to the center area. The mixing auger has two spirals in different directions. As a result, it is possible to gather the toner in the center area of the toner collection bottle even if the mixing auger always rotates in the same direction. The toner transport motor [B] drives the mixing auger via a timing belt and gears.
The toner collection bottle has a projection at its rear side. When the toner collection bottle is set, this projection pushes the waste toner bottle set switch at the rear of the machine. As a result, the machine detects that the toner collection bottle is installed.
SM
6-47
B222/B224
6.8.2 TONER COLLECTION BOTTLE SET/ NEAR-FULL/ FULL DETECTION
Waste Toner Collection The bottle near-full/full detection mechanism is above the bottle. When the used toner pushes up the used toner feeler [A], the waste toner sensor [B] turns off At this time, the machine detects that the toner collection bottle is almost full, and displays a message. After this, when 500 sheets of paper have been copied, the machine detects that the toner collection bottle is full, and the machine stops.
B222/B224
6-48
SM
manuals4you.com
Image Transfer and Paper Separation
6.9 IMAGE TRANSFER AND PAPER SEPARATION

6.9.1 IMAGE TRANSFER
Overview
1. Image transfer belt (ITB) 2. ID sensor 3. ITB drive roller 4. Paper transfer roller 5. Rotation encoder
6. Lubricant application roller 7. Toner collection auger 8. Cleaning blade 9. Cleaning roller 10. Image transfer roller
The toner is moved from the four drums to the ITB by the four image transfer rollers. This is done with one rotation of the ITB (four toner images are super-imposed onto the belt). The arrow above the C and M drums on the diagram shows the direction of ITB rotation. The ITB drive roller then moves the four-color toner image from the transfer belt to the paper. The paper transfer roller is an idle roller. The cleaning unit in the transfer unit cleans the belt surface with the cleaning blade and roller. The used toner collected from the belt is transported to the toner collection bottle. There are seven ID sensors. Three of them are for the line position adjustment. Four of them are for process control.
SM
6-49
B222/B224
ITB (Image Transfer Belt) Drive

Drive Motor
The ITB drive motor [A] drives the image transfer belt [B] and the cleaning unit via gears and the ITB drive roller [C]. The speed of ITB drive depends on the process line speed ( 6.5.2 "Optical Path"). Transfer belt speed control
This machine uses the rotation encoder to control the transfer belt speed. The encoder [A] is on one of the rollers. This encoder checks the rotation speed of the image transfer belt. The controller analyzes the signals from the encoder. Then it adjusts the rotation speed of the image transfer belt. The encoder contains a disk that has 550 notches on its surface [B]. These notches are read by the sensor [C]. The controller counts the number of notches that the sensor has read in the unit of time. If the sensor has read an unusually large number of notches or an unusually small number of notches, the controller ignores such unusual signals. Therefore, incorrect reading does not affect the rotation speed.
B222/B224
6-50
SM
manuals4you.com
Filter H: The number of notches read by the sensor when the rotation speed of the transfer belt is at its highest possible value. Filter L: The number of notches read by the sensor when the rotation speed of the transfer belt is at its lowest possible value.
ITB Current
Each image transfer roller [A] applies current to the image transfer belt to attract the toner from each drum [B]. The high voltage supply board supplies current to the image transfer rollers and grounds the belt at roller [C]. The bias that is applied to the image transfer belt is automatically corrected for paper size, temperature (measured by the temperature/humidity sensor at the rear lower right side of the machine). The other rollers are grounded to neutralize the belt surface.
SM
6-51
B222/B224
Transfer belt cleaning
The ITB-cleaning unit removes toner (during printing) and the ID sensor patterns (during process control or automatic line position adjustment) on the belt. Belt cleaning is completed while the image transfer belt makes one rotation. The ITB drive motor drives the ITB-cleaning unit. The cleaning brush [A] always contacts the image transfer belt [B], and removes used toner from the belt. The cleaning blade [C] in the cleaning unit scrapes the toner off the image transfer belt. Then the toner collection auger [F] transports the toner towards the toner collection duct. The lubricant application roller [D] applies lubricant [E] to the image transfer belt to make toner removal easy. To drive the cleaning unit, the transfer belt rotates gear [G], and gears at the front of the transfer unit drive the auger [F] and the rollers [A, D] in the cleaning unit.
B222/B224
6-52
SM
manuals4you.com
ITB (Image Transfer Belt) Contact
Mechanism The ITB contact and release mechanism increases the lifetime of the image transfer belt and drums. The drum for black always contacts the belt. But the image transfer belt moves away from the other drums during monochrome printing. In the standby mode, the image transfer belt contacts only the black drum. It moves away from the black drum when you turn the release lever counterclockwise. When the machine prints a color page, the machine waits until the previous page has gone through the paper transfer unit. Then the ITB contact motor [A] turns on and a cam [B] moves the left side [C] of the image transfer belt downward, so that it contacts the other three drums.
The machine does not release the image transfer belt from the color drums during the job, even if a monochrome page comes again. This is because the total printing speed reduces if the ITB changes position. But, if you change SP2-907-001 away from the default setting of zero, the image transfer belt will move away from the color drums if the number of consecutive black-and-white prints reaches the value of SP 2907-001. The belt moves away from the color drums if the job is interrupted by any error except a power failure. The image transfer belt contact sensor [D] detects if the image transfer belt contacts the color PCUs.
If a power failure occurs when the image transfer belt is in contact with the drums, the belt stays in this position. If you want to remove the image transfer belt unit
SM
6-53
B222/B224
Image Transfer and Paper Separation while the power is still off, you must release the belt. To do this, swing out the controller box. Then turn the drive gear [B] manually.
Transfer Belt Sensor

The ITB contact sensor [D] operates as the detection sensor during machine initialization, and also as the position sensor during machine operations. Before machine initialization, the left side of the image transfer belt is in the home position. When initialization starts, the ITB contact motor lowers the left side until the actuator has passed the sensor. Then ITB contact motor lifts up the left side to its home position. This action actuates the sensor in a certain pattern. The table lists the sensor actuation patterns.
Machine status Initialization Standby (Default) Operation B/W printing Color Printing On On On Off Off
Sensor pattern On Off On
On: The actuator is out of the sensor. Off: The actuator is interrupting the sensor.
B222/B224
6-54
SM
manuals4you.com
6.9.2 PAPER TRANSFER AND SEPARATION

Overview
1. Paper transfer roller 2. Discharge plate 3. ITB drive roller
4. Image transfer roller 5. Image transfer belt 6. OPC drum
The paper transfer unit consists of the paper transfer roller and discharge plate. This unit completes the toner transfer to the paper.
PTR (Paper Transfer Roller) Drive
SM
P.P.: Power Pack (ITB power supply board) The toner is moved from the OPC [A] onto the surface of the image transfer belt [B] by a positive charge from the image transfer roller (immediately above the drum, not shown here). The ITB drive roller [C], which is given a negative charge, pushes the toner to the paper [D]. The paper transfer roller [E] presses the paper against the image transfer belt [B] (with a spring that is under tension from the paper transfer roller contact motor), and grounds the charge from the ITB drive roller [C]. (The paper transfer roller does not have a drive mechanism. This roller is driven by the image transfer belt.)
Finally, the discharge plate [E], which is given an AC charge, discharges the paper. The discharge plate receives its charge from a different high voltage power supply board than the ITB drive roller.
PTR (Paper Transfer Roller) Contact and Separation
B222/B224
6-56
SM
manuals4you.com
Image Transfer and Paper Separation The paper transfer contact motor [A] keeps the paper transfer roller [B] in contact with the image transfer belt [C]. This motor has the paper transfer HP sensor [D] inside. The paper transfer HP sensor detects if the paper transfer roller is in contact with the image transfer belt. Only when the machine executes the line position adjustment or process control, the paper transfer unit keeps away from the image transfer belt.
SM
6-57
B222/B224
Paper Feed
6.10 PAPER FEED

6.10.1 OVERVIEW
1. Pick-up roller - tray 1 2. Separation roller - tray 1 3. Feed roller - tray 1 4. Registration roller 5. Transport roller - By-pass feed 6. Feed roller - By-pass feed 7. Pick-up roller - By-pass feed
8. Separation roller - By-pass feed 9. Vertical transport roller 1 10. Vertical transport roller 2 11. Feed roller - tray 2 12. Separation roller - tray 2 13. Paper tray 2 14. Pick-up roller - tray 2 15. Paper tray 1
There are two paper trays (500 sheets each), and a by-pass feed table (100 sheets). The paper feed mechanism uses an FRR system for tray 1, 2 and by-pass tray. Tray 1 can hold A4 or letter paper only. Tray 2 can hold a range of sizes.
B222/B224
6-58
SM
manuals4you.com
Paper Feed
6.10.2 DRIVE TRAY 1, TRAY 2, AND BY-PASS TRAY

Tray 1 and Tray2
The paper feed motor [A] drives the pick-up and feed mechanisms in tray 1 [B], tray 2 [C]. It uses clutches and complex trains of gears to do this. When tray 1 and tray 2 are inside the machine, their pick-up rollers [D][E] are always in contact with each top sheet of the paper stack ( 6.10.4 "Paper Lift Trays 1 and 2").
When the paper feed clutch [F] for tray 1 turns on, the pick-up, feed [J] and separation [K] rollers start rotating to feed the paper. The paper from tray 2 is also fed in the same way. The paper feed clutch stays on until shortly after the registration sensor activates.
By-pass Tray
The pick-up roller [A] of the by-pass tray stays away from the top of the stack of paper until the by-pass pick-up solenoid turns on. The duplex/by-pass motor [D] drives the pick-up, feed [B] and separation roller [C] through the by-pass clutch [E] and gears.
SM
6-59
B222/B224
Paper Feed
6.10.3 PAPER PICK-UP
When the tray is installed in the machine, the rear [A] of the tray pushes the lever [B], and this lever pushes down the pick-up roller [C] onto the paper. This turns the paper lift sensor [D] "OFF".
When the paper feed sensor [E] detects the trailing edge of the paper, the pick-up solenoid [F] turns on and off. This lifts the pick-up roller from the top of the stack paper briefly and then releases the pick-up roller. This makes paper pick-up more effective. The paper feed sensor [E] also controls the paper feed clutch "ON" and "OFF" timing.
B222/B224
6-60
SM
manuals4you.com
Paper Feed
6.10.4 PAPER LIFT TRAYS 1 AND 2
The rear end of the paper tray pushes the tray set switch (for tray 2, this is the paper size switch). As a result, the machine detects that the paper tray is installed. When the machine detects that a tray has been placed in the machine, the tray lift motor [A] rotates and the coupling gear [B] on the tray lift motor engages the pin [C] on the lift arm shaft [D]. Then the tray lift arm lifts the tray bottom plate [E] until the paper lift sensor [F] for the tray detects that the top of the stack is at the paper feed position. When the tray is removed from the machine, the connection between the coupling gear and lift arm shaft is disengaged, and the tray bottom plate lowers. After that, the coupling gear is moved to its home position.
6.10.5 PAPER SIZE DETECTION TRAYS 1 & 2

There is no size switch for tray 1. The paper size is fixed at either A4 or LT (LEF for both sizes). You can change the size setting with SP5-181-1.
SM
6-61
B222/B224
Paper Feed For tray 2, there are four paper size switches [A] working in combination. Switch 1 (right end) is for tray set detection. The other three switches detect the paper size as shown in the table below. The actuator [B] is moved by the end plate [C]. 0: Pushed, 1: Not pushed
Models North America DLT (A3) SEF*1 LG (B4) SEF*2 A4 SEF LT SEF B5 SEF LT (A4) LEF*3 Exe (B5) LEF*4 A5 LEF Europe/Asia A3 (DLT) SEF*1 B4 (LG) SEF*2 A4 SEF LT SEF B5 SEF A4 (LT) LEF*3 B5 (Exe) LEF*4 A5 LEF SW4 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1
Switch Location SW3 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 SW2 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1
*1: The machine detects either DLT SEF or A3 SEF, depending on the setting of SP5-181-3. *2: The machine detects either LG SEF or B4 SEF, depending on the setting of SP5-181-4. *3: The machine detects either LT LEF or A4 LEF, depending on the setting of SP5-181-2. *4: The machine detects either Exe LEF or B5 LEF, depending on the setting of SP5-181-5 SP 5-181-6 to 13 does similar functions for the optional paper trays. The machine disables paper feed from a tray if the paper size cannot be detected (if the paper size actuator is broken or no tray is installed). For non-standard paper sizes, if they are not visible on the user tool screen for selecting paper sizes, then set SP 5112 to "1". If the user selects one of these sizes, auto paper size selection is disabled.
B222/B224
6-62
SM
manuals4you.com
Paper Feed
6.10.6 PAPER HEIGHT DETECTION TRAYS 1 & 2
Two paper height sensors [A] [B] and actuator [C] are built into the paper tray lift motor. The paper height sensors, detect the amount of paper in the tray. The actuator [C] has two semi-circles, and it is engaged with the lift arm shaft via gears. The paper height sensors detect the paper amount depending on the position of the two semi-circles. The list shown below shows the detection combination of the two sensors. The paper remaining status bar is displayed in the tray selection icon on the LCD.
Remaining paper 100% (Status bar x 4) 70% (Status bar x 3) 30% (Status bar x 2) 10% (Status bar x 1)
Paper height sensor 1 [A]
Paper height sensor 2 [B]

OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF: No actuator
SM
6-63
Paper Feed
6.10.7 PAPER END DETECTION TRAYS 1 & 2
The paper stack raises the paper end feeler [A] and the paper end sensor [B] deactivates if there is some paper in the paper tray. When the paper tray runs out of paper, the paper end feeler [A] drops into the cutout in the tray bottom plate. At this time the paper end sensor [B] activates.
B222/B224
6-64
SM
manuals4you.com
Paper Feed
6.10.8 REGISTRATION
The registration motor [A] drives the registration roller [B] with a complex train of gears. The machine makes a paper buckle at the registration roller to correct paper skew. You can adjust the paper buckle with SP1-003.
6.10.9 PAPER FEED LINE SPEED

This machine has three process line speeds (for feed from registration roller to fusing unit). The line speeds depend on the selected mode.
Model B222
Mode Plain/ Middle Thick
Resolution 600 x 600 dpi 600 x 600 dpi 4-bits
Line speed (mm/s) 154 77
Print speed (cpm) 35 17.5 25 (B/W) 22.5 (Color) 17.5
600 x 600 dpi OHP/Thick 600 x 600 dpi 4-bits
115
77
SM
6-65
B222/B224
Paper Feed Model B224
Mode
Resolution
Line speed (mm/s)
Print speed (cpm) 45 (B/W) 40 (Color) 17.5 25 (B/W) 22.5 (Color) 17.5
Plain/ Middle Thick
600 x 600 dpi
205
600 x 600 dpi 4-bits
77
600 x 600 dpi OHP/Thick 600 x 600 dpi 4-bits
115
77
6.10.10 TRAY LOCK MECHANISM

This machine has two types of tray lock mechanism.
Tray Lock at the Front
The lock at the front prevents the tray from coming out of the machine during transporting or shipping. When you pull the handle [A], the lock lever [B] is lowered. As a result, you can pull out the tray.
B222/B224
6-66
SM
manuals4you.com
Paper Feed
Tray Lock at the Rear
This mechanism is only activated when the machine detects a paper jam. The lock at the rear prevents the tray from coming out from the machine when the paper is jammed. If the tray is removed while the paper is jammed, the paper may be split in two pieces. This makes it difficult to remove the jammed paper. If the paper is jammed, the tray lock solenoid [A] turns on and activates the lock lever [B]. The lock lever [B] locks tray 1 [C] and tray 2 [D].
6.10.11 PAPER DUST COLLECTION
The two mylars [A] scrape the paper dust from the registration idle roller [B]. The paper dust falls down into the paper dust container [C].
SM
6-67
B222/B224
Paper Feed
6.10.12 BY-PASS PAPER SEPARATION
When the by-pass paper detection [A] sensor detects paper and the machine gets a by-pass printing job, the by-pass solenoid [B] drops the pick-up roller [C] onto the top of the paper stack on the by-pass tray. After that, the pick-up roller moves one sheet of paper to the feed roller. This machine uses an FRR (Feed and Reverse Roller) system for feeding paper. There is friction between the feed roller [E] and separation roller [D]. This friction separates the top sheet of paper from the stack.
6.10.13 BY-PASS PAPER SIZE DETECTION
There are two paper side plates [A] on the by-pass tray. These connect with the paper size sensor [B] through a rack-and-pinion mechanism.
B222/B224
6-68
SM
manuals4you.com
Fusing
6.11 FUSING
6.11.1 OVERVIEW
1. Heating roller 2. Fusing belt 3. Thermopile 4. Tension roller 5. Fusing roller 6. Stripper plate 7. Stripper pawl 8. Pressure roller 9. Pressure roller fusing lamp
10. Cleaning roller 11. Lubricant roller 12. Pressure roller thermostat 13. Pressure roller thermistor 14. Fusing belt thermistor
15. Fusing belt sensor 16. Ferrite roller HP sensor 17. IH coil unit 18. Heating roller thermostat
This machine uses an IH (Induction Heating) system for the heating roller. This system increases the temperature more quickly than a fusing lamp heating system. A belt fusing system is used. This has a faster warm-up time than a conventional fusing and pressure roller system. The fusing roller is made of sponge, which flattens slightly, also increasing the fusing nip. This roller does not contain a fusing lamp. The fusing belt thermistor, pressure roller thermistor and thermopile control the temperature of heating roller and pressure roller. The thermopile is a non-contact
SM
6-69
Fusing sensor. The thermopile detects the temperature at the center of the fusing belt, and the thermistor detects the temperature at the end. Temperature is normally controlled by turning the fusing lamp and the IH system on and off. The lubricant roller supplies a small amount of oil to the pressure roller through the cleaning roller. An oil supply unit is not necessary because the amount of oil supplied to the pressure roller is small.
6.11.2 FUSING UNIT DRIVE
Belt and Rollers

The fusing/paper exit motor [A] drives the pressure roller [B] and the fusing roller [C] through the gear train. The heating roller [D] is driven by the pressure with the fusing belt [E]. The lubricant roller [F] and cleaning roller [G] are driven by the friction with the pressure roller.
Lubricant Mechanism
The lubricant roller [F] contains silicone oil in its material. The lubricant roller applies small amount of silicone oil to the pressure roller to reduce the friction between the pressure roller and thermistor, and stripper pawl so that white lines on the output are reduced. The cleaning roller [G] cleans the lubricant roller to remove the residual toner stuck to the lubricant roller.
B222/B224
6-70
SM
manuals4you.com
Fusing
6.11.3 IH (INDUCTION HEATING) SYSTEM

Basic IH System
When high frequency current [B] is applied to the IH coil unit, a magnetic field [C] occurs around the IH coil [A]. This magnetic field makes eddy currents [D] and the heating roller [E] becomes hot. (During warm up, 1250 W is applied to the IH coil unit and during paper feed, 950 W is applied.)
Paper Size Correction
The ferrite roller [A] in the heating roller has a bronze plate [B] for paper size temperature
SM
6-71
B222/B224
Fusing correction. The area that is covered with the bronze plate does not generate the same amount of heat as other parts. The temperature correction for paper size is used for seven paper sizes (A3, B4, A4, B5, A5, B6, and A6). The ferrite roller motor [C] rotates the ferrite roller [A] to the correct position for the selected paper size. The ferrite roller HP sensor [D] detects when this roller is at home position. The ferrite roller is moved to its home position at the end of every job.
6.11.4 PRESSURE RELEASE MECHANISM
The pressure levers [A] put the proper pressure to the nip between the pressure roller [B] and fusing belt [C]. When releasing these levers, the pressure roller moves away from the fusing belt. If a paper jam occurs in the fusing unit, releasing these levers make jammed paper easily removed.
B222/B224
6-72
SM
manuals4you.com
Fusing
6.11.5 FUSING TEMPERATURE CONTROL

Components
[A]: Thermostat (Heating roller) [B]: Thermopile [C]: Thermistor (contact) [D]: Thermostat: (Pressure roller)
[E]: Pressure roller fusing lamp [F]: Thermistor (non-contact) [G]: Ferrite roller HP sensor [H]: Fusing belt sensor
When the main switch turns on, the CPU turns on the IH coil unit and the fusing lamp. The IH coil unit and lamp stay on until the thermistor detects the standby temperature. Then the CPU raises the temperature to the printing temperature. The fusing temperature for each mode is as follows. These are set by SP 1105. If the ferrite roller does not rotate, it will overheat. The fusing belt sensor [H] detects if the ferrite roller stops rotating, and an SC occurs.
SM
6-73
B222/B224
Fusing
Fusing Temperatures
[A]: Heating roller temperature [B]: Pressure roller temperature [C]: Heating roller target temperature for the ready condition [D]: Extra idling target temperature [E]: Idling target temperature [F]: Heating roller target temperature for the print condition [G]: CPM down threshold temperature [H]: Pressure roller target temperature Warm-up mode [1]: The machine uses the following formulas to decide the actual heating roller target temperature for the warm-up mode. If the ambient temperature 17C (adjustable with SP1-112-001) T1 = T2 + T3 T1: Actual target temperature T2: Heating roller target temperature for the ready condition (adjustable with SP1-105-001, default: 138C) T3: Environment correction (adjustable with SP1-112-003, default: 5C) If the ambient temperature 30C (adjustable with SP1-112-002) T1 = T2 - T4 T1: Actual target temperature T2: Heating roller target temperature for the ready condition (adjustable with SP1-105-001, default: 138C) T4: Environment correction (adjustable with SP1-112-004, default: 0C) If 17C (adjustable with SP1-112-001) < Ambient temperature < 30C (adjustable with SP1-112-002)
B222/B224
6-74
SM
manuals4you.com
Fusing T1 = T2 T1: Actual target temperature T2: Heating roller target temperature for the ready condition (adjustable with SP1-105-001, default: 138C) The machine determines that the temperature of the fusing unit is at the target temperature for the ready condition when all the conditions below occur. The thermopile detects the specified temperature. Specified temperature = T2 - T4 T2: Heating roller target temperature for the ready condition (adjustable with SP1-105-001, default: 138C) T4: Offset temperature for the ready condition (adjustable with SP1-105-002, default: 0C) The thermistor of the heating roller detects the specified temperature. T5 Specified temperature T6 T5 = T2 (default: 138C) - 70C (adjustable with SP1-105-003) T6 = 200C (adjustable with SP1-105-004) The thermistor of the pressure roller detects the specified temperature. T7 Specified temperature T8 T7 = T2 (default: 138C) - 70C (B222)/90C (B224) (adjustable with SP1-105-005) T8 = 180C (adjustable with SP1-105-006) Extra idling mode [2]: The machine uses the extra idling when some conditions occur. If the ambient temperature 17C (adjustable with SP1-112-001) SP1-105-106) for 60 seconds (adjustable with SP1-103-016). If the ambient temperature 30C (adjustable with SP1-112-002) In this condition, the temperature of the heating roller is kept at 160C (adjustable with SP1-105-108) for 10 seconds (B222)/25 seconds (B224) (adjustable with SP1-103-017). If 17C Ambient temperature 30C In this condition, the temperature of the heating roller is kept at 160C (adjustable with SP1-105-107) for 10 seconds (B222)/25 seconds (B224) (adjustable with SP1-103-018). Maintain mode for the ready condition temperature [3]: The temperature of the heating roller is kept at 160C (adjustable with SP1-105-082) for 60 seconds (adjustable with SP1-113-001) after the temperature of the fusing unit reaches the
In this condition, the temperature of the heating roller is kept at 165C (adjustable with
SM
6-75
B222/B224
Fusing temperature for the ready condition. Stand-by mode [4]: The machine turns off the IH coil unit (heating roller) and then turns on the pressure roller lamp. The temperature of the pressure roller is kept at 150C (adjustable with SP1-105-012). The machine also executes the idling rotation in the stand-by mode for 0.7 seconds (adjustable with SP1-115-002) every 60 minutes (adjustable with SP SP1-115-001). Print ready mode [5]: The machine turns off the pressure roller lamp and turns on the IH coil unit (heating roller) when the machine recovers. If the machine does not get any printing/copying job, the target temperature after recovery is 170C (adjustable with SP1-105-083). But if the machine does not get any printing/copying job for 10 seconds (adjustable with SP1-113-002), the machine turns off the IH coil unit (heating roller), turns on the pressure roller lamp, and then returns to the stand-by mode. If the machine gets a printing/copying job, the machine uses the following formulas to decide the actual heating roller target temperature for feeding paper and processing the image (this is the print ready mode). If the ambient temperature 17C (adjustable with SP1-112-001) Ta = Tb + Tc Ta: Actual target temperature for printing Tb: Heating roller target temperature for each paper type (adjustable with SP1-105-030 to -080) Tc: Environment correction (adjustable with SP1-112-003, default: 5C) If the ambient temperature 30C (adjustable with SP1-112-002) Ta = Tb - Tc Ta: Actual target temperature for printing Tb: Heating roller target temperature for each paper type (adjustable with SP1-105-030 to -080) Tc: Environment correction (adjustable with SP1-112-004, default: 0C) If 17C (adjustable with SP1-112-001) Ambient temperature with SP1-112-002) Ta = Tb Ta: Actual target temperature Tb: Heating roller target temperature for each paper type (adjustable with SP1-105-030 to -080) 30C (adjustable
B222/B224
6-76
SM
manuals4you.com
Fusing The machine starts to feed paper after an interval of S1 (Feeding wait mode [7]) after one of the conditions below has occurred. However, the machine automatically starts to feed paper if one of conditions below does not occur for 300 seconds after the machine has entered the stand-by mode. S1 is adjustable with SP1-910-001 to -003 and -007 to -009. The thermopile detects the specified temperature after the machine has recovered. Specified temperature = Ta - 5C (adjustable with SP1-105-086) Ta = Tb + Tc Ta: Actual target temperature for printing Tb: Heating roller target temperature for each paper type (adjustable with SP1-105-030 to -080) Tc: Environment correction (adjustable with SP1-112-003, default: 5C) The thermopile detects the specified temperature in the maintain mode for the ready condition temperature [3]. Specified temperature = Ta - 100C (adjustable with SP1-105-104) Ta = Tb - Tc Ta: Actual target temperature for printing Tb: Heating roller target temperature for each paper type (adjustable with SP1-105-030 to -080) Tc: Environment correction (adjustable with SP1-112-004, default: 0C) The machine starts to process the image when one of the conditions below occurs. However, the machine automatically starts to process the image if one of the conditions below does not occur for 300 seconds after the machine has entered the stand-by mode.
The thermopile detects the specified temperature. Specified temperature = Ta - 5C (adjustable with SP1-105-085) Ta = Tb + Tc Ta: Actual target temperature for printing Tb: Heating roller target temperature for each paper type (adjustable with SP1-105-030 to -080) Tc: Environment correction (adjustable with SP1-112-003, default: 5C) The thermopile detects the specified temperature in the maintain mode for the ready condition temperature [3]. Specified temperature = Ta - 100C (adjustable with SP1-105-105) Ta = Tb - Td Ta: Actual target temperature for printing Tb: Heating roller target temperature for each paper type (adjustable with
SM
6-77
Fusing SP1-105-030 to -080) Td: Environment correction (adjustable with SP1-112-004, default: 0C) Print mode [6]: The machine prints or makes copies, keeping the temperature at Ta. If the machine stays in the maintain mode for the ready condition temperature [3], the machine waits until the fusing temperature reaches the specified temperature and then keeps this temperature for 20 seconds (adjustable with SP1-915-002, -004 or -006). Specified temperature = Ta + 10C (adjustable with SP1-915-001, -003 or -005). CPM down limit mode [8]: CPM down mode is not allowed for a certain time interval. CPM down mode [9]: This machine uses CPM down mode to prevent image offset on outputs when the fusing temperature goes below a specified temperature in some conditions. This mode is only used at line speeds of 205 or 154 mm/sec.
Mode
Temperature of Heating Roller (C)
Temperature of Pressure Roller (C) 138C
Warm-up mode
138C - 0C (SP1105-002)
- 70C (B222)/ - 90C (B224) (SP1105-005)
Actual target temperature for Print start each paper type - 0C (SP1105-085) Actual target temperature for Feed start each paper type - 5C (SP1105-086) Standby mode Energy saver (panel off) mode 150C (SP1105-012) 100C (B222)/ 140C (B224) (SP1105-016) --
B222: 155C / B224: 160C Plain paper (SP1105-030, -032, -034 and -036) --
B222/B224
6-78
SM
manuals4you.com
Fusing Mode Temperature of Heating Roller (C) 150C (SP1105-038, -40, -42 and -044) 145C (SP1105-095, -097 and -099) Middle thick (middle speed) + 15C (B222)/ 20C (B224) (SP1105-103) 170C (SP1105-046, -048, -050 and -052) 170C (SP1105-054, -055) 175C (SP1105-089 and -091) 165C (SP1105-056) -Temperature of Pressure Roller (C)
Thin paper
--
Middle thick paper (middle speed)
--
Middle thick paper (High speed)
Thick 1 paper
--
Thick 2 paper Thick 3 paper OHP (full color) OHP (black-and-white) Special paper
----
160C (SP1105-057)
--
160C (SP1105-058 to -080)
--
- Paper Weights Thin paper: Below 60 g/m2 (16 lb.) Normal plain paper: 60 90 g/m2 (16 24 lb.) Middle Thick: 90 105 g/m2 (24 28 lb.) Thick 1: 106 169 g/m2 (28.5 44.9 lb.) Thick 2: 170 219 g/m2 (45 58 lb.) Thick 3: 220 253 g/m2 (58.5 67 lb.)
Temperature Corrections
- Corrections for ambient temperature (SP 1112) If the room temperature is below 17C, the heating roller temperature is increased by 5C with SP1112-003 (default: 5C). If the room temperature is above 30C, the heating roller temperature can be
SM
6-79
B222/B224
Fusing decreased with SP1112-004 (default: 0C).
Overheat Protection
The CPU cuts power to the fusing lamp at the following times: The heating roller or pressure roller temperature becomes higher than 215C for one second or more. SC 543 and SC 553 for the heating roller or SC 563 for the pressure roller show for this condition. The heating roller or pressure roller temperature reaches 220C. SC 544 and SC 554 for the heating roller or SC 564 for the pressure roller show for this condition. The following components are used if thermistor or thermopile overheat protection fails. Two thermostats for the IH inverter (heating roller) and two thermofuses for the pressure roller in series with the common ground line of the fusing lamp.
Do not push the two thermostats for the heating roller at the IH coil unit. Otherwise, these thermostats are opened. As a result, the IH coil unit must be replaced. If one of the thermostat temperatures becomes higher than 234C, it opens and cuts power to the IH inverter. If the other thermostat temperature becomes higher than 235C, it also opens and cuts power to the IH inverter. If either of the two thermofuse temperatures becomes higher than 149C, the thermofuse opens and cuts power to the fusing lamp.
These thermofuses make a series circuit. In either case, the machine stops operation.
6.11.6 CPM DOWN SYSTEM

CPM Down Control
When this machine gets a sequence of coping/printing jobs at a high line speed mode (B222: 154 mm/sec, B224: 205 mm/sec) and some conditions occur, the machine decreases the CPM to prevent offset on outputs due to insufficient fusing temperature. This mode can be turned on or turned off with SP1-916-025 (default: "OFF" for B222, "ON" for B224). CPM down mode has two steps (1 and 2). For a full-color printing job using middle-thick paper, the machine enters step 1, and then step 2. For other types of printing job, the machine enters step 2 only.
B222/B224
6-80
SM
manuals4you.com
Fusing Step 1 (Only for full color mode using middle thick paper) If the input voltage from IH inverter to the IH coil > 93% (adjustable with SP1-916-23) and ambient temperature 17C (adjustable with SP1-112-001): The machine decreases the CPM to 25cpm (B222) or 30cpm (B224) (adjustable with SP1-916-022) for 20 seconds (adjustable with SP1-916-023). If input voltage 93% (adjustable with SP1-916-23) and ambient temperature > 17C (adjustable with SP1-112-001): The machine decreases the CPM to 25cpm (B222) or 30cpm (B224) (adjustable with SP1-916-022) for 20 seconds (adjustable with SP1-916-023). If input voltage 93% (adjustable with SP1-916-23) and ambient temperature 17C (adjustable with SP1-112-001): The machine decreases the CPM to 20cpm (B222) or 25cpm (B224) (adjustable with SP1-916-022 and SP1-916-024) for 20 seconds (adjustable with SP1-916-023). Step 2 When the fusing temperature goes below the print ready temperature for plain paper: The machine decreases the CPM to 25cpm (B222) or 30cpm (B224) (adjustable with SP1-916-020). When the fusing temperature goes below the print ready temperature for middle thick paper in B/W mode: The machine decreases the CPM to 25cpm (B222) or 30cpm (B224) (adjustable with SP1-916-021).
justmanuals.c
SM 6-81 B222/B224
om
Fusing
6.11.7 ENERGY SAVER MODES

Overview
When the machine is not being used, the energy saver function reduces power consumption by decreasing the fusing temperature. This machine has the following two types of energy saver modes: 1. 2. Panel-off mode Auto Off mode
These modes are controlled by the following UP mode: Panel off timer: User Tools System Settings Timer Setting Panel Off Timer Auto off timer: User Tools System Settings Timer Setting Auto Off Timer
Panel Off Mode

Entering the panel off mode The machine enters the panel off mode when one of the following is done: The panel off timer runs out. The Clear Mode/Energy Saver Key is held down for one second. If the value in the panel off timer is larger than that in the auto off timer, the machine goes into the auto off mode. At this time it does not go into the panel off mode. To make the panel off mode effective, specify a value smaller than the values in the auto off timer. What happens in panel off mode When the machine is in the panel off mode, the fusing lamp is kept at the temperatures
B222/B224
6-82
SM
manuals4you.com
Fusing indicated in the table at the bottom of the page. The operation panel indicators are turned off except for the Energy Saver LED and the Power LED. If the controller receives an image print out command from an application program (e.g. to print incoming fax data or to print data from a PC), the temperature of heating roller (IH coil unit) rises to print the data. Return to stand-by mode The machine returns to stand-by mode if one of the following is done: The Clear Mode/Energy Saver Mode key is pressed Any key on the operation panel or touch panel screen is pressed An original is placed in the ADF The ADF is lifted A sheet of paper is placed in the by-pass feed table The return time from the panel off mode is less than 30 seconds.
Mode
Operation Switch
Energy Saver LED On Pressure roller: 150C On Fusing Temperature +24V
System +5V
Panel off
On
On
Auto Off Mode

There are two Auto Off modes: Off Stand-by mode and Off mode. The difference between Off Stand-by mode and Off mode is the machines condition when it enters the Auto Off
mode. Entering off stand-by and off modes The machine enters the Off Stand-by mode or Off Mode when one of the following is done. The auto off timer runs out. The operation switch is pressed to turn the power off. If one or more of the following conditions exists, the machine enters Off Stand-by mode. If none of these conditions exist, the machine enters the Off Mode. Error or SC condition Image data is stored in the memory During memory TX or polling RX The handset is off hook An original is in the ARDF The ARDF is open
SM
6-83
B222/B224
Fusing Off Stand-by mode The system +5V is still supplied to all components. When the machine detects a ringing signal or receives a stream of data for a print job, the +24V supply is activated. At this time the machine automatically prints the incoming message or executes the print job. Off Mode The system +5V supply also turns off. However, +5VE (+5V for energy saver mode) is still activated. When the machine detects a ringing signal, off-hook signal, or receives a print job, the machine returns to the Off Stand-by mode and the system +5V and +24V supplies are activated. Returning to stand-by mode The machine returns to stand-by mode when the operation switch is pressed. The return time is less than 45 seconds.
Mode
Operation Switch
Energy Saver LED Off (On when printing) Fusing Lamp +24V
System +5V
Note
Off Stand-by
Off
Off
On
On
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
+5VE is supplied
6.11.8 NEW UNIT DETECTION

Fusing Unit, Image Transfer Belt Unit
The fusing unit and image transfer belt unit each have a fuse. When the machine detects that the fuse is intact, the machine determines that a new unit is installed. Then a short time later, the fuse blows.
PCU, Development Unit

The development unit (as part of the PCU, or as a separate development unit) contains an ID chip. The ID chip contains information that tells the machine that the unit is new.
B222/B224
6-84
SM
manuals4you.com
Paper Exit
6.12 PAPER EXIT

6.12.1 OVERVIEW
1. Paper exit sensor 2. Paper overflow sensor 3. Junction gate jam sensor
4. Junction gate 2 5. Junction gate 1 6: Paper exit rollers
Junction gate 1 switches the paper feed direction to the standard output tray path or the duplex unit path/1-bin tray path. This gate is controlled by the junction gate 1 motor. When the junction gate 1 HP sensor detects that the gate is at home position, the standard output tray path is opened. Junction gate 2 switches the paper feed direction to the 1-bin tray path or duplex unit path. This gate is controlled by the junction gate solenoid in the 1-bin tray. If the 1-bin tray is not installed, junction gate 2 does not move (the 1-bin tray path is always closed). The fusing/paper exit motor drives the paper exit rollers.
SM
6-85
B222/B224
This machine has two junction gates:
Paper Exit
6.12.2 JUNCTION GATE MECHANISM

To the Standard Tray
The paper exit rollers [A] feed paper to the standard output tray. These rollers are driven by the fusing/paper exit motor [B]. When a sheet of paper stays in the paper exit unit, the paper exit sensor [C] detects the paper jam and a jam message is displayed. When outputs push up the tray full actuator [D], the paper overflow sensor [E] detects that standard output tray is full,a jam message is displayed.
B222/B224
6-86
SM
manuals4you.com
Paper Exit
To the 1-bin Tray or Duplex Unit
When duplex mode or 1-bin tray mode is selected, junction gate 1 [A] closes the paper path to the standard tray. And then, junction gate 2 [B] switches the paper feed direction to the 1-bin tray or the duplex unit. The paper transport roller [C] is driven by the fusing/paper exit motor [D]. The junction gate jam sensor [E] in the 1-bin tray path detects paper jams in the path to the 1-bin tray. The duplex entrance sensor [F] detects paper jams in the path to the
duplex unit.
SM
Duplex Unit
6.13 DUPLEX UNIT

6.13.1 OVERVIEW
1. Duplex inverter plate 2. Duplex entrance sensor 3. Duplex inverter rollers
4. Duplex transport rollers 5: Duplex exit sensor 6. Duplex/by-pass transport roller
The duplex inverter rollers move the paper to the inverter path, and then feed it backwards to the duplex paper feed path. The duplex transport rollers move paper to the waiting position (just before the duplex/by-pass transport roller). The duplex/by-pass transport roller moves the paper to the registration roller. This roller is also used for by-pass mode as the by-pass transport roller. But the by-pass tray cannot be used with duplex mode. The duplex entrance sensor and duplex exit sensor control the timing for duplex paper feed.
B222/B224
6-88
SM
manuals4you.com
Duplex Unit
6.13.2 DUPLEX DRIVE
The duplex inverter motor [A] drives the following: Duplex inverter rollers [B] Duplex transport rollers [C] The duplex/by-pass motor [D] drives the following: Duplex/by-pass transport roller [E] The duplex entrance sensor [F] and duplex exit sensor [G] control the interleave movement and detect paper jams.
Detailed Descriptions SM 6-89 B222/B224
Duplex Unit
6.13.3 INVERTER MECHANISM
The paper is fed to the duplex path in duplex mode after junction gate 1 [A] opens the duplex path. The duplex inverter motor moves the paper into the inverter, as far as the switching back position. Then, after the duplex entrance sensor [C] detects the trailing edge of the paper, the duplex inverter motor stops, and the duplex inverter plate [B] opens the duplex feed path (the plate is opened by the duplex inverter solenoid). Then, the duplex inverter motor reverses and moves the paper from the switching position to the duplex feed path. In the duplex feed path, the paper is fed by the transport rollers (these rollers are driven by the duplex inverter motor) and the duplex/by-pass transport roller (this roller is driven by the duplex/by-pass motor). When the machine gets a multi-page duplex printing job, the duplex exit sensor [D] controls the duplex inverter motor and duplex/by-pass motor to synchronize the duplex feed timing.
B222/B224
6-90
SM
manuals4you.com
Duplex Unit
6.13.4 DUPLEX OPERATION

Up to A4/LT (81/2" x 11") LEF
There are four sheets of paper in the paper feed path at the same time. The interleave method is used. The drawing above shows the paper movement with the interleave method for five sheets of paper. The printing is done as follows:
From A4/LT (8 1/2" x 11") LEF to 400mm length

There are two sheets of paper in the paper feed path at the same time. The interleave method is used. For sheets longer than 400 mm, there is no interleaving. The drawing above shows the paper movement with the interleave method for three sheets of paper. The printing is done as follows:
SM
6-91
B222/B224
Duplex Unit
B222/B224
6-92
SM
manuals4you.com
Printer Functions
6.14 PRINTER FUNCTIONS

6.14.1 OVERVIEW
The controller is based on the GW architecture. CPU: RM7935C-835 MHz TRUMPET: This is one of the GW-architecture ASICs: GW architecture ASIC. It controls the interface with the CPU and controls these functions: memory, local bus interrupts, PCI bus, video data, HDD, SD card for booting and image processing. QUENA: IO control ASIC. It controls the network, operation panel, USB port, SD cards. SDRAM DIMM (2 slots): The controller has 1024-MB resident SDRAM. Flash ROM: 32 MB flash ROM programmed for the boot system. SD card: The 32 MB SD card installed in the SD card slot #1 includes the program for network
SM
6-93
B222/B224
Printer Functions application, printer, PCL5c, PS3 and RPCS applications and internal printer fonts. NVRAM: 128 KB for the machine parameters, logged data and a record of the number of pages printed for each User Code. Network Interface: 100BASE-TX/10BASE-T USB Interface: USB2.0 IEEE 1394 Interface (option): Supports a data transfer speed of up to 400 Mbps. IEEE 1284 Interface (option): This is a parallel printer port. IEEE 802.11b (option): This lets you connect the machine to a wireless network. Bluetooth (option): This lets you connect the machine to a Bluetooth network. USB Host (option): This is for the connection of an external device (digital camera etc.).
I/F Slot Slot A Slot B Slot C Slot D
Item IEEE 1394, IEEE 1284, IEEE 802.11b or Bluetooth USB Host Not used File format converter
HDD: 3.5 HDD x 2 (80 GB) can be connected using the IDE interface. SD Card slots: Slot 1: Standard SD card (standard printer/scanner application SD card) Slot 2: Optional application (for PostScript 3, Data Overwrite Security Unit or PictBridge) Slot 3: Firmware upgrade or Browser Unit (RDS Ricoh Document Server)
B222/B224
6-94
SM
manuals4you.com
Printer Functions
6.14.2 HARD DISK

Overview
The capacity of the hard disk is 80 GB (40 GB x 2). The controller partitions it into several drives and allocates them for different functions. You can initialize these partitions as necessary ( SP5-832). The table lists the contents of the hard disk.
Contents
Capacity (MB)
Volatile/ Nonvolatile Nonvolatile
Initialization (SP5-832)
21,528 Images (IMH) 39,176 Thumbnails Job Logs Printer fonts User information Mail RX data Mail TX data Designer data Logs Net interfaces 2400 200 500 300 200 1,000 512 150 500
002 Volatile Nonvolatile Nonvolatile Nonvolatile Nonvolatile Nonvolatile Nonvolatile Nonvolatile Nonvolatile Nonvolatile 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 011
Volatile: The data is lost when you turn the main switch off. Nonvolatile: The data is not lost when you turn the main switch off.
6.14.3 CONTROLLER FUNCTIONS

Sample Print
This feature was formerly known as Proof Print. This function gives users a chance to check the print results before starting a multiple-set print run. The size of the hard disk partition for the sample print feature is 38 GB. This partition is
SM
6-95
B222/B224
Printer Functions also used by the collation and locked print features. The partition can hold up to 2000 files, including files stored using locked print. The partition can hold a log containing up to 30 errors, excluding jobs stored using locked print. The maximum number of pages is 9,000, including jobs using locked print and collation.
Locked Print
Using this feature, the print job is stored in the machine but will not be printed until the user inputs an ID and a password at the machines operation panel. These ID and password must match the ID and password that has been input with the printer driver. Stored data is automatically deleted after it is printed. Stored data can be manually deleted at the operation panel. The partition can hold up to 2,000 files, including files stored using sample print. The partition can hold a log containing up to 30 errors, excluding logs stored using locked print. The maximum number of pages is 9,000, including jobs using sample print and collation. Locked print uses the same hard disk partition (38 GB) as sample print and collation.
Hold Print
Using this feature, the print job is stored in the machine but will not be printed until the user inputs an ID at the machines operation panel. This ID must match the ID that has been input with the printer driver. Stored data is automatically deleted after it is printed.
Stored Print/ Store and Print

Using this feature, the same stored files can be printed repeatedly without PC operation or stored files can be printed during receiving files even the file data has not been received completely.
6.14.4 JOB SPOOLING

Print data can be spooled (stored) in the machines HDD, and the machine starts to print when data transfer is complete. Since the machine stores all data first before printing, the host computer is freed up more quickly.
B222/B224
6-96
SM
manuals4you.com
Printer Functions The supported print protocols are IPP, LPR, SMB, BM LinkS, DIPRINT, FTP and sftp. The default setting for this feature is off. The user must use web image monitor to enable this feature. The size of the HDD partition for job spooling is 1 GB. The partition can hold up to 5000 files.
Related SP Modes
Job spooling can be turned on and off using the SP mode (SP5-828-069) for each protocol. The machine does not spool jobs when job spooling is switched off with the SP mode, even when the customer switches it on with the user mode.
Paper Source Selection

Tray Priority (Auto Tray Select)
The Tray Priority setting determines the start of the tray search when the user selects Auto Tray Select with the driver. The machine searches paper trays for the specified paper size and type. When no tray contains paper that matches the paper size and type specified by the driver, the controller stops printing until the user loads the correct paper. The Tray Priority setting can be specified in the following menu: > Tray Paper Settings > Paper Tray Priority: Printer. > System Settings
The by-pass feed table is not part of the tray search. Tray Locking If Tray Locking is enabled for a tray, the controller skips the locked tray in the tray search process.
SM
6-97
B222/B224
Printer Functions The Tray Locking setting can be specified in the following menu: indicates the tray number). The by-pass feed table cannot be unlocked (Tray Locking is always enabled). Manual Tray Select If the selected tray does not have the paper size and type specified by the driver, the controller stops printing until the user loads the correct paper. > System Settings
> Tray Paper Settings > Paper Type: Tray # > Apply Auto Paper Select (where the #
Auto Continue
Overview When this function is enabled, the machine waits for a specified period (0, 1, 5, 10, 15 minutes) for the correct paper size and type to be set in the tray. If the timer runs out, the machine starts printing, even if there is no paper tray which matches the paper size and paper type specified by the driver. The machine searches for a paper tray in the following way: The interval can be set with the following menu: Auto Continue. > Printer Features > System >
The default setting for this feature is Off. Auto Tray Select
When there is no paper tray that matches the paper size and type specified by the driver, the machine searches for any tray that has paper, and prints from the first tray it finds. The start of the tray search is the tray selected as the priority tray. Manual Tray Select
B222/B224
6-98
SM
manuals4you.com
Printer Functions The machine prints from the selected tray even if the paper size and type do not match the setting specified from the driver. If Auto Continue is disabled, the machine waits until the user loads the correct paper in the tray.
SM
6-99
B222/B224
PictBridge
6.15 PICTBRIDGE
6.15.1 GENERAL FUNCTION
The PictBridge function can make a PictBridge-standard DSC (Digital Still Camera) connect with the machine using a USB cable. As a result, photographs in the DSC can be printed directly with a machine that has the PictBridge application.
Photo image format

Exif/JPEG JFIF TIFF/MMR (Ricoh cameras only)
It is possible to connect more than one DSC at the same time, but it is only possible to print from one DSC. If more than one DSC is connected, you can only print from the first DSC that was connected.
6.15.2 PRINTING FUNCTION LIST

The availability of these functions depends on each DSC function. If the DSC has the same functions as below, these functions are available.
Name
Requirement for PictBridge Standard Must Must Recommended Must Recommended Recommended Must
B222/B244
Single image printing Selected image printing DPOF printing All image printing Index printing Trimming Multiple number printing
Available Available Not available Available Available Available Available
B222/B224
6-100
SM
manuals4you.com
PictBridge Date and file name printing Paper size Image print size Multi-Image-Layout (N-up) Edge-to-edge borderless printing Printing quality Color matching Paper type specification Form printing Camera memo printing Recommended Must Recommended Recommended Recommended Optional Optional Optional Ricoh Ricoh Available Available Available Available Not available Available Available Available Available Available
6.15.3 PRINTING FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

Single image printing
This function can print an image displayed on the DSC. The image is enlarged and rotated to match the paper, but the image aspect ratio is not changed.
SM
6-101
B222/B224
PictBridge
Selected image printing

This function can print two or more images selected from the display on the DSC. If landscape and portrait images are mixed in one job, the paper feed direction is fixed following the first image direction.
DPOF (Digital Print Order Format) printing

This function is not available in this machine.
All image printing

This function can print all images in the DSC.
Index printing
This function can print all images as thumbnail photos with index format. The size of the photos is fixed at 20 mm x 20 mm.
Paper Size A3 A4 A5 Letter B4
Number of Photos 192 96 40 80 140 16 x 12 12 x 8 8x5 10 x 8 14 x 10
Some digital cameras have a limitation on the maximum photo number in a print job. If the number of photos in a page is more than the maximum photo number in a job, a form feed may be inserted between the thumbnail photos.
Trimming
This function can print a part of an image by specifying a clip area.
Multiple number printing

This function can print multiple images from the same image according to ordered number and layout. If the photos are printed with a multiple number printing function, and there are an odd number of photos in a page, the photo will not be printed.
B222/B224
6-102
SM
manuals4you.com
PictBridge
If a layout is not selected (like 2 up or 4 up for example), each image will be printed on one page. Example 1: Photo A: 2, Photo B: 3 with 4-up printing In this case, Page 2 will not be printed.
Example 2: Photo A: 2, Photo B: 4 with 2-up printing In this case, all photos will be printed.
Date and file name printing

file name are imposed in the following style: Position: It is centered under each image. Font color: Black Font type: Arial Font size: 6 pt to 16 pt depending on printing size
This function can impose a date stamp and file name under each image. A data stamp and
SM
6-103
B222/B224
PictBridge
Image print size (Fixed size printing)
[A]: Specified printing size, [B]: Paper This function can print images with the size specified on the camera. The image is enlarged to match the specified size. The image is not rotated. The image aspect ratio is not changed. If the specified aspect ratio is different from the image aspect ratio, the image aspect ratio is automatically adjusted to the specified aspect ratio even this deletes part of the image.
If the new ratios of height and width magnification are different, the larger magnification ratio is used to adjust the image to the specified printing size. An error occurs if the specified size is larger than the actual paper size.
3.25 x 2.5 5 x 2.5 6 x 4 7 x 5 10 x 8 254mm x 178mm 110mm x 74mm 89mm x 55mm 148mm x 100mm
8cm x 6cm 10cm x 7cm 13cm x 9cm 15cm x 10cm 18cm x 13cm 21cm x 15cm 24cm x 18
B222/B224
6-104
SM
manuals4you.com
PictBridge
Multi-Image-Layout (N-up)
The number and arrangement of images can be specified as shown in the following list.
Number of images 2 4 8 9 16 25 32 36 49 64
Vertical x Horizontal images 2x1 2x2 4x2 3x3 4x4 5x5 8x4 6x6 7x7 8x8
Paper direction Portrait Landscape Portrait Landscape Landscape Landscape Portrait Landscape Landscape Landscape
The number of images printed on a page can be as shown in the following list.
Paper size 2L (5 x 7)
Number of images 2, 4, 8, 9
SM
6-105
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
This function can print multiple images on the specified paper.
PictBridge Postcard 100mm x 150mm 4 x 6 8 x 10 Letter 11 x 17 A3 A4 A5 A6 B4 B5 B6 2, 4 2, 4 2, 4, 8, 9 2, 4, 8, 9, 16, 25, 32 2, 4, 8, 9, 16, 25, 32 2, 4, 8, 9, 16, 25, 32, 49, 64 2, 4, 8, 9, 16, 25, 32, 49, 64 2, 4, 8, 9, 16, 25, 32 2, 4, 8, 9, 16 2, 4, 8 2, 4, 8, 9, 16, 25, 32, 49 2, 4, 8, 9, 16, 25 2, 4, 8, 9
A form feed may be inserted between images depending on the DSC in use. Also, printing in the specified way may not be possible depending on the specification for the number of images to be printed.
Edge-to-edge borderless printing

This function is not available in this machine.
Printing quality
This function can print images in the selected printing quality.
Normal or Default Fine
600dpi x 600dpi (2bit) 600dpi x 600dpi (4bit)
B222/B224
6-106
SM
manuals4you.com
PictBridge
Color matching
This function can optimize colors when printing images.
OFF or Default ON
Gradation Saturation
Paper type specification

This function can match the paper type names between the machine and DSC. When this function sends the machine's paper type information to the DSC, the names of paper types displayed on the DSC's screen are different from the names displayed on the machine. So, it is possible to match the paper type names with this function.
Default Plain paper
Auto tray selection Plain or recycled paper
Form printing
This function can print images in a predetermined layout format.
[A]: Image size A4: 170mm x 128mm LT: 174.5mm x 120mm [B]: Image size A4: 120mm x 90mm LT: 112.5mm x 92mm
SM
6-107
B222/B224
PictBridge [C]: Image size A4: 86mm x 65mm LT: 88mm x 61mm [D]: Image size A4: 86mm x 65mm LT: 88mm x 61mm [E]: Image size A4: 152.4mm x 108mm LT: 156.7mm x 102.6mm
Camera memo printing

This function can print text data with an image if it is attached to the image.
B222/B224
6-108
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Data Security Unit
6.16 COPY DATA SECURITY UNIT

6.16.1 GENERAL FUNCTION
This function can prevent unauthorized copying by making a special masking pattern with an embedded message when an original is printed. This enables the machine to make grayed-out output when it is copied. Confidential documents can never be duplicated on a machine that has the optional Copy Data Security Unit. The embedded messages appear when a confidential document is copied on a machine without an optional Copy Data Security Unit. However, some MFP functions are disabled if this function is enabled. Reduction less than 50% is disabled. Scanner/Fax application is disabled.
When copying on a machine with an optional Copy Data Security Unit
SM
6-109
B222/B224
When copying on a machine without an optional Copy Data Security Unit
Setting
This function can be turned on or off with a user tool (User Tools < System Settings <Administrator Tool).
Related SC
If the "Copy Data Security Unit" is removed when the Copy Data Security Setting is On, SC165 occurs. This SC prevents someone from removing the Copy Data Security Unit "illegally.
6.16.2 MASK TYPE FOR COPYING

This function can prevent unauthorized copying by making masking patterns with an embedded message when making an original print. Masking patterns are good for printing documents that must not be copied. The embedded messages appear when the document is copied. Five print densities (level 1 to 5) can be selected for the masking patterns. (Default: level 3) and 10 masking patterns can be selected from the RPCS driver.
B222/B224
6-110
SM
manuals4you.com
Some digital MFPs might not be able to detect the masking patterns. If the density of masking patterns on the output print is too light due to the settings of the machine or a mechanical problem, the pattern might not be detected.
SM
6-111
B222/B224
File Format Converter (MLB)
6.17 FILE FORMAT CONVERTER (MLB)

In this machine, this conversion is hardware-based, using the optional File Format Converter. Without the File Format Converter, copy and print jobs cannot be downloaded to a PC (or e-Cabinet) from the document server. Two common target formats are provided for conversion to files that can be selected by the SP modes: These are JPEG and TIFF. In scanner mode, users can select file format from TIFF, JPEG, or PDF. The time to create TIFF and JPEG files is shortened with the File Format Converter, especially for high scanning resolution and large image size. When the customer selects PDF, the machine creates a TIFF or JPEG file from the scanned image first. Then it converts it to PDF. Therefore, the total time to create a PDF is also shortened with the File Format Converter.
B222/B224
6-112
SM
manuals4you.com
Data Overwrite Security Unit (B735)
6.18 DATA OVERWRITE SECURITY UNIT (B735)

6.18.1 AUTO ERASE MEMORY
A document scanned in the copier or scanner mode, or data sent from a printer driver for printing, is stored temporarily on the hard disk of the machine. The document stays in the hard disk as temporary data even after the copy or print job is completed. Auto Erase Memory erases the temporary data on the hard disk by writing over it.
Types of Data Overwritten and Not Overwritten

The following table shows the types of data that can or cannot be overwritten by Auto Erase Memory.
Copier
Copy jobs 1) Print jobs
Printer
2) Sample Print/Locked Print jobs(*1) 3) Spool Printing jobs 1) Scanned files sent by e-mail
Data overwritten by Auto Erase Memory Scanner(*2)
2) Files sent by Scan to Folder 3) Documents sent or retrieved by using Web Image Monitor, Desk Top Binder, or Scan Router Fax PC fax print jobs, Internet fax transmission jobs Temporary data that still remains in the Document Server even after user erases the data in the Document Server.
Document Server
1) Documents stored by the user in the Document Server using Data not overwritten by Auto Erase Memory the Copier, Printer or Scanner functions 2) Information registered in the Address Book (*3) 3) Counters stored under each user code 4) Network setting
SM
6-113
B222/B224
Data Overwrite Security Unit (B735) *1: A Sample Print or Locked Print job can only be overwritten after it has been executed. *2: Temporary data via TWAIN scanner function are not originally stored in HDD. You can use TWAIN scanner functions together with the DOS unit. *3: Data stored in the Address Book can be encrypted for security.
Overwrite timing
Overwriting starts automatically once a copy, print or scanner job is completed. Copier, printer and scanner functions take priority over the Data Overwrite function. If a copier, printer or scanner job comes while a previous job is being overwritten, the overwrite process is automatically interrupted until the next job is completed.
B222/B224
6-114
SM
manuals4you.com
SPECIFICATIONS
manuals4you.com
General Specifications
7. SPECIFICATIONS
7.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
7.1.1 MAIN FRAME
Configuration:
Desktop Laser beam scanning & Dry electrostatic transfer system 4 drums tandem method 1 Scan: 600 dpi Print: 600 dpi Scan: 600dpi 4 bits/pixel Print: 600dpi 4 bits/pixel, 2 bits/pixel, 1 bit/pixel Sheets, book, objects A3/11" x 17"
Print Process:
Number of scans:
Resolution:
Gradation:
Original type: Maximum original size: Original reference position:
Left rear corner, ad hoc lists
Normal (ADF 1 to 1, LT/ A4 LEF) B222: 35 cpm (color/black & white) B224: 45 cpm (black & white) or 40 cpm (color)
Specifications B222/B224
Thick 1 (169 g/m2 or less) B222: 25 cpm (color/black & white) Copy speed: B224 25 cpm (color/black & white) Thick 2 (220 g/m2 or less) B222: 17.5 cpm (color/black & white) B224 17.5 cpm (color/black & white) Thick 3 (253 g/m2 or less) B222: 15 cpm (color/black & white)
SM
7-1
General Specifications B224 15 cpm (color/black & white) B222 Color: 8 seconds or less (A4/LT LEF) First copy (normal mode): Black & white: 4.9 seconds or less (A4/LT LEF) B224 Color: 7 seconds or less (A4/LT LEF) Black & white: 4.5 seconds or less (A4/LT LEF) B222: 45 seconds or less (23C, 50%) B224: 60 seconds or less (23C, 50%) Standard tray: 550 sheets x 2 Print Paper Capacity: (80 g/m , 20 lb)
2
Warm-up time:
By-pass tray: 100 sheets Optional paper feed tray: 550 sheets x 2 LCT: 2000 sheets (Refer to Supported Paper Sizes.) Tray 1 Minimum Maximum
A4/8.5" x 11" (LEF) A5 (LEF)/ 8.5" x 11" 90 x 148 mm A5 (LEF)/ 8.5" x 11"
Print Paper Size:
Tray 2
A3/11" x 17"
By-pass
305 x 600 mm
Optional Tray
A3/11" x 17"
LCT
A4/8.5" x 11" (LEF)
Standard tray: 60 to 216 g/m2 (16 to 57 lb.) Printing Paper Weight: Optional paper tray: 60 to 216 g/m2 (16 to 57 lb.) By-pass tray: 52 to 253 g/m2 (14 to 67 lb.) Duplex unit: 60 to 169 g/m2 (16 to 45 lb.) Standard exit tray: 500 sheets or more (face down)*1 Output Paper Capacity: 1-bin Tray: 125 (80 g/m2) 1000-sheet finisher 250 + 1000 sheets (80 g/m2)
B222/B224
7-2
SM
manuals4you.com
General Specifications 2000-sheet booklet finisher: 250 + 2000 sheets (80 g/m2) 3000-sheet booklet finisher: 250 + 3000 sheets (80 g/m2) *1: T6200, A4 LEF Continuous copy: Up to 999 sheets Arbitrary: From 25 to 400% (1% step) Fixed: North America 25% 50% 65% 73% 78% Zoom: 85% 93% 100% 121% 129% 155% 200% 400% Memory: Standard: 1024 MB 120 V, 60 Hz: More than 12A (for North America) 220 V 240 V, 50/60 Hz: More than 8A (for Europe/ASIA) 120V 220 - 240V 87% 93% 100% 115% 122% 141% 200% 400%
Europe 25% 50% 61% 71% 82%
Power Source:
Power Consumption:
SM
7-3
General Specifications Maximum Energy Saver 1440 W or less 8 W or less 1500 W or less 8 W or less Complete system (*1) 44 dB(A) or Less 72 dB(A) or Less 47 dB(A) or Less 72 dB(A) or Less
Model
State
Mainframe
Standby B222 Noise Emission: (Sound Power Level) Standby B224 Operating Operating
44 dB(A) or Less 68 dB(A) or Less 47 dB(A) or Less 68 dB(A) or Less
(*1) The complete system consists of mainframe, ARDF, finisher, and LCT. The above measurements were made in accordance with Ricoh standard methodology. Dimensions (W x D x H): Copier: 670 x 677 x 760 mm (26.4" x 26.7" x 29.9") Copier + PFU or LCT: 670 x 677 x 1020 mm (26.4" x 26.7" x 40.2") Weight: Less than 130 kg (286 lb.) [with ARDF excluding toner]
B222/B224
7-4
SM
manuals4you.com
Printer
7.2 PRINTER
PCL 6/5c RPCS (Refined Printing Command Stream) Printer Languages: Adobe PostScript 3 (optional) PDF Direct (optional) PictBridge (optional) PCL 5c: 300 x 300 dpi : Available only in B/W mode 600 x 600 dpi : Fast (1 bit), Standard (2 bits), Fine (4 bits) PCL 6: Resolution and Gradation: 600 x 600 dpi : Fast (1 bit), Standard (2 bits), Fine (4 bits) RPCS: 600 x 600 dpi, 1,800 x 600 dpi*, 9600 dpi x 600 dpi* *1,800 x 600 dpi = 600 x 600 dpi (2 bits) *9600 dpi x 600 dpi* = 600 x 600 dpi (4 bits) PS3: 600 x 600 dpi : Fast (1 bit), Standard (2 bits), Fine (4 bits) B222: 35 ppm in Plain/Middle Thick mode 25/17.5/15 ppm in Thick/OHP mode (depending on paper type) Printing speed: B224: 45 ppm (black and white) in Plain/Middle Thick mode 40 ppm (color) in Plain/Middle Thick mode 25/17.5/15 ppm in Thick/OHP mode (depending on paper type) PCL 6/5c (Standard): 35 Intelli fonts 10 TrueType fonts Resident Fonts: 13 International fonts 1 Bitmap font Adobe PostScript 3 (Optional): 136 fonts (24 Type 2 fonts, 112 Type 14 fonts)
SM
7-5
Printer USB 2.0: Standard Ethernet (100 Base-TX/10 Base-T): Standard IEEE1284 parallel x 1: Optional Host Interfaces: IEEE1394: Optional IEEE802.11b (Wireless LAN): Optional Bluetooth (Wireless): Optional USB Host: Optional Network Protocols: TCP/IP (IPv4, IPv6), IPX/SPX, AppleTalk (Auto Switching)
B222/B224
7-6
SM
manuals4you.com
Scanner
7.3 SCANNER
Standard Scanner Resolution:
Main scan/Sub scan 600 dpi Twain Mode:
Available scanning Resolution Range:
100 to1200 dpi Delivery Mode: 100/200/300/400/600 dpi
Grayscales:
1 bit or 8 bits/pixel each for RGB Scan to E-mail / Folder:
Scanning Throughput (ARDF mode):
BW: 63 ppm (A4LEF / BW Text / Line Art / 200dpi /Compression: On (MH)) FC: 38 ppm (A4LEF / FC Text / Photo / 200dpi / Compression: Standard) Ethernet (100 Base-TX/10 Base-T for TCP/IP), IEEE 1394 (IP Over 1394), Wireless LAN B&W: TIFF (MH, MR, MMR) Gray Scale, Full Color: JPEG
Interface:
Compression Method:
SM
7-7
B222/B224
Specifications
Supported Paper Sizes
7.4 SUPPORTED PAPER SIZES

7.4.1 PAPER FEED
BT: By-pass Tray, T1: Tray 1, T2/3/4: Tray 2/3/4, LCT: Large Capacity Tray, DU: Duplex Unit
Paper
Size (W x L) 12" x 18" 297 x 420mm 210 x 297mm 297 x 210mm 148 x 210mm 210 x 148mm 105 x 148mm 257 x 364mm 182 x 257mm 257 x 182mm 128 x BT M
North America T1 T2/3/4 LCT BT M
Europe/Asia DU T1 T2/3/4 LCT -
A3 W
A3 SEF
A4 SEF
A4 LEF
A5 SEF
A5 LEF
A6 SEF
B4 SEF
B5 SEF
B5 LEF
B6 SEF
B222/B224
7-8
SM
manuals4you.com
Supported Paper Sizes Size (W x L) 182mm Ledger Letter SEF Letter LEF Legal SEF Government Legal SEF Half Letter SEF Executive SEF Executive LEF F SEF Foolscap SEF 11" x 17" 8.5" x 11" 11" x 8.5" 8.5" x 14" A A M M M A A A A M M M M M S M A M M S M M M M BT North America T1 T2/3/4 LCT BT Europe/Asia DU T1 T2/3/4 LCT
Paper
8.25" x 14"
5.5" x 8.5"
7.25" x 10.5" 10.5" x 7.25" 8" x 13"
8.5" x 13"
8.25" x 13" 11" x 15" Folio SEF 10" x 14" 8" x 10" 267 x 390mm 195 x 267mm
M M M M
M M M M
M M M M
M M M M
M M M M
Specifications
8K
16K SEF
SM
7-9
B222/B224
Supported Paper Sizes Size (W x L) 267 x 195mm BT North America T1 T2/3/4 LCT BT Europe/Asia DU T1 T2/3/4 LCT
Paper
16K LEF
Custom 4.125" x 9.5" 3.875" x 7.5" 114 x 162mm 162 x 229mm 110 x 220mm
Com10 Env.
Monarch Env.
C6 Env.
C5 Env.
DL Env.
Remarks:
A M S -
Supported: the sensor detects the paper size. Supported: the user specifies the paper size. Supported: depends on a technician adjustment Not supported
7.4.2 PAPER EXIT

2000/3000 Sheet Booklet Finisher
MF: Main Frame, Prf: Proof, Clr: Clear, Shf: Shift, Stp: Staple, SS: Saddle Stitch, 2P: 2 Holes Punch, N2P: North Europe 2 Holes, 3P: 3 Holes Punch,
B222/B224
7-10
SM
manuals4you.com
Supported Paper Sizes Punch 4 P: 4 Holes Punch, N4P: North Europe 4 Holes Punch
2000/3000-sheet booklet finisher Paper Size (W x L) MF Prf Clr Shf Stp SS 2P/N2P A3 W 12" x 18" 297 x 420 mm 210 x 297 mm 297 x 210 mm 148 x 210 mm 210 x 148 mm 105 x 148 mm 257 x 364 mm 182 x 257 mm 257 x 182 mm 128 x 182 mm 11" x 17" 8.5" x 11" 11" x 8.5" Y Y Y Y 30 15 3P 4P N4P -
A3 SEF
30
15
A4 SEF
50
15
A4 LEF
50
A5 SEF
A5 LEF
A6 SEF
B4 SEF
30
15
Y*4
Y*4
B5 SEF
50
15
B6 SEF
Ledger Letter SEF Letter LEF
Y Y Y
Y Y Y
Y Y Y
Y Y Y
30 50 50
15 15 -
Y Y Y
Y Y
Y Y
Y Y Y
SM
7-11
B222/B224
Specifications
B5 LEF
50
Supported Paper Sizes 2000/3000-sheet booklet finisher Paper Size (W x L) MF Prf Clr Shf Stp SS 2P/N2P Legal SEF Government Legal SEF Half Letter SEF Executive SEF Executive LEF F SEF Foolscap SEF 8.5" x 14" Y Y Y Y 30 15 Y 3P 4P N4P Y
8.25" x 14"
30
5.5" x 8.5"
7.25" x 10.5"
50
10.5" x 7.25"
50
8" x 13"
30
8.5" x 13"
30
8.25" x 13" 11" x 15" Folio SEF 10" x 14" 8" x 10" 267 x 390 mm 195 x 267 mm 267 x 195 mm
Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y
30 30 30 50
Y Y Y Y
Y Y -
Y -
Y Y Y Y
8K
30
16K SEF
50
16K LEF
50
Y Y*3 -
Y Y*3 -
Y Y*3 -
Y Y*3 -
Custom Com10 Env. 4.125" x 9.5"
Y Y
Y Y
Y Y
B222/B224
7-12
SM
manuals4you.com
Supported Paper Sizes 2000/3000-sheet booklet finisher Paper Size (W x L) MF Prf Clr Shf Stp SS 2P/N2P *1 Monarch Env. *2 3P 4P N4P
3.875" x 7.5"
C6 Env.
114 x 162 mm 162 x 229 mm 110 x 220 mm
C5 Env.
DL Env.
Remarks:
Y 15 30 50 -
Supported Output up to 15 sheets Output up to 30 sheets Output up to 50 sheets Not supported
*1: Minimum 100 mm or more, Maximum 600 mm or less

Specifications
*2: Minimum 100 mm or more, Maximum 600 mm or less Longer paper (feed length) than DLT (432 mm) is not guaranteed in this mode. *3: Minimum 100 mm for 2P, 230 mm for 3P, 255 mm for 4P, 125 mm for N4P *4: Corner stapling is not available in this mode.
1000-Sheet Finisher
MF: Main Frame, Prf: Proof, Clr: Clear, Shf: Shift, Stp: Staple
SM
7-13
B222/B224
Supported Paper Sizes Size (W x L) 12" x 18" 297 x 420 mm 210 x 297 mm 297 x 210 mm 148 x 210 mm 210 x 148 mm 105 x 148 mm 257 x 364 mm 182 x 257 mm 257 x 182 mm 128 x 182 mm 11" x 17" 8.5" x 11" 11" x 8.5" 8.5" x 14" 1000-sheet finisher MF Prf Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Clr Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Shf Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Stp 30 30 50 50 30 50 50 30 50 50 30 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y Y 1 Bin
Paper
A3 W A3 SEF A4 SEF A4 LEF A5 SEF A5 LEF A6 SEF B4 SEF B5 SEF B5 LEF B6 SEF Ledger Letter SEF Letter LEF Legal SEF Government Legal SEF Half Letter SEF Executive SEF Executive LEF F SEF
8.25" x 14"
30
5.5" x 8.5"
7.25" x 10.5" 10.5" x 7.25" 8" x 13"
Y Y Y
Y Y Y
Y Y Y
Y Y Y
50 50 30
Y Y Y
B222/B224
7-14
SM
manuals4you.com
Supported Paper Sizes Size (W x L) 8.5" x 13" 8.25" x 13" 11" x 15" Folio SEF 10" x 14" 8" x 10" 8K 16K SEF 16K LEF Custom Com10 Env. Monarch Env. C6 Env. C5 Env. DL Env. 4.125" x 9.5" 3.875" x 7.5" 114 x 162 mm 162 x 229 mm 110 x 220 mm 267 x 390 mm 195 x 267 mm 267 x 195 mm Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 30 30 30 50 50 Y Y Y Y Y 1000-sheet finisher MF Prf Y Y Y Y Y Y Clr Y Y Y Shf Y Y Y Stp 30 30 30 Y Y Y 1 Bin
Paper
Foolscap SEF
Remarks:
Y 30 50 -
Supported Output up to 30 sheets Output up to 50 sheets Not supported
SM
7-15
B222/B224
Specifications
Supported Paper Sizes
7.4.3 PLATEN/ARDF ORIGINAL SIZE DETECTION
Size (width x length) [mm] A3 (297 x 420) SEF B4 (257 x 364) SEF A4 (210 x 297) SEF A4 (297 x 210) LEF B5 (182 x 257) SEF B5 (257 x 182) LEF A5 (148 x 210) SEF A5 (210 x 148) LEF B6 (128 x 182) SEF B6 (182 x 128) LEF 11" x 17" (DLT) 11" x 15" 10" x 14" 8.5" x 14" (LG) 8.5" x 13" (F4) 8.25" x 13" 8" x 13"(F) 8.5" x 11" (LT) 11" x 8.5" (LT) 8" x 10"
Platen Inches Y*1 Y*3 Y Y Y*3 Y*3 -
ARDF Inches Y Y Y Y*2 y*2 Y Y*2 y*2 Y*2 Y*2 y*2
Platen Metric Y*3 Y*3 Y*3 Y*3 Y*3 Y*3 -*1 -*1 Y*4 Y*4 Y*4 Y*3 Y*3 -
ARDF Metric Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y*2 Y*4 Y*4 Y*4 Y*2 Y*2 -
B222/B224
7-16
SM
manuals4you.com
Supported Paper Sizes 5.5" x 8.5" (HLT) 8.5" x 5.5" (HLT) 8K (267 x 390) 16K L (195 x 267) 16K S (267 x 195) 7.25" x 10.5" (Executive) 10.5" x 7.25" (Executive) -*1 -*1 Y Y Y*3 Y*3 Y*3 y*2 y*2 y*2
y*2
*1: Use SP4-303 to detect original sizes as A5 lengthwise/HLT when the message Can-t detect original size shows. *2: The machine can detect the paper size depending on the setting of SP6-016-1. In default setting, "Y" is detected. "y" can be detected if you change setting of SP6-016-1. *3: The machine can detect the paper size depending on the setting of SP4-305-1. *4: The machine can detect the paper size depending on the setting of SP5-126-1.
SM
7-17
B222/B224
Specifications
Software Accessories
7.5 SOFTWARE ACCESSORIES

The printer drivers and utility software are provided as following two CD-ROMs 1: Printer Drivers and Utilities CD-ROM 2: Scanner/PostScript Drivers and Utilities CD-ROM. An auto-run installer lets you to select the components you want to install.
7.5.1 PRINTER DRIVERS
Printer Language PCL 5c / PCL6 PS3 *2) RPCS
Windows 95/98/ME
Windows NT4.0
Windows 2000/XP/2003
Macintosh
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
Yes No
The PCL5c/6 and RPCS drivers are provided on the printer drivers CD-ROM The PS drivers are provided on the Scanner/PostScript Drivers and Utilities CD-ROM. The printer drivers for Windows NT 4.0 are only for the Intel x86 platform. There is no Windows NT 4.0 printer driver for the PowerPC, Alpha, or MIPS platforms. The PS3 drivers are all genuine AdobePS drivers, except for Windows 2000/XP/2003. Windows 2000 uses Microsoft PS. A PPD file for each operating system is provided with the driver. The PS3 driver for Macintosh supports Mac OS X 10.1 or later versions.
B222/B224
7-18
SM
manuals4you.com
Software Accessories
7.5.2 SCANNER AND LAN FAX DRIVERS
Printer Language Network TWAIN LAN-FAX
Windows 95/98/ME
Windows NT4.0
Windows 2000/XP/2003
Macintosh
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
The Network TWAIN and LAN FAX drivers are provided on the scanner drivers CD-ROM. This software lets you fax documents directly form your PC. Address Book Editor and Cover Sheet Editor are to be installed as well. (These require the optional fax unit.)
7.5.3 UTILITY SOFTWARE
Software
Description A font management utility with screen fonts for the printer This is provided on the printer drivers CD-ROM A printer management utility for network administrators. NIB setup utilities are also available. This is provided on the printer drivers CD-ROM A printer management utility for client users. A utility for peer-to-peer printing over a NetBEUI or
Specifications
Font Manager 2000 (Win9x/ME, 2000/XP/2003, NT4)
SmartDeviceMonitor for Admin (Win9x/ME, 2000/XP/2003, NT4)
DeskTopBinder SmartDeviceMonitor for Client (Win9x/ME, 2000/XP/2003, NT4)
TCP/IP network. A peer-to-peer print utility over a TCP/IP network. This provides the parallel printing and recovery printing features. This is provided on the printer drivers CD-ROM
SM
7-19
B222/B224
Software Accessories IEEE1394 Utility (Win2000/XP) This utility deletes a print port for IEEE1394 in Win2000. This is provided on the printer drivers CD-ROM A utility for peer-to-peer printing over a NetBEUI or Printer Utility for Mac (Mac) TCP This software provides several convenient functions for printing from Macintosh clients. This is provided on the scanner drivers CD-ROM DeskTopBinder Lite itself can be used as personal DeskTopBinder Lite (Win9x/ME, 2000/XP/2003, NT4) document management software and can manage both image data converted from paper documents and application files saved in each clients PC. This is provided on the scanner drivers CD-ROM
B222/B224
7-20
SM
manuals4you.com
Machine Configuration
7.6 MACHINE CONFIGURATION
Item
Machine Code B222/B224 G329 B802
Call out [A] [B] -
Remarks
Mainframe Platen cover ARDF
One from the two [C] One from [F] and [G]; B804/B805 [G] Requires [H] and one from [D] and [E] B702-17 B702-27 B702-28 Requires [G] Requires [G] Requires [G]
Specifications
2000/3000-sheet (booklet) finisher
Punch unit: 3/2 holes Punch unit: 4/2 holes Punch unit: 4 holes
SM
7-21
B222/B224
Machine Configuration Item Machine Code Call out Remarks
One from [F] and [G]; 1000-sheet finisher B408 [F] Requires [H] and one from [D] and [E] LCT Two-tray paper feed unit 1-bin tray Bridge unit Scanner Accessibility Option B801 B800 B803 B227 [D] One from the two [E] [I] [H] -
B838
B222/B224
7-22
SM
manuals4you.com
Machine Configuration
Item
Machine code B679-17 B581-41 G813-45 B826-17
Call out [C] [D] [E] [F] Standard Standard
Remark
USB 2.0: Ethernet: IEEE 1284 IEEE 1394 Wireless LAN Bluetooth Remote Communication Gate Type CM1 USB Host File Format Converter Hard Disk Drive Copy Data Security Unit PostScript 3 Data Overwrite Security Unit PictBridge Browser Unit
You can only install one of these at a time.
B818-17
B825-17 B609-04 B770-17 B839-04 B735-18 B824-01 B828-01
[B] [A] [I] Standard
[G]
You can only install one of these in SD slot 2 at a time.
[H]
In SD slot 3
Specifications
SM
7-23
B222/B224
Optional Equipment
7.7 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT

7.7.1 ARDF
Size Simplex Weight Paper Size/Weight: Size Duplex Weight Table Capacity: Original Standard Position: Separation: Original Transport: Original Feed Order:
A3 to A5, DLT to HLT 40 to 128 g/m2 (11 to 34 lb.) A3 to A5, DLT to HLT 52 to 128 g/m2 (14 to 34 lb.)
100 sheets (81.4 g/m2, 22 lb) Rear left corner Feed belt and separation roller Roller transport From the top original Copy Color Fax Black & white 48.9 to 200 % 32 to 200 % 32.6 to 200 %
Supported Magnification Ratios:
Power Source: Power Consumption: Dimensions (W D H): Weight:
DC 24V, 5V from the scanner unit Less than 60W 570 mm x 520 mm x 135 mm (22.4x20.5x5.3) Less than 12kg (26.5 lb.)
B222/B224
7-24
SM
manuals4you.com
Optional Equipment
7.7.2 PAPER FEED UNIT
Paper Feed System: Paper Height Detection: Capacity: Paper Weight: Paper Size: Power Source: Power Consumption: Dimensions (W x D x H): Weight:
FRR 5 steps (100%, 70%, 30%, 10% (Near end), and Empty) 500 sheets x 2 trays 60 to 169 g/m2 (16 to 45 lb.) A3 SEF to A5, DLT SEF to HLT DC 24V, 5V (from the main frame) Less than 50 W (Max.)/ Less than 35 W (Ave,) 580 mm x 620 mm x 260 mm (22.8" x 24.4" x 10.2") 25 kg (55 lb.)
7.7.3 LARGE CAPACITY TRAY
Paper Size: Paper Weight: Tray Capacity: Remaining Paper Detection: Power Source: Power Consumption: Weight: Size (W x D x H):
A4 LEF/LT LEF 60 g/m2 to 169 g/m2, 16 lb. to 45 lb. 2,000 sheets (80 g/m2, 20lb.) 5 steps (100%, 67%, 32%, 6%, Empty): Right Tray DC 24 V, 5 V (from copier/printer) 50 W (Max.)/30 W (Ave.) 25 kg (55 lb.) 580 mm x 620 mm x 260 mm (22.8" x 24.4" x 10.2")
SM
7-25
B222/B224
Specifications
Optional Equipment
7.7.4 3000-SHEET FINISHER
Finisher Dimension (w x d x h) 657 mm x 613 mm x 960 mm (25.9 x 24.1 x 37.8) Less than 54 kg (119 lb.) (no punch unit) Less than 56 kg (123.5 lb.) (with punch unit) Less than 96 W Less than 75 db Console type attached base-unit From base-unit 250 sheets: A4, 8.5 x 11 or smaller 50 sheets: B4, 8.5 x 14 or larger A5-A3 SEF, A6 SEF, A6 SEF 5.5 x 8.5-11 x 17 SEF, 12 x 18 SEF 52 g/m2 - 163 g/m2 (14 lb. - 43 lb.) 3,000 sheets A4 LEF, 8.5" x 11 LEF A3 SEF, A4 SEF, B4 SEF, B5, 11 x 1,500 sheets Stack Capacity 500 sheets 17 SEF, 8.5 x 14 SEF, 8.5 x 11 SEF, 12 x 18 SEF A5 LEF A5 SEF, B6 SEF, A6 SEF, 5.5 x 8.5 SEF
Weight
Power Consumption Noise Configuration Power Source
Stack Capacity Proof Tray Paper Size
Paper Weight
Shift Tray
100 sheets
Paper Size
A5 - A3 SEF, A6 SEF, B6 SEF, 5.5 x 8.5- 11 x 17 SEF, 12 x 18 SEF 52 g/m2 - 256 g/m2 (14 lb. - 68 lb.)
Paper Weight
B222/B224
7-26
SM
manuals4you.com
Optional Equipment
Staples B5 - A3 8.5 x 11 - 11 x 17, 12 x 18 64 g/m2 - 90 g/m2 (14 lb. - 24 lb.) Top, Bottom, 2 Staple, Top-slant Same Paper Size Stapling Capacity Mixed Paper Size 30 sheets 50 sheets 30 sheets A4, 8.5" x 11 or smaller B4, 8.5" x 14" or larger A4 LEF + A3 SEF, B5 LEF + B4 SEF, 8.5" x11 LEF + 11 x 17 SEF
Paper Size
Paper Weight Staple Position
Staple Replenishment
Cartridge exchange / 5000 pins per cartridge Paper Size Pages/Set 20 - 50 pages A4 LEF, 8.5 x 11 LEF 2 - 19 pages 150 sets 100 - 30 sets 100 sets 100 - 33 sets 100 sets
Specifications
Sets 150 - 60 sets
Stapled Stack Capacity (same size) A4 SEF, B5, 8.5 x 11 SEF 15 - 50 pages 2 - 14 pages 15 - 30 pages Others 2 - 14 pages A4 LEF & A3 SEF, B5 LEF & B4 SEF, 8.5 x11 LEF & 11 x 17 SEF 2 - 30 pages 50 set
Stapled Stack Capacity (mixed sizes)
SM
7-27
B222/B224
Optional Equipment
7.7.5 2000-SHEET BOOKLET FINISHER
Finisher Dimension WxDxH 657 mm x 613 mm x 960 mm (25.9 x 24.1 x 37.8") Less than 63 kg (138.6 lb.) (no punch unit) Less than 65 kg (143 lb.) (with punch unit) Less than 96 W Less than 75 db Console type attached base-unit From base-unit 250 sheets: A4, 8.5 x 11 or smaller 50 sheets: B4, 8.5 x 14 or larger A5 - A3 SEF, A6 SEF, A6 LEF 5.5" x 8.5" to 11 x 17 SEF, 12x18 SEF 52 g/m2 - 163 g/m2 (14 lb. - 43 lb.) 2,000 sheets
Weight
Power Consumption Noise Configuration Power Source
Stack Capacity Proof Tray Paper Size
Paper Weight Shift Tray
A4 LEF, 8.5 x 11 LEF
1,000 Stack Capacity sheets
A3 SEF, A4 SEF, B4 SEF, B5 11 x 17 SEF, 8.5" x 14 SEF, 8.5" x 11 SEF, 12x18 SEF
500 sheets A5 LEF A5 SEF, B6 SEF, A6 SEF, 5.5" x 8.5" SEF
100 sheets
Paper Size
A5 - A3 SEF, A6 SEF, B6 SEF 5.5" x 8.5" to 11 x 17 SEF, 12 x 18 SEF
B222/B224
7-28
SM
manuals4you.com
Optional Equipment Paper Weight Staple Paper Size Paper Weight Staple Position Same Paper Size B5-A3, 8.5" x 11 - 11 x 17, 12 x 18 64 g/m2 - 90 g/m2, 17 lb. Bond - 28 lb. Bond Top, Bottom, 2 Staple, Top-slant 50 sheets 30 sheets A4, 8.5" x 11 or smaller B4, 8.5" x 14 or larger A4 LEF & A3 SEF, B5 LEF & B4 30 sheets SEF, 8.5" x 11 LEF & 11 x 17 SEF A4 SEF, A3 SEF, B5 SEF, B4 SEF, Booklet Stapling 15 sheets 8.5" x 11 SEF, 8.5 x 14 SEF, 11 x 17 SEF, 12 x 18 SEF 52 g/m2 - 256 g/m2 (14 lb. - 68 lb.)
Mixed Paper Staples Capacity Size
Corner staple Staple Replenishment Booklet staple
5,000 staples per cartridge 2,000 staples per cartridge 13 - 50 pages
A4 LEF, 8.5 x 11 LEF 2 - 12 pages 10 - 50 pages Same Size Corner Staple Capacity 10 - 30 pages Others 2 - 9 pages A4 LEF + A3 SEF B5 LEF + B4 SEF A4 SEF, B5, 8.5 x 11 SEF 2 - 9 pages
Mixed Size
2 - 30 pages
SM
7-29
B222/B224
Specifications
Optional Equipment 8.5 x 11 LEF + 11 x 17 SEF A4 SEF, A3 SEF, B5 SEF, B4 SEF 8.5 x 11 SEF, 8.5 x 14 SEF, 11 x 17 SEF 12 x 18 SEF 11 - 15 pages 2 - 5 pages 6 - 10 pages
Booklet Staple Capacity
7.7.6 PUNCH UNIT FOR 2000/3000-SHEET (BOOKLET) FINISHER
NA Available Punch Units EU Scandinavia NA 2-holes NA 3-holes Punch Waste Replenishment EU 2-holes EU 4-holes Scandinavia 4-holes
2/3 holes switchable 2/4 holes switchable 4 holes Up to 5,000 sheets Up to 5,000 sheets Up to 14,000 sheets Up to 7,000 sheets
Up to 7,000 sheets
Paper Weight
52 g/m2 - 163 g/m2, 14 lb Bond - 43 lb Bond / 90 lb Index / 60 lb Cover SEF NA 2-holes LEF SEF NA 3-holes LEF EU 2-holes SEF A4, B5, 8.5" x 11 A5 to A3, 5.5" x 8.5" to 11 x 17 A5 to A4, 5.5" x 8.5" , 8.5" x 11 A3, B4, 11 x 17 A5 to A3, 5.5" x 8.5" to 11 x 17
Paper Sizes
B222/B224
7-30
SM
manuals4you.com
Optional Equipment LEF SEF EU 4-holes LEF Scandinavia 4-holes SEF LEF A4, B5, 8.5" x 11 A5 to A3, 5.5" x 8.5" to 11 x 17 A5 to A4, 5.5" x 8.5", 8.5" x 11 A5 to A4, 5.5" x 8.5", 8.5" x 11 A3, B4, 11x17
7.7.7 1000-SHEET FINISHER

Upper Tray
Paper Size:
A3 to A6 11" x 17" to 5.5" x 8.5" 60 to 157 g/m2 (16 to 42 lb.) 250 sheets (A4 LEF/8.5" x 11" SEF or smaller)
Paper Weight:
Paper Capacity:
50 sheets (A4, 8.5" x 11" or smaller) 30 sheets (B4, 8.5" x 14" or larger)
Lower Tray
No staple mode: Paper Size: A3 to B5, DLT to HLT Staple mode:

A3, B4, A4, B5, DLT to LT No staple mode: 60 to 157 g/m2 (16 to 42 lb) Staple mode: 64 to 90 g/m2 (17 to 24 lb) 30 sheets (A3, B4, DLT, LG) 50 sheets (A4, B5 LEF, LT)
Paper Weight:
Stapler Capacity:
SM
7-31
Optional Equipment
No staple mode: 1,000 sheets (A4/LT or smaller: 80 g/m2, 20 lb.) 500 sheets (A3, B4, DLT, LG: 80 g/m2, 20 lb.) Staple mode: (80 g/m2, 20 lb., number of sets) Set Size Paper Capacity: 2 to 9 Size A4/LT LEF B5 LEF A4/LT SEF A3, B4, DLT, LG 10 to 30 31 to 50 10 to 50
100
100 to 20
100 to 20
100 50
50 to 10 50 to 10
50 to 10 -
Staple positions:
1 Staple: 2 positions (Front, Rear) 2 Staples: 2 positions (Upper, Left) Cartridge (5,000 staples/cartridge) DC 24 V, 5 V (from the copier/printer) 50 W 25 kg (55.2 lbs)
Staple Replenishment: Power Source: Power Consumption: Weight: Dimensions (W x D x H):
527 x 520 x 790 mm (20.8" x 20.5" x 31.1")
7.7.8 BRIDGE UNIT
Standard sizes A6 SEF to A3, HLT to DLT Paper Size: Non-standard sizes Width: 90 to 305 mm Length: 148 to 600 mm Paper Weight: 52 g/m2 to 253 g/m2, 16 lb. to 78 lb.
B222/B224
7-32
SM
manuals4you.com
Optional Equipment Power Source: Dimensions (W x D x H): Weight DC 24 V, 5 V (form the copier/printer) 415 mm x 412 mm x 111 mm (16.3" x 16.2" x 4.4") 5 kg (11 lb.)
7.7.9 1-BIN TRAY UNIT
Paper Size:
Standard Size: A3 /DLT to A6/ HLT SEF 60 to 169 g/m2, 16 to 45 lb. 125 sheets (80 g/m2, 20 lb., A4) DC 24 V, 5 V (from the copier) Less than 1 W 2 kg 465 mm x 440 mm x 219 mm (18.3x17.3x8.6)
Paper Weight: Tray Capacity: Power Source: Power Consumption: Weight: Size (W x D x H):
SM
7-33
B222/B224
Specifications
E
SIO To CN310
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
B222/B224 POINT TO POINT DIAGRAM (1/2)
IPU To CN510
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
M/B To CN540
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
N/A
CN912 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 CN913 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 CN914 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 CN919 N.C. - 1 N.C. - 2
Finisher (Option)
CN254 1 2 3 4 5 6 CN236 - A1 - A2 - A3 - A4 - A5 - A6 - A7 - A8 - A9 -A10 -A11 -A12 -A13 -A14 - B1 - B2 - B3 - B4 - B5 - B6 - B7 - B8 - B9 -B10 -B11 -B12 -B13 -B14
SIO:+5VE SIO:GND SIO:GND SIO:GND SIO:GND SIO:+24V SIO:+24V SIO:+24V SIO:+24V
M/B1: PON_ENG M/B1:+5VE M/B1:+5VE M/B1:+5VE M/B1:+5VE M/B1:GND M/B1:GND M/B1:+12V M/B1:GND M/B1:GND M/B1:+24V N.C.
IPU:+5V IPU:+5V IPU:+5VS IPU:GND IPU:GND IPU:GND IPU:GND IPU:+24V
CN753
N/A
Counter Interface Board (Option) (PCB1)
Anti-condensation Heater-Standard Tray (Option) Anti-condensation Heater-Option Tray (Option)
H1
CN905 - 1 AC-OUT/L - 5 AC-OUT/N - 2 AC-OUT/L - 6 AC-OUT/N - 4 AC-OUT/L - 8 AC-OUT/N - 3 AC-OUT/L - 7 AC-OUT/N CN906 -1 -2 -3 -4
Rating 15A / 8A 10A / 6.3A 2A / 1A 1A / 1A 5A / 5A 2A / 2A 10A / 10A 10A / 10A 6.3A / 6.3A 6.3A / 6.3A 6.3A / 6.3A 6.3A / 6.3A 6.3A / 6.3A 5A / 5A
H2
Fuses
GND GND GND GND +24V +24V +24V +24V
CN918 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8
-9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 CN19- 1 CN18- 1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8
CN241 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7
RXD N.C. TXD +5V +5V GND GND
GND +5V TXD RXD Reset GND
6 5 4 3 2 1
Toner Supply Unit
RFID (PCB6)
GND GND RXD TXD +5VE +5VE
N/A
N/A Anti-condensation Heater-Scanner (Option)
H3
-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 CN25- 1 CN24- 1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8
CN238 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
FUSE 1 FUSE 2 FUSE 3 FUSE 4 FUSE 5 FUSE 6 FUSE 7 FUSE 8 FUSE 9 FUSE10 FUSE11 FUSE12 FUSE13 FUSE14
T900 CN906-3 CN904-1,-2,CN905-1,-2 CN909-7,CN912-1 CN910-11 CN913-3 CN911-1 CN911-2 CN910-1 CN912-6,-7,-8,-9 CN913-8,CN914-11,-12 CN917-4,-5,-6,-7 CN918-5,-6,-7.-8 CN913-1,-2
Conncter No.
PFU or LCT (Option)
SW1
MKB:+5V Key Counter Detection[t5] MKB:b0 MKB:b1 MKB:b2 MKB:b3 MKB:b4 MKB:b5 MKB:b6 MKB:b7 MKB:GND Control MKB:+24V
MB CN538
Main Switch
AC-L-ON AC-N-ON AC-L AC-N
PSU
CN903 Pressure Roller Fusing Lamp - 1 AC-OUT/L
GND GND GND +24V +24V +24V +24V
CN917 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7
Toner 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 RXD TXD GND GND +5V +5V GND Toner Toner Toner
(PCB7)
SW2
Interlock Switch
CN911 -1 -2 -3 -4
24V-ON 24V-ON 24VS 24VS FAN11 PSU Fan1 FAN12 PSU Fan2 +24V +24VS1 +24VS1 +24VS2 +24VS2 GND GND GND GND N.C. +5V
Image Transfer Belt Unit

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CN909 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 CN910 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11
- 2 AC-OUT/N
CN800
4
1BIN Tray (Option)
6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 CN234 6 1 5 2 4 3 3 4 2 5 1 6
PWM:AC Charge:Y PWM:AC Charge:C PWM:AC Charge:M PWM:AC Charge:K PWM:DC Charge:Y PWM:DC Charge:C PWM:DC Charge:M +24V PWM:DC Charge:K X1BIN_SOL[t24] N.C. X1BIN_SET[t5] GND GND +24VS2 X1BIN_SNS[t5] +24VS2 +5VE SC Detection[t5] PWM:Develop:Y PWM:Develop:C PWM:Develop:M PWM:Develop:K FB:AC Charge:Y FB:AC Charge:C FB:AC Charge:M FB:AC Charge:K AC Charge:Frequency Select2 AC Charge:Frequency Select1
CN208 12 1 11 2 10 3 9 4 8 5 7 6 6 7 5 8 4 3 9 2 10 1 11 12 11 13 10 14 9 15 8 16 7 17 6 18 5 19 4 20 3 21 2 22 1
<BCU (CN103)
No. A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 Signal Name APS2 APS3 XAPS_ON XHPS XLAMP_ON ADF_RXD DOCSET ADF_TXD XDFGATE XSMD_M2 XSMD_CLK SMD_RST XSMD_VR3 XSMD_VR2 GND
No. B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15
SIO> (CN331)
Signal Name GND XSMD_VR1 XSMD_EN XSMD_DIR PONSENS_N XSMD_M1 ACSMASKGT GND GND GND AKS APS5 APS4 APS1 GND
<IOB
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
No. 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
BCU>
Signal Name XINT0_EIO2 XINT1_EIO3 XINT0_EIO3 XINT0_EIO4 GND D7 D6 GND D5 D4 GND D3 D2 GND D1 D0 XRESET XCS_EIO1 XCS_EIO2 XCS_EIO3 XCS_EIO4 GND XRE GND XWE
CN984 +12V - 1 GND - 2
CN981 -1 -2
SC Detect[t5] FB:Second Transfer:PWM:Second Transfer:PWM:Second Transfer:+ PWM:First Transfer:Y PWM:First Trasfer:C PWM:First Transfer:M PWM:First Transfer:K GND +24VS2
CN253 1 10 2 9 3 8 4 7 5 6 6 5 7 4 8 3 9 2 10 1
T6 T7 T8 T9 T10
GND
CN902 IH-PSU - 1 AC-OUT/L - 2 AC-OUT/N
CN223 1 6 Rotation Detector 2 5 New Detection Trigger[s5] 3 4 +5V 4 3 GND 5 2 New Detection[s5] 6 1 +24VS1
S52
Image Transfer Belt Rotation Sensor
AC IN
L GND N
Inlet
T900 T901
AC-IN/L AC-IN/N
CN802
ITB Power Supply Board

(PCB2)
T:Y T1 T:C T2 T:M T3 T:K T4 TS T5
B (F3)
1Bin Tray Unit 5VE ZeroCross Fusing Pressure Roller Heater Trigger CN228 Fan Control -1 Fusing Roller Heater Encorder Clock -2 +24V Speed Select -3 Anti-condensation[s24] Clock -4 Brake -5 Rotation CN201 -6 Start - 1 +24V -7 Lock - 2 +24VS1 -8 +5V - 3 +24VS1 -9 GND - 4 +24VS2 -10 GND -11 - 5 +24VS2 GND -12 - 6 GND +24VS2 - 7 GND -13 +24VS2 - 8 GND -14 Clock - 9 GND -15 Brake -10 +5V -16 Rotation -17 Start -18 Lock -19 +5V -20 GND -21 GND -22 GND -23 +24VS2 -24 +24VS2 -25 N.C. -26 N.C. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 CN222 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 3 -9 2 -10 1 CN244 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 -15 -16 -17 -18 -19 -20 CN203 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 -15 -16 -17 -18 -19 -20 -21 -22 -23 -24 -25 -26 CN204 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 -15 -16 -17 -18 -19 -20 -21 -22 -23 -24 CN210 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11
CN221 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7
+24VS2 [t24] +24VS2 [t24] +24VS2 [t24] +24VS2 [t24] +24VS2 [t24] +24VS2 [t24] +24VS2 [t24] +24VS2 [t24] End[t5] GND +5V End[t5] GND +5V End[t5] GND +5V End[t5] GND +5V
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
CN751
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
CL8
CL4 Toner Supply Clutch:K CL5 Toner Supply Clutch:M CL6 Toner Supply Clutch:C CL7 Toner Supply Clutch:Y
Toner Bottle Clutch:K
CL9 Toner Bottle Clutch:M

CL10 CL11
CN001 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Toner Bottle Clutch:C Toner Bottle Clutch:Y
6 5 4 3 2 1
S31 S32 S33 S34
Toner End Sensor:Y Toner End Sensor:C Toner End Sensor:M Toner End Sensor:K
5
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
M12
Image Transfer Belt Unit Drive Motor
M13
Fusing/Paper Exit Motor
(CN229)
CN801
(PCB3)
Develop:Y Charge:Y Develop:C Charge:C Develop:M Charge:M Develop:K Charge:K
T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T8
PCU
High Voltage Supply Board
L1 Pressure Roller Fusing Lamp
Thermister Pressure Roller Thermister Heating Roller
TS2
ID Sensor Shutter Solenoid
Paper Transfer Roller Contact Sensor
Paper Transfer Roller Contact Motor
Ventilation Fan - Front FAN1 Ventilation Fan - Rear FAN2
Junction Paper Jam Sensor
TH1
Fusing Exit Sensor
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Laser Optics Housing Unit (WTL Positioning Motor)
2 1
CN242 15 -1 14 -2 13 -3 12 -4 11 -5 10 -6 9 -7 8 -8 7 -9 6 -10 5 -11 4 -12 3 -13 2 -14 1 -15 CN266 8 1 7 2 6 3 5 4 4 5 3 6 2 7 1 8
Junction Gate1 Motor
NA
CN103
Paper Exit Sensor
CN501 CN101 M:/A M:/B M:+24V M:B M:A C:/A C:/B C:+24V C:B C:A Y:/A Y:/B Y:+24V Y:B Y:A
TH2
EU
ID Sensor
S44
Image Transfer Belt Contact Sensor
Paper Overflow Sensor
TS1
CN1 CN1
CN2 CN2
Image Transfer Belt Contact Motor
3 2 1 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6
CN265 6 1 5 2 4 3 3 4 2 5 1 6
SIO CN311
[s24] Lock[t5] GND [s24] Lock[t5] GND CN311
Thermostat:Pressure Roller
Signal Name SCL_I SDA_I GND TXD_ADF_O RXD_ADF_I GND A31(LSB) GND A30 A29 GND A28 A27 GND A26 A25 GND A24 A23 GND A22 A21 GND TR_ENCD2 XINT0_EIO1
(CN151)
Thermostat: IH TS3 TS4
CN983 -1 -2 -3 -4 T1 T2
+15V OUT N.C. N.C. +15V IN Common Coil
FU1 NA:125V-15A EU/AA:250V-8A
CN985 -1 +15V OUT -2 N.C. -3 +15V IN
IH Coil Unit
CN982 -7 -6 -5 -4 FU4 -3 NA:250V-1A - 2 -1
IH Inverter Board
(PCB8)
IH Inverter FAN8 Fan
RXD TXD Fusing Belt Sensor IH Enable[s5] PWM +5V GND [s24] Lock[t5] GND
(F3)
Ferrite Roller Motor M11 Ferrite Roller HP Sensor S8
EU Only
Fusing Unit
5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1
CN224 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 CN219 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16
+24VS2 A /A B /B GND Ferrite Roller HP +5V
+24V [t24] +24V [t24] +24V [t24] +24V [t24] GND Drum Gear Position-K +5V GND Drum Gear Position-M +5V GND Drum Gear Position-C +5V GND Drum Gear Position-Y +5V Speed Select Clock Brake Rotation Start Lock +5V GND GND GND +24VS2 +24VS2 N.C. Speed Select Clock Brake Rotation Start Lock +5V GND GND GND +24VS2 +24VS2 N.C.
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CL12 CL13 CL14
Development Clutch:K Development Clutch:M Development Clutch:C Development Clutch:Y Drum Gear Position Sensor:K Sensor:M
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
CL15
S35
S36 Drum Gear Position S37 Drum Gear Position
Sensor:C Sensor:Y
S38 Drum Gear Position
IPU CN501
TD Sensor:K
S48
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
Thermopile
CN15 CN14
TD Sensor:M CN 1 -1
S49
BCU
(PCB4)
FB:ID Sensor:Front FB:ID Sensor:Center FB:ID Sensor:Rear PWM:ID Sensor:Front PWM:ID Sensor:Center PWM:ID Sensor:Rear CN107 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6
SOL1
S3
S4
S5
S6
S47 4 3 2 1 CN 2 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 CN 3 1 2 3G 4
M3 6 5 4 3 2 1 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
TD Sensor:C 5 6
S50
FAN6 FAN7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
S7
S45
M4
S46
M5
C D
CN239 -1 FB:ID Sensor:M:Diffused Reflection -2 FB:ID Sensor:C:Diffused Reflection -3 FB:ID Sensor:Y:Diffused Reflection -4 FB:ID Sensor:K -5 B FB:ID Sensor:M -6 +24VS1 FB:ID Sensor:C -7 A FB:ID Sensor:Y -8 /B LED:K -9 +24VS1 LED:M -10 /A LED:C -11 GND LED:Y -12 [t5] GND -13 +5V +5V GND [t5] +5V CN267 [s5] 2 1 GND +24VS2 - 1 1 2 +24VS1 [t24] - 2 [t24] [s5] GND +24VS1 [t24] SC Detection[t5] CN232 PWV 5 -1 +24VS2 GND 4 -2 A +24VS1 3 -3 /A GND 2 -4 B [t5] 1 -5 /B +5V 12 -6 GND GND 11 -7 [t5] [t5] 10 -8 +5V +5V 9 -9 GND GND 8 -10 [t5] [t5] -11 7 +5V +5V -12 6 +5V +24V -13 5 [s5] [t24] -14 4 GND Sensor2[t5] -15 3 GND Sensor1[t5] -16 2 [s5] GND -17 1 +5V Sensor4[t5] Sensor3[t5] CN225 -1 3 GND -2 2 Fusing Belt Sensor -3 1 +5V -4 3 Temperature [s24] -5 2 GND Lock [t5] -6 1 Humidity GND -7 3 +5V [s24] -8 2 Lock [t5] -9 1 GND 5 -10 +5V +24V -11 4 Position Detect [t5] [t24] -12 3 GND +24V -13 2 Drive(-) [t24] -14 1 Drive(+) -15 N.C. -16 5 +5V -17 4 Position Detect [t5] B -18 3 GND +24VS1 -19 2 Drive(-) A -20 1 Drive(+) /B +24VS1 /A CN218 B 3 -1 +5V - 1 +24VS1 -2 2 GND - 2 A -3 1 Temperature - 3 /B +24VS1 /A /B +24VS1 B /A CN217 +24VS1 -1 New Fusing Detect [t5] A -2 GND -3 Thermister-Pressure Roller -4 GND -5 Thermister-Heating Roller -6 GND -7 JPN GND -8 NA [t5] -9 EU +5V -10 GND GND -11 N.C. [s5] -12 N.C. +5V [t5] GND [t5] GND Sensor1[t5] Sensor2[t5] Sensor3[t5] GND Sensor4[t5] +24V [t24] GND [t5] +5V GND [t5] +5V Motor(-) Motor(+) GND [t5] +5V GND [t5] +5V Motor(-) Motor(+) N.C.
Shutter Motor M1 Shutter Position Sensor1 Shutter Position Sensor2 S1 S2
2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
(F4)
(F4)
Motor(-) Motor(+) GND Shutter Sensor1[t5] +5V GND Shutter Sensor2[t5] +5V
TD Sensor:Y
S51
CN151
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Fusing Belt Sensor
IH Coil Fan
Fusing Fan
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
N.C. N.C. SCL SDA PWM +5V FB GND N.C. N.C. SCL SDA PWM +5V FB GND N.C. N.C. SCL SDA PWM +5V FB GND N.C. N.C. SCL SDA PWM +5V FB GND
Drum/Development M14 Motor:C
Drum/Development M15 Motor:Y
19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CN 3 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11
FFC
CN229
GND +5V N.C. Paper Feed Sensor [t5] Paper Exit Sensor [t5] Bridge Motor : Reset Bridge Motor : Speed Select GND +24V +24V GND Bridge Motor : Enable [t5] Bridge Unit Set [t5] PWM:Bridge Solenoid [s5] Bridge Motor : Clock Bridge FAN [s5] Paper Feed Cover Sensor [s5] Paper Exit Cover Sensor [s5]
Second Duct Fan FAN3
2
Third Duct Fan FAN4
CN264 3 -1 2 -2 1 -3 CN268 3 -1 2 -2 1 -3 CN263 3 -1 2 -2 1 -3
[s24] Lock[t5] GND [s24] Lock[t5] GND [s24] Lock[t5] GND
IOB
(PCB5)
Speed Selection Clock Brake Rotation Start Lock +5V GND GND GND +24VS2 +24VS2 Speed Select Clock Brake Rotation Start Lock +5V GND GND GND +24VS2 +24VS2 Clock N.C. Rotation Start Lock +5V GND GND GND +24VS2 +24VS2
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Drive Unit
Drum/Development M16 Motor:K
-2 T3
-5
3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
-6
Drum/Development M17 Motor:M
2
Toner Transport M18 Motor
CN216 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 -15 -16 -17 -18
CN212 - A1 - A2 - A3 - A4 - A5 - A6 - A7 - A8 - A9 -A10 -A11 -A12 -A13 -A14 - B1 - B2 - B3 - B4 - B5 - B6 - B7 - B8 - B9 -B10 -B11 -B12 -B13 -B14
+24VS1 [t24] GND [t5] +5V GND [t5] +5V GND [t5] +5V GND [s5] +5V +24VS1 [t24] GND [t5] +5V GND [t5] +5V GND [t5] +5V GND [s5] +5V
Paper Exit Fan FAN5
CN215 - A1 - A2 - A3 - A4 - A5 - A6 - A7 - A8 - A9 -A10 -A11 -A12 -A13 -A14 -A15 -A16 -A17 -A18 -A19 -A20 - B1 - B2 - B3 - B4 - B5 - B6 - B7 - B8 - B9 -B10 -B11 -B12 -B13 -B14 -B15 -B16 -B17 -B18 -B19 -B20
CN233 -A1 -A2 -A3 -A4 -A5 -A6 -A7 -A8 -A9 -B1 -B2 -B3 -B4 -B5 -B6 -B7 -B8 -B9
CN205 -1 -2 -3 -4
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
2 1 2 1
CN214 -1 -2 -3 -4
CN209 - A1 - A2 - A3 - A4 - A5 - A6 - A7 - A8 - A9 -A10 -A11 -A12 -A13 -A14 -A15 -A16 -A17 - B1 - B2 - B3 - B4 - B5 - B6 - B7 - B8 - B9 -B10 -B11 -B12 -B13 -B14 -B15 -B16 -B17
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
1 2 3 1 2 3
1 2 3
Temperature/Humidity Sensor
Waste Toner Bottle Set Switch
Tray1 Set Switch
Tray2 Paper Size Switch
6 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1
3 2 1 3 2 1
SYMBOL TABLE
DC Line Pulse Signal Signal Direction Ready Low Ready High Voltage
2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
SW4 SW5
SW6
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3
Tray2 Paper Feed Clutch
Tray1 Paper Feed Clutch
Vertical Transport Sensor
Paper End Sensor
Tray1 Paper Height Sensor2
Vertical Transport Sensor
Mechanical Counter
(Option NA only)
Junction Gate1 HP Sensor
Duplex/By-pass Motor
Duplex Entrance Sensor
Duplex Door Sensor
Registration Motor
Right Door Open Switch
Paper Feed Motor
SOL5
Paper Feed Sensor
Paper Feed Sensor
Paper End Sensor
Paper Lift Sensor
Paper Lift Sensor
3 2 1
2 1 2 1 4 3 2 1 3 2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1
SW3
S17 Registration Sensor
S18 Waste Toner Sensor
Tray2 Lift Motor
M7
Tray Lock Solenoid
S9
S13 S14
Tray1 Lift Motor
Bridge Unit (Option)
CL2 CL3
SOL4
M9 S19 S20 S21 S22
M10
1 2 3
1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6
M6
M8
S23 S24
S25
S26
SOL6
S27
S28
S29 S30
By-pass Paper Detection Sensor
Duplex Exit Sensor
Fusing Entrance Sensor
By-pass Paper Size Sensor
Duplex Inverter Motor
By-pass Pick-up Solenoid
Duplex Inverter Solenoid
By-pass Feed Clutch
Key Counter (Option)
s t
SOL2
SOL3
High Voltage Supply Board - Discharge Plate (PCB9)
M2
S10
S11
S12
CL1
S15
Pick-up Solenoid
Pick-up Solenoid
2 1 2 1 4 3 2 1 Bk Col
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
S16
6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
4 3 2 1
3 2 1 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 2 1
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
CN237 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8
+24V [t24] +24V [t24] GND Set Detect +24V Control
CO
Tray1
Tray2
Counter
Duplex/By-pass Unit
manuals4you.com G
B222/B224 POINT TO POINT DIAGRAM (2/2)

<DDR-SDRAM DIMM I/F>
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 Name VREF VREF GND GND MDT(0) MDT(4) MDT(1) MDT(5) VCC2.5 VCC2.5 DQS_SR(0) DM_SR(0) MDT(2) MDT(6) GND GND MDT(3) MDT(7) MDT(8) MDT(12) VCC2.5 VCC2.5 MDT(9) MDT(13) DQS_SR(1) DM_SR(1) GND GND MDT(10) MDT(14) MDT(11) MDT(15) VCC2.5 VCC2.5 CLKOTH(0) VCC2.5 CLKOTL(0) GND GND GND MDT(16) MDT(20) MDT(17) MDT(21) VCC2.5 VCC2.5 DQS_SR(2) DM_SR(2) MDT(18) MDT(22) No. 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
C
No. 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 Name PCIAD58 PCIAD56 GND PCIAD54 PCIAD52 PCIAD50 PCIAD48 GND PCIAD46 PCIAD44 PCIAD42 PCIAD40 GND PCIAD38 PCIAD36 PCIAD34 PCIAD32 GND PETXD PONSENS! OP_TCLK OP2_TXD OP2_REQ REQ5 NC(SD_DT_EN!) NC(SD_CMD_EN!) GND NC(SDCLK!) NC(SDCD!) NC(SD_CMD!) NC(SDWP!) GND NC(OP4_CLK) NC(OP4_CS!) NC(OP4_SDA) NC(OP4_IRQ!)
NC(OP4_ONLINE_LED_ON!)
D
(CN311) - (CN103)
E
<SBU - IPU>
No. A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 Name GND XSLSYNC XSLEAD SYDO XSYCS TA2+ TB2+ TC2+ LVDSCK2+ GND TB1+ TC1+ LVDSCK1+ GND GND XCNSBU GND LVDSCK1TC1TB1GND LVDSCK2TC2TB2TA2SYCLK SYDI GND XSFGATE GND
F
<HDD>(CN113,114)
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Name XIDE1RST GND DD7 DD8 DD6 DD9 DD5 DD10 DD4 DD11 DD3 DD12 DD2 DD13 DD1 DD14 DD0 DD15 GND KEYPIN IDE1DRQ GND XIDE1IOW GND XIDE1IOR GND IDE1IORDY CSEL XIDE1DACK GND IDE1INT RESERVED IDE1AD1 XPDIAG IDE1AD0 IDE1AD2 XIDE1CS0 XIDE1CS1 XDASP GND
G
<IPU - MB> (CN500) - (CN532)
Name 5VEP 5VEP 5VEP GND NC(3.3VEP) NC(3.3VEP) NC(3.3VEP) IDSEL2 (RESERVE) GND (RESERVE) (RESERVE) GND (RESERVE) GND RST# VDET_EPCI AD(31) AD(29) GND AD(27) AD(25) CMD(3) AD(23) GND AD(21) AD(19) AD(17) CMD(2) GND PCIIRDY# PCIDEVSEL# PCIPERR# PAR GND AD(15) AD(13) AD(11) AD(9) GND CMD(0) AD(6) AD(4) AD(2) GND AD(0) PCI64REQ# CMD(6) CMD(4) GND AD(63) AD(61) AD(59) AD(57) GND AD(55) AD(53) AD(51) AD(49) GND AD(47) AD(45) AD(43) AD(41) GND AD(39) AD(37) AD(35) AD(33) GND No. B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 B26 B27 B28 B29 B30 B31 B32 B33 B34 B35 B36 B37 B38 B39 B40 B41 B42 B43 B44 B45 B46 B47 B48 B49 B50 B51 B52 B53 B54 B55 B56 B57 B58 B59 B60 B61 B62 B63 B64 B65 B66 B67 B68 B69 B70
H
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
I
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 Name(#2) GND INTA_SL2# GND RESERVED GND CLKRUN GND RST# GND PCLK_SL2 GND GNT_SL2# GND REQ_SL2# GND PME# AD31 AD30 AD29 AD28 AD27 AD26 GND AD25 AD24 C_BE3 GND IDSEL_SL2 AD23 AD22 GND AD21 AD20 AD19 GND AD18 AD17 AD16 GND C_BE2 FRAME# IRDY# GND TRDY# DEVSEL# STOP# GND PERR# SERR PAR GND C_BE1 AD15 AD14 GND AD13 AD12 AD11 GND AD10 AD9 AD8 GND C_BE0 AD7 AD6 AD5 AD4 AD3 AD2 +3.3V AD1 +3.3V AD0 +3.3V RESERVED +3.3V RESERVED +3.3V RESERVED +3.3V RESERVED 1284buf(+5V) RESERVED 1284buf(+5V) RESERVED +3.3Vaux +24V
(CN101,102)
Name No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 Name MAB_SR(9) MAB_SR(8) GND GND MAA_SR(7) MAA_SR(6) MAA_SR(5) MAA_SR(4) MAA_SR(3) MAA_SR(2) MAA_SR(1) MAA_SR(0) VCC2.5 VCC2.5 MAA_SR(10) MAA_SR(14) MAA_SR(13) _RASA_SR _WEA_SR _CASA_SR _CS_SR(0) _CS_SR(1) NC NC GND GND MDT(32) MDT(36) MDT(33) MDT(37) VCC2.5 VCC2.5 DQS_SR(4) DM_SR(4) MDT(34) MDT(38) GND GND MDT(35) MDT(39) MDT(40) MDT(44) VCC2.5 VCC2.5 MDT(41) MDT(45) DQS_SR(5) DM_SR(5) GND GND No. 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 Name MDT(42) MDT(46) MDT(43) MDT(47) VCC2.5 VCC2.5 VCC2.5 CLKOTL(1) GND CLKOTH(1) GND GND MDT(48) MDT(52) MDT(49) MDT(53) VCC2.5 VCC2.5 DQS_SR(6) DM_SR(6) MDT(50) MDT(54) GND GND MDT(51) MDT(55) MDT(56) MDT(60) VCC2.5 VCC2.5 MDT(57) MDT(61) DQS_SR(7) DM_SR(7) GND GND MDT(58) MDT(62) MDT(59) MDT(63) VCC2.5 VCC2.5 SMBUSD SA0 SMBUSC SA1 VCC2.5 SA2 VDDID NC
<MB(CN531) - CTL(CN100)>
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 Name +5VE +5VE +5VE +5VE +5VE +5VE +5VE +5V INTD! INTA! NC(REQ6!) NC(GNT6!) REQ1! GNT1! GND PCIAD30 PCIAD28 PCIAD26 PCIAD24 GND PCIAD22 PCIAD20 PCIAD18 PCIAD16 GND C_BE2! C_BE0! PCIRST! DEVSEL! IRDY! PERR! PAR GND PCIAD14 PCIAD12 PCIAD10 PCIAD8 GND PCIAD6 PCIAD4 PCIAD2 PCIAD0 GND C_BE6! C_BE4! 64REQ! 64PAR GND PCIAD62 PCIAD60
L2 Exposure Lamp
<SIO - BCU>
Name GND XSMD_VR2 XSMD_VR3 SMD_RST XSMD_CLK XSMD_M2 XDFGATE TXD DOCSET RXD LAMPON XHPS APSON APS3 APS2 GND APS1 APS4 APS5 AKS GND GND GND ACSMASKGT XSMD_M1 PONSENS_N XSMD_DIR XSMD_EN XSMD_VR1 GND
(CN300) - (CN509)
<Copy Data Security Unit> CN508(IPU)

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Name GND A30 XCSICIB XRD IPU_D(0) IPU_D(2) IPU_D(4) IPU_D(6) GND ICIB_INT P.D GND N.C. N.C. N.C. N.C. GND D0_G(6) D0_G(4) D0_G(3) D0_G(1) GND GND GND 3.3V GND GND GND 5V 5V No. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 Name 5V 5V 5V GND GND XCNICIB XIFGATE XILSYNC IPUCLK0_O D0_G(0) D0_G(2) GND D0_G(5) D0_G(7) N.C. N.C. GND N.C. N.C. P.D P.D XIPURST0 IPU_D(7) IPU_D(5) IPU_D(3) IPU_D(1) GND XWS GND A31
<I/F Card Slot D>(CN533)

No. A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 A24 A25 A26 A27 A28 A29 A30 A31 A32 A33 A34 A35 A36 A37 A38 A39 A40 A41 A42 A43 A44 A45 A46 A47 A48 A49 A50 A51 A52 A53 A54 A55 A56 A57 A58 A59 A60 A61 A62 A63 A64 A65 A66 A67 A68 A69 A70 Name NC(3.3VE) 5VEP 5VEP GND NC(3.3VEP) NC(3.3VEP) NC(3.3VEP) PCIREQ3# PCIGNT3# GND PCIINTC# PCIPME# GND PCLK_VL3 GND (RESERVE) (RESERVE) AD(30) AD(28) GND AD(26) AD(24) (RESERVE) AD(22) GND AD(20) AD(18) AD(16) PCIFRAME# GND PCITRDY# PCISTOP# PCISERR# CMD(1) GND AD(14) AD(12) AD(10) AD(8) GND AD(7) AD(5) AD(3) AD(1) GND PCI64ACK# CMD(7) CMD(5) PCI64PAR GND AD(62) AD(60) AD(58) AD(56) GND AD(54) AD(52) AD(50) AD(48) GND AD(46) AD(44) AD(42) AD(40) GND AD(38) AD(36) AD(34) AD(32) GND
12
11
GND GND MDT(19) MDT(23) MDT(24) MDT(28) VCC2.5 VCC2.5 MDT(25) MDT(29) DQS_SR(3) DM_SR(3) GND GND MDT(26) MDT(30) MDT(27) MDT(31) VCC2.5 VCC2.5 MECC_SR(0) MECC_SR(4) MECC_SR(1) MECC_SR(5) GND GND DQS_SR(8) DM_SR(8) MECC_SR(2) MECC_SR(6) VCC2.5 VCC2.5 MECC_SR(3) MECC_SR(7) NC NC GND GND CLKOTH(2) GND CLKOTL(2) VCC2.5 VCC2.5 VCC2.5 _CKEA_SR(1) _CKEA_SR(0) A13:NC NC MAB_SR(12) MAB_SR(11)
No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150
Name +5VE +5VE +5VE +5VE +5VE +5VE +5VE +5VE INTC! INTB! REQ3! GNT3! REQ2! GNT2! GND PCIAD31 PCIAD29 PCIAD27 PCIAD25 GND PCIAD23 PCIAD21 PCIAD19 PCIAD17 GND C_BE3! C_BE1! PME! TRDY! FRAME! STOP! SERR! GND PCIAD15 PCIAD13 PCIAD11 PCIAD9 GND PCIAD7 PCIAD5 PCIAD3 PCIAD1 GND C_BE7! C_BE5! 64ACK! NC(INTE!) GND PCIAD63 PCIAD61
No. 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200
Name PCIAD59 PCIAD57 GND PCIAD55 PCIAD53 PCIAD51 PCIAD49 GND PCIAD47 PCIAD45 PCIAD43 PCIAD41 GND PCIAD39 PCIAD37 PCIAD35 PCIAD33 GND PERXD INTF! OP2_RCLK OP2_RXD NC(SD_CMDDIR) NC(SD_DTDIR) GNT5 PCLKE6 GND NC(SD-DT0) NC(SD-DT1) NC(SD-DT2) NC(SD-DT3) GND ENGRDY1! ENGRDY2! PW_SW! WKUP_L! WKUP_E NC(OP4_RST!) RESERVED VDET_EPCI +3.3VE PCLKE3 GND PCLKE2 GND NC(PCLKE5) GND +12V +12V +12V
No. A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15
<ETHER> (CN103)
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Name RX+ RXN.C. N.C. TX+ TXN.C. N.C. LINK_LEDLINK_LED+ SPEED LEDSPEED LED+
<SD-CARD I/F> (CN106,107,108)

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Name SD1_DT(3) SD_CMD(1) GND 3VDUAL SDCLK1 GND SD1_DT(0) SD1_DT(1) SD1_DT(2) -SD_CD(1) GND -SD_WP(1)
CSSTXD CSSRXD PONENG! PONPCI! PSAVE_FCU GND PCLKE1 GND PCLKE4 GND +12V +12V +12V
<USB Host> (CN105)

No. 1 2 3 4 Name VBUS D+ DVGND
ARDF (Option)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 HV 5 LV
M19
S39 S40
3 2 1 3 2 1
Lamp Stabilizer (PCB18)
LCD(PCB22)
PSU CN912
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9
TFT:W-VGA:
LCD Back Light Driver

(PCB23)
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6
-1 -2 -3 -4
/A XAPSON +24V +5VS /B XAPS2 A XAPS1 +24V GND B XAPSON +5VS GND XAPS3 HPS XAPS4 +5V GND GND XAPSON AKS +5VS +5V XAPS5 N.C. +24V GND Exposure Lamp ON +24V GND GND Exposure Lamp Clock +5V +10V GND GND +5VE GND GND GND GND +3.3V GND +3.3V GND +3.3V +24V GND +24V GND +24V +6V +24V +6V LAMPGT LAMPCLK
N.C. +5VEDS TXD:ADF DOCSET RXD:ADF ADF Gate +5V GND ACS Mask GND GND GND GND +24V +24V +24V +24V N.C.
10
BCU CN103
CN312
CN314
CN318
CN317
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9
OPU LCDC
(PCB24)
+24V +5V +5V TXD TX Clock GND RX Clock RXD GND RX Request LED Power Power ON
CN310
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
Name GND PCI_AD32 PCI_AD34 PCI_AD36 PCI_AD38 GND PCI_AD40 PCI_AD42 PCI_AD44 PCI_AD46 GND PCI_AD48 PCI_AD50 PCI_AD52 PCI_AD54 GND PCI_AD56 PCI_AD58 PCI_AD60 PCI_AD62 GND PCI_PAR64 PCI_CBE 5 PCI_CBE 7 ACK64_N GND PCI_AD1 PCI_AD3 PCI_AD5 PCI_AD7 GND PCI_AD8 PCI_AD10 PCI_AD12 PCI_AD14 GND PCI_CBE 1 PCI_SR_N PCI_SP_N PCI_TRY GND PCI_FM PCI_AD16 PCI_AD18 PCI_AD20 GND PCI_AD22 PCI_IDSEL1 PCI_AD24 PCI_AD26 GND PCI_AD28 PCI_AD30 PCI_REQ_N PCI_INT GND PCI_CLK GND PONSENS WKUP_E GND PONPCI GND GND NC 5V GND 5VE 5VE 5VE
No. 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140
Name GND PCI_AD33 PCI_AD35 PCI_AD37 PCI_AD39 GND PCI_AD41 PCI_AD43 PCI_AD45 PCI_AD47 GND PCI_AD49 PCI_AD51 PCI_AD53 PCI_AD55 GND PCI_AD57 PCI_AD59 PCI_AD61 PCI_AD63 GND PCI_CBE 4 PCI_CBE 6 REQ64_N PCI_AD0 GND PCI_AD2 PCI_AD4 PCI_AD6 PCI_CBE 0 GND PCI_AD9 PCI_AD11 PCI_AD13 PCI_AD15 GND PCI_PAR_N PCI_PR_N PCI_DEV_N PCI_IRY_N GND PCI_CBE 2 PCI_AD17 PCI_AD19 PCI_AD21 GND PCI_AD23 PCI_CBE 3 PCI_AD25 PCI_AD27 GND PCI_AD29 PCI_AD31 PCI_GNT_N P_RST_N GND GND GND ENGRDY_N WKUP_L GND VDET_PCI NC GND NC 5V GND 5VE 5VE 5VE
<IPU - BCU> (CN501) (CN101)

Name 3.3VE_RST_N SBU_SYDO SBU_SYDI SBU_SYCLK SBU_SYCS_N GAVD_SYHS_N GAVD_SYDO GAVD_SYDI GAVD_SYCLK GAVD_SYCS_N IPU_IRQ1_N GND GND GND GND GND GND 1.8V 1.8V 1.8V 1.8V 3.3V 5V 3.3V 5V 3.3V 5V GND GND GND IPU_D15 IPU_D14 IPU_D13 IPU_D12 IPU_D11 IPU_D10 IPU_D9 IPU_D8 TAURUS2_CS_N TAURUS1_CS_N
<I/F Card Slot A,B>(CN109,111)

Name IPU_A31 IPU_A30 IPU_A29 IPU_A28 IPU_A27 IPU_A26 IPU_A25 IPU_A24 IPU_A23 IPU_A22 IPU_A21 IPU_A20 IPU_D7 IPU_D6 IPU_D5 IPU_D4 IPU_D3 IPU_D2 IPU_D1 IPU_D0 IPU_RST_N IPU_WR_N IPU_RD_N LUPUS_CS_N PONSENS_N GND ICIB_CS_N IPU_A19 IPU_A18 IPU_A17 IPU_A16 IPU_IRQ2_N XSLEAD XSSCAN IPU_DIR RI20_CS_N ORION_CS_N ACSMASKGT AKS DOCSET
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 43 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 Name(#1) GND INTA_SL1# GND RESERVED GND CLKRUN GND RST# GND PCLK_SL1 GND GNT_SL1# GND REQ_SL1# GND PME# AD31 AD30 AD29 AD28 AD27 AD26 GND AD25 AD24 C_BE3 GND IDSEL_SL1 AD23 AD22 GND AD21 AD20 AD19 GND AD18 AD17 AD16 GND C_BE2 FRAME# IRDY# GND TRDY# DEVSEL# STOP# GND PERR# SERR PAR GND C_BE1 AD15 AD14 GND AD13 AD12 AD11 GND AD10 AD9 AD8 GND C_BE0 AD7 AD6 AD5 AD4 AD3 AD2 +3.3V AD1 +3.3V AD0 +3.3V RESERVED +3.3V RESERVED +3.3V RESERVED +3.3V RESERVED 1284buf(+5V) RESERVED 1284buf(+5V) RESERVED +3.3Vaux +24V
No. 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
12
MB(CN535) - FCUIF-A(CN560)>
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Name NC NC GND PCI_AD2 PCI_AD3 GND PCI_AD5 PCI_AD7 PCI_CBE0 PCI_AD10 PCI_AD11 PCI_AD13 GND PCI_AD15 PAR PCIPERR PCISTOP PCITRDY PCIFRAME PCI_CBE2 PCI_AD18 PCI_AD20 PCI_AD21 PCI_AD23 PCI_CBE3 PCI_AD26 PCI_AD27 PCI_AD29 PCI_AD30 GNT2_N INTB_N PME_N GND PONPCI_N PSAVE_FCU VDET_EPCI PONENG_N N.C. 5VE 5VE No. 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 Name 24V 24V N.C. N.C. PCI_AD0 GND GND PCI_AD1 GND RESERVE PCI_AD4 PCI_AD6 PCI_AD8 PCI_AD9 GND PCI_AD12 GND PCI_AD14 PCI_CBE1 PCISERR GND PCIDEVSEL PCIIRDY PCI_AD16 PCI_AD17 PCI_AD19 GND PCI_AD22 PCI_AD24 PCI_AD25 GND PCI_AD28 GND PCI_AD31 REQ2_N PCIRST_N GND PCICLKE2 GND GND
11
Scanner Drive Motor
1 2 3 4 5 6
Platen Cover Sensor
Scanner H.P Sensor
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6
-1 -2 -3 -4
10
SIO
CN103 CN311
(PCB19)
OPU-L
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
-1 -2 -3 -4
2 1
CN313
CN315
(PCB25)
OPU-R
HDD FAN
(PCB26)
HDD1
FAN10
HDD2
-1 -2 -3 -4
5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 2 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CN301 2 1 1 2
CN113
Original Length Sensor3 (EU only)
Original Length Sensor1,2
Original Width Sensor1,2
SBU FAN
Scanner Unit
BCU CN101 CN501
FAN9
(PCB20)
-12 -11 -10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
CN300 CN509 Laser Synchronizing-YC:E +5V GND Laser Synchronizing-YC:S +5V GND Laser Synchronizing-MK:E +5V GND Laser Synchronizing-MK:S +5V GND
CN 4
CN105
LDD:K:LD2:LDD2+ LDD:K:LD2:LDD2GND GND LDD:K:LD1:LDD1LDD:K:LD1:LDD1+ LDD:M:LD2:LDD2+ LDD:M:LD2:LDD2GND GND LDD:M:LD1:LDD1LDD:M:LD1:LDD1+
LDD:C:LD2:LDD2+ LDD:C:LD2:LDD2GND GND LDD:C:LD1:LDD1LDD:C:LD1:LDD1+ LDD:Y:LD2:LDD2+ LDD:Y:LD2:LDD2GND GND LDD:Y:LD1:LDD1LDD:Y:LD1:LDD1+ N.C.
CN502 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
CN503 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 13
ETHER
CN 5 CN 6 CN 2
CN506 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
CN103
Polygon Motor Control Board

IOB CN242
(PCB21)
CTL
DIMM SLOT2
CN102
IPU
CN 8
CN 7
CN 3
+24V GND ON Ready Clock
CN507 1 5 2 4 3 3 4 2 5 1
USB
1 2 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1
DIMM SLOT1
CN101
LVDS(OPU)
12VHDD -1 GND -2 GND -3 5VHDD -4
SBU
Scanner Accessibility Unit (Option)
CN112
BAT
CN114
S41
S42
S43
CN700
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12
1 2
(512MB)
DDR_DIMM
9
FAX Option
G3 Option
CN663 CN690 SG3 LINE2
-12 -11 -10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
-2 -1
-3 -2 -1
(512MB)
DDR_DIMM
+5V - 1 +5V - 2
+24V - 1 +24V - 2 +24V - 3
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
7 6 5 4 3 2 13 12 11 10 9 8 1
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Power ON +5VE Rx Request GND RXD(-) RXD(+) RX Clock(-) RX Clock(+) TX Clock(-) TX Clock(+) TXD(-) TXD(+)
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12
(PCB29)
W V U +12V GND H3H3+ H2H2+ H1H1+
6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1
3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1
SD Card Slot 3
CN106
CCUIF
NVRAM
CN111 I/F Card Slot B(Option)
USB Host
CN662
CN690
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
SG3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 13
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
LINE3
1LD:LD1-4 2LD:LD1-8
1LD:LD1-4 2LD:LD1-8
1LD:LD1-4 2LD:LD1-8 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1LD:LD1-4 2LD:LD1-8 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Laser Synchronizing Detector Board
M20 L2 Lens Positioning Motor :M
M21 L2 Lens Positioning Motor :C
M22 L2 Lens Positioning Motor :Y M23
LVDS(MB)
CN 1
SD CARD SLOT1
CN108
LD Unit - K (PCB10)
LD Unit - M (PCB11)
LD Unit - C (PCB12)
LD Unit - Y (PCB13)
PCB14 PCB15 PCB16 PCB17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
CN660 CN603 TEL
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CN107
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
SD CARD SLOT2
CN109
Polygon Motor
CN504 13 24 14 23 15 22 16 21 17 20 18 19 19 18 20 17 21 16 22 15 23 14 24 13 1 12 2 11 3 10 4 9 5 8 6 7 7 6 8 5 9 4 10 3 11 2 12 1
CN505 14 26 15 25 16 24 17 23 18 22 19 21 20 20 21 19 22 18 23 17 24 16 25 15 26 14 1 13 2 12 3 11 4 10 5 9 6 8 7 7 8 6 9 5 10 4 11 3 12 2 13 1
CN536 -13 -12 -11 -10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
Laser Optics Housing Unit
I/F Card Slot B(Option)

IEEE1394,IEEE1284,IEEE802,11,Bluetooth
CN623
Ext Telephone (Option)
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13
CN100 CN531
SD-RAM DIMM: 32MB (PC100)
CN622
LINE1
8
CN608 CN605 1 2 SP Speaker N/A +24V GND
+5VS LD2:LDLVL:C LD2:APCEN:C[t5] LD2:LDOFF:C[s5] GND GND LDERR:C[t5] GND LD1:LDOFF:C:[s5] LD1:APCEN:C[t5] LD1:LDLVL:C +5VS N.C. +5VS LD2:LDLVL:Y LD2:APCEN:Y[t5] LD2:LDOFF:Y[s5] GND GND LDERR:Y[t5] GND LD1:LDOFF:Y[s5] LD1:APCEN:Y[t5] LD1:LDLVL:y +5VS N.C.
+5VS LD2:LDLVL:K LD2:APCEN:K[t5] LD2:LDOFF:K[s5] GND GND LDERR:K[t5] GND LD1:LDOFF:K[s5] LD1:APCEN:K[t5] LD1:LDLVL:K +5VS +5VS LD2:LDLVL:M LD2:APCEN:M[t5] LD2:LDOFF:M[s5] GND GND LDERR:M[t5] GND LD1:LDOFF:M[s5] LD1:APCEN:M[t5] LD1:LDLVL:M +5VS
IPU
+24V +24V +5V +5V TXD TX Clock GND RX Clock RXD GND RX Request LED Power Power ON
GWFCU3
BAT
(PCB27)
CN500 CN532
MB
PONENG_N 5VE 5VE 5VE 5VE GND GND 12V GND GND 24V
(PCB28)
CN600 CN561 CN535 CN560
CN601 CN630
FCUIF-A
MBU
BAT
5V 5V 5VS GND GND GND GND 24V
CN510 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
N/A
I/F Card Slot D (Option)
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12
6 5 4 3 2 1
SYMBOL TABLE
7
s t [ ] DC Line Pulse Signal Signal Direction Ready Low Ready High Voltage
PSU CN913
PSU CN914
File Format Converter
Key Counter I/F Option CN001
CSS1
4 3 2 1
Cpoy Data Security Unit (Option)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CN538
CN508
CN540
CN537 1 2 3 4 5 6
CN533
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11
CN534
1 2 3 4 5 6
+5VE +5VE TXD RXD GND GND
+5VE RXD TXD GND N.C. N.C.
Cummin-M (Option)
CSS2 CSS3
12 11 10 9
4 5 6
3 4 16 5 6
3 4 5 6 7 11
1 2 3
4 10 5
7 8 9 7
B222V101A.WMF
15
8 9 10 13
14 12 Fig-3 11
B230V105.WMF
B222V104.WMF
11 10 Fig-2
B222V102.WMF
Fig-1
Fig-4
13 12 11 10 9 8 7
14
15 1 1 2 3 4 5 2 22 21 20 19 6 7 7 8 9 17
B222V105.WMF
3 4
15 14 13 6 5 4 Fig-7 12 11 3
B222V107.WMF
4 Fig-5
18 16 15 12
10 11
B222V106.WMF
10
6 8 7 Fig-8
B222V108.WMF
14 Fig-6
13
manuals4you.com
1 13
1 3 2 3 4 4 5 6
12 6 11 10 7 9 Fig-9 8
12
8 11 10 9 Fig-10
B222V110.WMF
B222V109A.WMF
4 5 6
11 7 9 8
B222V111.WMF
10 Fig-11
Symbol Index No. PCBs PCB1 PCB2 9-3 PCB3 9-8 PCB4 9-13 PCB5 9-12 PCB6 5-1 PCB7 9-9 PCB8 10-5 PCB9 11-9 PCB10 6-9 PCB11 6-11 PCB12 6-12 PCB13 6-13 PCB14 6-21 PCB15 6-17 PCB16 6-15 PCB17 6-10 PCB18 1-1 PCB19 1-3 PCB20 1-6 PCB21 6-16 PCB22 6-2 PCB23 6-3 PCB24 6-22 PCB25 6-1 PCB26 6-4 PCB27 9-1 PCB28 9-2 PCB29 9-4 Heaters H1 H2 H3
Description Counter Interface Board ITB Power Supply Board High Voltage Supply Board BCU IOB RFID PSU IH Inverter Board High Voltage Supply Board - Discharge Plate LD Unit-K LD Unit-M LD Unit-C LD Unit-Y Laser Synchronizing Detector Board-YC-E Laser Synchronizing Detector Board-YC-S Laser Synchronizing Detector Board-MK-E Laser Synchronizing Detector Board-MK-S Lamp Stabilizer SIO SBU Polygon Motor Control Board LCD LCD Back Light Driver LCDC OPU-L OPU-R IPU MB CTL
P to P B6 B4 B4 B3 G2 I6 F5 G4 C1 A8 B8 B8 B8 C8 C8 C8 C8 B10 B10 C9 D9 E10 E10 E10 D10 E10 C8 G8 G9
3-13 3-13 1-11
Anti-condensation Heater - Standard Tray (Option) Anti-condensation Heater - Option Tray (Option) Anti-condensation Heater - Sccaner (Option) Scanner
D6 D6 D5
Symbol Index No. Sensors S1 4-6 S2 4-7 S3 11-4 S4 11-1 S5 11-11 S6 11-2 S7 10-9 S8 10-10 S9 2-1 S10 2-6 S11 2-10 S12 11-10 S13 2-2 S14 2-3 S15 2-9 S16 4-5 S17 4-4 S18 5-6 S19 3-6 S20 3-7 S21 6-11 S22 6-11 S23 3-16 S24 3-4 S25 3-1 S26 3-2 S27 3-16 S28 3-4 S29 3-1 S30 3-2 S31 5-10 S32 5-8 9 S33 5-9 8 S34 5-11 S35 8-1 S36 8-2 S37 8-3 S38 8-4 S39 1-12 S40 1-2 S41 1-9 S42 1-8 S43 1-5 S44 4-3 S45 11-5 S46 7-2 S47 4-1 S48 7-3 S49 7-5 S50 7-6 S51 7-7 S52 7-4 FANs FAN1 4-10 FAN2 4-11 FAN3 10-3 FAN4 10-7 FAN5 10-12 FAN6 10-11 FAN7 10-4 FAN8 10-6 FAN9 1-7 FAN10 9-6 FAN11 9-11 FAN12 9-10 Others TS1 6-8 TS2 6-8 TS3 10-1 TS4 10-1 TH1 6-7 TH2 6-5 HDD1 9-5 HDD2 9-5 10-8
Description Shutter Position1 Shutter Position2 Junction Paper Jam Paper Exit Fusing Exit Paper Overflow Fusing Belt Ferrite Roller HP Duplex Entrance Duplex Exit By-pass Paper Detection detection Fusing Entrance Duplex Door Junction Gate1 HP By-pass Paper Size Temperature/Humidity Registration Waste Toner Tray1 Paper Height Sensor1 Tray1 Paper Height Sensor2 Tray2 Paper Height Sensor1 Tray2 Paper Height Sensor2 Tray1 Paper Feed Tray1 Vertical Transport Tray1 Paper End Tray1 Paper Lift Tray2 Paper feed Tray2 Vertical Transport Tray2 Paper End Tray2 Paper Lift Toner End Sensor:Y Toner End Sensor:C Toner End Sensor:M Toner End Sensor:K Drum Gear Position Sensor:K Drum Gear Position Sensor:M Drum Gear Position Sensor:C Drum Gear Position Sensor:Y Scanner H.P Platen Cover Original Width Sensor1,2 Original Length Sensor1,2 Original Length Sensor3 ID Sensor Paper Transfer Roller Contact Image Transfer Belt Contact Thermopile TD Sensor:K TD Sensor:M TD Sensor:C TD Sensor:Y Image Transfer Belt Rotation Ventilation Fan - Front Ventilation Fan - Rear Second Duct Third Duct Paper Exit IH Coil Fusing IH Inverter SBU HDD PSU FAN1 PSU FAN2 Thermostat - Pressure Roller Thermostat - Pressure Roller Thermostat - IH Thermostat - IH Thermistor - Pressure Roller Thermistor - Heating Roller HDD1 HDD2 IH Coil Unit
P to P A2 A2 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 G3 C1 C1 C1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 E1 E1 F1 F1 F1 F1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 I5 I5 I5 I5 I4 I4 I4 I4 B10 B10 B10 B10 B10 C3 D3 E3 E3 G3 G3 G3 G3 C5 A3 A3 A2 A2 A2 D3 D3 G4 B9 G10 F5 F5 F3 F3 F4 F4 E3 E3 F10 G10 F4
Symbol Index No. Motors M1 4-8 M2 2-5 M3 11-3 M4 11-6 M5 7-1 M6 11-7 M7 11-8 M8 3-9 M9 3-5 M10 3-11 M11 10-2 M12 8-14 M13 8-15 M14 8-8 M15 8-6 M16 8-12 M17 8-10 M18 8-5 M19 1-4 M20 6-14 M21 6-18 M22 6-19 M23 6-20 Clutches CL1 CL2 CL3 CL4 CL5 CL6 CL7 CL8 CL9 CL10 CL11 CL12 CL13 CL14 CL15 Solenoids SOL1 SOL2 SOL3 SOL4 SOL5 SOL6 Switches SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 Lamps L1 L2
Description Shutter Duplex Inverter Junction Gate1 Paper Transfer Roller Contact Image Transfer Belt Contact Duplex/By-pass Registration Paper Feed Tray1 Lift Tray2 Lift Ferrite Roller Image Transfer Belt Unit Drive Fusing/Paper Exit Drum/Development Motor:C Drum/Development Motor:Y Drum/Development Motor:K Drum/Development Motor:M Toner Transport Scanner Drive WTL Positioning Motor:M WTL Positioning Motor:C WTL Positioning Motor:Y Polygon
P to P A2 C1 D3 D3 E3 E1 E1 E1 F1 F1 G4 I5 I4 I3 I3 I3 I2 I2 B10 C8 C8 D8 D8
2-7 3-8 3-10 5-2 5-3 5-4 5-5 5-12 5-15 5-14 5-13 8-13 8-11 8-9 8-7
By-pass Feed Tray1 Paper Feed Tray2 Paper Feed Toner Supply Clutch:K Toner Supply Clutch:M Toner Supply Clutch:C Toner Supply Clutch:Y Toner Bottle Clutch - K Toner Bottle Clutch - M Toner Bottle Clutch - C Toner Bottle Clutch - Y Development Clutch:K Development Clutch:M Development Clutch:C Development Clutch:Y
D1 D1 D1 I6 I6 I6 I6 I6 I5 I5 I5 I4 I4 I4 I4
4-2 2-11 2-8 3-14 3-3 3-3
ID Sensor Shutter Duplex Inverter By-pass Pick-up Tray Lock Tray1 Pick-up Tray2 Pick-up
C3 C1 C1 F1 G1 G1
9-7 4-9 2-4 5-7 3-15 3-12
Main Interlock Right Door Open Waste Toner Bottle Set Tray1 Set Tray2 Paper Size
E5 E5 C1 E1 F1 F1
6-6 1-10
Pressure Roller Fusing Lamp Exposure Lamp
F3 B10
B227 Point to Point Diagram
A
PCB B2275110
Main Frame
1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 1-7 1-8 1-9 1-10 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-6 2-7 2-8 2-9 1-10 1-9 1-8 1-7 1-6 1-5 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-1 2-9 2-8 2-7 2-6 2-5 2-4 2-3 2-2 2-1
JCN100
JCN
CN4
SW 1
Vaa(24V) PGND SM_BRICNT SM_BRIRST_N SEN_BRIPAPOUT_P SEN_BRIFEED_P SEN_BRIPAPFULL_N Vcc(5V) SGND SEN_BRIPAPOUTCV_P SEN_BRIFEEDCV_P FAN_BRI_P SM_BRICLK SOL_BRIPWM SEN_BRISET_N SM_BRIENA_N PGND Vaa(24V)
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9
[24]Vaa(+24V) [0]PGND [0/5] [0/5] [0/5] [0/5] [0/5] [5]Vcc(+5V) [0]SGND [0/5] [0/5] [0/5] [0/5] [0/5] [0/5] [0/5] [0]PGND [24]Vaa(+24V)
CN600
Vaa(+24V)[24] [24] GND[0] [5] Vcc(+5V)[5] [5] GND[0] [5] GND[0]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2 1 3 2 1 2 1 2 1
JCN1
CN1
SOL1
Junction Gate Solenoid Relay Sensor
CN2
CN601
CN8
CN3
SW2
SW 2
S2
S2
Left Guide Switch Right Guide Switch
SW1
A[0/24] Vaa(+24V)[24] A-[0/24] B[0/24] Vaa(+24V)[24] B-[0/24]
6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6
A COM(A) AB COM(B) B-
CN9
CN602
M1
PCB 1
GND[0] [5] Vcc(+5V)[5]
1 2 3
3 2 1
CN604
CN7
Drive Motor
S1
CN6
S1
Tray Exit Sensor
SYMBOL TABLE DC Line Pulse Signal Signal Direction Ready Low SYMBOL TABLE AC LINE High DC LINE Ready High Low [ ] [ ] Voltage
manuals4you.com
Symbol Motors M1 Sensors S1 S2 Tray Exit Relay Drive
Name
Index No. P-to-P 6 B5
4 7
C5 B5
Switches SW1 Right Guide SW2 Left Guide PCBs PCB1 Bridge Unit Control Magnetic Clutches MC1 Junction Gate
2 1
B5 B5
B3-C4
B5
10 Rev. 10/2003
FINISHER (B408) Point to Point Diagram

A
CN100-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 CN101-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 N.C. +24V +24V +24V +24V GND GND GND GND GND GND +5V +5V RXD ZESM TXD +5V
Main PCB (PCB 1)
CN217
Main Frame B
+24V +24V N.C. A [24 24/0] A [24 24/0] B [24 24/0] B [24 24/0] N.C. +24V +24V N.C. A [24 24/0] A [24 24/0] B [24 24/0] B [24 24/0] +24V +24V N.C. A [24 24/0] A [24 24/0] B [24 24/0] B [24 24/0] +24V A [24 24/0] A [24 24/0] B [24 24/0] B [24 24/0] +24V +24V +24V N.C. A [24 24/0] A [24 24/0] B [24 24/0] B [24 24/0] +24V +24V N.C. A [24 24/0] A [24 24/0] B [24 24/0] B [24 24/0] N.C. +24V +24V N.C. A [24 24/0] A [24 24/0] B [24 24/0] B [24 24/0]
CN108-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 -15 CN109-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 CN110-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 CN111-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 CN112-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 -15 CN113-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 CN114-1 -2 CN114-3 -4 CN115-1 -2 CN116-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 CN116-6 -7 -8 -9
CN216-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 CN217-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
CN216-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 CN217-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7
A
M1 Upper Transport Motor
CN216
M7
Exit Motor
B
Lower Transport Motor
CN300
Upper Cover Switch Entrance Sn. Paper Limit Sn. Shift H.P. Sn.
SW3
CN204-3 -2 -1
CN218
Front Door Safety Switch Lower Tray Upper Limit Switch
SW2 SW1
CN300-1 -2
T1
CN102-1 -2 CN300-2 -1 CN103-1 -2 CN104-1 -2 CN104-3 -4 -5 CN301 CN301-1 -2 -3 CN301-3 -2 -1 CN105-1 -2 -3 CN105-4 -5 -6 CN105-7 -8 -9 -10 CN105-11 -12 -13 CN106-1 -2 -3 CN304 CN304-1 -2 -3 CN304-3 -2 -1 CN106-4 -5 -6 CN106-7 -8 -9 CN305 CN305-1 -2 -3 CN306-1 -2 -3 CN306-4 -5 -6 CN305-3 -2 -1 CN306-6 -5 -4 CN306-3 -2 -1 CN107-1 -2 -3 CN107-4 -5 -6 CN107-7 -8 -9 CN107-10 -11 -12 +24V ["24] Front Door Safety Switch +24V ["24] Lower Tray Upper Limit Switch +24V ["24] Upper Cover Switch [!5] Entrance Sensor GND +5V +5V [!5] Paper Limit Sensor GND GND ["5] Shift H.P. Sensor +5V N.C. GND [!5] Lower Tray Exit Sensor +5V GND ["5] Exit Guide Plate H.P. Sensor +5V GND ["5] Stapler H.P. Sensor +5V [!5] Stapler Tray Entrance Sensor GND +5V
M2
CN218-6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 CN219-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 CN220-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 CN221-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 CN222-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 CN307-2 -1 CN224-2 -1 CN225-2 -1 CN226-2 -1
CN218-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 CN219-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 CN220-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 CN221-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 CN222-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 CN307-1 -2 CN224-1 -2 CN225-1 -2 CN226-1 -2 CN227-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 CN228-4 -3 -2 -1 CN223-1 -2
M9
Shift Motor
S1 S2 S4
CN219
CN205-3 -2 -1 CN206-3 -2 -1
M6
Lower Tray Exit Sn. Exit Guide Plate H.P. Sn. Stapler H.P. Sn.
S9 S7 S6 S8 S11
CN302
CN207-3 -2 -1 CN208-3 -2 -1 CN209-3 -2 -1 CN210-3 -2 -1 CN211-3 -2 -1 CN212-3 -2 -1 CN213-3 -2 -1 CN214-3 -2 -1 CN215-3 -2 -1
CN302-1 -2 -3 CN303-1 -2 -3
CN302-3 -2 -1 CN303-3 -2 -1
CN220
M5
Stack Feed-out Motor
CN303
CN221
M3
Jogger Fence Motor
Stapler Tray Entrance Sn. Lower Tray Lower Limit Sn. Stack Height Sn. Stapler Tray Paper Sn. Stack Feed-out Belt H.P. Sn. Jogger Fence H.P. Sn.
S12 S5
CN 225
CN306
GND ["5] Stapler Tray Paper Sensor +5V
+24V Tray Junction Gate [!24]
CN 307
S10
+24V +24V N.C. GND A [24 24/0] ["5] Lower Tray Lower Limit Sensor A [24 24/0] +5V B [24 24/0] B [24 24/0] GND N.C. ["5] Stack Height Sensor Lower Tray Lift Motor -[!24] +5V Lower Tray Lift Motor +[!24]
E
M10 Stapler Motor
CN222
M8
Lower Tray Lift Motor
CN 224
SOL1 Tray Junction Gate SOL2 Stapler Junction Gate SOL3 Positioning Roller S14 S13 S15 M4 Stapler Rotation Sn. Staple Sheet Sn. Staple Sn. Staple Hammer Motor T3 Staple Unit
S3
+24V GND Stapler Junction Gate [!24] ["5] Stack Feed-out Belt H.P.Sensor +5V +24V Positioning Roller [!24] GND ["5] Jogger Fence H.P. Sensor +5V +5V Stapler Rotation Sensor ["5] Staple Sheet Sensor ["5] Staple Sensor ["5] GND
SYMBOL TABLE
DC Line Pulse Signal Signal Direction
! " [
Ready High Ready Low ] Voltage
Staple Hammer Motor -[!24] Staple Hammer Motor -[!24] Staple Hammer Motor +[!24] Staple Hammer Motor +[!24]
CN 226
T2
manuals4you.com
10
1000-SHEET FINISHER (B408) ELECTRICAL COMPONENT LAYOUT

1 11 4 10 5 2 3
Symbol Motors M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10 Name Upper Transport Lower Transport Jogger Fence Staple Hammer Stack Feed-out Exit Guide Plate Exit Lower Tray Lift Shift Stapler Index No. 32 29 26 17 27 4 31 23 11 25 P to P A9 B9 E9 G4 D9 C9 B9 F9 C9 E9
12 19 9 8 22 7 6
B408D102.WMF
18 20
13
32 31 30 29 17 28 23 21 16
B408D103.WMF
14
15
Sensors S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S13 S14 S15 Solenoids SOL1 SOL2 SOL3 Switches SW1 SW2 SW3 PCBs PCB1
Entrance Paper Limit Jogger Fence HP Shift HP Stack Feed-out Belt HP Stapler HP Exit Guide Plate HP Stapler Tray Entrance Lower Tray Exit Stack Height Lower Tray Lower Limit Stapler Tray Paper Staple Sheet Stapler Rotation HP Staple
3 2 12 10 19 14 5 15 8 7 24 16 18 20 21
C2 D2 F2 D2 F2 E2 D2 E2 D2 F2 E2 F2 G9 G9 G9
Tray Junction Gate Stapler Junction Gate Positioning Roller
22 30 13
F9 F9 F9
27 26 25 24
Lower Tray Upper Limit Front Door Safety Upper Cover
9 6 1
C2 C2 C2
Main
28
A5
B408D104.WMF

Main Frame
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2
NC RXD[0/5] 14 TXD[0/5] 13 CGND[0] 12 CGND[0] 11 Vcc(+5V)[5] 10 Vcc(+5V)[5] 9 AGND[0] 8 AGND[0] 7 AGND[0] 6 AGND[0] 5 Vaa(+24V)[24] 4 Vaa(+24V)[24] 3 Vaa(+24V)[24] 2 Vaa(+24V)[24] 1 1 2
NC 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
[0/5]TXD [0/5]RXD [0]CGND [0]CGND [5]Vcc(+5V) [5]Vcc(+5V) [0]AGND [0]AGND [0]AGND [0]AGND [24]Vaa(+24V) [24]Vaa(+24V) [24]Vaa(+24V) [24]Vaa(+24V)
CN120
Main Board
CN
CN
H 1
HOT NEUTRAL
CN121
Tray Heater 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Vertical Transport Guide SW3
CN101
COM
N.C N.O
CN201
1 3 2
CN100
CN222
[24]Vaa(+24V) [24] NC [24]Vaa.sw(+24V) [24]Vaa(+24) [24] [0]CGND [5] [5]Vcc(+5V) [0]CGND [5] [5]Vcc(+5V) [0]CGND [5] [5]Vcc(+5V) [0]CGND [5] [5]Vcc(+5V) NC [24]Vaa(+24) [24] [0]CGND [5] [5]Vcc(+5V) [0]CGND [5] [5]Vcc(+5V) [0]CGND [5] [5]Vcc(+5V) [0]CGND [5] [5]Vcc(+5V)
Upper Pick-up SOL1 Solenoid Upper Paper Feed Sensor Upper Vertical Transport Sensor 1
S1 S2 S3 S4
Upper Paper End Sensor Upper Lift Sensor
CN133
CN12 6
2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
CN12 4
CN123
JCN123
A[0/24] Vaa.sw(+24V)[24] A-[0/24] B[0/24] Vaa.sw(+24V)[24] B-[0/24]
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
CN12 2
M1
Feed Motor
CN140
CN12 5
CN102
Lower Pick-up SOL2 Solenoid Lower Paper Feed Sensor Lower Vertical Transport Sensor 2
S5 S6 S7 S8
Lower Lift Sensor
CN13 2
CN13 1
Lower Paper End Sensor
2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CN12 9
CN128
JCN128
[5] [5] [5] [0] [5] [5] [5] [5] [0] [5]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1
Upper Paper Size SW1
CN104
CN12 7
CN136
Lower Paper Size SW2
CN142
CN225 CN224 CN223
Upper Paper Feed Clutch Lower Paper Feed Clutch
C L1 C L2
Tray Lock SOL3 Solenoid
2 1
E
Upper Tray Lift Motor SYMBOL TABLE DC Line Pulse Signal Signal Direction Ready Low Lower Tray Lift Motor M 2
CN227
M 3
5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CN202 CN203
2 1 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6
CN103
CN13 0
[24] [24] [24] [24] [24] [24]
Paper Height 2[0/5] [0] Paper Height 1[0/5] (+)[24] (-)[24] Paper Height 2[0/5] [0] Paper Height 1[0/5] (+)[24] (-)[24]
CN228
F
[ ]
Ready High Voltage
PCB1
manuals4you.com
Symbol Motors
Name
Index No. P-to-P 2 3 4 17 14 15 5 16 12 13 8 B7 E3 E3 C2 C2 C2 C2 D2 D2 D2 D2
Feed Motor M1 Upper Tray Lift Motor M2 Lower Tray Lift Motor M3 Sensors Upper Paper Feed S1 Upper Vertical Transport 1 S2 Upper Paper End S3 Upper Lift S4 Lower Paper Feed S5 Lower Vertical Transport 2 S6 Lower Paper End S7 Lower Lift S8 Solenoids SOL1 Upper Pick-up SOL2 Lower Pick-up SOL3 Tray Lock Switches SW1 Upper Paper Size SW2 Lower Paper Size SW3 Vertical Transport Guide Magnetic Clutches MC1 Upper Paper Feed MC2 Lower Paper Feed PCBs PCB1 Main Board Others Optional Tray Heater H1
7 11 20 21 19 10
C2 D2 E3 C7 C7 B2
6 9
E3 E3
1 18
A5-F5 B2-3

Main Frame
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2
NC RXD[0/5] 14 TXD[0/5] 13 CGND[0] 12 CGND[0] 11 Vcc(+5V)[5] 10 Vcc(+5V)[5] 9 AGND[0] 8 AGND[0] 7 AGND[0] 6 AGND[0] 5 Vaa(+24V)[24] 4 Vaa(+24V)[24] 3 Vaa(+24V)[24] 2 Vaa(+24V)[24] 1 1 2
NC 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
[0/5]TXD0 [0/5]RXD0 [0]CGND [0]CGND [5]Vcc(+5V) [5]Vcc(+5V) [0]AGND [0]AGND [0]AGND [0]AGND [24]Vaa(+24V) [24]Vaa(+24V) [24]Vaa(+24V) [24]Vaa(+24V)
CN120
Main Board
CN
CN
H 1
HOT NEUTRAL
CN121
Tray Heater 4 3 2 1
Vertical Guide SW1
COM
N.C N.O
CN101
1 3 2
CN100
CN201
[24] [24] NC Vaa.sw[24]
CN12 2
Pick-up SOL1 Solenoid Paper Feed Sensor Relay Sensor
S1 S2 S3 S4
CN142
CN12 8
C
Paper End Sensor
Lift Sensor
CN103
2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CN13 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
[24]Vaa(+24) [24] [0]CGND [5] [5]Vcc(+5V) [0]CGND [5] [5]Vcc(+5V) [0]CGND [5] [5]Vcc(+5V) [0]CGND [5] [5]Vcc(+5V) NC
A[0/24] Vaa.sw(+24V)[24] A-[0/24] B[0/24] Vaa.sw(+24V)[24] B-[0/24]
CN12 4
CN12 3
JCN12 3
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
CN222
M1
Tray Motor
Paper Height Sensor 1 Paper Height Sensor 2
S5 S6 S7
CN13 4
Lower Limit Sensor Tray Set Switch Left Tray Set Switch Right Tray End Fence Sensor
S8 SW2 SW3 S9
3 2 1 2 1 2 1 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
[0]CGND [5] [5]Vcc(+5V) [0]CGND [5] [0]CGND [5] [0]CGND [5] [5]Vcc(+5V)
CN13 CN13 8 7
CN13 6
E
Paper Feed Clutch SYMBOL TABLE DC Line Pulse Signal Signal Direction Ready Low Stack Transport Clutch Tray Lock Solenoid Tray Lift Motor
C L1 C L2 SOL2 CN22 CN22 CN22 CN22 7 6 5 4
CN13 9
M 2
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CN105
[24] [24] [24] [24] [24] [24] [24] [24]
F
[ ]
Ready High Voltage
CN202
PCB 1
CN300
Paper Height Sensor 3
3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
[0]CGND [5] [5]Vcc(+5V) [0]CGND [5] [5]Vcc(+5V) [0]CGND [5] [5]Vcc(+5V)
CN13 2
Vcc(+5V) [5] CGND Vcc(+5V) [5] CGND Vcc(+5V) [5] CGND Vcc(+5V) [5] [0]CGND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CN140
CN12 5
CN102
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CN12 6
S10 S11 S12 S13
End Fence HP Sensor Left tray Paper Sensor Paper Height Sensor -4 Paper Height Sensor -5
CN12 7
CN144
CN104
CN13 3
RES[0/5] TXD0[0/5] RXD0[0/5] MD0[5] MD1[5] I/O0 I/O1 I/O2 CGND[0] Vcc(+5V)[5]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
manuals4you.com
CN13 1
CN12 9
Symbol Motors
Name
Index No. P-to-P 3 16 10 9 11 4 17 18 19 21 2 24 23 15 14 B7 E3 C2 C2 C2 C2 D2 D2 D2 D2 E2 C7 C7 C7 D7
Tray Motor M1 Tray Lift Motor M2 Sensors S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S13 Paper Feed Relay Paper End Lift Paper Height 1 Paper Height 2 Paper Height 3 Lower Limit Right Tray End Fence End Fence HP Left Tray Paper Paper Height 4 Paper Height 5
Solenoids SOL1 Pick-up SOL2 Tray Lock Switches SW1 Vertical Guide SW2 Right Tray Set SW3 Left Tray set Magnetic Clutches MC1 Paper Feed MC2 Stack Transport PCBs PCB1 Main Board Others Optional Tray Heater H1
6 8
C2 E3
7 20 13
B2 E2 E2
5 12
E3 E3
1 22
A5-F5 B2-3
N.C. +24VIN +24VIN +24VIN +24VIN GND(24V) GND(24V) GND(24V) GND(24V) ACSMASKGT GND(5V) N.C. FGATE RxD ZESM TxD +5VE(ZESM)
CN201-9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 CN202-8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 CN101-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 CN102-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 N.C. +24VIN +24VIN +24VIN +24VIN GND(24V) GND(24V) GND(24V) GND(24V)
+24V +24V N.C. FEED_A FEED_XA FEED_B FEED_XB +24V +24V N.C. READ_A READ_XA READ_B READ_XB
CN151-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14
CN821-2 -5 -1 -3 -4 -6 CN822-3 -9 -1 -5 -7 -11
Feed Motor
Transport Motor
ACSMASKGT GND(5V) N.C. FGATE RxD ZESM TxD +5VE(ZESM)
+24V INVERTER_A INVERTER_XA +24V INVERTER_B INVERTER_XB
CN152-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6
CN851-3 -1 -5 -9 -7 -11
Inverter Motor
Original Width 5 Sn. Original Width 4 Sn. Original Width 3 Sn. Original Width 2 Sn. Original Width 1 Sn.
CN710-1 -2 -3 CN712-1 -2 -3 CN713-1 -2 -3 CN714-1 -2 -3 CN715-1 -2 -3
CN510-15 -14 -13 -12 -11 -10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
CN510-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 -15
CN103-15 -14 -13 -12 -11 -10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
+5V WSIZE5_SN GND2 +5V WSIZE4_SN GND2 +5V WSIZE3_SN GND2 +5V WSIZE2_SN GND2 +5V WSIZE1_SN GND2
+24V +24V N.C. PICKUP_A PICKUP_XA PICKUP_B PICKUP_XB
CN110-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7
CN801-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
CN801-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7
Pick-up Motor
JUNCTIONG_SOL +24V XSTAMP_SOL +24V
CN153-1 -3
CN550-3 -1
CN550-1 -3
CN841-3 -1
Junction Gate Sol.
Separation Sn. Skew Correction Sn. Scanning Entrance Sn. Original Set Sn.
CN722-1 -2 -3 CN723-1 -2 -3 CN724-1 -2 -3 CN711-1 -2 -3
CN520-12 -11 -10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
CN520-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12
CN104-12 -11 -10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
+5V SEP_SN GND2 +5V SKEW_SN GND2 +5V ENT_SN GND2 +5V ZESM GND2
CN112-4 -5
CN831-2 -1
CN831-1 -2
Stamp Sol.
DF Position Sn.
CN741-1 -2 -3
CN105-3 -2 -1
+5V LIFTUP_SN GND2
+5V LG_DETECT GND2 +5V A4_DETECT_SN GND2 +5V B5_DETECT_SN GND2 +5V TRAILING_SN GND2
CN106-12 -11 -10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
CN500-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12
CN500-12 -11 -10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
CN704-1 -2 -3 CN705-1 -2 -3 CN706-1 -2 -3 CN732-1 -4 -3
Original Length 3 Sn. Original Length 2Sn. Original Length 1 Sn. Original Trailing Edge Sn.
Registration Sn. Original Exit Sn.
CN721-1 -2 -3 CN731-1 -2 -3
CN531-6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
CN531-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6
CN108-6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
+5V ORIGINAL_SN GND2 +5V ZESM GND2
+5V STOPPER_HP_SN GND2 +5V LEFT_COVER_SN GND2 +5V P_UP_ROLLER_HP_SN GND2
CN107-9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
CN703-1 -2 -3 CN702-1 -2 -3 CN701-1 -2 -3
Original Stopper HP Sn. Left Cover Sn. Pick-up Roller HP Sn.
DC Line Pulse Signal Signal Direction Ready Low Ready High ] Voltage
manuals4you.com
Symbol Index No. Motors M1 5 M2 9 M3 3 M4 8 Clutches S1 1 S2 2 S3 4 S4 6 S5 7 S6 10 S7 11 S8 12 S9 14 S10 15 S11 17 S12 18 S13 20 S14 21 S15 22 S16 23 S17 24 S18 25 S19 Solenoids SOL1 16 SOL2 19 PCB 13 PCB1
Description Pick-up Feed Transport Inverter Scanning Entrance Skew Correction Left Cover Pick-up Roller HP Original Stopper HP Original length 1 Original length 2 Original length 3 Original Trailing Edge Original Set Separation Original Exit Registration Original Width 5 Original Width 4 Original Width 3 Original Width 2 Original Width 1 DF Position Stamp Junction Gate ARDF Drive Board
P to P C7 A7 B7 B7 D2 D2 F7 F7 E7 E7 E7 D7 E7 E2 D2 E2 E2 C2 C2 C2 C2 D2 E2 D7 D7 F5
manuals4you.com
2000/3000 SHEET FINISHER(B700/B701)POINT TO POINT DIAGRAM(1/2) 2000/3000 SHEET FINISHER (B804/B805)POINT TO POINT DIAGRAM(1/2)
A
Shift Roller HP Sensor
CN406-3 -2 -1
C
CN102-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 -15 -16 [0]GND [ 5] [5]5V [0]GND [ 5] [5]5V [0]GND [ 5] [5]5V NC [0]GND [ 5] [5]5V [0]GND [ 5] [5]5V
E Option I/F Main Frame I/F
S5
Upper Tray Exit Sensor
S6
CN415-3 -2 -1
1 2 3
Exit Guide Plate HP Sensor
S7
CN408-3 -2 -1
Upper Tray Paper Height Sensor (Staple Mode) Upper Tray Paper Height Sensor (NON-Staple Mode)
S8
CN409-3 -2 -1
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
24V[24] 24V[24] 24V[24] 24V[24] GND1[0] GND1[0] GND1[0] GND1[0] NC GND2[0] 5V[5] 5V[5] TXD ZESM RXD 5VE[5] N.C
CN5 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 CN6 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8
CN802-8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 CN801-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
CN302-9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 CN301-8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
CN100-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 CN101-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8
NC [24]24V [24]24V [24]24V [24]24V [0]GND1 [0]GND1 [0]GND1 [0]GND1 [0]GND2 [0]GND2 [5]5V [5]5V RXD ZESM TXD [5]5VE
A-COM[24] B-COM[24] N.C A[24 0/24] A[24 0/24] B[24 0/24] B[24 0/24] A-COM[24] B-COM[24] N.C A[24 0/24] A[24 0/24] B[24 0/24] B[24 0/24]
CN201-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14
CN501-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 CN503-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 CN502-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 CN505-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
M1
Entrance Motor
6
M3 Lower Transport Motor
S9
CN410-3 -2 -1
Front Door Safety Switch

SW1 T1 T2 CN1 -1 -2 [24]24V [24]24V-SW
Proof Tray Exit Sensor
S10
CN402-3 -2 -1
4 3 2 1 3 2 1
Proof Tray Full Sensor
S11
CN403-3 -2 -1
Upper Tray Limit Sensor
S12
CN410-3 -2 -1
6 5 4 3 2 1 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CN106-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13
[0]GND [ 5] [5]5V N.C [0]GND [ 5] [5]5V [0]GND [ 5] [5]5V [0]GND [ 5] [5]5V
Finisher Entrance Sensor
S1
CN401-3 -2 -1
CN202-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14
M2
Upper Transport Motor
M18
Shift Roller Motor
Pre-stack Tray Exit Sensor
S2
CN405-3 -2 -1
Paper Position Sensor
S3
CN657-3 -2 -1
1 2 3
1 2 3
3 2 1
Stacking Roller HP Sensor
S13
CN412-3 -2 -1
CN101-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13
[0]GND1 [ 5] [5]5V [0]GND1 [ 5] [5]5V N.C 5V[5] [ 5] [0]GND1 [5]5V [0]GND1 [ 5]
A-COM[24] B-COM[24] N.C A[24 0/24] A[24 0/24] B[24 0/24] B[24 0/24]
CN203-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7
CN504-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 CN506-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 CN522-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 CN551-2 -1
5
M14 Positioning Roller Motor
Stapling Tray Paper Sensor
S14
CN442-3 -2 -1
1 2 3
Jogger Fence HP Sensor
S15
CN304-3 -2 -1
4
Stack Feed-Out Belt HP Sensor S16
CN104-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14
CN414-3 -2 -1 CN423-3 -2 -1 1 2 3
[0]GND2 Stapler Tray Detection [0]GND2 [ 5] [5]5V [0]GND2 [ 5] [5]5V N.C N.C F.G [0]GND2 [ 5] [5]5V
Punch Hopper Full Sensor
S4
CN653-3 -2 -1
4 3 2 1
Punch Unit
Corner Stapler HP Sensor
S17
Stapler Rotation HP Sensor
S18
CN424-3 -2 -1
Stapler:EH-530
CN425-5 -4 -3 -2 -1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Upper Tray Full Sensor (B700/B701) Upper Tray Full Sensor (B701 only)
S19
CN418-3 -2 -1
CN107-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 -15 -16 -17 -18 -19 -20 -21 -22
[0]GND2 [ 5] [5]5V [0]GND2 [ 5] [5]5V [5]5V Hammer Rotation Cartridge Detection Staple Detection [0]GND2 N.C N.C N.C N.C N.C [0]GND2 [ 5] [5]5V [0]GND2 [ 5] [5]5V
Jogger Unit (Option)
CN901-20 -19 -18 -17 -16 -15 -14 -13 -12 -11 -10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
CN140-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 -15 -16 -17 -18 -19 -20
[24]24V-SW [24]24V-SW [0]GND [0]GND [5]5V [0]GND2 Front Jogger Motor:CLK Front Jogger Motor:CW Front Jogger Motor:ON Rear Jogger Motor:CLK Rear Jogger Motor:CW Rear Jogger Motor:ON Jogger Lift:CLK Jogger Lift:CW Jogger Lift:ON Jogger HP:Front Jogger HP:Rear Jogger Lift HP Jogger Motor:ENABLE Jogger Unit Set Detection
CN205-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14
M4
Upper/Proof Tray Exit Motor
M19
24V[24] [ 24] 24V[24] [ 24] N.C 24V[24] [ 24] 24V[24] [ 24]
CN108-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9
SOL 1
4
Proof Junction Gate Solenoid
CN552-2 -1 CN553-2 -1 CN554-2 -1
SOL Stapling Tray Junction 2 Gate Solenoid SOL Stapling Edge Pressure 4 Plate Solenoid SOL Positioning Roller Solenoid 3
S20
CN419-3 -2 -1
CN701-8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
CN120-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8
[24]24V-SW2 [24]24V-SW2 [24]24V-SW2 [0]GND1-8 [0]GND1-8 [0]GND1-8 [5]5V [0]GND2
A-COM[24] B-COM[24] N.C A[24 0/24] A[24 0/24] B[24 0/24] B[24 0/24] N.C A-COM[24] B-COM[24] N.C A[24 0/24] A[24 0/24] B[24 0/24] B[24 0/24]
CN208-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 -15
CN510-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
M15
Jogger Fence Motor
CN511-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
3
M5 Feed Out Belt Motor
Punch Movement HP Sensor
S21
CN656-3 -2 -1 CN651-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
Punch Movement Motor
M9
CN605-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12
[0]GND [ 5] [5]5V N.C N.C A-COM[24] B-COM[24] N.C A[24 0/24] A[24 0/24] B[24 0/24] B[24 0/24]
2
Paper Position Sensor Slide Motor M7
CN652-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 CN606-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 A-COM[24] B-COM[24] N.C A[24 0/24] A[24 0/24] B[24 0/24] B[24 0/24] N.C N.C N.C GND [ 5] [5]5V
CN601-17 -16 -15 -14 -13 -12 -11 -10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
CN131-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 -15 -16 -17
Punch Drive Motor:IN1 Punch Drive Motor:IN2 Punch Drive Motor:ON Punch Drive Motor:CW N.C Punch Drive MotorM:CLK Paper Position Sensor Slide Motor:ON Paper Position Sensor Slide Motor:CW N.C Paper Position Sensor Slide Motor:CLK Paper Position Slide HP Punch Movement HP Punch HP Punch Control CLK Punch Unit Ditection Punch Holes Detection 1 Punch Holes Detection 2
Booklet Stapler Board (PCB2)
Paper Position Side HP Sensor
S22
CN655-3 -2 -1
CN602-6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
CN130-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6
[24]24V-SW1 [24]24V-SW1 [ 0 ] G N D 1 -1 3 [ 0 ] G N D 1 -1 3 [5]5V [0]GND2
Punch HP Sensor
S23
CN659-3 -2 -1
Punch Encoder Sensor
S24
CN658-3 -2 -1
CN603-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6
[0]GND [ 5] [5]5V [0]GND [ 5] [5]5V
CN711-40 -39 -38 -37 -36 -35 -34 -33 -32 -31 -30 -29 -28 -27 -26 -25 -24 -23 -22 -21 -20 -19 -18 -17 -16 -15 -14 -13 -12 -11 -10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
CN121-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 -15 -16 -17 -18 -19 -20 -21 -22 -23 -24 -25 -26 -27 -28 -29 -30 -31 -32 -33 -34 -35 -36 -37 -38 -39 -40
Booklet Pressure Roller:SOL Fold Motor CLK Bottom Fence Motor:CLK Stack Junction Gate Motor:CW Stack Junction Gate Motor:ON Bottom Fence Motor:CW Bottom Fence Motor:ON Bottom Fence Motor:Current Chauge Clamp Roller Motor:CW Clamp Roller Motor:ON Front Booklet Retraction Motor IN1 Front Booklet Retraction Motor IN2 Rear Booklet Motor IN1 Rear Booklet Motor IN2 Fold Plate Moter:CW Fold Plate Moter:ON Fold Reller Motor:CW RESET Fold Roller Motor:ON Fold Roller Motor:Current Control Lower Tray Paper Detection Lower Tray Full Fold Unit Eutrance Sensor Bottom Fance HP Fold Plate HP Fold Cam HP Fold Unit Exit Stack Junction Gate HP Clamp Roller Retraction HP Front Booklet Stepler Hammer Front Booklet Cartridge Detection Front Booklet Staple Deteciton Rear Booklet Stepler Hammer Rear Booklet Cartridge Detection Rear Booklet Staple Deteciton Booklet Stapler Board Detection Stack Present Sensor Clamp Roller Retraction Motor:CLK Booklet Pressure Roller: SOL Stack Junction Gate Motor:CLK
A-COM[24] B-COM[24] N.C A[24 0/24] A[24 0/24] B[24 0/24] B[24 0/24]
CN209-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7
CN515-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
M6
Corner Stapler Movement Motor
A-COM[24] B-COM[24] N.C A[24 0/24] A[24 0/24] B[24 0/24] B[24 0/24] N.C [ 24] [ 24] [0] [0]
CN105-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CN516-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 CN517-4 -3 -2 -1
M13
Corner Stapler Rotation Motor
2
M20 Corner Stapler EH530
24] N.C 24] N.C 24V[24] N.C [ 24] N.C [ A-COM[24] B-COM[24] N.C A[24 0/24] A[24 0/24] B[24 0/24] B[24 0/24]
CN206-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 CN207-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7
CN508-2 -1 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
M 21 SW2
Upper Tray Lift Motor Upper Tray Limit Switch
SW SW
T1 T2 CN517-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7
M10
Stacking Sponge Roller Motor
1
Punch Drive Motor M24
Punch Unit Board (PCB3)
SYMBOL TABLE
Punch Unit A B C D E
Main Board (PCB1)

[ ]
manuals4you.com
2000/3000 SHEET FINISHER (B804/B805)POINT TO POINT DIAGRAM(2/2)

A B C D E F G H I
Clamp Roller HP Sensor
S25
CN429-3 -2 -1
Fold Unit Entrance Sensor
S26
CN430-3 -2 -1
4 3 2 1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CN702-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12
Stack Junction gate HP Sensor
S27
CN415-3 -2 -1
[0]GND2 [ 5] [5]5V N.C [0]GND2 [ 5] [5]5V N.C [0]GND2 [ 5] [5]5V N.C
GND2[0] 5V[5] GND1-8[0] GND1-8[0] GND1-8[0] 24V-SW2[24] 24V-SW2[24] 24V-SW2[24]
CN701-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8
CN120-8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
Fold Bottom Fence HP Sensor
S28
CN431-3 -2 -1
5
Fold Plate HP Sensor
6 5 4 3 2 1
S29
CN432-3 -2 -1
Fold Cam HP Sensor
S30
CN433-3 -2 -1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CN703-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 -15 -16 -17 -18
Fold Unit Exit Sensor
S31
CN335-3 -2 -1
[0]GND2 [ 5] [5]5V [0]GND2 [ 5] [5]5V N.C [0]GND2 [ 5] [5]5V [0]GND2 [ 5] [5]5V N.C [0]GND2 [ 5] [5]5V N.C
Stack Present Sensor
S32
CN437-3 -2 -1
3 2 1
Booklet Stapler Board (PCB2)
Fold Roller Motor Curret Control Fold Roller Motor:ON RESET Fold Roller Motor:CW Fold Plate Motor:ON Fold Plate Motor:CW Rear Booklet Motor IN2 Rear Booklet Motor IN1 Front Booklet Motor IN2 Front Booklet Motor IN1 Clamp Roller Retraction Motor:ON Clamp Roller Retraction Motor:CW Bottom Fence Motor:Curreut Change Bottom Fence Motor:ON Bottom Fence Motor:CW Stack Junction Gate Motor:ON Stack Junction Gate Motor:CW Bottom Fence Motor:CLK Fold Roller Motor:CLK Pressure Plate:SOL Stack Junction Gate Motor:CLK Booklet Pressure Roller:SOL Clamp Roller Retraction Motor:CLK Stack Present Sensor Booklet Detection Rear Booklet Staple Deteciton Rear Booklet Cartridge Deteciton Rear Booklet Hammer Front Booklet Staple Detection Front Booklet Cartridge Deteciton Front Booklet Hammer Clamp Roller HP Stack Junction Gate HP Fold Unit Exit Fold Cam HP Fold Plate HP Bottom Fence HP Fold Unit Eutrance Lower Tray Full Lower Tray Paper Detection
CN711-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 -15 -16 -17 -18 -19 -20 -21 -22 -23 -24 -25 -26 -27 -28 -29 -30 -31 -32 -33 -34 -35 -36 -37 -38 -39 -40
CN121-40 -39 -38 -37 -36 -35 -34 -33 -32 -31 -30 -29 -28 -27 -26 -25 -24 -23 -22 -21 -20 -19 -18 -17 -16 -15 -14 -13 -12 -11 -10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
Main Board I/F
M22
Booklet Stapler EH185R: Front
CN417-5 -4 -3 -2 -1
CN420-5 -4 -3 -2 -1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CN704-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10
[0]GND2 N.C Front Booklet Staple Detection [5]5V Front Booklet Cartridge Detection [0]GND2 N.C Rear Booklet Staple Detection [5]5V Rear Booklet Cartridge Detection
A-COM[24] B-COM[24] N.C A[24 0/24] A[24 0/24] B[24 0/24] B[24 0/24]
CN706-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CN512-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
M17
Stack Junction Gate Motor
CN513-9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
2
SYMBOL TABLE
M23
Booklet Stapler EH185R: Rear
CN514-9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CN705-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 -15 -16 -17 -18 -19 -20
Front Booklet Staple Motor: + Front Booklet Staple Motor: + Front Booklet Staple Motor: Front Booklet Staple Motor: F.G F.G [0]GND2 [5]5V Front Booklet Staple Hammer N.C Rear Booklet Staple Motor: + Rear Booklet Staple Motor: + Rear Booklet Staple Motor: Rear Booklet Staple Motor: F.G F.G [0]GND2 [5]5V Rear Booklet Staple Hammer N.C
A-COM[24] B-COM[24] N.C A[24 0/24] A[24 0/24] B[24 0/24] B[24 0/24] A-COM[24] B-COM[24] N.C A[24 0/24] A[24 0/24] B[24 0/24] B[24 0/24] N.C
CN707-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 -15
CN518-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
M8
Clamp Roller Retraction Motor
CN519-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
M16
Fold Unit Bottom Fence Lift Motor
CN708-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14
CN520-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
M11
Fold Plate Motor
Lower Tray Full Sensor - Rear
S33
CN333-3 -2 -1
CN709-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6
Lower Tray Full Sensor - Front
S34 B
CN435-3 -2 -1
[0]GND2 [ 5] [5]5V [0]GND2 [ 5] [5]5V
CN521-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
M12
Fold Roller Motor
Booklet Pressure Roller Solenoid 24V[24]
CN710-1 -2
CN555-2 -1
SOL 5
Booklet Pressure Roller Solenoid
2 1 18 17 16 15 14
3 4 5 6
20 19 21 34 35 36 37 7 22 33 8 9 23 32 24 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 41 48 38 39 40
13 12
10 11
47 46 45 44 43
42
49 50 60 59 58 51 52 57 53 68 61 62 63 64 65
66
56
67 55 54
manuals4you.com
Symble Name Boards (PCB) PCB1 Main Board PCB2 Booklet Stapler Board PCB3 Punch Unit Board Motors M1 Entrance Motor M2 Upper Transport Motor M3 Lower Transport Motor M4 Upper/Proof Tray Exit Motor M5 Feed Out Belt Motor M6 Corner Stapler Movement Motor M7 Paper Position Sensor Slide Motor M8 Clamp Roller Retraction Motor M9 Punch Movement Motor M10 Stacking Sponge Roller Motor M11 Fold Plate Motor M12 Fold Roller Motor M13 Corner Stapler Rotation Motor M14 Positioning Roller Motor M15 Jogger Fence Motor M16 Fold Unit Bottom Fence Lift Motor M17 Stack Junction Gate Motor M18 Shift Roller Motor M19 Exit Guide Plate Motor M20 Corner Stapler EH530 M21 Upper Tray Lift Motor M22 Booklet Stapler EH185R: Front M23 Booklet Stapler EH185R: Rear M24 Punch Drive Motor
Index No. 29 32 62 21 3 20 1 37 42 63 57 68 12 51 50 45 26 40 53 48 16 17 44 19 39 38 60
P to P
Page
Symble Name Sensors S1 Finisher Entrance Sensor S2 Pre-stack Tray Exit Sensor S3 Paper Position Sensor S4 Punch Hopper Full Sensor S5 Shift Roller HP Sensor S6 Upper Tray Exit Sensor S7 Exit Guide Plate HP Sensor S8 Upper Tray Paper Height Sensor (Staple Mode) S9 Upper Tray Paper Height Sensor (Non-Staple Mode) S10 Proof Tray Exit Sensor S11 Proof Tray Full Sensor S12 Upper Tray Limit Sensor S13 Stacking Roller HP Sensor S14 Stapling Tray Paper Sensor S15 Jogger Fence HP Sensor S16 Stack Feed-Out Belt HP Sensor S17 Corner Stapler HP Sensor S18 Stapler Rotation HP Sensor S19 Upper Tray Full Sensor (B700/B701) S20 Upper Tray Full Sensor (B701 only) S21 Punch Movement HP Sensor S22 Paper Position Side HP Sensor S23 Punch HP Sensor S24 Punch Encoder Sensor S25 Clamp Roller HP Sensor S26 Fold Unit Entrance Sensor S27 Stack Junction Gate HP Sensor S28 Fold Bottom Fence HP Sensor S29 Fold Plate HP Sensor S30 Fold Cam HP Sensor S31 Fold Unit Exit Sensor S32 Stack Present Sensor S33 Lower Tray Full Sensor - Rear S34 Lower Tray Full Sensor - Front Solenoids SOL1 Proof Junction Gate Solenoid SOL2 Stapling Tray Junction Gate Solenoid SOL3 Positioning Roller Solenoid SOL4 Stapling Edge Pressure Plate Solenoid SOL5 Booklet Pressure Roller Solenoid Switches SW1 Front Door Safety Switch SW2 Upper Tray Limit SW
Index No. 7 23 65 66 15 13 4 14 8 5 6 9 11 43 41 36 46 47 31 30 67 64 61 59 49 56 35 55 52 54 58 34 28 27 18 2 25 24 33 22 10
P to P
Page
E1 E4 C1 I6 I5 I6 I4 I3 I2 B2 H3 B2 I1 H2 H1 I2 I5 I3 H2 H3 15 I4 I2 I2 B3 B2 B1
1/2 2/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 2/2 1/2 1/2 2/2 2/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 2/2 2/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
E5 E5 E5 E4 B6 B6 B6 B6 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B4 B4 B4 B4 B4 B3 B3 B2 B2 B1 B1 B6 B6 B5 B5 B5 B5 B4 B4 B1 B1 I4 I4 I4 I4 H5 E5 I1
1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 2/2 1/2 1/2
B222/B224 PARTS CATALOG

002826MIU
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
002826MIU (01/23/07)
manuals4you.com
It is the reader's responsibility when discussing the information contained within this document to maintain a level of confidentiality that is in the best interest of Ricoh Corporation and its member companies.
NO PART OF THIS DOCUMENT MAY BE REPRODUCED IN ANY FASHION AND DISTRIBUTED WITHOUT THE PRIOR PERMISSION OF RICOH CORPORATION. All product names, domain names or product illustrations, including desktop images, used in this document are trademarks, registered trademarks or the property of their respective companies. They are used throughout this book in an informational or editorial fashion only and for the benefit of such companies. No such use, or the use of any trade name, or web site is intended to convey endorsement or other affiliation with Ricoh products.
2006 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved.
manuals4you.com
LEGEND
PRODUCT CODE B222 B224 B227 B408 B702 B771 B772 B800 B801 B802 B803 B804 B805 B838 G329 COMPANY GESTETNER LANIER RICOH DSc535 LD435c Aficio MP C3500 DSc545 LD445c Aficio MP C4500 Bridge Unit BU3000 Finisher SR790 Punch Unit Type 3260 Fax Option Type C4500 G3 Interface Unit Type C4500 Paper Feed Unit PB3000 LCIT PB3010 Auto Reverse Document Feeder DF3010 1 Bin Tray BN3010 Booklet Finisher SR3020 Finisher SR3030 Scanner Accessibility Option Type 4045 Platen Cover Type 3800C SAVIN C3535 C4540
manuals4you.com
DOCUMENTATION HISTORY
REV. NO. * DATE 09/2006 COMMENTS Original Printing
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
TABLE OF CONTENTS
B222/B224 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST Location of unit....................................................... 3 1.Exterior 1 (B222/B224) ....................................... 12 2.Exterior 2 (B222/B224) ....................................... 14 3.Exterior 3 (B222/B224) ....................................... 16 4.Operation Panel (B222/B224) ............................ 18 5.ARDF Exterior (B222/B224) ............................... 20 6.Original Feed 1 (B222/B224).............................. 22 7.Original Feed 2 (B222/B224).............................. 24 8.Original Feed 3 (B222/B224).............................. 26 9.Original Transfer 1 (B222/B224) ........................ 28 10.Original Transfer 2 (B222/B224) ....................... 30 11.Original Transfer 3 (B222/B224) ....................... 32 12.ARDF Drive Section 1 (B222/B224) .................. 34 13.ARDF Drive Section 2 (B222/B224) .................. 36 14.ARDF Electrical Section (B222/B224)............... 38 15.ARDF Frame Section (B222/B224) ................... 40 16.Scanner Section 1 (B222/B224)........................ 42 17.Scanner Section 2 (B222/B224)........................ 44 18.Scanner Section 3 (B222/B224)........................ 46 19.LD unit (B222/B224) .......................................... 48 20.1st Paper Tray (B222/B224).............................. 50 21.2nd Paper Tray (B222/B224) ............................ 52 22.Paper Feed Section (B222/B224) ..................... 54 23.Paper Registration (B222/B224) ....................... 56 24.By-pass Feed Section 1 (B222/B224) ............... 58 25.By-pass Feed Section 2 (B222/B224) ............... 60 26.Toner Supply Unit 1 (B222/B224)...................... 62 27.Toner Supply Unit 2 (B222/B224)...................... 64 28.Paper Separation (B222/B224) ......................... 66 29.Fusing unit 1 (B222/B224)................................. 68 30.Fusing unit 2 (B222/B224)................................. 70 31.Fusing unit 3 (B222/B224)................................. 72 32.Paper Exit Section 1 (B222/B224)..................... 74 33.Paper Exit Section 2 (B222/B224)..................... 76 34.Duplex Unit 1 (B222/B224)................................ 78 35.Duplex Unit 2 (B222/B224)................................ 80 36.Duplex Unit 3 (B222/B224)................................ 82 37.Duplex Unit 4 (B222/B224)................................ 84 38.Duplex Unit 5 (B222/B224)................................ 86 39.Electrical Section 1 (B222/B224)....................... 88 40.Electrical Section 2 (B222/B224)....................... 90 41.Electrical Section 3 (B222/B224)....................... 92 42.Electrical Section 4 (B222/B224)....................... 94 43.Controller Unit (B222/B224) .............................. 96 44.Drive Section 1 (B222/B224) ............................. 98 45.Drive Section 2 (B222/B224) ............................ 100 46.Drive Section 3 (B222/B224) ............................ 102 47.Drive Section 4 (B222/B224) ............................ 104 48.Drive Section 5 (B222/B224) ............................ 106 49.Frame Section 1 (B222/B224) .......................... 108 50.Frame Section 2 (B222/B224) .......................... 110
manuals4you.com
51.Frame Section 3 (B222/B224)...........................112 52.Frame Section 4 (B222/B224)...........................114 53.IOB Board (B222/B224) ....................................116 54.IPU Board (B222/B224).....................................126 55.Controller Board (B222/B224)...........................138 56.Accessories (B222/B224)..................................156 57.Decals and Documents (B222/B224)................158 58.Special Tools (B222/B224) ...............................162 B222/B224 PARTS INDEX PARTS INDEX .......................................................... 2 BRIDGE UNIT BU3000 B227 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST 1.BRIDGE UNIT 1 (B227) ....................................... 2 2.BRIDGE UNIT 2 (B227) ....................................... 4 BRIDGE UNIT BU3000 B227 PARTS INDEX PARTS INDEX .......................................................... 2 FINISHER SR790 B408 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST 1.EXTERIOR (B408) ............................................... 2 2.TRANSPORT SECTION (B408) .......................... 4 3.PAPER EXIT SECTION 1 (B408) ........................ 6 4.PAPER EXIT SECTION 2 (B408) ........................ 8 5.VERTICAL TRANSPORT (B408)........................ 10 6.STAPLE SECTION 1 (B408)............................... 12 7.STAPLE SECTION 2 (B408)............................... 14 8.STAPLE SECTION 3 (B408)............................... 16 9.SHIFT TRAY DRIVE (B408) ............................... 18 10.DRIVE SECTION (B408) ................................... 20 11.ELECTRICAL SECTION (B408) ........................ 22 12.DECALS AND DOCUMENTS (B408) ................ 24
FINISHER SR790 B408 PARTS INDEX PARTS INDEX .......................................................... 2 PUNCH UNIT TYPE 3260 B702 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST 1.Punch Unit 1 (B702) ............................................. 2 2.Punch Unit 2 (B702) ............................................. 4 PUNCH UNIT TYPE 3260 B702 PARTS INDEX PARTS INDEX .......................................................... 2 FAX OPTION TYPE C4500 B771 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST 1.Fax Option (B771) ................................................ 2 2.GWFCU3 - NA (B771).......................................... 4 3.GWFCU3 - EU (B771)......................................... 12 FAX OPTION TYPE C4500 B771 PARTS INDEX PARTS INDEX .......................................................... 2 G3 INTERFACE UNIT TYPE C4500 B772 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST 1.G3 Unit (B772)...................................................... 2 2.SG3-NEO:NA (B772) ........................................... 4 3.SG3-NEO:EU (B772) .......................................... 12 G3 INTERFACE UNIT TYPE C4500 B772 PARTS INDEX PARTS INDEX .......................................................... 2 PAPER FEED UNIT PB3000 B800 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST 1.EXTERIOR (B800) ............................................... 2 2.FRAME SECTION (B800) .................................... 4 3.PAPER TRAY (B800)........................................... 6 4.PAPER FEED SECTION (B800).......................... 8
5.ELECTRICAL SECTION (B800) ........................ 10 6.DRIVE SECTION (B800).................................... 12 7.DECALS AND DOCUMENTS (B800) ................ 14 PAPER FEED UNIT PB3000 B800 PARTS INDEX PARTS INDEX ......................................................... 2 LCIT PB3010 B801 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST 1.EXTERIOR 1 (B801) ........................................... 2 2.EXTERIOR 2 (B801) ........................................... 4 3.RIGHT TRAY 1 (B801) ........................................ 6 4.RIGHT TRAY 2 (B801) ........................................ 8 5.LEFT TRAY (B801) ............................................ 10 6.PAPER FEED SECTION (B801)........................ 12 7.ELECTRICAL SECTION (B801) ........................ 14 8.DRIVE SECTION (B801).................................... 16 LCIT PB3010 B801 PARTS INDEX PARTS INDEX ......................................................... 2 ARDF DF3010 B802 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST 1.Exterior (B802) .................................................... 2 2.Original Feed 1 (B802) ........................................ 4 3.Original Feed 2 (B802) ........................................ 6 4.Original Feed 3 (B802) ........................................ 8 5.Original Transfer 1 (B802) .................................. 10 6.Original Transfer 2 (B802) .................................. 12 7.Original Transfer 3 (B802) .................................. 14 8.Drive Section 1 (B802) ....................................... 16 9.Drive Section 2 (B802) ....................................... 18 10.Electrical Section (B802) ................................... 20 11.Frame Section (B802) ....................................... 22 12.Decals and Documents (B802) ......................... 24
ARDF DF3010 B802 PARTS INDEX PARTS INDEX.......................................................... 2 1 BIN TRAY BN3010 B803 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST 1.1Bin Tray (B803).................................................. 2 1 BIN TRAY BN3010 B803 PARTS INDEX PARTS INDEX.......................................................... 2 BOOKLET FINISHER SR3020 B804 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST 1.Exterior (B804)..................................................... 2 2.Paper Transfer (B804)......................................... 4 3.Shift Transfer Section 1 (B804) ........................... 6 4.Shift Transfer Section 2 (B804) ........................... 8 5.Shift Transfer Section 3 (B804) .......................... 10 6.Paper Exit 1 (B804) ............................................ 12 7.Paper Exit 2 (B804) ............................................ 14 8.Staple Transfer Section 1 (B804) ....................... 16 9.Staple Transfer Section 2 (B804) ....................... 18 10.Staple Tray 1 (B804).......................................... 20 11.Staple Tray 2 (B804).......................................... 22 12.Staple Tray 3 (B804).......................................... 24 13.Staple Tray 4 (B804).......................................... 26 14.Staple Tray 5 (B804).......................................... 28 15.Staple Tray 6 (B804).......................................... 30 16.Paper fold Section 1 (B804) .............................. 32 17.Paper fold Section 2 (B804) .............................. 34 18.Paper fold Section 3 (B804) .............................. 36 19.Shift Tray (B804)................................................ 38 20.Drive Section 1 (B804) ...................................... 40 21.Drive Section 2 (B804) ...................................... 42 22.Drive Section 3 (B804) ...................................... 44
manuals4you.com
23.Electrical Section (B804) ................................... 46 24.Frame Section (B804)........................................ 48 25.Decals and Documents (B804).......................... 50 BOOKLET FINISHER SR3020 B804 PARTS INDEX PARTS INDEX.......................................................... 2 FINISHER SR3030 B805 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST 1.Exterior (B805)..................................................... 2 2.Paper Transfer (B805) ......................................... 4 3.Shift Transfer Section 1 (B805) ........................... 6 4.Shift Transfer Section 2 (B805) ........................... 8 5.Shift Transfer Section 3 (B805) .......................... 10 6.Paper Exit 1 (B805) ............................................ 12 7.Paper Exit 2 (B805) ............................................ 14 8.Staple Transfer Section 1 (B805) ....................... 16 9.Staple Transfer Section 2 (B805) ....................... 18 10.Staple Tray 1 (B805).......................................... 20 11.Staple Tray 2 (B805).......................................... 22 12.Staple Tray 3 (B805).......................................... 24 13.Staple Tray 4 (B805).......................................... 26 14.Shift Tray (B805)................................................ 28 15.Drive Section 1 (B805)....................................... 30 16.Drive Section 2 (B805)....................................... 32 17.Drive Section 3 (B805)....................................... 34 18.Electrical Section (B805) ................................... 36 19.Frame Section (B805)........................................ 38 20.Decals and Documents (B805).......................... 40 FINISHER SR3030 B805 PARTS INDEX PARTS INDEX.......................................................... 2
SCANNER ACCESSIBILITY OPTION TYPE 4045 B838 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST 1.Scanner Accessibility Option (B838) .................. 2 SCANNER ACCESSIBILITY OPTION TYPE 4045 B838 PARTS INDEX PARTS INDEX.......................................................... 2 PLATEN COVER TYPE 3800C G329 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST 1.Platen Cover (G329) ............................................ 2 PLATEN COVER TYPE 3800C G329 PARTS INDEX PARTS INDEX.......................................................... 2
B222/B224 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
manuals4you.com
This section instructs you as to the numbers and names of parts on this machine
manuals4you.com
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
1. Exterior 1 (B222/B224) 2. Exterior 2 (B222/B224) 3. Exterior 3 (B222/B224)
See Page 13 4. Operation Panel (B222/B224)
See Page 15 5. ARDF Exterior (B222/B224)
See Page 17 6. Original Feed 1 (B222/B224)
See Page 19
See Page 21
See Page 23
B222/B224
Parts Location and List
manuals4you.com
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
7. Original Feed 2 (B222/B224) 8. Original Feed 3 (B222/B224) 9. Original Transfer 1 (B222/B224)
See Page 25 10. Original Transfer 2 (B222/B224)
See Page 27 11. Original Transfer 3 (B222/B224)
See Page 29 12. ARDF Drive Section 1 (B222/B224)
See Page 31
See Page 33
See Page 35
B222/B224
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
13. ARDF Drive Section 2 (B222/B224) 14. ARDF Electrical Section (B222/B224) 15. ARDF Frame Section (B222/B224)
See Page 37 16. Scanner Section 1 (B222/B224)
See Page 43
See Page 45
See Page 47
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
19. LD unit (B222/B224) 20. 1st Paper Tray (B222/B224) 21. 2nd Paper Tray (B222/B224)
See Page 49 22. Paper Feed Section (B222/B224)
See Page 51 23. Paper Registration (B222/B224)
See Page 53 24. By-pass Feed Section 1 (B222/B224)
See Page 55
See Page 57
See Page 59
B222/B224
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
25. By-pass Feed Section 2 (B222/B224) 26. Toner Supply Unit 1 (B222/B224) 27. Toner Supply Unit 2 (B222/B224)
See Page 61 28. Paper Separation (B222/B224)
See Page 63 29. Fusing unit 1 (B222/B224)
See Page 65 30. Fusing unit 2 (B222/B224)
See Page 67
See Page 69
See Page 71
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
31. Fusing unit 3 (B222/B224) 32. Paper Exit Section 1 (B222/B224) 33. Paper Exit Section 2 (B222/B224)
See Page 73 34. Duplex Unit 1 (B222/B224)
See Page 79
See Page 81
See Page 83
B222/B224
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
37. Duplex Unit 4 (B222/B224) 38. Duplex Unit 5 (B222/B224) 39. Electrical Section 1 (B222/B224)
See Page 85 40. Electrical Section 2 (B222/B224)
See Page 91
See Page 93
See Page 95
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
43. Controller Unit (B222/B224) 44. Drive Section 1 (B222/B224) 45. Drive Section 2 (B222/B224)
See Page 97 46. Drive Section 3 (B222/B224)
See Page 103
See Page 105
See Page 107
B222/B224
10
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
49. Frame Section 1 (B222/B224) 50. Frame Section 2 (B222/B224) 51. Frame Section 3 (B222/B224)
See Page 109 52. Frame Section 4 (B222/B224)
See Page 111
See Page 113
See Page 115
B222/B224
11
manuals4you.com
1.Exterior 1 (B222/B224)
101 1 2 26 24 2 101 14 101 3 25 101
101
10 14
8 7 16 15 18 102 17 101 12 11 19 20 24 21 101 103 101 22 9 23
101 13 13 101
B222/B224
12
Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 13 14 15 16 Part No. B223 1283 B223 1348 B223 1281 B223 1255 B238 1372 B223 1254 B132 1573 AA02 1030 B223 1277 B223 1242 B223 1253 B222 8331 B222 8332 B222 8333 B222 8334 B222 8335 B222 8336 B222 8337 B222 8338 B222 8339 B222 8343 B224 8331 B224 8332 B224 8333 B224 8334 B224 8335 B224 8336 B224 8337 B224 8338 B224 8339 B224 8343 G020 1332 AA14 3823 B224 1251 B223 1246 Description Cover:Left:Middle Filter:Image Forming MD Cover:Left Cover - Main Switch Decal - Main Switch(on-off) Collection Bottlecover - Front Decal - Power Source:Off Magnet Catch Ozone Filter:No.1 Inner Cover - Left Emblem Cover Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:RIC Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:SVN Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:GES:NA Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:LAN:NA Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:INF Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:NSA Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:REX Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:GES:EU Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:LAN:EU Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:GES:AA Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:RIC Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:SVN Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:GES:NA Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:LAN:NA Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:INF Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:NSA Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:REX Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:GES:EU Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:LAN:EU Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:GES:AA Hinge - Front Cover Tapping Screw Cover:Front:EU Guide Plate:Scanner Qty Per Assembly 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 5 1 1 Index No. 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Part No. B024 1264 B223 1256 B223 1279 B238 1380 B223 1272 B223 1276 B223 1274 B223 1293 B223 1292 B223 1291 Description Magnet Catch Sheet:Misfeed Removal Cleaner:Shield Glass:Ass'y Cover - Right Cover:Right:Rear Filter:Right Rear Cover:Right Rear:Fan Cap:Cover:Rear Cover:Rear:Upper Cover:Rear Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
101 102 103
0451 3008N Tapping Screw - M3x8 0450 3010N Tapping Screw - M3x10 0450 3012N Tapping Screw:3x12
B222/B224
13
manuals4you.com
101
101
12
101
2 101 11 101
13
101 10 6 102 103 102 101 101 101
9 8 101 7 101
101
B222/B224
14
Index No. 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 11 12 12 13 Part No. B223 1818 B222 1818 B223 1282 B223 4487 B223 4486 B223 1260 B223 1262 B223 1263 B223 1261 B223 1266 B223 1273 B223 1819 B222 1819 B223 1820 B222 1820 B223 1278 Description Cover:Scanner:Left Cover:Scanner:Left:EU Cover:Left:Upper Exit End Fence Exit Tray Cover:Upper Cover:Inner Back:Upper Cover - Inner Back Middle Cover:Inner Back Cover:Paper Exit Unit:Upper Cover:Right:Upper Middle Cover:Scanner:Right Cover:Scanner:Right:EU Cover:Scanner:Rear Cover:Scanner:Rear:EU Ozone Filter:No.2 Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 Index No. 101 102 103 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 0451 3008N Tapping Screw - M3x8 0353 0030N Screw:M3X3 0353 0050N Screw-m3x5
B222/B224
15
manuals4you.com
1 101 6 8 3 4 5 14 17 101 102 9 101 21 102 21 10 11 101 102 21 102 26 101 19 103 12 24 15 102 104 23 105 25 27 20 25 105 13 22 101 7
16
18
101
B222/B224
16
Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Part No. B223 1241 B238 3364 B238 3365 B238 3366 B238 3367 B223 1244 B238 1368 GA00 3030 GA00 3032 GA00 3031 GA00 3033 B223 1304 B238 1362 B223 1300 B223 1303 B223 1318 B223 1306 B223 1319 B223 1315 B223 1316 B223 1317 B223 1264 B223 1123 B238 2615 AG07 1012 B223 1243 B223 1271 Description Inner Cover:Upper:Left Decal:Colored Display:BK:Inner Cover Decal:Colored Display:Y:Inner Cover Decal:Colored Display:C:Inner Cover Decal:Colored Display:M:Inner Cover Inner Cover - Middle Decal - Cleaning Decal - Shielding Plate Y Decal - Shielding Plate C Decal - Shielding Plate M Decal - Shielding Plate K Stopper:Lever:Drum Stay Decal - Misfeed Removal B1 Drum Stay PCU Ass'y Drum Stay Lever Spring Drum Stay Wire Ball Bearing Plate Ball Bearing Clip Screw Cover:Front Right Hinge - Cover Drum Stay Case - Remove Paper Dust Magnet Catch:Ass'y Inner Cover:Upper:Right Cover:Right:Front Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 6 1 1 1 2 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 Part No. 0451 3008N 0450 3010N 0451 3012N 0454 3006Q 0454 3008Q Description Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x10 Tapping Screw:3x12 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw:3x8 Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
17
manuals4you.com
4.Operation Panel (B222/B224)

32,38 35 3,32 2 1 33 34 36
103 4 5 6 101 104 17 102 101 105 101 7 8 16 9 10 101
13 37
14 15 16 17 20 102 21
22
24 23
25 28 27 26
102
18 101 101 19 29 102
30
102 101 101
11
12 101 101 101
31 101 101 101
B222/B224
18
4.Operation Panel (B222/B224)

Index No. * * 1 2 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Part No. B224 1411 B224 1412 B238 1547 B238 1511 B238 1575 B238 1581 B223 1475 B238 1480 B238 1481 B238 1527 B238 1533 B223 1461 B223 1462 B223 1486 B238 1484 B238 1548 B238 1519 B223 1507 B223 1494 B238 1534 B238 1535 B223 1498 B223 1487 B238 1505 B238 1508 B238 1584 B238 1583 B238 1504 B238 1506 B238 1509 B238 1552 B238 1550 B238 1549 B238 1483 B238 1482 Description Operation Panel: NA Operation Panel: EU Spacer - Keytop Keytop - Counter Keytop - Scanner NA Keytop - Scanner EU PCB OP-L Harness - OP-R 10p Harness - OP-R 13p Operation Panel Bracket Insulator PCB: APC1: LCDC: NA PCB: LCDC: EU Invertor - TFT Harness - Inverter Operation Panel Bracket - Right Lens - Front Shading Plate: Touch Panel: Ass'y Touch Panel - W-VGA F LCD Spacer A LCD Spacer B LCD - TFT W-VGA MV Cable - FFC TFT LCD Keytop - Clear/Stop Keytop 10 Key Keytop 10 Key NA Keytop - Clear Modes Keytop - Start Keytop - Try Print Keytop - Interrupt Keytop - Kantan Keytop - Login Keytop - Power Source Harness - OP-L 13p Harness - OP-L 12p Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 31 32 33 33 34 34 35 35 36 37 38 38 Part No. B238 1470 B223 1518 B238 1572 B238 1578 B238 1571 B238 1577 B223 1595 B222 1595 B237 1595 B223 1596 B238 1574 B238 1580 Description PCB OP-R Keytop - Blank FB Keytop - Doc NA Keytop - Doc EU Keytop - Copy NA Keytop - Copy EU Cover: Scanner: Front Cover: Scanner: Front: EU Decal - Caution Original Cover: Front Right: Upper Keytop - Printer NA Keytop - Printer EU
Rev. 01/22/2007 Qty Per Assembly 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
101 102 103 104 105
0450 3010N 0353 0060N 1105 0511 1105 0598 1105 0032
Tapping Screw - M3x10 Bind Screw - M3x6 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Clamp:LWSS-1N Clamp
B222/B224
19
manuals4you.com
5.ARDF Exterior (B222/B224)
1 11 101 8 101 14 7 7 101 20 9 10 19 19 17 18 21 23 23 24 15 16 22 2 3 12 13
102 4 5
102 26 6 102 25
102
B222/B224
20
5.ARDF Exterior (B222/B224)

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Part No. B652 2379 A859 7211 A548 6121 B802 4411 B802 6013 5215 2621 B802 4712 B802 4511 B802 2551 B802 2581 B802 2526 B789 6031 B802 2522 B802 2536 B802 2532 B802 6011 B802 2571 A858 4676 A858 4671 GW01 0007 B802 2541 B802 5750 AW01 0129 B802 2562 B802 2512 AG07 0513 Description Decal:Caution:Original:5-lang Stepped Screw Screw - M4 Cover:Front Decal:Display:Misfeed Removal:P1 Snap Ring - M6 Sound Proofing Material:Cover:Rear Cover:Rear Stay:Original Table:Contact Point Stopper:Original Table Side Fence Decal - Original Table Original Table:Face Front Slider:Side Fence Spring Plate:Side Fence Decal:Side Fence Spring Plate:0.2t Spring Plate - Pressure Roller Roller Driven Photo Refiection Sensor:Exit Guide:Original Insert Harness:Original Table Photo Refiection Sensor Plate:Contact Point Original Table Magnet Catch Qty Per Assembly 1 2 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 4 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 0451 3006N Tapping Screw - 3x6 0450 3008N Tapping Screw - M3x8
B222/B224
21
manuals4you.com
6.Original Feed 1 (B222/B224)
1 2 3 4 101
104 102 15
103
16
17 18 18 18 101 17 20
16
103
20 21 7 102 12 8 6 9 5 11 19 22
10
13 14 23
.com manuals4you.com manuals4you

B222/B224 22 Parts Location and List

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Part No. B802 4121 B802 4152 B802 6012 B652 1807 B802 4711 B802 4154 B802 4155 B802 4158 AA06 2262 B802 4241 B802 4231 B802 4162 AA14 3789 AA14 3788 B802 4252 B802 5840 AW02 0154 AW02 0155 GW01 0007 AW01 0091 GW02 0020 B802 4263 GA14 3003 Description Cover:Paper Feed Grip:Cover Decal:Misfeed Removal:Original Decal:Size:Original Sound Proofing Material Hook:Grip:Cover:Front Hook:Grip:Cover:Inner Back Shaft:Grip:Cover Tension Spring Bracket:Cover:Front Bracket:Cover:Inner Back Stopper:Cover Shaft:Cleaner Pin:Guide Plate:Paper Feed Bracket:Paper Size Sensor Harness:Paper Feed Photointerruptor:Entrance Photointerruptor:Paper Size Sensor Photo Refiection Sensor:Exit Photo Reflection Sensor Photointerruptor:Lg248nl1 Feeler:Original Sensor Screw:Mm5:2.5MM Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 2 1 1 3 Index No. 101 102 103 104 Part No. 0451 3010N 0450 3008N 0451 3006N 1105 0516 Description Tapping Screw:3x10 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Clamp Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
23
manuals4you.com

101 107 102 38 39 101 39 40 41 34 36 103 34 35 36 32 30
37
26 33 32 21 23 27 21 16 15 11 15 13 7 2 29 4 5 3 2 6 1 9 8 3 2 14 12 24 25 17 108 106 28
103
31 105 104 21 104
21
22
103
17
18
19
20
19
10
B222/B224
24

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 Part No. B802 4311 5447 2681 AA08 2101 B802 4357 B802 4358 B802 4361 B387 2163 B802 4372 AA04 3328 B802 4352 B802 4355 B802 4359 A859 2112 B387 2113 B386 3320 B802 4333 B802 4326 AA08 2104 AA13 2013 AA06 3435 A628 1225 B789 2114 A806 1295 B802 4322 AA06 6376 B802 4323 B802 4325 B802 4328 B802 4228 B802 4227 B802 4229 B802 4224 B802 4222 AA08 0288 B802 4295 Description Paper Feed:Unit Snap Ring Bushing - 6x10x6 Gear:Z19 Timing Pulley:Gear:T19/Z22 Roller:Pickup Pickup Collar Timing Pulley:T21 Timing Belt:40S2M130 Shaft:Pickup Bracket:Pickup Cushion:Pickup Drive Shaft - Paper Feed Belt Roller - Paper Feed Belt Spring:Belt:Paper Feed:8n Bracket:Paper Feed Belt Collar:Shaft Bushing - 8x12x7 Spacer Compression Spring:Paper Feed:Joint Bushing - 8mm Paper Feed Belt Roller Feed Belt Shaft:Drive Torsion Spring:Pickup:Pressure Holder Lever:Pickup:Release Gear:Z20 Drum Stay:Upper:Front Drum Stay:Upper:Inner Back Sheet:Guide:Upper Spring Plate:Upper Guide:Upper Bushing:Dia6 Driven Roller:Pull Out Qty Per Assembly 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 Index No. 36 37 38 39 40 41 Part No. AA06 3441 B802 4282 B802 4292 G052 4892 B802 4265 B802 4225 Description Compression Spring Bracket:Driven Roller:Pull Out Ground Plate:Driven Roller:Pull Out Discharge Brush:Exit:Small Ground Plate Sheet:Driven Roller:Pull Out Qty Per Assembly 2 1 1 2 1 1
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108
0450 3008N 0451 3006N 0720 0040E 0720 0060E 0805 0088 0632 0100G 1105 0516 0741 3506
Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M6 Pin - 2x10mm Clamp Ball Bearing - 6x12x4 Mm
B222/B224
25
manuals4you.com

14 13 104 15 10 105 18
12 11 8 10
17 21 16 20 19 5 103 23 22 105 25 105 24 106
26
2 1 101 102 3
106
27
101
6 7
8 9
B222/B224
26

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Part No. B802 1773 B802 1777 B312 1615 B802 1772 AA14 3520 B802 5790 B802 3811 5447 2681 AA14 3823 AA08 2101 A859 2241 A294 6700 B802 2252 B802 2225 B802 2253 B802 2222 B802 6014 A422 1063 B802 2285 B802 2231 B802 2227 A458 2251 B802 2111 AA08 0265 AA06 0843 B802 2115 AA06 3919 Description Bracket:Shaft:Side Plate:Front Knob:Misfeed Removal:T27 Tension Roller Timing Belt:40S3M189 Shoulder Screw - M3 Harness:Solenoid DC Solenoid:24V Snap Ring Tapping Screw Bushing - 6x10x6 Reverse Roller Torque Limiter - 53mnxm Shaft:Roller:Reverse Drum Stay:Guide:Reverse Gear:Z20 Guide:Reverse:Open And Close Decal:Display:Misfeed Removal:P2 Seal - 0.7x13x20 Roller:Reverse Exit:Driven Shaft:Reverse:Drive:Press Fit Guide:Reverse:Open And Close:Behind Cushion - Bin Solenoid Lever Stopper Pawl:Paper Feed Bushing:6x8x5 Tension Spring Lever:Stopper Pawl Spring:Pressure Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 Part No. 0451 3006N 0353 0040N 0450 3008N 0632 0120G 0720 0040E 0805 0089 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Screw - M3X4 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Parallel Pin - 2x12 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
27
manuals4you.com
9.Original Transfer 1 (B222/B224)
16
19 2 1 3 101 17
20
102 5 4 6 7 8
24 22 23 101 22 4 5 101 16 21 12 13 14 101 101 4 11 103 101
9 10
15
B222/B224
28
manuals4you.com
18

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Part No. B802 3412 B802 3413 B802 3414 B802 3471 B802 3592 B802 3426 B802 3427 B802 3422 B802 3511 AA14 3569 B802 3553 B802 3566 B802 3567 B802 3568 B802 3561 A422 1063 B802 2291 GW01 0007 B802 3851 B802 3755 B802 3711 B789 3712 B789 3491 B714 5006 H511 5007 Description Guide:Scanning:Entrance:Lower Sheet:Roller:Scanning:Entrance Sheet:Scanning:Entrance Roller:Scanning:Driven Shaft:Driven:Exit Plate:Entrance:Pressure:Auxiliary Spring Plate:Scanning:Enrrrance:Driven Stay:Scanning:Entrance:Lower Guide Plate:Scanning Screw Guide:Scanning:Exit:Lower Plate:Exit:Pressure:Auxiliary Spring Plate:Scanning:Exit:Driven:Upper Spring Plate:Scanning:Exit:Driven:Lower Stay:Scanning:Exit:Lower Seal - 0.7x13x20 Stopper:Guide:Reverse Photo Refiection Sensor:Exit Bracket:Sensor:Scanning:Exit Discharge Brush:Reverse Spring Plate Exit Driven Roller Scanning Driven Shaft DC Solenoid:Transmited Rubber Stamp Stamp Qty Per Assembly 1 4 1 8 4 2 6 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 4 2 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 0450 3008N Tapping Screw - M3x8 0453 3006N Tapping Screw - M3x6 0451 3006N Tapping Screw - 3x6
B222/B224
29
manuals4you.com

101 3 4 2 5 7 8 101 6 5 101 105 15 101 101 9 10 108 102 101 14 103
101
108
105
102
101 11 104 106 107 13 4
101
101
12
106
104
B222/B224
30

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Part No. B802 5810 B802 3381 B802 3147 G052 4892 B802 3145 GW01 0007 B802 3833 B802 3832 B802 3231 B802 3251 B802 3234 B802 3252 A697 2102 B802 3233 5447 2681 Description Harness:Registration Sensor Bracket:Guide:Paper Feed:Lower Ground Plate:Roller:Scanning Discharge Brush:Exit:Small Spring Plate Photo Refiection Sensor:Exit Shielding Plate:Sensor Bracket:Registration Sensor Roller:Scanning:Entrance Roller:Scanning:Exit Timing Pulley:T33/T24 Timing Pulley:T33 Damper - Junction Gate Solenoid Timing Pulley:T33 Snap Ring Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 Part No. 0451 3006N 0450 3008N 0720 0040E 0741 3506 0740 3506 0632 0100G 1105 0514 1105 0511 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Retaining Ring - M4 Ball Bearing - 6x12x4 Mm Ball Bearimg - 6x12x4 Mm Pin - 2x10mm Edge Saddle - Eds-0607l Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
31
manuals4you.com

101
15 14
16 20 17 19 21 18 22
23 13
105 103 14 1 3 102 4 6 7 104 8 106 101 2 16 18 25 26 27
101
106
24
9 10 6
11 12
13 101
B222/B224
32

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Part No. B238 4483 B802 1755 B802 1762 AA06 0842 AA04 3321 5447 2681 B802 1767 B802 3312 AA06 2260 B802 3631 B802 3615 G020 1160 AA08 2101 AA14 3790 B802 3351 A422 1063 B802 3211 5215 2621 B802 6015 B802 3651 B802 3311 B802 3612 B802 3611 B802 3332 B802 3756 B802 3751 B802 3331 Description Screw Bracket:Tension Timing Pulley:T31 Tension Spring Timing Belt:40S1.5M378 Snap Ring Pulley:Idler:DIA16 Timing Pulley:T26 Tension Spring Link:Solenoid Lever:Exchange Powl:Reverse Snap Ring Bushing - 6x10x6 Screw:Contact Point Guide:Paper Feed:Lower Seal - 0.7x13x20 Roller:Pull Out Snap Ring - M6 Decal:Display:Misfeed Removal:P3 Guide:Exit:Upper Roller:Exit Cushion:Exchange Powl Exchange Powl:Reverse Timing Pulley:T23 Discharge Brush:Exit Stay:Reverse Roller:Reverse Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 Part No. 0451 3006N 0720 0040E 0720 0060E 0720 0030E 0742 3808 0741 3506 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M3 Ball Bearing - 8x16x5 Ball Bearing - 6x12x4 Mm Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
33
manuals4you.com
12.ARDF Drive Section 1 (B222/B224)
103 8 22 101 101 102 4 104 3 2 1 6 7 13 12 14 15 101 12 5
8 104
16 13 17 12
10 101 103 9 101 101 11 18 20 19 21 21
101
B222/B224
34

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Part No. B802 1812 AA10 1021 B802 1815 B044 1825 J503 3116 G570 1225 B802 1985 GW02 0020 AA04 3323 B802 1925 B700 5805 AA08 2101 5447 2681 B802 1951 B351 1791 B351 1781 B802 1931 B802 1942 5206 2686 B802 1943 A680 2261 B802 1941 Description Stepper Motor:DC4.08V 2.4W Rubber Bushing - 6 45hs Bracket:Reverse:Drive Collar Timing Belt:40S2M128 Sensor Shielding Plate Bracket:Sensor:Pickup Photointerruptor:Lg248nl1 Timing Belt:40S2M120 Bracket:Pickup:Drive Stepper Motor:Pm:S2m:T15:Ass'y Bushing - 6x10x6 Snap Ring Cam:Stopper Pawl Gear - 25Z Gear - 18Z Timing Pulley:T33-Z17 Stopper:Cam:Pickup Snap Ring Feeler:Cam:Pickup Gear - 24Z Cam:Pickup Qty Per Assembly 1 4 1 4 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 Part No. 0451 3006N 0353 0060N 1105 0511 1105 0516 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Bind Screw - M3x6 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Clamp Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
35
manuals4you.com
1 105 2 21 4 3 103 7 103 6 101 13 8 104 104
103
12 104 101 103 101 103 102 101 101 9 11 10 102 14 104 16
15 17 101 19 20
18 103
12
B222/B224
36

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Part No. B802 1671 B802 1661 B802 1642 B802 1643 B802 1651 B802 1631 B802 1632 B802 1633 AA04 3320 B802 1715 B802 1731 AA06 0842 B802 1736 B802 1721 B802 1681 B802 1741 AA04 3322 B802 1762 B238 4483 B802 1755 B802 1641 Description Gear:Z17 Gear:Z21/Z23 Gear:Z37 Gear:Z26 Gear:Z25 Timing Pulley:T31 Gear:Z18 Gear:Z19 Timing Belt:40S1.5M150 Bracket:Stepper Motor Stay:Motor:Scanning Tension Spring Bracket:Protect:Drive Stepper Motor:DC1.76V 3.7W Gear:Z18 Timing Pulley:T31/T61 Timing Belt:40S1.5M157.5 Timing Pulley:T31 Screw Bracket:Tension Gear:Z18 Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 Part No. 0451 3006N 0453 4006N 0720 0040E 0741 3506 1105 0511 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Binding Self Tapping Screw:4x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Ball Bearing - 6x12x4 Mm Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
37
manuals4you.com
14.ARDF Electrical Section (B222/B224)

4 5
3 101 1 101 101 105 11 102 102 2 12 13 18 106 17 102 101 102 19 14 107 104
101 24 101
101 10 102 22
23
20
21 103 102 101 16 103
15
B222/B224
38
14.ARDF Electrical Section (B222/B224)

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Part No. B802 5710 B802 1231 B802 5780 B802 5730 B802 5800 B802 5770 B802 5740 B802 5830 B802 5760 B802 5820 B802 5500 B802 1246 GW02 0020 B802 1236 B703 1165 B802 1612 AA14 3802 B802 1624 B802 1616 AA06 0842 B802 1621 B387 1951 B789 1942 B802 1412 Description Harness:Interface Bracket:PCB:Right Harness:Lift_up Harness:Paper Feed Harness:Solenoid Harness:Motor:Reverse Harness:Original Table Harness:Guide Harness:Motor:Paper Feed Harness:Motor:Pick Up PCB:Main Bracket:On Off Detector Photointerruptor:Lg248nl1 Bracket:PCB:Left Timing Belt:B40S2M390 Bracket:Motor Screw:6X1.7 Bracket:Coupling Stay:Motor Tension Spring Stepper Motor:DC24V 4.8W Spring - Paper Size Sensor Paper Size Sensor Feeler Plate:Harness:Guide Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 Part No. 0451 3006N 0450 3008N 0453 4006N 1105 0511 1105 0522 1105 0487 1105 0514 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Binding Self Tapping Screw:4x6 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Edge Saddle - Les0510 Harness Clamp Edge Saddle - Eds-0607l Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
39
manuals4you.com
15.ARDF Frame Section (B222/B224)
101 2 101 1
101 8
101 101 101
102 10 9
3 101 4 4 7 14 5 6 11
13 12 13
B222/B224
40
15.ARDF Frame Section (B222/B224)

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Part No. B802 1121 B802 1131 B802 1141 B802 4631 B802 4713 B802 4714 AA14 3790 B802 1311 B802 1351 A859 1841 B802 4611 B802 4621 B477 2715 AA14 3520 Description Positioning Plate:Front Positioning Plate:Rear Cover:Paper Feed Sensor Cushion:Left Cushion:Left Cushion:Inner Back Screw:Contact Point Hinge:Left Hinge:Right Filter - DF Open Sensor Pressure Plate Drum Stay:Pressure Plate Pressure Plate Tape Shoulder Screw - M3 Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 Index No. 101 102 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 0451 3006N Tapping Screw - 3x6 0454 3006Q Tapping Screw - M3x6
B222/B224
41
manuals4you.com
16.Scanner Section 1 (B222/B224)

105 1 104 104 12 12 11 2 104 13 20 14 15 10 3 4 5 104 6 8 20 7 10 102 101 103 101 19 102 20 104 109 20 108 104 101 9 101 101 104 107 18 16 17 101 106 106
102
B222/B224
42

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 Part No. B652 1807 0451 3006N 0451 3008N 0451 3010N 0453 3006N 0314 0120N 0453 3008N 1105 0522 1105 0511 1105 0544 Description Decal:Size:Original Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw:3x10 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Screw - M4X12 Binding Self Tapping Screw:3x8 Edge Saddle - Les0510 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Edge Saddle:Les-2017 Qty Per Assembly 1 B180 1731 Bracket:Sheet Through B223 1785 Spacer:Bracket:Scale:Left B223 1773 Scale:Machine Or Copier BC01 2002 Exposure Glass:Sheet Through:344x20 B223 1774 Seal:Sheet Through B223 1787 Scale:Left:Na B223 1777 Scale:Left A250 1752 Exposure Glass B051 1727 Frame:Scanner:Front B223 1788 Frame:Scanner:Rear 5442 1924 Exposure Glass Cushion B132 1692 Scale:Rear:Printing AA14 3520 Shoulder Screw - M3 A193 1793 Scanner Home Sensor Stopper AW02 0145 Photointerruptor:Flat B223 5202 Harness:Sio:Sensor AW02 0146 Photointerruptor:Flat:Pich2mm:M4 B223 1808 Document Feeder:Connector:Bracket B223 5203 Harness:Sio:Ardf B223 1116 Cam:Guide Plate:Scanner:Left
B222/B224
43
manuals4you.com

2 101 27 103 12 101 13 5 16 6 4 5 7 9 101 108 10 106 11 102 17 102 15 26 18 14 101 102 102 102 101 101 102 102
3 1
107 Option 104 101 8
101
107
19 101 25 22 105 24 109 23 20 21
B222/B224
44

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 25 26 27 Part No. A193 1766 A193 1769 B223 1840 B180 1716 A193 1767 AC03 0142 B180 1803 B223 1824 B223 5218 H020 2318 B223 1786 AW01 0114 B051 1814 B180 1701 B223 1790 B223 1791 B223 1771 B223 5225 B223 1825 B223 1827 B223 1828 B223 1826 AX64 0164 AW01 0115 A250 1821 A250 1822 B154 5879 AW01 0116 Description Wire Clamp Clamp - REAR WIRE Xenon Lamp Carriage:No.1:Ass'y 1st Mirror Holder 1st Mirror Guide:High Voltage Supply Cord:Base Seal:Scanner:Frame:Base Harness:Xenon Lamp Rivet - Nrp345 Holder:Connector Original Sensor:H=2-66 Bracket:Original Sensor Inner Cover Ground Plate:Stay:Lens Gasket:Rfsg-030100:75 Lens Unit Interface Cable:Scanner:LVDS:HF Duct:Scanner Seal:Duct:Front:Scanner Seal:Duct:Rear:Scanner Sheet:Fan:Duct:Scanner Fan Motor:15mm:24V Original Sensor:H=81.5 Heater - 9W (120V) Heater - 9W (230V) Plate:Cable Original Sensor:H=1-66 Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 Part No. 0454 3006Q 0451 3006N 0802 5299 1105 0460 1105 0511 1105 0516 1105 0508 1103 3354 1105 0534 Description Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Clamp Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Clamp Harness Clamp - LWS-0711 Connector:B2P5-VH-TW-R(LF)(SN) Clamp Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
45
manuals4you.com

104 2 1 3 2 2 31 111 4 2 29 102 29 28 101 18 22 101 18 25 110 24 103 21 20 103 16 18 19 25 26 103 18 20 21 101 15 103 30 101 17 28 27 102 19 101 109 5 7 8 31 111 109 6 105 106 9 12 105 106 107 108 14 13 101 104 104
104 10 11
22 102
110 23
B222/B224
46

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Part No. B223 1721 G404 2810 B223 1754 B223 1755 G570 2833 G570 2832 G570 2834 AZ50 0070 B223 5204 B223 5223 B223 5226 B223 5106 B223 1779 B223 1807 B238 1792 B180 1713 B223 5216 B238 1806 B223 1782 B180 1704 AA06 0980 G570 1160 B180 1810 B180 1812 AA08 2144 B180 1814 G570 1133 A193 1816 B180 1734 AA06 0979 B238 1807 Description Carriage:No.2 Spring Plate - 2nd Mirror Mirror:No.2:Concave Mirror:No.2:Convax Pulley Holder Guide - High Voltage Supply Cord Pulley - High Voltage Supply Cord Stabilizer:T Harness:Sio:Lamp Regulator Harness:Sio:Machine Or Copier Harness:Sio:Scanner Unit PCB:SIO Cover:Stepper Motor:Rear Bracket:Exterior:Rear Timing Belt - 157ST1.5-4.0 Stepper Motor:Ass'y Harness:SIO:Scanner Motor SMD Idler Pulley Drive Were Bracket:Tension Tension Spring:Tension:11300mn Spacer Bushing Pulley:Drive Were:Front:Sub-Ass'y Pulley:Drive Were:Rear:Sub-Ass'y Bushing - 8x12x7 Shaft:Scanner:Drive Timing Pulley 73 1st Slide Rail Slide Rail:No.2 Tension Spring:Tension:14720mn Pulley Qty Per Assembly 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 4 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 Part No. 0451 3006N 0804 6123 0802 5299 0454 3006Q 1105 0516 1105 0518 1105 0488 1105 0517 0353 0050N 0805 0088 0720 0040E Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Hexagonal Bolt:W/washer:M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Clamp Edge Saddle - Les-1010 Harness Clamp Harness Clamp - LWS-2111Z Screw-m3x5 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M4 Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
47
manuals4you.com
19.LD unit (B222/B224)
102 6 102 103 102 3 103 103 1 2 4 5 102 103 7
11 18 103 9 10 18
14 103 103 101 16 103 15 102 13 12 12
102 102 103 15 102 102 102
17
B222/B224
48
19.LD unit (B222/B224)

Index No. * * 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 16 17 18 Part No. B221 1851 B223 1851 B180 5445 B223 5241 B223 5243 AX06 0286 B223 1903 B223 1882 B223 1907 B223 1885 B223 1881 B223 1909 B223 1908 B223 1989 B223 1914 B223 1913 B238 5144 B221 5236 B223 5235 B223 5239 B223 1988 Description Imaging Unit Ass'y C1c Imaging Unit Ass'y C1d Polygon Mirror Motor Board Harness:Polygon Mirror Motor Harness:Motor:Driver Polygon Mirror Motor Louver Cover - Polygon Motor Screw Shutter Ass'y Cover - Upper Link:Shutter:2 Link:Shutter:1 Plate Nut:Link Torsion Spring:Link:2 Torsion Spring:Link:1 PCB Sync Detector Harness:LDB:1LD Harness:LDB:2LD Harness:Sync Detector Screw:Link:Shutter Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 4 1 1 1 2 Index No. 101 102 103 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 0451 3008N Tapping Screw - M3x8 0452 3008N Tapping Screw - M3x8 0452 3010N Binding Self-tapping Screw:3x10
B222/B224
49
manuals4you.com
20.1st Paper Tray (B222/B224)
26 29 22 4 5 1 2 33 22 21 101 17 20 19 16 23 16 3 18 31
27 28
30 21
32
102 25 24
16
7 8 11 12 9 6 14 13 15 16 10
103
B222/B224
50
20.1st Paper Tray (B222/B224)

Index No. * 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 Part No. B223 2850 AA14 3843 B223 2890 B223 2894 B223 2940 AF01 3006 B237 2521 B223 2857 B223 2860 B238 2526 B223 2862 AA06 1014 B223 2863 B223 2861 A222 2724 B223 2864 A232 2987 B223 2912 B223 2870 B223 2923 B004 2923 B223 2935 B223 2934 B223 2936 B223 2865 B223 2918 B223 2880 A267 2860 A267 2857 A267 2859 B223 2873 AA06 1003 B223 2869 AA14 3577 Description Paper Tray Unit No.1 Screw:DIA6 Slide Rail - Left Slide Rail Stopper - Left Tray Bottom Plate Bottom Plate Pad Decal - Paper Set Direction No.1 Cover - Paper Tray No.1 Paper Tray Grip Decal - Grip Lever - Release Inner Tension Spring:Grip Release Shaft Grip Holder External Circlip - Mm8 Lever - Release Outer Roller - Paper Tray End Fence Side Fence - Front Stopper Lever - Front Spring Plate - Release Lever Plate - Side Fence Right Plate - Side Fence Gear - 16Z Rise No.1 Shaft Rise Lever Side Fence - Rear Rear Lever Stopper Spring Plate - Side Fence Side Fence Stopper Decal - Side Fence Rear Tension Spring:Side Fence:Rear Ground Plate Screw:Tp:M4 Qty Per Assembly 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 0450 4008N Tapping Screw - M4x8 0453 3008N Binding Self Tapping Screw:3x8 0450 3012N Tapping Screw:3x12
B222/B224
51
manuals4you.com
21.2nd Paper Tray (B222/B224)

26 4 5 18 22 22 21 16 20 3 19 17 31 101 102 23 6 16 25 24 21 30 29 27 28
16 10 12 14 8 9 7 13 11 103 101 1 2 15
B222/B224
52
21.2nd Paper Tray (B222/B224)

Index No. * 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Part No. B223 2900 B223 2910 B223 2911 B238 2523 B223 2940 AF01 3006 B223 2919 B223 2946 B223 2860 B238 2527 B223 2862 AA06 1014 B223 2863 B223 2861 A222 2724 B223 2864 A232 2987 B223 2912 B223 2920 B223 2923 B004 2923 B223 2935 B223 2934 B223 2936 B223 2865 B223 2918 B223 2930 A267 2860 A267 2857 A267 2859 B223 2873 AA06 1003 Description Paper Tray Unit No.2 Link - Paper Size Sensor Spacer Decal - Paper Set Direction No.2 Tray Bottom Plate Bottom Plate Pad Ground Plate - Paper Tray No.2 Cover - Paper Tray No.2 Paper Tray Grip Decal - Grip Lever - Release Inner Tension Spring:Grip Release Shaft Grip Holder External Circlip - Mm8 Lever - Release Outer Roller - Paper Tray End Fence Front Side Fence Stopper Lever - Front Spring Plate - Release Lever Plate - Side Fence Right Plate - Side Fence Gear - 16Z Rise No.1 Shaft Rise Lever Rear Side Fence Rear Lever Stopper Spring Plate - Side Fence Side Fence Stopper Decal - Side Fence Rear Tension Spring:Side Fence:Rear Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 0450 4008N Tapping Screw - M4x8 0453 3008N Binding Self Tapping Screw:3x8 0450 3012N Tapping Screw:3x12
B222/B224
53
manuals4you.com
22.Paper Feed Section (B222/B224)
3 2 2
101
101 6 7 102 9 105 10 101 8
1 101 4 5 11 104
101 36 26 25 24 23 101 13 39 106 36 103 11 103 11 34 33 11 103 29 16 27 28 31 32 35 38 37
12
101 101
101
14
22 15 20 19 18 103 21
30
17 16
B222/B224
54
22.Paper Feed Section (B222/B224)

Index No. * 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 Part No. B223 2750 B223 2767 AW02 0145 B223 2773 B223 2778 AW01 0128 B082 2781 AW01 0122 B223 2780 B223 2776 B238 2569 AA08 2143 B223 2772 B223 2786 AF03 0090 AB01 1252 AA10 0014 B223 2829 AF03 1090 AB01 1218 AA08 2101 B223 2765 B223 2761 AA06 0691 G065 2767 B223 2764 B223 2762 AF03 2090 B004 2783 B223 2810 AB01 0157 AA06 0693 G065 2774 AB01 0156 B223 2815 Description Paper Feed Unit Paper End Feeler Photointerruptor:Flat Harness - Paper Feed Unit Sensor Bracket Paper Feed Sensor Bracket:Sensor Paper Feed Sensor DC Solenoid 24V Stay Transport Roller Bushing - 6x10x6 Harness Sheet Ground Plate - Front Paper Feed Roller:Pickup Gear - 20Z Retaining Ring C - Separate Feed Guide Paper Feed Roller:Feed Gear - Roller Clutch Bushing - 6x10x6 Ground Plate - Feed Pickup Arm Tension Spring Lever - Feed Gear-24z Feed Shaft Paper Feed Roller:Separate Torque Limiter Separate Driven Shaft Gear:Separate:Driven Tension Spring Pressure Lever Gear:Separate:Drive Separate Drive Shaft Qty Per Assembly 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 35 36 37 38 39 Part No. B223 2819 5206 2686 G065 2776 G065 2775 AA06 2259 Description Gear - 22Z Snap Ring Release Lever Link Lever Spring - Release Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1
101 102 103 104 105 106
0451 3006N 0450 3008N 0805 0089 0720 0040E 1105 0511 0454 3008Q
Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Tapping Screw:3x8
B222/B224
55
manuals4you.com
23.Paper Registration (B222/B224)

2 101 101 1 4 8 12 103
3 10 4 6
102
11 102 13 15 104 106 22
103 5
103
103
102 16
105 17 102 23
14 102 20 104 19 102 18 102 21 24 102
B222/B224
56
23.Paper Registration (B222/B224)

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 Part No. 0451 3006N 0454 3006Q 0805 0089 0805 0088 1105 0511 1105 0643 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M6 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Clamp - RFC-14V0 Qty Per Assembly B223 6311 Positioning Guide - Front B223 6312 Positioning Guide - Rear B223 6315 Cushion B238 2676 Tension Spring B238 2675 Registration Roller Bushing B238 2661 Registration Roller - Driven B238 2657 Gear - 18Z AA08 2101 Bushing - 6x10x6 B223 2558 Registration Roller Knob B238 2652 Registration Roller - Drive B238 2655 Gear - 16Z B238 2656 Gear - 30Z B238 2670 Cleaner Bracket B238 2622 Cover - Remove Paper Dust B238 2621 Stay AW01 0107 Paper Feed Sensor B223 2599 Harness:Registration Sensor AA14 3404 Stepped Screw - M4 B223 4523 Link:Stopper B223 2570 Guide Plate:Registration:Right B238 2612 Registration Guide Plate - Left B223 4524 Wire:Stopper:Dia1.5 B223 2835 Guide Plate B223 2840 Guide Plate No.2
B222/B224
57
manuals4you.com
24.By-pass Feed Section 1 (B222/B224)
Rev. 01/23/2007
1 101 3 4 5 101
14
101
12 11 10 102
11 102
7 13
B222/B224
58

Index No. * 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Part No. B223 2627 B223 2688 B223 2671 B223 2667 B223 2668 B223 2645 B223 2655 B223 2661 B223 2644 B223 2669 AW50 0031 B223 2631 B223 2666 B223 2663 B2232662 Description Manual Feed Table Assy [TSB#006] Side Fence:Front Side Fence:Rear Grip:Side Fence Spring Plate:Stopper Decal:Side Fence Decal:Paper Set Direction Cover:Manual Feed Decal:Scale Harness:Paper Size Sensor Paper Size Sensor Rack:Manual Feed Gear:16Z Extension Tray Manual Feed Table [TSB#006] Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 Part No. Description 0450 3008N Tapping Screw - M3x8 0805 0089 Retaining Ring - M4
Rev. 01/23/2007 Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
59
manuals4you.com

1 2 103 3 101 104 113 16 47 102 4 9 7 8 13 10 11 18 19 27 36 111 23 108 37 107 22 102 24 106 25 108 5 35 40 39 41 42 20 12 108 15 21 28 112 49 14 108 108 29 30 105 7 108 7 108 110 38 32 101 102 34 108 33 31 48 109 7 102 108 103 101 43 44 45 108 46
108 6 5
102
17 105
26
B222/B224
60

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 Part No. B223 2623 AW01 0128 B223 2622 B223 2621 AA10 0014 AF03 1046 AA08 2101 AA14 0777 B223 2629 AB01 1387 AF03 0049 AA06 3568 G060 2932 B223 2632 B223 2633 B223 2659 B223 2624 B223 2619 B223 2634 B223 2636 AW50 0035 B223 2651 AA08 2102 B223 2657 B223 2607 B223 2609 AF01 3016 G080 2682 B223 2606 AA08 3014 AX20 2007 B223 2637 B223 2652 B223 2658 A259 6754 Description Cover:Guide Plate:Exit Paper Feed Sensor Guide Plate:Exit Cover:Manual Feed Unit Retaining Ring C - Separate Feed Roller - Manual Feed Bushing - 6x10x6 Shaft:Feed Stay:Feed Gear - 23Z Pick-up Roller Pressure Spring Pick-up Arm - Manual Feed DC Solenoid:Pickup Spring:Release:Pickup Harness:Manual Feed Sheet:Guide:Exit Transport Roller:Exit:Duplex Support Stay:Arm Torsion Spring:27n Paper End Sensor Arm:Manual Feed:Front Bushing - 6x10x6 Arm:Manual Feed:Short:Front Ground Plate:Reverse Guide Plate:Separator Bottom Plate Pad Bushing:Feed Ground Plate:Rear One-way Clutch Magnetic Clutch Bracket:Arm:Manual Feed:Rear Arm:Manual Feed:Rear Arm:Manual Feed:Short:Rear Bushing - 6 6mm Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 2 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 Part No. AB01 1416 B223 2608 AA14 0778 AF03 2046 G080 2900 B180 2871 AA06 3499 AA06 0872 B223 2681 AB01 1223 B223 2686 B223 2683 B223 2689 B223 2696 Description Gear - 20Z Gear:Z16 Shaft:Separator:Drive Separation Roller - Manual Feed Torque Limiter Shaft:Separator:Driven:Ass'y Pressure Spring Spring Arm:Tightener Idler Gear - 25z Gear:Z31 Gear:25Z Gear:Z28 Drum Stay:Drive Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113
0451 3006N 0450 3008N 0452 3008N 0353 0040N 0454 3008Q 0451 3008N 0360 3006N 0805 0089 0805 0088 1105 0522 1102 6248 1105 0551 1105 0511
Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Screw - M3X4 Tapping Screw:3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Screw - M3X6 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M6 Edge Saddle - Les0510 Connector - 5P Clamp:LES-0505 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC
B222/B224
61
manuals4you.com
26.Toner Supply Unit 1 (B222/B224)
M 102 1 102 A 101 102 C Y K
A 102 102 102 10 12 103 10 4 6 7 8 10 7 9 103 12 13 103 3 3 103 4 C 3 103 Y 103 3 K 3 6 4 103 11 5 101 12 13 103 2 103 12 8 13 103 3 101
13 103
3 101
103 3 M
B222/B224
62

Index No. * 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Part No. B223 3400 B238 5051 B223 3470 AA08 2101 B223 3426 B223 3424 B223 3441 B223 3461 B223 3462 B223 3464 B223 3457 B223 3455 B223 3428 B223 3463 Description Toner Supply Drive Unit PCB:RFID:RW Rfid Ground Plate Bushing - 6x10x6 Shaft:Drive:Drive Unit:CM Shaft:Drive:Drive Unit:BKY Timing Belt:Toner Bottle Pulley:Toner Bottle:YC Pulley:Toner Bottle:CM Gear:Magnetic Clutch:Y Magnetic Clutch - 0.25n.m YCM Magnetic Clutch - 0.25n.m BK Spring:Drive Unit:Toner Bottle Gear:Toner Bottle:DRIVE Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 8 3 1 2 3 2 1 3 1 4 4 Index No. 101 102 103 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 0451 3006N Tapping Screw - 3x6 0450 3012N Tapping Screw:3x12 0720 0040E Retaining Ring - M4
B222/B224
63
manuals4you.com

K 1 105 103 C 101 104 2 3 101 105 101 101 Y 10 104 4 10 101 101 10 11 102 M 4 11 102 C 11 102 Y 102 K 11 4 10 4 9 8 101 101 104 M 9 5 6 9 7
B222/B224
64

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 4 4 4 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 Part No. 0451 3008N 0450 3012N 1102 6259 1102 6245 0454 3006Q Description Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw:3x12 Connector - 2P Relay Connector - 2P Tapping Screw - M3x6 Qty Per Assembly B223 6140 Drawer:Intermediate Transfer:Ass'y B223 5304 Harness:IOB:Toner Supply:CL B223 5310 Harness:P.p:High Voltage Line:T/TS AW02 0185 Toner End Sensor B223 3211 Pump Unit - BK B223 3204 Pump Unit - M B223 3203 Pump Unit - C B223 3202 Pump Unit - Y B223 3206 Tube Clamp B223 3205 Nozzle Ass'y B223 3209 Tube Clip
B222/B224
65
manuals4you.com
28.Paper Separation (B222/B224)

101 1 102 2 101 101 101 B 4 3 104 104 9 106 10 8 24 102 30 22 3 B 102 A 18 26 27 105 34 101 21 106 31 32 33 102 29 28 8 17 104 16 104 A 102 23 21 6 6 18 20 19 101 25 103 7 101 14 6 102 5 11 12 102 13 15
B222/B224
66
28.Paper Separation (B222/B224)

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 Part No. B223 4555 B223 4554 B223 4557 B223 6322 B223 6323 B223 6306 B223 6320 B223 4559 AA08 0254 B223 4556 B223 6263 B223 6289 B223 6285 B223 6327 B223 6281 B223 4553 B223 4552 B223 6317 AZ30 0058 B223 4561 AA08 2145 B223 4542 B223 4541 B223 4551 B223 6290 B238 4739 AW01 0118 B238 4733 B223 4394 B223 4558 B223 6319 B223 6308 B223 6321 B223 4545 Description Sheet:Transport Unit Bracket:Guide Plate Harness:Ground Wire Lever Shaft - Front Lever Shaft - Rear Release Lever Lever Bracket - Middle Driven Roller:Dia16 Bushing - M4 Compression Spring Transfer/Separation Unit:AP:Ass'y Terminal Transfer Roller Terminal Sheet:Case:Lower Transfer Roller Case Tension Spring:Driven Roller Bushing:Dia4 Ground Wire - Power Pack Power Pack:D Harness - Second Transfer Unit Bushing - 8x12x7 Torsion Spring:Front Torsion Spring:Rear Guide Plate:Transfer Unit:Holder Drum Stay - Rear Cover - Entrance Sensor Paper Feed Sensor Entrance Sensor Bracket Decal:Warning (high Temperature) Sheet:Harness Spring Cap Transfer Spring Spring Anchor Guide Pin:Holder Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 Part No. 0451 3006N 0450 3008N 0452 3008N 0720 0030E 0720 0060E 1105 0511 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Retaining Ring - M3 Retaining Ring - M6 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
67
manuals4you.com
29.Fusing unit 1 (B222/B224)
101 3 1 101 101 4 101
102
102
B222/B224
68

Index No. * * 1 1 2 3 4 Part No. B223 4013 B223 4014 AX43 0156 AX43 0157 B223 4172 B223 4177 B223 4162 Description Fusing Section:NA:Ass'y [TSB#006] Fusing Section:EU:Ass'y [TSB#006] Heater:120V:500W Heater:230V:500W Thermistor:Fusing:Ass'y Thermistor:Pressuer:Ass'y Thermostat:149c/150c Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 Index No. 101 102 Part No. Description 0954 3008N Screw - M3X8 0353 0060N Bind Screw - M3x6
B222/B224
69
manuals4you.com
Rev. 01/23/2007
100 4 5
101 103 12 10 11 104 7 13 15 16 17 14
3 2 1 8 103 7 9
100
18
102
6 26 27 20
4 101 25 100 11 100
16
19
17
21 100 22
28 21 24 100
23
B222/B224
70

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Part No. AB01 0088 B223 4235 B223 4221 AE03 1046 AE03 0069 AE01 0059 AE03 0071 AE02 0115 B223 4226 AB01 2044 B223 4233 AB01 1249 AB01 2045 AB01 7703 AA14 3526 AE03 1065 AA06 3954 AB01 2051 AE03 1062 B223 4181 AA06 3953 AE04 0066 AE04 0069 AE03 1061 B223 4232 AB01 0118 B223 4072 B2234266 Description Gear:Sensor:Turn Roller:Ferrite Core:Ass'y Fusing Belt:Dia60:Adhesion Bushing:Heat Roller Ball Bearing:Dia12xdia21x7 Hot Roller:Dia35 Ball Bearing:Dia17xdia26x5 Pressure Roller:Dia40 Roller:Belt Tensioner:Dia12 Gear:Hot Roller Spacer:Heat Roller Gear:Turn:Ferrite Core:Z16 Gear:Pressure Roller Gear:Drive:Fusing Stepped Screw - M3 Bushing:Fusing Sub-unit Compression Spring:Belt Tensioner Gear:Idler:Pressure Roller Rear Bushing - Oil Supply Roller Bracket:Oil Supply Roller Compression Spring:Oil Supply Roller Cleaning Roller - Oil Supply Roller Oil Supply Roller [TSB#006] Front Bushing - Oil Supply Roller Encoder:Ferrite Core:Change Gear:Turn:Sensor Screw:Positioning Control Holder: Pickoff Pawl: Assy [TSB#006] Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 Index No. 100 101 102 103 104 Part No. 0353 0060N 0720 0040E 0725 0100E 0725 0170E 0725 0120E Description Bind Screw - M3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring C - M10 Retaining Ring C - M17 Retaining Ring C - M12
B222/B224
71
manuals4you.com

105 6 21 107 2 105 1 5 3 102 107 107 109 11 104 19 4 20 107
106 101 7 101 104 11 108 8 103 101 101 10 9 107 23 104 9 12 24 22 16 17 18 101 13 14 15 109 18 16 17
107
B222/B224
72

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 21 22 23 24 Part No. GX64 0021 B223 1336 B223 4311 B223 4312 B223 4310 5447 2768 B223 1328 AX65 0045 GW02 0020 B223 4329 B223 4337 B223 4328 B223 4308 AA06 3438 B223 4307 AA06 3439 B223 4327 B223 4336 B223 4301 B223 4303 B223 4349 B223 4011 B223 4360 B223 4341 B223 4397 Description Fan Motor DC24V 1.92W Duct:Exit Holder:Coil:Front Lower Holder:Coil:Rear Lower Stay:IH:Holder Stepped Screw - M3 Bracket:Fan:Ih Sirocco Fan:DC24V 2.6W Photointerruptor:Lg248nl1 Bracket:Sensor:Machine Or Copier Bracket:Pin Bracket:Sensor:Turn Bracket:Pressure:Coil Compression Spring Guide:IH:Upper Compression Spring:Lever Lever:Lock:Fusing Unit Supporter:Fusing Unit Frame:Coil:Front Frame:Coil:Rear IH Coil Unit IH Coilunit:EU Holder:Fusing Unit:Ass'y Guide:Fusing Unit Decal:Warning (high Temperature) Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 Part No. 0451 3006N 0451 3008N 0451 3010N 0353 0060N 0452 3008N 0454 3006Q 0353 0040N 1105 0516 0805 0088 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw:3x10 Bind Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Screw - M3X4 Clamp Retaining Ring - M6 Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
73
manuals4you.com
32.Paper Exit Section 1 (B222/B224)

21 106
101 102 101 19 16 105 105 103 17 106
20
102
101 102 102 23 18 105 22 105
103
15
104
2 10 12 5 4 6 3 2 7 8 101 7
107 103 11
14 13
12
B222/B224
74

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Part No. B223 4459 AA08 2101 AA04 3969 B223 4458 B223 4456 B223 4464 B238 4483 B223 4437 B223 4438 B223 4439 B223 4426 AW01 0107 B223 4454 B223 4461 H053 2208 B223 4452 B223 4447 B223 4451 B223 4467 B223 4444 B223 4441 B223 4468 B223 4450 Description Gear:18Z Bushing - 6x10x6 Timing Belt:30S2M216 Gear:Pulley:Z18/T23 Spacer:Idler Timing Pulley:23T Screw Inner Cover:Exit:Front Inner Cover:Exit:Rear Harness:IOB:Paper Exit Unit:C Bracket:Sensor Paper Feed Sensor Transport Roller:Dia18 Guide Plate:Upper Right Bushing - M4 Tension Spring:1.3n Bracket:Gear:Coupling Gear:Z14/Z40 Gear:Z20/Z32 Bracket:Stepper Motor:Gate Stepper Motor:DC24V 70.2W Stopper Gear:Z14 Qty Per Assembly 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 Part No. 0451 3006N 0453 3006N 0453 3010N 0720 0040E 0805 0092 1105 0516 1105 0511 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Binding Self Tapping Screw:3x10 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - 3m Clamp Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
75
manuals4you.com
12 11 1 3 101 5 15 6 14 16 17 7 9 18 14 18 2 4 10 103 10 13
8 104
19
102 25 103 20 22 101 101 21 23 101 101 24 26
B222/B224
76

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Part No. B238 4987 B238 4985 B223 4453 AW02 0145 B223 4427 B223 4491 B223 4421 H053 2208 B223 4455 AA08 2101 AA04 3968 B223 4457 B223 4463 B223 4435 B223 4493 AA08 0156 B238 4458 B223 4428 B223 4488 AF04 0567 AF04 0566 B238 4436 B223 4436 B238 4454 AW01 0127 B223 4442 Description Overflow Feeler Overflow Feeler Shaft Exit Roller Photointerruptor:Flat Ground Plate:Bracket:Sensor Discharge Brush:Exit Guide Plate:Upper Left Bushing - M4 Transport Roller:Auxiliary Bushing - 6x10x6 Timing Belt:30S2M160 Gear:Pulley:Z27/T22 Timing Pulley:22T Roller:Auxiliary:Driven:Dia16:pFA Shaft:Pressure:Auxiliary Bushing - M4 Compression Spring - Driven Roller Roller:Guide:pFA Guide Plate:Lower Tension Roller Tension Roller Spring Plate - Exit Roller Outer Spring Plate - Exit Roller Sensor Bracket Paper Feed Sensor Stay:Protect Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 6 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 Part No. 0450 3010N 0353 0100N 0452 3010N 0805 0092 Description Tapping Screw - M3x10 Screw-m3x10 Binding Self-tapping Screw:3x10 Retaining Ring - 3m Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
77
manuals4you.com
34.Duplex Unit 1 (B222/B224)

101 6 101 2
4 102 5 8 9 10
11
12
1 3 101 9 10 13
103
103 16 14 14
15
B222/B224
78

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Part No. B223 4534 B223 4533 B223 4579 B223 4590 B223 4532 B223 4482 B223 4525 B223 4559 AA08 0254 B223 4538 AG07 0514 B223 4531 B223 4540 B223 2665 B223 2664 B223 4539 Description Inner Cover:Duplex Inner Cover:Duplex:Rear Grip:Open And Close:Duplex Unit Hook:Stopper Tension Spring:Hook:Stopper Inner Cover:Sensor Tension Spring:Wire:180n Driven Roller:Dia16 Bushing - M4 Compression Spring Magnet Catch Guide Plate:Cover Cover:Duplex Spring:Cover:Manual Feed Cover:Manual Feed:Entrance Sheet:Cover:Duplex Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 0451 3006N Tapping Screw - 3x6 0720 0030E Retaining Ring - M3 0451 3008N Tapping Screw - M3x8
B222/B224
79
manuals4you.com

105 105 101 2 1 1 106 105 6 9 101 3 7 8 106 16 15 101 4 5 107 10 16 11 3 12 107 102 101 13 14
102 3 108 17 18 19
10 20 22 105 101 23 3 103 104 21
105
108
24
B222/B224
80

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Part No. AA14 3807 B223 4483 AA08 2104 B223 4566 AW01 0107 B223 4559 B223 4560 B223 4552 AW02 0145 B223 4537 AB01 4161 B223 4562 B044 1847 B223 4564 B223 4526 B223 4586 B223 4572 AA10 1021 B223 4575 B223 4571 B223 4573 B044 1825 B223 4501 5840 3022 Description Screw:A Guide Plate:Upper:Gate Bushing - 8x12x7 Bracket:Sensor:Entrance Paper Feed Sensor Driven Roller:Dia16 Tension Spring:Driven Roller Bushing:Dia4 Photointerruptor:Flat Reverse Roller:Feed Paper Again Reverse Roller Gear Tightener Shoulder Screw Spring:Tightener Timing Belt:30S2M268 Pulley:T30 Stepper Motor:DC4.29V 1.7W Rubber Bushing - 6 45hs Bracket:Stepper Motor Gear:Pulley:Z24/T40 Timing Belt:30S2M128 Collar Guide Plate:Right Stopper Screw - M3 Qty Per Assembly 2 1 4 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 4 1 1 1 4 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 Part No. 0451 3006N 0454 3006Q 0353 0100N 0720 0040E 1105 0511 0720 0030E 1105 0551 0805 0088 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Screw-m3x10 Retaining Ring - M4 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Retaining Ring - M3 Clamp:LES-0505 Retaining Ring - M6 Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
81
manuals4you.com

3 104 1 21 16 105 11 105 106 108 12 13 14 10 13 2 15 17 106 107 102 108
12 6 9 102 4 5 8 10 7
18
103 19 20
108 101
B222/B224
82

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Part No. B223 4495 B223 4475 B223 4472 B223 4584 B223 4581 B223 4477 B223 4492 B223 4478 B223 4479 B223 4485 B223 4474 G060 4435 B223 4484 B223 4471 AW02 0145 AW50 0023 B223 4481 B223 4578 B223 4589 B223 4503 5447 2681 Description Gate Pawl:Upper Gate Pawl:Entrance Gear:21Z Tension Spring:Lever DC Solenoid:Duplex Lever:Gate Pawl:Upper Decal:Open And Close Stopper:Gate Pawl:Upper Tension Spring:Gate Pawl:1.6n Tension Spring:10n Driven Roller:Dia16 Bushing - M4 Compression Spring:Driven Roller Guide Plate:Open And Close Photointerruptor:Flat Push Switch Bracket:Paper Exit Unit:Rear Gate Pawl:Duplex Tension Spring:Gate Pawl:0.5n Guide Plate:Left Upper Snap Ring Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 Part No. 0451 3006N 0450 3008N 0805 0097 0805 0089 0720 0030E 1105 0551 0450 3010N 1105 0511 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Ring Separator Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M3 Clamp:LES-0505 Tapping Screw - M3x10 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
83
manuals4you.com
10 1 1 11 2 12 101 101 6 3 102 7 102 4 8 10 10
14
102 1 15 1 101 103 102 10 104 101
13
104 9 5 102 10
B222/B224
84

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Part No. AA06 1013 B223 4321 B223 4512 B223 4536 B223 4511 B223 4529 B223 4544 B223 4527 B223 4535 AA08 2101 B223 4513 B223 4543 B223 4502 B223 4514 B223 4320 Description Tension Spring:Arm:Duplex Arm:Front Timing Belt:30S2M182 Timing Belt:30S2M234 Timing Belt:30S2M312 Roller Clutch:T24 Pulley:T35/T33 Pulley:T26/T24 Roller Clutch:T26 Bushing - 6x10x6 Transport Roller:No.1 Transport Roller:No.2 Guide Plate:Left Lower Roller Clutch:T24 Arm:Rear Qty Per Assembly 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 Part No. 0451 3006N 0805 0089 1105 0511 0450 3008N Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Tapping Screw - M3x8 Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
85
manuals4you.com
1 2
106
107
102 3 4 106 108 5 3 4 102 3 9 6 8 3 7 102 7 12 13 109 104 101 11 101 103 105 103 10
101
B222/B224
86
manuals4you.com

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Part No. B223 2677 B223 2675 G060 2652 B223 2676 AF02 0646 B223 2648 B223 2649 B223 2641 B223 4522 B223 4587 B223 4594 B223 4595 B223 4596 Description Sheet - Transport Sub-unit Guide Plate - Vertical Transport Bushing - M4 Spring - 11n Vertical Transport Roller Guide Plate:Transport Unit:Exit Spring:Pressure:5n Roller:Driven:Dia16 Spacer:Wire:Stopper Harness:Duplex Md Shaft:Pulley:Wire Pulley:DIA13 Bracket:Shaft:Pulley:Wire Qty Per Assembly 1 1 6 4 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 Part No. 0451 3006N 0450 3008N 0801 0149 0454 3006Q 1105 0568 1105 0511 1105 0516 1105 0508 0720 0040E Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Philips Pan Head Screw - M4x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Clamp:LWSS-0504 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Clamp Harness Clamp - LWS-0711 Retaining Ring - M4 Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
87
manuals4you.com
39.Electrical Section 1 (B222/B224)

7 101 101
3 1 2 6
101 5
102 101 4 102 102 103 102
104 102
102 102
105
102 103 102
102
B222/B224
88

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Part No. B223 5302 B223 5300 B223 5322 B223 5301 B223 5325 B223 5120 B223 5816 Description Harness:IOB:Main:Upper Harness:IOB:Main:Lower Harness:IOB:1bin Harness:IOB:Main:Middle Harness:IOB:Counter:EXP PCB:IOB Plate:Rack:Auxiliary:Right Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 Part No. 0451 3006N 0454 3006Q 1105 0489 1105 0487 1105 0490 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Harness Clamp - LWS 1316 Harness Clamp Harness Clamp - IWS-2218 Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
89
manuals4you.com

102 101 101 101
1 101 2
7 3
8 105
103 104 18
101 4 101 18 5 101 14 6 12 101 10 9 101 101 17 11 101 107 106 13 15 101 101 16 101 101 105 101 101
B222/B224
90

Index No. 1 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Part No. B154 5879 B223 5225 B221 5247 B223 5246 B223 5248 B221 5245 B223 5244 B223 5347 B223 5725 B223 5812 B223 5321 G133 5328 B223 5320 B223 5807 B223 5113 B223 5327 B223 5747 B223 5808 B223 5809 B101 5993 Description Plate:Cable Interface Cable:Scanner:LVDS:HF Harness:LD Unit:LD-Data:1LD Harness:IPU:LD-Data:2LD Harness:IPU:Sync Detector:Mirror Harness:LD Unit:LD-Signal:1LD Harness:IPU:LD-Signal:2LD Harness:Power Supply Unit:C1 PCB:IPU Hinge:Panel:Control Board Harness:Connecting:BCU:SIO Harness:EGB:TM/P:Sensor Harness:IOB:BCU Bracket:BCU PCB:BCU Harness:MB:OPU PCB:MB:AP-C1 Supporter:Rapi:Upper Supporter:Rapi:Lower Interface Panel Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 Part No. 0451 3006N 1105 0521 1105 0516 1105 0490 1105 0488 1105 0642 1407 6362 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Clamp - LES-1017 Clamp Harness Clamp - IWS-2218 Harness Clamp PCS-20S-V0 EEPROM:BR24L64-W Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
91
manuals4you.com
101 110 1 102 2 4 101 101 3 102 109
101
101 101 101 111 108 107 5 101 6 101 101 105 8 7 101 101 9 104
103
10
104 106
B222/B224
92

Index No. 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 Part No. B223 5857 B223 1239 B223 5861 AZ24 0109 AZ24 0110 B223 5336 B223 5345 B223 5332 B223 5331 B223 5338 AZ32 0165 B223 5333 Description Bracket:Sw:Dehumidifier:Heater:Exp Duct:Rear:Lower Gasket:Etnw100-00505:L90 Power Supply Unit:494W:DOM/NA Power Supply Unit:494W:EU/AA:APO-C1 Harness:PSU:JIGU Harness:Power Supply Unit Harness:PSU:SW:NA Harness:AC:IH:Power Supply Unit Harness:AC:IH:Power Supply Unit:EU Power Pack:CB:APO-C/P:-80mic Harness:AC:Inlet Qty Per Assembly 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 Part No. 0451 3006N 0451 3008N 0954 4008N 0454 3006Q 1105 0488 1105 0487 1105 0614 1105 0613 1102 8502 1204 2570 1105 0612 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Screw - M4X8 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Clamp - EDS-1710L-V0 Clamp:EDS-1010L-V0 Connector - 54679-1615 Rocker Switch:Sddje13200 Clamp:EDS-0704L-V0 Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
93
manuals4you.com
10
11 106 101 15 102
14 13 105 12
102 101 1 1 107 3 4 5 1 2 6 103 104 104 104 2 109 7 109 8 9 104 104 102 16
17 18
108
B222/B224
94

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Part No. B223 1317 AA06 3568 B223 5813 B223 5814 B223 1213 B223 1212 B223 1224 B223 1225 B223 1221 B223 5309 B223 5876 AA06 0151 B238 5867 B238 5875 B223 6395 GW02 0020 B223 5313 B223 1227 Description Screw Pressure Spring Safety Switch Bracket Bracket - Safety Switch Lever DC Motor:Shutter:Ass'y DC Motor Bracket Torsion Spring Shutter Link Sensor Link Bracket Harness:IOB:Connecting:TM/P:Sensor Density Sensor:Ass'y Tension Spring Hook:Solenoid:Sensor:TM DC Solenoid DC24V Density Sensor Photointerruptor:Lg248nl1 Harness:IOB:LD Unit:Shutter Sensor Shutter Bracket Qty Per Assembly 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 Part No. 0451 3006N 0451 3008N 0451 3025N 0454 3006Q 0312 5040N 1105 0612 0353 0250N 1204 2709 0805 0088 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw:M3x25 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Screw - M2.5X4 Clamp:EDS-0704L-V0 Screw:M3X25 Switch - V-5F930DN Retaining Ring - M6 Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
95
manuals4you.com
43.Controller Unit (B222/B224)

101 5 1 4 19
17 2 3 18 101 17 18 13 6 102 101 14 101 104 9 7 101 11 101 8 10 11 101 15 103 15 101 101 101 101 16 101 101 12
101
B222/B224
96
43.Controller Unit (B222/B224)

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Part No. B223 5736 B223 5734 B223 5735 B230 9590 B224 5741 G108 5020 B223 5090 B837 5700 B223 5827 B223 5822 B223 5864 B223 5862 B223 5821 B223 5824 B101 5993 B223 5823 G108 5108 G108 5107 B837 5001 Description Harness: HDD: Power Source Harness: HDD: Raid: Upper Harness: HDD: Raid: Lower NVRAM- Zero Counter [TSB#006] Controller Board PCB: DDR-DIMM: 512Mb HDD Unit Fan Motor: MM40x10:NMB: 1604KL-01W Bracket: Fan: Control Board Supporter: Lower Gasket: EGUN1-0205: L45 Gasket: EGUN1-0105: L240 Rack: Inner Back: Auxiliary: Left Lower Cover: SD-Card Interface Panel Grip: Rack: Left Lower Right Guide 1 Left Guide 1 SD-Card: Printer/Scanner Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 Part No. 0451 3006N 0451 3014N 0353 0060N 1105 0612 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw: 3x14 Bind Screw - M3x6 Clamp: EDS-0704L-V0
B222/B224
97
manuals4you.com
44.Drive Section 1 (B222/B224)
3 101 1 101
104 104 104 104 102 5 102
7 6 104 8 7 6 7 104 102 17 102 9 102 102 9 102 107 16 18 103 103 101 102 106 19 105
102
9 102 102 9
102 13 12 10 11 102 10
14
107 102
14 13 15 11
B222/B224
98

Index No. * 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 1 4 4 4 1 4 4 3 1 1 1 4 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 Part No. 0451 3006N 0360 3006N 0360 3016N 0454 3006Q 0720 0060E 1105 0516 0720 0040E Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Screw - M3X6 Screw - M3X16 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Retaining Ring - M6 Clamp Retaining Ring - M4 Qty Per Assembly B223 1177 Drive Unit B223 1236 Duct:Rear:1 AX64 0179 Fan Motor:DC24V 2.4W B223 1238 Duct:Rear:3 B223 1237 Duct:Rear:2 AX05 0249 Brushless Motor DC24V8W B223 1144 Holder:Positioning Sensor AW02 0145 Photointerruptor:Flat B223 5350 Harness:IOB:Connecting:Drum:Sensor AX06 0308 Brushless Motor:DC24V 25W AA10 0015 Snap Ring - M6 B223 1370 Holder:Magnetic Clutch AX20 0300 Magnetic Clutch:0.5n.m B223 1148 Shaft:Development AB01 0367 Gear - 23Z AX20 0299 Magnetic Clutch:0.5n.m B223 1199 DC Motor 24V GX06 0015 Brushless Motor:Drive:Paper Feed B223 1364 Guide:Harness AB01 0368 Gear:Development:NO.4
B222/B224
99
manuals4you.com

2 1 105 105 105 3 5 105 4 101 5
6 104 104 7 104 8 104 10 104 106 101 11 101 104 17 106
105 21
101 14 101 102 101 103 13 12 16
104
104
20
107 23 26 108
25 105
27 105
19 105 18 22 101 24
15 101
B222/B224
100

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Part No. B223 1206 B238 1143 B238 1089 B223 6507 AW50 0023 B238 2541 B238 2544 B238 5325 AX04 0154 B223 2730 B223 6481 B223 1174 AA06 0722 AB03 0551 AB03 0783 AA04 3583 B223 2722 B223 2721 AW50 0038 B238 2543 B223 5848 B238 5828 B238 5827 B223 5330 B238 1088 B223 1065 B223 5849 Description Bracket:Connector:Heater Guide:Connector:Heater:Imaging Unit Cover - Positioning Pin Set Sensor Bracket Push Switch Tray Cover - Right Tray Cover - Middle Harness - Paper Volume Sensor DC Motor 24V Paper Tray Stopper Ass'y Rear Pipe Ass'y Drive Unit:Collection Bottle Tension Spring Pulley:Idler:Fusing Pulley - 34T Timing Belt - S2M460 Cover Bracket:Push Switch Push Switch:Paper Size Sensor Cover - Tray Left Bracket:Base:Connector Main Switch Sheet Main Switch Bracket Harness:AC:Switch Cover - Connector Connector Bracket Cover:Connector:Heater Qty Per Assembly 1 1 4 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 Part No. 0451 3006N 0450 3008N 0801 0231 0454 3008Q 0454 3006Q 0802 5299 1204 2704 1102 8534 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Hexagonal Head Bolt W/Washer:M3x6 Tapping Screw:3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Switch - RS1A-AB11 Connector - QR/P17-14S-B Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
101
manuals4you.com

19
2 1 22 106 102 23 101 102 3 101 4 Option 24 101
101
21 102
20 101
7 8 103 9
5 13 101 14 15
104 104 17
107 16
102 11 105 101 6 10 102 12 18 102
B222/B224
102

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Part No. GX64 0020 B223 1326 B223 1327 B223 5305 B223 5170 B223 5172 B223 2694 B700 2649 AB01 7493 B044 1825 B223 2691 AA10 1021 B223 2685 B238 1225 B238 1226 B238 1223 B223 1199 B223 1332 B223 5844 B223 5841 B223 5843 B223 5866 B223 5335 B223 5846 AX31 0045 Description Fan Motor - DC24V Duct:Fusing Duct:Fusing:Rear Harness:IOB:Connecting:IH Invertor:IH Invertor:IH:EU Guide:Gear Timing Belt:40S2M144 Gear Pulley Collar Bracket:Stepper Motor Rubber Bushing - 6 45hs Stepper Motor:DC24V 26.4W Shaft Cam Holder DC Motor 24V Fan Motor - Mm60 DC24V Bracket:Fan:Power Source:IH Hinge:Application:Rack Bracket:Rack:Application Ground Wire:Rack:Right Lower:HF Harness:IOB:Counter:Option:NA Bracket:Total Counter Total Counter:7fig:24V Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 Part No. 0451 3006N 0454 3006Q 0353 0080N 0451 3030N 0802 5304 1105 0641 0805 0089 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Screw:M3X8 Tapping Screw:3x30 Tapping Screw - M3x30 Clamp Retaining Ring - M4 Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
103
manuals4you.com
1 3
18 19 102 101 20 4 3 101 101
102
101
101 9 7 8 5 6 5 13 102 105 102 15 103 16 106 13 104 102 101 14 6 102 21 10 102 11 12 102 17 22
B222/B224
104

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 Part No. 0451 3006N 0454 3006Q 0451 4008N 0805 0089 1105 0488 0434 0100N Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw:4x8 Retaining Ring - M4 Harness Clamp Tapping Screw - 4x10 Qty Per Assembly B223 1189 Feed Drive Shaft B223 1183 Grip Shaft B223 1186 Drive Joint B223 1354 Drum Stay:Drive Unit AB01 7699 Gear - 33Z/44Z AB01 1258 Gear - 38Z AA04 3585 Timing Belt:40S3M162 AB03 0781 Timing Pulley - 28Z/30T AB01 1259 Gear - 32Z B223 1180 Bracket:Paper Feed AX20 0289 Magnetic Clutch - 32z B223 1187 Magnetic Clutch Bracket GA08 0002 Bushing - 6mm 5447 2681 Snap Ring AA16 1164 Cushion:Stepper Motor B223 1188 Stepper Motor DC24V AW14 0012 Temperature & Humidity Sensor AA04 3601 Timing Belt - B40S2M118 AB03 0744 Timing Pulley - 27Z/40T B223 1191 Bracket:Drive Unit:Registration A232 4666 Cushion - Stepper Motor B223 1350 Stepper Motor DC5.06V
B222/B224
105
manuals4you.com

2 1 24 103 5 4 101 102 3 105 108
9 104 101 6 105 101 101 101
102
10
11
106 13 12
101 101 107
102 102 17 15 16 101
19 18
107 23 14 102 107 20 101
8 7 21 101
22
101
101
B222/B224
106

Index No. 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Part No. B223 5361 B223 5362 AA14 3576 B223 1069 B223 1342 B223 1341 B223 1332 B223 1324 B223 1323 GX06 0015 B223 1195 AB01 0377 AB01 0375 AB01 0376 B223 1362 B223 4343 AB01 1264 AA06 6178 B223 4315 AB01 7706 AB01 0138 B223 4318 B223 4317 AZ32 0154 B223 5342 Description Harness:Fusing Unit (120V) Harness:Fusing Unit (230V) Screw:M3 Bracket:Drawer Duct:Supply:Rear Duct:Supply:Front Fan Motor - Mm60 DC24V Duct:IH:Rear Duct:IH:Front Brushless Motor:Drive:Paper Feed Bracket:Fusing Drive Sub-unit:Ass'y Gear:Z27/Z78 Gearz120 Gear:Z27 Cover:Fusing Drive Unit:Lower Ring:Gear:Heat Roller Gear:Z24 Spring Bracket:Drive:Gear Gear:Z16/Z40 Gear:Z28 Bracket:Stepper Motor Stepper Motor:DC24V 24.3W Power Pack:TTS:APO-C/P Harness:AC:Scanner:Heater Qty Per Assembly 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 Part No. 0451 3006N 0454 3006Q 0954 4008N 1105 0487 1105 0516 0720 0060E 0720 0040E 1102 9782 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Screw - M4X8 Harness Clamp Clamp Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M4 Connector:51405-1819 Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
107
manuals4you.com
49.Frame Section 1 (B222/B224)
103
1 101 2 3
4 103 12
101 5 101 7
102
6 101 6 104 11 10 101 9 101 103
102
B222/B224
108

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 Part No. 0451 3006N 0802 5308 0454 3006Q 0720 0030E Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screr:Fan Tapping Screw - M3x6 Retaining Ring - M3 Qty Per Assembly B223 6502 Used Toner Sensor Bracket AW02 0160 Paper Feed Sensor B223 6503 Used Toner Sensor Feeler B238 5313 Harness - Used Toner Sensor B223 1331 Bracket:Fan B223 1332 Fan Motor - Mm60 DC24V B223 5311 Harness:IOB:Fan Motor B223 6496 Collection Bottle Rail B238 5821 Bracket - Main Switch Handle B238 5824 Slide Switch Cover B238 5825 Power Source Switch Link B223 6198 Cleaning Unit Rail
B222/B224
109
manuals4you.com
103 6 3 2 8 4 105 5 103 5 7
105 1
10 11
101 102 14
12 101 102 103 103 103 15 103 103 101 103 103 16 101 22 104 21 9 13 101 103 17 18 103 103 17 18 20 103 19
103
103
B222/B224
110

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Part No. B223 6464 B223 6471 B223 6475 B223 6472 B223 6476 B223 6473 B223 6474 B223 6463 B223 6451 B223 1087 B223 1084 B223 1080 B223 1076 B223 6467 B223 1103 B223 1102 B223 1899 B223 1898 B223 1896 B223 1897 B223 1245 B223 1101 Description Bushing - 6x10x6 Transport Screw Bracket Bushing - 5x 10x2.5 Gear - 21Z Bushing - Dia5 Transport Screw Shaft Gear - 29Z Gear - 20Z Pipe:Front:Ass'y Separation Plate - Upper Left Separation Plate - Upper Middle Left Separation Plate - Upper Middle Right Separation Plate - Upper Right Lever Bracket Bracket:Hinge:Left Bracket:Grip:Right Front Imaging Unit Plate - Outer Imaging Unit Plate - Inner Imaging Unit Plate - Front Imaging Unit Plate - Rear Cap:Grip Grip:Front Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 Part No. 0451 3006N 0451 3016N 0454 3006Q 0802 5305 0805 0089 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x16 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
111
manuals4you.com

101 104 15 6 1 101 101 2 3 4 101 103 101 7 101 101 105 5 101 104 101 6 14 101 106 8 101 10 11 12 13 102 101 9 103 101 101 101
101
manuals4you
112
.com
B222/B224

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 Part No. 0454 3006Q 0451 3006N 0450 3008N 0353 0040N 0353 0120N 1105 0487 Description Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Screw - M3X4 Screw M3x12 Harness Clamp Qty Per Assembly B223 3305 Toner Cartridge Unit B223 3328 Toner Cartridge Guide B223 6145 Rail:Left:Intermediate Transfer B223 6146 Rail:Right:Intermediate Transfer B223 4342 Sheet:Harness AA07 0080 Slide Rail:Fusing Unit B223 1344 Sponge:IH:Fan B223 1067 Bracket:Sensor:Front B223 1068 Bracket:Sensor:Rear B223 4331 Cover:Thermopile AW10 0106 Thermopile B223 5312 Harness:IOB:Fusing:Thermopile B223 4332 Holder:Thermopile B223 4314 Stay:Temperature Sensor:Fusing B223 4391 Positioning Plate:Fusing Unit
B222/B224
113
manuals4you.com
101 3 103 5 101 101
1 101 2 102 4
101
9 6 101 8 101 101 101 7 8 9 10
10 101 10 7
B222/B224
114

Index No. 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Part No. B223 2710 B223 2705 B238 1066 B223 2702 B223 2703 B223 1207 B223 1120 B223 2714 B223 2715 AA16 1163 B101 1097 Description Supporter - Left No.2 Supporter - Left No.1 Rubber Foot Cover Heat Sink:Heater:NA Heat Sink:Heater:EU Cover:Connector:Heater Bracket:Paper Feed Unit Positioning Cap - Short Supporter - Right Cushion Rubber Foot:H5 Qty Per Assembly 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 6 Index No. 101 102 103 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 0454 3006Q Tapping Screw - M3x6 0802 5299 Tapping Screw - M3x8 0451 3006N Tapping Screw - 3x6
B222/B224
115
manuals4you.com
53.IOB Board (B222/B224)
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL NO. C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 INDEX NO. 252 188 188 255 189 253 185 185 185 182 SYMBOL NO. --C12 C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C19 C20 INDEX NO. --182 255 255 253 253 255 255 252 255 SYMBOL NO. C21 C22 C23 C24 C25 C26 C27 C28 C29 C30 INDEX NO. 255 255 249 249 255 188 255 188 188 255 SYMBOL NO. C31 C32 C33 C34 C35 C36 C37 C38 --C40 INDEX NO. 255 188 255 194 188 188 255 188 --183 SYMBOL NO. C41 C42 C43 C44 C45 C46 C47 ----C50 INDEX NO. 189 189 182 182 251 251 253 ----255 SYMBOL NO. C51 C52 C53 C54 C55 C56 C57 C58 C59 C60 INDEX NO. 255 250 188 250 250 188 255 188 188 255 SYMBOL NO. C61 C62 C63 C64 C65 C66 C67 C68 C69 C70 INDEX NO. 255 188 255 255 188 188 248 255 188 255
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL NO. C71 C72 C73 C74 C75 --C77 C78 C79 C80 INDEX NO. 188 188 255 255 255 --255 188 187 189 SYMBOL NO. C81 C82 C83 C84 C85 C86 C87 C88 C89 C90 INDEX NO. 182 254 184 188 188 255 253 255 194 255 SYMBOL NO. C91 C92 C93 C94 C95 C96 C97 C98 C99 C100 INDEX NO. 255 188 255 255 188 255 255 255 188 188 SYMBOL NO. C101 C102 C103 C104 C105 C106 C107 C108 C109 C110 INDEX NO. 188 255 255 188 255 194 255 248 188 255 SYMBOL NO. C111 C112 C113 C114 C115 C116 C117 C118 C119 C120 INDEX NO. 188 255 255 186 255 255 255 188 188 188 SYMBOL NO. C121 C122 C123 C124 C125 C126 C127 C128 C129 C130 INDEX NO. 255 255 188 188 188 188 255 194 255 255 SYMBOL NO. C131 C132 C133 C134 C135 C136 C137 C138 C139 C140 INDEX NO. 188 255 255 254 255 255 255 255 188 188
B222/B224
116
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C141 255 C142 248 C143 255 C144 188 C145 188 C146 C147 C148 C149 C150 188 188 188 254 188 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C151 255 C152 188 C153 255 ----C155 183 C156 C157 C158 C159 C160 255 251 253 188 251 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ----C162 251 C163 255 C164 188 C165 252 C166 C167 --C169 C170 252 252 --188 188 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C171 188 C172 188 C173 188 C174 188 C175 188 C176 C177 C178 C179 C180 252 188 252 252 255 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C181 188 C182 251 C183 251 C184 255 C185 255 C186 C187 C188 C189 C190 255 251 255 188 252 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C191 255 C192 188 C193 188 C194 255 C195 255 C196 C197 C198 C199 C200 255 255 255 255 255 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C201 C202 C203 C204 C205 C206 C207 C208 C209 C210 255 255 188 188 253 253 188 252 251 252
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL NO. C211 C212 C213 C214 C215 INDEX NO. 255 188 188 252 194
CA
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. CA1 193 CA2 192 CA3 192 CA4 193 CA5 193 CA6 CA7 CA8 CA9 CA10 193 193 191 191 191 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. CA11 191 CA12 193 CA13 190 CA14 190 ----CA16 CA17 CA18 CA19 --193 193 193 193 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. --------CA23 193 CA24 192 CA25 192 CA26 CA27 CA28 CA29 CA30 193 193 193 193 193 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. CA31 192
CONNECTOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. CN201 103 ----CN203 130 CN204 129 CN205 120 ----CN208 CN209 CN210 ----128 114 125 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ----CN212 112 ----CN214 120 CN215 115 CN216 CN217 CN218 CN219 --126 117 119 113 ---
B222/B224
117
manuals4you.com
CONNECTOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. CN221 122 CN222 124 CN223 121 CN224 123 CN225 127 --CN227 CN228 CN229 ----109 130 132 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ----CN232 110 CN233 102 CN234 104 ----CN236 CN237 CN238 CN239 --112 106 107 107 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. CN241 101 CN242 108 CN243 105 CN244 111 ------------------------SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. --------CN253 124 CN254 104 ------------------------SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ----CN262 118 CN263 119 CN264 119 CN265 121 CN266 CN267 CN268 123 116 131
DIODE
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. D1 145 ----D3 145 D4 145 D5 145 D6 D7 D8 --D10 145 145 145 --144 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D16 D17 D18 D19 D20 144 145 145 146 145 145 143 143 145 145
FILTER
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. FIL4 195
IC
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. IC1 160 IC2 160 IC3 160 IC4 160 IC5 170 IC6 IC7 IC8 --IC10 169 156 154 --168 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. IC11 168 IC12 152 IC13 152 IC14 152 IC15 152 IC16 IC17 IC18 IC19 IC20 155 155 167 151 166 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. IC21 153 IC22 161 IC23 161 IC24 161 IC25 162 IC26 IC27 IC28 IC29 --156 154 171 156 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. IC31 165 IC32 152 IC33 163 IC34 164 IC35 152 IC36 IC37 IC38 IC39 IC40 153 158 153 155 155 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. IC41 153 IC42 157 IC43 157 --------IC46 ------IC50 159 ------163 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. IC51 167 IC52 156 IC53 152
B222/B224
118
LED
SYMBOL NO. LED1 LED2 INDEX NO. 150 149
Q
SYMBOL NO. Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10 INDEX NO. 134 142 136 136 136 136 134 134 139 136 SYMBOL NO. Q11 Q12 Q13 Q14 Q15 Q16 Q17 Q18 Q19 --INDEX NO. 138 138 138 138 137 140 137 133 135 --SYMBOL NO. ------Q24 Q25 Q26 Q27 Q28 ----INDEX NO. ------141 134 134 134 134 ----SYMBOL NO. Q31 Q32 Q33 Q34 Q35 Q36 INDEX NO. 133 133 134 140 134 134
RESISTOR
SYMBOL NO. R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 INDEX NO. 210 209 210 209 210 214 214 214 214 236 SYMBOL NO. R11 R12 R13 R14 R15 R16 R17 R18 R19 R20 INDEX NO. 209 210 236 211 211 214 214 214 214 209
OSC
SYMBOL NO. OSC1 INDEX NO. 173
RESISTOR
SYMBOL NO. R21 R22 R23 R24 R25 R26 R27 R28 R29 R30 INDEX NO. 209 203 203 236 203 209 236 239 210 210 SYMBOL NO. R31 R32 R33 R34 R35 R36 R37 R38 R39 R40 INDEX NO. 210 203 210 210 233 229 210 210 210 198 SYMBOL NO. --R42 R43 R44 R45 R46 R47 R48 R49 R50 INDEX NO. --219 210 220 210 210 225 218 210 221 SYMBOL NO. R51 R52 R53 R54 R55 R56 R57 R58 R59 R60 INDEX NO. 221 225 219 223 223 210 224 224 210 210 SYMBOL NO. --R62 R63 R64 R65 R66 R67 --R69 R70 INDEX NO. --210 207 225 210 210 210 --207 210 SYMBOL NO. R71 R72 R73 R74 R75 R76 R77 R78 R79 R80 INDEX NO. 210 224 224 221 221 209 222 210 213 220 SYMBOL NO. R81 R82 R83 R84 R85 R86 R87 R88 R89 R90 INDEX NO. 209 222 225 225 226 226 224 209 209 210
B222/B224
119
manuals4you.com
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R91 210 R92 227 R93 246 R94 229 R95 209 R96 R97 R98 R99 R100 210 200 225 200 209 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R101 207 R102 210 R103 210 ----R105 210 R106 --R108 R109 R110 207 --210 207 210 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ----R112 210 R113 225 R114 210 R115 225 R116 R117 R118 R119 R120 210 225 210 224 209 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R121 219 R122 210 R123 219 R124 210 R125 219 R126 R127 R128 R129 R130 219 219 210 219 225 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R131 225 R132 209 R133 210 R134 210 R135 209 R136 R137 R138 R139 R140 210 209 210 210 210 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R141 210 R142 212 R143 209 R144 225 R145 209 R146 R147 R148 R149 R150 210 225 225 225 210 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R151 R152 R153 R154 R155 R156 --R158 R159 R160 210 219 210 210 210 203 --203 210 209
RESISTOR
SYMBOL NO. ----R163 R164 R165 R166 R167 R168 R169 R170 INDEX NO. ----210 210 210 210 221 221 225 209 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R171 210 R172 210 R173 209 R174 205 R175 210 R176 R177 R178 R179 R180 220 220 222 209 202 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ----R182 210 R183 206 R184 210 R185 209 R186 R187 R188 R189 R190 210 209 209 210 209 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R191 211 R192 216 R193 216 R194 210 R195 209 R196 R197 R198 R199 R200 225 210 225 222 209 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R201 203 R202 203 R203 203 R204 203 R205 221 R206 R207 R208 R209 R210 210 221 224 210 209 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R211 219 R212 210 --------R215 210 R216 --R218 --R220 210 --210 --221 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R221 221 R222 221 R223 221 R224 210 R225 203 R226 R227 R228 R229 R230 210 210 210 203 241
B222/B224
120
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R231 231 R232 227 R233 210 R234 210 R235 210 R236 R237 R238 R239 R240 210 209 228 224 210 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R241 210 R242 210 R243 210 R244 224 R245 209 R246 R247 R248 R249 R250 209 209 210 210 203 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R251 210 R252 203 R253 218 R254 221 R255 221 R256 R257 R258 R259 R260 209 209 210 210 209 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R261 210 R262 224 R263 210 R264 225 R265 219 R266 R267 R268 R269 R270 219 219 210 224 209 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R271 209 R272 209 R273 210 R274 210 R275 210 R276 R277 R278 R279 R280 210 213 219 210 203 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R281 210 R282 210 R283 217 R284 221 R285 221 R286 R287 R288 R289 R290 221 210 210 209 210 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R291 R292 R293 R294 R295 R296 --R298 R299 R300 210 210 210 225 210 203 --215 222 235
RESISTOR
SYMBOL NO. R301 R302 R303 --R305 R306 R307 R308 R309 R310 INDEX NO. 243 242 203 --243 234 247 243 237 244 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R311 210 R312 243 R313 240 R314 230 R315 210 R316 R317 R318 R319 R320 210 199 232 209 210 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R321 204 R322 209 R323 204 R324 210 R325 204 R326 R327 R328 R329 R330 210 204 238 236 236 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ------------R334 245 R335 209 R336 --R338 R339 R340 225 --207 225 225 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R341 225 R342 210 ----R344 201 R345 209 R346 R347 R348 R349 R350 210 210 209 236 209 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R351 236 R352 239 R353 245 R354 211 R355 223 --R357 --R359 R360 --210 --210 210 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R361 210 R362 223 R363 205 R364 210 R365 210 R366 R367 R368 R369 R370 210 220 220 209 208
B222/B224
121
manuals4you.com
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R371 208 R372 208
RN
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN1 174 RN2 179 RN3 181 RN4 181 RN5 174 RN6 RN7 RN8 RN9 RN10 179 179 174 174 174 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN11 174 RN12 174 RN13 174 RN14 179 RN15 179 RN16 RN17 RN18 RN19 RN20 179 196 174 174 179 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN21 174 RN22 174 RN23 174 RN24 174 RN25 179 RN26 RN27 RN28 RN29 RN30 175 176 176 176 176 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN31 175 RN32 175 RN33 179 RN34 196 RN35 179 RN36 RN37 RN38 RN39 RN40 174 179 174 179 196 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN41 179 RN42 196 RN43 174 RN44 196 RN45 174 RN46 RN47 RN48 RN49 RN50 176 176 176 176 176 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN51 RN52 RN53 RN54 RN55 RN56 RN57 RN58 RN59 RN60 174 176 176 196 196 178 178 178 178 174
REG
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. REG1 172
RN
SYMBOL NO. RN61 RN62 RN63 RN64 RN65 RN66 RN67 RN68 RN69 RN70 INDEX NO. 176 174 178 178 196 174 174 176 176 179 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN71 179 RN72 197 RN73 179 RN74 179 RN75 174 RN76 RN77 RN78 RN79 RN80 174 179 177 177 177 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN81 176 RN82 176 RN83 175 RN84 174 RN85 174 RN86 RN87 RN88 RN89 RN90 174 174 175 179 174 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN91 174 RN92 174 RN93 174 RN94 174 RN95 175 RN96 RN97 RN98 --RN100 175 176 176 --176 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN101 176 RN102 176 RN103 174 RN104 179 RN105 180 RN106 RN107 RN108 RN109 RN110 174 178 178 179 174 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN111 179 RN112 179 RN113 196 RN114 179
ZD
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ZD1 147 ZD2 147 ZD3 147 ZD4 147 ZD5 148
B222/B224
122

Index No. * Part No. B223 5120 PCB:IOB Description Qty Per Assembly 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 Part No. 1102 6300 1102 6397 1102 6594 1102 8470 1102 8471 1102 8472 1102 8477 1102 8479 1102 8480 1102 8481 1102 8484 1102 8488 1102 8490 1102 8491 1102 8494 1102 8623 1102 8781 1102 8933 1102 9108 1102 9109 1102 9110 1102 9111 1102 9112 1102 9113 1102 9114 1102 9117 1102 9119 1102 9120 1102 9121 1102 9122 1102 9601 1103 3179 1400 0769 1400 0775 1400 0788 Description Connector - 7P Box Header Connector - 10P Connector - 55447-0610 Connector - 55447-071 Connector - 55447-0810 Connector - 13P Connector - 15P Connector - 55447-1610 Connector - 55447-1760 Connector:55447-2080 Connector - 5451-2810 Connector:55451-3210 Connector - 55451-3410 Connector - 55451-4010 Connector:292207-2 Connector - 1-292207-2 Connector:292207-5 Connector - 353297-3 Connector - 353297-4 Connector - 353297-6 Connector - 353297-7 Connector - 353297-8 Connector - 1-353297-0 Connector - 353297-1 Connector - 353297-8 Connector:2-353297-0 Connector - 2-292208-2 Connector:2-353308-4 Connector 2-292208-6 Connector - 5-353297-3 Connector:FH12-50S-0.5SV(89) Transistor - 2SA1576A Transistor - 2SC4081 Transistor:DTB113ZK Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
123
manuals4you.com
Index No. 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170
Part No. 1400 0810 1400 0920 1400 0968 1400 1012 1400 1140 1400 1141 1401 0972 1402 1289 1402 1385 1402 1503 1402 1584 1402 1663 1402 1952 1403 0978 1403 0996 1407 1535 1407 2187 1407 2219 1407 5351 1407 5392 1407 5469 1407 5790 1407 6077 1407 6101 1407 6167 1407 6181 1407 6196 1407 6197 1407 6314 1407 6318 1407 6395 1408 1204 1408 1535 1408 1550 1408 1779
Description Transistor - DTC114EUA Transistor - DTC143EUA Transistor: DTA123JUA Transistor:2SD2656 Transistor - 2SA1577R Transistor - 2SD1949 Transistor-2sb1260 Diode-array Diode Dap222 Diode - 1SS400 Diode - DAN217U Diode - ZTP12B Diode - TDZ12 LED - SML-310DT LED - SML-310VT IC - TD62308AP TTLIC - SN74LS07NS IC - TD62003AP IC - SN74LV14APW IC:SN74LV541APW IC - SN74LV07APW CMOS Logic - SN74AHC2G08HDCU IC - STA7101M IC - SN74LVC2G17DCK IC - EIO Motor Control Ic:Stk672-600 Motor Control Ic:Stk672-610 Driver:M54563p Motor Control Ic:Tb6561ng CMOS Logic:SN74AHC1G00DCK CMOS Logic:SN74AHC2G00HDCU IC - TA8083P Transisitor Array - M54585p IC - LM2902PW IC - R3112Q281A
Qty Per Assembly
Index No. 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205
Part No. 1408 2029 1408 2122 1503 1004 1601 7887 1601 7896 1601 7898 1601 7900 1601 7943 1601 7959 1601 7981 1601 7984 1604 2237 1604 4477 1604 4666 1604 4825 1604 5452 1604 5453 1605 1137 1605 1148 1605 1479 1605 1481 1605 1482 1605 1531 1605 1597 1607 1002 1609 0006 1609 0070 1610 1409 1610 1750 1610 1771 1610 1947 1633 0000 1634 0000 1650 2680 1650 2682
Description Comparator:LM2901PW Series Regulator - R1130h331a-fb Oscilator - 19.6608mhz Resistor Array - 10K 5% 1/32W Resistor Array - 56 5% 1/32W Resistor Array Resistor Array - 0 5% Resistor Array - 68 5% 1/32W Resistor Resistor Array - 100K 5%1/16W Capacitor - 22K 5% 1/16W Capacitor 100F35v Capacitor - 10F20% 35V Capacitor:47mf:20%:35V Capacitor - 220F20% 35V Capacitor:47uf:20%:10V Capacitor:100uf:20%:10V Capacitor - 470pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 0.1F+80-20% 50V Capacitor - 47pF 10%:50V Capacitor:1000pF:20%:50V Capacitor:4700pF:20%:50V Capacitor:470pF:20%:50V Capacitor:2.2uf:+80-20%:50V IC - NFM60R30T222 Registor:10k :5%:1/16w Resistor Array:1m O:5%:1/16W Chip Resistor - 6.8 5% Chip Resistor:1komh 1%:1/2w Chip Resistor:1 5%:1w Resistor:220 :5%:1W Resistor - 0 1/10W Resistor - 0 1/16W Resistor - 68 5% 1/4W Resistor - 6.8K 5% 1/4W
Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
124
Index No. 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240
Part No. 1650 3153 1650 4100 1650 4101 1650 4102 1650 4103 1650 4104 1650 4105 1650 4122 1650 4154 1650 4161 1650 4162 1650 4202 1650 4220 1650 4222 1650 4223 1650 4330 1650 4472 1650 4473 1650 4560 1650 4680 1650 4681 1654 1002 1654 1003 1654 1004 1654 1101 1654 1201 1654 1500 1654 1501 1654 1601 1654 2001 1654 2002 1654 2401 1654 2741 1654 3741 1654 4300
Description Resistor:15k:5%:1/8W Resistor - 10 5% 1/10W Resistor - 1005%1/10W Resistor - 1K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 10K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 100K5%1/10W Resistor - 1M 5% 1/10W Resistor - 1.2K 5% 1/10W Resistor 150k 5% 1/10w Resistor - 160 5% 1/10W Resistor - 1.6K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 2K5%1/10W Chip Resistor - 22 5% 1/10w Resistor - 2.2K5%1/10W Resistor - 22K5%1/10W Chip Resistor - 33 5% 1/10w Resistor - 4.7K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 47K5%1/10W Chip Resistor - 56 5% 1/10w Resistor - 685%1/10W Resistor - 680 5% 1/10W Resistor - 10K5%1/10W Resistor - 100K1%1/10W Chip Resistor - 1m 1% 1/10w Resistor - 1.1K1%1/10W Resistor - 1.2K 1% 1/10W Resistor - 1501 %1/10W Resistor - 1.5K 1% 1/10W 1608 Chip Resistor - 1.6k1% 1/10w Chip Resistor - 2k 1% 1/10w Resistor - 20K1%1/10W Resistor - 2.4K 1% 1/10W Resistor - 2.74K 1% 1/10W Chip Resistor:3.74k Resistor - 430 1% 1/10W
Qty Per Assembly
Index No. 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255
Part No. 1654 6200 1654 6201 1654 6801 1654 7501 1654 7871 1654 8201 1654 9101 1660 2101 1660 2150 1660 2220 1660 2470 1660 4102 1660 4472 1660 6103 1660 8104
Description Resistor - 6201% 1/10W Resistor - 6.2K 1% 1/10W Resistor - 6.8K1% 1/10W Resistor - 7.5K1%1/10W-1608 Resistor - 7.87K 1% 1/10W Resistor - 8.2K 1% 1/10W Resistor:9.1k:1%:1/10W Capacitor - 100pF - 10% - 50V Capacitor - 15pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 22pF 20% 35V Capacitor - 47pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 1000pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 4700pF10% 50V Capacitor - 10000pF - +80%-20%50V Capacitor - 0.1F+80-20% 25V
Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
125
manuals4you.com
54.IPU Board (B222/B224)
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C1 234 ------------C5 235 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 169 168 171 247 169 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C11 168 C12 169 C13 169 C14 169 ------------------------SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C21 169 --------C24 247 C25 247 C26 C27 C28 C29 C30 178 178 178 178 178 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ----C32 178 C33 178 ----C35 178 --C37 C38 C39 C40 --238 247 238 244 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C41 238 C42 238 C43 247 C44 179 ------C47 C48 C49 C50 --243 247 243 243 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C51 243 ------------C55 243 C56 C57 C58 C59 --247 243 243 243 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C61 ------C65 C66 C67 C68 C69 C70 247 ------171 171 247 247 171 247
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL NO. C71 C72 C73 C74 C75 C76 C77 C78 C79 C80 INDEX NO. 245 176 247 182 247 182 247 245 176 247 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C81 182 C82 245 C83 176 C84 247 C85 247 C86 C87 --C89 C90 247 247 --247 247 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C91 247 C92 169 C93 247 C94 181 C95 235 C96 C97 C98 --C100 247 160 181 --247 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C101 198 C102 247 --------C105 244 C106 C107 C108 C109 --179 179 247 235 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. --------C113 247 C114 235 C115 244 C116 C117 C118 C119 C120 235 179 247 243 243 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C121 247 C122 243 C123 235 C124 243 C125 244 C126 C127 C128 --C130 247 179 179 --243 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C131 243 C132 243 C133 242 C134 242 C135 242 C136 C137 C138 C139 C140 242 247 243 247 170
B222/B224
126
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ----C142 198 C143 168 C144 178 C145 169 C146 C147 C148 C149 C150 178 178 178 178 178 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C151 178 C152 178 C153 247 C154 247 C155 247 C156 C157 C158 C159 C160 179 169 244 168 179 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C161 169 C162 244 C163 168 C164 247 C165 169 C166 C167 C168 C169 C170 179 169 169 244 168 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C171 168 C172 168 C173 244 C174 169 C175 179 C176 C177 C178 C179 C180 179 169 244 168 179 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C181 169 C182 244 C183 168 C184 247 ----C186 C187 C188 C189 C190 247 247 247 169 244 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C191 235 C192 244 C193 247 C194 247 C195 247 C196 C197 C198 C199 C200 247 247 167 177 160 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C201 C202 C203 C204 C205 C206 C207 C208 --C210 180 247 244 180 247 247 247 159 --247
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL NO. --C212 C213 C214 C215 C216 C217 C218 C219 C220 INDEX NO. --247 175 247 168 175 175 247 175 247 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C221 247 C222 247 C223 247 C224 247 C225 247 C226 C227 C228 C229 C230 247 247 166 247 235 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C231 239 C232 247 C233 161 C234 165 C235 164 C236 C237 C238 C239 C240 247 164 165 247 247 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C241 247 C242 247 C243 163 C244 169 C245 247 C246 C247 C248 C249 C250 241 241 241 241 247 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C251 247 C252 247 C253 168 C254 244 C255 169 C256 C257 C258 C259 C260 179 169 168 247 179 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C261 169 C262 168 C263 168 C264 169 C265 247 C266 C267 C268 C269 C270 169 179 168 169 168 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C271 179 C272 169 C273 168 C274 168 C275 169 C276 C277 C278 C279 C280 169 169 179 169 168
B222/B224
127
manuals4you.com
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C281 179 C282 168 C283 169 C284 169 C285 179 C286 C287 C288 C289 C290 168 169 168 179 168 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C291 169 C292 169 C293 169 C294 168 C295 168 C296 C297 C298 C299 C300 169 179 168 179 169 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C301 168 C302 168 C303 169 C304 168 C305 241 C306 C307 C308 C309 C310 241 241 241 241 241 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C311 241 C312 241 C313 247 C314 244 C315 243 C316 C317 C318 C319 C320 243 244 247 243 244 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C321 247 C322 173 C323 243 C324 173 C325 244 C326 C327 C328 C329 C330 247 174 244 173 243 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C331 173 C332 247 C333 244 C334 243 C335 174 C336 C337 C338 C339 C340 244 243 243 244 247 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ------C344 C345 C346 C347 C348 C349 C350 ------247 247 247 171 169 171 247
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL NO. C351 C352 C353 C354 C355 C356 C357 C358 C359 C360 INDEX NO. 244 247 247 171 171 179 169 244 168 171 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C361 247 C362 247 C363 171 C364 243 C365 243 C366 C367 C368 C369 C370 244 244 243 244 174 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C371 173 C372 247 C373 247 C374 243 C375 173 C376 C377 C378 C379 C380 244 247 174 244 173 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C381 243 C382 247 C383 247 C384 173 C385 247 C386 C387 C388 C389 C390 244 243 244 244 243 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C391 243 C392 247 C393 247 C394 247 C395 247 C396 C397 C398 C399 C400 235 235 235 240 240 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ----------------------------------------SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C411 235 ----C413 168 C414 243 C415 247 C416 C417 C418 C419 C420 243 247 247 243 243
B222/B224
128
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C421 243 C422 243 C423 243 C424 247 C425 247 C426 C427 C428 C429 C430 247 247 243 247 243 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C431 243 C432 247 C433 247 C434 243 C435 243 C436 C437 C438 C439 C440 247 247 243 243 247 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C441 247 C442 243 C443 241 C444 247 C445 243 C446 C447 C448 C449 --247 243 243 247 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C451 168 C452 243 ----C454 247 ----C456 C457 C458 C459 C460 241 241 241 241 168 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ----C462 235 C463 247 C464 247 C465 243 C466 C467 C468 C469 C470 243 247 243 243 243 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C471 247 C472 243 C473 243 C474 247 C475 168 ----C478 C479 C480 ----237 236 247 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C481 C482 C483 C484 C485 C486 C487 C488 C489 C490 247 244 169 244 169 247 171 247 247 247
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL NO. C491 C492 C493 C494 C495 C496 C497 C498 C499 C500 INDEX NO. 171 242 242 242 242 242 168 247 247 247 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C501 247 C502 247 C503 247 C504 172 C505 172 C506 C507 C508 C509 C510 172 172 172 172 172 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C511 172 C512 172 C513 172 C514 172 C515 172 C516 C517 C518 C519 C520 172 235 235 235 235 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C521 235 C522 235 C523 235 C524 235 C525 246 C526 C527 C528 C529 C530 246 246 246 246 246 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C531 246 C532 246 C533 243 C534 243 C535 169 C536 C537 C538 ----169 242 162 ----SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C551 243 C552 243 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. CN502 108 CN503 106 CN504 109 CN505 110 CN506 CN507 CN508 CN509 CN510 CN511 101 102 107 104 103 112
CONNECTOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. CN500 CN501 111 105
B222/B224
129
manuals4you.com
DIODE
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. D1 118 D2 118 D3 118 D4 119
FIL
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. FIL1 183 FIL2 187 FIL3 183 FIL4 183 FIL5 183 FIL6 FIL7 FIL8 FIL9 --183 183 183 184 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. FIL11 183 FIL12 183 FIL13 188 FIL14 183 FIL15 183 FIL16 FIL17 FIL18 FIL19 FIL20 184 184 187 187 184 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. FIL21 183 FIL22 183 FIL23 187 FIL24 183 FIL25 187 FIL26 FIL27 FIL28 183 183 183
FUSE
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. FU1 113
IC
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. IC1 133 IC2 136 IC3 136 IC4 138 IC5 1 IC6 IC7 IC8 IC9 IC10 2 134 135 123 123 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. IC11 IC12 IC13 IC14 IC15 IC16 IC17 IC18 IC19 --128 127 124 140 140 126 126 126 124 ---
IC
SYMBOL NO. --IC22 IC23 IC24 ----IC27 IC28 --IC30 INDEX NO. --129 124 137 ----143 125 --146 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. IC31 131 IC32 132 IC33 139 IC34 148 IC35 130 IC36 IC37 130 125
L
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ------------L4 189 ----L6 L7 L8 ----185 189 185 ----SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. --------L13 186
LED
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. LED1 121 LED2 121 LED3 122 LED4 120
OSC
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. OSC1 150 --------OSC4 149
Q
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. Q1 115 Q2 114 Q3 114 Q4 114 Q5 116 Q6 117
B222/B224
130
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R1 201 R2 222 R3 219 R4 217 R5 202 R6 --R8 R9 R10 213 --207 221 221 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R11 202 R12 207 R13 221 R14 221 R15 208 R16 R17 R18 R19 R20 208 202 202 213 213 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R21 203 R22 211 R23 211 R24 202 R25 221 R26 R27 R28 R29 R30 202 221 197 197 197 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R31 197 R32 197 R33 197 R34 197 R35 197 R36 R37 R38 R39 R40 197 205 220 205 220 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R41 205 R42 220 R43 205 R44 220 R45 197 R46 ----R49 R50 232 ----232 232 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R51 232 R52 232 --------R55 232 R56 --R58 R59 --232 --232 232 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R61 R62 R63 R64 R65 R66 R67 R68 R69 R70 232 221 221 221 221 199 211 217 211 199
RESISTOR
SYMBOL NO. R71 R72 R73 R74 R75 R76 R77 R78 R79 R80 INDEX NO. 199 199 199 199 225 199 221 221 225 197 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R81 200 R82 200 R83 211 R84 211 R85 211 R86 R87 R88 R89 R90 211 202 202 202 227 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R91 197 R92 197 R93 197 R94 197 R95 197 --R97 --R99 ----202 --211 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R101 211 ----R103 211 R104 211 --------R108 --R110 ----211 --211 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R111 207 R112 211 ----R114 211 R115 197 --R117 R118 R119 R120 --211 211 202 197 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R121 225 R122 225 R123 225 R124 225 R125 228 R126 R127 R128 ----229 197 225 ----SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. --------R133 225 R134 228 R135 225 R136 R137 R138 R139 R140 229 225 225 229 225
B222/B224
131
manuals4you.com
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R141 228 R142 225 R143 225 R144 202 R145 232 R146 R147 R148 R149 R150 202 202 225 225 225 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R151 225 R152 229 R153 228 R154 232 R155 197 R156 --R158 R159 R160 232 --232 200 202 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R161 197 R162 217 R163 232 R164 197 ----R166 R167 R168 R169 R170 232 217 217 217 217 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R171 197 R172 197 R173 197 R174 197 R175 197 R176 R177 R178 R179 R180 197 197 201 197 205 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R181 221 R182 221 R183 221 R184 221 R185 217 R186 R187 R188 R189 --201 201 202 197 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. --------R193 197 R194 202 R195 211 R196 R197 R198 R199 R200 202 211 221 221 202 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R201 R202 R203 R204 ----R207 R208 R209 R210 221 221 201 221 ----217 221 221 202
RESISTOR
SYMBOL NO. R211 --R213 R214 --R216 R217 R218 R219 --INDEX NO. 217 --202 201 --201 201 201 201 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ----R222 211 R223 211 R224 211 R225 211 R226 --------211 --------SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ----R232 201 R233 210 R234 202 R235 202 R236 R237 R238 R239 R240 202 202 215 202 215 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R241 202 R242 215 R243 215 R244 202 R245 202 R246 R247 R248 R249 R250 215 215 202 202 202 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R251 202 R252 202 R253 202 R254 196 R255 196 R256 R257 R258 R259 R260 201 212 211 217 212 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R261 211 R262 223 R263 223 R264 214 R265 212 R266 R267 R268 R269 R270 211 211 211 202 230 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R271 233 R272 226 R273 151 ----R275 211 R276 R277 R278 R279 R280 211 211 211 211 211
B222/B224
132
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R281 211 R282 211 ----R284 202 R285 211 R286 R287 R288 R289 R290 217 217 211 211 211 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R291 211 R292 201 R293 202 R294 202 R295 202 R296 R297 R298 R299 R300 201 202 201 201 201 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R301 201 R302 201 R303 211 R304 211 R305 211 R306 R307 R308 R309 R310 211 211 211 211 211 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R311 211 R312 211 R313 211 R314 211 R315 211 R316 R317 R318 R319 R320 206 211 211 211 211 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R321 211 R322 211 R323 211 R324 211 R325 202 R326 R327 R328 R329 R330 202 201 202 202 215 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R331 202 R332 215 R333 202 R334 202 R335 202 R336 R337 R338 R339 R340 207 208 202 231 231 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R341 R342 R343 R344 R345 --R347 R348 --R350 231 231 231 231 197 --202 202 --202
RESISTOR
SYMBOL NO. R351 R352 R353 R354 R355 R356 R357 R358 R359 R360 INDEX NO. 207 197 197 197 197 197 197 211 202 202 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R361 211 R362 197 R363 202 ------------R368 R369 ------197 211 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R371 197 --------------------R378 R379 R380 ----211 201 202 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R381 202 R382 200 R383 202 R384 202 R385 211 R386 R387 R388 R389 R390 204 231 231 231 231 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R391 231 R392 231 R393 231 R394 231 R395 211 R396 R397 R398 R399 R400 200 211 209 211 211 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R401 211 R402 211 --------------R407 R408 R409 R410 --216 216 216 216 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R411 216 R412 216 R413 216 R414 216 R415 218 R416 R417 R418 R419 R420 218 218 218 224 224
B222/B224
133
manuals4you.com
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ------------R994 200 R995 200 R996 R997 R998 R999 212 211 211 217
REG
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. REG2 147 REG3 145 REG4 144 ----REG6 REG7 REG8 144 142 141
RN
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN1 192 RN2 152 RN3 154 RN4 152 RN5 154 RN6 RN7 RN8 RN9 RN10 192 191 190 191 190 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN11 152 RN12 152 RN13 192 RN14 192 RN15 192 RN16 RN17 RN18 RN19 RN20 192 192 192 192 192 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN21 192 RN22 193 RN23 193 RN24 193 RN25 193 RN26 RN27 RN28 RN29 --194 194 194 194 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN31 194 RN32 154 RN33 154 RN34 154 RN35 154 RN36 RN37 RN38 RN39 RN40 155 192 192 192 195 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN41 RN42 RN43 RN44 RN45 RN46 RN47 RN48 RN49 RN50 195 195 195 195 195 195 195 192 192 192
RN
SYMBOL NO. RN51 RN52 RN53 RN54 RN55 RN56 RN57 RN58 RN59 RN60 INDEX NO. 192 157 155 155 155 155 158 158 158 158 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN61 191 RN62 158 RN63 158 RN64 191 RN65 158 RN66 RN67 RN68 RN69 RN70 158 191 152 156 190 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN71 190 RN72 190 RN73 190 RN74 190 RN75 156 RN76 RN77 RN78 RN79 RN80 190 190 190 190 192 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN81 192 ----------------RN86 --RN88 RN89 RN90 152 --154 154 153 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN91 154 RN92 155 RN93 154 RN94 154
B222/B224
134

Index No. * 1 2 Part No. B223 5725 B101 5160 B188 5350 Description PCB:IPU IC:MB87M1480175 LSI:MB87M4290 Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 Part No. 1102 4211 1102 6298 1102 6592 1102 6893 1102 7358 1102 8544 1102 8560 1102 8781 1102 9121 1102 9122 1102 9505 1103 3174 1107 1107 1400 0688 1400 0810 1400 0886 1401 1175 1402 1336 1402 1798 1403 0953 1403 0996 1403 1033 1407 5351 1407 5353 1407 5367 1407 5463 1407 5713 1407 6080 1407 6100 1407 6101 1407 6123 1407 6205 1407 6232 1407 6280 1407 6447 Description CT Header - 12P Connector - 5P Connector - 8P Connector-30p Connector - 80P Connector 1-353297-3 Connector - KX14-60K5D1E Connector - 1-292207-2 Connector:2-353308-4 Connector 2-292208-6 Connector - 140PS-JUK-G-B Connector - FH12-40S-0.5SH(89) Fuse - Ccp2e100tbk Transistor -dtc143zua Transistor - DTC114EUA Transistor:DTC114GUA Fet - Hat1043m Diode - 1SS355 Diode - RSX30 LED - SML-310MT LED - SML-310VT LED - SML-310YT IC - SN74LV14APW IC - SN74LV244APW IC - 74LVC74A IC - SN74LV245APW IC:SN74LV06APW CMOS Logic - SN74LVC2G04DCK IC:SN74LVC1G04DCK IC - SN74LVC2G17DCK IC Sn74lvc2g125dcu CMOS Logic - SN74LVC1G06DCK Lvds - THC63LVD104A Controller - Rb5v870 Custom IC - Gavd Type-w Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
135
manuals4you.com
Index No. 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170
Part No. 1407 6466 1407 6568 1407 6658 1408 1614 1408 1653 1408 1669 1408 1850 1408 1907 1408 2016 1408 2017 1408 2024 1408 2236 1408 2376 1503 1013 1503 1260 1600 1946 1601 7752 1601 7796 1601 7867 1601 7871 1601 7898 1601 7959 1601 7987 1604 4728 1604 4987 1604 5019 1604 5046 1604 5065 1604 5235 1604 5236 1604 5338 1605 1002 1605 1137 1605 1148 1605 1190
Description Field Memory - 3mx12 3.3v Clock Generator - Ics7152m-11lf Custom Ic:Rb5c661 IC - LTC1772CS6 Opeamp - Lmv324ipw Series Regulator:R1170h331b Regulator - R1170h181b IC:R3112Q451A-FA Regulator - R1114q181b-fa Series Regulator - Pq012fz01zph IC:R3112Q261A-FA Regulator - Bh18fb1wg Switching Regulator Modele:H8D3243A Crystal Oscilator - 24.3mhz Crystal Oscilator - 23.8mhz Resistor - 33M 1% 1W Resistor Array - 10K 5% Resistor Array - 2.2KO Resistor - 33 5% 1/16W Resistor - 68 5% 1/16W Resistor Array Resistor Resistor Array - 82 5% 1/16W Capacitor - 100F20% 16V Capacitor - 330F20% 6.3V Capacitor - 56F20% 10V Resistor - 150F20%:10V Capacitor 10uf:20%:50V Capacitor:120uf:20%:10V Capacitor:180uf:20%:16V Resistor - 47F20% 10V Capacitor - 2700pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 470pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 0.1F+80-20% 50V Resistor - 0.022F10% 50V
Qty Per Assembly
Index No. 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205
Part No. 1605 1212 1605 1221 1605 1224 1605 1287 1605 1295 1605 1296 1605 1300 1605 1344 1605 1347 1605 1391 1605 1430 1605 1464 1607 0861 1607 1002 1607 1196 1607 1326 1607 1351 1607 1567 1607 1606 1609 0005 1609 0006 1609 0007 1609 0008 1609 0019 1609 0033 1610 1427 1634 0000 1644 0100 1650 4100 1650 4101 1650 4102 1650 4103 1650 4104 1650 4121 1650 4122
Description Capacitor - 470pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 0.1 UF+80-20%16V Capacitor 4.7F10% 6.3v Capacitor - 0.47F+80-20% 25V Capacitor:10uf:+80-20%:10V Capacitor - 330pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 270pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 33pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 1UF:+80-20%:16V Capacitor - 22UF:20%:6.3V Resistor - 1F+80-20% 50V Resistor - 10F20% 25V Filter - Bk2125hs101 IC - NFM60R30T222 Inductor -220uh 20% 0.33a Inductor - Slf12575-2r7n7r0-pF Filter Blm21pg221sn1b Filter:Mpz2012s101a Inductor - Nlfc453232-150k-pF Registor:33 :5%:1/16w Registor:10k :5%:1/16w Resistor - 68 5% 1/16W Registor:4.7k :5%:1/16w Registor:0 :1608 Register - 82 5% 1/16w Resistor - 15 5% 1W Resistor - 0 1/16W Capacitor - 10F20% 10V Resistor - 10 5% 1/10W Resistor - 1005%1/10W Resistor - 1K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 10K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 100K5%1/10W Resistor - 1205%1/10W Resistor - 1.2K 5% 1/10W
Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
136
Index No. 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240
Part No. 1650 4150 1650 4220 1650 4222 1650 4244 1650 4271 1650 4330 1650 4331 1650 4332 1650 4431 1650 4470 1650 4471 1650 4472 1650 4560 1650 4561 1650 4621 1650 4680 1650 4682 1650 4751 1650 4821 1654 1000 1654 1002 1654 1300 1654 4700 1654 4701 1654 4872 1654 5109 1654 8200 1654 8202 1660 0100 1660 2101 1660 2120 1660 2150 1660 2151 1660 2221 1660 2270
Description Resistor - 15 5% 1/10W Chip Resistor - 22 5% 1/10w Resistor - 2.2K5%1/10W Resistor:240k :5%:1/10w:1608 Resistor - 2705%1/10W Chip Resistor - 33 5% 1/10w Resistor - 3305%1/10W Resistor - 3.3K5%1/10W Resistor - 4305% 1/10W Resistor - 475%1/10W Resistor - 4705%1/10W Resistor - 4.7K 5% 1/10W Chip Resistor - 56 5% 1/10w Resistor - 560 5% 1/10W Resistor - 620 5% 1/10W 1608 Resistor - 685%1/10W Resistor - 6.8K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 750 5% 1/10W Chip Resistor - 820 5% 1/10w Resistor - 100 1% 1/10W Resistor - 10K5%1/10W Resistor - 1301% 1/10W Resistor - 4701%1/10W Resistor - 4.7K1% 1/10W Resistor - 48.7K 1% 1/10W Resistor:51:1%:1/10W Resistor - 8201%1/10W Resistor - 82K 1% 1/10W Capacitor - 10PF 0.5pF 50V Capacitor - 100pF - 10% - 50V Capacitor - 12 pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 15pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 150pF 20% 35V Capacitor - 220pF +80-20% 50V Capacitor - 27pF 20% 35V
Qty Per Assembly
Index No. 241 242 243 244 245 246 247
Part No. 1660 2330 1660 2470 1660 4102 1660 4103 1660 4332 1660 4472 1660 8104
Description Capacitor - 33pF - 5% - 50V Capacitor - 47pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 1000pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 10000pF - 10% - 50V Capacitor - 3300pF - 10% - 50V Capacitor - 4700pF10% 50V Capacitor - 0.1F+80-20% 25V
Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
137
manuals4you.com
55.Controller Board (B222/B224)
BAT
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. BAT1 114
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C1 190 C2 190 C3 176 C4 178 C5 197 C6 --C8 C9 C10 176 --176 209 210 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C11 204 C12 197 C13 195 --------C16 C17 C18 C19 C20 204 212 204 204 204 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C21 204 C22 204 C23 176 C24 204 C25 204 C26 C27 C28 C29 C30 204 204 204 204 175 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C31 204 C32 204 C33 201 C34 197 C35 195 C36 C37 --C39 C40 204 204 --204 204 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C41 204 C42 195 C43 204 C44 204 C45 204 --C47 C48 C49 C50 --204 195 204 195 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ----C53 C54 C55 C56 C57 C58 C59 C60 ----204 213 204 204 204 204 204 204
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL NO. C61 C62 C63 C64 C65 C66 C67 C68 C69 C70 INDEX NO. 204 204 204 204 204 204 204 204 204 204 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C71 241 C72 195 C73 197 C74 241 C75 197 C76 C77 C78 C79 C80 178 197 195 197 178 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C81 201 C82 201 C83 201 C84 201 C85 189 C86 C87 C88 C89 C90 205 196 197 184 184 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C91 184 C92 184 C93 184 C94 184 C95 176 --C97 C98 --C100 --315 240 --195 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C101 197 C102 204 ----C104 184 C105 197 C106 C107 C108 C109 C110 316 204 197 195 188 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C111 195 C112 185 C113 203 --------C116 C117 C118 --C120 197 195 182 --195 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C121 197 C122 313 ----C124 195 C125 213 C126 C127 C128 C129 C130 213 213 209 201 212
B222/B224
138
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C131 212 C132 197 C133 197 C134 178 C135 213 C136 C137 C138 C139 C140 213 213 213 213 213 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C141 177 C142 177 C143 195 C144 197 C145 197 C146 C147 C148 C149 C150 197 197 195 197 195 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C151 197 C152 195 C153 197 ----C155 198 C156 --C158 C159 C160 197 --198 195 209 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C161 197 C162 197 C163 195 C164 207 C165 213 C166 C167 C168 C169 C170 179 195 184 213 197 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C171 197 C172 197 C173 213 C174 190 C175 195 C176 C177 C178 ----203 190 203 ----SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. --------C183 197 C184 192 C185 195 C186 ----C189 --195 ----197 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. --C192 C193 C194 C195 C196 --C198 ------195 197 197 195 197 --197 -----
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C201 184 ------------C205 184 C206 C207 C208 ----184 183 215 ----SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ----------------C215 209 --C217 ----C220 --201 ----213 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C221 186 C222 186 ------------------C229 --------213 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ----C232 199 C233 213 C234 197 C235 197 C236 --------199 --------SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C241 199 ----C243 199 C244 195 C245 201 C246 C247 C248 C249 C250 204 204 204 204 204 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C251 204 C252 195 C253 180 C254 197 C255 204 C256 C257 C258 C259 C260 195 195 204 204 195 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C261 204 --------C264 197 C265 195 C266 C267 C268 C269 C270 195 195 180 197 204
B222/B224
139
manuals4you.com
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C271 204 C272 204 C273 197 C274 197 C275 204 C276 --C278 C279 C280 197 --180 205 204 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C281 195 C282 195 C283 204 C284 180 C285 199 C286 C287 C288 C289 C290 209 180 199 195 193 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C291 204 C292 204 C293 195 C294 180 C295 193 C296 C297 C298 C299 C300 197 195 197 195 199 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C301 195 C302 195 C303 204 ----C305 197 C306 C307 C308 C309 C310 195 209 193 204 195 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C311 195 C312 197 C313 204 C314 204 C315 209 C316 C317 C318 C319 C320 197 195 204 197 193 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C321 180 C322 195 C323 193 C324 205 C325 180 C326 C327 C328 C329 C330 207 204 195 214 199
C331 C332 C333 C334 C335 C336 C337 C338 C339 C340
206 204 199 204 199 180 180 205 195 197
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL NO. C341 C342 C343 C344 C345 C346 C347 C348 C349 C350 INDEX NO. 195 193 195 197 204 193 195 199 205 180 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C351 195 C352 197 C353 195 C354 204 C355 205 C356 C357 C358 C359 C360 197 214 204 195 197 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C361 180 C362 199 C363 204 C364 193 C365 195 C366 C367 C368 C369 C370 199 180 195 204 180 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C371 199 C372 195 C373 193 C374 193 C375 204 C376 C377 C378 C379 C380 204 180 204 195 204 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C381 195 C382 195 C383 180 C384 204 C385 197 C386 C387 C388 C389 C390 199 204 195 204 195 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C391 204 C392 195 C393 180 C394 199 C395 195 C396 C397 C398 C399 C400 193 195 204 193 204 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C401 195 C402 204 C403 205 C404 204 C405 205 C406 C407 C408 C409 C410 195 204 195 195 204
B222/B224
140
manuals4you.com
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO.
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C411 195 C412 195 C413 204 C414 204 C415 204 C416 C417 C418 C419 C420 209 204 195 195 195 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C421 204 C422 203 C423 204 C424 204 C425 204 C426 C427 C428 C429 C430 197 195 204 204 205 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C431 204 C432 197 C433 204 C434 197 C435 197 C436 C437 C438 C439 C440 195 204 203 197 197 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C441 180 C442 195 C443 195 C444 199 C445 195 C446 C447 C448 C449 --180 199 195 193 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C451 193 C452 184 C453 184 C454 184 C455 184 C456 C457 C458 C459 C460 204 189 207 208 195 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C461 197 C462 197 C463 199 ----C465 197 C466 C467 C468 C469 C470 207 206 204 197 197 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C471 C472 C473 C474 C475 C476 C477 C478 C479 C480 195 204 204 195 195 204 195 204 197 204
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL NO. C481 C482 C483 C484 C485 C486 C487 C488 C489 C490 INDEX NO. 180 180 193 195 199 204 197 189 199 195 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C491 193 C492 199 C493 178 C494 204 C495 194 C496 C497 C498 C499 C500 199 199 199 199 189 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C501 207 C502 180 C503 199 C504 193 C505 180 C506 C507 C508 C509 --194 194 194 194 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C511 195 C512 204 C513 195 C514 204 C515 195 C516 C517 C518 C519 C520 204 195 204 195 196 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C521 209 C522 197 C523 200 C524 204 C525 178 C526 C527 C528 C529 C530 197 200 314 207 195 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C531 195 C532 197 C533 193 C534 213 C535 204 C536 --C538 C539 C540 181 --195 194 194 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C541 194 C542 194 C543 194 C544 191 C545 203 C546 C547 C548 C549 C550 195 197 199 199 199
B222/B224
141
manuals4you.com
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C551 199 C552 199 C553 199 ----C555 204 C556 C557 C558 C559 C560 197 180 213 197 195 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C561 195 C562 193 C563 193 C564 195 C565 197 C566 C567 C568 C569 C570 199 195 197 199 186 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C571 186 ----C573 186 ----C575 186 C576 C577 --C579 --186 186 --195 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C581 204 C582 204 C583 195 C584 195 C585 180 C586 C587 C588 C589 C590 186 198 207 206 197 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C591 204 ----C593 204 C594 204 C595 197 C596 C597 C598 C599 --197 197 197 180 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C601 195 C602 186 C603 184 ----C605 189 C606 --C608 C609 C610 197 --202 197 195 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C611 C612 --C614 C615 C616 C617 C618 C619 C620 195 197 --204 195 195 195 204 197 195
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL NO. C621 C622 C623 C624 C625 C626 C627 C628 C629 --INDEX NO. 197 178 197 195 198 195 197 197 197 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C631 206 C632 204 C633 195 ----C635 207 --C637 C638 C639 C640 --195 195 205 195 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C641 204 C642 197 ----C644 195 C645 204 C646 C647 C648 C649 --204 195 197 197 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C651 195 C652 180 C653 209 C654 195 C655 204 C656 C657 C658 C659 C660 195 195 204 204 195 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C661 184 C662 204 C663 204 C664 197 C665 195 C666 C667 C668 C669 C670 206 184 204 195 205 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C671 206 C672 195 C673 206 C674 206 ----C676 C677 C678 C679 C680 204 197 197 195 195 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ----C682 205 ----C684 195 C685 197 C686 C687 C688 C689 C690 195 206 197 197 314
B222/B224
142
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C691 211 --------C694 195 ----C696 C697 C698 C699 C700 195 204 204 197 195 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ----C702 204 C703 195 C704 195 ------C707 C708 C709 C710 --206 207 186 197 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C711 195 ----C713 197 ----------C717 C718 C719 C720 --197 197 186 199 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ----C722 204 C723 180 C724 180 C725 180 C726 --------199 --------SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ----------------------C737 C738 C739 C740 --194 199 199 199 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C741 199 C742 186 C743 199 C744 190 C745 199 C746 C747 C748 C749 C750 195 195 195 194 199 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C751 C752 C753 C754 C755 C756 C757 ------199 194 194 199 199 199 197 -------
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. --------------------C766 C767 C768 C769 C770 195 197 195 197 186 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. C771 186 C772 197 C773 197 C774 194 C775 197 C776 C777 C778 C779 C780 195 197 197 186 187
CONNECTOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. CN100 106 CN101 111 CN102 111 CN103 110 ----CN105 103 CN106 105 CN107 105 CN108 105 CN109 104 ----SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. CN111 104 CN112 101 CN113 107 CN114 108 CN115 102 --CN117 --109
DIODE
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. D1 121 D2 121 D3 121 D4 123 ----D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 124 121 123 123 124 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. D11 122 D12 121 ----D14 121
FILTER
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. --------FIL3 225 ----FIL5 217 FIL6 FIL7 FIL8 FIL9 FIL10 217 225 227 220 227
B222/B224
143
manuals4you.com
FILTER
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. FIL11 227 FIL12 220 FIL13 216 FIL14 216 FIL15 218 FIL16 FIL17 216 218
FU
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. FU1 112 FU2 112
IC
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. IC1 141 --------IC4 140 ----IC6 IC7 IC8 IC9 IC10 135 135 159 148 1 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. IC11 129 IC12 129 ----IC14 134 IC15 130 IC16 IC17 IC18 IC19 IC20 145 139 149 158 146 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ----IC22 156 IC23 161 IC24 162 IC25 151 IC26 IC27 --IC29 IC30 128 135 --144 133 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ------------IC34 127 IC35 317 ----IC38 IC39 IC40 ----152 160 154 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. IC41 IC42 IC43 IC44 IC45 IC46 IC47 IC48 IC49 IC50 146 3 131 145 157 138 317 147 137 150
IC
SYMBOL NO. IC51 IC52 --IC54 --IC56 --IC58 IC59 IC60 INDEX NO. 142 140 --139 --136 --148 160 153 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. IC61 140 IC62 149 IC63 2 IC64 140 IC65 145 IC66 IC67 IC68 ----149 145 140 ----SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. IC71 140 IC72 155 IC73 143 ----IC75 140 IC76 --------145 --------SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ----IC82 140 IC83 132 ----------IC87 IC88 IC89 IC90 --132 132 155 155 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. IC91 155 IC92 126 IC93 155
LED
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. L1 219 L2 229 L3 224 L4 224 L5 226 L6 L7 L8 L9 L10 228 221 223 223 223 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. L11 223 L12 223
B222/B224
144
LED
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. LED1 125 ------------------------LED11 --------125
OSC
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. OSC1 163 OSC2 166 OSC3 164 OSC4 165
Q
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. Q1 115 Q2 118 Q3 120 Q4 118 Q5 116 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10 116 117 115 118 117 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. Q11 119 Q12 115 Q13 115 Q14 115 Q15 115
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R1 252 R2 265 R3 265 R4 251 R5 251 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 265 265 251 265 251 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R11 279 R12 269 R13 267 ----R15 278 R16 R17 R18 --R20 252 278 278 --278 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R21 R22 R23 R24 R25 R26 R27 R28 R29 R30 265 278 278 278 271 265 265 265 252 265
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. --------R33 288 R34 288 ----R36 R37 --R39 R40 288 265 --288 257 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R41 271 R42 257 R43 251 R44 251 R45 251 --------------------SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. --------R53 251 R54 257 ----------R59 R60 ------251 251 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ----R62 265 R63 251 R64 265 ----------R69 R70 ------257 265 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R71 265 R72 265 R73 265 --------R76 R77 R78 R79 R80 257 251 252 252 257 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R81 265 ----R83 251 R84 278 R85 278 R86 R87 R88 R89 R90 265 257 278 257 278 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R91 265 R92 278 R93 257 R94 257 ----R96 R97 R98 R99 R100 267 275 251 239 239
B222/B224
145
manuals4you.com
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R101 239 R102 239 R103 239 R104 239 R105 239 R106 R107 R108 --R110 239 239 239 --288 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ----R112 254 R113 265 R114 293 R115 299 R116 R117 R118 R119 R120 265 265 242 242 242 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R121 242 R122 265 R123 290 R124 239 R125 263 R126 R127 R128 R129 R130 312 244 309 274 274 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R131 274 R132 271 R133 300 R134 292 R135 290 R136 R137 R138 --R140 308 248 248 --265 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R141 274 R142 265 R143 265 R144 265 R145 251 --R147 R148 R149 R150 --246 245 245 244 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R151 245 R152 244 R153 244 R154 245 R155 245 R156 R157 R158 R159 --244 246 239 239 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R161 --R163 R164 R165 --R167 --R169 --248 --248 276 222 --222 --222 ---
RESISTOR
SYMBOL NO. R171 R172 R173 --R175 R176 R177 ------INDEX NO. 222 222 222 --222 243 243 ------SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ----R182 249 R183 251 ----R185 251 R186 R187 R188 R189 R190 265 251 265 251 250 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R191 251 --------R194 237 ----R196 R197 R198 ----265 250 251 ----SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ----R202 251 R203 248 ----R205 267 --R207 R208 R209 R210 --244 290 265 265 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R211 251 ----R213 250 R214 251 R215 248 R216 R217 R218 R219 R220 265 251 251 251 290 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R221 251 R222 250 ----R224 265 R225 265 R226 R227 R228 R229 R230 250 251 265 248 265 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R231 251 R232 251 R233 265 R234 281 R235 250 R236 R237 R238 R239 R240 251 248 265 265 248
B222/B224
146
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R241 248 R242 265 R243 265 R244 265 R245 281 R246 R247 R248 --R250 303 295 252 --265 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. --------R253 251 R254 284 R255 265 R256 --R258 R259 R260 265 --286 286 265 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R261 265 ----R263 265 R264 265 ------R267 R268 --R270 --282 265 --265 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R271 265 R272 256 ----R274 265 R275 280 R276 --R278 R279 --280 --283 288 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R281 288 R282 236 --------R285 238 R286 ----R289 R290 238 ----238 238 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R291 238 R292 238 R293 238 R294 250 R295 265 R296 R297 R298 R299 R300 251 250 265 252 265 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R301 R302 R303 R304 R305 R306 --R308 R309 R310 251 250 250 250 267 267 --267 267 251
RESISTOR
SYMBOL NO. R311 --R313 R314 --R316 R317 --R319 --INDEX NO. 277 --252 277 --267 251 --251 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ----R322 272 R323 277 R324 262 R325 265 R326 R327 R328 R329 R330 250 252 267 265 262 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R331 265 R332 277 R333 278 R334 265 R335 252 R336 R337 R338 R339 R340 252 277 250 265 252 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R341 251 R342 252 --------R345 272 R346 R347 R348 R349 R350 252 267 257 277 252 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R351 267 R352 257 R353 267 R354 257 R355 265 R356 R357 R358 R359 R360 251 265 252 265 274 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R361 257 R362 271 R363 257 R364 257 R365 269 R366 R367 --R369 R370 279 251 --251 279 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R371 279 R372 265 ----R374 251 ----R376 R377 R378 --R380 269 269 271 --272
B222/B224
147
manuals4you.com
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R381 267 R382 248 R383 248 R384 248 R385 288 R386 R387 R388 --R390 277 267 277 --254 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R391 271 R392 288 R393 271 R394 251 R395 248 R396 R397 R398 R399 R400 267 251 277 277 272 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R401 277 R402 265 R403 265 R404 271 R405 251 R406 R407 R408 R409 R410 265 251 277 248 248 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R411 274 R412 266 R413 266 R414 266 R415 251 R416 --R418 R419 R420 251 --274 266 266 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R421 266 R422 266 R423 251 R424 251 R425 248 R426 R427 R428 R429 R430 288 265 265 265 271 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R431 266 R432 265 R433 251 ----R435 251 R436 --R438 --R440 271 --271 --251 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R441 --R443 R444 --R446 R447 R448 R449 R450 251 --254 267 --265 251 271 250 265
RESISTOR
SYMBOL NO. --R452 R453 R454 --R456 R457 R458 R459 R460 INDEX NO. --267 251 265 --265 251 265 251 265 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R461 252 R462 265 R463 262 R464 271 R465 252 R466 R467 R468 R469 R470 265 265 252 271 265 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R471 262 R472 252 R473 278 R474 271 R475 251 R476 R477 R478 R479 R480 265 265 265 271 271 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R481 262 ----R483 267 R484 265 R485 265 R486 R487 R488 R489 R490 265 265 265 265 265 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R491 279 R492 265 R493 259 R494 257 R495 269 R496 R497 R498 R499 R500 265 265 264 267 265 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R501 274 R502 257 R503 265 R504 288 ----R506 R507 R508 R509 R510 265 265 271 251 265 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R511 271 R512 249 R513 249 R514 251 R515 249 R516 R517 R518 R519 R520 288 265 254 266 266
B222/B224
148
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R521 265 R522 265 ----R524 267 R525 265 --R527 R528 R529 R530 --267 254 267 267 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R531 251 ----R533 267 R534 267 R535 267 R536 R537 --R539 R540 250 251 --267 251 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R541 265 R542 267 R543 289 R544 265 R545 265 R546 R547 --R549 R550 267 258 --259 265 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R551 244 R552 244 R553 242 R554 242 R555 242 R556 R557 --R559 --242 288 --288 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R561 290 R562 311 R563 270 R564 251 ------R567 R568 --R570 --312 251 --265 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R571 267 R572 239 R573 239 R574 239 R575 239 R576 R577 R578 R579 --239 265 260 251 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R581 R582 R583 --R585 R586 R587 R588 --R590 269 251 251 --279 260 291 297 --267
RESISTOR
SYMBOL NO. --R592 R593 --R595 --------R600 INDEX NO. --255 255 --252 --------239 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R601 239 R602 239 R603 239 R604 239 R605 251 R606 R607 R608 R609 --238 238 296 250 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R611 265 ------------R615 251 R616 R617 --R619 R620 267 267 --251 251 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R621 267 R622 251 R623 251 R624 222 R625 265 R626 R627 R628 R629 R630 288 265 250 250 255 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R631 251 R632 251 --------------R637 R638 R639 ----250 267 265 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R641 251 R642 251 R643 255 --------R646 R647 R648 ----249 265 265 ----SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R651 304 R652 250 R653 251 R654 251 R655 251 R656 R657 --R659 R660 251 251 --251 265
B222/B224
149
manuals4you.com
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R661 250 R662 265 ----R664 251 R665 251 --R667 R668 R669 ----251 251 250 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R671 251 R672 251 R673 259 R674 251 ----R676 ----R679 --248 ----267 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R681 267 R682 267 --------R685 251 --R687 R688 R689 R690 --251 251 263 248 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R691 248 ----R693 248 R694 251 ----------R699 --------310 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R701 251 R702 265 --------R705 298 R706 --------288 --------SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R721 265 R722 265 R723 306 --------R726 R727 ------248 251 ------SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ------R744 R745 R746 ------R750 ------263 307 265 ------307
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ----------------R755 294 R756 --R758 R759 R760 251 --301 251 251 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R761 251 --------R774 284 ----------R779 R780 ------249 251 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. --------R783 249 ----R785 251 R786 --R788 R789 R790 251 --249 238 238 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R791 268 R792 265 R793 268 ----R795 251 R796 R797 R798 ----238 268 268 ----SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R801 238 R802 238 R803 238 R804 247 R805 253 --------------------SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ------------R814 238 R815 250 --------------------SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. ----R822 268 R823 261 R824 239 R825 250 R826 --R828 R829 R830 238 --247 250 285
B222/B224
150
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R831 287 R832 261 R833 250 R834 238 R835 273 R836 R837 R838 R839 R840 273 239 239 250 250 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R841 250 R842 249 R843 249 R844 249 R845 238 R846 R847 R848 R849 --238 238 238 251 --SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. --------------------R856 R857 R858 R859 R860 252 252 252 252 305 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R861 302 R862 250 --------------------------------SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. R871 288
RN
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN1 234 RN2 231 RN3 230 RN4 234 RN5 230 RN6 RN7 RN8 RN9 RN10 230 230 230 230 233 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN11 RN12 RN13 RN14 RN15 RN16 RN17 RN18 RN19 RN20 174 231 233 232 230 233 232 230 233 230
RN
SYMBOL NO. RN21 RN22 RN23 RN24 RN25 RN26 RN27 RN28 RN29 RN30 INDEX NO. 170 230 233 234 235 170 167 235 233 235 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN31 167 RN32 172 RN33 235 RN34 233 RN35 234 RN36 RN37 RN38 RN39 RN40 234 234 233 232 230 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN41 230 RN42 230 RN43 230 RN44 234 RN45 230 RN46 ----RN49 RN50 230 ----230 230 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN51 230 RN52 230 RN53 168 RN54 230 RN55 230 RN56 RN57 RN58 RN59 RN60 230 230 167 230 231 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN61 169 RN62 169 RN63 231 RN64 168 RN65 173 RN66 RN67 RN68 RN69 RN70 173 173 173 173 173 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN71 173 RN72 173 RN73 168 RN74 173 RN75 234 RN76 RN77 RN78 RN79 RN80 230 234 232 231 234 SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN81 231 RN82 232 RN83 234 RN84 167 RN85 168 RN86 RN87 RN88 RN89 RN90 234 233 234 168 171
B222/B224
151
manuals4you.com
RN
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. RN91 234 RN92 168 RN93 234 RN94 233 RN95 234 RN96 RN97 RN98 234 231 231
SW
SYMBOL INDEX NO. NO. SW1 113
B222/B224
152

Index No. * 1 2 3 Part No. B224 5740 B180 5891 B224 5705 B238 5720 Description PCB:Controller ASIC:Trumpet3 EEPROM AP-C1 CTL CONFIG ASIC:Shaker5.5 Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 Part No. 1102 5303 1102 7615 1102 8329 1102 9079 1102 9336 1102 9535 1102 9689 1102 9697 1102 9887 1102 9890 1102 9928 1107 1099 1204 1543 1206 0115 1400 0730 1401 1209 1401 1228 1401 1296 1401 1320 1401 1354 1402 1336 1402 1365 1402 1698 1402 1709 1403 1131 1407 2187 1407 4919 1407 5274 1407 5300 1407 5353 1407 5369 1407 5377 1407 5482 1407 5520 1407 5604 Description Connector - 4P Connector - B8B-XH-A Connector - Usb - UBB-4R-D14C Connector - RHM-88PL-SDK11-1 Connector:FPS009-2300-0 Connector - 200PS-JUK-G-B Connector 2-440091-4 Connector:2-440091-5 Connector:52588-3090 Connector:5-1605706-2 Connector:29 6406 200 000 856 Fuse Sst 5 Dip Switch Lithium Cell - Cr1632/v1a Transistor - 2SD1782K IC - HAT2093R Fet:Si3433dv-e3 Fet:Tpc8115 Fet - Tpc8107 Fet Array:Si4804bdy-e3 Diode - 1SS355 Diode-rb751v-40 Diode - RB Diode:EC21QS06G LED:SML-311UT TTLIC - SN74LS07NS IC - 74VHCT244 TSSOP CMOS Logic - 74LVCH162244A TSSOP CMOS Logic - 74LVC16244A TSSOP IC - SN74LV244APW IC - SN74AHCT32PW IC - SN74AHCT1G08DCK IC - SN74LVC07APW IC - SN74LVC125APW IC - SN74LVC16245ADGG Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
153
manuals4you.com
Index No. 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170
Part No. 1407 5733 1407 5868 1407 6080 1407 6100 1407 6101 1407 6123 1407 6127 1407 6145 1407 6161 1407 6187 1407 6204 1407 6265 1407 6268 1407 6335 1407 6372 1407 6534 1408 1750 1408 1778 1408 1815 1408 1826 1408 1925 1408 1956 1408 1960 1408 2034 1408 2053 1408 2066 1408 2132 1503 0842 1503 1181 1503 1304 1503 1305 1601 7887 1601 7898 1601 7909 1601 7913
Description IC:SN74ALVC244PW Ethernet Cont Lsi - Dp83847alqa56a CMOS Logic - SN74LVC2G04DCK IC:SN74LVC1G04DCK IC - SN74LVC2G17DCK IC Sn74lvc2g125dcu Clock Generator:Ics960008aflf IC:SN74LVC373APW Clock Generator-ics960009aflf CMOS Logic - SN74LVC1G07DCK CMOS Logic:SN74LVC2G07DCK Real Time Clock:R2025s CMOS Logic:SN74CBTLV3257PW CMOS Logic:SN74LVC1G17DCK Eeprom - Br24l01afj-w Cpu:Rm7935-835k-rev1.2 IC - R3112Q231A IC:R3112Q101A IC - R3112Q151A IC - R3112Q421A IC:LTC1778EGN#PBF IC:LTC3728LXCUH#TRPBF IC:LP2996LQ/NOPB IC:TPS62042DGQ IC:R3112Q291A-FA IC:TPS54310PWP IC:TPS54380PWP Oscillator - 14.31818MHZ Crystal Oscilator:30mhz Crystal Oscilator:25mhz Crystal Oscilator:25mhz Resistor Array - 10K 5% 1/32W Resistor Array Resistor Array - 10 5% 1/32W Resistor 22 5% 1/32w
Qty Per Assembly
Index No. 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205
Part No. 1601 7943 1601 7959 1601 7981 1601 7987 1604 2527 1604 4728 1604 4994 1605 1034 1605 1095 1605 1124 1605 1165 1605 1195 1605 1199 1605 1200 1605 1201 1605 1204 1605 1205 1605 1206 1605 1207 1605 1208 1605 1209 1605 1210 1605 1211 1605 1212 1605 1214 1605 1216 1605 1221 1605 1234 1605 1240 1605 1249 1605 1282 1605 1283 1605 1284 1605 1289 1605 1295
Description Resistor Array - 68 5% 1/32W Resistor Resistor Array - 100K 5%1/16W Resistor Array - 82 5% 1/16W Capacitor - 100F20% 25V Capacitor - 100F20% 16V Capacitor - 100F20% 6.3V Ceramic Capacitor:1000pF:10%:50v Capacitor:180pF:5%:25V Capacitor - 4.7F+80 -20% 10V Capacitor:680pF:5%:50V Capacitor:4pf:0.25pF:50V Capacitor - 8PF 0.5pF 50V Capacitor - 10PF 0.5pF 50V Capacitor - 12pF 5% 50V Capacitor-pF50v Capacitor - 33pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 47pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 68pF 5% 50V Capacitor:100pF:5%:50V Capacitor - 150pF 5% 50V Capacitor:180pF:5%:50V Capacitor - 220pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 470pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 1000pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 2200pF10%50V Capacitor - 0.1 UF+80-20%16V Capcitor:4700pF:10%:50v Capacitor - 0.01F10% 25V Capacitor:0.047uf:10%:16V Capacitor:22uf:+80-20%:10V Capacitor - 680pF 10% 50V Capacitor:1500pF:10%:50V Capacitor - 0.1F10% 10V Capacitor:10uf:+80-20%:10V
Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
154
manuals4you.com
Index No. 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240
Part No. 1605 1296 1605 1303 1605 1305 1605 1347 1605 1353 1605 1354 1605 1359 1605 1391 1605 1417 1605 1448 1607 0978 1607 1051 1607 1061 1607 1228 1607 1351 1607 1362 1607 1387 1607 1471 1607 1477 1607 1489 1607 1556 1607 1567 1607 1650 1607 1827 1609 0005 1609 0006 1609 0007 1609 0011 1609 0016 1609 0026 1610 1734 1610 1804 1632 0000 1634 0000 1644 1330
Description Capacitor - 330pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 0.01F+80-20% 50V Capacitor - 1F+80-20% 6.3V Capacitor - 1UF:+80-20%:16V Capacitor - 0.1F10% 25V Capacitor:1200pF:5%:50V Capacitor - 10UF:20%:16V Capacitor - 22UF:20%:6.3V Capacitor:47uf:+80-20%:10V Capacitor - 9PF:0.5pF 50V Inductor - Blm21p300spb Filter -fbmj2125hs420 Filter - Blm11p300spb Inductor - Slf7045-4r7m2r0 Filter Blm21pg221sn1b Coil - ACM3225-800-2P Filter - Blm18bb600sn1b Inductor:Lb2518b6r8m Inductor - Rlf7030-4r7m3r4 Filter - Mmz1608b301c Inductor:Rlf7030-1r5n6r1 Filter:Mpz2012s101a Inductor:Rlf7030-6r8m2r8 Inductor:Rlf7030-2r2m5r4 Registor:33 :5%:1/16w Registor:10k :5%:1/16w Resistor - 68 5% 1/16W Registor:22:5%:1/16w Registor:56 :5%:1/16w Resistor - 47 5% 1/16W Resistor:0.02 :1%:1W Resistor:0.006 :1%:1W Resistor - 0 1/8W Resistor - 0 1/16W Capacitor
Qty Per Assembly
Index No. 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275
Part No. 1644 6101 1650 4100 1650 4150 1650 4330 1650 4390 1650 4470 1650 4680 1650 5100 1650 5101 1650 5102 1650 5103 1650 5104 1650 5105 1650 5109 1650 5122 1650 5202 1650 5220 1650 5221 1650 5222 1650 5229 1650 5271 1650 5272 1650 5274 1650 5303 1650 5330 1650 5470 1650 5472 1650 5512 1650 5513 1650 5514 1650 5560 1650 5562 1650 5621 1650 5680 1650 5681
Description Capacitor - 100F20% 6.3V Resistor - 10 5% 1/10W Resistor - 15 5% 1/10W Chip Resistor - 33 5% 1/10w Resistor - 39 -5% 1/10W Resistor - 475%1/10W Resistor - 685%1/10W Chip Resistor - 10 5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 100 5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 1k5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 10k5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 100k5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 1m5%1/16w Chip Resistor 1 5% 1/16w Chip Resistor - 1.2k5%1/16w Chip Resistor:2k:5%:1/16w Resistor - 22 5% 1/16W Chip Resistor - 2205%1/16w Resistor - 2.2K 5% 1/16W Resistor:2.2 :5%:1/16w:1005 Chip Resistor 270 5% 1/16w Chip Resistor:2.7k:5%:1/16w Resistor:270k :5%:1/16w:1005 Chip Resistor 30k 5% 1/16w Chip Resistor - 335%1/16w Chip Resistor 47 5% 1/16w Chip Resistor:4.7k:5%:1/16w Chip Resistor 5.1k 5% 1/16w Chip Resistor:51k:5%:1/16w Chip Resistor:510k:5%:1/16w Chip Resistor 56 5% 1/16w Chip Resistor:5.6k:5%:1/16w Chip Resistor 620 5% 1/16w Resistor - 68 5% 1/16W Chip Resistor:680:5%:1/16w
Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
154A
Index No. 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310
Part No. 1650 5750 1650 5820 1650 5822 1650 5823 1653 4999 1653 5499 1654 1001 1654 1004 1654 1501 1654 1502 1654 3609 1654 8201 1655 0000 1655 1001 1655 1002 1655 1022 1655 1301 1655 1502 1655 1602 1655 1651 1655 1800 1655 1912 1655 2002 1655 2402 1655 2742 1655 3000 1655 3091 1655 3402 1655 3900 1655 4301 1655 4321 1655 4701 1655 4870 1655 6341 1655 6342
Description Chip Resistor:75:5%:1/16w Chip Resistor:82:5%:1/16w Chip Resistor:8.2k:5%:1/16w Chip Resistor:82k:5%:1/16w Resistor - 49.9 1% 1/8W Resistor - 54.9 1% 1/8W Resistor - 1K1%1/10W Chip Resistor - 1m 1% 1/10w Resistor - 1.5K 1% 1/10W 1608 Resistor - 15K1% 1/10W Resistor - 361%1/10W Resistor - 8.2K 1% 1/10W Chip Resistor - 00%1/16w Chip Resistor - 1k 1% 1/16w Chip Resistor - 10k1%1/16w Resistor:10.2k :1%:1/16W Chip Resistor:1.3k:1%:1/16w Resistor - 15K 1% 1/16W Resistor:16k :1%:1/16W Resistor:1.65k :1%:1/16w:1005 Chip Resistor:180:1%:1/16w Resistor:19.1k :1%:1/16W Chip Resistor - 20k1%1/16w Resistor - 24K 1% 1/16W Resistor:27.4k :1%:1/16W Chip Resistor:300:1%:1/16w Resistor:3.09k :1%:1/16W Resistor:34k :1%:1/16W Resistor:390 :1%:1/16W Resistor:4.3k :1%:1/16W Resistor:4.32k :1%:1/16W Chip Resistor - 4.7k1%1/16w Resistor:487 :1%:1/16W Resistor:6.34k :1%:1/16W Resistor:63.4k :1%:1/16W
Qty Per Assembly
Index No. 311 312 313 314 315 316 317
Part No. 1655 7152 1655 9761 1660 2101 1660 2121 1660 2470 1660 2471 1906 0076
Description Resistor:71.5k :1%:1/16W Resistor:9.76k :1%:1/16W Capacitor - 100pF - 10% - 50V Capacitor - 120pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 47pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 470pF - 5% - 50V Flash Memory:Mbm29pl12lm12pcn
Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
155
manuals4you.com
56.Accessories (B222/B224)
9 1 6 5 101 13 14 11 10
102 2
12 4
103
3 8
B222/B224
156
56.Accessories (B222/B224)
Index No. 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 4 4 4 4 5 6 6 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Part No. B230 9640 B230 9660 B230 9670 B230 9680 B223 3013 B223 3023 B223 3033 B223 3043 B223 6023 B223 2244 B223 2245 B223 2246 B223 2247 B223 6032 B223 2204 B223 2205 B223 2206 B223 2207 B223 6542 B223 6130 B238 2524 B238 1380 B065 1371 B223 1248 G038 1299 B065 1374 Description Developer:BK Developer:C Developer:M Developer:Y Development Unit:BK Development Unit:M Development Unit:C Development Unit:Y Cleaning Unit Drum Unit:BK Drum Unit:M Drum Unit:C Drum Unit:Y Intermediate Transfer Section:Servi PCU:BK PCU:C PCU:M PCU:Y Collection Bottle:Exp:Ass' Image Transfer Belt Decal - Paper Size Cover - Right Cloth Holder Operating Instructions Holder Rivet - 5 Cloth - DF Exposure Glass Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 101 102 103 Part No. 1150 0373 1150 0377 1607 1715 0450 3008N Description Power Supply Code:125V 15A NA Power Supply Code:250V:10A:EU Ferrite Core - Rfc-5 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
157
manuals4you.com
57.Decals and Documents (B222/B224)
2
Caution:When Turning Off the Mail Power
>ABS<
>PS<
>PS<
>PS<
8
CAUTION ACHTUNG ATTENTION ATTENZIONE PRECAUCION
>PET<
>ABS< >ABS< >ABS< >ABS< >ABS<
3
8 1/2 5 1/2 A3 B4 A4 A5 B5 B6 A6 12 11 8
>ABS<
Z
10
Prohibited Copying
>PS<
4
>ABS<
Gesetzliches Kopiererbot
Reproductions interdites
5
>ABS<
Divieto di copiatura
Prohibido copiar
B222/B224
158
11
>ABS<
12
On
>ABS<
13
Prohibited Copying >ABS<
Stand by
17 14
1 2 3
18
On
>ABS<
Off
>ABS<
19
1 2
B5 A5 A3 A3 A4 A4 A4 A4 A4 A4 B4 B5
11X17 11X17
81/2 X11 81/2 X11 81/2X11 81/2 X11 81/2 X11
15
B1 5~8 B1
>ABS<
3 4 3
81/2 X14 81/2 X14 81/2 X11
20
1
22
>ABS< >ABS< >ABS< >ABS<
16
>PS<
21
2
>ABS<
B222/B224
159
manuals4you.com
23
10 51/2 81/2 11 8
B5 B4 A5 B5 A5 A4 A4 A3
>PS<
27
P
1 1 2
29
P1
>ABS<
30
P3
2 1
24
3 P1 3 P1 2 4 1
PUSH
>ABS<
31
P3
5
Y
C
>ABS<
M K
P3
25
R
>ABS<
Face up Face haut Bild oben Faccia in su Boca arriba
28
P2
32
26
>ABS<
>ABS<
B222/B224
160
>PS<

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 22 22 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 31 Part No. AA00 0239 B132 1573 B223 2644 B223 2645 B223 2655 B223 2873 B223 4394 B223 4397 B223 4492 B229 1397 B237 1355 B237 1372 B237 1595 B237 2521 B238 1362 B238 1368 B238 1372 B238 2523 B238 2524 B238 2526 B238 2527 B238 3364 B238 3365 B238 3366 B238 3367 B652 1807 B652 2379 B789 6031 B802 6011 B802 6012 B802 6014 B802 6013 B802 6015 GA00 3030 GA00 3031 Description Decal:Color:MFP Decal - Power Source:Off Decal:Scale Decal:Side Fence Decal:Paper Set Direction Decal - Side Fence Rear Decal:Warning (high Temperature) Decal:Warning (high Temperature) Decal:Open And Close Decal:Caution:Original:EU Decal - Main Switch EU OP Decal - Main Switch On-standby Decal - Caution Original Decal - Paper Set Direction No.1 Decal - Misfeed Removal B1 Decal - Cleaning Decal - Main Switch(on-off) Decal - Paper Set Direction No.2 Decal - Paper Size Decal - Grip Decal - Grip Decal:Colored Display:BK:Inner Cover Decal:Colored Display:Y:Inner Cover Decal:Colored Display:C:Inner Cover Decal:Colored Display:M:Inner Cover Decal:Size:Original Decal:Caution:Original:5-lang Decal - Original Table Decal:Side Fence Decal:Misfeed Removal:Original Decal:Display:Misfeed Removal:P2 Decal:Display:Misfeed Removal:P1 Decal:Display:Misfeed Removal:P3 Decal - Shielding Plate Y Decal - Shielding Plate M Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 31 31 32 Part No. GA00 3032 GA00 3033 GA00 3167 Description Decal - Shielding Plate C Decal - Shielding Plate K Decal:Caution:Inkjet:NA Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1
B222/B224
161
manuals4you.com
58.Special Tools (B222/B224)
10
11
12
13
B222/B224
162
58.Special Tools (B222/B224)

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 13 13 13 Part No. B645 5010 B645 6705 B645 6820 VSSM 9000 G021 9350 C401 9503 A257 9300 5203 9502 A092 9503 A006 9104 B679 5100 B132 9700 B230 9640 B230 9660 B230 9670 B230 9680 Description SD Card PCMCAI Card Adapter USB Reader/Writer Digital Multimeter - FLUKE87 Loop-back Connector - Parallel 20X Magnification Scope Grease Barrierta - S552R Silicone Grease G-501 C4 Color Test Chart (3 pcs/set) Scanner Positioning Pin (4 pcs/set) Plug - IEEEE1284 Type C Lubricant Powder Developer:BK Developer:C Developer:M Developer:Y Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly
B222/B224
163
manuals4you.com
B222/B224 PARTS INDEX
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
PM Parts Index
Section Name Exterior 1 (B222/B224) Part No. B223 1348 B223 1277 B223 1276 B223 1278 B802 4361 A806 1295 A859 2241 AF03 0090 AF03 1090 AF03 2090 AF03 1046 AF03 0049 AF03 2046 G080 2900 B223 6263 B223 4235 B223 4221 AE03 1046 AE03 0069 AE01 0059 AE03 0071 AE02 0115 B223 4226 AB01 1249 AE03 1065 AE03 1062 AE04 0066 AE04 0065 AE03 1061 B223 2244 B223 2245 B223 2246 B223 2247 Description in Service Manual Filter: Image Forming Md Ozone Filter:No.1 Filter: Right Rear Ozone Filter:No.2 Roller:Pickup Feed Belt Reverse Roller Paper Feed Roller :Pickup Paper Feed Roller: Feed Paper Feed Roller :Separate Feed Roller - Manual Feed Pick-up Roller Separation Roller - Manual Feed Torque Limiter Transfer/separation Unit:Ap:Ass'y Roller: Ferrite Core: Ass'y Fusing Belt:Dia60:Adhesion Bushing: Heat Roller Ball Bearing:Dia12xdia21x7 Hot Roller:Dia35 Ball Bearing:Dia17xdia26x5 Pressure Roller:Dia40 Roller :Belt Tensioner:Dia12 Gear: Turn: Ferrite Core:Z16 Bushing: Fusing Sub-unit Rear Bushing - Oil Supply Roller Cleaning Roller - Oil Supply Roller Oil Supply Roller Front Bushing - Oil Supply Roller Drum Unit:Bk Drum Unit:M Drum Unit:C Drum Unit:Y Description in Parts Catalog Filter :Image Forming MD Ozone Filter:No.1 Filter: Right Rear Ozone Filter:No.2 Roller: Pickup Feed Belt Reverse Roller Paper Feed Roller: Pickup Paper Feed Roller: Feed Paper Feed Roller: Separate Feed Roller - Manual Feed Pick-up Roller Separation Roller - Manual Feed Torque Limiter Transfer/Separation Unit:AP:Ass'y Roller: Ferrite Core: Ass'y Fusing Belt:Dia60:Adhesion Bushing: Heat Roller Ball Bearing:Dia12xdia21x7 Hot Roller:Dia35 Ball Bearing:Dia17xdia26x5 Pressure Roller:Dia40 Roller :Belt Tensioner:Dia12 Gear: Turn :Ferrite Core:Z16 Bushing: Fusing Sub-unit Rear Bushing - Oil Supply Roller Cleaning Roller - Oil Supply Roller Oil Supply Roller Front Bushing - Oil Supply Roller Drum Unit:BK Drum Unit:M Drum Unit:C Drum Unit:Y Qty Per Assembly 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Page and Index No. 13 13 13 15 25 25 27 55 55 55 61 61 61 61 67 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 157 157 157 157 2 9 22 13 6 23 11 14 18 27 6 11 39 40 11 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 12 16 19 22 23 24 2 2 2 2
Exterior 2 (B222/B224) Original Feed 2 (B222/B224) Original Feed 3 (B222/B224) Paper Feed Section (B222/B224)
By-pass Feed Section 2 (B222/B224)
Paper Separation (B222/B224) Fusing unit 2 (B222/B224)
Accessories (B222/B224)
B222/B224
Parts Index
Parts Index
Part No. B222 1595 B222 1818 B222 1819 B222 1820 B222 8331 B222 8332 B222 8333 B222 8334 B222 8335 B222 8336 B222 8337 B222 8338 B222 8339 B222 8343 B224 1251 B224 1411 B224 1412 B224 5705 B224 5740 B224 5740 B224 8331 B224 8332 B224 8333 B224 8334 B224 8335 B224 8336 B224 8337 B224 8338 B224 8339 B224 8343 Description Cover: Scanner: Front:EU Cover: Scanner: Left:EU Cover :Scanner :Right:EU Cover: Scanner: Rear:EU Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:RIC Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:SVN Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:GES:NA Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:LAN:NA Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:INF Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:NSA Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:REX Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:GES:EU Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:LAN:EU Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:GES:AA Cover:Front:EU Operation Panel:NA Operation Panel:EU EEPROM AP-C1 CTL CONFIG PCB:Controller PCB:Controller Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:RIC Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:SVN Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:GES:NA Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:LAN:NA Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:INF Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:NSA Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:REX Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:GES:EU Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:LAN:EU Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:GES:AA Page and Index No. 19 - 35 15 - 1 15 - 11 15 - 12 13 - 12 13 - 12 13 - 12 13 - 12 13 - 12 13 - 12 13 - 12 13 - 12 13 - 12 13 - 12 13 - 15 19 - * 19 - * 153 - 2 97 - 5 153 - * 13 - 12 13 - 12 13 - 12 13 - 12 13 - 12 13 - 12 13 - 12 13 - 12 13 - 12 13 - 12 Part No. A006 9104 A092 9503 A193 1766 A193 1767 A193 1769 A193 1793 A193 1816 A222 2724 A222 2724 A232 2987 A232 2987 A232 4666 A250 1752 A250 1821 A250 1822 A257 9300 A259 6754 A267 2857 A267 2857 A267 2859 A267 2859 A267 2860 A267 2860 A294 6700 A422 1063 A422 1063 A422 1063 A458 2251 A548 6121 A628 1225 A680 2261 A697 2102 A806 1295 A858 4671 A858 4676 Description Scanner Positioning Pin (4 pcs/set) C4 Color Test Chart (3 pcs/set) Wire Clamp 1st Mirror Holder Clamp - REAR WIRE Scanner Home Sensor Stopper 1st Slide Rail External Circlip - Mm8 External Circlip - Mm8 Roller - Paper Tray Roller - Paper Tray Cushion - Stepper Motor Exposure Glass Heater - 9W (120V) Heater - 9W (230V) Grease Barrierta - S552R Bushing - 6 6mm Spring Plate - Side Fence Spring Plate - Side Fence Side Fence Stopper Side Fence Stopper Rear Lever Stopper Rear Lever Stopper Torque Limiter - 53mnxm Seal - 0.7x13x20 Seal - 0.7x13x20 Seal - 0.7x13x20 Cushion - Bin Solenoid Lever Screw - M4 Bushing - 8mm Gear - 24Z Damper - Junction Gate Solenoid Feed Belt Roller Driven Spring Plate - Pressure Roller Page and Index No. 163 - 10 163 - 9 45 - 1 45 - 5 45 - 2 43 - 13 47 - 28 53 - 14 51 - 14 53 - 16 51 - 16 105 - 21 43 - 7 45 - 25 45 - 25 163 - 7 61 - 35 51 - 28 53 - 28 51 - 29 53 - 29 51 - 27 53 - 27 27 - 12 27 - 18 29 - 16 33 - 16 27 - 22 21 - 3 25 - 21 35 - 21 31 - 13 25 - 23 21 - 19 21 - 18
B222/B224
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. A859 1841 A859 2112 A859 2241 A859 7211 B004 2783 B004 2923 B004 2923 B024 1264 B044 1825 B044 1825 B044 1825 B044 1847 B051 1727 B051 1814 B065 1371 B065 1374 B082 2781 B101 1097 B101 5160 B101 5993 B101 5993 B132 1573 B132 1573 B132 1692 B132 9700 B154 5879 B154 5879 B180 1701 B180 1704 B180 1713 B180 1716 B180 1731 B180 1734 B180 1803 B180 1810
Description Filter - DF Open Sensor Drive Shaft - Paper Feed Belt Reverse Roller Stepped Screw Torque Limiter Spring Plate - Release Lever Spring Plate - Release Lever Magnet Catch Collar Collar Collar Shoulder Screw Frame:Scanner:Front Bracket:Original Sensor Cloth Holder Cloth - DF Exposure Glass Bracket:Sensor Rubber Foot:H5 IC:MB87M1480175 Interface Panel Interface Panel Decal - Power Source:Off Decal - Power Source:Off Scale:Rear:Printing Lubricant Powder Plate:Cable Plate:Cable Inner Cover Bracket:Tension Stepper Motor:Ass'y Carriage:No.1:Ass'y Bracket:Sheet Through Slide Rail:No.2 Guide:High Voltage Supply Cord:Base Pulley:Drive Were:Front:Sub-Ass'y
Page and Index No. 41 - 10 25 - 13 27 - 11 21 - 2 55 - 28 53 - 20 51 - 20 13 - 17 103 - 9 81 - 22 35 - 4 81 - 13 43 - 8 45 - 13 157 - 11 157 - 14 55 - 6 115 - 10 135 - 1 97 - 15 91 - 18 161 - 2 13 - 7 43 - 11 163 - 12 91 - 1 45 - 26 45 - 14 47 - 20 47 - 16 45 - 4 43 - 1 47 - 29 45 - 7 47 - 23
Part No. B180 1812 B180 1814 B180 2871 B180 5445 B180 5891 B188 5350 B221 1851 B221 5236 B221 5245 B221 5247 B223 0211 B223 0212 B223 1065 B223 1067 B223 1068 B223 1069 B223 1076 B223 1080 B223 1084 B223 1087 B223 1101 B223 1102 B223 1103 B223 1116 B223 1120 B223 1123 B223 1144 B223 1148 B223 1174 B223 1177 B223 1180 B223 1183 B223 1186 B223 1187 B223 1188
Description Pulley:Drive Were:Rear:Sub-Ass'y Shaft:Scanner:Drive Shaft:Separator:Driven:Ass'y Polygon Mirror Motor Board ASIC:Trumpet3 LSI:MB87M4290 Imaging Unit Ass'y C1c Harness:LDB:1LD Harness:LD Unit:LD-Signal:1LD Harness:LD Unit:LD-Data:1LD Fusing Section:NA:Ass'y Fusing Section:EU:Ass'y Connector Bracket Bracket:Sensor:Front Bracket:Sensor:Rear Bracket:Drawer Separation Plate - Upper Right Separation Plate - Upper Middle Right Separation Plate - Upper Middle Left Separation Plate - Upper Left Grip:Front Bracket:Grip:Right Front Bracket:Hinge:Left Cam:Guide Plate:Scanner:Left Bracket:Paper Feed Unit Hinge - Cover Drum Stay Holder:Positioning Sensor Shaft: Development Drive Unit:Collection Bottle Drive Unit Bracket:Paper Feed Grip Shaft Drive Joint Magnetic Clutch Bracket Stepper Motor DC24V
Page and Index No. 47 - 24 47 - 26 61 - 41 49 - 1 153 - 1 135 - 2 49 - * 49 - 16 91 - 5 91 - 3 69 - * 69 - * 101 - 26 113 - 8 113 - 9 107 - 3 111 - 13 111 - 12 111 - 11 111 - 10 111 - 22 111 - 16 111 - 15 43 - 19 115 - 6 17 - 23 99 - 6 99 - 13 101 - 12 99 - * 105 - 10 105 - 2 105 - 3 105 - 12 105 - 16
B222/B224
Parts Index
Description Feed Drive Shaft Bracket :Drive Unit: Registration Bracket: Fusing Drive Sub-unit:Ass'y DC Motor 24V DC Motor 24V Bracket: Connector: Heater Cover: Connector: Heater DC Motor Bracket DC Motor: Shutter: Ass'y Sensor Link Bracket Torsion Spring Shutter Link Sensor Shutter Bracket Duct:Rear:1 Duct:Rear:2 Duct:Rear:3 Duct:Rear:Lower Inner Cover:Upper:Left Inner Cover - Left Inner Cover:Upper:Right Inner Cover - Middle Cap:Grip Guide Plate:Scanner Operating Instructions Holder Emblem Cover Collection Bottlecover - Front Cover - Main Switch Sheet:Misfeed Removal Cover:Upper Cover:Inner Back Cover:Inner Back:Upper Cover - Inner Back Middle Cover:Front Right Cover:Paper Exit Unit:Upper Cover:Right:Front
Page and Index No. 105 - 1 105 - 20 107 - 10 103 - 16 99 - 16 101 - 1 115 - 5 95 - 6 95 - 5 95 - 9 95 - 7 95 - 8 95 - 18 99 - 1 99 - 4 99 - 3 93 - 2 17 - 1 13 - 10 17 - 26 17 - 6 111 - 21 13 - 16 157 - 12 13 - 11 13 - 6 13 - 4 13 - 18 15 - 5 15 - 8 15 - 6 15 - 7 17 - 22 15 - 9 17 - 27
Description Cover:Right:Rear Cover:Right:Upper Middle Cover:Right Rear:Fan Filter:Right Rear Ozone Filter:No.1 Ozone Filter:No.2 Cleaner:Shield Glass:Ass'y Cover:Left Cover:Left:Upper Cover:Left:Middle Cover:Rear Cover:Rear:Upper Cap:Cover:Rear Drum Stay PCU Ass'y Drum Stay Lever Stopper:Lever:Drum Stay Drum Stay Ball Bearing Plate Ball Bearing Clip Screw Screw Spring Wire Duct:IH:Front Duct:IH:Rear Duct:Fusing Duct:Fusing:Rear Bracket:Fan:Ih Bracket:Fan Fan Motor - Mm60 DC24V Fan Motor - Mm60 DC24V Fan Motor - Mm60 DC24V Duct:Exit Duct:Supply:Front Duct:Supply:Rear
Page and Index No. 13 - 21 15 - 10 13 - 23 13 - 22 13 - 9 15 - 13 13 - 19 13 - 3 15 - 2 13 - 1 13 - 26 13 - 25 13 - 24 17 - 14 17 - 15 17 - 12 17 - 17 17 - 19 17 - 20 95 - 1 17 - 21 17 - 16 17 - 18 107 - 8 107 - 7 103 - 2 103 - 3 73 - 7 109 - 5 103 - 17 109 - 6 107 - 6 73 - 2 107 - 5 107 - 4
B222/B224
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Description Sponge:IH:Fan Filter:Image Forming MD Stepper Motor DC5.06V Drum Stay:Drive Unit Cover:Fusing Drive Unit:Lower Guide:Harness Holder:Magnetic Clutch PCB:APC1:LCDC:NA PCB:LCDC:EU PCB OP-L Invertor - TFT Cable - FFC TFT LCD LCD - TFT W-VGA SH Touch Panel - W-VGA F Shadeing Plate:Touch Panel:Ass'y Keytop - Blank FB Cover:Scanner:Front Cover:Front Right:Upper Carriage:No.2 Mirror:No.2:Concave Mirror:No.2:Convax Lens Unit Scale:Machine Or Copier Seal:Sheet Through Scale:Left Cover:Stepper Motor:Rear Drive Were Spacer:Bracket:Scale:Left Holder:Connector Scale:Left:Na Frame:Scanner:Rear Ground Plate:Stay:Lens Gasket:Rfsg-030100:75 Bracket:Exterior:Rear Document Feeder:Connector:Bracket
Page and Index No. 113 - 7 13 - 2 105 - 22 105 - 4 107 - 14 99 - 18 99 - 11 19 - 9 19 - 9 19 - 4 19 - 10 19 - 19 19 - 18 19 - 15 19 - 14 19 - 32 19 - 35 19 - 37 47 - 1 47 - 3 47 - 4 45 - 17 43 - 3 43 - 5 43 - 6 47 - 13 47 - 19 43 - 2 45 - 11 43 - 6 43 - 9 45 - 15 45 - 16 47 - 14 43 - 17
Description Cover:Scanner:Left Cover:Scanner:Right Cover:Scanner:Rear Seal:Scanner:Frame:Base Duct:Scanner Sheet:Fan:Duct:Scanner Seal:Duct:Front:Scanner Seal:Duct:Rear:Scanner Xenon Lamp Imaging Unit Ass'y C1d Cover - Upper Cover - Polygon Motor Shutter Ass'y Imaging Unit Plate - Front Imaging Unit Plate - Rear Imaging Unit Plate - Inner Imaging Unit Plate - Outer Louver Screw Link:Shutter:1 Link:Shutter:2 Torsion Spring:Link:1 Torsion Spring:Link:2 Screw:Link:Shutter Plate Nut:Link PCU:BK PCU:C PCU:M PCU:Y Drum Unit:BK Drum Unit:M Drum Unit:C Drum Unit:Y Registration Roller Knob Guide Plate:Registration:Right
Page and Index No. 15 - 1 15 - 11 15 - 12 45 - 8 45 - 19 45 - 22 45 - 20 45 - 21 45 - 3 49 - * 49 - 9 49 - 6 49 - 8 111 - 19 111 - 20 111 - 18 111 - 17 49 - 5 49 - 7 49 - 11 49 - 10 49 - 14 49 - 13 49 - 18 49 - 12 157 - 6 157 - 6 157 - 6 157 - 6 157 - 4 157 - 4 157 - 4 157 - 4 57 - 9 57 - 20
B222/B224
Parts Index
Description Harness:Registration Sensor Ground Plate:Rear Ground Plate:Reverse Gear:Z16 Guide Plate:Separator Transport Roller:Exit:Duplex Cover:Manual Feed Unit Guide Plate:Exit Cover:Guide Plate:Exit Sheet:Guide:Exit Stay:Feed Rack:Manual Feed DC Solenoid:Pickup Spring:Release:Pickup Support Stay:Arm Torsion Spring:27n Bracket:Arm:Manual Feed:Rear Roller:Driven:Dia16 Decal:Scale Decal:Scale Decal:Side Fence Decal:Side Fence Guide Plate:Transport Unit:Exit Spring:Pressure:5n Arm:Manual Feed:Front Arm:Manual Feed:Rear Decal:Paper Set Direction Decal:Paper Set Direction Arm:Manual Feed:Short:Front Arm:Manual Feed:Short:Rear Harness:Manual Feed Cover:Manual Feed Manual Feed Table Extension Tray Cover:Manual Feed:Entrance
Page and Index No. 57 - 17 61 - 29 61 - 25 61 - 37 61 - 26 61 - 18 61 - 4 61 - 3 61 - 1 61 - 17 61 - 9 59 - 11 61 - 14 61 - 15 61 - 19 61 - 20 61 - 32 87 - 8 59 - 8 161 - 3 59 - 5 161 - 4 87 - 6 87 - 7 61 - 22 61 - 33 161 - 5 59 - 6 61 - 24 61 - 34 61 - 16 59 - 7 59 - * 59 - 13 79 - 15
Description Spring:Cover:Manual Feed Gear:16Z Grip:Side Fence Spring Plate:Stopper Harness:Paper Size Sensor Side Fence:Rear Guide Plate - Vertical Transport Spring - 11n Sheet - Transport Sub-unit Arm:Tightener Gear:25Z Stepper Motor:DC24V 26.4W Gear:Z31 Side Fence:Front Gear:Z28 Bracket:Stepper Motor Guide:Gear Drum Stay:Drive Heat Sink:Heater:NA Heat Sink:Heater:EU Supporter - Left No.1 Supporter - Left No.2 Positioning Cap - Short Supporter - Right Bracket:Push Switch Cover Paper Tray Stopper Ass'y Paper Feed Unit Pickup Arm Feed Shaft Gear-24z Ground Plate - Feed Paper End Feeler Harness Sheet Harness - Paper Feed Unit
Page and Index No. 79 - 14 59 - 12 59 - 3 59 - 4 59 - 9 59 - 2 87 - 2 87 - 4 87 - 1 61 - 44 61 - 47 103 - 12 61 - 46 59 - 1 61 - 48 103 - 10 103 - 6 61 - 49 115 - 4 115 - 4 115 - 2 115 - 1 115 - 7 115 - 8 101 - 18 101 - 17 101 - 10 55 - * 55 - 22 55 - 26 55 - 25 55 - 21 55 - 1 55 - 12 55 - 3
B222/B224
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Description Stay Sensor Bracket DC Solenoid 24V Ground Plate - Front Separate Driven Shaft Separate Drive Shaft Gear - 22Z Feed Guide Guide Plate Guide Plate No.2 Paper Tray Unit No.1 Cover - Paper Tray No.1 Paper Tray Grip Paper Tray Grip Grip Holder Grip Holder Lever - Release Inner Lever - Release Inner Release Shaft Release Shaft Lever - Release Outer Lever - Release Outer Rise No.1 Shaft Rise No.1 Shaft Ground Plate Side Fence - Front Decal - Side Fence Rear Decal - Side Fence Rear Decal - Side Fence Rear Side Fence - Rear Slide Rail - Left Slide Rail Stopper - Left Paper Tray Unit No.2 Link - Paper Size Sensor Spacer
Page and Index No. 55 - 9 55 - 4 55 - 8 55 - 13 55 - 29 55 - 34 55 - 35 55 - 17 57 - 23 57 - 24 51 - * 51 - 7 53 - 8 51 - 8 53 - 13 51 - 13 51 - 10 53 - 10 51 - 12 53 - 12 51 - 15 53 - 15 51 - 24 53 - 24 51 - 32 51 - 18 161 - 6 51 - 30 53 - 30 51 - 26 51 - 2 51 - 3 53 - * 53 - 1 53 - 2
Description End Fence End Fence Rise Lever Rise Lever Ground Plate - Paper Tray No.2 Front Side Fence Stopper Lever - Front Stopper Lever - Front Rear Side Fence Plate - Side Fence Plate - Side Fence Plate - Side Fence Right Plate - Side Fence Right Gear - 16Z Gear - 16Z Tray Bottom Plate Tray Bottom Plate Cover - Paper Tray No.2 Development Unit:BK Development Unit:M Development Unit:C Development Unit:Y Pump Unit - Y Pump Unit - C Pump Unit - M Nozzle Ass'y Tube Clamp Tube Clip Pump Unit - BK Toner Cartridge Unit Toner Cartridge Guide Toner Supply Drive Unit Shaft:Drive:Drive Unit:BKY Shaft:Drive:Drive Unit:CM Spring:Drive Unit:Toner Bottle
Page and Index No. 51 - 17 53 - 17 51 - 25 53 - 25 53 - 6 53 - 18 51 - 19 53 - 19 53 - 26 51 - 22 53 - 22 51 - 21 53 - 21 51 - 23 53 - 23 51 - 4 53 - 4 53 - 7 157 - 2 157 - 2 157 - 2 157 - 2 65 - 8 65 - 7 65 - 6 65 - 10 65 - 9 65 - 11 65 - 5 113 - 1 113 - 2 63 - * 63 - 5 63 - 4 63 - 12
B222/B224
Parts Index
Description Timing Belt:Toner Bottle Magnetic Clutch - 0.25n.m BK Magnetic Clutch - 0.25n.m YCM Pulley:Toner Bottle:YC Pulley:Toner Bottle:CM Gear:Toner Bottle:DRIVE Gear:Magnetic Clutch:Y Rfid Ground Plate IH Coilunit:EU Screw:Positioning Control Thermostat:149c/150c Thermistor:Fusing:Ass'y Thermistor:Pressuer:Ass'y Bracket:Oil Supply Roller Fusing Belt:Dia60:Adhesion Roller:Belt Tensioner:Dia12 Encoder:Ferrite Core:Change Spacer:Heat Roller Roller:Ferrite Core:Ass'y Frame:Coil:Front Frame:Coil:Rear Guide:IH:Upper Bracket:Pressure:Coil Stay:IH:Holder Holder:Coil:Front Lower Holder:Coil:Rear Lower Stay:Temperature Sensor:Fusing Bracket:Drive:Gear Stepper Motor:DC24V 24.3W Bracket:Stepper Motor Arm:Rear Arm:Front Lever:Lock:Fusing Unit Bracket:Sensor:Turn Bracket:Sensor:Machine Or Copier
Page and Index No. 63 - 6 63 - 11 63 - 10 63 - 7 63 - 8 63 - 13 63 - 9 63 - 2 73 - 21 71 - 27 69 - 4 69 - 2 69 - 3 71 - 20 71 - 3 71 - 9 71 - 25 71 - 11 71 - 2 73 - 19 73 - 20 73 - 15 73 - 13 73 - 5 73 - 3 73 - 4 113 - 14 107 - 18 107 - 22 107 - 21 85 - 15 85 - 2 73 - 17 73 - 12 73 - 10
Description Cover:Thermopile Holder:Thermopile Supporter:Fusing Unit Bracket:Pin Guide:Fusing Unit Sheet:Harness Ring:Gear:Heat Roller IH Coil Unit Holder:Fusing Unit:Ass'y Positioning Plate:Fusing Unit Decal:Warning (high Temperature) Decal:Warning (high Temperature) Decal:Warning (high Temperature) Decal:Warning (high Temperature) Guide Plate:Upper Left Bracket:Sensor Ground Plate:Bracket:Sensor Roller:Guide:PFA Roller:Auxiliary:Driven:Dia16:PFA Spring Plate - Exit Roller Inner Cover:Exit:Front Inner Cover:Exit:Rear Harness:IOB:Paper Exit Unit:C Stepper Motor:DC24V 70.2W Stay:Protect Bracket:Stepper Motor:Gate Bracket:Gear:Coupling Gear:Z14 Gear:Z14/Z40 Tension Spring:1.3n Exit Roller Transport Roller:Dia18 Transport Roller:Auxiliary Spacer:Idler Gear:Pulley:Z27/T22
Page and Index No. 113 - 10 113 - 13 73 - 18 73 - 11 73 - 23 113 - 5 107 - 15 73 - 21 73 - 22 113 - 15 161 - 7 67 - 29 161 - 8 73 - 24 77 - 7 75 - 11 77 - 5 77 - 18 77 - 14 77 - 23 75 - 8 75 - 9 75 - 10 75 - 21 77 - 26 75 - 20 75 - 17 75 - 23 75 - 18 75 - 16 77 - 3 75 - 13 77 - 9 75 - 5 77 - 12
B222/B224
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Description Gear:Pulley:Z18/T23 Gear:18Z Guide Plate:Upper Right Timing Pulley:22T Timing Pulley:23T Gear:Z20/Z32 Stopper Guide Plate:Open And Close Gear:21Z Driven Roller:Dia16 Gate Pawl:Entrance Lever:Gate Pawl:Upper Stopper:Gate Pawl:Upper Tension Spring:Gate Pawl:1.6n Bracket:Paper Exit Unit:Rear Inner Cover:Sensor Guide Plate:Upper:Gate Compression Spring:Driven Roller Tension Spring:10n Exit Tray Exit End Fence Guide Plate:Lower Discharge Brush:Exit Decal:Open And Close Decal:Open And Close Shaft:Pressure:Auxiliary Gate Pawl:Upper Guide Plate:Right Guide Plate:Left Lower Guide Plate:Left Upper Timing Belt:30S2M312 Timing Belt:30S2M182 Transport Roller:No.1 Roller Clutch:T24 Spacer:Wire:Stopper
Page and Index No. 75 - 4 75 - 1 75 - 14 77 - 13 75 - 6 75 - 19 75 - 22 83 - 14 83 - 3 83 - 11 83 - 2 83 - 6 83 - 8 83 - 9 83 - 17 79 - 6 81 - 2 83 - 13 83 - 10 15 - 4 15 - 3 77 - 19 77 - 6 83 - 7 161 - 9 77 - 15 83 - 1 81 - 23 85 - 13 83 - 20 85 - 5 85 - 3 85 - 11 85 - 14 87 - 9
Description Link:Stopper Wire:Stopper:Dia1.5 Tension Spring:Wire:180n Timing Belt:30S2M268 Pulley:T26/T24 Roller Clutch:T24 Guide Plate:Cover Tension Spring:Hook:Stopper Inner Cover:Duplex:Rear Inner Cover:Duplex Roller Clutch:T26 Timing Belt:30S2M234 Reverse Roller:Feed Paper Again Compression Spring Sheet:Cover:Duplex Cover:Duplex Torsion Spring:Rear Torsion Spring:Front Transport Roller:No.2 Pulley:T35/T33 Guide Pin:Holder Guide Plate:Transfer Unit:Holder Bushing:Dia4 Bushing:Dia4 Tension Spring:Driven Roller Bracket:Guide Plate Sheet:Transport Unit Compression Spring Harness:Ground Wire Sheet:Harness Driven Roller:Dia16 Driven Roller:Dia16 Driven Roller:Dia16 Tension Spring:Driven Roller Harness - Second Transfer Unit
Page and Index No. 57 57 79 81 85 85 79 79 79 79 85 85 81 79 79 79 67 67 85 85 67 67 67 81 67 67 67 67 67 67 81 67 79 81 67 19 22 7 15 8 6 12 5 2 1 9 4 10 10 16 13 23 22 12 7 34 24 17 8 16 2 1 10 3 30 6 8 8 7 20
B222/B224
10
Parts Index
Description Tightener Spring: Tightener Bracket:Sensor:Entrance Gear:Pulley:Z24/T40 Stepper Motor:DC4.29V 1.7W Timing Belt:30S2M128 Bracket:Stepper Motor Gate Pawl:Duplex Grip:Open And Close:Duplex Unit DC Solenoid:Duplex Tension Spring:Lever Pulley:T30 Harness:Duplex Md Tension Spring:Gate Pawl:0.5n Hook:Stopper Shaft:Pulley:Wire Pulley:DIA13 Bracket:Shaft:Pulley:Wire HDD Unit PCB:SIO PCB:BCU PCB:IOB PCB:IOB Invertor:IH Invertor:IH:EU Harness:Sio:Sensor Harness:Sio:Ardf Harness:Sio:Lamp Regulator Harness:SIO:Scanner Motor SMD Harness:Xenon Lamp Harness:Sio:Machine Or Copier Interface Cable:Scanner:LVDS:HF Interface Cable:Scanner:LVDS:HF Harness:Sio:Scanner Unit Harness:LDB:2LD
Page and Index No. 81 - 12 81 - 14 81 - 4 81 - 20 81 - 17 81 - 21 81 - 19 83 - 18 79 - 3 83 - 5 83 - 4 81 - 16 87 - 10 83 - 19 79 - 4 87 - 11 87 - 12 87 - 13 97 - 7 47 - 12 91 - 13 123 - * 89 - 6 103 - 5 103 - 5 43 - 15 43 - 18 47 - 9 47 - 17 45 - 9 47 - 10 91 - 2 45 - 18 47 - 11 49 - 16
Description Harness:Sync Detector Harness:Polygon Mirror Motor Harness:Motor:Driver Harness:IPU:LD-Signal:2LD Harness:IPU:LD-Data:2LD Harness:IPU:Sync Detector:Mirror Harness:IOB:Main:Lower Harness:IOB:Main:Middle Harness:IOB:Main:Upper Harness:IOB:Toner Supply:CL Harness:IOB:Connecting:IH Harness:IOB:Connecting:TM/P:Sensor Harness:P.p:High Voltage Line:T/TS Harness:IOB:Fan Motor Harness:IOB:Fusing:Thermopile Harness:IOB:LD Unit:Shutter Harness:IOB:BCU Harness:Connecting:BCU:SIO Harness:IOB:1bin Harness:IOB:Counter:EXP Harness:MB:OPU Harness:AC:Switch Harness:AC:IH:Power Supply Unit Harness:PSU:SW:NA Harness:AC:Inlet Harness:IOB:Counter:Option:NA Harness:PSU:JIGU Harness:AC:IH:Power Supply Unit:EU Harness:AC:Scanner:Heater Harness:Power Supply Unit Harness:Power Supply Unit:C1 Harness:IOB:Connecting:Drum:Sensor Harness:Fusing Unit (120V) Harness:Fusing Unit (230V) PCB:IPU
Page and Index No. 49 - 17 49 - 2 49 - 3 91 - 5 91 - 3 91 - 4 89 - 2 89 - 4 89 - 1 65 - 2 103 - 4 95 - 10 65 - 3 109 - 7 113 - 12 95 - 17 91 - 11 91 - 9 89 - 3 89 - 5 91 - 14 101 - 24 93 - 8 93 - 7 93 - 10 103 - 22 93 - 5 93 - 8 107 - 24 93 - 6 91 - 6 99 - 8 107 - 1 107 - 1 91 - 7
B222/B224
11
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Description PCB:IPU Harness:HDD:Raid:Upper Harness:HDD:Raid:Lower Harness:HDD:Power Source PCB:MB:AP-C1 Bracket:BCU Supporter:Rapi:Upper Supporter:Rapi:Lower Hinge:Panel:Control Board Safety Switch Bracket Bracket - Safety Switch Lever Plate:Rack:Auxiliary:Right Rack:Inner Back:Auxiliary:Left Lower Supporter:Lower Grip:Rack:Left Lower Cover:Sd-card Bracket:Fan:Control Board Hinge:Application:Rack Bracket:Rack:Application Bracket:Fan:Power Source:IH Bracket:Total Counter Bracket:Base:Connector Cover:Connector:Heater Bracket:Sw:Dehumidifier:Heater:Exp Gasket:Etnw100-00505:L90 Gasket:EGUN1-0105:L240 Gasket:EGUN1-0205:L45 Ground Wire:Rack:Right Lower:HF Density Sensor:Ass'y Cleaning Unit Intermediate Transfer Section:Servi Image Transfer Belt Drawer:Intermediate Transfer:Ass'y Rail:Left:Intermediate Transfer Rail:Right:Intermediate Transfer
Page and Index No. 135 - * 97 - 2 97 - 3 97 - 1 91 - 15 91 - 12 91 - 16 91 - 17 91 - 8 95 - 3 95 - 4 89 - 7 97 - 13 97 - 10 97 - 16 97 - 14 97 - 9 103 - 19 103 - 20 103 - 18 103 - 23 101 - 21 101 - 27 93 - 1 93 - 3 97 - 12 97 - 11 103 - 21 95 - 11 157 - 3 157 - 5 157 - 8 65 - 1 113 - 3 113 - 4
Description Cleaning Unit Rail Transfer/Separation Unit:AP:Ass'y Transfer Roller Case Transfer Roller Terminal Terminal Drum Stay - Rear Release Lever Transfer Spring Positioning Guide - Front Positioning Guide - Rear Cushion Ground Wire - Power Pack Spring Cap Lever Bracket - Middle Spring Anchor Lever Shaft - Front Lever Shaft - Rear Sheet:Case:Lower Density Sensor Pipe:Front:Ass'y Gear - 20Z Bushing - 6x10x6 Lever Bracket Transport Screw Bracket Gear - 21Z Transport Screw Shaft Gear - 29Z Bushing - 5x 10x2.5 Bushing - Dia5 Rear Pipe Ass'y Collection Bottle Rail Used Toner Sensor Bracket Used Toner Sensor Feeler Set Sensor Bracket Collection Bottle:Exp:Ass'
Page and Index No. 109 - 12 67 - 11 67 - 15 67 - 13 67 - 12 67 - 25 67 - 6 67 - 32 57 - 1 57 - 2 57 - 3 67 - 18 67 - 31 67 - 7 67 - 33 67 - 4 67 - 5 67 - 14 95 - 15 111 - 9 111 - 8 111 - 1 111 - 14 111 - 2 111 - 4 111 - 6 111 - 7 111 - 3 111 - 5 101 - 11 109 - 8 109 - 1 109 - 3 101 - 4 157 - 7
B222/B224
12
Parts Index
Description Decal:Caution:Original:EU Developer:BK Developer:BK Developer:C Developer:C Developer:M Developer:M Developer:Y Developer:Y Decal - Main Switch EU OP Decal - Main Switch On-standby Decal - Caution Original Decal - Caution Original Decal - Paper Set Direction No.1 Decal - Paper Set Direction No.1 Rubber Foot Cover Cover - Connector Cover - Positioning Pin Guide:Connector:Heater:Imaging Unit Holder Shaft Cam Decal - Misfeed Removal B1 Decal - Misfeed Removal B1 Decal - Cleaning Decal - Cleaning Decal - Main Switch(on-off) Decal - Main Switch(on-off) Cover - Right Cover - Right PCB OP-R Harness - OP-R 10p Harness - OP-R 13p Harness - OP-L 12p Harness - OP-L 13p
Page and Index No. 161 - 10 157 - 1 163 - 13 157 - 1 163 - 13 163 - 13 157 - 1 157 - 1 163 - 13 161 - 11 161 - 12 161 - 13 19 - 36 161 - 14 51 - 6 115 - 3 101 - 25 101 - 3 101 - 2 103 - 15 103 - 13 103 - 14 161 - 15 17 - 13 161 - 16 17 - 7 161 - 17 13 - 5 157 - 10 13 - 20 19 - 31 19 - 5 19 - 6 19 - 30 19 - 29
Description Harness - Invertor Keytop - Start Keytop - Clear/Stop Keytop - Try Print Keytop - 10key Keytop - Interrupt Keytop - Counter Lens - Front Operation Panel Bracket Insulator LCD Spacer A LCD Spacer B Spacer - Keytop Operation Panel Bracket - Right Keytop - Power Source Keytop - Login Keytop - Kantan Keytop - Copy NA Keytop - Doc NA Keytop - Printer NA Keytop - Scanner NA Keytop - Copy EU Keytop - Doc EU Keytop - Printer EU Keytop - Scanner EU Keytop - Clear Modes Keytop - 10key NA Timing Belt - 157ST1.5-4.0 Idler Pulley Pulley Decal - Paper Set Direction No.2 Decal - Paper Set Direction No.2 Decal - Paper Size Decal - Paper Size Decal - Grip
Page and Index No. 19 - 11 19 - 23 19 - 20 19 - 24 19 - 21 19 - 25 19 - 2 19 - 13 19 - 7 19 - 8 19 - 16 19 - 17 19 - 1 19 - 12 19 - 28 19 - 27 19 - 26 19 - 34 19 - 33 19 - 38 19 - 3 19 - 34 19 - 33 19 - 38 19 - 3 19 - 22 19 - 21 47 - 15 47 - 18 47 - 31 53 - 3 161 - 18 161 - 19 157 - 9 161 - 20
B222/B224
13
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Description Decal - Grip Decal - Grip Decal - Grip Tray Cover - Right Cover - Tray Left Tray Cover - Middle Transport Roller Registration Guide Plate - Left Case - Remove Paper Dust Stay Cover - Remove Paper Dust Registration Roller - Drive Gear - 16Z Gear - 30Z Gear - 18Z Registration Roller - Driven Cleaner Bracket Registration Roller Bushing Tension Spring Decal:Colored Display:BK:Inner Cover Decal:Colored Display:BK:Inner Cover Decal:Colored Display:Y:Inner Cover Decal:Colored Display:Y:Inner Cover Decal:Colored Display:C:Inner Cover Decal:Colored Display:C:Inner Cover Decal:Colored Display:M:Inner Cover Decal:Colored Display:M:Inner Cover Spring Plate - Exit Roller Outer Sensor Bracket Compression Spring - Driven Roller Screw Screw Screw Entrance Sensor Bracket Cover - Entrance Sensor
Page and Index No. 51 - 9 161 - 21 53 - 9 101 - 6 101 - 20 101 - 7 55 - 10 57 - 21 17 - 24 57 - 15 57 - 14 57 - 10 57 - 11 57 - 12 57 - 7 57 - 6 57 - 13 57 - 5 57 - 4 161 - 22 17 - 2 161 - 22 17 - 3 161 - 22 17 - 4 161 - 22 17 - 5 77 - 22 77 - 24 77 - 17 37 - 19 33 - 1 75 - 7 67 - 28 67 - 26
Description Overflow Feeler Shaft Overflow Feeler PCB:RFID:RW PCB Sync Detector Harness - Used Toner Sensor Harness - Paper Volume Sensor ASIC:Shaker5.5 Bracket - Main Switch Handle Slide Switch Cover Power Source Switch Link Main Switch Bracket Main Switch Sheet Hook:Solenoid:Sensor:TM DC Solenoid DC24V Tension Roller Gear - 18Z Gear - 25Z Spring:Belt:Paper Feed:8n Spring - Paper Size Sensor Roller - Paper Feed Belt Pickup Collar Pressure Plate Tape SD Card PCMCAI Card Adapter USB Reader/Writer Decal:Size:Original Decal:Size:Original Decal:Size:Original Decal:Caution:Original:5-lang Decal:Caution:Original:5-lang Plug - IEEEE1284 Type C Timing Belt:40S2M144 Stepper Motor:Pm:S2m:T15:Ass'y Timing Belt:B40S2M390 DC Solenoid:Transmited Rubber Stamp
Page and Index No. 77 - 2 77 - 1 63 - 1 49 - 15 109 - 4 101 - 8 153 - 3 109 - 9 109 - 10 109 - 11 101 - 23 101 - 22 95 - 13 95 - 14 27 - 3 35 - 16 35 - 15 25 - 15 39 - 22 25 - 14 25 - 7 41 - 13 163 - 1 163 - 2 163 - 3 23 - 4 43 - 100 161 - 23 21 - 1 161 - 24 163 - 11 103 - 7 35 - 11 39 - 15 29 - 24
B222/B224
14
Parts Index
Description Paper Size Sensor Feeler Paper Feed Belt Roller Scanning Driven Shaft Exit Driven Roller Decal - Original Table Decal - Original Table Positioning Plate:Front Positioning Plate:Rear Cover:Paper Feed Sensor Bracket:PCB:Right Bracket:PCB:Left Bracket:On Off Detector Hinge:Left Hinge:Right Plate:Harness:Guide Bracket:Motor Stay:Motor Stepper Motor:DC24V 4.8W Bracket:Coupling Timing Pulley:T31 Gear:Z18 Gear:Z19 Gear:Z18 Gear:Z37 Gear:Z26 Gear:Z25 Gear:Z21/Z23 Gear:Z17 Gear:Z18 Bracket:Stepper Motor Stepper Motor:DC1.76V 3.7W Stay:Motor:Scanning Bracket:Protect:Drive Timing Pulley:T31/T61 Bracket:Tension
Page and Index No. 39 - 23 25 - 22 29 - 23 29 - 22 21 - 12 161 - 25 41 - 1 41 - 2 41 - 3 39 - 2 39 - 14 39 - 12 41 - 8 41 - 9 39 - 24 39 - 16 39 - 19 39 - 21 39 - 18 37 - 6 37 - 7 37 - 8 37 - 21 37 - 3 37 - 4 37 - 5 37 - 2 37 - 1 37 - 15 37 - 10 37 - 14 37 - 11 37 - 13 37 - 16 33 - 2
Description Bracket:Tension Timing Pulley:T31 Timing Pulley:T31 Pulley:Idler:DIA16 Timing Belt:40S3M189 Bracket:Shaft:Side Plate:Front Knob:Misfeed Removal:T27 Stepper Motor:DC4.08V 2.4W Bracket:Reverse:Drive Bracket:Pickup:Drive Timing Pulley:T33-Z17 Cam:Pickup Stopper:Cam:Pickup Feeler:Cam:Pickup Cam:Stopper Pawl Bracket:Sensor:Pickup Stopper Pawl:Paper Feed Lever:Stopper Pawl Guide:Reverse:Open And Close Drum Stay:Guide:Reverse Guide:Reverse:Open And Close:Behind Shaft:Reverse:Drive:Press Fit Shaft:Roller:Reverse Gear:Z20 Roller:Reverse Exit:Driven Stopper:Guide:Reverse Original Table Original Table:Face Front Side Fence Spring Plate:Side Fence Slider:Side Fence Guide:Original Insert Stay:Original Table:Contact Point Plate:Contact Point Spring Plate:0.2t
Page and Index No. 37 33 37 33 27 27 27 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 29 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 20 3 18 7 4 1 2 1 3 10 17 22 18 20 14 7 23 26 16 14 21 20 13 15 19 17 25 13 11 15 14 21 9 24 17
B222/B224
15
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Description Stopper:Original Table Spring Plate Ground Plate:Roller:Scanning Roller:Pull Out Roller:Scanning:Entrance Timing Pulley:T33 Timing Pulley:T33/T24 Roller:Scanning:Exit Timing Pulley:T33 Roller:Exit Timing Pulley:T26 Roller:Reverse Timing Pulley:T23 Guide:Paper Feed:Lower Bracket:Guide:Paper Feed:Lower Guide:Scanning:Entrance:Lower Sheet:Roller:Scanning:Entrance Sheet:Scanning:Entrance Stay:Scanning:Entrance:Lower Plate:Entrance:Pressure:Auxiliary Spring Plate:Scanning:Enrrrance:Driven Roller:Scanning:Driven Guide Plate:Scanning Guide:Scanning:Exit:Lower Stay:Scanning:Exit:Lower Plate:Exit:Pressure:Auxiliary Spring Plate:Scanning:Exit:Driven:Upper Spring Plate:Scanning:Exit:Driven:Lower Shaft:Driven:Exit Exchange Powl:Reverse Cushion:Exchange Powl Lever:Exchange Powl:Reverse Link: Solenoid Guide:Exit:Upper Spring Plate
Page and Index No. 21 31 31 33 31 31 31 31 31 33 33 33 33 33 31 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 33 33 33 33 33 29 10 5 3 17 9 14 11 10 12 21 8 27 24 15 2 1 2 3 8 6 7 4 9 11 15 12 13 14 5 23 22 11 10 20 21
Description Stay:Reverse Discharge Brush:Reverse Discharge Brush:Exit DC Solenoid:24V Bracket:Registration Sensor Shielding Plate:Sensor Bracket:Sensor:Scanning:Exit Cover:Paper Feed Grip:Cover Hook:Grip:Cover:Front Hook:Grip:Cover:Inner Back Shaft:Grip:Cover Stopper:Cover Guide:Upper Spring Plate:Upper Sheet:Driven Roller:Pull Out Drum Stay:Upper:Inner Back Drum Stay:Upper:Front Sheet:Guide:Upper Bracket:Cover:Inner Back Bracket:Cover:Front Bracket:Paper Size Sensor Feeler:Original Sensor Ground Plate Bracket:Driven Roller:Pull Out Ground Plate:Driven Roller:Pull Out Driven Roller:Pull Out Paper Feed:Unit Shaft:Drive Holder Lever:Pickup:Release Collar:Shaft Gear:Z20 Bracket:Paper Feed Belt Shaft:Pickup
Page and Index No. 33 29 33 27 31 31 29 23 23 23 23 23 23 25 25 25 25 25 25 23 23 23 23 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 26 20 25 7 8 7 19 1 2 6 7 8 12 33 32 41 30 29 31 11 10 15 22 40 37 38 35 1 24 26 27 17 28 16 10
B222/B224
16
Parts Index
Description Bracket :Pickup Gear:Z19 Timing Pulley:Gear:T19/Z22 Cushion:Pickup Roller:Pickup Timing Pulley:T21 Cover:Front Cover:Rear Pressure Plate Drum Stay:Pressure Plate Cushion:Left Sound Proofing Material Sound Proofing Material: Cover: Rear Cushion:Left Cushion:Inner Back PCB:Main Harness:Interface Harness:Paper Feed Harness:Original Table Harness:Original Table Harness:Motor:Paper Feed Harness:Motor:Reverse Harness:Lift_up Harness:Solenoid Harness:Solenoid Harness:Registration Sensor Harness:Motor:Pick Up Harness:Guide Harness:Paper Feed Decal:Side Fence Decal:Side Fence Decal:Misfeed Removal:Original Decal:Misfeed Removal:Original Decal:Display:Misfeed Removal:P1 Decal:Display:Misfeed Removal:P1
Page and Index No. 25 - 11 25 - 4 25 - 5 25 - 12 25 - 6 25 - 8 21 - 4 21 - 8 41 - 11 41 - 12 41 - 4 23 - 5 21 - 7 41 - 5 41 - 6 39 - 11 39 - 1 39 - 4 39 - 7 21 - 22 39 - 9 39 - 6 39 - 3 27 - 6 39 - 5 31 - 1 39 - 10 39 - 8 23 - 16 21 - 16 161 - 26 23 - 3 161 - 27 21 - 5 161 - 29
Part No. B802 6014 B802 6014 B802 6015 B802 6015 B837 5001 B837 5700 C401 9503 G020 1160 G020 1332 G021 9350 G038 1299 G052 4892 G052 4892 G060 2652 G060 2932 G060 4435 G065 2767 G065 2774 G065 2775 G065 2776 G080 2682 G080 2900 G108 5020 G108 5107 G108 5108 G133 5328 G404 2810 G570 1133 G570 1160 G570 1225 G570 2832 G570 2833 G570 2834 H020 2318 H053 2208
Description Decal:Display:Misfeed Removal:P2 Decal:Display:Misfeed Removal:P2 Decal:Display:Misfeed Removal:P3 Decal:Display:Misfeed Removal:P3 SD-Card:Printer/Scanner Fan Motor:MM40x10:NMB:1604KL-01W 20X Magnification Scope Snap Ring Hinge - Front Cover Loop-back Connector - Parallel Rivet - 5 Discharge Brush:Exit:Small Discharge Brush:Exit:Small Bushing - M4 Pick-up Arm - Manual Feed Bushing - M4 Lever - Feed Pressure Lever Link Lever Release Lever Bushing:Feed Torque Limiter PCB:DDR-DIMM:512Mb Left Guide 1 Right Guide 1 Harness:EGB:TM/P:Sensor Spring Plate - 2nd Mirror Timing Pulley 73 Spacer Bushing Sensor Shielding Plate Guide - High Voltage Supply Cord Pulley Holder Pulley - High Voltage Supply Cord Rivet - Nrp345 Bushing - M4
Page and Index No. 161 - 28 27 - 17 33 - 19 161 - 30 97 - 19 97 - 8 163 - 6 33 - 12 13 - 13 163 - 5 157 - 13 25 - 39 31 - 4 87 - 3 61 - 13 83 - 12 55 - 24 55 - 32 55 - 38 55 - 37 61 - 28 61 - 40 97 - 6 97 - 18 97 - 17 91 - 10 47 - 2 47 - 27 47 - 22 35 - 6 47 - 6 47 - 5 47 - 7 45 - 10 75 - 15
B222/B224
17
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. H053 2208 H511 5007 J503 3116
Description Bushing - M4 Stamp Timing Belt:40S2M128
Page and Index No. 77 - 8 29 - 25 35 - 5
Part No. AA00 0239 AA02 1030 AA04 3320 AA04 3321 AA04 3322 AA04 3323 AA04 3328 AA04 3583 AA04 3585 AA04 3601 AA04 3968 AA04 3969 AA06 0151 AA06 0691 AA06 0693 AA06 0722 AA06 0842 AA06 0842 AA06 0842 AA06 0843 AA06 0872 AA06 0979 AA06 0980 AA06 1003 AA06 1003 AA06 1013 AA06 1014 AA06 1014 AA06 2259 AA06 2260 AA06 2262 AA06 3435 AA06 3438 AA06 3439 AA06 3441
Description Decal:Color:FP Magnet Catch Timing Belt:40S1.5M150 Timing Belt:40S1.5M378 Timing Belt:40S1.5M157.5 Timing Belt:40S2M120 Timing Belt:40S2M130 Timing Belt - S2M460 Timing Belt:40S3M162 Timing Belt - B40S2M118 Timing Belt:30S2M160 Timing Belt:30S2M216 Tension Spring Tension Spring Tension Spring Tension Spring Tension Spring Tension Spring Tension Spring Tension Spring Spring Tension Spring:Tension:14720mn Tension Spring:Tension:11300mn Tension Spring:Side Fence:Rear Tension Spring:Side Fence:Rear Tension Spring:Arm:Duplex Tension Spring:Grip Tension Spring:Grip Spring - Release Tension Spring Tension Spring Compression Spring:Paper Feed:Joint Compression Spring Compression Spring:Lever Compression Spring
Page and Index No. 161 - 1 13 - 8 37 - 9 33 - 5 37 - 17 35 - 9 25 - 9 101 - 16 105 - 7 105 - 18 77 - 11 75 - 3 95 - 12 55 - 23 55 - 31 101 - 13 37 - 12 39 - 20 33 - 4 27 - 25 61 - 43 47 - 30 47 - 21 51 - 31 53 - 31 85 - 1 51 - 11 53 - 11 55 - 39 33 - 9 23 - 9 25 - 20 73 - 14 73 - 16 25 - 36
B222/B224
18
Parts Index
Part No. AA06 3499 AA06 3568 AA06 3568 AA06 3919 AA06 3953 AA06 3954 AA06 6178 AA06 6376 AA07 0080 AA08 0156 AA08 0254 AA08 0254 AA08 0265 AA08 0288 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2102 AA08 2104 AA08 2104 AA08 2143 AA08 2144 AA08 2145 AA08 3014 AA10 0014 AA10 0014 AA10 0015
Description Pressure Spring Pressure Spring Pressure Spring Spring:Pressure Compression Spring:Oil Supply Roller Compression Spring:Belt Tensioner Spring Torsion Spring:Pickup:Pressure Slide Rail:Fusing Unit Bushing - M4 Bushing - M4 Bushing - M4 Bushing:6x8x5 Bushing:Dia6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 8x12x7 Bushing - 8x12x7 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 8x12x7 Bushing - 8x12x7 One-way Clutch Retaining Ring C - Separate Retaining Ring C - Separate Snap Ring - M6
Page and Index No. 61 - 42 61 - 12 95 - 2 27 - 27 71 - 21 71 - 17 107 - 17 25 - 25 113 - 6 77 - 16 79 - 9 67 - 9 27 - 24 25 - 34 61 - 7 57 - 8 85 - 10 77 - 10 55 - 20 75 - 2 63 - 3 33 - 13 27 - 10 35 - 12 25 - 3 61 - 23 81 - 3 25 - 18 55 - 11 47 - 25 67 - 21 61 - 30 55 - 16 61 - 5 99 - 10
Part No. AA10 1021 AA10 1021 AA10 1021 AA13 2013 AA14 0777 AA14 0778 AA14 3404 AA14 3520 AA14 3520 AA14 3520 AA14 3526 AA14 3569 AA14 3576 AA14 3577 AA14 3788 AA14 3789 AA14 3790 AA14 3790 AA14 3802 AA14 3807 AA14 3823 AA14 3823 AA14 3843 AA16 1163 AA16 1164 AB01 0088 AB01 0118 AB01 0138 AB01 0156 AB01 0157 AB01 0367 AB01 0368 AB01 0375 AB01 0376 AB01 0377
Description Rubber Bushing - 6 45hs Rubber Bushing - 6 45hs Rubber Bushing - 6 45hs Spacer Shaft:Feed Shaft:Separator:Drive Stepped Screw - M4 Shoulder Screw - M3 Shoulder Screw - M3 Shoulder Screw - M3 Stepped Screw - M3 Screw Screw:M3 Screw:Tp:M4 Pin:Guide Plate:Paper Feed Shaft:Cleaner Screw:Contact Point Screw:Contact Point Screw:6X1.7 Screw:A Tapping Screw Tapping Screw Screw:DIA6 Cushion Cushion:Stepper Motor Gear:Sensor:Turn Gear:Turn:Sensor Gear:Z28 Gear:Separate:Drive Gear:Separate:Driven Gear - 23Z Gear:Development:NO.4 Gearz120 Gear:Z27 Gear:Z27/Z78
Page and Index No. 35 - 2 81 - 18 103 - 11 25 - 19 61 - 8 61 - 38 57 - 18 41 - 14 27 - 5 43 - 12 71 - 15 29 - 10 107 - 2 51 - 33 23 - 14 23 - 13 41 - 7 33 - 14 39 - 17 81 - 1 13 - 14 27 - 9 51 - 1 115 - 9 105 - 15 71 - 1 71 - 26 107 - 20 55 - 33 55 - 30 99 - 14 99 - 19 107 - 12 107 - 13 107 - 11
B222/B224
19
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. AB01 1218 AB01 1223 AB01 1249 AB01 1252 AB01 1258 AB01 1259 AB01 1264 AB01 1387 AB01 1416 AB01 2044 AB01 2045 AB01 2051 AB01 4161 AB01 7493 AB01 7699 AB01 7703 AB01 7706 AB03 0551 AB03 0744 AB03 0781 AB03 0783 AC03 0142 AE01 0059 AE02 0115 AE03 0069 AE03 0071 AE03 1046 AE03 1061 AE03 1062 AE03 1065 AE04 0065 AE04 0066 AF01 3006 AF01 3006 AF01 3016
Description Gear - Roller Clutch Idler Gear - 25z Gear:Turn:Ferrite Core:Z16 Gear - 20Z Gear - 38Z Gear - 32Z Gear:Z24 Gear - 23Z Gear - 20Z Gear:Hot Roller Gear:Pressure Roller Gear:Idler:Pressure Roller Reverse Roller Gear Gear Pulley Gear - 33Z/44Z Gear:Drive:Fusing Gear:Z16/Z40 Pulley:Idler:Fusing Timing Pulley - 27Z/40T Timing Pulley - 28Z/30T Pulley - 34T 1st Mirror Hot Roller:Dia35 Pressure Roller:Dia40 Ball Bearing:Dia12xdia21x7 Ball Bearing:Dia17xdia26x5 Bushing:Heat Roller Front Bushing - Oil Supply Roller Rear Bushing - Oil Supply Roller Bushing:Fusing Sub-unit Oil Supply Roller Cleaning Roller - Oil Supply Roller Bottom Plate Pad Bottom Plate Pad Bottom Plate Pad
Page and Index No. 55 - 19 61 - 45 71 - 12 55 - 15 105 - 6 105 - 9 107 - 16 61 - 10 61 - 36 71 - 10 71 - 13 71 - 18 81 - 11 103 - 8 105 - 5 71 - 14 107 - 19 101 - 14 105 - 19 105 - 8 101 - 15 45 - 6 71 - 6 71 - 8 71 - 5 71 - 7 71 - 4 71 - 24 71 - 19 71 - 16 71 - 23 71 - 22 53 - 5 51 - 5 61 - 27
Part No. AF02 0646 AF03 0049 AF03 0090 AF03 1046 AF03 1090 AF03 2046 AF03 2090 AF04 0566 AF04 0567 AG07 0513 AG07 0514 AG07 1012 AW01 0091 AW01 0107 AW01 0107 AW01 0107 AW01 0114 AW01 0115 AW01 0116 AW01 0118 AW01 0122 AW01 0127 AW01 0128 AW01 0128 AW01 0129 AW02 0145 AW02 0145 AW02 0145 AW02 0145 AW02 0145 AW02 0145 AW02 0146 AW02 0154 AW02 0155 AW02 0160
Description Vertical Transport Roller Pick-up Roller Paper Feed Roller:Pickup Feed Roller - Manual Feed Paper Feed Roller:Feed Separation Roller - Manual Feed Paper Feed Roller:Separate Tension Roller Tension Roller Magnet Catch Magnet Catch Magnet Catch:Ass'y Photo Reflection Sensor Paper Feed Sensor Paper Feed Sensor Paper Feed Sensor Original Sensor:H=2-66 Original Sensor:H=81.5 Original Sensor:H=1-66 Paper Feed Sensor Paper Feed Sensor Paper Feed Sensor Paper Feed Sensor Paper Feed Sensor Photo Reflection Sensor Photo Interrupter :Flat Photo Interrupter :Flat Photo Interrupter: Flat Photo Interrupter: Flat Photo Interrupter: Flat Photo Interrupter: Flat Photo Interrupter: Flat:Pich2mm:M4 Photo Interrupter: Entrance Photo Interrupter: Paper Size Sensor Paper Feed Sensor
Page and Index No. 87 - 5 61 - 11 55 - 14 61 - 6 55 - 18 61 - 39 55 - 27 77 - 21 77 - 20 21 - 26 79 - 11 17 - 25 23 - 20 75 - 12 81 - 5 57 - 16 45 - 12 45 - 24 45 - 27 67 - 27 55 - 7 77 - 25 55 - 5 61 - 2 21 - 23 83 - 15 81 - 9 55 - 2 43 - 14 99 - 7 77 - 4 43 - 16 23 - 17 23 - 18 109 - 2
B222/B224
20
Parts Index
Part No. AW02 0185 AW10 0106 AW14 0012 AW50 0023 AW50 0023 AW50 0031 AW50 0035 AW50 0038 AX04 0154 AX05 0249 AX06 0286 AX06 0308 AX20 0289 AX20 0299 AX20 0300 AX20 2007 AX31 0045 AX31 0045 AX43 0156 AX43 0157 AX64 0164 AX64 0179 AX65 0045 AZ24 0109 AZ24 0110 AZ30 0058 AZ32 0154 AZ32 0165 AZ50 0070 BC01 2002 GA00 3030 GA00 3030 GA00 3031 GA00 3031 GA00 3032
Description Toner End Sensor Thermopile Temperature & Humidity Sensor Push Switch Push Switch Paper Size Sensor Paper End Sensor Push Switch:Paper Size Sensor DC Motor 24V Brushless Motor DC24V8W Polygon Mirror Motor Brushless Motor:DC24V 25W Magnetic Clutch - 32z Magnetic Clutch:0.5n.m Magnetic Clutch:0.5n.m Magnetic Clutch Total Counter:7FIG:24V Total Counter:7fig:24V Heater:120V:500W Heater:230V:500W Fan Motor:15mm:24V Fan Motor:DC24V 2.4W Sirocco Fan:DC24V 2.6W Power Supply Unit:494W:DOM/NA Power Supply Unit:494W:EU/AA:APO-C1 Power Pack:D Power Pack:TTS:APO-C/P Power Pack:CB:APO-C/P:-80mic Stabilizer:T Exposure Glass:Sheet Through:344x20 Decal - Shielding Plate Y Decal - Shielding Plate Y Decal - Shielding Plate M Decal - Shielding Plate M Decal - Shielding Plate C
Page and Index No. 65 - 4 113 - 11 105 - 17 83 - 16 101 - 5 59 - 10 61 - 21 101 - 19 101 - 9 99 - 5 49 - 4 99 - 9 105 - 11 99 - 15 99 - 12 61 - 31 97 - 4 103 - 24 69 - 1 69 - 1 45 - 23 99 - 2 73 - 8 93 - 4 93 - 4 67 - 19 107 - 23 93 - 9 47 - 8 43 - 4 161 - 31 17 - 8 17 - 10 161 - 31 17 - 9
Part No. GA00 3032 GA00 3033 GA00 3033 GA00 3167 GA08 0002 GA14 3003 GW01 0007 GW01 0007 GW01 0007 GW01 0007 GW02 0020 GW02 0020 GW02 0020 GW02 0020 GW02 0020 GX06 0015 GX06 0015 GX64 0020 GX64 0021
Description Decal - Shielding Plate C Decal - Shielding Plate K Decal - Shielding Plate K Decal:Caution:Inkjet:NA Bushing - 6mm Screw:Mm5:2.5MM Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit Photo Interrupter:Lg248nl1 Photo Interrupter:Lg248nl1 Photo Interrupter:Lg248nl1 Photo Interrupter:Lg248nl1 Photo Interrupter:Lg248nl1 Brushless Motor: Drive: Paper Feed Brushless Motor: Drive: Paper Feed Fan Motor - DC24V Fan Motor DC24V 1.92W
Page and Index No. 161 - 31 17 - 11 161 - 31 161 - 32 105 - 13 23 - 23 21 - 20 23 - 19 29 - 18 31 - 6 95 - 16 23 - 21 73 - 9 35 - 8 39 - 13 107 - 9 99 - 17 103 - 1 73 - 1
B222/B224
21
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. VSSM 9000
Description Digital Multimeter - FLUKE87
Page and Index No. 163 - 4
Part No. 0312 5040N 0314 0120N 0353 0030N 0353 0040N 0353 0040N 0353 0040N 0353 0040N 0353 0050N 0353 0050N 0353 0060N 0353 0060N 0353 0060N 0353 0060N 0353 0060N 0353 0060N 0353 0080N 0353 0100N 0353 0100N 0353 0120N 0353 0250N 0360 3006N 0360 3006N 0360 3016N 0434 0100N 0450 3008N 0450 3008N 0450 3008N 0450 3008N 0450 3008N 0450 3008N 0450 3008N 0450 3008N 0450 3008N 0450 3008N 0450 3008N
Description Screw - M2.5X4 Screw - M4X12 Screw:M3X3 Screw - M3X4 Screw - M3X4 Screw - M3X4 Screw - M3X4 Screw-m3x5 Screw-m3x5 Bind Screw - M3x6 Bind Screw - M3x6 Bind Screw - M3x6 Bind Screw - M3x6 Bind Screw - M3x6 Bind Screw - M3x6 Screw:M3X8 Screw-m3x10 Screw-m3x10 Screw M3x12 Screw:M3X25 Screw - M3X6 Screw - M3X6 Screw - M3X16 Tapping Screw - 4x10 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8
Page and Index No. 95 - 105 43 - 105 15 - 102 27 - 102 113 -104 73 - 107 61 - 104 15 - 103 47 - 109 71 - 100 19 - 102 69 - 102 97 - 103 35 - 102 73 - 104 103 -103 81 - 103 77 - 102 113 -105 95 - 107 61 - 107 99 - 102 99 - 103 105 -106 23 - 102 61 - 102 67 - 102 31 - 102 87 - 102 59 - 101 29 - 101 85 - 104 101 -102 27 - 103 55 - 102
B222/B224
22
Parts Index
Description Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x10 Tapping Screw - M3x10 Tapping Screw - M3x10 Tapping Screw - M3x10 Tapping Screw - M3x10 Tapping Screw:3x12 Tapping Screw:3x12 Tapping Screw:3x12 Tapping Screw:3x12 Tapping Screw:3x12 Tapping Screw - M4x8 Tapping Screw - M4x8 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6
Page and Index No. 157 -103 25 - 101 113 -103 39 - 102 83 - 102 21 - 102 83 - 107 77 - 101 17 - 102 13 - 102 19 - 101 63 - 102 13 - 103 65 - 102 51 - 103 53 - 103 51 - 101 53 - 101 21 - 101 43 - 101 67 - 101 107 -101 91 - 101 27 - 101 105 -101 103 -101 55 - 101 93 - 101 95 - 101 45 - 102 111 -101 81 - 101 101 -101 63 - 101 29 - 103
Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw:3x10
Page and Index No. 31 - 101 23 - 103 47 - 101 87 - 101 115 -103 85 - 101 25 - 102 73 - 101 61 - 101 35 - 101 33 - 101 113 -102 37 - 101 109 -101 41 - 101 79 - 101 97 - 101 39 - 101 83 - 101 89 - 101 57 - 101 99 - 101 75 - 101 15 - 101 49 - 101 65 - 101 95 - 102 79 - 103 13 - 101 43 - 102 61 - 106 93 - 102 73 - 102 17 - 101 43 - 103
B222/B224
23
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. 0451 3010N 0451 3010N 0451 3012N 0451 3014N 0451 3016N 0451 3025N 0451 3030N 0451 4008N 0452 3008N 0452 3008N 0452 3008N 0452 3008N 0452 3010N 0452 3010N 0453 3006N 0453 3006N 0453 3006N 0453 3008N 0453 3008N 0453 3008N 0453 3010N 0453 4006N 0453 4006N 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q
Description Tapping Screw:3x10 Tapping Screw:3x10 Tapping Screw:3x12 Tapping Screw:3x14 Tapping Screw - 3x16 Tapping Screw:M3x25 Tapping Screw:3x30 Tapping Screw:4x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Binding Self-tapping Screw:3x10 Binding Self-tapping Screw:3x10 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Binding Self Tapping Screw:3x8 Binding Self Tapping Screw:3x8 Binding Self Tapping Screw:3x8 Binding Self Tapping Screw:3x10 Binding Self Tapping Screw:4x6 Binding Self Tapping Screw:4x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6
Page and Index No. 73 - 103 23 - 101 17 - 103 97 - 102 111 -102 95 - 103 103 -104 105 -103 61 - 103 73 - 105 49 - 102 67 - 103 77 - 103 49 - 103 43 - 104 29 - 102 75 - 102 43 - 106 51 - 102 53 - 102 75 - 103 37 - 102 39 - 103 57 - 102 115 -101 95 - 104 81 - 102 65 - 105 93 - 104 103 -102 109 -103 87 - 104 47 - 104 101 -105 107 -102
Part No. 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 3008Q 0454 3008Q 0454 3008Q 0454 3008Q 0632 0100G 0632 0100G 0632 0120G 0720 0030E 0720 0030E 0720 0030E 0720 0030E 0720 0030E 0720 0030E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E
Description Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw:3x8 Tapping Screw:3x8 Tapping Screw:3x8 Tapping Screw:3x8 Pin - 2x10mm Pin - 2x10mm Parallel Pin - 2x12 Retaining Ring - M3 Retaining Ring - M3 Retaining Ring - M3 Retaining Ring - M3 Retaining Ring - M3 Retaining Ring - M3 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4
Page and Index No. 73 - 106 45 - 101 105 -102 99 - 104 113 -101 89 - 102 41 - 102 17 - 104 111 -103 17 - 105 61 - 105 55 - 106 101 -104 25 - 106 31 - 106 27 - 104 67 - 104 81 - 106 79 - 102 83 - 105 33 - 104 109 -104 33 - 102 37 - 103 107 -107 25 - 103 75 - 104 99 - 107 55 - 104 47 - 111 87 - 109 31 - 103 27 - 105 71 - 101 81 - 104
B222/B224
24
Parts Index
Part No. 0720 0040E 0720 0060E 0720 0060E 0720 0060E 0720 0060E 0720 0060E 0725 0100E 0725 0120E 0725 0170E 0740 3506 0741 3506 0741 3506 0741 3506 0741 3506 0742 3808 0801 0149 0801 0231 0802 5299 0802 5299 0802 5299 0802 5299 0802 5304 0802 5305 0802 5308 0804 6123 0805 0088 0805 0088 0805 0088 0805 0088 0805 0088 0805 0088 0805 0088 0805 0089 0805 0089 0805 0089
Description Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring C - M10 Retaining Ring C - M12 Retaining Ring C - M17 Ball Bearing - 6x12x4 Mm Ball Bearing - 6x12x4 Mm Ball Bearing - 6x12x4 Mm Ball Bearing - 6x12x4 Mm Ball Bearing - 6x12x4 Mm Ball Bearing - 8x16x5 Philips Pan Head Screw - M4x6 Hexagonal Head Bolt W/Washer:M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x30 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw :Fan Hexagonal Bolt:W/washer:M3x8 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4
Page and Index No. 63 - 103 99 - 105 67 - 105 107 -106 33 - 103 25 - 104 71 - 102 71 - 104 71 - 103 31 - 105 37 - 104 33 - 106 31 - 104 25 - 108 33 - 105 87 - 103 101 -103 45 - 103 101 -106 47 - 103 115 -102 103 -105 111 -104 109 -102 47 - 102 47 - 110 81 - 108 61 - 109 57 - 104 95 - 109 25 - 105 73 - 109 55 - 103 27 - 106 111 -105
Part No. 0805 0089 0805 0089 0805 0089 0805 0089 0805 0089 0805 0089 0805 0089 0805 0092 0805 0092 0805 0097 0954 3008N 0954 4008N 0954 4008N 1102 4211 1102 5303 1102 6245 1102 6248 1102 6259 1102 6298 1102 6300 1102 6397 1102 6592 1102 6594 1102 6893 1102 7358 1102 7615 1102 8329 1102 8470 1102 8471 1102 8472 1102 8477 1102 8479 1102 8480 1102 8481 1102 8484
Description Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - 3m Retaining Ring - 3m Ring Separator Screw - M3X8 Screw - M4X8 Screw - M4X8 CT Header - 12P Connector - 4P Relay Connector - 2P Connector - 5P Connector - 2P Connector - 5P Connector - 7P Box Header Connector - 8P Connector - 10P Connector-30p Connector - 80P Connector - B8B-XH-A Connector - Usb - UBB-4R-D14C Connector - 55447-0610 Connector - 55447-071 Connector - 55447-0810 Connector - 13P Connector - 15P Connector - 55447-1610 Connector - 55447-1760 Connector:55447-2080
Page and Index No. 83 - 104 103 -107 59 - 102 61 - 108 85 - 102 105 -104 57 - 103 75 - 105 77 - 104 83 - 103 69 - 101 107 -103 93 - 103 135 -101 153 -101 65 - 104 61 - 111 65 - 103 135 -102 123 -101 123 -102 135 -103 123 -103 135 -104 135 -105 153 -102 153 -103 123 -104 123 -105 123 -106 123 -107 123 -108 123 -109 123 -110 123 -111
B222/B224
25
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. 1102 8488 1102 8490 1102 8491 1102 8494 1102 8502 1102 8534 1102 8544 1102 8560 1102 8623 1102 8781 1102 8781 1102 8933 1102 9079 1102 9108 1102 9109 1102 9110 1102 9111 1102 9112 1102 9113 1102 9114 1102 9117 1102 9119 1102 9120 1102 9121 1102 9121 1102 9122 1102 9122 1102 9336 1102 9505 1102 9535 1102 9601 1102 9689 1102 9697 1102 9782 1102 9887
Description Connector - 5451-2810 Connector:55451-3210 Connector - 55451-3410 Connector - 55451-4010 Connector - 54679-1615 Connector - QR/P17-14S-B Connector 1-353297-3 Connector - KX14-60K5D1E Connector:292207-2 Connector - 1-292207-2 Connector - 1-292207-2 Connector:292207-5 Connector - RHM-88PL-SDK11-1 Connector - 353297-3 Connector - 353297-4 Connector - 353297-6 Connector - 353297-7 Connector - 353297-8 Connector - 1-353297-0 Connector - 353297-1 Connector - 353297-8 Connector:2-353297-0 Connector - 2-292208-2 Connector:2-353308-4 Connector:2-353308-4 Connector 2-292208-6 Connector 2-292208-6 Connector:FPS009-2300-0 Connector - 140PS-JUK-G-B Connector - 200PS-JUK-G-B Connector - 5-353297-3 Connector 2-440091-4 Connector:2-440091-5 Connector:51405-1819 Connector:52588-3090
Page and Index No. 123 -112 123 -113 123 -114 123 -115 93 - 109 101 -108 135 -106 135 -107 123 -116 135 -108 123 -117 123 -118 153 -104 123 -119 123 -120 123 -121 123 -122 123 -123 123 -124 123 -125 123 -126 123 -127 123 -128 135 -109 123 -129 135 -110 123 -130 153 -105 135 -111 153 -106 123 -131 153 -107 153 -108 107 -108 153 -109
Part No. 1102 9890 1102 9928 1103 3174 1103 3179 1103 3354 1105 0032 1105 0460 1105 0487 1105 0487 1105 0487 1105 0487 1105 0487 1105 0488 1105 0488 1105 0488 1105 0488 1105 0489 1105 0490 1105 0490 1105 0508 1105 0508 1105 0511 1105 0511 1105 0511 1105 0511 1105 0511 1105 0511 1105 0511 1105 0511 1105 0511 1105 0511 1105 0511 1105 0511 1105 0511 1105 0511
Description Connector:5-1605706-2 Connector:29 6406 200 000 856 Connector - FH12-40S-0.5SH(89) Connector:FH12-50S-0.5SV(89) Connector:B2P5-VH-TW-R(LF)(SN) Clamp Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp - LWS 1316 Harness Clamp - IWS-2218 Harness Clamp - IWS-2218 Harness Clamp - LWS-0711 Harness Clamp - LWS-0711 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC
Page and Index No. 153 -110 153 -111 135 -112 123 -132 45 - 108 19 - 105 45 - 104 39 - 106 93 - 106 113 -106 89 - 104 107 -104 47 - 107 105 -105 91 - 105 93 - 105 89 - 103 89 - 105 91 - 104 87 - 108 45 - 107 39 - 104 37 - 105 43 - 108 35 - 103 31 - 108 45 - 105 81 - 105 55 - 105 57 - 105 61 - 113 67 - 106 75 - 107 83 - 108 85 - 103
B222/B224
26
Parts Index
Part No. 1105 0511 1105 0511 1105 0514 1105 0514 1105 0516 1105 0516 1105 0516 1105 0516 1105 0516 1105 0516 1105 0516 1105 0516 1105 0516 1105 0516 1105 0516 1105 0517 1105 0518 1105 0521 1105 0522 1105 0522 1105 0522 1105 0534 1105 0544 1105 0551 1105 0551 1105 0551 1105 0568 1105 0598 1105 0612 1105 0612 1105 0612 1105 0613 1105 0614 1105 0641 1105 0642
Description Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Edge Saddle - Eds-0607l Edge Saddle - Eds-0607l Clamp Clamp Clamp Clamp Clamp Clamp Clamp Clamp Clamp Clamp Clamp Harness Clamp - LWS-2111Z Edge Saddle - Les-1010 Clamp - LES-1017 Edge Saddle - Les0510 Edge Saddle - Les0510 Edge Saddle - Les0510 Clamp Edge Saddle:Les-2017 Clamp:LES-0505 Clamp:LES-0505 Clamp:LES-0505 Clamp:LWSS-0504 Clamp:LWSS-1N Clamp:EDS-0704L-V0 Clamp:EDS-0704L-V0 Clamp:EDS-0704L-V0 Clamp:EDS-1010L-V0 Clamp - EDS-1710L-V0 Clamp PCS-20S-V0
Page and Index No. 87 - 106 19 - 103 39 - 107 31 - 107 99 - 106 107 -105 75 - 106 73 - 108 87 - 107 47 - 105 45 - 106 91 - 103 35 - 104 23 - 104 25 - 107 47 - 108 47 - 106 91 - 102 61 - 110 39 - 105 43 - 107 45 - 109 43 - 109 81 - 107 61 - 112 83 - 106 87 - 105 19 - 104 97 - 104 93 - 111 95 - 106 93 - 108 93 - 107 103 -106 91 - 106
Part No. 1105 0643 1107 1099 1107 1107 1150 0373 1150 0377 1204 1543 1204 2570 1204 2704 1204 2709 1206 0115 1400 0688 1400 0730 1400 0769 1400 0775 1400 0788 1400 0810 1400 0810 1400 0886 1400 0920 1400 0968 1400 1012 1400 1140 1400 1141 1401 0972 1401 1175 1401 1209 1401 1228 1401 1296 1401 1320 1401 1354 1402 1289 1402 1336 1402 1336 1402 1365 1402 1385
Description Clamp - RFC-14V0 Fuse Sst 5 Fuse - Ccp2e100tbk Power Supply Code:125V 15A NA Power Supply Code:250V:10A:EU Dip Switch Rocker Switch:Sddje13200 Switch - RS1A-AB11 Switch - V-5F930DN Lithium Cell - Cr1632/v1a Transistor -dtc143zua Transistor - 2SD1782K Transistor - 2SA1576A Transistor - 2SC4081 Transistor:DTB113ZK Transistor - DTC114EUA Transistor - DTC114EUA Transistor:DTC114GUA Transistor - DTC143EUA Transistor: DTA123JUA Transistor:2SD2656 Transistor - 2SA1577R Transistor - 2SD1949 Transistor-2sb1260 Fet - Hat1043m IC - HAT2093R Fet:Si3433dv-e3 Fet:Tpc8115 Fet - Tpc8107 Fet Array:Si4804bdy-e3 Diode-array Diode - 1SS355 Diode - 1SS355 Diode-rb751v-40 Diode Dap222
Page and Index No. 57 - 106 153 -112 135 -113 157 -101 157 -101 153 -113 93 - 110 101 -107 95 - 108 153 -114 135 -114 153 -115 123 -133 123 -134 123 -135 123 -136 135 -115 135 -116 123 -137 123 -138 123 -139 123 -140 123 -141 123 -142 135 -117 153 -116 153 -117 153 -118 153 -119 153 -120 123 -143 135 -118 153 -121 153 -122 123 -144
B222/B224
27
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. 1402 1503 1402 1584 1402 1663 1402 1698 1402 1709 1402 1798 1402 1952 1403 0953 1403 0978 1403 0996 1403 0996 1403 1033 1403 1131 1407 1535 1407 2187 1407 2187 1407 2219 1407 4919 1407 5274 1407 5300 1407 5351 1407 5351 1407 5353 1407 5353 1407 5367 1407 5369 1407 5377 1407 5392 1407 5463 1407 5469 1407 5482 1407 5520 1407 5604 1407 5713 1407 5733
Description Diode - 1SS400 Diode - DAN217U Diode - ZTP12B Diode - RB Diode:EC21QS06G Diode - RSX30 Diode - TDZ12 LED - SML-310MT LED - SML-310DT LED - SML-310VT LED - SML-310VT LED - SML-310YT LED:SML-311UT IC - TD62308AP TTLIC - SN74LS07NS TTLIC - SN74LS07NS IC - TD62003AP IC - 74VHCT244 TSSOP CMOS Logic - 74LVCH162244A TSSOP CMOS Logic - 74LVC16244A TSSOP IC - SN74LV14APW IC - SN74LV14APW IC - SN74LV244APW IC - SN74LV244APW IC - 74LVC74A IC - SN74AHCT32PW IC - SN74AHCT1G08DCK IC:SN74LV541APW IC - SN74LV245APW IC - SN74LV07APW IC - SN74LVC07APW IC - SN74LVC125APW IC - SN74LVC16245ADGG IC:SN74LV06APW IC:SN74ALVC244PW
Page and Index No. 123 -145 123 -146 123 -147 153 -123 153 -124 135 -119 123 -148 135 -120 123 -149 135 -121 123 -150 135 -122 153 -125 123 -151 153 -126 123 -152 123 -153 153 -127 153 -128 153 -129 123 -154 135 -123 153 -130 135 -124 135 -125 153 -131 153 -132 123 -155 135 -126 123 -156 153 -133 153 -134 153 -135 135 -127 153 -136
Part No. 1407 5790 1407 5868 1407 6077 1407 6080 1407 6080 1407 6100 1407 6100 1407 6101 1407 6101 1407 6101 1407 6123 1407 6123 1407 6127 1407 6145 1407 6161 1407 6167 1407 6181 1407 6187 1407 6196 1407 6197 1407 6204 1407 6205 1407 6232 1407 6265 1407 6268 1407 6280 1407 6314 1407 6318 1407 6335 1407 6362 1407 6372 1407 6395 1407 6447 1407 6466 1407 6534
Description CMOS Logic - SN74AHC2G08HDCU Ethernet Cont Lsi - Dp83847alqa56a IC - STA7101M CMOS Logic - SN74LVC2G04DCK CMOS Logic - SN74LVC2G04DCK IC:SN74LVC1G04DCK IC:SN74LVC1G04DCK IC - SN74LVC2G17DCK IC - SN74LVC2G17DCK IC - SN74LVC2G17DCK IC Sn74lvc2g125dcu IC Sn74lvc2g125dcu Clock Generator:Ics960008aflf IC:SN74LVC373APW Clock Generator-ics960009aflf IC - EIO Motor Control Ic:Stk672-600 CMOS Logic - SN74LVC1G07DCK Motor Control Ic:Stk672-610 Driver:M54563p CMOS Logic:SN74LVC2G07DCK CMOS Logic - SN74LVC1G06DCK Lvds - THC63LVD104A Real Time Clock:R2025s CMOS Logic:SN74CBTLV3257PW Controller - Rb5v870 Motor Control Ic:Tb6561ng CMOS Logic:SN74AHC1G00DCK CMOS Logic:SN74LVC1G17DCK EEPROM:BR24L64-W EEPROM - Br24l01afj-w CMOS Logic:SN74AHC2G00HDCU Custom IC - Gavd Type-w Field Memory - 3mx12 3.3v Cpu:Rm7935-835k-rev1.2
Page and Index No. 123 -157 153 -137 123 -158 153 -138 135 -128 153 -139 135 -129 123 -159 153 -140 135 -130 153 -141 135 -131 153 -142 153 -143 153 -144 123 -160 123 -161 153 -145 123 -162 123 -163 153 -146 135 -132 135 -133 153 -147 153 -148 135 -134 123 -164 123 -165 153 -149 91 - 107 153 -150 123 -166 135 -135 135 -136 153 -151
B222/B224
28
Parts Index
Part No. 1407 6568 1407 6658 1408 1204 1408 1535 1408 1550 1408 1614 1408 1653 1408 1669 1408 1750 1408 1778 1408 1779 1408 1815 1408 1826 1408 1850 1408 1907 1408 1925 1408 1956 1408 1960 1408 2016 1408 2017 1408 2024 1408 2029 1408 2034 1408 2053 1408 2066 1408 2122 1408 2132 1408 2236 1408 2376 1503 0842 1503 1004 1503 1013 1503 1181 1503 1260 1503 1304
Description Clock Generator - Ics7152m-11lf Custom Ic:Rb5c661 IC - TA8083P Transistor Array - M54585p IC - LM2902PW IC - LTC1772CS6 Op amp - Lmv324ipw Series Regulator:R1170h331b IC - R3112Q231A IC:R3112Q101A IC - R3112Q281A IC - R3112Q151A IC - R3112Q421A Regulator - R1170h181b IC:R3112Q451A-FA IC:LTC1778EGN#PBF IC:LTC3728LXCUH#TRPBF IC:LP2996LQ/NOPB Regulator - R1114q181b-fa Series Regulator - Pq012fz01zph IC:R3112Q261A-FA Comparator:LM2901PW IC:TPS62042DGQ IC:R3112Q291A-FA IC:TPS54310PWP Series Regulator - R1130h331a-fb IC:TPS54380PWP Regulator - Bh18fb1wg Switching Regulator Modele:H8D3243A Oscillator - 14.31818MHZ Oscillator - 19.6608mhz Crystal Oscillator - 24.3mhz Crystal Oscilator:30mhz Crystal Oscillator - 23.8mhz Crystal Oscilator:25mhz
Page and Index No. 135 -137 135 -138 123 -167 123 -168 123 -169 135 -139 135 -140 135 -141 153 -152 153 -153 123 -170 153 -154 153 -155 135 -142 135 -143 153 -156 153 -157 153 -158 135 -144 135 -145 135 -146 123 -171 153 -159 153 -160 153 -161 123 -172 153 -162 135 -147 135 -148 153 -163 123 -173 135 -149 153 -164 135 -150 153 -165
Part No. 1503 1305 1600 1946 1601 7752 1601 7796 1601 7867 1601 7871 1601 7887 1601 7887 1601 7896 1601 7898 1601 7898 1601 7898 1601 7900 1601 7909 1601 7913 1601 7943 1601 7943 1601 7959 1601 7959 1601 7959 1601 7981 1601 7981 1601 7984 1601 7987 1601 7987 1604 2237 1604 2527 1604 4477 1604 4666 1604 4728 1604 4728 1604 4825 1604 4987 1604 4994 1604 5019
Description Crystal Oscilator:25mhz Resistor - 33M 1% 1W Resistor Array - 10K 5% Resistor Array - 2.2KO Resistor - 33 5% 1/16W Resistor - 68 5% 1/16W Resistor Array - 10K 5% 1/32W Resistor Array - 10K 5% 1/32W Resistor Array - 56 5% 1/32W Resistor Array Resistor Array Resistor Array Resistor Array - 0 5% Resistor Array - 10 5% 1/32W Resistor 22 5% 1/32w Resistor Array - 68 5% 1/32W Resistor Array - 68 5% 1/32W Resistor Resistor Resistor Resistor Array - 100K 5%1/16W Resistor Array - 100K 5%1/16W Capacitor - 22K 5% 1/16W Resistor Array - 82 5% 1/16W Resistor Array - 82 5% 1/16W Capacitor 100F 35v Capacitor - 100F 20% 25V Capacitor - 10F 20% 35V Capacitor:47F:20%:35V Capacitor - 100F 20% 16V Capacitor - 100F 20% 16V Capacitor - 220F 20% 35V Capacitor - 330F 20% 6.3V Capacitor - 100F 20% 6.3V Capacitor - 56F 20% 10V
Page and Index No. 153 -166 135 -151 135 -152 135 -153 135 -154 135 -155 123 -174 153 -167 123 -175 123 -176 135 -156 153 -168 123 -177 153 -169 153 -170 153 -171 123 -178 153 -172 123 -179 135 -157 153 -173 123 -180 123 -181 153 -174 135 -158 123 -182 153 -175 123 -183 123 -184 135 -159 153 -176 123 -185 135 -160 153 -177 135 -161
B222/B224
29
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. 1604 5046 1604 5065 1604 5235 1604 5236 1604 5338 1604 5452 1604 5453 1605 1002 1605 1034 1605 1095 1605 1124 1605 1137 1605 1137 1605 1148 1605 1148 1605 1165 1605 1190 1605 1195 1605 1199 1605 1200 1605 1201 1605 1204 1605 1205 1605 1206 1605 1207 1605 1208 1605 1209 1605 1210 1605 1211 1605 1212 1605 1212 1605 1214 1605 1216 1605 1221 1605 1221
Description Resistor - 150F 20%:10V Capacitor 10F:20%:50V Capacitor:120F:20%:10V Capacitor:180F:20%:16V Resistor - 47F 20% 10V Capacitor:47F:20%:10V Capacitor:100F:20%:10V Capacitor - 2700pF 10% 50V Ceramic Capacitor:1000pf:10%:50v Capacitor:180pf:5%:25V Capacitor - 4.7F +80 -20% 10V Capacitor - 470pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 470pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 0.1F +80-20% 50V Capacitor - 0.1F +80-20% 50V Capacitor:680pf:5%:50V Resistor - 0.022F 10% 50V Capacitor:4pf:0.25pf:50V Capacitor - 8PF 0.5pF 50V Capacitor - 10PF 0.5pF 50V Capacitor - 12pF 5% 50V Capacitor-pf50v Capacitor - 33pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 47pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 68pF 5% 50V Capacitor:100pf:5%:50V Capacitor - 150pF 5% 50V Capacitor:180pf:5%:50V Capacitor - 220pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 470pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 470pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 1000pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 2200PF10%50V Capacitor - 0.1 F+80-20%16V Capacitor - 0.1 F+80-20%16V
Page and Index No. 135 -162 135 -163 135 -164 135 -165 135 -166 123 -186 123 -187 135 -167 153 -178 153 -179 153 -180 123 -188 135 -168 135 -169 123 -189 153 -181 135 -170 153 -182 153 -183 153 -184 153 -185 153 -186 153 -187 153 -188 153 -189 153 -190 153 -191 153 -192 153 -193 135 -171 153 -194 153 -195 153 -196 135 -172 153 -197
Part No. 1605 1224 1605 1234 1605 1240 1605 1249 1605 1282 1605 1283 1605 1284 1605 1287 1605 1289 1605 1295 1605 1295 1605 1296 1605 1296 1605 1300 1605 1303 1605 1305 1605 1344 1605 1347 1605 1347 1605 1353 1605 1354 1605 1359 1605 1391 1605 1391 1605 1417 1605 1430 1605 1448 1605 1464 1605 1479 1605 1481 1605 1482 1605 1531 1605 1597 1607 0861 1607 0978
Description Capacitor 4.7F 10% 6.3v Capcitor:4700pf:10%:50v Capacitor - 0.01F 10% 25V Capacitor:0.047F:10%:16V Capacitor:22F:+80-20%:10V Capacitor - 680pF 10% 50V Capacitor:1500pf:10%:50V Capacitor - 0.47F +80-20% 25V Capacitor - 0.1F 10% 10V Capacitor:10F:+80-20%:10V Capacitor:10F:+80-20%:10V Capacitor - 330pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 330pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 270pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 0.01F +80-20% 50V Capacitor - 1F +80-20% 6.3V Capacitor - 33pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 1F:+80-20%:16V Capacitor - 1F:+80-20%:16V Capacitor - 0.1F 10% 25V Capacitor:1200pf:5%:50V Capacitor - 10F:20%:16V Capacitor - 22F:20%:6.3V Capacitor - 22F:20%:6.3V Capacitor:47F:+80-20%:10V Resistor - 1F +80-20% 50V Capacitor - 9PF:0.5pF 50V Resistor - 10F 20% 25V Capacitor - 47pF 10%:50V Capacitor:1000pf:20%:50V Capacitor:4700pf:20%:50V Capacitor:470pf:20%:50V Capacitor:2.2F:+80-20%:50V Filter - Bk2125hs101 Inductor - Blm21p300spb
Page and Index No. 135 -173 153 -198 153 -199 153 -200 153 -201 153 -202 153 -203 135 -174 153 -204 135 -175 153 -205 153 -206 135 -176 135 -177 153 -207 153 -208 135 -178 135 -179 153 -209 153 -210 153 -211 153 -212 153 -213 135 -180 153 -214 135 -181 153 -215 135 -182 123 -190 123 -191 123 -192 123 -193 123 -194 135 -183 153 -216
B222/B224
30
Parts Index
Part No. 1607 1002 1607 1002 1607 1051 1607 1061 1607 1196 1607 1228 1607 1326 1607 1351 1607 1351 1607 1362 1607 1387 1607 1471 1607 1477 1607 1489 1607 1556 1607 1567 1607 1567 1607 1606 1607 1650 1607 1715 1607 1827 1609 0005 1609 0005 1609 0006 1609 0006 1609 0006 1609 0007 1609 0007 1609 0008 1609 0011 1609 0016 1609 0019 1609 0026 1609 0033 1609 0070
Description IC - NFM60R30T222 IC - NFM60R30T222 Filter -fbmj2125hs420 Filter - Blm11p300spb Inductor -220uh 20% 0.33a Inductor - Slf7045-4r7m2r0 Inductor - Slf12575-2r7n7r0-pf Filter Blm21pg221sn1b Filter Blm21pg221sn1b Coil - ACM3225-800-2P Filter - Blm18bb600sn1b Inductor:Lb2518b6r8m Inductor - Rlf7030-4r7m3r4 Filter - Mmz1608b301c Inductor:Rlf7030-1r5n6r1 Filter:Mpz2012s101a Filter:Mpz2012s101a Inductor - Nlfc453232-150k-pf Inductor:Rlf7030-6r8m2r8 Ferrite Core - Rfc-5 Inductor:Rlf7030-2r2m5r4 Resistor:33 :5%:1/16w Resistor:33 :5%:1/16w Resistor:10k :5%:1/16w Resistor:10k :5%:1/16w Resistor:10k :5%:1/16w Resistor - 68 5% 1/16W Resistor - 68 5% 1/16W Resistor:4.7k :5%:1/16w Resistor:22:5%:1/16w Resistor:56 :5%:1/16w Resistor:0 :1608 Resistor - 47 5% 1/16W Resistor - 82 5% 1/16w Resistor Array:1m O:5%:1/16W
Page and Index No. 135 -184 123 -195 153 -217 153 -218 135 -185 153 -219 135 -186 153 -220 135 -187 153 -221 153 -222 153 -223 153 -224 153 -225 153 -226 153 -227 135 -188 135 -189 153 -228 157 -102 153 -229 135 -190 153 -230 153 -231 123 -196 135 -191 135 -192 153 -232 135 -193 153 -233 153 -234 135 -194 153 -235 135 -195 123 -197
Part No. 1610 1409 1610 1427 1610 1734 1610 1750 1610 1771 1610 1804 1610 1947 1632 0000 1633 0000 1634 0000 1634 0000 1634 0000 1644 0100 1644 1330 1644 6101 1650 2680 1650 2682 1650 3153 1650 4100 1650 4100 1650 4100 1650 4101 1650 4101 1650 4102 1650 4102 1650 4103 1650 4103 1650 4104 1650 4104 1650 4105 1650 4121 1650 4122 1650 4122 1650 4150 1650 4150
Description Chip Resistor - 6.8 5% Resistor - 15 5% 1W Resistor:0.02 :1%:1W Chip Resistor:1komh 1%:1/2w Chip Resistor:1 5%:1w Resistor:0.006 :1%:1W Resistor:220 :5%:1W Resistor - 0 1/8W Resistor - 0 1/10W Resistor - 0 1/16W Resistor - 0 1/16W Resistor - 0 1/16W Capacitor - 10F 20% 10V Capacitor Capacitor - 100F 20% 6.3V Resistor - 68 5% 1/4W Resistor - 6.8K 5% 1/4W Resistor:15k:5%:1/8W Resistor - 10 5% 1/10W Resistor - 10 5% 1/10W Resistor - 10 5% 1/10W Resistor - 1005%1/10W Resistor - 1005%1/10W Resistor - 1K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 1K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 10K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 10K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 100K5%1/10W Resistor - 100K5%1/10W Resistor - 1M 5% 1/10W Resistor - 1205%1/10W Resistor - 1.2K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 1.2K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 15 5% 1/10W Resistor - 15 5% 1/10W
Page and Index No. 123 -198 135 -196 153 -236 123 -199 123 -200 153 -237 123 -201 153 -238 123 -202 135 -197 123 -203 153 -239 135 -198 153 -240 153 -241 123 -204 123 -205 123 -206 153 -242 123 -207 135 -199 135 -200 123 -208 123 -209 135 -201 123 -210 135 -202 135 -203 123 -211 123 -212 135 -204 123 -213 135 -205 153 -243 135 -206
B222/B224
31
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. 1650 4154 1650 4161 1650 4162 1650 4202 1650 4220 1650 4220 1650 4222 1650 4222 1650 4223 1650 4244 1650 4271 1650 4330 1650 4330 1650 4330 1650 4331 1650 4332 1650 4390 1650 4431 1650 4470 1650 4470 1650 4471 1650 4472 1650 4472 1650 4473 1650 4560 1650 4560 1650 4561 1650 4621 1650 4680 1650 4680 1650 4680 1650 4681 1650 4682 1650 4751 1650 4821
Description Resistor 150k 5% 1/10w Resistor - 160 5% 1/10W Resistor - 1.6K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 2K5%1/10W Chip Resistor - 22 5% 1/10w Chip Resistor - 22 5% 1/10w Resistor - 2.2K5%1/10W Resistor - 2.2K5%1/10W Resistor - 22K5%1/10W Resistor:240k :5%:1/10w:1608 Resistor - 2705%1/10W Chip Resistor - 33 5% 1/10w Chip Resistor - 33 5% 1/10w Chip Resistor - 33 5% 1/10w Resistor - 3305%1/10W Resistor - 3.3K5%1/10W Resistor - 39 -5% 1/10W Resistor - 4305% 1/10W Resistor - 475%1/10W Resistor - 475%1/10W Resistor - 4705%1/10W Resistor - 4.7K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 4.7K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 47K5%1/10W Chip Resistor - 56 5% 1/10w Chip Resistor - 56 5% 1/10w Resistor - 560 5% 1/10W Resistor - 620 5% 1/10W 1608 Resistor - 685%1/10W Resistor - 685%1/10W Resistor - 685%1/10W Resistor - 680 5% 1/10W Resistor - 6.8K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 750 5% 1/10W Chip Resistor - 820 5% 1/10w
Page and Index No. 123 -214 123 -215 123 -216 123 -217 135 -207 123 -218 123 -219 135 -208 123 -220 135 -209 135 -210 135 -211 153 -244 123 -221 135 -212 135 -213 153 -245 135 -214 135 -215 153 -246 135 -216 135 -217 123 -222 123 -223 123 -224 135 -218 135 -219 135 -220 135 -221 153 -247 123 -225 123 -226 135 -222 135 -223 135 -224
Part No. 1650 5100 1650 5101 1650 5102 1650 5103 1650 5104 1650 5105 1650 5109 1650 5122 1650 5202 1650 5220 1650 5221 1650 5222 1650 5229 1650 5271 1650 5272 1650 5274 1650 5303 1650 5330 1650 5470 1650 5472 1650 5512 1650 5513 1650 5514 1650 5560 1650 5562 1650 5621 1650 5680 1650 5681 1650 5750 1650 5820 1650 5822 1650 5823 1653 4999 1653 5499 1654 1000
Description Chip Resistor - 10 5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 100 5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 1k5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 10k5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 100k5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 1m5%1/16w Chip Resistor 1 5% 1/16w Chip Resistor - 1.2k5%1/16w Chip Resistor:2k:5%:1/16w Resistor - 22 5% 1/16W Chip Resistor - 2205%1/16w Resistor - 2.2K 5% 1/16W Resistor:2.2 :5%:1/16w:1005 Chip Resistor 270 5% 1/16w Chip Resistor:2.7k:5%:1/16w Resistor:270k :5%:1/16w:1005 Chip Resistor 30k 5% 1/16w Chip Resistor - 335%1/16w Chip Resistor 47 5% 1/16w Chip Resistor:4.7k:5%:1/16w Chip Resistor 5.1k 5% 1/16w Chip Resistor:51k:5%:1/16w Chip Resistor:510k:5%:1/16w Chip Resistor 56 5% 1/16w Chip Resistor:5.6k:5%:1/16w Chip Resistor 620 5% 1/16w Resistor - 68 5% 1/16W Chip Resistor:680:5%:1/16w Chip Resistor:75:5%:1/16w Chip Resistor:82:5%:1/16w Chip Resistor:8.2k:5%:1/16w Chip Resistor:82k:5%:1/16w Resistor - 49.9 1% 1/8W Resistor - 54.9 1% 1/8W Resistor - 100 1% 1/10W
Page and Index No. 153 -248 153 -249 153 -250 153 -251 153 -252 153 -253 153 -254 153 -255 153 -256 153 -257 153 -258 153 -259 153 -260 153 -261 153 -262 153 -263 153 -264 153 -265 153 -266 153 -267 153 -268 153 -269 153 -270 153 -271 153 -272 153 -273 153 -274 153 -275 153 -276 153 -277 153 -278 153 -279 153 -280 153 -281 135 -225
B222/B224
32
Parts Index
Part No. 1654 1001 1654 1002 1654 1002 1654 1003 1654 1004 1654 1004 1654 1101 1654 1201 1654 1300 1654 1500 1654 1501 1654 1501 1654 1502 1654 1601 1654 2001 1654 2002 1654 2401 1654 2741 1654 3609 1654 3741 1654 4300 1654 4700 1654 4701 1654 4872 1654 5109 1654 6200 1654 6201 1654 6801 1654 7501 1654 7871 1654 8200 1654 8201 1654 8201 1654 8202 1654 9101
Description Resistor - 1K1%1/10W Resistor - 10K5%1/10W Resistor - 10K5%1/10W Resistor - 100K1%1/10W Chip Resistor - 1m 1% 1/10w Chip Resistor - 1m 1% 1/10w Resistor - 1.1K1%1/10W Resistor - 1.2K 1% 1/10W Resistor - 1301% 1/10W Resistor - 1501 %1/10W Resistor - 1.5K 1% 1/10W 1608 Resistor - 1.5K 1% 1/10W 1608 Resistor - 15K1% 1/10W Chip Resistor - 1.6k1% 1/10w Chip Resistor - 2k 1% 1/10w Resistor - 20K1%1/10W Resistor - 2.4K 1% 1/10W Resistor - 2.74K 1% 1/10W Resistor - 361%1/10W Chip Resistor:3.74k Resistor - 430 1% 1/10W Resistor - 4701%1/10W Resistor - 4.7K1% 1/10W Resistor - 48.7K 1% 1/10W Resistor:51:1%:1/10W Resistor - 6201% 1/10W Resistor - 6.2K 1% 1/10W Resistor - 6.8K1% 1/10W Resistor - 7.5K1%1/10W-1608 Resistor - 7.87K 1% 1/10W Resistor - 8201%1/10W Resistor - 8.2K 1% 1/10W Resistor - 8.2K 1% 1/10W Resistor - 82K 1% 1/10W Resistor:9.1k:1%:1/10W
Page and Index No. 153 -282 123 -227 135 -226 123 -228 123 -229 153 -283 123 -230 123 -231 135 -227 123 -232 153 -284 123 -233 153 -285 123 -234 123 -235 123 -236 123 -237 123 -238 153 -286 123 -239 123 -240 135 -228 135 -229 135 -230 135 -231 123 -241 123 -242 123 -243 123 -244 123 -245 135 -232 123 -246 153 -287 135 -233 123 -247
Part No. 1655 0000 1655 1001 1655 1002 1655 1022 1655 1301 1655 1502 1655 1602 1655 1651 1655 1800 1655 1912 1655 2002 1655 2402 1655 2742 1655 3000 1655 3091 1655 3402 1655 3900 1655 4301 1655 4321 1655 4701 1655 4870 1655 6341 1655 6342 1655 7152 1655 9761 1660 0100 1660 2101 1660 2101 1660 2101 1660 2120 1660 2121 1660 2150 1660 2150 1660 2151 1660 2220
Description Chip Resistor - 00%1/16w Chip Resistor - 1k 1% 1/16w Chip Resistor - 10k1%1/16w Resistor:10.2k :1%:1/16W Chip Resistor:1.3k:1%:1/16w Resistor - 15K 1% 1/16W Resistor:16k :1%:1/16W Resistor:1.65k :1%:1/16w:1005 Chip Resistor:180:1%:1/16w Resistor:19.1k :1%:1/16W Chip Resistor - 20k1%1/16w Resistor - 24K 1% 1/16W Resistor:27.4k :1%:1/16W Chip Resistor:300:1%:1/16w Resistor:3.09k :1%:1/16W Resistor:34k :1%:1/16W Resistor:390 :1%:1/16W Resistor:4.3k :1%:1/16W Resistor:4.32k :1%:1/16W Chip Resistor - 4.7k1%1/16w Resistor:487 :1%:1/16W Resistor:6.34k :1%:1/16W Resistor:63.4k :1%:1/16W Resistor:71.5k :1%:1/16W Resistor:9.76k :1%:1/16W Capacitor - 10PF 0.5pF 50V Capacitor - 100pF - 10% - 50V Capacitor - 100pF - 10% - 50V Capacitor - 100pF - 10% - 50V Capacitor - 12 pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 120pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 15pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 15pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 150pF 20% 35V Capacitor - 22pF 20% 35V
Page and Index No. 153 -288 153 -289 153 -290 153 -291 153 -292 153 -293 153 -294 153 -295 153 -296 153 -297 153 -298 153 -299 153 -300 153 -301 153 -302 153 -303 153 -304 153 -305 153 -306 153 -307 153 -308 153 -309 153 -310 153 -311 153 -312 135 -234 153 -313 123 -248 135 -235 135 -236 153 -314 135 -237 123 -249 135 -238 123 -250
B222/B224
33
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. 1660 2221 1660 2270 1660 2330 1660 2470 1660 2470 1660 2470 1660 2471 1660 4102 1660 4102 1660 4103 1660 4332 1660 4472 1660 4472 1660 6103 1660 8104 1660 8104 1906 0076
Description Capacitor - 220pF +80-20% 50V Capacitor - 27pF 20% 35V Capacitor - 33pF - 5% - 50V Capacitor - 47pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 47pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 47pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 470pF - 5% - 50V Capacitor - 1000pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 1000pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 10000pF - 10% - 50V Capacitor - 3300pF - 10% - 50V Capacitor - 4700PF10% 50V Capacitor - 4700PF10% 50V Capacitor - 10000pF - +80%-20%50V Capacitor - 0.1F +80-20% 25V Capacitor - 0.1F +80-20% 25V Flash Memory:Mbm29pl12lm12pcn
Page and Index No. 135 -239 135 -240 135 -241 135 -242 123 -251 153 -315 153 -316 135 -243 123 -252 135 -244 135 -245 123 -253 135 -246 123 -254 135 -247 123 -255 153 -317
Part No. 5203 9502 5206 2686 5206 2686 5215 2621 5215 2621 5442 1924 5447 2681 5447 2681 5447 2681 5447 2681 5447 2681 5447 2681 5447 2681 5447 2768 5840 3022
Description Silicone Grease G-501 Snap Ring Snap Ring Snap Ring - M6 Snap Ring - M6 Exposure Glass Cushion Snap Ring Snap Ring Snap Ring Snap Ring Snap Ring Snap Ring Snap Ring Stepped Screw - M3 Stopper Screw - M3
Page and Index No. 163 - 8 55 - 36 35 - 19 33 - 18 21 - 6 43 - 10 31 - 15 33 - 6 35 - 13 27 - 8 25 - 2 83 - 21 105 - 14 73 - 6 81 - 24
B222/B224
34
Parts Index
B227 BRIDGE UNIT BU3000 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
1.BRIDGE UNIT 1 (B227)

101 102 102
7 101 3
102 26
25 101
27
28 26
4 5 102 102 8 102 9 10
6 102
11
24 13 14
23 4 22 21
12
14 19
20
18 16 15 17 14
14
103 29 30 31
103
B227

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Part No. B227 4652 B227 4655 B227 4651 AF04 0621 B227 4654 B024 1264 B227 4672 B227 4646 B227 4647 B227 4648 AA04 3598 AB03 0789 AB03 0632 AA08 2101 B227 4642 AA12 0129 AF02 0633 AF02 0632 AG07 0514 AA02 1031 AW50 0023 B227 4644 AA16 1166 AW01 0107 B227 4671 AA06 3596 B227 4673 AA14 0875 B227 4633 B227 4632 B227 4645 Description Extension Tray Turn Extension Tray Exit Tray Driven Roller - Dia14 Spring - 1.6n Magnet Catch Rear Cover Ground Plate - Right Ground Plate - Left Ground Plate - Pap Feed Sensor Timing Belt - 30S2M308 Timing Pulley - 24T Transport Roller Pulley Bushing - 6x10x6 Guide Sheet Discharge Brush Transport Roller - 3rd Transport Roller - 2nd Magnet Catch Magnetic Catch Push Switch Spring - 0.8n Damping Insulation: Gate Pawl: Frame Paper Feed Sensor Exit Cover - Lower Compression Spring - Exit Roller Exit Roller Driven Shaft Knob Screw - M3 Knob Screw - M3 Coupling Bracket Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 5 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 4 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 0451 3006N Tapping Screw - 3x6 0450 3008N Tapping Screw - M3x8 0805 0089 Retaining Ring - M4
B227
manuals4you.com

101 24 25 1 101 2 5 9 10 11 7 6 7 38 106 8 8 105 104 13 108 30 31 32 14 101 108 12 105 13 107 17 15 16 20 33 103 105 102 23 101 102 29 34 28 35 101 106 27 26
105
101
104
36 102 25 37
18
101 20 21 19
22
B227

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 1 1 1 1 6 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 36 37 38 Part No. B227 4662 B227 4666 B227 4682 Description Inner Cover - Right Harness Cover Stepper Motor Bracket Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 B227 5131 Harness -iob B227 4691 PCB Bracket B227 5150 PCB Brb B227 5132 Harness - Main Brb B227 5133 Harness - Stepper Motor B227 4681 Stepper Motor Dc4.29v AA10 1021 Rubber Bushing - 6 45hs B044 1825 Collar AA04 3597 Timing Belt - 30S2M336 AB03 3096 Timing Pulley AA04 3596 Timing Belt - 50S2M210 AB01 1265 Gear - 33Z AA08 2101 Bushing - 6x10x6 AW01 0107 Paper Feed Sensor B227 5134 Harness - Paper Feed Sensor B227 4626 Guide Plate - Middle AF02 0631 Transport Roller - 1nd B227 4627 Guide Plate - Lower AB03 0790 Pulley - 24T AA08 2063 Bushing - 8x10x5 AB03 0789 Timing Pulley - 24T AA04 3594 Timing Belt - 30S2M100 B227 4668 Inner Cover - Drive B227 4661 Cover - Right AA02 1030 Magnet Catch B227 4667 Discharge Brush - Exit AF02 5043 Gate Pawl AA16 1166 Damping Insulation: Gate Pawl: Frame AA06 0994 Tension Spring - 1.6n 5447 2681 Snap Ring AF02 0634 Exit Roller AB03 0791 Timing Pulley - 24T AA04 3595 Timing Belt - 30S2M140 B227 4665 Solenoid Bracket B227 4663 DC Solenoid 24v
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108
0451 3006N 0450 3008N 0353 0040N 0353 0100N 1105 0522 1105 0516 1105 0568 0805 0089
Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Screw - M3x4 Screw-m3x10 Edge Saddle - Les0510 Clamp Clamp:Lwss-0504 Retaining Ring - M4
B227
manuals4you.com
B227 BRIDGE UNIT BU3000 PARTS INDEX
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
Parts Index
Part No. B227 4626 B227 4627 B227 4632 B227 4633 B227 4642 B227 4644 B227 4645 B227 4646 B227 4647 B227 4648 B227 4651 B227 4652 B227 4654 B227 4655 B227 4661 B227 4662 B227 4663 B227 4665 B227 4666 B227 4667 B227 4668 B227 4671 B227 4672 B227 4673 B227 4681 B227 4682 B227 4691 B227 5131 B227 5132 B227 5133 B227 5134 B227 5150 Description Guide Plate - Middle Guide Plate - Lower Knob Screw - M3 Knob Screw - M3 Guide Sheet Spring - 0.8n Coupling Bracket Ground Plate - Right Ground Plate - Left Ground Plate - Pap Feed Sensor Exit Tray Extension Tray Spring - 1.6n Turn Extension Tray Cover - Right Inner Cover - Right DC Solenoid 24v Solenoid Bracket Harness Cover Discharge Brush - Exit Inner Cover - Drive Exit Cover - Lower Rear Cover Exit Roller Stepper Motor Dc4.29v Stepper Motor Bracket PCB Bracket Harness -iob Harness - Main Brb Harness - Stepper Motor Harness - Paper Feed Sensor PCB Brb Page and Index No. 5533333333333355555553335555555516 18 30 29 15 22 31 8 9 10 3 1 5 2 24 36 35 34 37 26 23 25 7 27 6 38 2 1 4 5 15 3 Part No. B024 1264 B044 1825 Magnet Catch Collar Description Page and Index No. 3- 6 5- 8
B227
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. AA02 1030 AA02 1031 AA04 3594 AA04 3595 AA04 3596 AA04 3597 AA04 3598 AA06 0994 AA06 3596 AA08 2063 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA10 1021 AA12 0129 AA14 0875 AA16 1166 AA16 1166 AB01 1265 AB03 0632 AB03 0789 AB03 0789 AB03 0790 AB03 0791 AB03 3096 AF02 0631 AF02 0632 AF02 0633 AF02 0634 AF02 5043 AF04 0621 AG07 0514 AW01 0107 AW01 0107 AW50 0023
Description Magnet Catch Magnetic Catch Timing Belt - 30S2M100 Timing Belt - 30S2M140 Timing Belt - 50S2M210 Timing Belt - 30S2M336 Timing Belt - 30S2M308 Tension Spring - 1.6n Compression Spring - Exit Roller Bushing - 8x10x5 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Rubber Bushing - 6 45hs Discharge Brush Driven Shaft Damping Insulation: Gate Pawl: Frame Damping Insulation: Gate Pawl: Frame Gear - 33Z Transport Roller Pulley Timing Pulley - 24T Timing Pulley - 24T Pulley - 24T Timing Pulley - 24T Timing Pulley Transport Roller - 1nd Transport Roller - 2nd Transport Roller - 3rd Exit Roller Gate Pawl Driven Roller - Dia14 Magnet Catch Paper Feed Sensor Paper Feed Sensor Push Switch
Page and Index No. 535555353553533355353555533553353325 20 22 33 11 9 11 29 26 20 13 14 7 16 28 23 28 12 13 21 12 19 32 10 17 18 17 31 27 4 19 14 24 21
Part No. 0353 0040N 0353 0100N 0450 3008N 0450 3008N 0451 3006N 0451 3006N 0805 0089 0805 0089 1105 0516 1105 0522 1105 0568
Description Screw - M3x4 Screw-m3x10 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Clamp Edge Saddle - Les0510 Clamp:Lwss-0504
Page and Index No. 55533535555103 104 102 102 101 101 103 108 106 105 107
B227
Parts Index
Part No. 5447 2681 Snap Ring
Description
Part No.
Description
Page and Index No.
B227
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
1,000 SHEET FINISHER B408 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
(rev. 11/09/06)
manuals4you.com
This section instructs you as to the numbers and names of parts on this machine.
1.EXTERIOR (B408)
B408
manuals4you.com
1.EXTERIOR (B408)
Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 23 24 25 Part No. B408 6141 B408 6151 B408 3412 A628 3115 B408 3411 B408 6161 B408 1314 B408 1422 G020 1391 B408 6131 B408 1241 B408 6124 B408 7151 B408 6121 AG07 0512 B408 6171 B408 6122 B408 7171 B408 6111 B408 2192 B408 1418 B408 1431 B408 1414 A697 1144 B408 1425 B408 2191 Description Rear Cover Left Upper Cover Slide Tray Knob Screw - M4 Tray Left Lower Cover Caster [TSB#005] Bracket - Ground Plate Screw - M3X4.5 Left Inner Cover Guard - Side Plate Front Hinge - Door Lower Decal - Misfeed Removal Front Cover Magnetic Catch [TSB#005] Right Lower Cover Hinge - Door Upper Decal - Staple Upper Cover Guide Plate - Connecting Upper Mylar - Rear Joint Bracket Joint Bracket Screw Bracket - Coupling Rear (B022/B027) Bracket - Coupling Rear (B079/B082) Bracket - Coupling Front Guide Plate - Connecting Lower Qty Per Assembly 1 1 2 1 1 1 4 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 Part No. Description 0802 5276 Tapping Screw With Washer - M3x6 0451 3008H Tapping Screw - M3x8
B408
2.TRANSPORT SECTION (B408)
B408
manuals4you.com
2.TRANSPORT SECTION (B408)

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Part No. B408 2271 AA08 2101 B408 2532 G020 5626 B408 2221 B408 2231 B408 2211 B408 5310 AW02 0103 A859 3425 A859 3420 B408 2157 B408 2152 AW02 0049 A548 1317 B408 2723 B408 2722 AG07 0514 B408 2715 B408 2731 5447 2681 B408 2711 AF04 0558 A688 3960 B408 2281 B408 7112 B408 1231 Description Pulley - T24 Bushing - 6x10x6 Lever - Paper Guide Upper Push Switch Transfer Roller - Upper Exit Roller - Proof Tray Transfer Roller Harness - Connecting Photointerrupter Spring Plate Middle Driven Roller Left Guide Plate - Entrance Guide Plate - Entrance Photointerruptor - OS - 580213-703 Lever Cushion Upper Paper Guide Spring - Upper Paper Guide Magnet Catch [TSB#005] Discharge Brush Arm - Top Cover Snap Ring Top Cover Driven Roller Roller Holder Knob - Transfer Roller Decal - Knob R2 Angle - Front Side Plate Qty Per Assembly 1 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 4 2 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 Part No. 0802 5276 0805 0089 1105 0511 1105 0329 Description Tapping Screw With Washer - M3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Clamp - ES-0510
B408
3.PAPER EXIT SECTION 1 (B408)
B408
manuals4you.com

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 Part No. 0802 5276 0805 0089 0720 0040B 0451 3006B 1105 0511 0453 3006B Description Tapping Screw With Washer - M3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Tapping Screw - M3x6 B408 2314 Arm - Roller Slide B408 2313 Pulley - T24 AA08 2101 Bushing - 6x10x6 B408 5340 Sensor Relay Harness - 280mm AW02 0156 Photointerruptor [TSB#005] B408 2841 Bracket - Home Position Sensor B408 2833 Shaft - Worm Wheel B408 2832 Worm Wheel - Z20 B408 2861 Arm - Guide Plate 5447 2681 Snap Ring B408 2831 Gear - Z53 B408 2821 Stay - Guide Plate AX05 0160 Stepper Motor - MM42 0.85A A681 2742 Driven Exit Roller A666 4210 Shaft - Exit Roller B352 2203 Discharge Brush - Stapler Tray B408 2852 Spring - Guide Plate Exit B408 2811 Guide Plate - Exit B408 2312 Bushing - Roller Slide AW01 0109 Photo Reflection Sensor - PS-17ND1 [TSB#005] B408 2311 Slide Roller B408 2162 Guide Mylar B408 2160 Guide Plate - Shift Ass'y AG07 0514 Magnet Catch [TSB#005] B408 2175 Bushing - Roller Slide A697 2144 Pressure Spring B408 2172 Guide Plate - Shift B408 2174 Spring B408 2173 Slide Roller B408 7102 Decal - Shift Tray R1
B408
B408
manuals4you.com

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Part No. B408 2272 AA08 2101 B352 2407 B408 2246 B352 2409 B408 2241 B408 5300 AW02 0156 B408 3613 B408 3611 B408 3612 B408 2182 A681 2722 B408 1413 AA14 3790 B408 1411 B408 1412 Description Pulley - T30 Bushing - 6x10x6 Reverse Roller - 20z Reverse Roller Arm Idler Gear - 17z Exit Roller Harness - Paper Sensor Photointerruptor [TSB#005] Lever - Micro Switch Stay - Paper Sensor Paper Sensor Feeler Guide Plate - Exit Stapler Guide Mylar - Lower Exit Guide Coupling Stay Stepped Screw - Lever [TSB#005] Coupling Lever Flat Screw Qty Per Assembly 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 2 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 Part No. 0802 5276 0805 0089 0452 3020B 0452 3008B 1105 0511 1204 2540 Description Tapping Screw With Washer - M3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Binding Self Tapping Screw - 3x20 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Micro Switch - AM50650C3
B408
5.VERTICAL TRANSPORT (B408)
B408
10
manuals4you.com
5.VERTICAL TRANSPORT (B408)

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Part No. AA08 2101 AG07 0514 B408 7122 A859 3425 A859 3420 B408 2142 A697 2144 AA08 0237 AF02 2097 B408 2541 A548 1317 B408 2211 B408 2131 B408 2271 Description Bushing - 6x10x6 Magnet Catch [TSB#005] Decal - Stapler Tray R3 Spring Plate Middle Driven Roller Guide Plate - Stapler Tray Pressure Spring Bushing - 4x5x7 Driven Roller Lower Paper Guide [TSB#005] Lever Cushion Transfer Roller Upper Guide Plate Pulley - T24 Qty Per Assembly 4 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 Part No. 0802 5276 0720 0040B 0805 0089 1204 2541 1105 0511 Description Tapping Screw With Washer - M3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Interlock Switch Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC
B408
11
6.STAPLE SECTION 1 (B408)
B408
12
manuals4you.com

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Part No. AA08 2101 B408 2435 B408 2434 B408 2422 B408 2411 B408 2421 B408 2444 B408 2451 A498 4625 B408 2441 B408 2251 B352 2203 B352 2206 B408 7132 B408 2113 B408 2112 A697 2144 B352 2205 B352 2204 B352 2229 B352 2222 B352 2232 AW02 0049 B408 5340 B408 2122 B408 2271 Description Bushing - 6x10x6 Positioning Roller [TSB#004] Timing Belt - 124P2M4 Pulley - T16 Arm - Positioning Roller Bracket - Positioning Roller Spring - Positioning Roller DC Solenoid - 12.5W Arm Cushion Shaft - Positioning Roller Stapler Exit Roller Discharge Brush - Stapler Tray Tension Spring - Lower Guide Decal - Stapler Tray Exit R4 Guide - Trailing Edge Guide Plate - Lower Pressure Spring Bushing - Driven Roller Driven Roller Roller - Paper Guide Paper Guide - Trailing Edge Torsion Spring Photointerruptor - OS - 580213-703 Sensor Relay Harness - 280mm Guide Plate - Lower Pulley - T24 Qty Per Assembly 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 4 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 Part No. 0802 5276 0805 0089 0720 0040B 1105 0511 1105 0328 0353 0040B Description Tapping Screw With Washer - M3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Screw - M3X4
B408
13
Rev. 03/19/2004
B408
14
manuals4you.com

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 Part No. B408 5330 AW02 2166 B408 4336 A697 4170 B408 4392 B408 4398 B408 4395 B408 4321 AX05 0160 B408 4337 B408 4332 AA14 3790 B408 4343 B352 4232 B408 4342 B700 4107 A666 3180 B408 5512 B408 4385 B408 4382 B408 4371 B408 4311 AW02 0156 B408 5320 B408 4383 B408 4372 AW01 0109 B408 4363 B408 4362 B408 7142 B408 4367 A681 4515 B408 4364 B408 4366 Description Harness - Stapler Tray Exit Sensor [TSB#005] Timing Belt - 940P2M4 Pulley - 32T Exit Tension Bracket Tension Spring Pulley - Exit Belt Stay - Stapler Tray Stepper Motor - MM42 0.85A Spring Bracket - Jogger Motor Stepped Screw - Lever [TSB#005] Slider Fence Shaft Slider - Training Edge Fence Trailing Edge Fence Spring [TSB#005] Timing Pulley - Z32 Stepper Motor: Sub Assy [TSB#006] Shaft - Exit Belt Pulley - T26 Timing Belt - 246P3M4 Stapler Tray Photointerruptor [TSB#005] Sensor Harness Shaft - Idler Exit Belt Exit Belt Ass'y Photo Reflection Sensor - PS-17ND1 [TSB#005] Slider - Jogger Fence Jogger Fence - Front Decal - Jogger Fence R5 Shaft - Jogger Fence Bushing - 6mm Film - Jogger Fence Jogger Fence - Inner Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 Index No. 35 36 37 Part No. B408 4335 B408 4344 B408 4347 Description Timing Pulley - Jogger Front Fence Mylar [TSB#004] Rear Fence Mylar [TSB#004]
Rev. 02/14/2006 Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110
0802 5276 0451 3006B 0450 3008B 0720 0040B 1105 0310 1105 0511 0453 3006B 0805 3385 0451 3008B 0451 3010B
Tapping Screw With Washer - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Retaining Ring - M4 Harness Clamp - LWS-1S Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Tapping Screw - M3x6 Bushing - 6mm Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x10
B408
15
B408
16
manuals4you.com

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 Part No. 0802 5276 0451 3006B 0720 0040B 1105 0328 0452 3006B 1105 0511 1105 0310 1105 0334 1607 0622 Description Tapping Screw With Washer - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-1S Edge - 17 Ferrite Core - TFC16816 B408 4211 Stapler Stay B408 5220 Harness - Sensor Stapler Tray B408 4212 Stapler Guide Rod B408 4223 Belt Tensioner - Stapler AA06 2334 Spring - Oil Blade [TSB#005] AA14 3790 Stepped Screw - Lever [TSB#005] A697 4170 Pulley - 32T B408 4231 Timing Belt - 846P2M4 AW02 0156 Photointerruptor [TSB#005] B408 4125 Stapler Bushing B408 4126 Timing Belt Stay B408 4121 Stapler Slider B408 4127 Stay Slider B408 4128 Spring B408 4129 Stepped Screw - M3x6 [TSB#005] B408 4114 Stapler Stopper B408 7161 Decal - Stapler B408 4113 Stapler Knob B408 4111 Stapler Base B408 5250 Stapler Harness B408 4112 Stapler Guide B352 4380 Stapler - EH530 B408 5550 Stepper Motor - 20W B408 4115 Stapler Upper Mylar B408 4101 Stapler Ass'y
B408
17
9.SHIFT TRAY DRIVE (B408)
B408
18
manuals4you.com
9.SHIFT TRAY DRIVE (B408)

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 Part No. 0802 5276 0453 3006B 0450 4020B 0720 0060B 1105 0511 1105 0291 0451 3010B Description Tapping Screw With Washer - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - 4x20 Retaining Ring - M6 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-3S Tapping Screw - M3x10 B408 3233 Tray H.P Sensor Feeler A666 2331 Rack B408 3231 Rear Guide Plate B408 3211 Tray Base B408 1511 Middle Stay B408 3221 Front Guide Plate B408 3111 End Fence A666 2345 Gear - Z20 AA08 2070 Bushing - 8x16x7 B408 3311 Tray Shaft A666 2347 Gear - Z45 AW02 0166 Exit Sensor [TSB#005] AX04 0098 Motor - DC 12W B408 5320 Sensor Harness
B408
19
10.DRIVE SECTION (B408)
B408
20
manuals4you.com

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Part No. B408 2512 B408 2511 B408 5502 B408 2912 B408 2901 B408 2903 B408 2922 B408 2902 AA06 2333 B408 2955 A548 2139 AA14 3790 AA06 2334 AB03 0354 AX11 0066 A697 2101 Description Bracket - DC Solenoid DC Solenoid Stepper Motor: Sub Assy [TSB#006] Bracket - Stepper Motor Timing Belt - B40S3M720 Timing Belt - B40S3M525 Bracket - Stepper Motor Timing Belt - B40S3M579 Release Spring [TSB#005] Bracket - Tension [TSB#005] Pulley Stepped Screw - Lever [TSB#005] Spring - Oil Blade [TSB#005] Pulley - 20T DC Solenoid - 24V 5.76W Tension Spring Qty Per Assembly 2 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 6 3 3 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 Part No. 0802 5276 0451 3006B 0353 0040B 0720 0040B Description Tapping Screw With Washer - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Screw - M3X4 Retaining Ring - M4
B408
21
11.ELECTRICAL SECTION (B408)
B408
22
manuals4you.com

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Part No. B408 5205 B408 5212 B408 5230 B408 5161 B408 5220 B408 5152 B408 5240 B408 5530 B408 2321 AW02 0156 B408 2331 B408 1121 B408 5540 B408 5545 Description Interface Harness Ass'y Sensor Main Harness Sensor Harness - Lower Tray EPROM - Main Control [TSB#007] Harness - Sensor Stapler Tray Main Control Board [TSB#007] Main Motor Harness Stepper Motor - 11W Bracket - Motor Slide Photointerruptor [TSB#005] Link Drive Gear Angle - Side Plate Rear Main Board Bracket Harness Bracket Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 Part No. 0802 5276 0805 0089 0453 3006B 1105 0511 1105 0310 Description Tapping Screw With Washer - M3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-1S
B408
23
12.DECALS AND DOCUMENTS (B408)
B408
24
manuals4you.com
12.DECALS AND DOCUMENTS (B408)

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Part No. B408 7101 B408 7111 B408 7121 B408 7131 B408 7141 B408 7151 B408 7161 B408 7171 Description Decal - Shift Tray R1 Decal - Knob R2 Decal - Stapler Tray R3 Decal - Stapler Tray Exit R4 Decal - Jogger Fence R5 Decal - Misfeed Removal Decal - Stapler Decal - Staple Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly
B408
25
manuals4you.com
1,000 SHEET FINISHER B408 PARTS INDEX
manuals4you.com
Parts Index
Part No. B408 1121 B408 1231 B408 1241 B408 1312 B408 1411 B408 1412 B408 1413 B408 1414 B408 1418 B408 1422 B408 1425 B408 1511 B408 2112 B408 2113 B408 2122 B408 2131 B408 2142 B408 2152 B408 2156 B408 2160 B408 2162 B408 2172 B408 2173 B408 2174 B408 2175 B408 2182 B408 2191 B408 2192 B408 2211 B408 2211 B408 2221 B408 2231 B408 2241 B408 2246 B408 2251 Description Angle - Side Plate Rear Angle - Front Side Plate Guard - Side Plate Front Caster Coupling Lever Flat Screw Coupling Stay Bracket - Coupling Rear Mylar - Rear Joint Bracket Bracket - Ground Plate Bracket - Coupling Front Middle Stay Guide Plate - Lower Guide - Trailing Edge Guide Plate - Lower Upper Guide Plate Guide Plate - Stapler Tray Guide Plate - Entrance Left Guide Plate - Entrance Guide Plate - Shift Ass'y Guide Mylar Guide Plate - Shift Slide Roller Spring Bushing - Roller Slide Guide Plate - Exit Stapler Guide Plate - Connecting Lower Guide Plate - Connecting Upper Transfer Roller Transfer Roller Transfer Roller - Upper Exit Roller - Proof Tray Exit Roller Reverse Roller Arm Stapler Exit Roller Page and Index No. 23- 12 5- 27 3- 11 3- 7 9- 16 9- 17 9- 14 3- 23 3- 21 3- 8 3- 24 19- 5 13- 16 13- 15 13- 25 11- 13 11- 6 5- 13 5- 12 7- 23 7- 22 7- 27 7- 29 7- 28 7- 25 9- 12 3- 25 3- 20 11- 12 5- 7 5- 5 5- 6 9- 6 9- 4 13- 11 Part No. B408 2271 B408 2271 B408 2271 B408 2272 B408 2281 B408 2311 B408 2312 B408 2313 B408 2314 B408 2321 B408 2331 B408 2411 B408 2421 B408 2422 B408 2431 B408 2434 B408 2441 B408 2444 B408 2451 B408 2511 B408 2512 B408 2521 B408 2532 B408 2711 B408 2715 B408 2721 B408 2722 B408 2731 B408 2811 B408 2821 B408 2831 B408 2832 B408 2833 B408 2841 B408 2852 Description Pulley - T24 Pulley - T24 Pulley - T24 Pulley - T30 Knob - Transfer Roller Slide Roller Bushing - Roller Slide Pulley - T24 Arm - Roller Slide Bracket - Motor Slide Link Drive Gear Arm - Positioning Roller Bracket - Positioning Roller Pulley - T16 Positioning Roller Timing Belt - 124P2M4 Shaft - Positioning Roller Spring - Positioning Roller DC Solenoid - 12.5W DC Solenoid Bracket - DC Solenoid Lower Paper Guide Lever - Paper Guide Upper Top Cover Discharge Brush Upper Paper Guide Spring - Upper Paper Guide Arm - Top Cover Guide Plate - Exit Stay - Guide Plate Gear - Z53 Worm Wheel - Z20 Shaft - Worm Wheel Bracket - Home Position Sensor Spring - Guide Plate Exit Page and Index No. 11- 14 5- 1 13- 26 9- 1 5- 25 7- 21 7- 19 7- 2 7- 1 23- 9 23- 11 13- 5 13- 6 13- 4 13- 2 13- 3 13- 10 13- 7 13- 8 21- 2 21- 1 11- 10 5- 3 5- 22 5- 19 5- 16 5- 17 5- 20 7- 18 7- 12 7- 11 7- 8 7- 7 7- 6 7- 17
B408
Parts Index
Description Arm - Guide Plate Timing Belt - B40S3M720 Timing Belt - B40S3M579 Timing Belt - B40S3M525 Bracket - Stepper Motor Bracket - Stepper Motor Bracket - Tension End Fence Tray Base Front Guide Plate Rear Guide Plate Tray H.P Sensor Feeler Tray Shaft Tray Slide Tray Stay - Paper Sensor Paper Sensor Feeler Lever - Micro Switch Stapler Ass'y Stapler Base Stapler Guide Stapler Knob Stapler Stopper Stapler Upper Mylar Stapler Slider Stapler Bushing Timing Belt Stay Stay Slider Spring Stapler Stay Stapler Guide Rod Belt Tensioner - Stapler Timing Belt - 846P2M4 Stapler Tray Stay - Stapler Tray
Page and Index No. 7- 9 21- 5 21- 8 21- 6 21- 4 21- 7 21- 10 19- 7 19- 4 19- 6 19- 3 19- 1 19- 10 3- 5 3- 3 9- 10 9- 11 9- 9 17- 25 17- 19 17- 21 17- 18 17- 16 17- 24 17- 12 17- 10 17- 11 17- 13 17- 14 17- 1 17- 3 17- 4 17- 8 15- 22 15- 8
Description Bracket - Jogger Motor Timing Pulley - Jogger Timing Belt - 940P2M4 Spring Trailing Edge Fence Slider Fence Shaft Jogger Fence - Front Slider - Jogger Fence Film - Jogger Fence Jogger Fence - Inner Shaft - Jogger Fence Timing Belt - 246P3M4 Exit Belt Ass'y Pulley - T26 Shaft - Idler Exit Belt Shaft - Exit Belt Exit Tension Bracket Pulley - Exit Belt Tension Spring Main Control Board EPROM - Main Control Interface Harness Ass'y Sensor Main Harness Harness - Sensor Stapler Tray Harness - Sensor Stapler Tray Sensor Harness - Lower Tray Main Motor Harness Stapler Harness Harness - Paper Sensor Harness - Connecting Sensor Harness Sensor Harness Harness - Stapler Tray Stepper Motor - 6.2W Stepper Motor - 6.2W
Page and Index No. 15- 11 15- 35 15- 3 15- 10 15- 15 15- 13 15- 29 15- 28 15- 33 15- 34 15- 31 15- 21 15- 26 15- 20 15- 25 15- 19 15- 5 15- 7 15- 6 23- 6 23- 4 23- 1 23- 2 23- 5 17- 2 23- 3 23- 7 17- 20 9- 7 5- 8 15- 24 19- 14 15- 1 21- 3 15- 18
B408
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. B408 5530 B408 5540 B408 5545 B408 5550 B408 6111 B408 6121 B408 6122 B408 6124 B408 6131 B408 6141 B408 6151 B408 6161 B408 6171 B408 7101 B408 7101 B408 7111 B408 7111 B408 7121 B408 7121 B408 7131 B408 7131 B408 7141 B408 7141 B408 7151 B408 7151 B408 7161 B408 7161 B408 7171 B408 7171
Description Stepper Motor - 11W Main Board Bracket Harness Bracket Stepper Motor - 20W Upper Cover Front Cover Hinge - Door Upper Hinge - Door Lower Left Inner Cover Rear Cover Left Upper Cover Left Lower Cover Right Lower Cover Decal - Shift Tray R1 Decal - Shift Tray R1 Decal - Knob R2 Decal - Knob R2 Decal - Stapler Tray R3 Decal - Stapler Tray R3 Decal - Stapler Tray Exit R4 Decal - Stapler Tray Exit R4 Decal - Jogger Fence R5 Decal - Jogger Fence R5 Decal - Misfeed Removal Decal - Misfeed Removal Decal - Stapler Decal - Stapler Decal - Staple Decal - Staple
Page and Index No. 23- 8 23- 13 23- 14 17- 23 3- 19 3- 14 3- 17 3- 12 3- 10 3- 1 3- 2 3- 6 3- 16 7- 30 25- 1 5- 26 25- 2 11- 3 25- 3 13- 14 25- 4 15- 30 25- 5 25- 6 3- 13 25- 7 17- 17 3- 18 25- 8
Part No. AA06 0092 AA08 0237 AA08 2070 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AB03 0354 AF02 2097 AF04 0558 AG07 0014 AG07 0014 AG07 0014 AW01 0093 AW01 0093 AW02 0049 AW02 0049 AW02 0086 AW02 0086 AW02 0086 AW02 0086 AW02 0086 AW02 0103 AX04 0098 AX05 0160 AX05 0160 AX11 0066 B352 2203 B352 2203 B352 2204 B352 2205 B352 2206 B352 2222 B352 2229
Description Release Spring Bushing - 4x5x7 Bushing - 8x16x7 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Pulley - 20T Driven Roller Driven Roller Magnet Catch Magnet Catch Magnet Catch Photo Reflection Sensor - PS-17ND1 Photo Reflection Sensor - PS-17ND1 Photointerruptor - OS - 580213-703 Photointerruptor - OS - 580213-703 Photointerruptor Photointerruptor Photointerruptor Photointerruptor Photointerruptor Photointerrupter Motor - DC 12W Stepper Motor - MM42 0.85A Stepper Motor - MM42 0.85A DC Solenoid - 24V 5.76W Discharge Brush - Stapler Tray Discharge Brush - Stapler Tray Driven Roller Bushing - Driven Roller Tension Spring - Lower Guide Paper Guide - Trailing Edge Roller - Paper Guide
Page and Index No. 21- 9 11- 8 19- 9 11- 1 7- 3 5- 2 13- 1 9- 2 21- 14 11- 9 5- 23 11- 2 7- 24 5- 18 7- 20 15- 27 13- 23 5- 14 7- 5 9- 8 15- 23 23- 10 17- 9 5- 9 19- 13 15- 9 7- 13 21- 15 13- 12 7- 16 13- 19 13- 18 13- 13 13- 21 13- 20
B408
Parts Index
Part No. B352 2232 B352 2407 B352 2409 B352 4232 B352 4380 B352 5323 B352 5323 G020 1391 G020 2630 G020 4429 G020 4429 G020 5626
Description Torsion Spring Reverse Roller - 20z Idler Gear - 17z Slider - Training Edge Fence Stapler - EH530 Sensor Relay Harness - 280mm Sensor Relay Harness - 280mm Screw - M3X4.5 Magnetic Catch Exit Sensor Exit Sensor Push Switch
Page and Index No. 13- 22 9- 3 9- 5 15- 14 17- 22 13- 24 7- 4 3- 9 3- 15 15- 2 19- 12 5- 4
Part No. A300 3759 A498 4625 A548 1317 A548 1317 A548 2139 A628 3115 A666 2331 A666 2345 A666 2347 A666 3180 A666 4170 A666 4210 A680 4351 A681 2722 A681 2742 A681 4515 A688 3960 A697 1125 A697 1125 A697 1125 A697 1125 A697 2101 A697 2144 A697 2144 A697 2144 A697 4170 A697 4170 A859 3420 A859 3420 A859 3425 A859 3425
Description Spring Arm Cushion Lever Cushion Lever Cushion Pulley Knob Screw - M4 Rack Gear - Z20 Gear - Z45 Timing Pulley - Z32 Stepped Screw - M3x6 Shaft - Exit Roller Screw - M4X17 Guide Mylar - Lower Exit Guide Driven Exit Roller Bushing - 6mm Roller Holder Stepped Screw - Lever Stepped Screw - Lever Stepped Screw - Lever Stepped Screw - Lever Tension Spring Pressure Spring Pressure Spring Pressure Spring Pulley - 32T Pulley - 32T Middle Driven Roller Middle Driven Roller Spring Plate Spring Plate
Page and Index No. 15- 16 13- 9 11- 11 5- 15 21- 11 3- 4 19- 2 19- 8 19- 11 15- 17 17- 15 7- 15 3- 22 9- 13 7- 14 15- 32 5- 24 21- 12 17- 6 15- 12 9- 15 21- 16 13- 17 11- 7 7- 26 15- 4 17- 7 5- 11 11- 5 5- 10 11- 4
B408
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. 5442 4121 5442 4121 5447 2681 5447 2681 Spring - Oil Blade Spring - Oil Blade Snap Ring Snap Ring
Description
Page and Index No. 17- 5 21- 13 5- 21 7- 10
Part No. 0353 0040B 0353 0040B 0450 3008B 0450 4020B 0451 3006B 0451 3006B 0451 3006B 0451 3006B 0451 3008B 0451 3008H 0451 3010B 0451 3010B 0452 3006B 0452 3008B 0452 3020B 0453 3006B 0453 3006B 0453 3006B 0453 3006B 0720 0040B 0720 0040B 0720 0040B 0720 0040B 0720 0040B 0720 0040B 0720 0060B 0802 5276 0802 5276 0802 5276 0802 5276 0802 5276 0802 5276 0802 5276 0802 5276 0802 5276
Description Screw - M3X4 Screw - M3X4 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - 4x20 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x10 Tapping Screw - M3x10 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Binding Self Tapping Screw - 3x20 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M6 Tapping Screw With Washer - M3x6 Tapping Screw With Washer - M3x6 Tapping Screw With Washer - M3x6 Tapping Screw With Washer - M3x6 Tapping Screw With Washer - M3x6 Tapping Screw With Washer - M3x6 Tapping Screw With Washer - M3x6 Tapping Screw With Washer - M3x6 Tapping Screw With Washer - M3x6
Page and Index No. 13-106 21-103 15-103 19-103 7-104 17-102 15-102 21-102 15-109 3-102 19-107 15-110 17-105 9-104 9-103 19-102 23-103 7-106 15-107 21-104 11-102 17-103 13-103 15-104 7-103 19-104 23-101 19-101 17-101 21-101 3-101 15-101 5-101 7-101 13-101
B408
Parts Index
Part No. 0802 5276 0802 5276 0805 0089 0805 0089 0805 0089 0805 0089 0805 0089 0805 0089 0805 3385 1105 0291 1105 0310 1105 0310 1105 0310 1105 0328 1105 0328 1105 0329 1105 0334 1105 0511 1105 0511 1105 0511 1105 0511 1105 0511 1105 0511 1105 0511 1105 0511 1105 0511 1204 2540 1204 2541 1607 0622
Description Tapping Screw With Washer - M3x6 Tapping Screw With Washer - M3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Bushing - 6mm Harness Clamp - LWS-3S Harness Clamp - LWS-1S Harness Clamp - LWS-1S Harness Clamp - LWS-1S Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Clamp - ES-0510 Edge - 17 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Micro Switch - AM50650C3 Interlock Switch Ferrite Core - TFC16816
Page and Index No. 9-101 11-101 23-102 5-102 13-102 7-102 11-103 9-102 15-108 19-106 23-105 17-107 15-105 13-105 17-104 5-104 17-108 13-104 23-104 15-106 5-103 7-105 11-105 19-105 17-106 9-105 9-106 11-104 17-109
Part No.
Description
Page and Index No.
B408
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
PUNCH UNIT TYPE 3260 B702 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
manuals4you.com
1.Punch Unit 1 (B702)
1 3
104 11
12 9 15 105 107 20 13 2 6 102 103 7 5 17 102 4 101 23 18 102 19 18 21 22 109 106 16 108 108 107 14
10
B702
manuals4you.com
1.Punch Unit 1 (B702)

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 11 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Part No. B702 7031 B702 7550 B702 7525 AW01 0104 B702 5304 AA14 3790 A697 1518 B702 7520 B702 7515 B702 7510 B702 7017 B702 7027 B702 7028 B702 5301 B702 7545 B702 5302 B702 5100 B702 5303 B702 7215 B702 7225 B702 7220 B702 7555 B702 7565 B702 7560 B702 7229 Description Punch:Paper Chip:Ass'y Tension Spring Timing Belt:B175s2m726 Paper Feed Sensor Harness:Sensor Screw:Contact Point Spring - Oil Blade Worm Gear:Punch:Transport Worm Wheel:Punch:Transport Flange:Timing Pulley Punch Unit:NA Punch Unit:EU Punch Unit:NE Harness:Punch Unit:Move:Motor Cover:Guide:Punch:Exhaust Harness:Registration Sensor:Motor PCB:Punch:Control Harness:Punch Unit:Sensor Rack:Punch Unit:Move Bushing:Punch Unit:Slide Guide:Punch:Toner Hopper Belt Tensioner:Bracket Flange:Timing Pulley Timing Pulley:15t Guide:Entrance:Punch Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 Part No. 0452 3008N 0453 3006N 0451 3006N 0805 0089 0805 0092 0451 3008N 1105 0583 1105 0585 0720 0030E Description Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - 3M Tapping Screw - M3x8 Clamp:Mps-14-0 Clamp:Wls-14-0:V0 Retaining Ring - M3 Qty Per Assembly
B702
2.Punch Unit 2 (B702
1 101 4 5 2 102 3 6 12 106 11 106 7 104 101 13 14 101 8 9 103 10 16 15 105 22 23 103 106 104 21 20
18 17 24 19 106
B702
manuals4you.com
2.Punch Unit 2 (B702

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Part No. B702 7000 B702 7140 B702 7130 B702 5200 B702 5306 AW01 0107 B702 7110 B702 7120 B702 7100 B702 5305 AW02 0141 B700 5810 B702 7125 A697 1518 B702 7135 B702 7105 B702 7038 B702 7850 B702 7890 B702 7200 AW02 0114 B702 7205 B702 7210 B700 5811 Description Registration Sensor:Move:Unit Guide:Plate Guide Plate:Lower:Move Punch:Sensor:Connecting:Ass'y Harness:Registration Sensor Paper Feed Sensor Cover:Harness Shaft:Slide:Registration Sensor Holder:Move:Registration Sensor Harness:Registration Sensor:Side Photointerruptor Stepper Motor:MM39:S2M:T15:Ass'y Bracket:Belt Tensioner:Ass'y Spring - Oil Blade Timing Pulley:18T Timing Belt:B40S2M520 Toner Hopper:Punch:Ass'y Decal:Operation Instructions Decal:Positioning Display Bracket:Stepper Motor Photo Interruptor - Lower Limit Pinion:Punch Unit:Move Timing Belt:B60S2M122 Stepper Motor:MM39:S2M:T20:Ass'y Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 Part No. 0451 3006N 0452 3008N 0353 0040N 0720 0040E 0720 0030E 1105 0511 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Screw - M3X4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M3 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Qty Per Assembly
manuals4you
B702 5
.com
manuals4you.com
PUNCH UNIT TYPE 3260 B702 PARTS INDEX
manuals4you.com
Parts Index
Part No. B702 5100 B702 5200 B702 5301 B702 5302 B702 5303 B702 5304 B702 5305 B702 5306 B702 7000 B702 7017 B702 7027 B702 7028 B702 7031 B702 7038 B702 7100 B702 7105 B702 7110 B702 7120 B702 7125 B702 7130 B702 7135 B702 7140 B702 7200 B702 7205 B702 7210 B702 7215 B702 7220 B702 7225 B702 7229 B702 7510 B702 7515 B702 7520 B702 7525 B702 7545 B702 7550 Description PCB:Punch:Control Punch:Sensor:Connecting:Ass'y Harness:Punch Unit:Move:Motor Harness:Registration Sensor:Motor Harness:Punch Unit:Sensor Harness:Sensor Harness:Registration Sensor:Side Harness:Registration Sensor Registration Sensor:Move:Unit Punch Unit:NA Punch Unit:EU Punch Unit:NE Punch:Paper Chip:Ass'y Toner Hopper:Punch:Ass'y Holder:Move:Registration Sensor Timing Belt:B40S2M520 Cover:Harness Shaft:Slide:Registration Sensor Bracket:Belt Tensioner:Ass'y Guide Plate:Lower:Move Timing Pulley:18T Guide:Plate Bracket:Stepper Motor Pinion:Punch Unit:Move Timing Belt:B60S2M122 Rack:Punch Unit:Move Guide:Punch:Toner Hopper Bushing:Punch Unit:Slide Guide:Entrance:Punch Flange:Timing Pulley Worm Wheel:Punch:Transport Worm Gear:Punch:Transport Timing Belt:B175s2m726 Cover:Guide:Punch:Exhaust Tension Spring Page and Index No. 3533335553333555555555555333333333315 4 12 14 16 5 10 5 1 11 11 11 1 17 9 16 7 8 13 3 15 2 20 22 23 17 19 18 23 10 9 8 3 13 2 Part No. B702 7555 B702 7560 B702 7565 B702 7850 B702 7890 Description Belt Tensioner:Bracket Timing Pulley:15t Flange:Timing Pulley Decal:Operation Instructions Decal:Positioning Display Page and Index No. 3335520 22 21 18 19
B702
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. A697 1518 A697 1518 B700 5810 B700 5811
Description Spring - Oil Blade Spring - Oil Blade Stepper Motor:MM39:S2M:T15:Ass'y Stepper Motor:MM39:S2M:T20:Ass'y
Page and Index No. 35557 14 12 24
Part No. AA14 3790 AW01 0104 AW01 0107 AW02 0114 AW02 0141
Description Screw:Contact Point Paper Feed Sensor Paper Feed Sensor Photo Interruptor - Lower Limit Photointerruptor
Page and Index No. 335556 4 6 21 11
B702
Parts Index
Part No. 0353 0040N 0451 3006N 0451 3006N 0451 3008N 0452 3008N 0452 3008N 0453 3006N 0720 0030E 0720 0030E 0720 0040E 0805 0089 0805 0092 1105 0511 1105 0583 1105 0585
Description Screw - M3X4 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Retaining Ring - M3 Retaining Ring - M3 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - 3M Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Clamp:Mps-14-0 Clamp:Wls-14-0:V0
Page and Index No. 535335353533533103 103 101 106 101 102 102 105 109 104 104 105 106 107 108
Part No.
Description
Page and Index No.
B702
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
FAX OPTION TYPE C4500 B771 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
1.Fax Option (B771)

102 10
101 11 101 4 101 101 9 8
101
1 101
101 2 101 101
3 14 101 7 6 5 12 105 2 15 13 104 16
103
B771
manuals4you.com
1.Fax Option (B771)

Index No. 1 2 3 4 4 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 15 16 Part No. B786 5732 B223 1835 B771 5181 B786 5132 B786 5134 B786 5136 B771 5236 B771 5230 B771 0523 B771 0521 B771 0520 B771 5050 B771 0522 B404 5821 H523 5350 H511 5007 B238 1573 B238 1579 B404 3861 Description PCB FCUIF-A Bracket: Hand Set PCB:MBU:EXP: Ass'y PCB:GWFCU3:NA:Ass'y GWFCU3 - EU GWFCU3 - TWN Harness: Modular: Tel: NA Harness: Modular: Line Bracket: Modular Bracket: Auxiliary Bracket: FCU Speaker Bracket: Speaker Handset Bracket Telephone Cable Stamp Key top - Fax(NA) Key top - Fax(EU) SG3 Decal Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 Part No. 0451 3006N 0453 3006N 1104 0730 1607 1460 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Short Pin - 2p Ferrite Core:RFC-9 Qty Per Assembly
B771
2.GWFCU3 - NA (B771)
BAT
SYMBOL NO. BAT1 INDEX NO. 109
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL NO. --C 2 C 3 C 4 C 5 C 6 C 7 --C 9 C 10 INDEX NO. --146 145 147 148 148 164 --155 155 SYMBOL NO. C 11 C 12 C 13 C 14 C 15 C 16 C 17 C 18 C 19 C 20 INDEX NO. 152 155 155 168 168 171 167 167 169 169 SYMBOL NO. C 21 C 22 C 23 C 24 C 25 C 26 C 27 C 28 --C 30 INDEX NO. 172 156 158 176 230 165 165 170 --170 SYMBOL NO. C 31 C 32 C 33 C 34 C 35 C 36 C 37 C 38 C 39 C 40 INDEX NO. 227 226 158 149 188 155 155 229 155 155 SYMBOL NO. C 41 C 42 C 43 ----C 46 C 47 C 48 C 49 C 50 INDEX NO. 229 155 155 ----155 229 229 155 155 SYMBOL NO. C 51 C 52 C 53 C 54 C 55 C 56 C 57 C 58 C 59 C 60 INDEX NO. 155 155 229 155 160 155 163 227 228 158
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL NO. C 61 C 62 C 63 C 64 C 65 C 66 C 67 C 68 C 69 C 70 INDEX NO. 151 150 161 229 155 229 155 229 155 229 SYMBOL NO. C 71 C 72 C 73 C 74 C 75 C 76 C 77 C 78 --C 80 INDEX NO. 229 229 229 155 155 159 174 155 --231 SYMBOL NO. C 81 C 82 C 83 C 84 C 85 C 86 C 87 C 88 C 89 C 90 INDEX NO. 155 155 159 155 155 155 155 229 229 154 SYMBOL NO. C 91 C 92 C 93 C 94 C 95 C 96 C 97 C 98 C 99 C 100 INDEX NO. 155 155 151 166 177 155 155 157 157 165 SYMBOL NO. C 101 C 102 --C 104 --C 106 ------C 110 INDEX NO. 178 151 --153 --155 ------155 SYMBOL NO. C 111 C 112 C 113 ----C 116 C 117 --C 119 --INDEX NO. 155 149 149 ----153 153 --155 --SYMBOL NO. ----C 203 C 204 C 205 INDEX NO. ----162 175 173
B771
manuals4you.com
CONNECTOR
SYMBOL NO. C 600 N C 601 N C 603 N C 604 N C 605 N C 606 N --------INDEX NO. 104 105 107 103 101 102 --------SYMBOL NO. --C 622 N C 623 N INDEX NO. --106 101
DIODE
SYMBOL NO. D 1 --D 3 D 4 D 5 D 6 D 7 D 8 D 9 D 10 INDEX NO. 120 --120 129 129 125 125 120 126 128 SYMBOL NO. D 11 D 12 D 13 INDEX NO. 129 129 124
FILTER
SYMBOL NO. FI L1 ----FI L4 FI L5 INDEX NO. 179 ----182 182
IC
SYMBOL NO. --IC 2 IC 3 IC 4 IC 5 IC 6 IC 7 IC 8 --IC 10 INDEX NO. --139 140 2 232 137 1 138 --136
JP
SYMBOL NO. JP3 INDEX NO. 187
L
SYMBOL NO. L1 L2 L3 L4 INDEX NO. 183 181 180 180
DA
SYMBOL NO. D A1 INDEX NO. 121
LED
SYMBOL NO. LED 1 LED 2 INDEX NO. 131 132
PC
SYMBOL NO. PC 2 INDEX NO. 130
Q
SYMBOL NO. Q 1 Q 2 Q 3 Q 4 Q 5 Q 6 Q 7 Q 8 Q 9 Q 10 INDEX NO. 115 116 115 114 111 112 112 111 112 112 SYMBOL NO. Q 11 Q 12 Q 13 Q 14 INDEX NO. 112 118 113 117
RESISTOR
SYMBOL NO. --R 2 R 3 R 4 R 5 R 6 R 7 R 8 R 9 R 10 INDEX NO. --204 204 204 204 204 204 204 204 204 SYMBOL NO. R 11 R 12 R 13 R 14 R 15 R 16 R 17 R 18 R 19 R 20 INDEX NO. 208 208 204 193 204 192 192 192 192 192 SYMBOL NO. R 21 R 22 R 23 R 24 R 25 R 26 R 27 R 28 R 29 R 30 INDEX NO. 194 194 218 200 214 214 196 222 225 197
OSC
SYMBOL NO. O 1 SC O 2 SC INDEX NO. 141 142
B771
manuals4you.com
RESISTOR
SYMBOL NO. R 31 --R 33 R 34 R 35 R 36 R 37 R 38 R 39 R 40 INDEX NO. 189 --189 192 193 204 187 204 204 204 SYMBOL NO. R 41 R 42 R 43 R 44 R 45 R 46 R 47 R 48 R 49 R 50 INDEX NO. 204 204 204 204 204 192 191 191 204 204 SYMBOL NO. R 51 R 52 R 53 R 54 --R 56 R 57 R 58 R 59 --INDEX NO. 187 192 219 219 --187 192 187 187 --SYMBOL NO. --R 62 R 63 R 64 R 65 R 66 R 67 R 68 R 69 R 70 INDEX NO. --204 204 204 215 204 204 204 204 192 SYMBOL NO. R 71 R 72 R 73 R 74 R 75 R 76 R 77 R 78 R 79 R 80 INDEX NO. 213 206 206 206 201 214 206 220 220 224 SYMBOL NO. R 81 R 82 R 83 --R 85 R 86 --R 88 --R 90 INDEX NO. 191 207 194 --211 205 --187 --187 SYMBOL NO. R 91 R 92 R 93 R 94 R 95 R 96 R 97 R 98 R 99 R 100 INDEX NO. 204 204 199 199 204 204 204 192 204 204
RESISTOR
SYMBOL NO. R 101 ----R 104 R 105 R 106 R 107 R 108 --R 110 INDEX NO. 204 ----192 192 192 192 216 --193 SYMBOL NO. R 111 R 112 R 113 R 114 R 115 R 116 R 117 R 118 R 119 R 120 INDEX NO. 216 216 204 187 192 192 192 192 192 212 SYMBOL NO. R 121 R 122 R 123 R 124 R 125 R 126 R 127 R 128 R 129 R 130 INDEX NO. 203 193 204 209 192 192 210 198 187 190 SYMBOL NO. R 131 R 132 R 133 R 134 --R 136 ----R 139 R 140 INDEX NO. 187 195 192 187 --187 ----192 217 SYMBOL NO. R 141 R 142 R 143 R 144 R 145 R 146 R 147 ----R 150 INDEX NO. 217 217 223 221 217 217 217 ----192 SYMBOL NO. ----------------R 209 --INDEX NO. ----------------187 --SYMBOL NO. --R 212 R 213 R 214 R 215 R 216 --R 218 R 219 R 220 R 221 INDEX NO. --187 187 202 202 190 --193 197 199 200
B771
5A
RN
SYMBOL NO. R1 N R2 N R3 N R4 N R5 N R6 N R7 N R8 N R9 N R 10 N INDEX NO. 185 185 184 184 144 184 184 184 184 184 SYMBOL NO. R 11 N R 12 N R 13 N R 14 N R 15 N R 16 N R 17 N R 18 N R 19 N R 20 N INDEX NO. 184 144 184 184 186 186 184 184 185 185 SYMBOL NO. R 21 N R 22 N INDEX NO. 143 185
RY
SYMBOL NO. R Y2 INDEX NO. 110
V
SYMBOL NO. V1 V2 V3 V4 INDEX NO. 134 135 134 133
ZD
SYMBOL NO. ZD 1 ZD 2 ZD 3 ZD 4 ZD 5 INDEX NO. 119 123 123 127 122
B771
manuals4you.com
Index No. * * 1 2 Part No. B786 5132 B786 5136 B620 5511 B620 5513 Description PCB:GWFCU3:NA:Ass'y GWFCU3 - TWN Ic-fame-rl5t818-0001 Ic-face3-rb5a264 Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 Part No. 1102 4201 1102 4633 1102 8189 1102 9093 1102 9634 1102 9999 1103 3188 1105 0338 1206 0084 1208 1438 1400 0769 1400 0775 1400 0781 1400 0841 1400 1018 1400 1019 1401 1056 1401 1116 1402 0506 1402 1336 1402 1343 1402 1384 1402 1505 1402 1530 1402 1584 1402 1599 1402 1647 1402 1698 1402 1734 1403 0908 1403 0953 1403 0996 1404 0129 1404 1033 1404 1070 Description Connector - 2P CT Header - 4P Dimm Connector - 54534-1440 Connector:RHM-88R-SSKConnector - WR-60P-VF50-1 Connector - B03B-CZHK-B(LF)(V) Connector:FH12S-50S-0.5SH(89) Spacer - 8mm 2ndary Lithium Cell:Vl2330/1hf Relay - EC2 5ND Transistor - 2SA1576A Transistor - 2SC4081 Transistor:2SB1132R Transistor:2SD1898Q Transistor - MMBTA42 Transistor - MMBTA92 Fet - 2sk2158 Transistor - 2SC5053 Diode - RD43EB Diode - 1SS355 Diode - RB106L-40 Diode - UDZS12B Diode - UDZS5.6B Diode - RB520S-30 Diode - DAN217U Diode - RB551 Diode - UDZS3.6B Diode - RB Diode - 1SR156-400 Photocoupler:Tlp620(d4gb-lf2,pF LED - SML-310MT LED - SML-310VT Varistor - Vr - 63b Varistor - Tnr9se431k Varistor - Tisp4290h3bj Qty Per Assembly
B771
Index No. 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170
Part No. 1407 5441 1407 5858 1408 1829 1408 1861 1408 2080 1503 0460 1503 1004 1601 7752 1601 7867 1604 5210 1604 5211 1604 5212 1604 5213 1605 1148 1605 1163 1605 1190 1605 1200 1605 1214 1605 1216 1605 1221 1605 1225 1605 1275 1605 1281 1605 1289 1605 1295 1605 1299 1605 1300 1605 1306 1605 1347 1605 1353 1605 1396 1605 1397 1605 1398 1605 1399 1605 1400
Description IC - 74LVC00A:TSOP IC - SI3016 Op Amp - Lm358pw Regulator - Upc2918t IC - RN5RK Oscillator - 32.768KHZ Oscillator - 19.6608mhz Resistor Array - 10K 5% Resistor - 33 5% 1/16W Capacitor - 22F20% 16V Capacitor - 47F20% 16V Capacitor - 100F20% 16V Capacitor - 220F20% 10V Capacitor - 0.1F+80-20% 50V Ceramic Capacitor - 560pF:5%:50v Resistor - 0.022F10% 50V Capacitor - 10PF 0.5pF 50V Capacitor - 1000pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 2200pF10%50V Capacitor - 0.1 UF+80-20%16V Capacitor - 0.1F10% 50V Capacitor - 820pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 0.22F10% 16V Capacitor - 0.1F10% 10V Capacitor:10uf:+80-20%:10V Resistor - 56pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 270pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 1F10% 10V Capacitor - 1UF:+80-20%:16V Capacitor - 0.1F10% 25V Capacitor - 0.33F10% 50V Capacitor - 560pF 10% 630V Capacitor - 1000pF 20% AC250V Capacitor - 3900pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 150pF 10% AC250V
Qty Per Assembly
Index No. 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205
Part No. 1605 1401 1605 1402 1605 1417 1605 1446 1605 1460 1605 1475 1605 1539 1605 1544 1607 0069 1607 0425 1607 0612 1607 0824 1607 1196 1609 0005 1609 0006 1609 0026 1634 0000 1640 3221 1650 4100 1650 4101 1650 4102 1650 4103 1650 4104 1650 4106 1650 4121 1650 4124 1650 4151 1650 4204 1650 4220 1650 4222 1650 4223 1650 4224 1650 4304 1650 4330 1650 4331
Description Capacitor - 0.01F10% 250V Capacitor - 1800pF 5% 50V Capacitor:47uf:+80-20%:10V Resistor - 120pF 5% 50V Capacitor:0.022uf:10%:250V Resistor - 1F10% 16V Resistor - 1.5F10% 16V Resistor - 330pF 5% 50V Fuse - Bl02rn2-r62-pb Coil: SBT-0260 St-110av Filter - Blm11a601spb Inductor -220uh 20% 0.33a Registor:33 :5%:1/16w Registor:10k :5%:1/16w Resistor - 47 5% 1/16W Resistor - 0 1/16W Capacitor:220uf:20%:35V Resistor - 10 5% 1/10W Resistor - 1005%1/10W Resistor - 1K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 10K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 100K5%1/10W Resistor - 10M5%1/10W Resistor - 1205%1/10W Resistor:120k:5%:1/10W Resistor - 150 5%1/10W Resistor - 200K5%1/10W Chip Resistor - 22 5% 1/10w Resistor - 2.2K5%1/10W Resistor - 22K5%1/10W Resistor:220k:5%:1/10W Resistor:300k:5%:1/10W Chip Resistor - 33 5% 1/10w Resistor - 3305%1/10W
Qty Per Assembly
B771
manuals4you.com
Index No. 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232
Part No. 1650 4333 1650 4334 1650 4470 1650 4472 1650 4474 1650 4511 1650 4561 1650 4562 1650 4563 1650 4680 1650 4912 1652 5361 1654 1003 1654 1200 1654 2002 1654 2200 1654 2430 1654 3609 1654 4301 1654 9311 1660 2120 1660 2150 1660 2180 1660 2471 1660 4103 1660 4682 1907 0031
Description Resistor - 33K5%1/10W Resistor - 330K5%1/10W Resistor - 475%1/10W Resistor - 4.7K 5% 1/10W Chip Resistor:470k:5%:1/10w Resistor - 5105%1/10W Resistor - 560 5% 1/10W Resistor - 5.6K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 56K5%1/10W Resistor - 685%1/10W Resistor - 9.1K5%1/10W Resistor - 5.36K1%1/4W Resistor - 100K1%1/10W Resistor - 120 1% 1/10W Resistor - 20K1%1/10W Resistor:220:1%:1/10w:1608 Resistor - 2431% 1/10W Resistor - 361%1/10W Resistor - 4.3K1%1/10W Resistor - 9.31K 1% 1/10W Capacitor - 12 pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 15pF 5% 50V Capacitor 18pF 5% 50v Capacitor - 470pF - 5% - 50V Capacitor - 10000pF - 10% - 50V Capacitor - 6800pF 50V 1608 SDRAM - 128m 2mx16x4 133mhz G3
Qty Per Assembly
Index No.
Part No.
Description
Qty Per Assembly
B771
3.GWFCU3 - EU (B771)
A
SYMBOL NO. A1 A2 INDEX NO. 135 135
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL NO. --C 2 C 3 C 4 C 5 C 6 C 7 --C 9 C 10 INDEX NO. --147 146 148 149 149 166 --157 157 SYMBOL NO. C 11 C 12 C 13 ----C 16 C 17 C 18 C 19 C 20 INDEX NO. 154 157 157 ----171 169 169 170 170 SYMBOL NO. C 21 C 22 C 23 C 24 C 25 C 26 C 27 ------INDEX NO. 172 158 160 177 232 167 167 ------SYMBOL NO. C 31 C 32 C 33 C 34 C 35 C 36 C 37 C 38 C 39 C 40 INDEX NO. 229 228 160 151 189 157 157 231 157 157 SYMBOL NO. C 41 C 42 C 43 ----C 46 C 47 C 48 C 49 C 50 INDEX NO. 231 157 157 ----157 231 231 157 157 SYMBOL NO. C 51 C 52 C 53 C 54 C 55 C 56 C 57 C 58 C 59 C 60 INDEX NO. 157 157 231 157 162 157 165 229 230 160
BAT
SYMBOL NO. BAT1 INDEX NO. 110
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL NO. C 61 C 62 C 63 C 64 C 65 C 66 C 67 C 68 C 69 C 70 INDEX NO. 153 152 163 231 157 231 157 231 157 231 SYMBOL NO. C 71 C 72 C 73 C 74 C 75 C 76 C 77 C 78 --C 80 INDEX NO. 231 231 231 157 157 161 176 157 --233 SYMBOL NO. C 81 C 82 C 83 C 84 C 85 C 86 C 87 C 88 C 89 C 90 INDEX NO. 157 157 161 157 157 157 157 231 231 156 SYMBOL NO. C 91 C 92 C 93 C 94 C 95 C 96 C 97 C 98 C 99 C 100 INDEX NO. 157 157 153 168 178 157 157 159 159 167 SYMBOL NO. C 101 C 102 --C 104 --C 106 C 107 C 108 --C 110 INDEX NO. 179 153 --155 --157 150 150 --157 SYMBOL NO. C 111 C 112 C 113 C 114 C 115 C 116 C 117 --C 119 --INDEX NO. 157 151 151 175 175 155 155 --157 --SYMBOL NO. --------------C 128 C 129 C 130 INDEX NO. --------------174 174 174
B771
10
manuals4you.com
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL NO. ----C 203 --C 205 --------INDEX NO. ----164 --173 ---------
CONNECTOR
SYMBOL NO. C 600 N C 601 N --C 603 N C 604 N C 605 N C 606 N --------INDEX NO. 106 107 --108 104 101 103 --------SYMBOL NO. --C 622 N C 623 N INDEX NO. --105 102
DIODE
SYMBOL NO. D 1 --D 3 D 4 D 5 D 6 D 7 D 8 D 9 D 10 INDEX NO. 121 --121 130 130 126 126 121 127 129 SYMBOL NO. D 11 D 12 D 13 INDEX NO. 130 130 125
FILTER
SYMBOL NO. FI L1 ----FI L4 FI L5 INDEX NO. 180 ----181 181
IC
SYMBOL NO. --IC 2 IC 3 IC 4 IC 5 IC 6 IC 7 IC 8 --IC 10 INDEX NO. --140 141 2 234 138 1 139 --137
DA
SYMBOL NO. D A1 INDEX NO. 122
JP
SYMBOL NO. JP3 INDEX NO. 188
LED
SYMBOL NO. LED 1 LED 2 INDEX NO. 132 133
PC
SYMBOL NO. PC 2 INDEX NO. 131
Q
SYMBOL NO. Q 1 Q 2 Q 3 Q 4 Q 5 Q 6 Q 7 Q 8 Q 9 Q 10 INDEX NO. 116 117 116 115 112 113 113 112 113 113
RN
SYMBOL NO. Q 11 Q 12 Q 13 Q 14 INDEX NO. 113 119 114 118
RESISTOR
SYMBOL NO. --R 2 R 3 R 4 R 5 R 6 R 7 R 8 R 9 R 10 INDEX NO. --205 205 205 205 205 205 205 205 205 SYMBOL NO. R 11 R 12 R 13 R 14 R 15 R 16 R 17 R 18 R 19 R 20 INDEX NO. 209 209 205 194 205 193 193 193 193 193
L
SYMBOL NO. L1 L2 L3 L4 INDEX NO. 182 183 184 184
OSC
SYMBOL NO. O 1 SC O 2 SC INDEX NO. 142 143
B771
11
manuals4you.com
RESISTOR
SYMBOL NO. R 21 R 22 R 23 R 24 R 25 R 26 R 27 R 28 R 29 R 30 INDEX NO. 195 195 220 201 215 215 197 224 227 198 SYMBOL NO. R 31 --R 33 R 34 R 35 R 36 R 37 R 38 R 39 R 40 INDEX NO. 190 --190 193 194 205 188 205 205 205 SYMBOL NO. R 41 R 42 R 43 R 44 R 45 R 46 R 47 R 48 R 49 R 50 INDEX NO. 205 205 205 205 205 193 192 192 205 205 SYMBOL NO. R 51 R 52 R 53 R 54 --R 56 R 57 R 58 R 59 --INDEX NO. 188 193 221 221 --188 193 188 188 --SYMBOL NO. --R 62 R 63 R 64 R 65 R 66 R 67 R 68 R 69 R 70 INDEX NO. --205 205 205 216 205 205 205 205 193 SYMBOL NO. R 71 R 72 R 73 R 74 R 75 R 76 R 77 R 78 R 79 R 80 INDEX NO. 214 207 207 207 202 215 207 222 222 226 SYMBOL NO. R 81 R 82 R 83 --R 85 R 86 --R 88 --R 90 INDEX NO. 192 208 195 --212 206 --188 --188
RESISTOR
SYMBOL NO. R 91 R 92 R 93 R 94 R 95 R 96 R 97 R 98 R 99 R 100 INDEX NO. 205 205 200 200 205 205 205 193 205 205 SYMBOL NO. R 101 ----R 104 R 105 R 106 R 107 R 108 --R 110 INDEX NO. 205 ----193 193 193 193 217 --194 SYMBOL NO. R 111 R 112 R 113 R 114 R 115 R 116 R 117 R 118 R 119 R 120 INDEX NO. 217 217 205 188 193 193 193 193 193 213 SYMBOL NO. R 121 R 122 R 123 R 124 R 125 R 126 R 127 R 128 R 129 R 130 INDEX NO. 204 194 205 210 193 193 211 199 188 191 SYMBOL NO. R 131 R 132 R 133 R 134 --R 136 ----R 139 R 140 INDEX NO. 188 196 193 188 --188 ----193 218 SYMBOL NO. R 141 R 142 R 143 R 144 R 145 R 146 R 147 R 148 R 149 R 150 INDEX NO. 218 218 225 223 218 218 218 219 219 193 SYMBOL NO. ----------------R 209 --INDEX NO. ----------------188 ---
B771
11A
RESISTOR
SYMBOL NO. --R 212 R 213 R 214 R 215 R 216 ----R 219 R 220 INDEX NO. --188 188 203 203 191 ----198 200 SYMBOL NO. R 221 INDEX NO. 201
RN
SYMBOL NO. R1 N R2 N R3 N R4 N R5 N R6 N R7 N R8 N R9 N R 10 N INDEX NO. 186 186 185 185 145 185 185 185 185 185 SYMBOL NO. R 11 N R 12 N R 13 N R 14 N R 15 N R 16 N R 17 N R 18 N R 19 N R 20 N INDEX NO. 185 145 185 185 187 187 185 185 186 186 SYMBOL NO. R 21 N R 22 N INDEX NO. 144 186
RY
V
SYMBOL NO. --V2 --V4 INDEX NO. --136 --134
ZD
SYMBOL NO. ZD 1 ZD 2 ZD 3 ZD 4 ZD 5 INDEX NO. 120 124 124 128 123
B771
12
manuals4you.com
Index No. * 1 2 Part No. B786 5134 B620 5511 B620 5513 Description Gwfcu3 - Eu Ic-fame-rl5t818-0001 Ic-face3-rb5a264 Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 Part No. 1102 4201 1102 4205 1102 4633 1102 8189 1102 8396 1102 9093 1102 9634 1103 3188 1105 0338 1206 0084 1208 1438 1400 0769 1400 0775 1400 0781 1400 0841 1400 1018 1400 1019 1401 1056 1401 1116 1402 0506 1402 1336 1402 1343 1402 1384 1402 1505 1402 1530 1402 1584 1402 1599 1402 1647 1402 1698 1402 1734 1403 0908 1403 0953 1403 0996 1404 0129 1404 0983 Description Connector - 2P CT Header - 6P CT Header - 4P Dimm Connector - 54534-1440 Connector - B06B-CZHK-B-1(LF)(V) Connector:RHM-88R-SSKConnector - WR-60P-VF50-1 Connector:FH12S-50S-0.5SH(89) Spacer - 8mm 2ndary Lithium Cell:Vl2330/1hf Relay - EC2 5ND Transistor - 2SA1576A Transistor - 2SC4081 Transistor:2SB1132R Transistor:2SD1898Q Transistor - MMBTA42 Transistor - MMBTA92 Fet - 2sk2158 Transistor - 2SC5053 Diode - RD43EB Diode - 1SS355 Diode - RB106L-40 Diode - UDZS12B Diode - UDZS5.6B Diode - RB520S-30 Diode - DAN217U Diode - RB551 Diode - UDZS3.6B Diode - RB Diode - 1SR156-400 Photocoupler:Tlp620(d4gb-lf2,pF LED - SML-310MT LED - SML-310VT Varistor - Vr - 63b Arrestor- Ra-102ms-v7-f(5) Qty Per Assembly
B771
13
Index No. 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170
Part No. 1404 1070 1407 5441 1407 5858 1408 1829 1408 1861 1408 2080 1503 0460 1503 1004 1601 7752 1601 7867 1604 5210 1604 5211 1604 5212 1604 5213 1605 0832 1605 1148 1605 1163 1605 1190 1605 1200 1605 1214 1605 1216 1605 1221 1605 1225 1605 1275 1605 1281 1605 1289 1605 1295 1605 1299 1605 1300 1605 1306 1605 1347 1605 1353 1605 1396 1605 1397 1605 1399
Description Varistor - Tisp4290h3bj IC - 74LVC00A:TSOP IC - SI3016 Open Amp - Lm358pw Regulator - Upc2918t IC - RN5RK Oscillator - 32.768KHZ Oscillator - 19.6608mhz Resistor Array - 10K 5% Resistor - 33 5% 1/16W Capacitor - 22F20% 16V Capacitor - 47F20% 16V Capacitor - 100F20% 16V Capacitor - 220F20% 10V Capacitor - 8PF 0.5pF 50V Capacitor - 0.1F+80-20% 50V Ceramic Capacitor - 560pF:5%:50v Resistor - 0.022F10% 50V Capacitor - 10PF 0.5pF 50V Capacitor - 1000pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 2200pF10%50V Capacitor - 0.1 UF+80-20%16V Capacitor - 0.1F10% 50V Capacitor - 820pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 0.22F10% 16V Capacitor - 0.1F10% 10V Capacitor:10uf:+80-20%:10V Resistor - 56pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 270pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 1F10% 10V Capacitor - 1UF:+80-20%:16V Capacitor - 0.1F10% 25V Capacitor - 0.33F10% 50V Capacitor - 560pF 10% 630V Capacitor - 3900pF 5% 50V
Qty Per Assembly
Index No. 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205
Part No. 1605 1401 1605 1402 1605 1417 1605 1421 1605 1422 1605 1446 1605 1475 1605 1539 1605 1544 1607 0069 1607 0824 1607 1196 1607 1284 1607 1584 1609 0005 1609 0006 1609 0026 1634 0000 1640 3221 1650 4100 1650 4101 1650 4102 1650 4103 1650 4104 1650 4106 1650 4121 1650 4124 1650 4151 1650 4204 1650 4220 1650 4222 1650 4223 1650 4224 1650 4304 1650 4330
Description Capacitor - 0.01F10% 250V Capacitor - 1800pF 5% 50V Capacitor:47uf:+80-20%:10V Capacitor - 150pF 10% AC250V Capacitor - 1000pF 20% AC250V Resistor - 120pF 5% 50V Resistor - 1F10% 16V Resistor - 1.5F10% 16V Resistor - 330pF 5% 50V Fuse - Bl02rn2-r62-pb Filter - Blm11a601spb Inductor -220uh 20% 0.33a Choke Coil - St-110bv Inductor - Lav35vb151j Registor:33 :5%:1/16w Registor:10k :5%:1/16w Resistor - 47 5% 1/16W Resistor - 0 1/16W Capacitor:220uf:20%:35V Resistor - 10 5% 1/10W Resistor - 1005%1/10W Resistor - 1K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 10K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 100K5%1/10W Resistor - 10M5%1/10W Resistor - 1205%1/10W Resistor:120k:5%:1/10W Resistor - 150 5%1/10W Resistor - 200K5%1/10W Chip Resistor - 22 5% 1/10w Resistor - 2.2K5%1/10W Resistor - 22K5%1/10W Resistor:220k:5%:1/10W Resistor:300k:5%:1/10W Chip Resistor - 33 5% 1/10w
Qty Per Assembly
B771
14
manuals4you.com
Index No. 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234
Part No. 1650 4331 1650 4333 1650 4334 1650 4470 1650 4472 1650 4474 1650 4511 1650 4561 1650 4562 1650 4563 1650 4680 1650 4912 1652 5361 1654 1001 1654 1003 1654 1200 1654 2002 1654 2200 1654 2430 1654 3609 1654 4301 1654 9311 1660 2120 1660 2150 1660 2180 1660 2471 1660 4103 1660 4682 1907 0031
Description Resistor - 3305%1/10W Resistor - 33K5%1/10W Resistor - 330K5%1/10W Resistor - 475%1/10W Resistor - 4.7K 5% 1/10W Chip Resistor:470k:5%:1/10w Resistor - 5105%1/10W Resistor - 560 5% 1/10W Resistor - 5.6K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 56K5%1/10W Resistor - 685%1/10W Resistor - 9.1K5%1/10W Resistor - 5.36K1%1/4W Resistor - 1K1%1/10W Resistor - 100K1%1/10W Resistor - 120 1% 1/10W Resistor - 20K1%1/10W Resistor:220:1%:1/10w:1608 Resistor - 2431% 1/10W Resistor - 361%1/10W Resistor - 4.3K1%1/10W Resistor - 9.31K 1% 1/10W Capacitor - 12 pF 5% 50V Capacitor - 15pF 5% 50V Capacitor 18pF 5% 50v Capacitor - 470pF - 5% - 50V Capacitor - 10000pF - 10% - 50V Capacitor - 6800pF 50V 1608 SDRAM - 128m 2mx16x4 133mhz G3
Qty Per Assembly
Index No.
Part No.
Description
Qty Per Assembly
B771
15
manuals4you.com
FAX OPTION TYPE C4500 B771 PARTS INDEX
manuals4you.com
Parts Index
Part No. B771 0520 B771 0521 B771 0522 B771 0523 B771 5050 B771 5181 B771 5230 B771 5236 Description Bracket: FCU Bracket: Auxiliary Bracket: Speaker Bracket: Modular Speaker PCB: MBU: EXP: Ass'y Harness: Modular: Line Harness: Modular: Tel: NA Page and Index No. 3- 9 3- 8 3 - 11 3- 7 3 - 10 3- 3 3- 6 3- 5 Part No. B223 1835 B238 1573 B238 1579 B404 3861 B404 5821 B620 5511 B620 5511 B620 5513 B620 5513 B786 5132 B786 5132 B786 5134 B786 5134 B786 5136 B786 5136 B786 5732 H511 5007 H523 5350 Description Bracket: Hand Set Key top - Fax(NA) Key top - Fax(EU) SG3 Decal Handset Bracket Ic-fame-rl5t818-0001 Ic-fame-rl5t818-0001 Ic-face3-rb5a264 Ic-face3-rb5a264 PCB:GWFCU3:NA:Ass'y PCB:GWFCU3:NA:Ass'y GWFCU3 - EU Gwfcu3 - Eu GWFCU3 - TWN GWFCU3 - TWN PCB FCUIF-A Stamp Telephone Cable Page and Index No. 3333313 7713 73313 733332 15 15 16 12 1 1 2 2 * 4 4 * * 4 1 14 13
B771
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. 0451 3006N 0453 3006N 1102 4201 1102 4201 1102 4205 1102 4633 1102 4633 1102 8189 1102 8189 1102 8396 1102 9093 1102 9093 1102 9634 1102 9634 1102 9999 1103 3188 1103 3188 1104 0730 1105 0338 1105 0338 1206 0084 1206 0084 1208 1438 1208 1438 1400 0769 1400 0769 1400 0775 1400 0775 1400 0781 1400 0781 1400 0841 1400 0841 1400 1018 1400 1018 1400 1019
Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Connector - 2P Connector - 2P CT Header - 6P CT Header - 4P CT Header - 4P Dimm Connector - 54534-1440 Dimm Connector - 54534-1440 Connector - B06B-CZHK-B-1(LF)(V) Connector:RHM-88R-SSKConnector:RHM-88R-SSKConnector - WR-60P-VF50-1 Connector - WR-60P-VF50-1 Connector - B03B-CZHK-B(LF)(V) Connector:FH12S-50S-0.5SH(89) Connector:FH12S-50S-0.5SH(89) Short Pin - 2p Spacer - 8mm Spacer - 8mm 2ndary Lithium Cell:Vl2330/1hf 2ndary Lithium Cell:Vl2330/1hf Relay - EC2 5ND Relay - EC2 5ND Transistor - 2SA1576A Transistor - 2SA1576A Transistor - 2SC4081 Transistor - 2SC4081 Transistor:2SB1132R Transistor:2SB1132R Transistor:2SD1898Q Transistor:2SD1898Q Transistor - MMBTA42 Transistor - MMBTA42 Transistor - MMBTA92
Page and Index No. 3 - 101 3 - 102 7 - 101 13 - 101 13 - 102 13 - 103 7 - 102 13 - 104 7 - 103 13 - 105 7 - 104 13 - 106 13 - 107 7 - 105 7 - 106 7 - 107 13 - 108 3 - 103 7 - 108 13 - 109 13 - 110 7 - 109 13 - 111 7 - 110 13 - 112 7 - 111 7 - 112 13 - 113 13 - 114 7 - 113 7 - 114 13 - 115 7 - 115 13 - 116 13 - 117
Part No. 1400 1019 1401 1056 1401 1056 1401 1116 1401 1116 1402 0506 1402 0506 1402 1336 1402 1336 1402 1343 1402 1343 1402 1384 1402 1384 1402 1505 1402 1505 1402 1530 1402 1530 1402 1584 1402 1584 1402 1599 1402 1599 1402 1647 1402 1647 1402 1698 1402 1698 1402 1734 1402 1734 1403 0908 1403 0908 1403 0953 1403 0953 1403 0996 1403 0996 1404 0129 1404 0129
Description Transistor - MMBTA92 Fet - 2sk2158 Fet - 2sk2158 Transistor - 2SC5053 Transistor - 2SC5053 Diode - RD43EB Diode - RD43EB Diode - 1SS355 Diode - 1SS355 Diode - RB106L-40 Diode - RB106L-40 Diode - UDZS12B Diode - UDZS12B Diode - UDZS5.6B Diode - UDZS5.6B Diode - RB520S-30 Diode - RB520S-30 Diode - DAN217U Diode - DAN217U Diode - RB551 Diode - RB551 Diode - UDZS3.6B Diode - UDZS3.6B Diode - RB Diode - RB Diode - 1SR156-400 Diode - 1SR156-400 Photocoupler:Tlp620(d4gb-lf2,pf Photocoupler:Tlp620(d4gb-lf2,pf LED - SML-310MT LED - SML-310MT LED - SML-310VT LED - SML-310VT Varistor - Vr - 63b Varistor - Vr - 63b
Page and Index No. 7 - 116 13 - 118 7 - 117 13 - 119 7 - 118 7 - 119 13 - 120 7 - 120 13 - 121 7 - 121 13 - 122 7 - 122 13 - 123 7 - 123 13 - 124 13 - 125 7 - 124 7 - 125 13 - 126 7 - 126 13 - 127 7 - 127 13 - 128 7 - 128 13 - 129 13 - 130 7 - 129 7 - 130 13 - 131 7 - 131 13 - 132 7 - 132 13 - 133 7 - 133 13 - 134
B771
Parts Index
Part No. 1404 0983 1404 1033 1404 1070 1404 1070 1407 5441 1407 5441 1407 5858 1407 5858 1408 1829 1408 1829 1408 1861 1408 1861 1408 2080 1408 2080 1503 0460 1503 0460 1503 1004 1503 1004 1601 7752 1601 7752 1601 7867 1601 7867 1604 5210 1604 5210 1604 5211 1604 5211 1604 5212 1604 5212 1604 5213 1604 5213 1605 0832 1605 1148 1605 1148 1605 1163 1605 1163
Description Arrestor- Ra-102ms-v7-f(5) Varistor - Tnr9se431k Varistor - Tisp4290h3bj Varistor - Tisp4290h3bj IC - 74LVC00A:TSOP IC - 74LVC00A:TSOP IC - SI3016 IC - SI3016 Op Amp - Lm358pw Op Amp - Lm358pw Regulator - Upc2918t Regulator - Upc2918t IC - RN5RK IC - RN5RK Oscillator - 32.768KHZ Oscillator - 32.768KHZ Oscillator - 19.6608mhz Oscillator - 19.6608mhz Resistor Array - 10K 5% Resistor Array - 10K 5% Resistor - 33 <+>5% 1/16W Resistor - 33 <+>5% 1/16W Capacitor - 22 F <+>20% 16V Capacitor - 22 F <+>20% 16V Capacitor - 47 F <+>20% 16V Capacitor - 47 F <+>20% 16V Capacitor - 100 F20% 16V Capacitor - 100 F20% 16V Capacitor - 220 F20% 10V Capacitor - 220 F20% 10V Capacitor - 8PF <+>0.5pF 50V Capacitor - 0.1 F 20% 50V Capacitor - 0.1 F 20% 50V Ceramic Capacitor - 560pf5%:50v Ceramic Capacitor - 560pf5%:50v
Page and Index No. 13 - 135 7 - 134 13 - 136 7 - 135 7 - 136 13 - 137 7 - 137 13 - 138 7 - 138 13 - 139 13 - 140 7 - 139 13 - 141 7 - 140 13 - 142 7 - 141 13 - 143 7 - 142 13 - 144 7 - 143 7 - 144 13 - 145 13 - 146 7 - 145 13 - 147 7 - 146 13 - 148 7 - 147 13 - 149 7 - 148 13 - 150 13 - 151 7 - 149 13 - 152 7 - 150
Part No. 1605 1190 1605 1190 1605 1200 1605 1200 1605 1214 1605 1214 1605 1216 1605 1216 1605 1221 1605 1221 1605 1225 1605 1225 1605 1275 1605 1275 1605 1281 1605 1281 1605 1289 1605 1289 1605 1295 1605 1295 1605 1299 1605 1299 1605 1300 1605 1300 1605 1306 1605 1306 1605 1347 1605 1347 1605 1353 1605 1353 1605 1396 1605 1396 1605 1397 1605 1397 1605 1398
Description Resistor - 0.022 F <+>10% 50V Resistor - 0.022 F <+>10% 50V Capacitor - 10PF <+>0.5pF 50V Capacitor - 10PF <+>0.5pF 50V Capacitor - 1000pF <+>10% 50V Capacitor - 1000pF <+>10% 50V Capacitor - 2200PF<+>10%50V Capacitor - 2200PF<+>10%50V Capacitor - 0.1 F20%16V Capacitor - 0.1 F20%16V Capacitor - 0.1 F10% 50V Capacitor - 0.1 F10% 50V Capacitor - 820pF5% 50V Capacitor - 820pF5% 50V Capacitor - 0.22 F <+>10% 16V Capacitor - 0.22 F <+>10% 16V Capacitor - 0.1 F10% 10V Capacitor - 0.1 F10% 10V Capacitor:10 F:20%:10V Capacitor:10 F:20%:10V Resistor - 56pF <+>5% 50V Resistor - 56pF <+>5% 50V Capacitor - 270pF5% 50V Capacitor - 270pF5% 50V Capacitor - 1 F <+>10% 10V Capacitor - 1 F <+>10% 10V Capacitor - 1 F:20%:16V Capacitor - 1 F:20%:16V Capacitor - 0.1 F10% 25V Capacitor - 0.1 F10% 25V Capacitor - 0.33 F <+>10% 50V Capacitor - 0.33 F <+>10% 50V Capacitor - 560pF10% 630V Capacitor - 560pF10% 630V Capacitor - 1000pF <+>20% AC250V
Page and Index No. 13 - 153 7 - 151 13 - 154 7 - 152 7 - 153 13 - 155 7 - 154 13 - 156 13 - 157 7 - 155 13 - 158 7 - 156 7 - 157 13 - 159 7 - 158 13 - 160 13 - 161 7 - 159 13 - 162 7 - 160 13 - 163 7 - 161 13 - 164 7 - 162 13 - 165 7 - 163 13 - 166 7 - 164 13 - 167 7 - 165 13 - 168 7 - 166 13 - 169 7 - 167 7 - 168
B771
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. 1605 1399 1605 1399 1605 1400 1605 1401 1605 1401 1605 1402 1605 1402 1605 1417 1605 1417 1605 1421 1605 1422 1605 1446 1605 1446 1605 1460 1605 1475 1605 1475 1605 1539 1605 1539 1605 1544 1605 1544 1607 0069 1607 0069 1607 0425 1607 0612 1607 0824 1607 0824 1607 1196 1607 1196 1607 1284 1607 1460 1607 1584 1609 0005 1609 0005 1609 0006 1609 0006
Description Capacitor - 3900pF <+>5% 50V Capacitor - 3900pF <+>5% 50V Capacitor - 150pF10% AC250V Capacitor - 0.01 F <+>10% 250V Capacitor - 0.01 F <+>10% 250V Capacitor - 1800pF <+>5% 50V Capacitor - 1800pF <+>5% 50V Capacitor:47 F:20%:10V Capacitor:47 F:20%:10V Capacitor - 150pF10% AC250V Capacitor - 1000pF <+>20% AC250V Resistor - 120pF5% 50V Resistor - 120pF5% 50V Capacitor:0.022 F10%:250V Resistor - 1 F <+>10% 16V Resistor - 1 F <+>10% 16V Resistor - 1.5 F10% 16V Resistor - 1.5 F10% 16V Resistor - 330pF5% 50V Resistor - 330pF5% 50V Fuse - Bl02rn2-r62-pb Fuse - Bl02rn2-r62-pb Coil: SBT-0260 St-110av Filter - Blm11a601spb Filter - Blm11a601spb Inductor -220uh20% 0.33a Inductor -220uh20% 0.33a Choke Coil - St-110bv Ferrite Core:RFC-9 Inductor - Lav35vb151j Registor:33 :<+>5%:1/16w Registor:33 :<+>5%:1/16w Registor:10k 5%:1/16w Registor:10k 5%:1/16w
Page and Index No. 7 - 169 13 - 170 7 - 170 13 - 171 7 - 171 7 - 172 13 - 172 13 - 173 7 - 173 13 - 174 13 - 175 7 - 174 13 - 176 7 - 175 7 - 176 13 - 177 13 - 178 7 - 177 13 - 179 7 - 178 13 - 180 7 - 179 7 - 180 7 - 181 13 - 181 7 - 182 13 - 182 7 - 183 13 - 183 3 - 104 13 - 184 7 - 184 13 - 185 7 - 185 13 - 186
Part No. 1609 0026 1609 0026 1634 0000 1634 0000 1640 3221 1640 3221 1650 4100 1650 4100 1650 4101 1650 4101 1650 4102 1650 4102 1650 4103 1650 4103 1650 4104 1650 4104 1650 4106 1650 4106 1650 4121 1650 4121 1650 4124 1650 4124 1650 4151 1650 4151 1650 4204 1650 4204 1650 4220 1650 4220 1650 4222 1650 4222 1650 4223 1650 4223 1650 4224 1650 4224 1650 4304
Description Resistor - 47 <+>5% 1/16W Resistor - 47 <+>5% 1/16W Resistor - 0 1/16W Resistor - 0 1/16W Capacitor:220 F:<+>20%:35V Capacitor:220 F:<+>20%:35V Resistor - 10 <+>5% 1/10W Resistor - 10 <+>5% 1/10W Resistor - 100 <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 100 <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 1K <+>5% 1/10W Resistor - 1K <+>5% 1/10W Resistor - 10K <+>5% 1/10W Resistor - 10K <+>5% 1/10W Resistor - 100K <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 100K <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 10M <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 10M <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 120 <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 120 <+>5%1/10W Resistor:120k 5%:1/10W Resistor:120k 5%:1/10W Resistor - 150 <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 150 <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 200K <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 200K <+>5%1/10W Chip Resistor - 22 <+>5% 1/10w Chip Resistor - 22 <+>5% 1/10w Resistor - 2.2K <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 2.2K <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 22K <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 22K <+>5%1/10W Resistor:220k 5%:1/10W Resistor:220k 5%:1/10W Resistor:300k 5%:1/10W
Page and Index No. 7 - 186 13 - 187 7 - 187 13 - 188 7 - 188 13 - 189 7 - 189 13 - 190 7 - 190 13 - 191 7 - 191 13 - 192 7 - 192 13 - 193 13 - 194 7 - 193 7 - 194 13 - 195 13 - 196 7 - 195 13 - 197 7 - 196 13 - 198 7 - 197 7 - 198 13 - 199 13 - 200 7 - 199 7 - 200 13 - 201 13 - 202 7 - 201 13 - 203 7 - 202 7 - 203
B771
Parts Index
Part No. 1650 4304 1650 4330 1650 4330 1650 4331 1650 4331 1650 4333 1650 4333 1650 4334 1650 4334 1650 4470 1650 4470 1650 4472 1650 4472 1650 4474 1650 4474 1650 4511 1650 4511 1650 4561 1650 4561 1650 4562 1650 4562 1650 4563 1650 4563 1650 4680 1650 4680 1650 4912 1650 4912 1652 5361 1652 5361 1654 1001 1654 1003 1654 1003 1654 1200 1654 1200 1654 2002
Description Resistor:300k 5%:1/10W Chip Resistor - 33 <+>5% 1/10w Chip Resistor - 33 <+>5% 1/10w Resistor - 330 <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 330 <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 33K <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 33K <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 330K <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 330K <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 47 <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 47 <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 4.7K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 4.7K 5% 1/10W Chip Resistor:470k 5%:1/10w Chip Resistor:470k 5%:1/10w Resistor - 510 <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 510 <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 560 <+>5% 1/10W Resistor - 560 <+>5% 1/10W Resistor - 5.6K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 5.6K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 56K <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 56K <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 68 <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 68 <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 9.1K <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 9.1K <+>5%1/10W Resistor - 5.36K <+>1%1/4W Resistor - 5.36K <+>1%1/4W Resistor - 1K <+>1%1/10W Resistor - 100K <+>1%1/10W Resistor - 100K <+>1%1/10W Resistor - 120 <+>1% 1/10W Resistor - 120 <+>1% 1/10W Resistor - 20K <+>1%1/10W
Page and Index No. 13 - 204 13 - 205 7 - 204 13 - 206 7 - 205 13 - 207 7 - 206 13 - 208 7 - 207 13 - 209 7 - 208 13 - 210 7 - 209 7 - 210 13 - 211 13 - 212 7 - 211 7 - 212 13 - 213 13 - 214 7 - 213 13 - 215 7 - 214 7 - 215 13 - 216 13 - 217 7 - 216 13 - 218 7 - 217 13 - 219 13 - 220 7 - 218 13 - 221 7 - 219 13 - 222
Part No. 1654 2002 1654 2200 1654 2200 1654 2430 1654 2430 1654 3609 1654 3609 1654 4301 1654 4301 1654 9311 1654 9311 1660 2120 1660 2120 1660 2150 1660 2150 1660 2180 1660 2180 1660 2471 1660 2471 1660 4103 1660 4103 1660 4682 1660 4682 1907 0031 1907 0031
Description Resistor - 20K <+>1%1/10W Resistor:220 :<+>1%:1/10w:1608 Resistor:220 :<+>1%:1/10w:1608 Resistor - 243 <+>1% 1/10W Resistor - 243 <+>1% 1/10W Resistor - 36 <+>1%1/10W Resistor - 36 <+>1%1/10W Resistor - 4.3K <+>1%1/10W Resistor - 4.3K <+>1%1/10W Resistor - 9.31K <+>1% 1/10W Resistor - 9.31K <+>1% 1/10W Capacitor - 12 pF5% 50V Capacitor - 12 pF5% 50V Capacitor - 15pF <+>5% 50V Capacitor - 15pF <+>5% 50V Capacitor 18pF <+>5% 50v Capacitor 18pF <+>5% 50v Capacitor - 470pF - <+>5% - 50V Capacitor - 470pF - <+>5% - 50V Capacitor - 10000pF - <+>10% - 50V Capacitor - 10000pF - <+>10% - 50V Capacitor - 6800pF 50V 1608 Capacitor - 6800pF 50V 1608 SDRAM - 128m 2mx16x4 133mhz G3 SDRAM - 128m 2mx16x4 133mhz G3
Page and Index No. 7 - 220 7 - 221 13 - 223 7 - 222 13 - 224 13 - 225 7 - 223 13 - 226 7 - 224 13 - 227 7 - 225 13 - 228 7 - 226 13 - 229 7 - 227 13 - 230 7 - 228 13 - 231 7 - 229 13 - 232 7 - 230 13 - 233 7 - 231 7 - 232 13 - 234
B771
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
G3 INTERFACE UNIT TYPE C4500 B772 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
manuals4you.com
1.G3 Unit (B772)
3 2 101 1 101 6 101 5 7 103 4 8 101 102
101
B772
manuals4you.com
1.G3 Unit (B772)

Index No. 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Part No. B713 5172 B713 5174 B768 5140 B772 0520 B772 0523 B772 0524 B772 5243 B780 5240 H523 5350 Description PCB:SG3-NEO:NA PCB:SG3-NEO:EU PCB CCUIF Bracket:G3/G4 Cover:Base:G3/G4 Bracket:G3 Harness:G3 Harness: FCU-CCU Telephone Cable Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 0451 3006N Tapping Screw - 3x6 1105 0613 Clamp:EDS-1010L-V0 1607 1460 Ferrite Core:RFC-9
B772
2.SG3-NEO:NA (B772)
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL NO. C 1 C 2 C 3 C 4 C 5 C 6 C 7 C 8 C 9 C 10 INDEX NO. 134 151 135 150 131 137 137 137 149 135 SYMBOL NO. C 11 --C 13 C 14 C 15 C 16 C 17 C 18 C 19 C 20 INDEX NO. 137 --137 137 135 135 135 135 135 135 SYMBOL NO. C 21 C 22 C 23 C 24 C 25 C 26 C 27 C 28 C 29 --INDEX NO. 152 142 141 135 135 135 135 135 152 --SYMBOL NO. C 31 C 32 --C 34 C 35 C 36 C 37 C 38 C 39 C 40 INDEX NO. 135 135 --135 139 135 135 139 135 135 SYMBOL NO. C 41 C 42 C 43 C 44 C 45 C 46 C 47 C 48 C 49 C 50 INDEX NO. 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 141 135 SYMBOL NO. C 51 C 52 C 53 C 54 C 55 C 56 C 57 C 58 C 59 C 60 INDEX NO. 135 141 132 132 135 132 135 132 138 136 SYMBOL NO. C 61 C 62 --C 64 --C 66 C 67 C 68 C 69 C 70 INDEX NO. 135 185 --133 --137 140 136 137 132
CN
SYMBOL NO. ------------------C 690 N INDEX NO. ------------------101 SYMBOL NO. C 691 N C 692 N INDEX NO. 102 103
D
SYMBOL NO. D 1 D 2 D 3 D 4 D 5 D 6 INDEX NO. 112 113 112 112 112 112
DB
SYMBOL NO. --D B2 INDEX NO. --111
IC
SYMBOL NO. IC 1 --IC 3 IC 4 IC 5 IC 6 IC 7 IC 8 INDEX NO. 1 --125 186 187 122 121 124
JP
SYMBOL NO. --JP2 JP3 ----JP6 JP7 JP8 --JP10 INDEX NO. --172 172 ----172 172 172 --172 SYMBOL NO. JP11 ----JP14 JP15 JP16 --JP18 INDEX NO. 172 ----148 166 163 --172
FIL
SYMBOL NO. FI L1 INDEX NO. 143
B772
manuals4you.com
2.SG3-NEO:NA (B772)
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL NO. L1 INDEX NO. 144
PC
SYMBOL NO. --PC 2 --PC 4 PC 5 INDEX NO. --115 --114 116
Q
SYMBOL NO. Q 1 Q 2 Q 3 Q 4 Q 5 --Q 7 Q 8 INDEX NO. 109 106 107 105 105 --108 110
R
SYMBOL NO. R 1 R 2 R 3 R 4 R 5 R 6 R 7 R 8 R 9 R 10 INDEX NO. 178 175 182 180 146 167 161 162 162 162 SYMBOL NO. R 11 R 12 --R 14 R 15 R 16 R 17 R 18 --R 20 INDEX NO. 162 158 --161 161 169 161 159 --158 SYMBOL NO. R 21 R 22 R 23 R 24 R 25 R 26 R 27 R 28 R 29 R 30 INDEX NO. 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 SYMBOL NO. R 31 R 32 R 33 R 34 R 35 R 36 R 37 R 38 R 39 R 40 INDEX NO. 158 158 158 157 158 158 158 158 158 158
OSC
SYMBOL NO. O 1 SC INDEX NO. 126
RESISTOR
SYMBOL NO. R 41 R 42 R 43 R 44 R 45 R 46 --R 48 ----INDEX NO. 165 158 158 158 162 147 --156 ----SYMBOL NO. R 51 R 52 R 53 ----R 56 ------R 60 INDEX NO. 155 175 158 ----168 ------158 SYMBOL NO. R 61 R 62 R 63 R 64 R 65 R 66 R 67 R 68 R 69 --INDEX NO. 158 165 165 158 158 158 160 162 161 --SYMBOL NO. R 71 R 72 R 73 R 74 R 75 R 76 R 77 R 78 R 79 R 80 INDEX NO. 153 153 161 164 171 174 174 162 173 174 SYMBOL NO. R 81 R 82 R 83 R 84 R 85 R 86 R 87 R 88 R 89 R 90 INDEX NO. 176 164 170 183 183 181 164 177 179 184 SYMBOL NO. R 91 R 92 R 93 R 94 R 95 R 96 INDEX NO. 154 181 175 175 174 178 SYMBOL NO. R 1 EG INDEX NO. 123
B772
2.SG3-NEO:NA (B772)
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL NO. R1 N R2 N R3 N R4 N R5 N R6 N R7 N R8 N R9 N R 10 N INDEX NO. 129 128 129 128 128 128 128 128 128 128
BAT
SYMBOL NO. R 11 N R 12 N R 13 N R 14 N R 15 N R 16 N R 17 N R 18 N R 19 N R 20 N INDEX NO. 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 130 130
FU
IC
SYMBOL NO. V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 INDEX NO. 118 119 119 117 120
T
SYMBOL NO. T1 INDEX NO. 145
B772
manuals4you.com
2.SG3-NEO:NA (B772)
Index No. * * 1 Part No. B713 5172 b713 5174 H310 7103 Description PCB:SG3-NEO:NA PCB:SG3-NEO:EU IC - LSI NCCP RF5T894 Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 Part No. 1102 6730 1102 7604 1103 1392 1208 1438 1400 0775 1400 0909 1400 0918 1400 1053 1400 1054 1401 1056 1402 1315 1402 1336 1402 1584 1403 0598 1403 0812 1403 1249 1404 0129 1404 0987 1404 0988 1404 0989 1407 5349 1407 5659 1408 1233 1408 1653 1408 2053 1503 1070 1601 7900 1601 7909 1601 7960 1601 7981 1604 5316 1605 0976 1605 1214 1605 1216 1605 1221 Description Connector - 60P Connector - 52830-6245 Connector - 2P Relay - EC2 5ND Transistor - 2SC4081 Transistor - DTA143EUA Transistor - DTC123JUA Transistor - 2SA2026 Transistor - 2SD2211 Fet - 2sk2158 Diode - S1ZB60 Diode - 1SS355 Diode - DAN217U Photo Coupler - Ps2501-2 Photo coupler - Ps2532-1-v Photo coupler - Ps2861-1-v-a Varistor - Vr - 63b Varistor - Tnr7v331k Varistor - Tnr7v431k Varistor - Tnr7v121k IC - SN74LV4066APW IC - RL5T882SB Regulator - Lm1117mp-3.3 Op Amp - Lmv324ipw IC:R3112Q291A-FA Crystal Oscillator - 18.432mhz Resistor Array - 0 5% Resistor Array - 10 5% 1/32W Resistor Array - 100 5% 1/16W Resistor Array - 100K 5%1/16W Capacitor - 33F20% 10V Capacitor - 1F+80% -20% 10V Capacitor - 1000pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 2200pF10%50V Capacitor - 0.1 UF+80-20%16V Qty Per Assembly
B772
6A
manuals4you.com
Index No. 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170
Part No. 1605 1240 1605 1251 1605 1289 1605 1293 1605 1301 1605 1303 1605 1449 1607 0069 1607 1284 1607 1396 1610 1234 1610 1526 1634 0000 1640 5470 1640 5479 1644 0100 1644 1101 1650 2120 1650 4103 1650 4151 1650 4180 1650 4392 1650 5100 1650 5101 1650 5102 1650 5103 1650 5104 1650 5105 1650 5122 1650 5204 1650 5221 1650 5330 1650 5361 1650 5510 1653 1602
Description Capacitor - 0.01F10% 25V Capacitor - 270pF5%25V Capacitor - 0.1F10% 10V Capacitor - 27pF5%50V Capacitor-6800pF 10% 50v Capacitor - 0.01F+80-20% 50V Capacitor - 0.47F10% 250V Fuse - Bl02rn2-r62-pb Choke Coil - St-110bv Transformer - Flt319 Resistor - 47 1W 5% Resistor - 47K 5% 0.75W Resistor - 0 1/16W Capacitor - 47F20% 50V Capacitor - 4.7F20% 50V Capacitor - 10F20% 10V Resistor - 100F20%:16V Resistor - 12 5% 1/4W Resistor - 10K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 150 5%1/10W Chip Resistor - 185%1/10w Chip Resistor - 3.9k5%1/10w Chip Resistor - 10 5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 100 5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 1k5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 10k5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 100k5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 1m5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 1.2k5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 200k5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 2205%1/16w Chip Resistor - 335%1/16w Chip Resistor - 3605%1/16w Chip Resistor - 515%1/16w Resistor - 16K1%1/8W
Qty Per Assembly
Index No. 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187
Part No. 1654 7501 1655 0000 1655 1001 1655 1002 1655 1003 1655 2002 1655 2003 1655 2202 1655 4701 1655 5602 1655 6202 1655 6809 1655 7501 1655 8200 1660 4102 1906 0014 1907 0050
Description Resistor - 7.5K1%1/10W-1608 Chip Resistor - 00%1/16w Chip Resistor - 1k 1% 1/16w Chip Resistor - 10k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 100k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 20k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 200k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 22k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 4.7k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 56k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 62k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 681%1/16w Chip Resistor - 7.5k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 8201%1/16w Capacitor - 1000pF 10% 50V IC - F ROM MBM29LV800BA-70pFTN-SFK SDRAM - 64m 1mx16x4:133mhz G4
Qty Per Assembly
B772
3.SG3-NEO:EU (B772)
A
SYMBOL NO. A1 INDEX NO. 118
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL NO. C 1 C 2 C 3 C 4 C 5 C 6 C 7 C 8 C 9 C 10 INDEX NO. 135 152 136 151 132 138 138 138 150 136 SYMBOL NO. C 11 --C 13 C 14 C 15 C 16 C 17 C 18 C 19 C 20 INDEX NO. 138 --138 138 136 136 136 136 136 136 SYMBOL NO. C 21 C 22 C 23 C 24 C 25 C 26 C 27 C 28 C 29 C 30 INDEX NO. 153 143 142 136 136 136 136 136 153 187 SYMBOL NO. C 31 C 32 --C 34 C 35 C 36 C 37 C 38 C 39 C 40 INDEX NO. 136 136 --136 140 136 136 140 136 136 SYMBOL NO. C 41 C 42 C 43 C 44 C 45 C 46 C 47 C 48 C 49 C 50 INDEX NO. 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 142 136 SYMBOL NO. C 51 C 52 C 53 C 54 C 55 C 56 C 57 C 58 C 59 C 60 INDEX NO. 136 142 133 133 136 133 136 133 139 137
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL NO. C 61 C 62 --C 64 --C 66 C 67 C 68 C 69 C 70 INDEX NO. 136 186 --134 --138 141 137 138 133
CN
SYMBOL NO. ------------------C 690 N INDEX NO. ------------------101 SYMBOL NO. C 691 N C 692 N INDEX NO. 102 103
D
SYMBOL NO. D 1 D 2 D 3 D 4 D 5 D 6 INDEX NO. 113 114 113 113 113 113
DB
SYMBOL NO. --D B2 INDEX NO. --112
IC
SYMBOL NO. IC 1 IC 2 IC 3 IC 4 IC 5 IC 6 IC 7 IC 8 INDEX NO. 1 116 125 188 189 122 121 124
JP
SYMBOL NO. --JP2 JP3 ----JP6 JP7 JP8 --JP10 INDEX NO. --173 173 ----173 173 173 --173
FIL
SYMBOL NO. FI L1 INDEX NO. 144
B772
manuals4you.com
3.SG3-NEO:EU (B772)
JP
SYMBOL NO. JP11 ----JP14 JP15 JP16 --JP18 INDEX NO. 173 ----149 167 163 --173
L
SYMBOL NO. L1 INDEX NO. 146
PC
SYMBOL NO. PC 1 PC 2 PC 3 --PC 5 INDEX NO. 115 115 115 --117
Q
SYMBOL NO. Q 1 Q 2 Q 3 Q 4 Q 5 Q 6 Q 7 Q 8 INDEX NO. 109 106 107 105 105 110 108 111
RESISTOR
SYMBOL NO. R 1 R 2 R 3 R 4 R 5 R 6 R 7 R 8 R 9 R 10 INDEX NO. 179 176 183 181 147 168 161 162 162 162 SYMBOL NO. R 11 R 12 --R 14 R 15 R 16 R 17 R 18 R 19 R 20 INDEX NO. 162 158 --161 161 170 161 159 127 158 SYMBOL NO. R 21 R 22 R 23 R 24 R 25 R 26 R 27 R 28 R 29 R 30 INDEX NO. 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158
OSC
SYMBOL NO. O 1 SC INDEX NO. 126
RESISTOR
SYMBOL NO. R 31 R 32 R 33 R 34 R 35 R 36 R 37 R 38 R 39 R 40 INDEX NO. 158 158 158 156 158 158 158 158 158 158 SYMBOL NO. R 41 R 42 R 43 R 44 R 45 R 46 --------INDEX NO. 166 158 158 158 162 148 --------SYMBOL NO. --R 52 R 53 --R 55 --R 57 --R 59 R 60 INDEX NO. --176 158 --169 --169 --165 158 SYMBOL NO. R 61 R 62 R 63 R 64 R 65 R 66 R 67 R 68 R 69 R 70 INDEX NO. 158 166 166 158 158 158 160 162 161 157 SYMBOL NO. R 71 R 72 R 73 R 74 R 75 R 76 R 77 R 78 R 79 R 80 INDEX NO. 154 154 161 164 172 175 175 162 174 175 SYMBOL NO. R 81 R 82 R 83 R 84 R 85 R 86 R 87 R 88 R 89 R 90 INDEX NO. 177 164 171 184 184 182 164 178 180 185 SYMBOL NO. R 91 R 92 R 93 R 94 R 95 R 96 INDEX NO. 155 182 176 176 175 179
B772
3.SG3-NEO:EU (B772)
REG
SYMBOL NO. R 1 EG INDEX NO. 123
RN
SYMBOL NO. R1 N R2 N R3 N R4 N R5 N R6 N R7 N R8 N R9 N R 10 N INDEX NO. 130 129 130 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 SYMBOL NO. R 11 N R 12 N R 13 N R 14 N R 15 N R 16 N R 17 N R 18 N R 19 N R 20 N INDEX NO. 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 131 131
RY
V
SYMBOL NO. V1 ------V5 INDEX NO. 119 ------120
T
SYMBOL NO. T1 INDEX NO. 145
B772
10
manuals4you.com
3.SG3-NEO:EU (B772)
Index No. * 1 Part No. B713 5174 H310 7103 Description PCB:SG3-NEO:EA IC - LSI NCCP RF5T894 Qty Per Assembly 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 Part No. 1102 6730 1102 7604 1103 1392 1208 1438 1400 0775 1400 0909 1400 0918 1400 1053 1400 1054 1400 1055 1401 1056 1402 1315 1402 1336 1402 1584 1403 0812 1403 1237 1403 1249 1404 0983 1404 0988 1404 0989 1407 5349 1407 5659 1408 1233 1408 1653 1408 2053 1503 1070 1600 1153 1601 7900 1601 7909 1601 7960 1601 7981 1604 5316 1605 0976 1605 1214 1605 1216 Description Connector - 60P Connector - 52830-6245 Connector - 2P Relay - EC2 5ND Transistor - 2SC4081 Transistor - DTA143EUA Transistor - DTC123JUA Transistor - 2SA2026 Transistor - 2SD2211 Transistor - 2SA2047-Q Fet - 2sk2158 Diode - S1ZB60 Diode - 1SS355 Diode - DAN217U Photo coupler - Ps2532-1-v Sensor - Ths-56f Photo coupler - Ps2861-1-v-a Arrestor- Ra-102ms-v7-f(5) Varistor - Tnr7v431k Varistor - Tnr7v121k IC - SN74LV4066APW IC - RL5T882SB Regulator - Lm1117mp-3.3 Open amp - Lmv324ipw IC:R3112Q291A-FA Crystal Oscillator - 18.432mhz Resistor - 2W 120 Resistor Array - 0 5% Resistor Array - 10 5% 1/32W Resistor Array - 100 5% 1/16W Resistor Array - 100K 5%1/16W Capacitor - 33F20% 10V Capacitor - 1F+80% -20% 10V Capacitor - 1000pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 2200pF10%50V Qty Per Assembly
B772
10A
manuals4you.com
Index No. 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170
Part No. 1605 1221 1605 1240 1605 1251 1605 1289 1605 1293 1605 1301 1605 1303 1605 1449 1607 0069 1607 1246 1607 1284 1610 1234 1610 1802 1634 0000 1640 5470 1640 5479 1644 0100 1644 1101 1650 2120 1650 4103 1650 4202 1650 4302 1650 5100 1650 5101 1650 5102 1650 5103 1650 5104 1650 5105 1650 5122 1650 5182 1650 5204 1650 5221 1650 5330 1650 5361 1650 5510
Description Capacitor - 0.1 UF+80-20%16V Capacitor - 0.01F10% 25V Capacitor - 270pF5%25V Capacitor - 0.1F10% 10V Capacitor - 27pF5%50V Capacitor-6800pF 10% 50v Capacitor - 0.01F+80-20% 50V Capacitor - 0.47F10% 250V Fuse - Bl02rn2-r62-pb Transformer P3356 Choke Coil - St-110bv Resistor - 47 1W 5% Resistor - 39K 5% 1/2W Resistor - 0 1/16W Capacitor - 47F20% 50V Capacitor - 4.7F20% 50V Capacitor - 10F20% 10V Resistor - 100F20%:16V Resistor - 12 5% 1/4W Resistor - 10K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 2K5%1/10W Resistor - 3K5%1/10W Chip Resistor - 10 5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 100 5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 1k5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 10k5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 100k5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 1m5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 1.2k5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 1.8k5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 200k5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 2205%1/16w Chip Resistor - 335%1/16w Chip Resistor - 3605%1/16w Chip Resistor - 515%1/16w
Qty Per Assembly
Index No. 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189
Part No. 1653 1602 1654 7501 1655 0000 1655 1001 1655 1002 1655 1003 1655 2002 1655 2003 1655 2202 1655 4701 1655 5602 1655 6202 1655 6809 1655 7501 1655 8200 1660 4102 1660 8104 1906 0014 1907 0050
Description Resistor - 16K1%1/8W Resistor - 7.5K1%1/10W-1608 Chip Resistor - 00%1/16w Chip Resistor - 1k 1% 1/16w Chip Resistor - 10k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 100k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 20k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 200k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 22k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 4.7k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 56k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 62k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 681%1/16w Chip Resistor - 7.5k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 8201%1/16w Capacitor - 1000pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 0.1F+80-20% 25V IC - F ROM MBM29LV800BA-70pFTN-SFK SDRAM - 64m 1mx16x4:133mhz G4
Qty Per Assembly
B772
11
manuals4you.com
G3 INTERFACE UNIT TYPE C4500 B772 PARTS INDEX
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
Parts Index
Part No. B772 0520 B772 0523 B772 0524 B772 5243 Description Bracket:G3/G4 Cover:Base:G3/G4 Bracket:G3 Harness:G3 Page and Index No. 33333 4 5 6 Part No. B713 5172 B713 5172 B713 5174 B713 5174 B768 5140 B780 5240 H310 7103 H310 7103 H523 5350 Description PCB:SG3-NEO:NA PCB:SG3-NEO:NA PCB:SG3-NEO:EU PCB:SG3-NEO:EA PCB CCUIF Harness: FCU-CCU IC - LSI NCCP RF5T894 IC - LSI NCCP RF5T894 Telephone Cable Page and Index No. 37311 33711 31 * 1 * 2 7 1 1 8
B772
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. b713 5174
Description PCB:SG3-NEO:EU
Page and Index No. 7*
Part No. 0451 3006N 1102 6730 1102 6730 1102 7604 1102 7604 1103 1392 1103 1392 1105 0613 1208 1438 1208 1438 1400 0775 1400 0775 1400 0909 1400 0909 1400 0918 1400 0918 1400 1053 1400 1053 1400 1054 1400 1054 1400 1055 1401 1056 1401 1056 1402 1315 1402 1315 1402 1336 1402 1336 1402 1584 1402 1584 1403 0598 1403 0812 1403 0812 1403 1237 1403 1249 1403 1249
Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Connector - 60P Connector - 60P Connector - 52830-6245 Connector - 52830-6245 Connector - 2P Connector - 2P Clamp:EDS-1010L-V0 Relay - EC2 5ND Relay - EC2 5ND Transistor - 2SC4081 Transistor - 2SC4081 Transistor - DTA143EUA Transistor - DTA143EUA Transistor - DTC123JUA Transistor - DTC123JUA Transistor - 2SA2026 Transistor - 2SA2026 Transistor - 2SD2211 Transistor - 2SD2211 Transistor - 2SA2047-Q Fet - 2sk2158 Fet - 2sk2158 Diode - S1ZB60 Diode - S1ZB60 Diode - 1SS355 Diode - 1SS355 Diode - DAN217U Diode - DAN217U Photo Coupler - Ps2501-2 Photo coupler - Ps2532-1-v Photo coupler - Ps2532-1-v Sensor - Ths-56f Photo coupler - Ps2861-1-v-a Photo coupler - Ps2861-1-v-a
Page and Index No. 3 - 101 11 - 101 7 - 101 7 - 102 11 - 102 7 - 103 11 - 103 3 - 102 7 - 104 11 - 104 11 - 105 7 - 105 7 - 106 11 - 106 7 - 107 11 - 107 7 - 108 11 - 108 11 - 109 7 - 109 11 - 110 7 - 110 11 - 111 11 - 112 7 - 111 11 - 113 7 - 112 7 - 113 11 - 114 7 - 114 11 - 115 7 - 115 11 - 116 11 - 117 7 - 116
B772
Parts Index
Part No. 1404 0129 1404 0983 1404 0987 1404 0988 1404 0988 1404 0989 1404 0989 1407 5349 1407 5349 1407 5659 1407 5659 1408 1233 1408 1233 1408 1653 1408 1653 1408 2053 1408 2053 1503 1070 1503 1070 1600 1153 1601 7900 1601 7900 1601 7909 1601 7909 1601 7960 1601 7960 1601 7981 1601 7981 1604 5316 1604 5316 1605 0976 1605 0976 1605 1214 1605 1214 1605 1216
Description Varistor - Vr - 63b Arrestor- Ra-102ms-v7-f(5) Varistor - Tnr7v331k Varistor - Tnr7v431k Varistor - Tnr7v431k Varistor - Tnr7v121k Varistor - Tnr7v121k IC - SN74LV4066APW IC - SN74LV4066APW IC - RL5T882SB IC - RL5T882SB Regulator - Lm1117mp-3.3 Regulator - Lm1117mp-3.3 Op Amp - Lmv324ipw Op Amp - Lmv324ipw IC:R3112Q291A-FA IC:R3112Q291A-FA Crystal Oscillator - 18.432mhz Crystal Oscillator - 18.432mhz Resistor - 2W 120 Resistor Array - 0 5% Resistor Array - 0 5% Resistor Array - 10 5% 1/32W Resistor Array - 10 5% 1/32W Resistor Array - 100 5% 1/16W Resistor Array - 100 5% 1/16W Resistor Array - 100K 5%1/16W Resistor Array - 100K 5%1/16W Capacitor - 33F 20% 10V Capacitor - 33F 20% 10V Capacitor - 1F +80% -20% 10V Capacitor - 1F +80% -20% 10V Capacitor - 1000pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 1000pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 2200PF10%50V
Page and Index No. 7 - 117 11 - 118 7 - 118 11 - 119 7 - 119 11 - 120 7 - 120 11 - 121 7 - 121 11 - 122 7 - 122 7 - 123 11 - 123 11 - 124 7 - 124 11 - 125 7 - 125 7 - 126 11 - 126 11 - 127 7 - 127 11 - 128 7 - 128 11 - 129 7 - 129 11 - 130 7 - 130 11 - 131 11 - 132 7 - 131 7 - 132 11 - 133 7 - 133 11 - 134 7 - 134
Part No. 1605 1216 1605 1221 1605 1221 1605 1240 1605 1240 1605 1251 1605 1251 1605 1289 1605 1289 1605 1293 1605 1293 1605 1301 1605 1301 1605 1303 1605 1303 1605 1449 1605 1449 1607 0069 1607 0069 1607 1246 1607 1284 1607 1284 1607 1396 1607 1460 1610 1234 1610 1234 1610 1526 1610 1802 1634 0000 1634 0000 1640 5470 1640 5470 1640 5479 1640 5479 1644 0100
Description Capacitor - 2200PF10%50V Capacitor - 0.1 F+80-20%16V Capacitor - 0.1 F+80-20%16V Capacitor - 0.01F 10% 25V Capacitor - 0.01F 10% 25V Capacitor - 270PF5%25V Capacitor - 270PF5%25V Capacitor - 0.1F 10% 10V Capacitor - 0.1F 10% 10V Capacitor - 27PF5%50V Capacitor - 27PF5%50V Capacitor-6800pF 10% 50v Capacitor-6800pF 10% 50v Capacitor - 0.01F +80-20% 50V Capacitor - 0.01F +80-20% 50V Capacitor - 0.47F 10% 250V Capacitor - 0.47F 10% 250V Fuse - Bl02rn2-r62-pb Fuse - Bl02rn2-r62-pb Transformer P3356 Choke Coil - St-110bv Choke Coil - St-110bv Transformer - Flt319 Ferrite Core:RFC-9 Resistor - 47 1W 5% Resistor - 47 1W 5% Resistor - 47K 5% 0.75W Resistor - 39K 5% 1/2W Resistor - 0 1/16W Resistor - 0 1/16W Capacitor - 47F 20% 50V Capacitor - 47F 20% 50V Capacitor - 4.7F 20% 50V Capacitor - 4.7F 20% 50V Capacitor - 10F 20% 10V
Page and Index No. 11 - 135 11 - 136 7 - 135 7 - 136 11 - 137 7 - 137 11 - 138 11 - 139 7 - 138 11 - 140 7 - 139 7 - 140 11 - 141 11 - 142 7 - 141 11 - 143 7 - 142 11 - 144 7 - 143 11 - 145 11 - 146 7 - 144 7 - 145 3 - 103 7 - 146 11 - 147 7 - 147 11 - 148 11 - 149 7 - 148 11 - 150 7 - 149 11 - 151 7 - 150 7 - 151
B772
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. 1644 0100 1644 1101 1644 1101 1650 2120 1650 2120 1650 4103 1650 4103 1650 4151 1650 4180 1650 4202 1650 4302 1650 4392 1650 5100 1650 5100 1650 5101 1650 5101 1650 5102 1650 5102 1650 5103 1650 5103 1650 5104 1650 5104 1650 5105 1650 5105 1650 5122 1650 5122 1650 5182 1650 5204 1650 5204 1650 5221 1650 5221 1650 5330 1650 5330 1650 5361 1650 5361
Description Capacitor - 10F 20% 10V Resistor - 100F 20%:16V Resistor - 100F 20%:16V Resistor - 12 5% 1/4W Resistor - 12 5% 1/4W Resistor - 10K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 10K 5% 1/10W Resistor - 150 5%1/10W Chip Resistor - 185%1/10w Resistor - 2K5%1/10W Resistor - 3K5%1/10W Chip Resistor - 3.9k5%1/10w Chip Resistor - 10 5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 10 5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 100 5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 100 5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 1k5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 1k5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 10k5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 10k5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 100k5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 100k5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 1m5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 1m5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 1.2k5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 1.2k5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 1.8k5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 200k5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 200k5%1/16w Chip Resistor - 2205%1/16w Chip Resistor - 2205%1/16w Chip Resistor - 335%1/16w Chip Resistor - 335%1/16w Chip Resistor - 3605%1/16w Chip Resistor - 3605%1/16w
Page and Index No. 11 - 152 11 - 153 7 - 152 7 - 153 11 - 154 11 - 155 7 - 154 7 - 155 7 - 156 11 - 156 11 - 157 7 - 157 11 - 158 7 - 158 11 - 159 7 - 159 11 - 160 7 - 160 11 - 161 7 - 161 11 - 162 7 - 162 11 - 163 7 - 163 7 - 164 11 - 164 11 - 165 11 - 166 7 - 165 7 - 166 11 - 167 11 - 168 7 - 167 11 - 169 7 - 168
Part No. 1650 5510 1650 5510 1653 1602 1653 1602 1654 7501 1654 7501 1655 0000 1655 0000 1655 1001 1655 1001 1655 1002 1655 1002 1655 1003 1655 1003 1655 2002 1655 2002 1655 2003 1655 2003 1655 2202 1655 2202 1655 4701 1655 4701 1655 5602 1655 5602 1655 6202 1655 6202 1655 6809 1655 6809 1655 7501 1655 7501 1655 8200 1655 8200 1660 4102 1660 4102 1660 8104
Description Chip Resistor - 515%1/16w Chip Resistor - 515%1/16w Resistor - 16K1%1/8W Resistor - 16K1%1/8W Resistor - 7.5K1%1/10W-1608 Resistor - 7.5K1%1/10W-1608 Chip Resistor - 00%1/16w Chip Resistor - 00%1/16w Chip Resistor - 1k 1% 1/16w Chip Resistor - 1k 1% 1/16w Chip Resistor - 10k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 10k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 100k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 100k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 20k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 20k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 200k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 200k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 22k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 22k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 4.7k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 4.7k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 56k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 56k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 62k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 62k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 681%1/16w Chip Resistor - 681%1/16w Chip Resistor - 7.5k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 7.5k1%1/16w Chip Resistor - 8201%1/16w Chip Resistor - 8201%1/16w Capacitor - 1000pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 1000pF 10% 50V Capacitor - 0.1F +80-20% 25V
Page and Index No. 7 - 169 11 - 170 7 - 170 11 - 171 11 - 172 7 - 171 11 - 173 7 - 172 11 - 174 7 - 173 11 - 175 7 - 174 11 - 176 7 - 175 7 - 176 11 - 177 11 - 178 7 - 177 11 - 179 7 - 178 11 - 180 7 - 179 11 - 181 7 - 180 11 - 182 7 - 181 11 - 183 7 - 182 11 - 184 7 - 183 11 - 185 7 - 184 11 - 186 7 - 185 11 - 187
B772
Parts Index
Part No. 1906 0014 1906 0014 1907 0050 1907 0050
Description IC - F ROM MBM29LV800BA-70PFTN-SFK IC - F ROM MBM29LV800BA-70PFTN-SFK SDRAM - 64m 1mx16x4:133mhz G4 SDRAM - 64m 1mx16x4:133mhz G4
Page and Index No. 11 - 188 7 - 186 11 - 189 7 - 187
Part No.
Description
Page and Index No.
B772
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
B800 PAPER FEED UNIT PB3000 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
manuals4you.com
1.EXTERIOR (B800)
101 2 101
101 3 101 7 102 102 102
8 4 5 101 107 9 102 10 12 11 13 101 103 18 17 104 103 16 19 20
21
24
25
26 105 106 6
104
103
15
22 23
14
B800
manuals4you.com
1.EXTERIOR (B800)
Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 22 24 25 26 Part No. G832 1290 B801 1260 B801 1281 B793 4247 B800 2588 B800 1271 B800 2564 B800 2566 B542 2560 AA08 0275 AA06 3920 B800 2574 B800 2575 A682 2552 A682 2553 B800 2568 B800 2578 G569 2570 B800 2580 B800 2577 B800 6110 B801 6115 B801 6116 B801 6117 G832 8510 G832 7900 Description Cover - Upper Front Cover - Left Cover - Rear Screw - M3X8 Base Stopper Stay Cover - Right Guide Plate Ass'y Guide Plate Driven Roller Bushing:Pressure:Mm4 Compression Spring - 8n Stopper Bracket Ground Plate Front Hook - Vertical Transport Rear Hook - Vertical Transport Shaft Stay Grounding Plate - Vertical Transport Spring Lever Arm Ass'y Arm Cover - Front Arm Cover - Right Arm Cover - Rear Coupling Bracket Screw:Spring Washer:Round Point:M4x10 Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 Part No. 0451 3008N 0450 3008N 0353 0080N 0805 0088 0360 3006N 0360 4010N 0720 0030E Description Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Screw:M3x8 Retaining Ring - M6 Screw - M3X6 Screw:M4x10 Retaining Ring - M3 Qty Per Assembly
B800
2.FRAME SECTION (B800)

101 2 101 101 2 101 5 101 23 101 6 7 3 101 101
8 101 101 6 101
101 101 101 1 102 101 101
9 4 15 101 13 17 101 16 14 103 103 103 18 103 103 103 103 103 10 4 20 19 21 12 22 11
B800
manuals4you.com
2.FRAME SECTION (B800)

Index No. 1 2 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Part No. G832 1133 B801 1117 B801 6617 B801 6627 A507 1096 G832 1143 B384 1146 G832 1146 B801 5312 AH01 2033 C410 7632 B800 2586 B800 2587 B223 2710 B223 2715 AA16 1163 B223 2714 B801 6121 B801 6122 B801 6123 B801 6124 B801 6126 B801 6125 G832 7900 Description Upper Front Stay Upper Stay - Front Rear Option Heater - 110V9W Option Heater - 230V 9W Philips Screw - M5x6 Upper Rear Stay Spring Plate Connector Bracket Harness - Interface Cable Caster - Stopper Caster - No Stopper Ground Plate - Shaft Spring - Earth Stopper Supporter - Left No.2 Supporter - Right Cushion Positioning Cap - Short Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Front L Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Front R Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Right Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Right I Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Rear Ri Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Rear Le Screw:Spring Washer:Roung Point:M4x10 Qty Per Assembly 1 2 1 1 8 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 0454 3006Q Tapping Screw - M3x6 1105 0516 Clamp 0454 4006Q Tapping Screw:4x6
B800
3.PAPER TRAY (B800)

26 27 28
4 9 5 18 22 22 21 16 20 17 19 3 31 101
29
21
30
102 23 6 16 25 24
16 10 12 14 15 8 7 11 13 103 101 1 2
B800
manuals4you.com
3.PAPER TRAY (B800)

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Part No. B223 2910 B223 2911 B238 2523 B223 2940 AF01 3006 B223 2919 B223 2946 B223 2860 B223 2900 B223 2862 AA06 0900 B223 2863 B223 2861 A222 2724 B223 2864 A232 2987 B223 2912 B223 2920 B223 2923 B004 2923 B223 2935 B223 2934 B223 2936 B223 2865 B223 2918 B223 2930 A267 2860 A267 2857 A267 2859 B223 2873 AA06 1003 Description Link - Paper Size Sensor Spacer Decal - Paper Set Direction No.2 Tray Bottom Plate Bottom Plate Pad Ground Plate - Paper Tray No.2 Cover - Paper Tray No.2 Paper Tray Grip Paper Tray Unit No.2 Lever - Release Inner Spring Release Shaft Grip Holder External Circlip - Mm8 Lever - Release Outer Roller - Paper Tray End Fence Front Side Fence Stopper Lever - Front Spring Plate - Release Lever Plate - Side Fence Right Plate - Side Fence Gear - 16Z Rise No.1 Shaft Rise Lever Rear Side Fence Rear Lever Stopper Spring Plate - Side Fence Side Fence Stopper Decal - Side Fence Rear Tension Spring:Side Fence:Rear Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 0450 4008N Tapping Screw - M4x8 0453 3008N Binding Self Tapping Screw:3x8 0450 3012N Tapping Screw:3x12
B800
4.PAPER FEED SECTION (B800)
1 3 4
101
8 9
105 102
101 10
2 101 5 6 11 106 12 13 101 14 101 101 101 103
7 101 101
27 24 25 26
37 40 38 39 37 11 104 11 33 32 36 34 104
15 16 21 22
23
31
20 19 18 17
104
104
11 35
30 29 28 17 41
B800
manuals4you.com

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 Part No. B223 2750 B223 2767 AW02 0145 B223 2773 B223 2778 AW01 0128 B223 2776 B082 2781 AW01 0122 B223 2780 AA08 2143 B238 2569 B223 2772 B223 2786 AF03 0090 AB01 1252 AA10 0014 B223 2829 AF03 1090 AB01 1218 AA08 2101 B223 2765 B223 2761 AA06 0691 G065 2767 B223 2764 B223 2762 AF03 2090 B004 2783 B223 2810 AB01 0157 AB01 0156 B223 2815 B223 2819 AA06 0693 Description Paper Feed Unit Paper End Feeler Photo Interrupter: Flat Harness - Paper Feed Unit Sensor Bracket Paper Feed Sensor Stay Bracket:Sensor Paper Feed Sensor DC Solenoid 24V Bushing - 6x10x6 Transport Roller Harness Sheet Ground Plate - Front Paper Feed Roller:Pickup Gear - 20Z Retaining Ring C - Separate Feed Guide Paper Feed Roller:Feed Gear - Roller Clutch Bushing - 6x10x6 Ground Plate - Feed Pickup Arm Tension Spring Lever - Feed Gear-24z Feed Shaft Paper Feed Roller:Separate Torque Limiter Separate Driven Shaft Gear:Separate:Driven Gear:Separate:Drive Separate Drive Shaft Gear - 22Z Tension Spring Qty Per Assembly 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 36 37 38 39 40 41 Part No. G065 2774 5206 2686 G065 2775 AA06 2259 G065 2776 B223 2835 Description Pressure Lever Snap Ring Link Lever Spring - Release Release Lever Guide Plate Qty Per Assembly 1 2 1 1 1 1
101 102 103 104 105 106
0451 3006N 0450 3008N 0454 3006Q 0805 0089 1105 0511 0720 0040E
Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Retaining Ring - M4
B800

12 106 105
104 101 105
10 11 101
1 101 107 101 1 101
101 2 101 101 6
5 101 3
103 9 101 102 101 101 7 101 4 101 8 8 9
102
B800
10
manuals4you.com

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Part No. AX04 0191 B800 1088 B800 5310 B800 5311 B800 5111 B801 1193 B223 2730 B223 2721 AW50 0038 B800 1089 B238 2543 B801 1059 Description DC Motor 24V Inner Cover - Lower Harnes - Main Harness - Paper Size Sensor PCB:Sicilia:Ass'y PCB Bracket Paper Tray Stopper Ass'y Bracket:Push Switch Push Switch:Paper Size Sensor Inner Cover - Upper Cover - Tray Left Cover:Burring:Base Qty Per Assembly 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 Part No. 0454 3006Q 1105 0192 1105 0511 1105 0516 1105 0488 1105 0487 1105 0522 Description Tapping Screw - M3x6 Locking Support Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Clamp HARNESS CLAMP Harness Clamp EDGE SADDLE - LES0510 Qty Per Assembly
B800
11

11 10 12 101 13
2 8 7 6 5 3 4 104 101 105 9
104
10
101 2 104
101
105
101 21 101 15 14 29 15 101 23 101 24 102 15 27 101 101 101 28 101 15 22 107 106 104 25
101
18 20 103 14 16 15 17 21
19 15 103
26
B800
12
manuals4you.com

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 101 102 103 104 105 106 Part No. AA10 0014 AA08 2101 G832 3619 AX20 0289 AA08 2102 G832 1158 AB01 1500 AB01 1259 G832 1161 B223 1186 G832 1178 G832 1175 B800 1087 AB01 7707 B801 1184 B598 2840 AB01 7729 AB03 0785 AB03 0784 AA04 3592 AA04 3593 G832 1183 G832 2951 B154 4521 AB01 7705 B801 5314 B802 1622 B801 1180 AA04 3318 0454 3006Q 0314 0080N 0805 0088 0720 0040E 0720 0060E 0451 3014N Description Retaining Ring C - Separate Bushing - 6x10x6 Magnetic Clutch Bracket Magnetic Clutch - 32z Bushing - 6x10x6 Drive Unit Bracket Gear - 27Z Gear - 32Z Drum Stay Drive Joint Grip Shaft Feed Shaft Inner Cover - Rear Middle Gear - 28Z/28T Timing Belt Spacer Pulley Collar Gear/pulley - 28Z/28T Timing Pulley - 27T Pulley - 27T Timing Belt - 40S3M297 Timing Belt - 40S3M324 Micro Switch Bracket Cover - Rear Right Stepper Motor:Mm56:Ass'y Gear/pulley - 21Z/27T Harness - Motor Stepper Motor Damper Stepper Motor Bracket Timing Belt - 40S3M144 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Philips Pan Head Screw - M4x8 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M6 Tapping Screw:3x14 Qty Per Assembly 1 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 6 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 107 Part No. 1204 2529 Description Switch - V-5F912DN Qty Per Assembly
B800
13
manuals4you.com
B800 PAPER FEED UNIT PB3000 PARTS INDEX
manuals4you.com
Parts Index
Part No. B800 1087 B800 1088 B800 1089 B800 1271 B800 2564 B800 2566 B800 2568 B800 2574 B800 2575 B800 2577 B800 2578 B800 2580 B800 2586 B800 2587 B800 2588 B800 5111 B800 5310 B800 5311 B800 6110 Description Inner Cover - Rear Middle Inner Cover - Lower Inner Cover - Upper Cover - Right Guide Plate Ass'y Guide Plate Shaft Stopper Bracket Ground Plate Lever Stay Spring Ground Plate - Shaft Spring - Earth Stopper Base Stopper Stay PCB:Sicilia:Ass'y Harnes - Main Harness - Paper Size Sensor Arm Ass'y Page and Index No. 13 11 11 33333333355311 11 11 313 2 10 6 7 8 16 12 13 20 17 19 11 12 5 5 3 4 21 Part No. A222 2724 A232 2987 A267 2857 A267 2859 A267 2860 A507 1096 A682 2552 A682 2553 B004 2783 B004 2923 B082 2781 B154 4521 B223 1186 B223 2710 B223 2714 B223 2715 B223 2721 B223 2730 B223 2750 B223 2761 B223 2762 B223 2764 B223 2765 B223 2767 B223 2772 B223 2773 B223 2776 B223 2778 B223 2780 B223 2786 B223 2810 B223 2815 B223 2819 B223 2829 B223 2835 Description External Circlip - Mm8 Roller - Paper Tray Spring Plate - Side Fence Side Fence Stopper Rear Lever Stopper Philips Screw - M5x6 Front Hook - Vertical Transport Rear Hook - Vertical Transport Torque Limiter Spring Plate - Release Lever Bracket:Sensor Stepper Motor:Mm56:Ass'y Drive Joint Supporter - Left No.2 Positioning Cap - Short Supporter - Right Bracket:Push Switch Paper Tray Stopper Ass'y Paper Feed Unit Pickup Arm Feed Shaft Gear-24z Ground Plate - Feed Paper End Feeler Harness Sheet Harness - Paper Feed Unit Stay Sensor Bracket DC Solenoid 24V Ground Plate - Front Separate Driven Shaft Separate Drive Shaft Gear - 22Z Feed Guide Guide Plate Page and Index No. 7777753397913 13 55511 11 9999999999999999914 16 28 29 27 4 14 15 29 20 8 24 10 13 16 14 8 7 1 23 27 26 22 2 13 4 7 5 10 14 30 33 34 18 41
B800
Parts Index
Description Paper Tray Grip Grip Holder Lever - Release Inner Release Shaft Lever - Release Outer Rise No.1 Shaft Decal - Side Fence Rear Paper Tray Unit No.2 Link - Paper Size Sensor Spacer End Fence Rise Lever Ground Plate - Paper Tray No.2 Front Side Fence Stopper Lever - Front Rear Side Fence Plate - Side Fence Plate - Side Fence Right Gear - 16Z Tray Bottom Plate Cover - Paper Tray No.2 Decal - Paper Set Direction No.2 Cover - Tray Left Transport Roller Spring Plate Driven Roller Pulley Collar Screw - M3X8 Cover:Burring:Base Upper Stay - Front Rear Stepper Motor Bracket Timing Belt Spacer PCB Bracket Cover - Left Cover - Rear
Page and Index No. 777777777777777777777711 95313 311 513 13 11 338 13 10 12 15 24 30 9 1 2 17 25 6 18 19 26 22 21 23 4 7 3 11 12 6 9 16 4 12 2 28 15 6 2 3
Part No. B801 5312 B801 5314 B801 6115 B801 6116 B801 6117 B801 6121 B801 6122 B801 6123 B801 6124 B801 6125 B801 6126 B801 6617 B801 6627 B802 1622 C410 7632 G065 2767 G065 2774 G065 2775 G065 2776 G569 2570 G832 1133 G832 1143 G832 1146 G832 1158 G832 1161 G832 1175 G832 1178 G832 1183 G832 1290 G832 2951 G832 3619 G832 7900 G832 7900 G832 8510
Description Harness - Interface Cable Harness - Motor Arm Cover - Front Arm Cover - Right Arm Cover - Rear Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Front L Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Front R Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Right Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Right I Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Rear Le Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Rear Ri Option Heater - 110V9W Option Heater - 230V 9W Stepper Motor Damper Caster - No Stopper Lever - Feed Pressure Lever Link Lever Release Lever Grounding Plate - Vertical Transport Upper Front Stay Upper Rear Stay Connector Bracket Drive Unit Bracket Drum Stay Feed Shaft Grip Shaft Micro Switch Bracket Cover - Upper Front Cover - Rear Right Magnetic Clutch Bracket Screw:Spring Washer:Roung Point:M4x10 Screw:Spring Washer:Round Point:M4x10 Coupling Bracket
Page and Index No. 513 3335555555513 59999355513 13 13 13 13 313 13 5338 26 22 22 24 17 18 19 20 22 21 3 3 27 10 25 36 38 40 18 1 5 7 6 9 12 11 22 1 23 3 23 26 25
B800
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. AA04 3318 AA04 3592 AA04 3593 AA06 0691 AA06 0693 AA06 0900 AA06 1003 AA06 2259 AA06 3920 AA08 0275 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2102 AA08 2143 AA10 0014 AA10 0014 AA16 1163 AB01 0156 AB01 0157 AB01 1218 AB01 1252 AB01 1259 AB01 1500 AB01 7705 AB01 7707 AB01 7729 AB03 0784 AB03 0785 AF01 3006 AF03 0090 AF03 1090 AF03 2090 AH01 2033 AW01 0122 AW01 0128
Description Timing Belt - 40S3M144 Timing Belt - 40S3M297 Timing Belt - 40S3M324 Tension Spring Tension Spring Spring Tension Spring:Side Fence:Rear Spring - Release Compression Spring - 8n Bushing:Pressure:Mm4 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Retaining Ring C - Separate Retaining Ring C - Separate Cushion Gear:Separate:Drive Gear:Separate:Driven Gear - Roller Clutch Gear - 20Z Gear - 32Z Gear - 27Z Gear/pulley - 21Z/27T Gear - 28Z/28T Gear/pulley - 28Z/28T Pulley - 27T Timing Pulley - 27T Bottom Plate Pad Paper Feed Roller:Pickup Paper Feed Roller:Feed Paper Feed Roller:Separate Caster - Stopper Paper Feed Sensor Paper Feed Sensor
Page and Index No. 13 13 13 997793313 913 9913 5999913 13 13 13 13 13 13 799959929 20 21 24 35 11 31 39 11 10 2 21 5 11 17 1 15 32 31 20 16 8 7 25 14 17 19 18 5 15 19 28 9 9 6
Part No. AW02 0145 AW50 0038 AX04 0191 AX20 0289
Description Photo Interrupter: Flat Push Switch:Paper Size Sensor DC Motor 24V Magnetic Clutch - 32z
Page and Index No. 911 11 13 3 9 1 4
B800
Parts Index
Part No. 0314 0080N 0353 0080N 0360 3006N 0360 4010N 0450 3008N 0450 3008N 0450 3012N 0450 4008N 0451 3006N 0451 3008N 0451 3014N 0453 3008N 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 4006Q 0720 0030E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0060E 0805 0088 0805 0088 0805 0089 1105 0192 1105 0487 1105 0488 1105 0511 1105 0511 1105 0516 1105 0516 1105 0522 1204 2529
Description Philips Pan Head Screw - M4x8 Screw:M3x8 Screw - M3X6 Screw:M4x10 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw:3x12 Tapping Screw - M4x8 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw:3x14 Binding Self Tapping Screw:3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw:4x6 Retaining Ring - M3 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M4 Locking Support Harness Clamp HARNESS CLAMP Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Clamp Clamp EDGE SADDLE - LES0510 Switch - V-5F912DN
Page and Index No. 13 - 102 3 - 103 3 - 105 3 - 106 3 - 102 9 - 102 7 - 103 7 - 101 9 - 101 3 - 101 13 - 106 7 - 102 5 - 101 9 - 103 11 - 101 13 - 101 5 - 103 3 - 107 9 - 106 13 - 104 13 - 105 3 - 104 13 - 103 9 - 104 11 - 102 11 - 106 11 - 105 11 - 103 9 - 105 11 - 104 5 - 102 11 - 107 13 - 107
Description
B800
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
B801 LCIT PB3010 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
manuals4you.com
1.EXTERIOR 1 (B801)
101 1 101
101 2 101 4
102 102
102 5
103 6 3 7 8 14 10 16 20 21 104 105 19 17 18 101 9 11 12 13 15
101
101
B801
manuals4you.com
1.EXTERIOR 1 (B801)
Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Part No. B801 1260 B801 1281 G832 2580 G832 2560 G832 2553 B542 2560 AA08 0275 AA06 3920 G832 2583 G832 2584 G832 2582 AA06 2332 G832 2581 G832 2570 B801 1271 B800 6110 B801 6115 B801 6116 B801 6117 G832 8510 G832 7900 Description Cover - Left Cover - Rear Stopper Guide Ass'y Guide Driven Roller Bushing:Pressure:Mm4 Compression Spring - 8n Front Hook Rear Hook Shaft Spring Lever - Open And Close Ground Plate Cover - Right Arm Ass'y Arm Cover - Front Arm Cover - Right Arm Cover - Rear Coupling Bracket Screw:Spring Washer:Round Point:M4x Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 Part No. 0451 3008N 0450 3010N 0720 0030E 0360 3006N 0360 4010N Description Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x10 Retaining Ring - M3 Screw - M3X6 Screw:M4x10 Qty Per Assembly
B801
2.EXTERIOR 2 (B801)
101 2 101 101 101 2 101 3 101 102 1 5 4 101 101 6 101 4 101 101 101
12 7 104 11 8 9 18 13 103 14 103 15 103 103 16 103 103 103 103 17 9
10
B801
manuals4you.com
2.EXTERIOR 2 (B801)
Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Part No. G832 1133 B801 1117 G832 1143 B384 1146 G832 1146 B801 5312 C410 7632 AH01 2033 A507 1096 B223 2860 B801 2793 B801 2795 B801 6121 B801 6122 B801 6123 B801 6124 B801 6126 B801 6125 Description Upper Front Stay Upper Stay - Front Rear Upper Rear Stay Spring Plate Connector Bracket Harness - Interface Cable Caster - No Stopper Caster - Stopper Philips Screw - M5x6 Paper Tray Grip Cover - LCT Front Sheet - Paper Set Direction Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Front L Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Front R Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Right Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Right I Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Rear Ri Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Rear Le Qty Per Assembly 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 Part No. 0454 3006Q 1105 0516 0454 4006Q 0450 3010N Description Tapping Screw - M3x6 Clamp Tapping Screw:4x6 Tapping Screw - M3x10 Qty Per Assembly
B801
3.RIGHT TRAY 1 (B801)

101 13 101 2 3 15 4 101 7 5 103 9 103 A 1 101 12 104 17 16 19 14 101 101 104
6 8
8 106 18 106
102 11 105 10 A 20
B801
manuals4you.com

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 20 Part No. B801 2610 B801 2677 G569 2712 B801 2665 B801 2678 B801 2695 B801 2690 B801 2801 AA00 0713 B801 2681 B801 2680 A232 2987 B801 1123 B801 1135 B801 1128 AA07 0074 B801 1131 AA07 0073 AA16 1163 B801 6617 B801 6627 Description Tandem LCT Unit - Right End Fence Bracket Tension Spring End Fence End Fence Guide Plate Side Fence Ass'y - Right Front Side Fence Ass'y - Right Rear Paper Plate Decal - Side Fence Rear Decal - Grip Inner Cover Right Inner Cover Grip - Right Roller - Paper Tray Guide - Left Lower Tray Stopper - Left Slide Rail Bracket - Front Slide Rail - Middle Slide Rail Bracket - Rear Slide Rail - Right Cushion Option Heater - 110V9W Option Heater - 230V9W Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 Part No. 0454 3006Q 0450 3010N 0451 4008N 0354 0050N 0452 3008N 0453 3006N Description Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x10 Tapping Screw:4x8 Screw - M4X5 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Qty Per Assembly
B801
1 2 3
106 107 105 4 101 5 101 106 6 17 16 9
7 105 4 13 14 15 102 104 11 107
102
12
9 107 8 101
21 20 103
10 7 102
107
11
104
12 102
18 103
19 102
102
B801
manuals4you.com

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Part No. B801 2654 B801 2652 B801 2653 B801 2651 B801 2657 B801 2649 B801 2684 AA04 3600 G569 2710 C410 7626 AB03 0633 AA08 2104 B801 2655 AA00 0714 A421 2543 C410 2681 B801 2638 C410 7534 B801 2624 B801 2679 AA14 3823 Description Lock Lever -coupling Bracket Sheet Base Coupling Bracket Guide Roller Tandem Tray Stay - Right Tray Stay Shaft - Right Timing Belt Holder Timing Belt - 60S3M378 Timing Pulley - Tray Bottom Plate Gear Damper - 18Z Timing Pulley - Tray Bottom Plate Bushing - 8x12x7 Tray Bottom Plate Decal - Right Paper Set Friction Pad Shaft - Tray Bottom Plate Rise Supporting Plate:Side Plate:Large C Oil Damper Lock Tray Arm Tray Ground Plate - Right Tapping Screw Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 Part No. 0454 3006Q 0450 3010N 0451 3008N 0623 0140E 0720 0040E 0720 0030E 0720 0060E Description Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x10 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Spring Pin - 3x14mm Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M3 Retaining Ring - M6 Qty Per Assembly
B801
5.LEFT TRAY (B801)

1 103 2 9 3 4 5 15 16 6 103 11 12 7 17 16 8 29 20 106 101 22 103 23 24 105 104 107 25 21 101 26 103 28 102 27 21 108 30 29 6 103 19 103 32 103 10
106 13 103 14 18 103
31 108
B801
10
manuals4you.com
5.LEFT TRAY (B801)

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 Part No. 0454 3006Q 0451 3008N 0450 3010N 0360 3010N 0711 0030N 0720 0040E 0805 0089 0720 0030E Description Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x10 Screw:M3x10 Hexagonal Nut:M3 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M3 Qty Per Assembly B801 2711 Tandem LCT Unit - Left B801 2742 Timing Belt Cover AA00 0715 Decal - Left Paper Set B801 2758 Side Fence - Left Front AA00 0712 Decal - Caution Inkhet Paper G569 2761 Rivet - 31j5 B801 2753 Side Fence - Left Rear AA00 0713 Decal - Side Fence Rear B801 2735 Timing Belt Bracket AB03 3085 Timing Pulley - 15T B801 2748 Cover:Positioning Sensor B801 2744 Back Fence Slider AA04 3599 Timing Belt - 60S3M588 B801 2746 Timing Belt Slider Stopper AW02 0145 Photo Interrupter: Flat AW02 0162 Photo Interrupter: Paper Volume Sensor A232 2987 Roller - Paper Tray B801 2745 Back Fence B801 2756 Paper Volume Sensor Bracket B801 2730 Shaft - Slider Drive AA08 2101 Bushing - 6x10x6 B801 2727 Tray Cover Plate- Right B801 2726 Tray Plate - Right B801 2728 Tray Plate Bracket - Right AB03 0787 Timing Pulley - 15T B801 2811 Ground Plate - Cover Timing Belt B801 2812 Ground Plate - Joint Drive B801 2762 Lever Lock Bracket B801 2765 Lever Cap B801 2764 Coupling Lever B801 2763 Lock Lever Shaft B801 5311 Harness - Tandem Tray
B801
11

1 41 2 2 3 103 6 7 102 101 9 42
101
8 101 4 104 11 12 5 101 13 101 101 101 14 15 20 19 18 17 16 29 16 27 28 40 105 10 105 38 21 31 39 22 30 32 10 105 10 106 23 24 25 26 34 35 37 36 34 105 33 101 101
10
B801
12
manuals4you.com

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 Part No. B801 2512 AW02 0145 B223 2773 B223 2778 AW01 0128 B082 2781 AW01 0122 B223 2776 B223 2780 AA08 2143 B238 2569 B223 2772 B223 2786 AF03 0090 AB01 1252 AA10 0014 B223 2829 AF03 1090 AB01 1218 AA08 2101 B223 2765 B223 2761 AA06 0691 G065 2767 B223 2764 B223 2762 AF03 2090 B004 2783 B223 2810 AB01 0157 AB01 0156 B223 2815 B223 2819 5206 2686 G065 2776 Description Paper Feed Unit:Ass'y Photo Interrupter: Flat Harness - Paper Feed Unit Sensor Bracket Paper Feed Sensor Bracket:Sensor Paper Feed Sensor Stay DC Solenoid 24v Bushing - 6x10x6 Transport Roller Harness Sheet Ground Plate - Front Paper Feed Roller:Pickup Gear - 20Z Retaining Ring C - Separate Feed Guide Paper Feed Roller:Feed Gear - Roller Clutch Bushing - 6x10x6 Ground Plate - Feed Pickup Arm Tension Spring Lever - Feed Gear-24z Feed Shaft Paper Feed Roller:Separate Torque Limiter Separate Driven Shaft Gear:Separate:Driven Gear:Separate:Drive Separate Drive Shaft Gear - 22Z Snap Ring Release Lever Qty Per Assembly 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 Part No. AA06 2259 G065 2775 AA06 0693 G065 2774 B223 2835 B801 2821 B801 2822 Description Spring - Release Link Lever Tension Spring Pressure Lever Guide Plate Feeler - Paper End Sensor Bracket - Paper End Sensor Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
101 102 103 104 105 106
0451 3006N 0450 3008N 1105 0511 0720 0040E 0805 0089 0454 3006Q
Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Tapping Screw - M3x6
B801
13

10 106 106 104 105
1 101 101 2 102 3 102 6 5 101 101 101 3
101 8 101 103 4 101 7
B801
14
manuals4you.com

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Part No. B801 1140 C410 5710 B600 1082 B801 5310 B801 5111 B801 1152 B600 1085 B801 5313 AW50 0023 B801 1059 Description Lock:Tray Bracket Ass'y - Right DC Motor 24V Holder:Paper Tray Harness - Main PCB:Cebu:Ass'y Main Board Bracket Bracket:Drawer:Arabia Harness - Tandem Tray Push Switch Cover:Burring:Base Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 Part No. 0454 3006Q 0451 3030N 1105 0192 1105 0516 1105 0508 1105 0487 Description Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw:3x30 Locking Support Clamp Harness Clamp - LWS-0711 Harness Clamp Qty Per Assembly
B801
15

10 11 37 101 101 2 7 105 102 103 13 104 10 12 37
104
5 101 3 4
105
104
38
101
101 17 16 19 18 16
101
101
106
14
15
20 101
18 27 2 101 18 29
28
104 30 101
36 33 34 35
105
21
22
104
106
104
27 26 101 101 108 101
104
32 101
107
101 101 23 25 24
31
B801
16
manuals4you.com

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 Part No. AA10 0014 AA08 2101 G832 3619 AX20 0289 AA08 2102 G832 1158 AB01 1500 AB01 1259 G832 1161 B223 1186 G832 1178 G832 1175 G832 1183 AB01 7708 B801 1078 AA04 3591 AB01 7707 B801 1184 AB01 7704 AB03 0785 B801 1077 AB03 0787 B154 4521 B801 5314 B802 1622 B801 1180 AA04 3318 AB01 7705 AB03 0786 AA08 2104 B801 1115 AB01 7709 B801 1113 G569 2901 B801 1118 Description Retaining Ring C - Separate Bushing - 6x10x6 Magnetic Clutch Bracket Magnetic Clutch - 32z Bushing - 6x10x6 Drive Unit Bracket Gear - 27Z Gear - 32Z Drum Stay Drive Joint Grip Shaft Feed Shaft Micro Switch Bracket Gear - 43Z Timing Belt Spacer Timing Belt - 40S3M285 Gear - 28Z/28T Timing Belt Spacer Gear/pulley - 30Z/27T Timing Pulley - 27T Joint:Drive Shaft Timing Pulley - 15T Stepper Motor:Mm56:Ass'y Harness - Motor Stepper Motor Damper Stepper Motor Bracket Timing Belt - 40S3M144 Gear/pulley - 21Z/27T Timing Pulley - 22T Bushing - 8x12x7 Joint Bracket Gear/pulley - 46Z/15T Motor Bracket Spring - Lift Motor Joint Shaft Qty Per Assembly 2 5 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 36 37 38 Part No. B801 1116 AW02 0145 B801 1079 Description Joint Photo Interrupter: Flat Ground Plate - Slide Rail Qty Per Assembly 1 5 1
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108
0454 3006Q 0451 3014N 1204 2529 0720 0040E 0720 0060E 0805 0088 0314 0080N 1105 0516
Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw:3x14 Switch - V-5F912DN Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M6 Philips Pan Head Screw - M4x8 Clamp
B801
17
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
B801 LCIT PB3010 PARTS INDEX
manuals4you.com
Parts Index
Part No. B801 1059 B801 1077 B801 1078 B801 1079 B801 1113 B801 1115 B801 1116 B801 1117 B801 1118 B801 1123 B801 1128 B801 1131 B801 1135 B801 1140 B801 1152 B801 1180 B801 1184 B801 1260 B801 1271 B801 1281 B801 2512 B801 2610 B801 2624 B801 2638 B801 2649 B801 2651 B801 2652 B801 2653 B801 2654 B801 2655 B801 2657 B801 2665 B801 2677 B801 2678 B801 2679 Description Cover: Burring: Base Joint: Drive Shaft Timing Belt Spacer Ground Plate - Slide Rail Motor Bracket Joint Bracket Joint Upper Stay - Front Rear Joint Shaft Guide - Left Lower Slide Rail Bracket - Front Slide Rail Bracket - Rear Tray Stopper - Left Lock:Tray Bracket Ass'y - Right Main Board Bracket Stepper Motor Bracket Timing Belt Spacer Cover - Left Cover - Right Cover - Rear Paper Feed Unit:Ass'y Tandem LCT Unit - Right Lock Tray Arm Supporting Plate:Side Plate:Large C Tray Stay Shaft - Right Guide Roller -coupling Bracket Sheet Base Coupling Bracket Lock Lever Tray Bottom Plate Tandem Tray Stay - Right End Fence End Fence Bracket End Fence Guide Plate Tray Ground Plate - Right Page and Index No. 15 17 17 17 17 17 17 517 777715 15 17 17 33313 7999999999777910 21 15 38 33 31 36 2 35 13 15 17 14 1 6 26 18 1 15 2 1 1 19 17 6 4 2 3 1 13 5 4 2 5 20 Part No. B801 2680 B801 2681 B801 2684 B801 2690 B801 2695 B801 2711 B801 2726 B801 2727 B801 2728 B801 2730 B801 2735 B801 2742 B801 2744 B801 2745 B801 2746 B801 2748 B801 2753 B801 2756 B801 2758 B801 2762 B801 2763 B801 2764 B801 2765 B801 2793 B801 2795 B801 2801 B801 2811 B801 2812 B801 2821 B801 2822 B801 5111 B801 5310 B801 5311 B801 5312 B801 5313 Description Inner Cover Grip - Right Decal - Grip Inner Cover Right Timing Belt Holder Side Fence Ass'y - Right Rear Side Fence Ass'y - Right Front Tandem LCT Unit - Left Tray Plate - Right Tray Cover Plate- Right Tray Plate Bracket - Right Shaft - Slider Drive Timing Belt Bracket Timing Belt Cover Back Fence Slider Back Fence Timing Belt Slider Stopper Cover: Positioning Sensor Side Fence - Left Rear Paper Volume Sensor Bracket Side Fence - Left Front Lever Lock Bracket Lock Lever Shaft Coupling Lever Lever Cap Cover - LCT Front Sheet - Paper Set Direction Paper Plate Ground Plate - Cover Timing Belt Ground Plate - Joint Drive Feeler - Paper End Sensor Bracket - Paper End Sensor PCB:Cebu:Ass'y Harness - Main Harness - Tandem Tray Harness - Interface Cable Harness - Tandem Tray Page and Index No. 7797711 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 55711 11 13 13 15 15 11 515 11 10 7 7 6 1 23 22 24 20 9 2 12 18 14 11 7 19 4 28 31 30 29 11 12 8 26 27 41 42 5 4 32 6 8
B801
Parts Index
Part No. B801 5314 B801 6115 B801 6116 B801 6117 B801 6121 B801 6122 B801 6123 B801 6124 B801 6125 B801 6126 B801 6617 B801 6627
Description Harness - Motor Arm Cover - Front Arm Cover - Right Arm Cover - Rear Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Front L Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Front R Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Right Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Right I Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Rear Le Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Rear Ri Option Heater - 110V9W Option Heater - 230V9W
Page and Index No. 17 3335555557724 17 18 19 13 14 15 16 18 17 20 20
Part No. A232 2987 A232 2987 A421 2543 A507 1096 B004 2783 B082 2781 B154 4521 B223 1186 B223 2761 B223 2762 B223 2764 B223 2765 B223 2772 B223 2773 B223 2776 B223 2778 B223 2780 B223 2786 B223 2810 B223 2815 B223 2819 B223 2829 B223 2835 B223 2860 B238 2569 B384 1146 B542 2560 B600 1082 B600 1085 B800 6110 B802 1622 C410 2681 C410 5710 C410 7534 C410 7626
Description Roller - Paper Tray Roller - Paper Tray Friction Pad Philips Screw - M5x6 Torque Limiter Bracket: Sensor Stepper Motor:Mm56:Ass'y Drive Joint Pickup Arm Feed Shaft Gear-24z Ground Plate - Feed Harness Sheet Harness - Paper Feed Unit Stay Sensor Bracket DC Solenoid 24v Ground Plate - Front Separate Driven Shaft Separate Drive Shaft Gear - 22Z Feed Guide Guide Plate Paper Tray Grip Transport Roller Spring Plate Driven Roller Holder:Paper Tray Bracket:Drawer: Arabia Arm Ass'y Stepper Motor Damper Shaft - Tray Bottom Plate Rise DC Motor 24V Oil Damper Gear Damper - 18Z
Page and Index No. 711 9513 13 17 17 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 513 5315 15 317 915 9912 17 15 9 28 6 23 10 22 26 25 21 12 3 8 4 9 13 29 32 33 17 40 10 11 4 6 3 7 16 25 16 2 18 10
B801
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. C410 7632 G065 2767 G065 2774 G065 2775 G065 2776 G569 2710 G569 2712 G569 2761 G569 2901 G832 1133 G832 1143 G832 1146 G832 1158 G832 1161 G832 1175 G832 1178 G832 1183 G832 2553 G832 2560 G832 2570 G832 2580 G832 2581 G832 2582 G832 2583 G832 2584 G832 3619 G832 7900 G832 8510
Description Caster - No Stopper Lever - Feed Pressure Lever Link Lever Release Lever Timing Pulley - Tray Bottom Plate Tension Spring Rivet - 31j5 Spring - Lift Motor Upper Front Stay Upper Rear Stay Connector Bracket Drive Unit Bracket Drum Stay Feed Shaft Grip Shaft Micro Switch Bracket Guide Guide Ass'y Ground Plate Stopper Lever - Open And Close Shaft Front Hook Rear Hook Magnetic Clutch Bracket Screw:Spring Washer:Round Point:M4x Coupling Bracket
Page and Index No. 513 13 13 13 9711 17 55517 17 17 17 17 3333333317 337 24 39 37 35 9 3 6 34 1 3 5 6 9 12 11 13 5 4 14 3 13 11 9 10 3 21 20
Part No. AA00 0712 AA00 0713 AA00 0713 AA00 0714 AA00 0715 AA04 3318 AA04 3591 AA04 3599 AA04 3600 AA06 0691 AA06 0693 AA06 2259 AA06 2332 AA06 3920 AA07 0073 AA07 0074 AA08 0275 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2102 AA08 2104 AA08 2104 AA08 2143 AA10 0014 AA10 0014 AA14 3823 AA16 1163 AB01 0156 AB01 0157 AB01 1218 AB01 1252 AB01 1259 AB01 1500 AB01 7704
Description Decal - Caution Inkhet Paper Decal - Side Fence Rear Decal - Side Fence Rear Decal - Right Paper Set Decal - Left Paper Set Timing Belt - 40S3M144 Timing Belt - 40S3M285 Timing Belt - 60S3M588 Timing Belt - 60S3M378 Tension Spring Tension Spring Spring - Release Spring Compression Spring - 8n Slide Rail - Right Slide Rail - Middle Bushing:Pressure:Mm4 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 8x12x7 Bushing - 8x12x7 Bushing - 6x10x6 Retaining Ring C - Separate Retaining Ring C - Separate Tapping Screw Cushion Gear:Separate:Drive Gear:Separate:Driven Gear - Roller Clutch Gear - 20Z Gear - 32Z Gear - 27Z Gear/pulley - 30Z/27T
Page and Index No. 11 11 7911 17 17 11 913 13 13 3377313 17 11 17 917 13 17 13 9713 13 13 13 17 17 17 5 8 9 14 3 27 16 13 8 23 38 36 12 8 18 16 7 20 2 21 5 12 30 10 1 16 21 19 31 30 19 15 8 7 19
B801
Parts Index
Part No. AB01 7705 AB01 7707 AB01 7708 AB01 7709 AB03 0633 AB03 0785 AB03 0786 AB03 0787 AB03 0787 AB03 3085 AF03 0090 AF03 1090 AF03 2090 AH01 2033 AW01 0122 AW01 0128 AW02 0145 AW02 0145 AW02 0145 AW02 0162 AW50 0023 AX20 0289
Description Gear/pulley - 21Z/27T Gear - 28Z/28T Gear - 43Z Gear/pulley - 46Z/15T Timing Pulley - Tray Bottom Plate Timing Pulley - 27T Timing Pulley - 22T Timing Pulley - 15T Timing Pulley - 15T Timing Pulley - 15T Paper Feed Roller:Pickup Paper Feed Roller:Feed Paper Feed Roller:Separate Caster - Stopper Paper Feed Sensor Paper Feed Sensor Photo Interrupter: Flat Photo Interrupter: Flat Photo Interrupter: Flat Photo Interrupter: Paper Volume Sensor Push Switch Magnetic Clutch - 32z
Page and Index No. 17 17 17 17 917 17 11 17 11 13 13 13 513 13 17 11 13 11 15 17 28 17 14 32 11 20 29 25 22 10 14 18 27 8 7 5 37 15 2 16 9 4
Part No. 0314 0080N 0354 0050N 0360 3006N 0360 3010N 0360 4010N 0450 3008N 0450 3010N 0450 3010N 0450 3010N 0450 3010N 0450 3010N 0451 3006N 0451 3008N 0451 3008N 0451 3008N 0451 3014N 0451 3030N 0451 4008N 0452 3008N 0453 3006N 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 4006Q 0623 0140E 0711 0030N 0720 0030E 0720 0030E 0720 0030E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E
Description Philips Pan Head Screw - M4x8 Screw - M4X5 Screw - M3X6 Screw:M3x10 Screw:M4x10 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x10 Tapping Screw - M3x10 Tapping Screw - M3x10 Tapping Screw - M3x10 Tapping Screw - M3x10 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw:3x14 Tapping Screw:3x30 Tapping Screw:4x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw:4x6 Spring Pin - 3x14mm Hexagonal Nut:M3 Retaining Ring - M3 Retaining Ring - M3 Retaining Ring - M3 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4
Page and Index No. 17 - 107 7 - 104 3 - 104 11 - 104 3 - 105 13 - 102 9 - 102 3 - 102 11 - 103 5 - 104 7 - 102 13 - 101 11 - 102 9 - 103 3 - 101 17 - 102 15 - 102 7 - 103 7 - 105 7 - 106 17 - 101 15 - 101 13 - 106 5 - 101 11 - 101 9 - 101 7 - 101 5 - 103 9 - 104 11 - 105 3 - 103 9 - 106 11 - 108 17 - 104 13 - 104
B801
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0060E 0720 0060E 0805 0088 0805 0089 0805 0089 1105 0192 1105 0487 1105 0508 1105 0511 1105 0516 1105 0516 1105 0516 1204 2529
Description Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Locking Support Harness Clamp Harness Clamp - LWS-0711 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Clamp Clamp Clamp Switch - V-5F912DN
Page and Index No. 9 - 105 11 - 106 9 - 107 17 - 105 17 - 106 13 - 105 11 - 107 15 - 103 15 - 106 15 - 105 13 - 103 15 - 104 5 - 102 17 - 108 17 - 103
Description
B801
Parts Index
AUTO REVERSE DOCUMENT FEEDER DF3010 B802 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
1.Exterior (B802)
1 11 101 8 101 14 15 7 101 9 10 19 19 17 18 2 3 12 13
16
22 23 21 23 24
20
102
102 26 6 102 102 25
B802
1.Exterior (B802)
Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Part No. B652 2379 A859 7211 A548 6121 B802 4411 B802 6013 5215 2621 B802 4712 B802 4511 B802 2551 B802 2581 B802 2526 B789 6031 B802 2522 B802 2536 B802 2532 B802 6011 B802 2571 A858 4676 A858 4671 GW01 0007 B802 2541 B802 5750 AW01 0129 B802 2562 B802 2512 AG07 0513 Description Decal:Caution:Original:5-Lang Stepped Screw Screw - M4 Cover:Front Decal:Display:Misfeed Removal:P1 Snap Ring - M6 Sound Proofing Material:Cover:Rear Cover:Rear Stay:Original Table:Contact Point Stopper:Original Table Side Fence Decal - Original Table Original Table:Face Front Slider:Side Fence Spring Plate:Side Fence Decal:Side Fence Spring Plate:0.2t Spring Plate - Pressure Roller Roller Driven Photo Refiection Sensor:Exit Guide: Original Insert Harness: Original Table Photo Reflection Sensor Plate: Contact Point Original Table Magnet Catch Qty Per Assembly 1 2 2 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 4 4 1 1 3 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 0451 3006N Tapping Screw - 3x6 0450 3008N Tapping Screw - M3x8
B802
manuals4you.com
2.Original Feed 1 (B802)

16
1 2 3 101
104
102 15
103
17 4 18 18 18
16
103
101
17 20 20 21 7 22 19 11 8 6 10 9
102 12
13 14
23
justmanuals.c
om
B802

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Part No. B802 4121 B802 4152 B802 6012 B652 1807 B802 4711 B802 4154 B802 4155 B802 4158 AA06 2262 B802 4241 B802 4231 B802 4162 AA14 3789 AA14 3788 B802 4252 B802 5840 AW02 0154 AW02 0155 GW01 0007 AW01 0091 GW02 0020 B802 4263 GA14 3003 Description Cover:Paper Feed Grip:Cover Decal:Misfeed Removal:Original Decal:Size:Original Sound Proofing Material Hook:Grip:Cover:Front Hook:Grip:Cover:Inner Back Shaft:Grip:Cover Tension Spring Bracket:Cover:Front Bracket:Cover:Inner Back Stopper:Cover Shaft:Cleaner Pin:Guide Plate:Paper Feed Bracket:Paper Size Sensor Harness:Paper Feed Photo Interrupter: Entrance Photo Interrupter: Paper Size Sensor Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit Photo Reflection Sensor Photo Interrupter: Lg248nl1 Feeler:Original Sensor Screw:Mm5:2.5MM Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 4 2 5 1 3 Index No. 101 102 103 104 Part No. 0451 3010N 0450 3008N 0451 3006N 1105 0516 Description Tapping Screw:3x10 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Clamp Qty Per Assembly
B802
manuals4you.com

101 107 102 38 101 39 39 40 41 34 36 103 34 35 36 32 30
37
26 33 32 22 21 23 21 16 15 14 12 3 2 24 25 17 108 27 106
28
103
31 105 104 21 104
21
103
17
18
19
20
19
11 15 13 2 3 4
7 2 5 6
8 1
10
29
B802

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 Part No. B802 4311 5447 2681 AA08 2101 B802 4357 B802 4358 B802 4361 B387 2163 B802 4372 AA04 3328 B802 4352 B802 4355 B802 4359 A859 2112 B387 2113 B386 3320 B802 4333 B802 4326 AA08 2104 AA13 2013 AA06 3435 A628 1225 B789 2114 A806 1295 B802 4322 AA06 6376 B802 4323 B802 4325 B802 4328 B802 4228 B802 4227 B802 4229 B802 4224 B802 4222 AA08 0288 B802 4295 Description Paper Feed:Unit Snap Ring Bushing - 6x10x6 Gear:Z19 Timing Pulley:Gear:T19/Z22 Roller:Pickup Pickup Collar Timing Pulley:T21 Timing Belt:40S2M130 Shaft:Pickup Bracket:Pickup Cushion:Pickup Drive Shaft - Paper Feed Belt Roller - Paper Feed Belt Spring:Belt:Paper Feed:8n Bracket:Paper Feed Belt Collar:Shaft Bushing - 8x12x7 Spacer Compression Spring: Paper Feed: Joint Bushing - 8mm Paper Feed Belt Roller Feed Belt Shaft:Drive Torsion Spring:Pickup:Pressure Holder Lever:Pickup:Release Gear:Z20 Drum Stay:Upper:Front Drum Stay:Upper:Inner Back Sheet:Guide:Upper Spring Plate:Upper Guide:Upper Bushing:Dia6 Driven Roller:Pull Out Qty Per Assembly 1 14 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 Index No. 36 37 38 39 40 41 Part No. AA06 3441 B802 4282 B802 4292 G052 4892 B802 4265 B802 4225 Description Compression Spring Bracket: Driven Roller: Pull Out Ground Plate: Driven Roller :Pull Out Discharge Brush :Exit: Small Ground Plate Sheet: Driven Roller: Pull Out Qty Per Assembly 2 1 1 5 1 1
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108
0450 3008N 0451 3006N 0720 0040E 0720 0060E 0805 0088 0632 0100G 1105 0516 0741 3506
Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M6 Pin - 2x10mm Clamp Ball Bearing - 6x12x4 Mm
B802
manuals4you.com

14 12 11 10 8 17 21 16 19 5 2 1 101 102 4 6 7 3 103 22 23 106 27 20 105 25 105 24 106 13 104 15 10 105 18
26
101
8 9
B802

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Part No. B802 1773 B802 1777 B312 1615 B802 1772 AA14 3520 B802 5790 B802 3811 5447 2681 AA14 3823 AA08 2101 A859 2241 A294 6700 B802 2252 B802 2225 B802 2253 B802 2222 B802 6014 A422 1063 B802 2285 B802 2231 B802 2227 A458 2251 B802 2111 AA08 0265 AA06 0843 B802 2115 AA06 3919 Description Bracket:Shaft:Side Plate:Front Knob:Misfeed Removal:T27 Tension Roller Timing Belt:40S3M189 Shoulder Screw - M3 Harness:Solenoid DC Solenoid:24V Snap Ring Tapping Screw Bushing - 6x10x6 Reverse Roller Torque Limiter - 53mnxm Shaft:Roller:Reverse Drum Stay:Guide:Reverse Gear:Z20 Guide:Reverse:Open And Close Decal:Display:Misfeed Removal:P2 Seal - 0.7x13x20 Roller:Reverse Exit:Driven Shaft:Reverse:Drive:Press Fit Guide:Reverse:Open And Close:Behind Cushion - Bin Solenoid Lever Stopper Pawl:Paper Feed Bushing:6x8x5 Tension Spring Lever:Stopper Pawl Spring:Pressure Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 14 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 4 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 Part No. 0451 3006N 0353 0040N 0450 3008N 0632 0120G 0720 0040E 0805 0089 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Screw - M3X4 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Parallel Pin - 2x12 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Qty Per Assembly
B802
manuals4you.com
5.Original Transfer 1 (B802)
16 18 19 2 1 3 101 17
20
102 5 4 6 7 8
24 22 23 22 4 16 21 12 13 14 101 101 101
101 9 10 11 101 103 4
15
B802
10

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Part No. B802 3412 B802 3413 B802 3414 B802 3471 B802 3592 B802 3426 B802 3427 B802 3422 B802 3511 AA14 3569 B802 3553 B802 3566 B802 3567 B802 3568 B802 3561 A422 1063 B802 2291 GW01 0007 B802 3851 B802 3755 B802 3711 B789 3712 B789 3491 B714 5006 Description Guide:Scanning:Entrance:Lower Sheet:Roller:Scanning:Entrance Sheet:Scanning:Entrance Roller:Scanning:Driven Shaft:Driven:Exit Plate:Entrance:Pressure:Auxiliary Spring Plate:Scanning:Entrance:Driven Stay:Scanning:Entrance:Lower Guide Plate:Scanning Screw Guide:Scanning:Exit:Lower Plate:Exit:Pressure:Auxiliary Spring Plate:Scanning:Exit:Driven:Upper Spring Plate:Scanning:Exit:Driven:Lower Stay:Scanning:Exit:Lower Seal - 0.7x13x20 Stopper:Guide:Reverse Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit Bracket: Sensor: Scanning:Exit Discharge Brush: Reverse Spring Plate Exit Driven Roller Scanning Driven Shaft DC Solenoid: Transmited Rubber Stamp Qty Per Assembly 1 4 1 8 4 2 6 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 5 1 4 1 1 2 4 2 1 Index No. 101 102 103 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 0450 3008N Tapping Screw - M3x8 0453 3006N Tapping Screw - M3x6 0451 3006N Tapping Screw - 3x6
B802
11
manuals4you.com

101 3 2 4 9 10 108 101 102 101 105 14 103
101
108
5 7 8 101 6 5 101
105 101
15 102
101 11 106 104 107 12 106 104
101
13 4
101
B802
12

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Part No. B802 5810 B802 3381 B802 3147 G052 4892 B802 3145 GW01 0007 B802 3833 B802 3832 B802 3231 B802 3251 B802 3234 B802 3252 A697 2102 B802 3233 5447 2681 Description Harness:Registration Sensor Bracket:Guide:Paper Feed:Lower Ground Plate:Roller:Scanning Discharge Brush:Exit:Small Spring Plate Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit Shielding Plate: Sensor Bracket: Registration Sensor Roller: Scanning: Entrance Roller: Scanning: Exit Timing Pulley:T33/T24 Timing Pulley:T33 Damper - Junction Gate Solenoid Timing Pulley:T33 Snap Ring Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 5 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 14 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 Part No. 0451 3006N 0450 3008N 0720 0040E 0741 3506 0740 3506 0632 0100G 1105 0514 1105 0511 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Retaining Ring - M4 Ball Bearing - 6x12x4 Mm Ball Bearing - 6x12x4 Mm Pin - 2x10mm Edge Saddle - Eds-0607l Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Qty Per Assembly
B802
13
manuals4you.com

101
15 14 16
20 17 18 19 21 22 23 13
103
105 14 101 2 18 25 16 4 6 7 104 9 10 6 8 106 26
101 6
1 3
106
24
102
27
11
12
13 101
B802
14

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Part No. B238 4483 B802 1755 B802 1762 AA06 0842 AA04 3321 5447 2681 B802 1767 B802 3312 AA06 2260 B802 3631 B802 3615 G020 1160 AA08 2101 AA14 3790 B802 3351 A422 1063 B802 3211 5215 2621 B802 6015 B802 3651 B802 3311 B802 3612 B802 3611 B802 3332 B802 3756 B802 3751 B802 3331 Description Screw Bracket: Tension Timing Pulley:T31 Tension Spring Timing Belt:40S1.5M378 Snap Ring Pulley:Idler:DIA16 Timing Pulley:T26 Tension Spring Link: Solenoid Lever: Exchange Pawl: Reverse Snap Ring Bushing - 6x10x6 Screw: CONTACT POINT Guide: Paper Feed: Lower Seal - 0.7x13x20 Roller :Pull Out Snap Ring - M6 Decal: Display: Misfeed Removal:P3 Guide :Exit: Upper Roller: Exit Cushion: Exchange Pawl Exchange Pawl: Reverse Timing Pulley:T23 Discharge Brush: Exit Stay: Reverse Roller: Reverse Qty Per Assembly 2 2 2 4 1 14 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 4 1 5 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 Part No. 0451 3006N 0720 0040E 0720 0060E 0720 0030E 0742 3808 0741 3506 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M3 Ball Bearing - 8x16x5 Ball Bearing - 6x12x4 Mm Qty Per Assembly
B802
15
manuals4you.com
8.Drive Section 1 (B802)
103 101 101 4 104 2 1 3 6 7 12 14 13 102 101 15 5
22
12
8 104 10 101 103 101 101 101 11
16 17 13 12
18
19
20
21
21
B802
16

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Part No. B802 1812 AA10 1021 B802 1815 B044 1825 J503 3116 G570 1225 B802 1985 GW02 0020 AA04 3323 B802 1925 B700 5805 AA08 2101 5447 2681 B802 1951 B351 1791 B351 1781 B802 1931 B802 1942 5206 2686 B802 1943 A680 2261 B802 1941 Description Stepper Motor:Dc4.08v 2.4w Rubber Bushing - 6 45hs Bracket: Reverse: Drive Collar Timing Belt:40S2M128 Sensor Shielding Plate Bracket: Sensor: Pickup Photo Interrupter:Lg248nl1 Timing Belt:40S2M120 Bracket: Pickup: Drive Stepper Motor:Pm:S2m:T15:Ass'y Bushing - 6x10x6 Snap Ring Cam: Stopper Pawl Gear - 25Z Gear - 18Z Timing Pulley:T33-Z17 Stopper: Cam: Pickup Snap Ring Feeler :Cam: Pickup Gear - 24Z Cam: Pickup Qty Per Assembly 1 4 1 4 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 11 14 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 Part No. 0451 3006N 0353 0060N 1105 0511 1105 0516 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Bind Screw - M3x6 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Clamp Qty Per Assembly
B802
17
manuals4you.com
1 2 3 4 105 21 104
103 6 103 7
104
103
13
101
12 104 10 102 101 103 101 101 102 11 14 16
15 104 17 101 18 19 20
101
103
103
12
B802
18

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Part No. B802 1671 B802 1661 B802 1642 B802 1643 B802 1651 B802 1631 B802 1632 B802 1633 AA04 3320 B802 1715 B802 1731 AA06 0842 B802 1736 B802 1721 B802 1681 B802 1741 AA04 3322 B802 1762 B238 4483 B802 1755 B802 1641 Description Gear:Z17 Gear:Z21/Z23 Gear:Z37 Gear:Z26 Gear:Z25 Timing Pulley:T31 Gear:Z18 Gear:Z19 Timing Belt:40S1.5M150 Bracket: Stepper Motor Stay: Motor: Scanning Tension Spring Bracket: Protect: Drive Stepper Motor:DC1.76V 3.7W Gear:Z18 Timing Pulley:T31/T61 Timing Belt:40S1.5M157.5 Timing Pulley:T31 Screw Bracket: Tension Gear:Z18 Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 Part No. 0451 3006N 0453 4006N 0720 0040E 0741 3506 1105 0511 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Binding Self Tapping Screw:4x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Ball Bearing - 6x12x4 Mm Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Qty Per Assembly
B802
19
manuals4you.com
10.Electrical Sectio (B802)

4 5 6
101
104
101 101 105 102 102 2 12 13 18 106 17 102 101 102 102 101 15 16 103 19 14 20 107 102 11
101 24 101
101 10 22 23
21 103
B802
20
10.Electrical Sectio (B802)

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Part No. B802 5710 B802 1231 B802 5780 B802 5730 B802 5800 B802 5770 B802 5740 B802 5830 B802 5760 B802 5820 B802 5500 B802 1246 GW02 0020 B802 1236 B703 1165 B802 1612 AA14 3802 B802 1624 B802 1616 AA06 0842 B802 1621 B387 1951 B789 1942 B802 1412 Description Harness: Interface Bracket: PCB: Right Harness: Lift_up Harness: Paper Feed Harness: Solenoid Harness :Motor: Reverse Harness: Original Table Harness: Guide Harness: Motor: Paper Feed Harness: Motor: Pick Up PCB: Main Bracket: On Off Detector Photo Interrupter:Lg248nl1 Bracket: PCB: Left Timing Belt:B40S2M390 Bracket: Motor Screw:6X1.7 Bracket: Coupling Stay: Motor Tension Spring Stepper Motor:DC24V 4.8W Spring - Paper Size Sensor Paper Size Sensor Feeler Plate: Harness: Guide Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 Part No. 0451 3006N 0450 3008N 0453 4006N 1105 0511 1105 0522 1105 0487 1105 0514 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Binding Self Tapping Screw:4x6 Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Edge Saddle - Les0510 Harness Clamp Edge Saddle - Eds-0607l Qty Per Assembly
B802
21
manuals4you.com
11.Frame Section (B802)
101 2 101 1
101 8
101
102 101 101 10 9
3 101 4 4 6 11 7 14 5
13
12
13
B802
22

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Part No. B802 1121 B802 1131 B802 1141 B802 4631 B802 4713 B802 4714 AA14 3790 B802 1311 B802 1351 A859 1841 B802 4611 B802 4621 B477 2715 AA14 3520 Description Positioning Plate: Front Positioning Plate: Rear Cover: Paper Feed Sensor Cushion: Left Cushion: Left Cushion: Inner Back Screw: Contact Point Hinge: Left Hinge: Right Filter - DF Open Sensor Pressure Plate Drum Stay: Pressure Plate Pressure Plate Tape Shoulder Screw - M3 Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 3 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 Index No. 101 102 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 0451 3006N Tapping Screw - 3x6 0454 3006Q Tapping Screw - M3x6
B802
23
manuals4you.com
12.Decals and Documents (B802)
1
B5 B4 A5 B5 A5 A4
5
10 51/2 81/2 11 8
>PS<
6
P
1 1 2
A4 A3
P1
>ABS<
P1 3 P1
2 4
7
P2
P3
3
R
>ABS<
P3
>ABS<
Face up Face haut Bild oben Faccia in su Boca arriba
>ABS<
8
P3
PUSH
4
>ABS<
>ABS<
B802
24

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Part No. B652 1807 B652 2379 B789 6031 B802 6011 B802 6012 B802 6013 B802 6014 B802 6015 Description Decal:Size:Original Decal:Caution:Original:5-lang Decal - Original Table Decal:Side Fence Decal:Misfeed Removal:Original Decal:Display:Misfeed Removal:P1 Decal:Display:Misfeed Removal:P2 Decal:Display:Misfeed Removal:P3 Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly
B802
25
manuals4you.com
AUTO REVERSE DOCUMENT FEEDER DF3010 B802 PARTS INDEX
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
Parts Index
Part No. B802 1121 B802 1131 B802 1141 B802 1231 B802 1236 B802 1246 B802 1311 B802 1351 B802 1412 B802 1612 B802 1616 B802 1621 B802 1624 B802 1631 B802 1632 B802 1633 B802 1641 B802 1642 B802 1643 B802 1651 B802 1661 B802 1671 B802 1681 B802 1715 B802 1721 B802 1731 B802 1736 B802 1741 B802 1755 B802 1755 B802 1762 B802 1762 B802 1767 B802 1772 B802 1773 Description Positioning Plate: Front Positioning Plate: Rear Cover: Paper Feed Sensor Bracket: PCB: Right Bracket: PCB :Left Bracket:On Off Detector Hinge:Left Hinge:Right Plate:Harness:Guide Bracket:Motor Stay:Motor Stepper Motor:DC24V 4.8W Bracket: Coupling Timing Pulley:T31 Gear:Z18 Gear:Z19 Gear:Z18 Gear:Z37 Gear:Z26 Gear:Z25 Gear:Z21/Z23 Gear:Z17 Gear:Z18 Bracket:Stepper Motor Stepper Motor:DC1.76V 3.7W Stay:Motor:Scanning Bracket:Protect:Drive Timing Pulley:T31/T61 Bracket:Tension Bracket:Tension Timing Pulley:T31 Timing Pulley:T31 Pulley:Idler:DIA16 Timing Belt:40S3M189 Bracket:Shaft:Side Plate:Front Page and Index No. 23 23 23 21 21 21 23 23 21 21 21 21 21 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 15 19 15 15 991 2 3 2 14 12 8 9 24 16 19 21 18 6 7 8 21 3 4 5 2 1 15 10 14 11 13 16 20 2 18 3 7 4 1 Part No. B802 1777 B802 1812 B802 1815 B802 1925 B802 1931 B802 1941 B802 1942 B802 1943 B802 1951 B802 1985 B802 2111 B802 2115 B802 2222 B802 2225 B802 2227 B802 2231 B802 2252 B802 2253 B802 2285 B802 2291 B802 2512 B802 2522 B802 2526 B802 2532 B802 2536 B802 2541 B802 2551 B802 2562 B802 2571 B802 2581 B802 3145 B802 3147 B802 3211 B802 3231 B802 3233 Description Knob: Misfeed Removal:T27 Stepper Motor:Dc4.08v 2.4w Bracket: Reverse: Drive Bracket: Pickup :Drive Timing Pulley:T33-Z17 Cam:Pickup Stopper:Cam:Pickup Feeler:Cam:Pickup Cam:Stopper Pawl Bracket: Sensor: Pickup Stopper Pawl: Paper Feed Lever: Stopper Pawl Guide: Reverse: Open And Close Drum Stay: Guide: Reverse Guide: Reverse: Open And Close: Behind Shaft:Reverse:Drive:Press Fit Shaft:Roller:Reverse Gear:Z20 Roller:Reverse Exit:Driven Stopper:Guide:Reverse Original Table Original Table:Face Front Side Fence Spring Plate:Side Fence Slider:Side Fence Guide:Original Insert Stay:Original Table:Contact Point Plate:Contact Point Spring Plate:0.2t Stopper:Original Table Spring Plate Ground Plate:Roller:Scanning Roller:Pull Out Roller:Scanning:Entrance Timing Pulley:T33 Page and Index No. 917 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 99999999911 333333333313 13 15 13 13 2 1 3 10 17 22 18 20 14 7 23 26 16 14 21 20 13 15 19 17 25 13 11 15 14 21 9 24 17 10 5 3 17 9 14
B802
Parts Index
Description Timing Pulley:T33/T24 Roller:Scanning:Exit Timing Pulley:T33 Roller:Exit Timing Pulley:T26 Roller:Reverse Timing Pulley:T23 Guide: Paper Feed: Lower Bracket:Guide:Paper Feed:Lower Guide:Scanning:Entrance:Lower Sheet:Roller:Scanning:Entrance Sheet:Scanning:Entrance Stay:Scanning:Entrance:Lower Plate:Entrance:Pressure:Auxiliary Spring Plate:Scanning:Entrance:Driven Roller:Scanning:Driven Guide Plate:Scanning Guide:Scanning:Exit:Lower Stay:Scanning:Exit:Lower Plate:Exit:Pressure:Auxiliary Spring Plate: Scanning: Exit: Driven: Upper Spring Plate:Scanning:Exit:Driven:Lower Shaft:Driven:Exit Exchange Pawl: Reverse Cushion:Exchange Pawl Lever:Exchange Pawl:Reverse Link:Solenoid Guide:Exit:Upper Spring Plate Stay:Reverse Discharge Brush:Reverse Discharge Brush:Exit DC Solenoid:24V Bracket:Registration Sensor Shielding Plate:Sensor
Page and Index No. 13 13 13 15 15 15 15 15 13 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 15 15 15 15 15 11 15 11 15 913 13 11 10 12 21 8 27 24 15 2 1 2 3 8 6 7 4 9 11 15 12 13 14 5 23 22 11 10 20 21 26 20 25 7 8 7
Description Bracket:Sensor:Scanning:Exit Cover:Paper Feed Grip:Cover Hook:Grip:Cover:Front Hook:Grip:Cover:Inner Back Shaft:Grip:Cover Stopper:Cover Guide:Upper Spring Plate:Upper Sheet:Driven Roller:Pull Out Drum Stay:Upper:Inner Back Drum Stay:Upper:Front Sheet:Guide:Upper Bracket:Cover:Inner Back Bracket:Cover:Front Bracket:Paper Size Sensor Feeler:Original Sensor Ground Plate Bracket:Driven Roller:Pull Out Ground Plate:Driven Roller:Pull Out Driven Roller:Pull Out Paper Feed:Unit Shaft:Drive Holder Lever:Pickup:Release Collar:Shaft Gear:Z20 Bracket:Paper Feed Belt Shaft:Pickup Bracket:Pickup Gear:Z19 Timing Pulley:Gear:T19/Z22 Cushion:Pickup Roller:Pickup Timing Pulley:T21
Page and Index No. 11 555555777777555577777777777777777719 1 2 6 7 8 12 33 32 41 30 29 31 11 10 15 22 40 37 38 35 1 24 26 27 17 28 16 10 11 4 5 12 6 8
B802
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. B802 4411 B802 4511 B802 4611 B802 4621 B802 4631 B802 4711 B802 4712 B802 4713 B802 4714 B802 5500 B802 5710 B802 5730 B802 5740 B802 5750 B802 5760 B802 5770 B802 5780 B802 5790 B802 5800 B802 5810 B802 5820 B802 5830 B802 5840 B802 6011 B802 6011 B802 6012 B802 6012 B802 6013 B802 6013 B802 6014 B802 6014 B802 6015 B802 6015
Description Cover:Front Cover:Rear Pressure Plate Drum Stay:Pressure Plate Cushion:Left Sound Proofing Material Sound Proofing Material:Cover:Rear Cushion:Left Cushion:Inner Back PCB:Main Harness :Interface Harness: Paper Feed Harness: Original Table Harness :Original Table Harness: Motor: Paper Feed Harness: Motor: Reverse Harness: Lift_up Harness: Solenoid Harness:Solenoid Harness:Registration Sensor Harness:Motor:Pick Up Harness:Guide Harness:Paper Feed Decal:Side Fence Decal:Side Fence Decal:Misfeed Removal:Original Decal:Misfeed Removal:Original Decal:Display:Misfeed Removal:P1 Decal:Display:Misfeed Removal:P1 Decal:Display:Misfeed Removal:P2 Decal:Display:Misfeed Removal:P2 Decal:Display:Misfeed Removal:P3 Decal:Display:Misfeed Removal:P3
Page and Index No. 3323 23 23 5323 23 21 21 21 21 321 21 21 921 13 21 21 5325 525 325 925 15 25 4 8 11 12 4 5 7 5 6 11 1 4 7 22 9 6 3 6 5 1 10 8 16 16 4 3 5 5 6 17 7 19 8
Part No. A294 6700 A422 1063 A422 1063 A422 1063 A458 2251 A548 6121 A628 1225 A680 2261 A697 2102 A806 1295 A858 4671 A858 4676 A859 1841 A859 2112 A859 2241 A859 7211 B044 1825 B238 4483 B238 4483 B312 1615 B351 1781 B351 1791 B386 3320 B387 1951 B387 2113 B387 2163 B477 2715 B652 1807 B652 1807 B652 2379 B652 2379 B700 5805 B703 1165 B714 5006 B789 1942
Description Torque Limiter - 53mnxm Seal - 0.7x13x20 Seal - 0.7x13x20 Seal - 0.7x13x20 Cushion - Bin Solenoid Lever Screw - M4 Bushing - 8mm Gear - 24Z Damper - Junction Gate Solenoid Feed Belt Roller Driven Spring Plate - Pressure Roller Filter - DF Open Sensor Drive Shaft - Paper Feed Belt Reverse Roller Stepped Screw Collar Screw Screw Tension Roller Gear - 18Z Gear - 25Z Spring:Belt:Paper Feed:8n Spring - Paper Size Sensor Roller - Paper Feed Belt Pickup Collar Pressure Plate Tape Decal:Size:Original Decal:Size:Original Decal:Caution:Original:5-Lang Decal:Caution:Original:5-lang Stepper Motor:Pm:S2m:T15:Ass'y Timing Belt:B40S2M390 DC Solenoid:Transmited Rubber Stamp Paper Size Sensor Feeler
Page and Index No. 915 11 993717 13 73323 79317 15 19 917 17 721 7723 525 325 17 21 11 21 12 16 16 18 22 3 21 21 13 23 19 18 10 13 11 2 4 1 19 3 16 15 15 22 14 7 13 4 1 1 2 11 15 24 23
B802
Parts Index
Part No. B789 2114 B789 3491 B789 3712 B789 6031 B789 6031 G020 1160 G052 4892 G052 4892 G570 1225 J503 3116
Description Paper Feed Belt Roller Scanning Driven Shaft Exit Driven Roller Decal - Original Table Decal - Original Table Snap Ring Discharge Brush:Exit:Small Discharge Brush:Exit:Small Sensor Shielding Plate Timing Belt:40S2M128
Page and Index No. 711 11 325 15 13 717 17 22 23 22 12 3 12 4 39 6 5
Part No. AA04 3320 AA04 3321 AA04 3322 AA04 3323 AA04 3328 AA06 0842 AA06 0842 AA06 0842 AA06 0843 AA06 2260 AA06 2262 AA06 3435 AA06 3441 AA06 3919 AA06 6376 AA08 0265 AA08 0288 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2104 AA10 1021 AA13 2013 AA14 3520 AA14 3520 AA14 3569 AA14 3788 AA14 3789 AA14 3790 AA14 3790 AA14 3802 AA14 3823 AG07 0513 AW01 0091
Description Timing Belt:40S1.5M150 Timing Belt:40S1.5M378 Timing Belt:40S1.5M157.5 Timing Belt:40S2M120 Timing Belt:40S2M130 Tension Spring Tension Spring Tension Spring Tension Spring Tension Spring Tension Spring Compression Spring:Paper Feed:Joint Compression Spring Spring:Pressure Torsion Spring:Pickup:Pressure Bushing:6x8x5 Bushing:Dia6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 8x12x7 Rubber Bushing - 6 45hs Spacer Shoulder Screw - M3 Shoulder Screw - M3 Screw Pin:Guide Plate:Paper Feed Shaft:Cleaner Screw:Contact Point Screw:CONTACT POINT Screw:6X1.7 Tapping Screw Magnet Catch Photo Reflection Sensor
Page and Index No. 19 15 19 17 721 15 19 915 577979715 717 9717 723 911 5523 15 21 9359 5 17 9 9 20 4 12 25 9 9 20 36 27 25 24 34 13 3 12 10 18 2 19 14 5 10 14 13 7 14 17 9 26 20
B802
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. AW01 0129 AW02 0154 AW02 0155 GA14 3003 GW01 0007 GW01 0007 GW01 0007 GW01 0007 GW02 0020 GW02 0020 GW02 0020
Description Photo Reflection Sensor Photo Interrupter: Entrance Photo Interrupter: Paper Size Sensor Screw:Mm5:2.5MM Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit Photo Interrupter:Lg248nl1 Photo Interrupter:Lg248nl1 Photo Interrupter:Lg248nl1
Page and Index No. 35553513 11 21 517 23 17 18 23 20 19 6 18 13 21 8
Part No. 0353 0040N 0353 0060N 0450 3008N 0450 3008N 0450 3008N 0450 3008N 0450 3008N 0450 3008N 0450 3008N 0451 3006N 0451 3006N 0451 3006N 0451 3006N 0451 3006N 0451 3006N 0451 3006N 0451 3006N 0451 3006N 0451 3006N 0451 3006N 0451 3010N 0453 3006N 0453 4006N 0453 4006N 0454 3006Q 0632 0100G 0632 0100G 0632 0120G 0720 0030E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0060E
Description Screw - M3X4 Bind Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw:3x10 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Binding Self Tapping Screw:4x6 Binding Self Tapping Screw:4x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Pin - 2x10mm Pin - 2x10mm Parallel Pin - 2x12 Retaining Ring - M3 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M6
Page and Index No. 9 - 102 17 - 102 3 - 102 5 - 102 11 - 101 7 - 101 21 - 102 9 - 103 13 - 102 9 - 101 11 - 103 3 - 101 15 - 101 17 - 101 13 - 101 19 - 101 21 - 101 7 - 102 23 - 101 5 - 103 5 - 101 11 - 102 21 - 103 19 - 102 23 - 102 13 - 106 7 - 106 9 - 104 15 - 104 7 - 103 19 - 103 9 - 105 15 - 102 13 - 103 7 - 104
B802
Parts Index
Part No. 0720 0060E 0740 3506 0741 3506 0741 3506 0741 3506 0741 3506 0742 3808 0805 0088 0805 0089 1105 0487 1105 0511 1105 0511 1105 0511 1105 0511 1105 0514 1105 0514 1105 0516 1105 0516 1105 0516 1105 0522
Description Retaining Ring - M6 Ball Bearimg - 6x12x4 Mm Ball Bearing - 6x12x4 Mm Ball Bearing - 6x12x4 Mm Ball Bearing - 6x12x4 Mm Ball Bearing - 6x12x4 Mm Ball Bearing - 8x16x5 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M4 Harness Clamp Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC Edge Saddle - Eds-0607l Edge Saddle - Eds-0607l Clamp Clamp Clamp Edge Saddle - Les0510
Page and Index No. 15 - 103 13 - 105 7 - 108 13 - 104 19 - 104 15 - 106 15 - 105 7 - 105 9 - 106 21 - 106 17 - 103 21 - 104 19 - 105 13 - 108 13 - 107 21 - 107 7 - 107 5 - 104 17 - 104 21 - 105
Part No. 5206 2686 5215 2621 5215 2621 5447 2681 5447 2681 5447 2681 5447 2681 5447 2681 Snap Ring Snap Ring - M6 Snap Ring - M6 Snap Ring Snap Ring Snap Ring Snap Ring Snap Ring
Description
Page and Index No. 17 315 7913 15 17 19 6 18 2 8 15 6 13
B802
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
1BIN TRAY BN3010 B803 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
manuals4you.com
1.1Bin Tray (B803)

4 1 5 2 3
105
8 101
10
9 11
104 35 106 33 34 107
32
33 12 13 23 14 109 17 18 15
22 103
30
31 32 24 25 26 110 28 29
106
16
27 28 29
108
102
103
19 101
20
107 21
106
B803
manuals4you.com
1.1Bin Tray (B803)

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Part No. B803 6111 B803 6112 B803 6113 B803 6014 B803 6011 B803 6013 B803 6012 B803 1117 B803 1116 B803 1111 B803 1112 AA12 0131 C408 6691 B803 5300 AA06 0949 B803 1133 B803 1130 AA12 0132 B803 5500 B803 5700 B803 5705 AF04 0057 B803 1122 Description Bracket: Tray: Support Cover: Bracket: Tray :Support Tray Support Stay End Fence - Exit Tray Tray - Exit Main Tray - Exit LED Tray - Exit Sub Swivel Rear Feeler Front Feeler Frame: Upper Ground Plate - Exit Discharge Brush - Exit Shield DC Solenoid:24V Tension Spring Lever: Dc Solenoid Bracket: Dc Solenoid Discharge Brush PCB: Main Control Harness LED Harness: Interface Exit Roller: Drive Entrance Roller Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 Index No. 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 Part No. B803 1121 AW01 0129 B803 1123 B803 1211 AA08 0287 AA06 3692 B803 1411 B803 1412 AB01 7813 AA13 2413 AA04 3853 AB03 0814 0450 3008N 0450 3016N 0450 3010N 0360 3016N 0720 0040E 0805 0089 0805 3480 0353 0030N 1105 0522 0451 3008N Description Frame: Lower Photo Reflection Sensor Cover: Original Sensor: Frame: Lower Exit Roller: Driven Bushing - Dia4 Compression Spring:2.7n Cover: Drive Cover: Drive: Mo: Baikal Timing Pulley:Z22/15T Timing Pulley:15T Timing Belt - 40S3M162 Timing Pulley:15T Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw:3x16 Tapping Screw - M3x10 Screw - M3X16 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Bushing - 6mm Screw:M3X3 Edge Saddle - Les0510 Tapping Screw - 3x8 Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1
B803
manuals4you.com
1BIN TRAY BN3010 B803 PARTS INDEX
manuals4you.com
Parts Index
Part No. B803 1111 B803 1112 B803 1116 B803 1117 B803 1121 B803 1122 B803 1123 B803 1130 B803 1133 B803 1211 B803 1411 B803 1412 B803 5300 B803 5500 B803 5700 B803 5705 B803 6011 B803 6012 B803 6013 B803 6014 B803 6111 B803 6112 B803 6113 Description Frame: Upper Ground Plate - Exit Front Feeler Rear Feeler Frame: Lower Entrance Roller Cover: Original Sensor: Frame: Lower Bracket: Dc Solenoid Lever: Dc Solenoid Exit Roller: Driven Cover: Drive Cover: Drive: Mo :Baikal DC Solenoid:24V PCB: Main Control Harness: LED Harness :Interface Tray - Exit Main Tray - Exit Sub Swivel Tray - Exit LED End Fence - Exit Tray Bracket: Tray: Support Cover: Bracket: Tray: Support Tray Support Stay Page and Index No. 3333333333333333333333310 11 9 8 24 23 26 17 16 27 30 31 14 19 20 21 5 7 6 4 1 2 3 Part No. C408 6691 Shield Description Page and Index No. 3 - 13
B803
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. AA04 3853 AA06 0949 AA06 3692 AA08 0287 AA12 0131 AA12 0132 AA13 2413 AB01 7813 AB03 0814 AF04 0057 AW01 0129
Description Timing Belt - 40S3M162 Tension Spring Compression Spring:2.7n Bushing - Dia4 Discharge Brush - Exit Discharge Brush Timing Pulley:15T Timing Pulley:Z22/15T Timing Pulley:15T Exit Roller: Drive Photo Reflection Sensor
Page and Index No. 3333333333334 15 29 28 12 18 33 32 35 22 25
Part No. 0353 0030N 0360 3016N 0450 3008N 0450 3010N 0450 3016N 0451 3008N 0720 0040E 0805 0089 0805 3480 1105 0522
Description Screw:M3X3 Screw - M3X16 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x10 Tapping Screw:3x16 Tapping Screw - 3x8 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Bushing - 6mm Edge Saddle - Les0510
Page and Index No. 3333333333108 104 101 103 102 110 105 106 107 109
B803
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
BOOKLET FINISHER SR3020 B804 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
1.Exterior (B804)
101 5 18 101 4 104 102 103 101 1 20 21 6 104 19 17
101
3 101 2 101 101 10
8 102
12
14 4 15
7 101
11
102 9 101
13
16
B804
1.Exterior (B804)
Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Part No. B804 6175 B804 6155 B804 6150 B700 3420 B468 7812 B804 6135 B804 6145 B700 6125 B700 6120 B804 7850 B700 7851 AG07 0512 B804 6115 B804 3417 B804 3852 B804 3853 B468 6511 B700 1191 B700 1198 B408 1428 B804 1164 Description Cover :Rear Cover: Jogger Cover :Left Upper Tray: Auxiliary Caution Decal - Tray Fall Cover: Upper Cover: Left :Front Hinge: Door: Upper :Ass'y Hinge: Door: Lower :Ass'y Decal: Misfeed Removal Bind: Yes Decal: Staple Exchange Magnet Catch: Ass'y Cover :Front Tray Tray :Paper Crimp Unit: Small Tray: Paper Crimp Sub-unit Spacer Cushion - 20mm Bracket: Coupling: Ass'y Coupling Bracket - Front Ground Plate: Coupling Bracket: Ground Plate: Coupling Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 Part No. 0451 3008N 0451 3006N 0454 3008Q 0451 4014N Description Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw:3x8 Tapping Screw:M4x14 Qty Per Assembly
B804
manuals4you.com
2.Paper Transfer (B804)
1 3 2 102
5 103
18 8 9 13 9 7 6 102 14 22 23 15 16 17
101
101
11 10
103
12 19 104 20 20 21 25
102 101 101 27
102 101 102 105 24 101 27
26
B804

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Part No. B700 2200 B700 2215 A666 4270 B804 2205 B804 2210 B700 7861 B700 2125 B804 2120 B700 2126 B700 7862 B408 2281 B700 2135 B700 2140 AG07 0513 B700 2130 A697 1606 AB03 0374 B700 1605 B804 2110 B700 2119 AF02 2148 GW01 0007 B700 2145 B700 5301 B804 2105 B804 2100 B700 2729 Description Tension Spring: Guide Plate :Move Guide Plate :Upper :Move Roller: Driven: Entrance Guide Plate: Upper Guide Plate: Transport: Entrance :Upper Decal:Knob:Entrance:R1 Knob: Guide Plate: Entrance Guide Plate: Entrance :Upper Sheet: Entrance Decal:Knob:Entrance:R2 Knob - Transfer Roller Bushing: Transport Roller :Front Bushing:Transport Roller:Rear Magnet Catch Transport Roller:Entrance:Upper Spacer - 6x12x2.7mm Timing Pulley - 20Z Timing Pulley:26T Guide Plate:Entrance:Lower Compression Spring:Entrance:Driven Roller:Driven:L=125 Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit Bracket: Entrance Sensor Harness:Safety Switch Guide Plate: Connecting :Lower Guide Plate: Connecting :Upper Cushion: Arm Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 4 2 6 1 1 1 1 3 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 Part No. 0451 3006N 0454 3006Q 0720 0040E 1105 0516 1204 2541 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Clamp Interlock Switch Qty Per Assembly
B804
manuals4you.com
3.Shift Transfer Section 1 (B804)

10 9 103 24 101 4 8 3 5 101 12 7 101 11 13 101 106 106 101 105 22 23 25
9 2 101 6
101 105
14 16
102 103 1 16 102 103 1 18 104 102 15 17 10 19 19 10 19 19 21 20
B804

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Part No. AA08 2101 B700 2330 AW02 0172 B700 5365 B700 2331 B700 2320 B700 5366 GW01 0007 A697 2187 AF02 2147 B302 2216 B700 2317 B700 2310 B700 2300 B700 2325 AG07 0514 B700 7863 B700 2315 AA06 3529 AA14 3790 B700 2316 A697 1606 AB03 0374 B700 1605 B700 1645 Description Bushing - 6x10x6 Guide Plate:Exit:Proof Tray Photo Interrupter: Overflow:CT Harness:Connecting:Sensor Bracket:Photo Interrupter: Overflow Bracket:Sensor:Proof Tray Harness:Connecting:Sensor Photo Refiection Sensor:Exit Pressure Spring - 14.1mm Driven Roller Exit Guide - Upper Exit Guide Discharge Brush Guide Plate:Proof Tray:Ass'y Exit Roller:Proof Tray Transport Roller:Long Magnet Catch Decal:Proof Tray:R3 Guide Plate:Proof Tray Pressure Spring - 14.5mm Screw:Contact Point Torsion Spring Spacer - 6x12x2.7mm Timing Pulley - 20Z Timing Pulley:26T Timing Pulley:20T Qty Per Assembly 18 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 2 7 1 1 1 1 2 6 1 1 8 15 1 2 2 2 2 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 Part No. 0451 3006N 0454 3006Q 0720 0040E 0805 0089 0805 3537 1105 0328 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Ball Bearing:Dia6xdia13x5:Dia14.5 Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Qty Per Assembly
B804
manuals4you.com

6 7 5 4 8 9 14 10 11 104 18 17 104 20 17 101 3 102 17 25 33 19 17 24 17 23 1 21 105 22 23 102 6 26 5 4 28 27 30 29 105 105 105
12 13 15 16 102 31 32 105
102
16
101
103 102 2
B804

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 Part No. B700 6100 B700 7867 B408 2312 B408 2175 AA06 3529 B408 2174 B408 2173 B700 7864 B804 2245 AG07 0514 B804 2037 B700 2241 B700 2220 B700 2525 B700 2545 A458 2251 B700 2520 B700 2505 B700 2530 B700 2500 B700 2540 5201 2722 B804 1180 B700 1183 B804 1182 B700 1660 AA08 2101 B700 2225 B793 2321 B700 1665 B700 1650 B478 3569 B700 1170 Description Inner Cover:Upper Decal:Turn:Open And Close:R7 Bushing - Roller Slide Bushing - Roller Slide Pressure Spring - 14.5mm Spring Slide Roller Decal:Shift:R4 Guide Plate:Horizontal:Shift Magnet Catch Guide Plate:Horizontal:Lower Sheet:Guide:Staple Transport Roller:Shift Supporting Plate:Gate Pawl Tension Spring Cushion - Bin Solenoid Lever Cushion:Gate Pawl Gate Pawl:Proof Tray Supporting Plate:Gate Pawl:Staple Gate Pawl:Staple Tension Spring Bushing - M6x5 Discharge Brush:Punch Unit Sheet:Guide:Punch Discharge Brush:Punch:Transport Bracket:Gear:Middle:Ass'y Bushing - 6x10x6 Gear:30Z Slide Roller Link Gear:25Z Gear:30Z Spacer Stay:Punch Unit:Slide:Ass'y Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 2 8 2 1 1 1 6 1 1 1 1 1 7 10 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 18 1 1 1 1 3 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 Part No. 0451 3008N 0451 3006N 0805 0089 0450 3008N 0720 0040E Description Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Retaining Ring - M4 Qty Per Assembly
B804
manuals4you.com

6 102 101
5 105 20 105 9 10 7 103 8 12 15 106 3 15 106 15 106 15 107 16 107 17 105 101 13 106 101
19
21
11
101 1 104 1 104 101 2 104 1 14 106 15 106 15
106
3 18 3 101
1 104 101
101
B804
10

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Part No. AA08 2101 B700 1185 AA14 3790 A353 2243 B700 2421 B700 2422 B700 2411 AG07 0513 B700 2305 B700 2325 B700 2431 A458 2251 B700 2432 B700 2452 B700 2453 B700 2441 B700 1151 A697 1128 B352 1607 B700 1645 B700 1701 Description Bushing - 6x10x6 Ground Plate:Toner Hopper:Punch Screw:Contact Point Lever Knob Guide Plate:Turn:Open And Close Tension Spring:Turn:Open And Close Guide Plate:Turn:Ass'y Magnet Catch Transport Roller:Short Transport Roller:Long Polarization Powl:Duplex Stack Cushion - Bin Solenoid Lever Tension Spring Shaft:Turn:Guide Guide:Turn Guide Plate:Duplex Stack:Ass'y Stay:Coupling Joint Lever Timing Pulley - T20-S3M Timing Pulley:20T Timing Pulley:40T Qty Per Assembly 18 1 15 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 7 1 1 6 1 1 1 5 2 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 Part No. 0451 3006N 0454 3008Q 0353 0040N 0720 0040E 0805 3537 0805 0088 1105 0516 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw:3x8 Screw - M3X4 Retaining Ring - M4 Ball Bearing:Dia6xdia13x5:Dia14.5 Retaining Ring - M6 Clamp Qty Per Assembly
B804
11
manuals4you.com
6.Paper Exit 1 (B804)

101 104 24 17 17 11 9 12 105 10 101 13 101 25 26
105 101 106 8 101
14
101
15 16
7 6 102 5
102
17
106
19 18 20 21 22 23 101
102
102 4
27 102
103 3
102
B804
12

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Part No. B700 3156 G565 2135 A681 2742 B700 3157 B700 3155 AW01 0109 B700 5373 A353 3172 A353 3173 B302 1145 B700 3145 B700 3105 B700 5311 B700 5805 B700 3125 B700 3115 AW02 0141 B700 3120 B408 2833 B700 3130 B700 3140 B700 3135 5447 2681 B700 3100 B700 3150 B700 5361 B804 4405 Description Discharge Brush Exit Plate Driven Exit Roller Shaft:Exit Roller:Driven Guide Plate:Exit:Upper Photo Reflection Sensor:Ps117ed1 Harness:Connecting:Sensor Actuator Bracket Pressure Spring Actuator - Paper Height Sensor Bracket:Feeler:Plate Bracket:Stepper Motor:Guide Plate Harness:Exit:Open And Close:Motor Stepper Motor:Pm:S2m:T15:Ass'y Timing Belt:B40S2M232 Worm Gear:37t Photo Interrupter Worm Wheel:20z Shaft - Worm Wheel Bushing:Joint Compression Spring Joint:Guide Plate:Open And Close Snap Ring Stay:Drive:Guide Plate:Ass'y Bracket:Surface Of Paper Sensor Harness:Connecting:Sensor:Exit Guide:Leading Edge:Middle Qty Per Assembly 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 16 1 1 1 1 1 9 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 Part No. 0451 3006N 0720 0040E 0805 0089 1105 0328 1105 0516 1105 0623 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Clamp Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Qty Per Assembly
B804
13
manuals4you.com
35 101 103 25 26 32 103 28 25 14 3 4 101 17 19 18 110 106 7 9 106 101 13 109 21 30 27 103 23 24 105 102 103 33
104 103 34
104
34
103104 33 103 101 107
1 2
29
108 101
14 15
101 16 110 14 13 20 21 106 8 101 22 101 105
31
103
12 5 10 12 11 10 6 5 9
101
103
4 106 101
B804
14

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 Part No. B352 1607 H072 2220 AA08 2101 AA14 3823 B700 3545 B700 3540 B478 3507 B478 3506 B478 3504 B478 3501 B700 3515 B478 3502 B478 3503 B700 3535 B700 3530 B700 3525 B700 3555 B700 3550 B700 5415 B700 5807 AW02 0141 B700 3565 B700 3520 B700 3504 B478 3569 B700 3505 B700 3500 B700 3575 B700 3570 B700 3560 B700 5304 B700 3176 B352 2405 B352 2400 B804 3161 Description Timing Pulley - T20-S3M Spacer - M6x10 Bushing - 6x10x6 Tapping Screw Tension Spring Bracket Coupling:Lever:Drive Lever:Drive: Gathering Roller: Back Lever:Drive:Gathering Roller:Front Timing Belt:B40S2M100 Pulley:Drive:Roller:Sponge Shaft:Gathering Roller:Drive:Ass'y Pulley:Driven:Roller:Sponge Gathering Roller:Sponge Timing Belt:B40S2M116 Lever:Driven:Gathering Roller:Rear Lever:Driven:Gathering Roller:Front Feeler:Paper Senser Bracket:Feeler:Paper Senser Harness:Drive:Swivel:Motor Stepper Motor:Mm42:S2m:T15:Ass'y Photo Interrupter Bracket:Home Position Sensor Timing Pulley:18T Timing Belt:B40S2M92 Spacer Timing Pulley:20/30T Stay:Uniform:Ass'y Cam:Lever:Drive Cam:Gathering Roller Bracket:Sensor:Paper Senser Harness:Surface Of Paper Sensor Shaft:Exit Roller Outer Exit Roller Exit Roller Guide Plate:Exit:Lower Qty Per Assembly 5 1 18 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 16 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 Part No. 0451 3006N 0451 4006N 0720 0040E 0632 0100G 0805 3537 0805 0089 1105 0328 1105 0623 1204 2520 1105 0487 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 4x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Pin - 2x10mm Ball Bearing:Dia6xdia13x5:Dia14.5 Retaining Ring - M4 Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Switch:DE2L-FJ20 Harness Clamp Qty Per Assembly
B804
15
manuals4you.com
8.Staple Transfer Section 1 (B804)

4 5 4 102 6 106 15 105
103 105
15
3 9 8 9 7 101 102 10 105
15
1 101
104
107
102 11 104 2 14 12 104 2 13 102
B804
16

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Part No. B700 6105 AA08 2101 A612 2435 B700 2476 AF02 2147 B700 2471 B700 7865 AG07 0514 B700 2461 B700 2491 B700 2486 B700 2481 GW01 0007 B700 2485 B352 1607 Description Inner Cover:Lower Bushing - 6x10x6 Support Plate Compression Spring:Exit:Driven Driven Roller Guide Plate:Lengthwise Decal:Vertical Transport:R5 Magnet Catch Transport Roller:Duplex Stack:Lower Exit Roller:Stapler Tray Guide Plate:Exit:Stapler Tray Guide Plate:Lengthwise:Ass'y Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit Bracket:Sensor:Duplex Tray Timing Pulley - T20-S3M Qty Per Assembly 1 18 1 8 7 1 1 6 2 1 2 1 6 1 5 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 Part No. 0451 3008N 0451 3006N 0450 3008N 0720 0040E 0805 3537 1105 0516 1105 0623 Description Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Retaining Ring - M4 Ball Bearing:Dia6xdia13x5:Dia14.5 Clamp Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Qty Per Assembly
B804
17
manuals4you.com

7 1 105 8 101 2
6 3 4 5 12 6 10 4 9 105 11 17 18 13 24 6 14 24 25 15 18 17 101
21 16 23 27 26 28 19 20 22 104 21 105 101 102 30 29 31 2 4 32 103 33 106 28 106
36 34 35
B804
18

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 Part No. B700 2631 A498 4625 B804 2625 5447 2681 B700 2635 AA08 2058 B700 2611 B352 1600 B408 2435 B408 2422 B700 2649 B700 2621 AA06 0557 AA16 1099 B700 2612 B700 2520 B477 2333 A680 4223 B408 2113 A458 2251 B700 2478 B700 2473 B700 7866 B804 2474 B804 2477 B468 2832 AF02 2147 B700 2476 B700 2722 B804 2721 B700 2723 B700 2725 B700 2711 B700 2729 A697 2102 Description Arm:Plate:Ass'y Arm Cushion Roller:Mm28 Snap Ring Tension Spring Bushing - 6x10x9mm Bracket:Gathering Roller Timing Pulley - S2M T24 Gathering Roller:Ass'y Pulley - T16 Timing Belt:40S2M144 Arm:Gathering Roller:Ass'y Positioning Roller Spring Lever Cushion Shaft:Gathering Roller:Drive Cushion:Gate Pawl Motor Bracket Cushion Cushion Guide - Trailing Edge Cushion - Bin Solenoid Lever Tension Spring Guide Plate:Lower:Open And Close Decal:Exit:R6 Discharge Brush:Exit Discharge Brush:Exit:Middle Driven Exit Roller Driven Roller Compression Spring:Exit:Driven Shaft:Contact Point:Swivel Guide:Trailing Edge Tension Spring:Release:Swivel Arm:Solenoid:Swivel Stay:Swivel:Ass'y Cushion:Arm Damper - Junction Gate Solenoid Qty Per Assembly 1 2 1 9 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 2 2 4 7 2 1 1 2 1 2 7 8 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 Index No. 36 Part No. B700 2731 Description DC Solenoid:Swivel:Ass'y Qty Per Assembly 1
101 102 103 104 105 106
0451 3006N 0451 3008N 0353 0040N 0805 0089 0720 0040E 1105 0623
Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Screw - M3X4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0
B804
19
manuals4you.com
10.Staple Tray 1 (B804)

102 103 9 13 6 12 6 7 8 10 103 11 6 13 18 17 20 17 19 10 8 7 6 102 21 102 20
1 101 3 101 14 105 105 15 16 4
104
105 14 105
4 5 2
101
B804
20

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Part No. B700 7892 B700 4407 B700 7870 B700 4431 B700 4540 5447 2681 B700 4419 B700 4422 B700 4416 B702 7225 B700 4414 B700 4415 5215 2621 B700 4410 B700 4411 B700 4401 B700 4408 B700 4405 B700 4406 B700 4412 B700 4444 Description Decal:Stapler:S2 Sheet:Plate:Leading Edge Decal:Stapler Tray:R10 Guide:Leading Edge:Upper Inner Cover:Stapler Unit Snap Ring Slider:Guide:Reverse Lever:Reverse:Stapler Tray:Ass'y Supporting Plate:Reverse:Ass'y Bushing:Punch Unit:Slide Guide Plate:Reverse:Front Guide Plate:Reverse:Inner Back Snap Ring - M6 Roller:Dia22 Shaft:Driven:Turn Guide Plate:Pressure:Reverse:Stapler Tray Guide:Leading Edge:Outer Guide:Leading Edge:Front Guide:Leading Edge:Rear Tension Spring:Pressure:Turn Guide Plate:Pressure Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 4 1 9 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 Part No. 0451 3008N 0450 3008N 0453 3006N 0805 0089 0720 0040E Description Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Qty Per Assembly
B804
21
manuals4you.com

9 9 10 8 9 8 10 105 105 105 105 14 13 15 13 106 5 101 26 27 101 101 4 2 16 101 3 17 21 104 1 104 20 18 19 101 22 102 107 24 108 25 104 11 105 8 105 5 105 103 12 8 8 6 106 101 23
8 7 8 9
B804
22

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Part No. A697 4170 B408 4223 AA14 3790 B700 1501 AA08 2104 5053 0419 B700 4258 AA10 0011 B700 4260 B700 4259 B700 4261 B700 4271 B468 4381 B700 4200 B700 4213 B700 4250 B700 4180 B700 4181 A666 3180 B700 4182 B700 4201 B700 4204 B700 5804 B700 4210 B700 4209 B700 4207 AW02 0141 Description Pulley - 32T Belt Tensioner - Stapler Screw:Contact Point Tension Spring - Pressure Bushing - 8x12x7 Bushing - 10mm Shaft:Exit Retaining Ring:Silencer:Mm7 Collar:Mm40 Exit Roller:Mm45 Timing Pulley:55T Timing Pulley:55T Stopper - Timing Belt Shaft:Guide:Jogger Fence Timing Belt:1040S2M4-E Exit Belt:Ass'y Stapler Tray Shaft:Idler:Exit Timing Pulley - Z32 Guide:Transport:Stapler Tray Jogger Fence:Front:Ass'y Jogger Fence:Rear:Ass'y Stepper Motor:Dia42:Z17:Ass'y Bracket:Motor:Jogger:Ass'y Pulley:32T Bracket:Sensor:Jogger Photo Interrupter Qty Per Assembly 1 1 15 6 6 2 1 7 4 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 16 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 Part No. 0451 3006N 0451 3010N 0453 3006N 0720 0040E 0632 0160G 0720 0060E 1105 0623 1105 0328 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw:3x10 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Parallel Pin-m2x16 Retaining Ring - M6 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Qty Per Assembly
B804
23
manuals4you.com

105 8 7 105 101 101 101 5 6 108 101 10 9 107 105 106 101 106 11
4 3 104 2 101 101 12 103 101 12 16 102 15 16 101
13
14 15
18 102 101 101
17
101
107 21 101 19 101 20
B804
24

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Part No. AA14 3790 A666 3180 B700 4267 B700 4265 B700 4276 B700 4170 GW01 0007 B700 5418 AW02 0166 B700 4255 B700 4161 B700 4351 B700 7852 B468 6411 B468 4136 B700 4352 B700 5405 B700 4356 B700 4353 B700 4355 B700 4354 Description Screw:Contact Point Timing Pulley - Z32 Bracket:Tightener:Exit:Ass'y Bracket:Tightener:Exit:Fix Tension Spring Bracket:Positioning Sensor Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit Harness:Connecting:Sensor Photo Interrupter: Paper Feed Sensor Bracket:Home Position Sensor:Pawl Stay:Middle:Stapler Tray Bracket:Stapler Stapler:Service Parts:Ass'y Adjusting Pin - Booklet Stapler Middle Myler Sheet:Guide:Stapler Harness:Stapler:Staple Exchange Cover:Harness:Stapler Stay:Middle:Stapler Tray:Small Guide:Stapler:Middle Guide:Stapler:Middle Qty Per Assembly 15 2 1 1 1 1 6 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 3 1 1 1 2 2 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 Part No. 0451 3006N 0454 3006Q 0453 3006N 0720 0040E 1105 0623 1105 0489 1105 0487 1105 0328 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Harness Clamp - LWS 1316 Harness Clamp Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Qty Per Assembly
B804
25
manuals4you.com

101 4 103
104 7 104 5 103
11
21 110 107 101 107 12 108
8 105 6 103 105 9 4 1 2 103 3 101 15 102 102 16 10 15 102 102 13
14 107 106 109 107
102
103
101
13
14 17 18 19
101
20
B804
26

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Part No. B700 4428 B700 4429 B700 4430 AA08 2104 B700 4159 B700 4426 B700 4427 B700 4425 B700 5802 B700 5414 AW02 0141 B700 4457 AA06 3529 B352 2205 B478 2328 B700 4455 B700 7871 B700 4454 AG07 0514 B804 4450 B700 4272 Description Timing Belt:B40S2M158 Gear:Pulley:17Z/48T Gear:43Z Bushing - 8x12x7 Stay:Upper:Slide Rail Cam:Guide Plate:Front Cam:Guide Plate:Inner Back Shaft:Drive:Cam Stepper Motor:Pm:S2m:T12:Ass'y Harness:Gate:Open And Close:Motor Photo Interrupter Transport Roller:Transport Unit Pressure Spring - 14.5mm Bushing - Driven Roller Exit Roller:Driven Shaft:Driven:Transport Unit Decal:Transport Unit:R11 Guide Plate:Transport Unit Magnet Catch Guide Plate:Lengthwise Timing Pulley:30T Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 16 1 8 2 6 1 1 1 6 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 Part No. 0451 3006N 0720 0040E 0720 0060E 0453 3006N 0632 0160G 1105 0623 1105 0487 1105 0488 1105 0516 0805 3537 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Parallel Pin-m2x16 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Clamp Ball Bearing:Dia6xdia13x5:Dia14.5 Qty Per Assembly
B804
27
manuals4you.com

3 101 2 23 4 19 5 101 6 8 9 101 27 10 11 10 101 13 15 12 13 12 1 16 103 14 101 101 103 20 104 104 101 106 17 18 19 101 110 28 108 29 107 7 109 101 24 101 101 102 102 21
105 22
102 16
25
26
B804
28

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Part No. 5447 2681 B700 4524 B700 5341 B700 5431 B700 5808 B700 4168 B700 4167 B700 5419 GW01 0007 B700 4107 B700 4100 B700 4103 B700 4104 B700 4102 B700 4106 AA14 3790 AB03 0278 B700 4308 B700 1501 B700 4165 B700 4273 B312 1600 B700 4275 5206 2686 B700 4521 B700 4523 B700 4522 B804 5317 B700 5413 Description Snap Ring Bracket:Stapler Tray:Moveable Harness - Stapler Tray Sensor Harness - Staple Stepper Motor:Exit:Ass'y Sheet:Slider Stay:Lower:Positioning Sensor Harness:Connecting:Sensor Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit Spring:Return:Standard Fence Shaft:Slider:Standard Fence Slider:Standard Fence Guide:Entrance:Stapler:Inner Back Standard Fence:Front:Staple Standard Fence:Rear:Staple Screw:CONTACT POINT Idler - 20z Bracket:Tightener:Stapler:Ass'y Tension Spring - Pressure Stay:Lower:Slide Rail Timing Pulley:30T Tightener Timing Belt:B40S2M474 Snap Ring Holder:Arm:Harness Pin:Fix:Arm Arm:Harness:Stapler Unit Harness:Connecting:Motor:Stapler Unit Harness:Staple:Motor Qty Per Assembly 9 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 6 2 1 2 2 1 1 15 1 1 6 1 1 4 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 Part No. 0451 3006N 0451 3008N 0450 3008N 0453 3006N 0720 0040E 0720 0060E 1105 0623 1105 0488 1105 0334 1105 0487 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M6 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Harness Clamp Edge - 17 Harness Clamp Qty Per Assembly
B804
29
manuals4you.com

30 1
107 101 101 7 3 2 105 108 5 7 9 101 11 106 15 11 105 101 101 10 9 101 109 107 13 20 103 109 111 15 19 101 14 110 17 15 29 27 110 8 3 21 101 16 18 106 106 109 102
101 104
107 105 4
12 101 31 15 22 103 23 24 25 26 32 106
28
B804
30

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 Part No. B700 4163 B700 5371 AW02 0141 B700 4300 B700 4335 B700 4337 AA14 3702 B700 4329 B352 4318 B302 4292 B700 4334 B700 4324 B700 5801 B700 4333 AA08 2101 B700 4320 A376 1343 A697 4140 B700 4327 B700 4326 AA13 2024 B700 4316 B700 4313 AJ01 1015 B700 4312 B700 4311 B700 7891 B700 4336 B700 5368 B700 5809 B700 4302 B700 4305 Description Stay:Guide:Stapler:Move Harness:Connecting:Sensor Photo Interrupter Shaft:Guide:Stapler Timing Belt:B60S3M954 Tension Spring Screw:Pin:Positioning Bracket:Stapler:Move:Ass'y Bushing - Lower Slider Belt Holder Guide:Slide:Stapler Bracket:Sensor:Diagonal,slanted Stepper Motor:Ass'y Roller:Guide:Slide:Stapler Bushing - 6x10x6 Bracket:Stapler:Slide:Ass'y Original Pressure Roller Sector Gear - 144z Timing Belt:B40S2M90 Worm Gear:Pulley:19t Spacer - M6 Bracket:Stapler:Turn:Ass'y Bracket:Fix:Stapler:Ass'y Stapler:Eh-530 Guide:Stapler:Entrance:Lower Guide:Stapler:Entrance:Upper Decal:Stapler:S1 Inner Cover:Stapler Harness:Connecting:Stapler Stepper Motor:Stapler:Moveable:Ass'y Bracket:Drive:Stapler:Move:Ass'y Gear Pulley:52Z/20T Qty Per Assembly 1 1 16 1 1 1 7 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 18 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 Part No. 0451 3006N 0451 3008N 0453 3006N 0353 0050N 0720 0060E 0720 0040E 1105 0623 0740 3008 1105 0487 1105 0328 1105 0516 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Screw-m3x5 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M4 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Ball Bearing - 8x22x7 Harness Clamp Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Clamp Qty Per Assembly
B804
31
manuals4you.com
16.Paper fold Section 1 (B804)

101 109 101 4 101 6 101 3 103 1 104 105 107 108
2 101
5 103 110 9 106
101 101 10 101 8 17
16
18 11 101 18 101 10 12 102 14 13 101 15
B804
32

Index No. * 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Part No. B804 4061 B700 4897 B804 7896 B700 4895 B700 5812 B700 4797 B700 4787 B700 4785 B700 4790 B700 4784 B700 4879 B700 4875 5206 2686 B700 7872 B700 4877 B352 2650 B700 4873 B700 4874 AA14 3790 Description Paper Crimp Unit Cover:Upper Decal:Paper Crimp Cover:Drive Stepper Motor:Mm56:S3m:T14:Ass'y Bracket:Motor:Mm56 Timing Belt:B80S3M237 Timing Belt:B80S3M156 Bracket:Auxiliary:Rear Pulley:22T Bracket:Contact Point Guide Plate:Open And Close:Lower Snap Ring Decal:Paper Crimp Sub-unit:R12 Grip:Guide Plate Magnet Catch - 5n Guide:Open And Close:Front Guide:Open And Close:Rear Screw:CONTACT POINT Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 15 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 Part No. 0451 3006N 0450 3008N 0453 4006N 0720 0060E 0742 3808 0633 0140G 1105 0516 1105 0328 1105 0487 1105 0522 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Binding Self Tapping Screw:4x6 Retaining Ring - M6 Ball Bearing - 8x16x5 Parallel Pin - 3x14 Clamp Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Harness Clamp Edge Saddle - Les0510 Qty Per Assembly
B804
33
manuals4you.com
104 1
2 105
6 4 4 101 4 106 7 107
3 103 102
8 9
102
5 107
10 108 11 108 12
106 7 107
B804
34
manuals4you.com

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Part No. B700 4782 B700 4781 B700 4770 AW02 0141 B700 5804 B700 5411 B700 4885 B700 4891 B700 7869 B700 7868 B700 4718 B700 4720 Description Pulley:31T Gear:62T Bracket:Home Position Sensor:Blade Photo Interrupter Stepper Motor:Dia42:Z17:Ass'y Harness:Sensor:Plate:End Fence Knob:Paper Crimp Inner Cover Decal:Knob:Roller:R9 Decal:Knob:Blade:R8 Pulley:27T Timing Belt:B40S2M214 Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 16 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 Part No. 0451 3006N 0453 3006N 1105 0623 0805 0088 0633 0140G 0633 0180G 0451 3008N 0720 0040E Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Retaining Ring - M6 Parallel Pin - 3x14 Parallel Pin - 3x18mm Tapping Screw - M3x8 Retaining Ring - M4 Qty Per Assembly
B804
35
manuals4you.com

107 101 101 101 106 25 27 103 12 22 21 23 24 107 26 107 11 12 13 28 14 104 13
11
105 11 12 13 10 5 105 4 6 7 9 6 14 15 104 16
17 18 20 101 19
13 11 12
101 101 101
101
3 102 1 2 101
104
B804
36

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Part No. B700 5412 AW01 0109 B700 4763 B700 4745 AA08 2101 AA13 2208 B700 4713 B700 4715 B793 4808 B700 4753 B700 4757 AA08 0237 B478 2328 B700 4755 B700 5410 B700 5415 B700 4835 GW01 0007 B700 5810 B700 4805 AW02 0141 B700 4829 B700 4827 B700 4821 B700 4823 B700 4720 B700 4825 B700 4810 Description Harness:Connecting:Sensor Photo Reflection Sensor:Ps117ed1 Guide Plate:Roller:Lower Guide Plate:Exit:Lower Bushing - 6x10x6 Spacer - M6 Compression Spring Exit Roller:Paper Crimp Sub-unit Discharge Brush:Exit Guide Plate:Exit:Upper Compression Spring:Transport Roller Bushing - 4x5x7 Exit Roller:Driven Shaft:Driven Harness:Sensor Harness:Drive:Swivel:Motor Bracket:Paper Feed Sensor Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit Stepper Motor:DC24V 2.5W Stay:Release:Transport Photo Interrupter Spacer:Release:Transport Joint:Release:Transport Cam:Release:Transport Gear:56Z Timing Belt:B40S2M214 Gear:28Z Shaft:Driven:Release Qty Per Assembly 1 2 1 1 18 1 2 1 1 1 4 4 6 2 1 2 1 6 1 1 16 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 Part No. 0451 3006N 0453 3014N 0353 0040N 0720 0040E 1105 0623 1105 0522 0805 0089 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Binding Self Tapping Screw 3x14 Screw - M3X4 Retaining Ring - M4 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Edge Saddle - Les0510 Retaining Ring - M4 Qty Per Assembly
B804
37
manuals4you.com
19.Shift Tray (B804)

106 107 106 4 101 106 109 8 7 9 104 5 102 1 13
108 3 106 101
101
103 105 7 10 15 14 101 104 5 10 103 21 4 103 101 102 101 12 104 11 15 102 18 16 10 20 12 17 19 6 103 104 11 10101 21 22 101 102 102
106
3 101
B804
38

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Part No. B700 3325 AW02 0114 B468 5991 B700 3320 A697 3180 A697 3170 C203 5135 A697 3165 A697 3175 A548 2139 B700 3315 B700 3310 B804 3165 B793 7898 A697 3150 B700 3405 B700 3400 B804 6165 B804 6160 B700 3410 A379 3316 AA14 3702 Description Bracket:Sensor:Paper Volume Sensor Photo Interrupter - Lower Limit Harness Bracket Timing Belt:B60S5M1530 Pulley - 18T Gear - 42Z Bushing - 10x14x5.9 Tray Drive Shaft Spacer - 10x14x13.5mm Pulley Timing Pulley:22T Tightener:Tray:Drive:Ass'y End Fence:Bind:Yes Decal:Paper Exit Sub-unit Fixing Plate - Timing Belt Side Plate:Tray:Inner Back:Ass'y Side Plate:Tray:Front:Ass'y Cover:Tray:Support:Rear Cover:Tray:Support:Front Base:Tray Shift Guide Roller Screw:Pin:Positioning Qty Per Assembly 1 1 4 2 2 1 2 1 1 4 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 4 7 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 Part No. 0451 3006N 0451 3008N 0720 0040E 0720 0060E 0634 0200G 1105 0488 1105 0328 1105 0490 1105 0623 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M6 Parallel Pin - 4x20 Harness Clamp Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Harness Clamp - IWS-2218 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Qty Per Assembly
B804
39
manuals4you.com
101 103 4
9 10
106
7 6 108 102 106 107 5 107 104 105 8
11
101 12
101
105 3 101 1 102 109 2 108 101 101
15
16 109
101 101 14 2 13 101 17
18 19
B804
40

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Part No. B700 2515 A697 2102 B700 2535 A697 3145 B700 3322 A697 3140 A697 3135 A300 2736 A697 3225 B700 3305 B700 3300 AX06 0282 B700 2510 B700 2550 B700 5813 B700 1675 AW02 0141 B700 1680 B468 2425 Description Bracket:Dcsol:Gate Pawl:Staple Damper - Junction Gate Solenoid DC Solenoid:Gate Pawl:Staple:Ass'y Gear - 36Z/18Z Compression Spring - 10n Gear - 30Z Gear - 18Z Worm Gear Worm Wheel Shaft Timing Belt:B40S2M152 Bracket:Drive:Tray:Ass'y DC Motor:25.1W Bracket:Dcsol:Gate Pawl:Proof Tray DC Solenoid: Gate Pawl: Ass'y Stepper Motor:Pm:S2m:T12:Ass'y Bracket: Shift: Drive: Ass'y Photo Interrupter Timing Belt:B40S2M142 Drive Pulley Qty Per Assembly 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 16 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 Part No. 0451 3006N 0353 0040N 0353 0060N 0574 0040E 0741 3506 0720 0060E 0807 5056 1105 0328 1105 0623 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Screw - M3X4 Bind Screw - M3x6 Hexagon Headless Set Screw - M4x4 Ball Bearing - 6x12x4 Mm Retaining Ring - M6 Washer - 8.1mm Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Qty Per Assembly
B804
41
manuals4you.com

102 4 3 1 101 2 101 5 6 7 8 9 103 12
104 101 101 101 13 101 101 14 1 5 15 16 101 105 10 11 17 18
15 101 101 19 101 5 1 101 101 20
102 18 6 101 101 22 102 101 23 24 21
106 105 101
B804
42

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Part No. B804 5806 B700 1600 B700 1610 B700 1601 AA14 3790 B312 1600 B700 1620 AA13 2169 B700 1625 B700 1635 B700 1630 B700 1615 B700 1640 B700 1670 B700 1501 B312 1610 B468 5991 B312 1615 B700 3205 B700 3215 B700 3210 B700 1162 B700 1165 AG07 1012 Description Stepper Motor:Mm42:S3m:T14:Ass'y Bracket:Stepper Motor:Transport Timing Belt:40S3M384 Tension Spring Screw:Contact Point Tightener Bracket:Pulley:Punch:Move:Ass'y Spacer - 5.7x16x1.5 Gear:Pulley:14Z/14T Compression Spring Gear:14Z Timing Belt:B40S3M303 Bracket:Stepper Motor:Transport Timing Belt:B40S3M927 Tension Spring - Pressure Tightener Harness Bracket Tension Roller Bracket:Stepper Motor:Exit Timing Belt:B40S3M648 Bracket:Support:Stud:Return Bracket:Connector:Stapler Tray Holder:Coupling:Stapler Unit Magnet Catch:Ass'y Qty Per Assembly 4 2 1 1 15 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 1 4 3 1 1 1 1 2 2 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 Part No. 0451 3006N 0451 3008N 0720 0040E 0805 0089 1105 0488 1105 0490 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Harness Clamp Harness Clamp - IWS-2218 Qty Per Assembly
B804
43
manuals4you.com
3 21 101 2 101 101 1 101 102 10 101 101 8 13 7 101 11 103 17 101 15 104 104 104 16 104 18 101 101 19 14 20 12 106 105 9 103 101 4 6 5
B804
44

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Part No. B804 5806 B700 1600 B700 1702 AA14 3790 B312 1600 B700 1501 B700 2655 A300 3865 B700 2651 B468 5991 B700 2667 B700 2665 B700 2661 B312 1615 B700 5957 B700 5803 B700 1803 B700 4867 B700 1801 B700 1802 B804 2235 Description Stepper Motor:Mm42:S3m:T14:Ass'y Bracket:Stepper Motor:Transport Timing Belt:B40S3M789 Screw:Contact Point Tightener Tension Spring - Pressure DC Solenoid:Gathering Roller:Ass'y Release Spring Bracket:Solenoid:Gathering Roller Harness Bracket Tension Spring:Solenoid:Plate DC Solenoid:Plate:Ass'y Bracket:Solenoid:Plate:Ass'y Tension Roller Bracket:Main Control Board:Lower Stepper Motor:Pm:T17:Ass'y Tension Spring Screw:Contact Point:M3 Bracket:Stepper Motor Timing Belt:B40S2M134 Guide Plate:Punch:Exhaust Qty Per Assembly 4 2 1 15 4 6 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 Part No. 0451 3006N 0451 3008N 0353 0040N 0453 3006N 1105 0488 1105 0334 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Screw - M3X4 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Harness Clamp Edge - 17 Qty Per Assembly
B804
45
manuals4you.com
23.Electrical Section (B804)
102 102
101
101 101 8 10 2 3 14 101 4 101 101 7 101 9 104 14 103 13 103 101 101 101 101 107 103 104 101 106 103 5 104 6 105 106 103 102 104 11 101 13 11 6 12 1
B804
46

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Part No. B700 5302 B700 5451 B700 5305 B700 5310 B700 5401 B700 5340 B804 5309 B804 5502 B804 5200 B700 5350 B700 1163 B700 5430 B700 5956 B700 5955 Description Harness:Entrance Sensor Harness:Punch Unit Harness:Exit:Tray Harness:Stepper Motor Harness:Staple Harness - Stapler Tray Unit Harness:Exit:Tray PCB:Main Control PCB:STP:Control Harness:Interface:Sub-ass'y Screw:Connector Harness - Staple Bracket:Printed Circuit Board Stay:Fix:Main Control Board Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 2 2 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 Part No. 0451 3006N 1105 0516 1105 0487 1105 0488 1105 0192 1105 0623 1105 0367 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Locking Support Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Spacer Qty Per Assembly
B804
47
manuals4you.com

4 101 3 101 108 108 101 101 1
1 2 1 103 101 101 101 6 101 103 19 101 19 101 6 102 10 1 102 10 9 101 7 104 105 8 5 101 101 101 101
17
108 108
107 16 106 108 15 14 13
18
12 11
106
B804
48

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 4 1 1 1 2 7 1 2 4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 16 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 Part No. 0451 3006N 0451 3008N 0950 3005N 0454 4008Q 0802 5305 0720 0040E 1105 0328 1105 0623 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Screw:Spring Washer:M3X5 Tapping Screw - M4x8 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Qty Per Assembly B700 3163 Stay:Coupling B804 2321 Guide Plate:Proof Tray B804 6132 Bracket:Cover:Upper B804 1152 Stay:Coupling B700 1161 Slide Rail:Stapler Unit:508mm AA14 3702 Screw:Pin:Positioning B700 1166 Bracket:Stopper:Stapler Unit B700 1165 Holder:Coupling:Stapler Unit AH01 2030 Caster:Dia50:400n B804 1117 Cap - Base B700 3730 Roller:Plate:Paper Exit Sub-unit B804 3720 Arm:Paper Senser:Paper Exit Sub-unit B700 3740 Spring:Arm:16mn.m B700 3725 Arm:Plate:Paper Exit Sub-unit B700 3715 Shaft:Arm:Paper Exit Sub-unit B700 3705 Guide Plate:Paper Exit Sub-unit B700 5407 Harness:Paper Exit Sub-unit B700 3710 Bracket:Surface Of Paper Sensor AW02 0141 Photo Interrupter
B804
49
manuals4you.com
1
>PS<
5
R3
>PS<
15
17
R3
>PS<
R4
R4
S1
>PS<
S1 1
S1 1
S2 1
S2 1
7
R5
8
R5
>PS<
>PS<
16
S2
R6
>PS<
>PS<
9
4 5
>PS<
10
R8
11
R9
18
R1
R4
R5
R7
R8
R 12
4 4 4
R7
>P S<
5 1
R3
1
2
5 5 5 6 6 6 6 7 8 7 8 9 8 10 7
R1
2
R5
R8
2
R9
12 13
>PS<
2
R3
1 R4
2
R6 R3
9~11
3
1 1
R10
3
R3
R11
R11
4 1
R11
R2
R10
14
>PS<
4 5
1
2
R12
1 2
>PS<
2
>PS<
R7
3
R1
>PS<
4
R2
>PS<
19
R12
>PS<
>PS<
R12
B804
R2
>PS<
50

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Part No. B468 7812 B700 7851 B700 7861 B700 7862 B700 7863 B700 7864 B700 7865 B700 7866 B700 7867 B700 7868 B700 7869 B700 7870 B700 7871 B700 7872 B700 7891 B700 7892 B793 7898 B804 7850 B804 7896 Description Caution Decal - Tray Fall Decal:Staple Exchange Decal:Knob:Entrance:R1 Decal:Knob:Entrance:R2 Decal:Proof Tray:R3 Decal:Shift:R4 Decal:Vertical Transport:R5 Decal:Exit:R6 Decal:Turn:Open And Close:R7 Decal:Knob:Blade:R8 Decal:Knob:Roller:R9 Decal:Stapler Tray:R10 Decal:Transport Unit:R11 Decal:Paper Crimp Sub-unit:R12 Decal:Stapler:S1 Decal:Stapler:S2 Decal:Paper Exit Sub-unit Decal:Misfeed Removal:Bind:Yes Decal:Paper Crimp Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly
B804
51
manuals4you.com
BOOKLET FINISHER SR3020 B804 PARTS INDEX
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
Parts Index
Part No. B804 1117 B804 1152 B804 1164 B804 1180 B804 1182 B804 2037 B804 2100 B804 2105 B804 2110 B804 2120 B804 2205 B804 2210 B804 2235 B804 2245 B804 2321 B804 2474 B804 2477 B804 2625 B804 2721 B804 3161 B804 3165 B804 3417 B804 3720 B804 3852 B804 3853 B804 4061 B804 4405 B804 4450 B804 5200 B804 5309 B804 5317 B804 5502 B804 5806 B804 5806 B804 6115 Description Cap - Base Stay: Coupling Bracket: Ground Plate: Coupling Discharge Brush: Punch Unit Discharge Brush: Punch: Transport Guide Plate: Horizontal: Lower Guide Plate :Connecting: Upper Guide Plate: Connecting: Lower Guide Plate: Entrance: Lower Guide Plate: Entrance: Upper Guide Plate: Upper Guide Plate: Transport: Entrance:U pper Guide Plate:Punch:Exhaust Guide Plate:Horizontal:Shift Guide Plate:Proof Tray Discharge Brush:Exit Discharge Brush:Exit:Middle Roller:Mm28 Guide: Trailing Edge Guide Plate:Exit:Lower End Fence:Bind:Yes Tray Arm:Paper Senser:Paper Exit Sub-unit Tray:Paper Crimp Unit:Small Tray:Paper Crimp Sub-unit Paper Crimp Unit Guide:Leading Edge:Middle Guide Plate:Lengthwise PCB:STP:Control Harness:Exit:Tray Harness:Connecting:Motor:Stapler Unit PCB:Main Control Stepper Motor:Mm42:S3m:T14:Ass'y Stepper Motor:Mm42:S3m:T14:Ass'y Cover:Front Page and Index No. 49 49 399955555545 949 19 19 19 19 15 39 349 3333 13 27 47 47 29 47 43 45 310 4 21 23 25 11 26 25 19 8 4 5 21 9 2 24 25 3 30 35 13 14 12 15 16 * 27 20 9 7 28 8 1 1 13 Part No. B804 6132 B804 6135 B804 6145 B804 6150 B804 6155 B804 6160 B804 6165 B804 6175 B804 7850 B804 7850 B804 7896 B804 7896 Description Bracket: Cover: Upper Cover: Upper Cover: Left :Front Cover :Left Upper Cover: Jogger Cover: Tray:Support:Front Cover: Tray:Support:Rear Cover:Rear Decal: Misfeed Removal: Bind: Yes Decal: Misfeed Removal: Bind: Yes Decal :Paper Crimp Decal: Paper Crimp Page and Index No. 49 333339 39 3351 33 51 3 6 7 3 2 19 18 1 10 18 2 19
B804
Parts Index
Part No. A300 2736 A300 3865 A353 2243 A353 3172 A353 3173 A376 1343 A379 3316 A458 2251 A458 2251 A458 2251 A498 4625 A548 2139 A612 2435 A666 3180 A666 3180 A666 4270 A680 4223 A681 2742 A697 1128 A697 1606 A697 1606 A697 2102 A697 2102 A697 2187 A697 3135 A697 3140 A697 3145 A697 3150 A697 3165 A697 3170 A697 3175 A697 3180 A697 3225 A697 4140 A697 4170
Description Worm Gear Release Spring Lever Knob Actuator Bracket Pressure Spring Original Pressure Roller Shift Guide Roller Cushion - Bin Solenoid Lever Cushion - Bin Solenoid Lever Cushion - Bin Solenoid Lever Arm Cushion Pulley Support Plate Timing Pulley - Z32 Timing Pulley - Z32 Roller:Driven:Entrance Cushion Driven Exit Roller Joint Lever Spacer - 6x12x2.7mm Spacer - 6x12x2.7mm Damper - Junction Gate Solenoid Damper - Junction Gate Solenoid Pressure Spring - 14.1mm Gear - 18Z Gear - 30Z Gear - 36Z/18Z Fixing Plate - Timing Belt Tray Drive Shaft Gear - 42Z Spacer - 10x14x13.5mm Pulley - 18T Worm Wheel Shaft Sector Gear - 144z Pulley - 32T
Page and Index No. 41 45 11 13 13 31 39 19 11 919 39 17 23 25 519 13 11 5741 19 741 41 41 39 39 39 39 39 41 31 23 8 8 4 8 9 17 21 20 12 16 2 10 3 19 2 3 18 3 18 16 22 2 35 9 7 6 4 15 8 6 9 5 9 18 1
Description Actuator - Paper Height Sensor Exit Guide - Upper Exit Guide Belt Holder Tightener Tightener Tightener Tightener Tension Roller Tension Roller Timing Pulley - S2M T24 Timing Pulley - T20-S3M Timing Pulley - T20-S3M Timing Pulley - T20-S3M Bushing - Driven Roller Exit Roller Outer Exit Roller Magnet Catch - 5n Bushing - Lower Slider Ground Plate: Coupling Guide - Trailing Edge Slide Roller Spring Bushing - Roller Slide Knob - Transfer Roller Bushing - Roller Slide Pulley - T16 Gathering Roller:Ass'y Shaft - Worm Wheel Belt Tensioner - Stapler Drive Pulley Driven Exit Roller Middle Myler Stopper - Timing Belt Harness Bracket Harness Bracket
Page and Index No. 13 731 29 43 45 43 43 45 19 17 11 15 27 15 15 33 31 319 9995919 19 13 23 41 19 25 23 45 43 10 11 10 22 6 5 16 18 14 8 15 19 1 14 34 33 15 9 20 19 7 6 4 11 3 10 9 19 2 19 26 15 13 10 17
B804
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Description Harness Bracket Adjusting Pin - Booklet Stapler Spacer Cushion - 20mm Caution Decal - Tray Fall Caution Decal - Tray Fall Motor Bracket Cushion Exit Roller:Driven Exit Roller:Driven Pulley:Drive:Roller:Sponge Pulley:Driven:Roller:Sponge Gathering Roller:Sponge Timing Belt:B40S2M100 Lever:Drive:Gathering Roller:Front Lever:Drive:Gathering Roller:Back Spacer Spacer Stay:Coupling Slide Rail:Stapler Unit:508mm Bracket:Connector:Stapler Tray Screw:Connector Holder:Coupling:Stapler Unit Holder:Coupling:Stapler Unit Bracket:Stopper:Stapler Unit Stay:Punch Unit:Slide:Ass'y Sheet:Guide:Punch Ground Plate:Toner Hopper:Punch Bracket:Coupling:Ass'y Coupling Bracket - Front Tension Spring - Pressure Tension Spring - Pressure Tension Spring - Pressure Tension Spring - Pressure Bracket:Stepper Motor:Transport Bracket:Stepper Motor:Transport Tension Spring
Page and Index No. 39 25 3351 19 37 27 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 911 49 43 47 49 43 49 9911 3329 45 43 23 45 43 43 3 14 17 5 1 17 13 15 10 12 13 9 8 7 25 32 17 5 22 11 8 23 7 33 24 2 18 19 19 6 15 4 2 2 4
Description Timing Pulley:26T Timing Pulley:26T Timing Belt:40S3M384 Timing Belt:B40S3M303 Bracket:Pulley:Punch:Move:Ass'y Gear:Pulley:14Z/14T Gear:14Z Compression Spring Bracket:Stepper Motor:Transport Timing Pulley:20T Timing Pulley:20T Gear:30Z Bracket:Gear:Middle:Ass'y Gear:25Z Timing Belt:B40S3M927 Bracket:Shift:Drive:Ass'y Timing Belt:B40S2M142 Timing Pulley:40T Timing Belt:B40S3M789 Bracket:Stepper Motor Timing Belt:B40S2M134 Tension Spring Compression Spring:Entrance:Driven Knob:Guide Plate:Entrance Sheet:Entrance Transport Roller:Entrance:Upper Bushing:Transport Roller:Front Bushing:Transport Roller:Rear Bracket:Entrance Sensor Tension Spring:Guide Plate:Move Guide Plate:Upper:Move Transport Roller:Shift Gear:30Z Sheet:Guide:Staple Exit Roller:Proof Tray
Page and Index No. 7543 43 43 43 43 43 43 711 99943 41 41 11 45 45 45 45 555555555999724 18 3 12 7 9 11 10 13 25 20 31 26 30 14 16 18 21 3 19 20 17 20 7 9 15 12 13 23 1 2 13 28 12 14
B804
Parts Index
Description Transport Roller:Short Guide Plate:Proof Tray:Ass'y Guide Plate:Proof Tray Torsion Spring Discharge Brush Bracket:Sensor:Proof Tray Transport Roller:Long Transport Roller:Long Guide Plate:Exit:Proof Tray Bracket:Photo Interrupter: Overflow Guide Plate:Turn:Ass'y Guide Plate:Turn:Open And Close Tension Spring:Turn:Open And Close Polarization Powl:Duplex Stack Tension Spring Guide Plate:Duplex Stack:Ass'y Shaft:Turn:Guide Guide:Turn Transport Roller:Duplex Stack:Lower Guide Plate:Lengthwise Guide Plate:Lower:Open And Close Compression Spring:Exit:Driven Compression Spring:Exit:Driven Tension Spring Guide Plate:Lengthwise:Ass'y Bracket:Sensor:Duplex Tray Guide Plate:Exit:Stapler Tray Exit Roller:Stapler Tray Gate Pawl:Staple Gate Pawl:Proof Tray Bracket:Dcsol:Gate Pawl:Proof Tray Bracket:Dcsol:Gate Pawl:Staple Cushion:Gate Pawl Cushion:Gate Pawl Supporting Plate: Gate Pawl
Page and Index No. 11 77777711 7711 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 17 17 19 17 19 19 17 17 17 17 9941 41 19 999 13 18 21 12 6 15 10 2 5 7 5 6 11 13 16 14 15 9 6 22 4 28 21 12 14 11 10 20 18 13 1 16 17 14
Description Supporting Plate:Gate Pawl:Staple DC Solenoid:Gate Pawl:Staple:Ass'y Tension Spring Tension Spring DC Solenoid:Gate Pawl:Ass'y Bracket: Gathering Roller Shaft: Gathering Roller:Drive Arm: Gathering Roller: Ass'y Arm:Plate:Ass'y Tension Spring Timing Belt:40S2M144 Bracket: Solenoid: Gathering Roller DC Solenoid:Gathering Roller:Ass'y Bracket:Solenoid:Plate:Ass'y DC Solenoid:Plate:Ass'y Tension Spring:Solenoid:Plate Stay:Swivel:Ass'y Shaft:Contact Point:Swivel Tension Spring:Release:Swivel Arm:Solenoid:Swivel Cushion:Arm Cushion:Arm DC Solenoid:Swivel:Ass'y Stay:Drive:Guide Plate:Ass'y Bracket:Stepper Motor:Guide Plate Worm Gear:37t Worm Wheel:20z Timing Belt:B40S2M232 Bushing:Joint Joint:Guide Plate:Open And Close Compression Spring Bracket:Feeler:Plate Bracket:Surface Of Paper Sensor Guide Plate:Exit:Upper Discharge Brush
Page and Index No. 941 9941 19 19 19 19 19 19 45 45 45 45 45 19 19 19 19 19 519 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 19 3 21 15 14 7 15 12 1 5 11 9 7 13 12 11 33 29 31 32 34 27 36 24 12 16 18 15 20 22 21 11 25 5 1
B804
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Description Shaft:Exit Roller:Driven Stay:Coupling Shaft:Exit Roller Bracket:Stepper Motor:Exit Bracket:Support:Stud:Return Timing Belt:B40S3M648 Bracket:Drive:Tray:Ass'y Timing Belt:B40S2M152 Tightener:Tray:Drive:Ass'y Timing Pulley:22T Timing Belt:B60S5M1530 Compression Spring - 10n Bracket:Sensor:Paper Volume Sensor Side Plate:Tray:Front:Ass'y Side Plate:Tray:Inner Back:Ass'y Base:Tray Tray:Auxiliary Stay:Uniform:Ass'y Timing Belt:B40S2M92 Timing Pulley:20/30T Shaft: Gathering Roller:Drive:Ass'y Timing Pulley:18T Lever: Driven: Gathering Roller: Front Lever: Driven: Gathering Roller: Rear Timing Belt:B40S2M116 Bracket:Coupling:Lever:Drive Tension Spring Bracket:Feeler:Paper Senser Feeler:Paper Senser Bracket:Sensor:Paper Senser Bracket:Home Position Sensor Cam:Gathering Roller Cam:Lever:Drive Guide Plate:Paper Exit Sub-unit Bracket:Surface Of Paper Sensor
Page and Index No. 13 49 15 43 43 43 41 41 39 39 39 41 39 39 39 39 315 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 49 49 4 1 32 19 21 20 11 10 12 11 4 5 1 17 16 20 4 27 24 26 11 23 16 15 14 6 5 18 17 30 22 29 28 16 18
Description Shaft:Arm:Paper Exit Sub-unit Arm:Plate:Paper Exit Sub-unit Roller:Plate:Paper Exit Sub-unit Spring:Arm:16mn.m Shaft:Slider:Standard Fence Standard Fence:Front:Staple Slider:Standard Fence Guide:Entrance:Stapler:Inner Back Standard Fence:Rear:Staple Spring:Return:Standard Fence Stay:Upper:Slide Rail Stay:Middle:Stapler Tray Stay:Guide:Stapler:Move Stay:Lower:Slide Rail Stay:Lower: Positioning Sensor Sheet:Slider Bracket :Positioning Sensor Stapler Tray Shaft:Idler:Exit Guide:Transport:Stapler Tray Shaft:Guide:Jogger Fence Jogger Fence:Front:Ass'y Jogger Fence:Rear:Ass'y Bracket:Sensor:Jogger Pulley:32T Bracket:Motor:Jogger:Ass'y Timing Belt:1040S2M4-E Exit Belt:Ass'y Bracket:Home Position Sensor:Pawl Shaft:Exit Exit Roller:Mm45 Collar:Mm40 Timing Pulley:55T Bracket:Tightener:Exit:Fix Bracket:Tightener:Exit:Ass'y
Page and Index No. 49 49 49 49 29 29 29 29 29 29 27 25 31 29 29 29 25 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 25 23 23 23 23 25 25 15 14 11 13 11 14 12 13 15 10 5 11 1 20 7 6 6 17 18 20 14 21 22 26 25 24 15 16 10 7 10 9 11 4 3
B804
Parts Index
Description Timing Pulley:55T Timing Pulley:30T Timing Pulley:30T Timing Belt:B40S2M474 Tension Spring Shaft:Guide:Stapler Bracket:Drive:Stapler:Move:Ass'y Gear Pulley:52Z/20T Bracket:Tightener:Stapler:Ass'y Guide:Stapler:Entrance:Upper Guide:Stapler:Entrance:Lower Bracket:Fix:Stapler:Ass'y Bracket:Stapler:Turn:Ass'y Bracket:Stapler:Slide:Ass'y Bracket:Sensor:Diagonal,slanted Worm Gear:Pulley:19t Timing Belt:B40S2M90 Bracket:Stapler:Move:Ass'y Roller:Guide:Slide:Stapler Guide:Slide:Stapler Timing Belt:B60S3M954 Inner Cover:Stapler Tension Spring Bracket:Stapler Sheet:Guide:Stapler Stay:Middle:Stapler Tray:Small Guide:Stapler:Middle Guide:Stapler:Middle Cover:Harness:Stapler Guide Plate:Pressure:Reverse:Stapler Tray Guide:Leading Edge:Front Guide:Leading Edge:Rear Sheet:Plate:Leading Edge Guide:Leading Edge:Outer Roller:Dia22
Page and Index No. 23 27 29 29 25 31 31 31 29 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 25 25 25 25 25 25 21 21 21 21 21 21 12 21 21 23 5 4 31 32 18 26 25 23 22 16 12 20 19 8 14 11 5 28 6 12 16 19 21 20 18 16 18 19 2 17 14
Description Shaft:Driven:Turn Tension Spring:Pressure:Turn Guide Plate:Reverse:Front Guide Plate:Reverse:Inner Back Supporting Plate:Reverse:Ass'y Slider:Guide:Reverse Lever:Reverse:Stapler Tray:Ass'y Shaft:Drive:Cam Cam:Guide Plate:Front Cam:Guide Plate:Inner Back Timing Belt:B40S2M158 Gear:Pulley:17Z/48T Gear:43Z Guide:Leading Edge:Upper Guide Plate:Pressure Guide Plate:Transport Unit Shaft:Driven:Transport Unit Transport Roller:Transport Unit Holder:Arm:Harness Arm:Harness:Stapler Unit Pin :Fix: Arm Bracket: Stapler Tray: Moveable Inner Cover: Stapler Unit Compression Spring Exit Roller: Paper Crimp Sub-unit Pulley:27T Timing Belt:B40S2M214 Timing Belt:B40S2M214 Guide Plate :Exit: Lower Guide Plate: Exit: Upper Shaft: Driven Compression Spring: Transport Roller Guide Plate :Roller :Lower Bracket: Home Position Sensor: Blade Gear:62T
Page and Index No. 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 27 27 27 27 27 27 21 21 27 27 27 29 29 29 29 21 37 37 35 35 37 37 37 37 37 37 35 35 15 20 11 12 9 7 8 8 6 7 1 2 3 4 21 18 16 12 25 27 26 2 5 7 8 11 12 26 4 10 14 11 3 3 2
B804
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Description Pulley:31T Pulley:22T Timing Belt:B80S3M156 Timing Belt:B80S3M237 Bracket:Auxiliary:Rear Bracket:Motor:Mm56 Stay:Release:Transport Shaft:Driven:Release Cam:Release:Transport Gear:56Z Gear:28Z Joint:Release:Transport Spacer:Release:Transport Bracket:Paper Feed Sensor Screw:Contact Point:M3 Guide:Open And Close:Front Guide:Open And Close:Rear Guide Plate:Open And Close:Lower Grip:Guide Plate Bracket:Contact Point Knob:Paper Crimp Inner Cover Cover:Drive Cover:Upper Harness:Safety Switch Harness:Entrance Sensor Harness:Surface Of Paper Sensor Harness:Exit:Tray Harness:Stepper Motor Harness:Exit:Open And Close:Motor Harness - Stapler Tray Unit Harness - Stapler Tray Sensor Harness:Interface:Sub-ass'y Harness:Connecting:Sensor:Exit Harness:Connecting:Sensor
Page and Index No. 35 33 33 33 33 33 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 45 33 33 33 33 33 35 35 33 33 547 15 47 47 13 47 29 47 13 71 9 7 6 8 5 20 28 24 25 27 23 22 17 18 16 17 11 14 10 7 8 3 1 24 1 31 3 4 13 6 3 10 26 4
Description Harness: Connecting: Sensor Harness: Connecting: Stapler Harness: Connecting: Sensor Harness: Connecting: Sensor Harness: Staple Harness: Stapler: Staple Exchange Harness: Paper Exit Sub-unit Harness: Sensor Harness: Sensor: Plate: End Fence Harness: Connecting: Sensor Harness: Staple: Motor Harness: Gate: Open And Close :Motor Harness: Drive: Swivel :Motor Harness: Drive: Swivel: Motor Harness: Connecting: Sensor Harness: Connecting: Sensor Harness - Staple Harness - Staple Harness: Punch Unit Stepper Motor: Ass'y Stepper Motor:Pm:S2m:T12:Ass'y Stepper Motor:Pm:T17:Ass'y Stepper Motor:Dia42:Z17:Ass'y Stepper Motor:Dia42:Z17:Ass'y Stepper Motor:Pm:S2m:T15:Ass'y Stepper Motor:Mm42:S2m:T15:Ass'y Stepper Motor: Exit: Ass'y Stepper Motor: Stapler :Moveable: Ass'y Stepper Motor:DC24V 2.5W Stepper Motor:Mm56:S3m:T14:Ass'y Stepper Motor:Pm:S2m:T12:Ass'y Stay :Fix: Main Control Board Bracket: Printed Circuit Board Bracket: Main Control Board: Lower Inner Cover: Upper
Page and Index No. 731 31 13 47 25 49 37 35 37 29 27 37 15 25 29 47 29 47 31 27 45 35 23 13 15 29 31 37 33 41 47 47 45 97 29 2 7 5 17 17 15 6 1 29 10 16 19 8 8 12 4 2 13 9 16 5 23 14 20 5 30 19 4 15 14 13 15 1
B804
Parts Index
Description Inner Cover:Lower Hinge:Door:Lower:Ass'y Hinge:Door:Upper:Ass'y Decal:Staple Exchange Decal:Staple Exchange Stapler:Service Parts:Ass'y Decal :Knob: Entrance:R1 Decal: Knob: Entrance:R1 Decal: Knob: Entrance:R2 Decal: Knob: Entrance:R2 Decal: Proof Tray:R3 Decal: Proof Tray:R3 Decal:Shift:R4 Decal:Shift:R4 Decal:Vertical Transport:R5 Decal:Vertical Transport:R5 Decal:Exit:R6 Decal:Exit:R6 Decal:Turn:Open And Close:R7 Decal:Turn:Open And Close:R7 Decal:Knob:Blade:R8 Decal:Knob:Blade:R8 Decal:Knob:Roller:R9 Decal:Knob:Roller:R9 Decal:Stapler Tray:R10 Decal:Stapler Tray:R10 Decal:Transport Unit:R11 Decal:Transport Unit:R11 Decal:Paper Crimp Sub-unit:R12 Decal:Paper Crimp Sub-unit:R12 Decal:Stapler:S1 Decal:Stapler:S1 Decal:Stapler:S2 Decal:Stapler:S2 Bushing:Punch Unit:Slide
Page and Index No. 17 3351 325 51 5551 51 751 951 17 19 51 951 35 51 35 51 51 21 27 51 51 33 51 31 21 51 21 1 9 8 2 11 13 3 6 10 4 5 17 6 8 7 7 23 8 2 9 10 10 9 11 12 3 17 13 14 13 15 27 1 16 10
Part No. B793 2321 B793 4808 B793 7898 B793 7898 C203 5135 G565 2135 H072 2220
Description Slide Roller Link Discharge Brush:Exit Decal: Paper Exit Sub-unit Decal: Paper Exit Sub-unit Bushing - 10x14x5.9 Exit Plate Spacer - M6x10
Page and Index No. 937 51 39 39 13 15 29 9 17 14 7 2 2
B804
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. AA06 0557 AA06 3529 AA06 3529 AA06 3529 AA08 0237 AA08 2058 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2104 AA08 2104 AA10 0011 AA13 2024 AA13 2169 AA13 2208 AA14 3702 AA14 3702 AA14 3702 AA14 3790 AA14 3790 AA14 3790 AA14 3790 AA14 3790 AA14 3790 AA14 3790 AA14 3790 AA14 3823 AA16 1099 AB03 0278 AB03 0374 AB03 0374
Description Positioning Roller Spring Pressure Spring - 14.5mm Pressure Spring - 14.5mm Pressure Spring - 14.5mm Bushing - 4x5x7 Bushing - 6x10x9mm Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 8x12x7 Bushing - 8x12x7 Retaining Ring:Silencer:Mm7 Spacer - M6 Spacer - 5.7x16x1.5 Spacer - M6 Screw:Pin: Positioning Screw:Pin: Positioning Screw:Pin: Positioning Screw:Contact Point Screw:Contact Point Screw:Contact Point Screw:CONTACT POINT Screw:Contact Point Screw:Contact Point Screw:CONTACT POINT Screw:Contact Point Tapping Screw Lever Cushion Idler - 20z Timing Pulley - 20Z Timing Pulley - 20Z
Page and Index No. 19 927 737 19 31 17 15 11 937 727 23 23 31 43 37 39 49 31 45 25 23 33 11 43 29 715 19 29 7513 5 13 19 12 6 15 2 3 1 27 5 1 4 5 8 21 8 6 22 6 7 4 1 3 18 3 5 16 20 4 14 17 23 17
Part No. AF02 2147 AF02 2147 AF02 2147 AF02 2148 AG07 0512 AG07 0513 AG07 0513 AG07 0514 AG07 0514 AG07 0514 AG07 0514 AG07 1012 AH01 2030 AJ01 1015 AW01 0109 AW01 0109 AW02 0114 AW02 0141 AW02 0141 AW02 0141 AW02 0141 AW02 0141 AW02 0141 AW02 0141 AW02 0141 AW02 0141 AW02 0166 AW02 0172 AX06 0282 GW01 0007 GW01 0007 GW01 0007 GW01 0007 GW01 0007 GW01 0007
Description Driven Roller Driven Roller Driven Roller Roller:Driven:L=125 Magnet Catch:Ass'y Magnet Catch Magnet Catch Magnet Catch Magnet Catch Magnet Catch Magnet Catch Magnet Catch:Ass'y Caster:Dia50:400n Stapler:Eh-530 Photo Reflection Sensor:Ps117ed1 Photo Reflection Sensor:Ps117ed1 Photo Interrupter - Lower Limit Photo Interrupter Photo Interrupter Photo Interrupter Photo Interrupter Photo Interrupter Photo Interrupter Photo Interrupter Photo Interrupter Photo Interrupter Photo Interrupter: Paper Feed Sensor Photo Interrupter: Overflow:CT DC Motor:25.1W Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit
Page and Index No. 19 717 5311 527 717 943 49 31 37 13 39 49 41 37 27 35 13 15 31 23 25 741 37 17 7525 29 27 10 5 21 12 8 14 19 16 8 10 24 9 24 2 6 2 19 17 21 11 4 17 21 3 27 9 3 12 18 13 8 22 7 9
B804
10
Parts Index
Description Screw - M3X4 Screw - M3X4 Screw - M3X4 Screw - M3X4 Screw - M3X4 Screw-m3x5 Bind Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6
Page and Index No. 11 - 103 19 - 103 37 - 103 45 - 103 41 - 102 31 - 104 41 - 103 17 - 103 33 - 102 9 - 104 29 - 103 21 - 102 15 - 101 29 - 101 27 - 101 31 - 101 25 - 101 13 - 101 33 - 101 23 - 101 19 - 101 17 - 102 35 - 101 37 - 101 11 - 101 39 - 101 9 - 102 41 - 101 43 - 101 3 - 102 7 - 101 45 - 101 49 - 101 47 - 101 5 - 101
Part No. 0451 3008N 0451 3008N 0451 3008N 0451 3008N 0451 3008N 0451 3008N 0451 3008N 0451 3008N 0451 3008N 0451 3008N 0451 3008N 0451 3008N 0451 3010N 0451 4006N 0451 4014N 0453 3006N 0453 3006N 0453 3006N 0453 3006N 0453 3006N 0453 3006N 0453 3006N 0453 3006N 0453 3014N 0453 4006N 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 3008Q 0454 3008Q 0454 4008Q 0574 0040E 0632 0100G 0632 0160G 0632 0160G
Description Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw:3x10 Tapping Screw - 4x6 Tapping Screw:M4x14 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Binding Self Tapping Screw 3x14 Binding Self Tapping Screw:4x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw:3x8 Tapping Screw:3x8 Tapping Screw - M4x8 Hexagon Headless Set Screw - M4x4 Pin - 2x10mm Parallel Pin-m2x16 Parallel Pin-m2x16
Page and Index No. 21 - 101 35 - 107 49 - 102 19 - 102 43 - 102 45 - 102 29 - 102 31 - 102 39 - 102 3 - 101 17 - 101 9 - 101 23 - 102 15 - 102 3 - 104 29 - 104 35 - 102 45 - 104 27 - 104 25 - 103 31 - 103 21 - 103 23 - 103 37 - 102 33 - 103 25 - 102 5 - 102 7 - 102 11 - 102 3 - 103 49 - 104 41 - 104 15 - 104 27 - 105 23 - 105
B804
11
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. 0633 0140G 0633 0140G 0633 0180G 0634 0200G 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0060E 0720 0060E 0720 0060E 0720 0060E 0720 0060E 0720 0060E 0720 0060E 0740 3008 0741 3506 0742 3808 0802 5305 0805 0088
Description Parallel Pin - 3x14 Parallel Pin - 3x14 Parallel Pin - 3x18mm Parallel Pin - 4x20 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M6 Ball Bearing - 8x22x7 Ball Bearing - 6x12x4 Mm Ball Bearing - 8x16x5 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Retaining Ring - M6
Page and Index No. 33 - 106 35 - 105 35 - 106 39 - 105 49 - 106 29 - 105 17 - 104 11 - 104 31 - 106 13 - 102 35 - 108 27 - 102 5 - 103 15 - 103 19 - 105 9 - 105 37 - 104 43 - 103 25 - 104 7 - 103 39 - 103 23 - 104 21 - 105 39 - 104 41 - 106 31 - 105 33 - 104 27 - 103 23 - 106 29 - 106 31 - 108 41 - 105 33 - 105 49 - 105 11 - 106
Part No. 0805 0088 0805 0089 0805 0089 0805 0089 0805 0089 0805 0089 0805 0089 0805 0089 0805 0089 0805 3537 0805 3537 0805 3537 0805 3537 0805 3537 0807 5056 0950 3005N 1105 0192 1105 0328 1105 0328 1105 0328 1105 0328 1105 0328 1105 0328 1105 0328 1105 0328 1105 0328 1105 0328 1105 0334 1105 0334 1105 0367 1105 0487 1105 0487 1105 0487 1105 0487 1105 0487
Description Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Ball Bearing:Dia6xdia13x5:Dia14.5 Ball Bearing:Dia6xdia13x5:Dia14.5 Ball Bearing:Dia6xdia13x5:Dia14.5 Ball Bearing:Dia6xdia13x5:Dia14.5 Ball Bearing:Dia6xdia13x5:Dia14.5 Washer - 8.1mm Screw: Spring Washer:M3X5 Locking Support Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Edge - 17 Edge - 17 Spacer Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp
Page and Index No. 35 - 104 9 - 103 7 - 104 21 - 104 37 - 107 43 - 104 15 - 106 19 - 104 13 - 103 15 - 105 27 - 110 7 - 105 17 - 105 11 - 105 41 - 107 49 - 103 47 - 105 15 - 107 41 - 108 7 - 106 39 - 107 23 - 108 49 - 107 13 - 104 25 - 108 31 - 110 33 - 108 45 - 106 29 - 109 47 - 107 33 - 109 25 - 107 29 - 110 31 - 109 27 - 107
B804
12
Parts Index
Part No. 1105 0487 1105 0487 1105 0488 1105 0488 1105 0488 1105 0488 1105 0488 1105 0488 1105 0489 1105 0490 1105 0490 1105 0516 1105 0516 1105 0516 1105 0516 1105 0516 1105 0516 1105 0516 1105 0516 1105 0522 1105 0522 1105 0623 1105 0623 1105 0623 1105 0623 1105 0623 1105 0623 1105 0623 1105 0623 1105 0623 1105 0623 1105 0623 1105 0623 1105 0623 1105 0623
Description Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp - LWS 1316 Harness Clamp - IWS-2218 Harness Clamp - IWS-2218 Clamp Clamp Clamp Clamp Clamp Clamp Clamp Clamp Edge Saddle - Les0510 Edge Saddle - Les0510 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0
Page and Index No. 15 - 110 47 - 103 45 - 105 43 - 105 47 - 104 29 - 108 39 - 106 27 - 108 25 - 106 43 - 106 39 - 108 47 - 102 5 - 104 33 - 107 31 - 111 11 - 107 17 - 106 13 - 105 27 - 109 37 - 106 33 - 110 17 - 107 47 - 106 49 - 108 31 - 107 29 - 107 19 - 106 15 - 108 41 - 109 13 - 106 35 - 103 39 - 109 23 - 107 27 - 106 25 - 105
Part No. 1105 0623 1204 2520 1204 2541
Description Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Switch:DE2L-FJ20 Interlock Switch
Page and Index No. 37 - 105 15 - 109 5 - 105
B804
13
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. 5053 0419 5201 2722 5206 2686 5206 2686 5215 2621 5447 2681 5447 2681 5447 2681 5447 2681 Bushing - 10mm Bushing - M6x5 Snap Ring Snap Ring Snap Ring - M6 Snap Ring Snap Ring Snap Ring Snap Ring
Description
Page and Index No. 23 929 33 21 13 19 21 29 6 22 24 12 13 23 4 6 1
Part No.
Description
Page and Index No.
manuals4you
.com
B804
14
Parts Index
FINISHER SR3030 B805 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
1.Exterior (B805)
101 5 18 101 4 104 102 103 101 1 15 6 104 16 17
101
10 3 101 2 101 101
19 8 102
12
14 4 15
7 101
11
102 9 101
13
16
B805
1.Exterior (B805)
Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Part No. B804 6175 B804 6155 B804 6150 B700 3420 B468 7812 B804 6135 B804 6145 B700 6125 B700 6120 B804 1164 B805 7850 AG07 0512 B804 6115 B804 3417 B408 1428 B700 1198 B468 6511 B700 1191 B700 6139 Description Cover: Rear Cover: Jogger Cover: Left Upper Tray: Auxiliary Caution Decal - Tray Fall Cover: Upper Cover: Left: Front Hinge :Door :Upper: Ass'y Hinge :Door: Lower :Ass'y Bracket: Ground Plate: Coupling Decal: Misfeed Removal: Bind: No Magnet Catch: Ass'y Cover: Front Tray Ground Plate :Coupling Coupling Bracket - Front Spacer Cushion - 20mm Bracket: Coupling Ass'y Proof Tray: Auxiliary Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 Part No. 0451 3008N 0451 3006N 0454 3008Q 0451 4014N Description Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw:3x8 Tapping Screw:M4x14 Qty Per Assembly
B805
manuals4you.com
1 3 2 102
5 103
18 8 9 13 9 7 6 102 14 22 23 15 16 17
101
101
11 10
103
12 19 104 20 20 21 25
102 101 101 27
102 102 102 105 24 101 27
26
B805

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Part No. B700 2200 B700 2215 A666 4270 B804 2205 B804 2210 B700 7861 B700 2125 B804 2120 B700 2126 B700 7862 B408 2281 B700 2135 B700 2140 AG07 0513 B700 2130 A697 1606 AB03 0374 B700 1605 B804 2110 B700 2119 AF02 2148 GW01 0007 B700 2145 B700 5301 B804 2105 B804 2100 B700 2729 Description Tension Spring Guide Plate Move Guide Plate Upper Move Roller Driven Entrance Guide Plate Upper Guide Plate Transport Entrance Upper Decal:Knob:Entrance:R1 Knob Guide Plate Entrance Guide Plate Entrance Upper Sheet: Entrance Decal:Knob:Entrance:R2 Knob - Transfer Roller Bushing Transport Roller Front Bushing Transport Roller Rear Magnet Catch Transport Roller Entrance Upper Spacer - 6x12x2.7mm Timing Pulley - 20Z Timing Pulley:26T Guide Plate: Entrance: Lower Compression Spring: Entrance: Driven Roller: Driven L=125 Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit Bracket: Entrance Sensor Harness: Safety Switch Guide Plate: Connecting: Lower Guide Plate: Connecting: Upper Cushion: Arm Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 4 2 4 1 1 1 1 3 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 Part No. 0451 3006N 0454 3006Q 0720 0040E 1105 0516 1204 2541 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Clamp Interlock Switch Qty Per Assembly
B805
manuals4you.com

10 9 103 24 101 106 4 8 3 5 101 12 7 101 11 13 101 106 101 101 105 105 22 23 25
9 2 101 6
14 16
102 103 1 16 102 103 1 18 104 102 15 17 10 19 19 10 19 19 21 20
B805

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Part No. AA08 2101 B700 2330 AW02 0172 B700 5365 B700 2331 B700 2320 B700 5366 GW01 0007 A697 2187 AF02 2147 B302 2216 B700 2317 B700 2310 B700 2300 B700 2325 AG07 0514 B700 7863 B700 2315 AA06 3529 AA14 3790 B700 2316 A697 1606 AB03 0374 B700 1605 B700 1645 Description Bushing - 6x10x6 Guide Plate:Exit:Proof Tray Photo Interrupter: Overflow: CT Harness: Connecting: Sensor Bracket: Photo Interrupter: Overflow Bracket: Sensor: Proof Tray Harness: Connecting: Sensor Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit Pressure Spring - 14.1mm Driven Roller Exit Guide - Upper Exit Guide Discharge Brush Guide Plate: Proof Tray:Ass'y Exit Roller :Proof Tray Transport Roller: Long Magnet Catch Decal: Proof Tray:R3 Guide Plate: Proof Tray Pressure Spring - 14.5mm Screw: Contact Point Torsion Spring Spacer - 6x12x2.7mm Timing Pulley - 20Z Timing Pulley:26T Timing Pulley:20T Qty Per Assembly 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 2 7 1 1 1 1 2 5 1 1 6 12 1 2 2 2 2 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 Part No. 0451 3006N 0454 3006Q 0720 0040E 0805 0089 0805 3537 1105 0328 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Ball Bearing:Dia6xdia13x5:Dia14.5 Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Qty Per Assembly
B805
manuals4you.com

6 7 5 4 8 9 14 10 11 104 18 17 104 20 17 101 3 102 34 25 101 103 102 2 17 33 19 17 102 6 26 5 4 28 27 30 29 105 105 105
12 13 15 16 102 31 32 105
102
16
17 23 105 22
24
21
23
B805

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 Part No. B700 6100 B700 7867 B408 2312 B408 2175 AA06 3529 B408 2174 B408 2173 B700 7864 B804 2245 AG07 0514 B804 2037 B700 2241 B700 2220 B700 2525 B700 2545 A458 2251 B700 2520 B700 2505 B700 2530 B700 2500 B700 2540 5201 2722 B804 1180 B700 1183 B804 1182 B700 1660 AA08 2101 B700 2225 B793 2321 B700 1665 B700 1650 B478 3569 B700 1170 B804 2235 Description Inner Cover: Upper Decal Turn: Open And Close:R7 Bushing - Roller Slide Bushing - Roller Slide Pressure Spring - 14.5mm Spring Slide Roller Decal:Shift:R4 Guide Plate :Horizontal: Shift Magnet Catch Guide Plate Horizontal Lower Sheet Guide Staple Transport Roller Shift Supporting Plate Gate Pawl Tension Spring Cushion - Bin Solenoid Lever Cushion Gate Pawl Gate Pawl Proof Tray Supporting Plate Gate Pawl Staple Gate Pawl Staple Tension Spring Bushing - M6x5 Discharge Brush Punch Unit Sheet Guide Punch Discharge Brush Punch Transport Bracket :Gear :Middle :Ass'y Bushing - 6x10x6 Gear:30Z Slide Roller Link Gear:25Z Gear:30Z Spacer Stay :Punch Unit :Slide :Ass'y Guide Plate: Punch Unit Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 2 6 2 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 7 10 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 16 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 Part No. 0451 3008N 0451 3006N 0805 0089 0450 3008N 0720 0040E Description Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Retaining Ring - M4 Qty Per Assembly
B805
manuals4you.com

6 102 101
105 20 105 9 10 7 103 8 12 15 106 3 15 106 15 106 15 107 16 107 17 105 101 13 106 101
19
21
11
101 1 104 1 104 101 2 104 1 14 106 15 106 15
106
3 18 3 101
1 104 101
101
B805
10
manuals4you.com

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Part No. AA08 2101 B700 1185 AA14 3790 A353 2243 B700 2421 B700 2422 B700 2411 AG07 0513 B700 2305 B700 2325 B700 2431 A458 2251 B700 2432 B700 2452 B700 2453 B700 2441 B700 1151 A697 1128 B352 1607 B700 1645 B700 1701 Description Bushing - 6x10x6 Ground Plate:Toner Hopper: Punch Screw: Contact Point Lever Knob Guide Plate Turn: Open And Close Tension Spring Turn: Open And Close Guide Plate Turn: Ass'y Magnet Catch Transport Roller Short Transport Roller Long Polarization Pawl Duplex Stack Cushion - Bin Solenoid Lever Tension Spring Shaft: Turn: Guide Guide: Turn Guide Plate Duplex Stack: Ass'y Stay Coupling Joint Lever Timing Pulley - T20-S3M Timing Pulley:20T Timing Pulley:40T Qty Per Assembly 16 1 12 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 7 1 1 6 1 1 1 5 2 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 Part No. 0451 3006N 0454 3008Q 0353 0040N 0720 0040E 0805 3537 0805 0088 1105 0516 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw:3x8 Screw - M3X4 Retaining Ring - M4 Ball Bearing:Dia6xdia13x5:Dia14.5 Retaining Ring - M6 Clamp Qty Per Assembly
B805
11
manuals4you.com

101 104 24 17 17 11 9 12 105 10 101 13 101 25 26
105 101 106 8 101
101
15 16
7 6 14 102 5
102
17
106
19 18 20 21 22 23 101
102
103 3 102 4 102 3
102
B805
12

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Part No. B700 3156 G565 2135 A681 2742 B700 3157 B700 3155 AW01 0109 B700 5373 A353 3172 A353 3173 B302 1145 B700 3145 B700 3105 B700 5311 B700 5805 B700 3125 B700 3115 AW02 0141 B700 3120 B408 2833 B700 3130 B700 3140 B700 3135 5447 2681 B700 3100 B700 3150 B700 5361 Description Discharge Brush Exit Plate Driven Exit Roller Shaft Exit Roller Driven Guide Plate Exit Upper Photo Reflection Sensor:Ps117ed1 Harness Connecting Sensor Actuator Bracket Pressure Spring Actuator - Paper Height Sensor Bracket: Feeler: Plate Bracket: Stepper Motor: Guide Plate Harness: Exit: Open And Close: Motor Stepper Motor:Pm:S2m:T15:Ass'y Timing Belt:B40S2M232 Worm Gear:37t Photo Interrupter Worm Wheel:20z Shaft - Worm Wheel Bushing: Joint Compression Spring Joint: Guide Plate: Open And Close Snap Ring Stay: Drive: Guide Plate: Ass'y Bracket: Surface Of Paper Sensor Harness: Connecting: Sensor:Exit Qty Per Assembly 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 Part No. 0451 3006N 0720 0040E 0805 0089 1105 0328 1105 0516 1105 0623 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Clamp Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Qty Per Assembly
B805
13
manuals4you.com
35 101 103 25 26 32 103 28 25 14 3 4 101 17 19 18 110 106 7 9 106 101 13 109 21 30 27 103 23 24 105 102 103 33
104 103 34
104
34
103104 33 103 101 107
1 2
29
108 101
14 15
101 16 110 14 13 20 21 106 8 101 22 101 105
31
103
12 5 10 12 11 10 6 5 9
101
103
4 106 101
B805
14

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 Part No. B352 1607 H072 2220 AA08 2101 AA14 3823 B700 3545 B700 3540 B478 3507 B478 3506 B478 3504 B478 3501 B700 3515 B478 3502 B478 3503 B700 3535 B700 3530 B700 3525 B700 3555 B700 3550 B700 5415 B700 5807 AW02 0141 B700 3565 B700 3520 B700 3504 B478 3569 B700 3505 B700 3500 B700 3575 B700 3570 B700 3560 B700 5304 B700 3176 B352 2405 B352 2400 B804 3161 Description Timing Pulley - T20-S3M Spacer - M6x10 Bushing - 6x10x6 Tapping Screw Tension Spring Bracket: Coupling: Lever: Drive Lever: Drive: Gathering Roller: Back Lever: Drive: Gathering Roller: Front Timing Belt:B40S2M100 Pulley: Drive: Roller: Sponge Shaft: Gathering Roller: Drive: Ass'y Pulley: Driven: Roller: Sponge Gathering Roller: Sponge Timing Belt:B40S2M116 Lever: Driven: Gathering Roller: Rear Lever: Driven: Gathering Roller: Front Feeler: Paper Sensor Bracket: Feeler: Paper Sensor Harness: Drive: Swivel: Motor Stepper Motor:Mm42:S2m:T15:Ass'y Photo Interrupter Bracket: Home Position Sensor Timing Pulley:18T Timing Belt:B40S2M92 Spacer Timing Pulley:20/30T Stay: Uniform:Ass'y Cam: Lever: Drive Cam: Gathering Roller Bracket: Sensor: Paper Senser Harness: Surface Of Paper Sensor Shaft: Exit Roller Outer Exit Roller Exit Roller Guide Plate: Exit: Lower Qty Per Assembly 5 1 16 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 3 1 1 1o 1 1 1 9 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 Part No. 0451 3006N 0451 4006N 0720 0040E 0632 0100G 0805 3537 0805 0089 1105 0328 1105 0623 1204 2520 1105 0487 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 4x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Pin - 2x10mm Ball Bearing:Dia6xdia13x5:Dia14.5 Retaining Ring - M4 Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Switch:DE2L-FJ20 Harness Clamp Qty Per Assembly
B805
15
manuals4you.com

4 5 4 102 6 106 15 105
103 105
15
3 9 8 9 7 101 102 10 105
15
1 101
104
107
102 11 104 2 14 12 104 2 13 102
B805
16

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Part No. B700 6105 AA08 2101 A612 2435 B700 2476 AF02 2147 B700 2471 B700 7865 AG07 0514 B700 2461 B700 2491 B700 2486 B700 2481 GW01 0007 B700 2485 B352 1607 Description Inner Cover: Lower Bushing - 6x10x6 Support Plate Compression Spring:Exit:Driven Driven Roller Guide Plate :Lengthwise Decal: Vertical Transport:R5 Magnet Catch Transport Roller: Duplex Stack: Lower Exit Roller: Stapler Tray Guide Plate: Exit: Stapler Tray Guide Plate: Lengthwise Ass'y Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit Bracket: Sensor: Duplex Tray Timing Pulley - T20-S3M Qty Per Assembly 1 16 1 8 7 1 1 5 2 1 2 1 4 1 5 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 Part No. 0451 3008N 0451 3006N 0450 3008N 0720 0040E 0805 3537 1105 0516 1105 0623 Description Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Retaining Ring - M4 Ball Bearing:Dia6xdia13x5:Dia14.5 Clamp Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Qty Per Assembly
B805
17
manuals4you.com

7 1 105 8 101 2
6 3 4 5 12 6 10 4 9 105 11 17 18 13 24 6 14 24 25 15 18 17 101
21 16 23 27 26 28 19 20 22 104 21 105 101 102 30 29 31 2 4 1 103 23 106 28 106
5 3 4
B805
18

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 Part No. B700 2725 A498 4625 B700 2729 A697 2102 B700 2731 AA08 2058 B700 2611 B352 1600 B408 2435 B408 2422 B700 2649 B700 2621 AA06 0557 AA16 1099 B700 2612 B700 2520 B477 2333 A680 4223 B408 2113 A458 2251 B700 2478 B700 2473 B700 7866 B804 2474 B804 2477 B468 2832 AF02 2147 B700 2476 B700 2722 B804 2721 B700 2723 B700 2711 Description Arm: Solenoid: Swivel Arm Cushion Cushion: Arm Damper - Junction Gate Solenoid DC Solenoid: Swivel: Ass'y Bushing - 6x10x9mm Bracket: Gathering Roller Timing Pulley - S2M T24 Gathering Roller: Ass'y Pulley - T16 Timing Belt:40S2M144 Arm: Gathering Roller: Ass'y Positioning Roller Spring Lever Cushion Shaft: Gathering Roller: Drive Cushion :Gate Pawl Motor Bracket Cushion Cushion Guide - Trailing Edge Cushion - Bin Solenoid Lever Tension Spring Guide Plate: Lower: Open And Close Decal:Exit:R6 Discharge Brush :Exit Discharge Brush: Exit: Middle Driven Exit Roller Driven Roller Compression Spring :Exit: Driven Shaft: Contact Point: Swivel Guide: Trailing Edge Tension Spring: Release: Swivel Stay: Swivel: Ass'y Qty Per Assembly 1 1 3 3 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 2 2 4 7 2 1 1 2 1 2 7 8 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 Part No. 0451 3006N 0451 3008N 0353 0040N 0805 0089 0720 0040E 1105 0623 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Screw - M3X4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Qty Per Assembly
B805
19
manuals4you.com
15 3
102 103 4 102
103 107
108 109
103
108 103 101 1 103 103 9 103 8 7 103 5 6 105 108 109 107 12 13 103 103 101 14 104 10 11 13 103 106
101
B805
20

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Part No. B701 7888 B700 4540 B700 4159 B805 4500 B805 4162 AW02 0166 B700 4255 B700 4265 B700 4276 B700 4267 A666 3180 B700 4161 B701 4161 AA14 3790 B805 4551 Description Decal: Stapler Tray:R8 Inner Cover: Stapler Unit Stay: Upper: Slide Rail Guide Plate: Exit Cover: Stay: Middle: Behind Photo Interrupter: Paper Feed Sensor Bracket: Home Position Sensor: Pawl Bracket: Tightener: Exit: Fix Tension Spring Bracket: Tightener Exit: Ass'y Timing Pulley - Z32 Stay: Middle: Stapler Tray Cover: Stay: Middle Screw: Contact Point Guide Plate: Exit: Small Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 Part No. 0451 3008N 0453 3006N 0451 3006N 0720 0040E 1105 0623 1105 0489 1105 0487 1105 0488 1105 0516 Description Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Harness Clamp - LWS 1316 Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Clamp Qty Per Assembly
B805
21
manuals4you.com

9 9 8 9 8 9 8 9 105 105 105 105 14 13 15 13 106 5 101 10 20 101 101 4 2 16 101 3 17 21 104 1 104 20 18 19 101 22 102 107 24 108 6 104 11 105 105 5 105 103 12 8 106 101 23 8
8 7 8 9
B805
22

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Part No. A697 4170 B408 4223 AA14 3790 B700 1501 AA08 2104 B700 4209 B700 4258 AA10 0011 B700 4260 B700 4207 B700 4261 B700 4271 B468 4381 B700 4200 B700 4213 B700 4250 B700 4180 B700 4181 A666 3180 AW02 0141 B701 4201 B701 4204 B700 5804 B700 4210 Description Pulley - 32T Belt Tensioner - Stapler Screw: Contact Point Tension Spring - Pressure Bushing - 8x12x7 Pulley:32T Shaft: Exit Retaining Ring:Silencer:Mm7 Collar:Mm40 Bracket: Sensor: Jogger Timing Pulley:55T Timing Pulley:55T Stopper - Timing Belt Shaft: Guide: Jogger Fence Timing Belt:1040S2M4-E Exit Belt: Ass'y Stapler Tray Shaft: Idler :Exit Timing Pulley - Z32 Photo Interrupter Jogger Fence: Front: Ass'y Jogger Fence: Rear Ass'y Stepper Motor:Dia42:Z17:Ass'y Bracket :Motor: Jogger Ass'y Qty Per Assembly 1 1 12 6 2 1 1 7 6 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 9 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 Part No. 0451 3006N 0451 3010N 0453 3006N 0720 0040E 0632 0160G 0720 0060E 1105 0623 1105 0328 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw:3x10 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Parallel Pin-m2x16 Retaining Ring - M6 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Qty Per Assembly
B805
23
manuals4you.com
102 105 101 2 3 102 28 101 19 5 101 6 8 9 101 27 10 11 10 101 13 15 12 13 12 1 16 103 14 101 101 103 20 104 104 101 106 17 18 19 101 110 108 4 107 7 109 101 24 101 101 29 21 105 23 22 16
25
26
B805
24

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Part No. 5447 2681 B700 4524 B700 5341 B804 5317 B700 5808 B700 4168 B700 4167 B700 5419 GW01 0007 B700 4107 B700 4100 B700 4103 B700 4104 B700 4102 B700 4106 AA14 3790 AB03 0278 B700 4308 B700 1501 B700 4165 B700 4273 B312 1600 B700 4275 5206 2686 B700 4521 B700 4523 B700 4522 B701 4271 B700 4273 Description Snap Ring Bracket: Stapler Tray :Moveable Harness - Stapler Tray Sensor Harness :Connecting: Motor: Stapler Unit Stepper Motor: Exit: Ass'y Sheet: Slider Stay: Lower :Positioning Sensor Harness: Connecting: Sensor Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit Spring: Return: Standard Fence Shaft: Slider :Standard Fence Slider: Standard Fence Guide: Entrance: Stapler :Inner Back Standard Fence :Front: Staple Standard Fence: Rear:Staple Screw: Contact Point Idler - 20z Bracket: Tightener: Stapler:Ass'y Tension Spring - Pressure Stay: Lower: Slide Rail Timing Pulley:30T Tightener Timing Belt:B40S2M474 Snap Ring Holder Arm: Harness Pin: Fix: Arm Arm: Harness: Stapler Unit Bracket: Idler: Ass'y Timing Pulley:30T Qty Per Assembly 4 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 4 2 1 2 2 1 1 12 1 1 6 1 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 Part No. 0451 3006N 0451 3008N 0450 3008N 0453 3006N 0720 0040E 0720 0060E 1105 0623 1105 0488 1105 0334 1105 0487 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M6 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Harness Clamp Edge - 17 Harness Clamp Qty Per Assembly
B805
25
manuals4you.com

30 1
107 101 101 7 3 2 105 108 5 7 9 101 11 106 15 11 105 101 101 10 9 101 109 107 13 20 103 109 111 15 19 101 14 110 17 15 29 27 110 8 3 21 101 16 18 106 106 109 102
101 104
107 105 4
12 101 31 15 22 103 23 24 25 26 32 106
28
B805
26

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 1 1 9 1 1 1 3 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 Part No. 0451 3006N 0451 3008N 0453 3006N 0353 0050N 0720 0060E 0720 0040E 1105 0623 0740 3008 1105 0487 1105 0328 1105 0516 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Screw-m3x5 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M4 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Ball Bearing - 8x22x7 Harness Clamp Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Clamp Qty Per Assembly B700 4163 Stay: Guide: Stapler :Move B700 5371 Harness: Connecting: Sensor AW02 0141 Photo Interrupter B700 4300 Shaft: Guide: Stapler B700 4335 Timing Belt:B60S3M954 B700 4337 Tension Spring AA14 3702 Screw: Pin: Positioning B700 4329 Bracket: Stapler :Move: Ass'y B352 4318 Bushing - Lower Slider B302 4292 Belt Holder B700 4334 Guide: Slide: Stapler B700 4324 Bracket: Sensor: Diagonal, slanted B700 5801 Stepper Motor: Ass'y B700 4333 Roller: Guide: Slide: Stapler AA08 2101 Bushing - 6x10x6 B700 4320 Bracket: Stapler: Slide: Ass'y A376 1343 Original Pressure Roller A697 4140 Sector Gear - 144z B700 4327 Timing Belt:B40S2M90 B700 4326 Worm Gear:Pulley:19t AA13 2024 Spacer - M6 B700 4316 Bracket: Stapler: Turn:Ass'y B700 4313 Bracket: Fix: Stapler: Ass'y AJ01 1015 Stapler:EH-530 B700 4312 Guide: Stapler :Entrance: Lower B700 4311 Guide: Stapler: Entrance: Upper B700 7891 Decal:Stapler:S1 B700 4336 Inner Cover: Stapler B700 5368 Harness: Connecting: Stapler B700 5809 Stepper Motor: Stapler Moveable: Ass'y B700 4302 Bracket: Drive: Stapler :Move: Ass'y B700 4305 Gear Pulley:52Z/20T
B805
27
manuals4you.com

106 107 106 4 101 106 109 8 7 9 104 5 102 1 13
108 3 106 101
101
2 103 105 7 10 15 14 101 102 102 103 104 11 10101 10 103 21 12 17 19 20 102 101 12 104 11 15 102 18 16
106
3 101
101 104 5
21
4 103 101
10
B805
28

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Part No. B700 3325 AW02 0114 B468 5991 B700 3320 A697 3180 A697 3170 C203 5135 A697 3165 A697 3175 A548 2139 B700 3315 B700 3310 B805 3170 AA14 3702 A697 3150 B700 3405 B700 3400 B804 6165 B804 6160 B700 3410 A379 3316 Description Bracket: Sensor: Paper Volume Sensor Photo Interrupter - Lower Limit Harness Bracket Timing Belt:B60S5M1530 Pulley - 18T Gear - 42Z Bushing - 10x14x5.9 Tray Drive Shaft Spacer - 10x14x13.5mm Pulley Timing Pulley:22T Tightener:Tray:Drive:Ass'y End Fence:Bind:No Screw Pin: Positioning Fixing Plate - Timing Belt Side Plate:Tray:Inner Back:Ass'y Side Plate:Tray:Front:Ass'y Cover:Tray:Support:Rear Cover:Tray:Support:Front Base:Tray Shift Guide Roller Qty Per Assembly 1 2 4 2 2 1 2 1 1 4 2 2 1 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 4 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 Part No. 0451 3006N 0451 3008N 0720 0040E 0720 0060E 0634 0200G 1105 0488 1105 0328 1105 0490 1105 0623 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M6 Parallel Pin - 4x20 Harness Clamp Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Harness Clamp - IWS-2218 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Qty Per Assembly
B805
29
manuals4you.com
101 103 4
9 10
106
7 6 108 102 106 107 5 107 104 105 8
11
101 12
101
105 3 101 1 102 109 2 108 101 101
15
16 109
101 101 14 2 13 101 17
18 19
B805
30

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 Part No. 0451 3006N 0353 0040N 0353 0060N 0574 0040E 0741 3506 0720 0060E 0807 5056 1105 0328 1105 0623 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Screw - M3X4 Bind Screw - M3x6 Hexagon Headless Set Screw - M4x4 Ball Bearing - 6x12x4 Mm Retaining Ring - M6 Washer - 8.1mm Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Qty Per Assembly B700 2515 Bracket: Dcsol: Gate Pawl: Staple A697 2102 Damper - Junction Gate Solenoid B700 2535 DC Solenoid: Gate Pawl: Staple: Ass'y A697 3145 Gear - 36Z/18Z B700 3322 Compression Spring - 10n A697 3140 Gear - 30Z A697 3135 Gear - 18Z A300 2736 Worm Gear A697 3225 Worm Wheel Shaft B700 3305 Timing Belt:B40S2M152 B700 3300 Bracket: Drive: Tray: Ass'y AX06 0282 DC Motor:25.1W B700 2510 Bracket: Dcsol: Gate Pawl: Proof Tray B700 2550 DC Solenoid: Gate Pawl: Ass'y B700 5813 Stepper Motor:Pm:S2m:T12:Ass'y B700 1675 Bracket: Shift: Drive: Ass'y AW02 0141 Photo Interrupter B700 1680 Timing Belt:B40S2M142 B468 2425 Drive Pulley
B805
31
manuals4you.com

102 4 3 1 101 2 101 5 7 8 6 104 101 101 101 13 101 101 14 1 5 15 16 101 105 10 11 17 18 9 103 12
15 101 101 19 101 5 1 101 101 20
102 6 18 101 101 22 24 102 101 23
21
106 105 101
B805
32

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Part No. B804 5806 B700 1600 B700 1610 B700 1601 AA14 3790 B312 1600 B700 1620 AA13 2169 B700 1625 B700 1635 B700 1630 B700 1615 B700 1640 B700 1670 B700 1501 B312 1610 B468 5991 B312 1615 B700 3205 B700 3215 B700 3210 B700 1162 B700 1165 AG07 1012 Description Stepper Motor:Mm42:S3m:T14:Ass'y Bracket:Stepper Motor:Transport Timing Belt:40S3M384 Tension Spring Screw:Contact Point Tightener Bracket:Pulley:Punch:Move:Ass'y Spacer - 5.7x16x1.5 Gear:Pulley:14Z/14T Compression Spring Gear:14Z Timing Belt:B40S3M303 Bracket:Stepper Motor:Transport Timing Belt:B40S3M927 Tension Spring - Pressure Tightener Harness Bracket Tension Roller Bracket:Stepper Motor:Exit Timing Belt:B40S3M648 Bracket:Support:Stud:Return Bracket:Connector:Stapler Tray Holder:Coupling:Stapler Unit Magnet Catch:Ass'y Qty Per Assembly 4 2 1 1 12 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 1 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 Part No. 0451 3006N 0451 3008N 0720 0040E 0805 0089 1105 0488 1105 0490 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Harness Clamp Harness Clamp - IWS-2218 Qty Per Assembly
B805
33
manuals4you.com
3 101 5 2 101 1 101 102 10 105 13 7 101 17 16 104 15 101 104 104 104 11 101 12 101 14 13 106 4 6
101 101 8
103
B805
34

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Part No. B804 5806 B700 1600 B700 1702 AA14 3790 B312 1600 B700 1501 B700 2655 A300 3865 B700 2651 B468 5991 B700 4867 B700 1801 B700 1802 B312 1615 B700 5957 B700 5803 B700 1803 Description Stepper Motor:Mm42:S3m:T14:Ass'y Bracket: Stepper Motor: Transport Timing Belt:B40S3M789 Screw:Contact Point Tightener Tension Spring - Pressure DC Solenoid: Gathering Roller:Ass'y Release Spring Bracket: Solenoid: Gathering Roller Harness Bracket Screw: Contact Point:M3 Bracket:Stepper Motor Timing Belt:B40S2M134 Tension Roller Bracket:Main Control Board:Lower Stepper Motor:Pm:T17:Ass'y Tension Spring Qty Per Assembly 4 2 1 12 4 6 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 Part No. 0451 3006N 0451 3008N 0353 0040N 0453 3006N 1105 0488 1105 0334 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Screw - M3X4 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Harness Clamp Edge - 17 Qty Per Assembly
B805
35
manuals4you.com
102 1 8 102
101
101 101 12
2 103 3
10
102 104 101 5 11
101 9 6 4 101 7 105 101 104
106
5 101 9 104 9 103 101 101 101 107 101 103 104 101 106 103
B805
36

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Part No. B700 5302 B700 5451 B700 5305 B700 5310 B700 5956 B700 5340 B804 5309 B804 5502 B700 5955 B700 5350 B700 1163 Description Harness:Entrance Sensor Harness:Punch Unit Harness:Exit:Tray Harness:Stepper Motor Bracket:Printed Circuit Board Harness - Stapler Tray Unit Harness:Exit:Tray PCB:Main Control Stay:Fix:Main Control Board Harness:Interface:Sub-ass'y Screw:Connector Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 Part No. 0451 3006N 1105 0516 1105 0487 1105 0488 1105 0192 1105 0623 1105 0367 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Locking Support Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Spacer Qty Per Assembly
B805
37
manuals4you.com

4 101 3 101 108 101 101 1
1 1 17 108 108 107 16 106 108 15 14 13 19 101 19 18 103 101 101
2 101 101 101 101
5 6 101 103
101 1 6 102 8 102 8 7 101 7 104 105 8 5
12 11
106
B805
38

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Part No. B700 3163 B804 2321 B804 6132 B804 1152 B701 1166 AA14 3702 AH01 2030 B804 1117 Description Stay: Coupling Guide Plate :Proof Tray Bracket: Cover: Upper Stay: Coupling Slide Rail:432mm Screw :Pin: Positioning Caster:Dia50:400n Cap - Base Qty Per Assembly 4 1 1 1 1 3 4 2 Index No. 101 102 103 104 105 Part No. 0451 3006N 0451 3008N 0950 3005N 0454 4008Q 1105 0623 Description Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Screw: Spring Washer:M3X5 Tapping Screw - M4x8 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Qty Per Assembly
B805
39
manuals4you.com
1
>PS<
5
>PS<
9
R4
R4
11
S1
>PS<
2
R1
>PS<
6
R5
R5 10
>PS<
>PS<
R1 R4 R5 R7 R8 R 12
5 1
R3
1
2
R1
2
R5
R8
3
R2
>PS<
10
2
R9
2
R3
1 R4
2
R6 R3
9~11
3
1 1
R10
R6 13
3
R3
4
R3
B805
R2
4 1
R11
R10
8 4 R3
>PS<
>PS<
R2
4 5
1
2
R12
1 2
2
>PS<
R7
R7
>PS<
40

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Part No. B468 7812 B700 7861 B700 7862 B700 7863 B700 7864 B700 7865 B700 7866 B700 7867 B700 7891 B701 7888 B805 7850 Description Caution Decal - Tray Fall Decal:Knob:Entrance:R1 Decal:Knob:Entrance:R2 Decal Proof Tray:R3 Decal:Shift:R4 Decal Vertical Transport:R5 Decal:Exit:R6 Decal Turn Open And Close:R7 Decal:Stapler:S1 Decal Stapler Tray:R8 Decal Misfeed Removal Bind:No Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly
B805
41
manuals4you.com
FINISHER SR3030 B805 PARTS INDEX
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
Parts Index
Part No. B805 3170 B805 4162 B805 4500 B805 4551 B805 7850 B805 7850 Description End Fence: Bind: No Cover: Stay: Middle :Behind Guide Plate :Exit Guide Plate: Exit: Small Decal: Misfeed Removal: Bind : No Decal: Misfeed Removal: Bind: No Page and Index No. 29 21 21 21 341 13 5 4 15 11 11 Part No. A300 2736 A300 3865 A353 2243 A353 3172 A353 3173 A376 1343 A379 3316 A458 2251 A458 2251 A458 2251 A498 4625 A548 2139 A612 2435 A666 3180 A666 3180 A666 4270 A680 4223 A681 2742 A697 1128 A697 1606 A697 1606 A697 2102 A697 2102 A697 2187 A697 3135 A697 3140 A697 3145 A697 3150 A697 3165 A697 3170 A697 3175 A697 3180 A697 3225 A697 4140 A697 4170 Description Worm Gear Release Spring Lever Knob Actuator Bracket Pressure Spring Original Pressure Roller Shift Guide Roller Cushion - Bin Solenoid Lever Cushion - Bin Solenoid Lever Cushion - Bin Solenoid Lever Arm Cushion Pulley Support Plate Timing Pulley - Z32 Timing Pulley - Z32 Roller: Driven: Entrance Cushion Driven Exit Roller Joint Lever Spacer - 6x12x2.7mm Spacer - 6x12x2.7mm Damper - Junction Gate Solenoid Damper - Junction Gate Solenoid Pressure Spring - 14.1mm Gear - 18Z Gear - 30Z Gear - 36Z/18Z Fixing Plate - Timing Belt Tray Drive Shaft Gear - 42Z Spacer - 10x14x13.5mm Pulley - 18T Worm Wheel Shaft Sector Gear - 144z Pulley - 32T Page and Index No. 31 35 11 13 13 27 29 19 11 919 29 17 21 23 519 13 11 7531 19 731 31 31 29 29 29 29 29 31 27 23 8 8 4 8 9 17 21 20 12 16 2 10 3 11 19 3 18 3 18 22 16 2 4 9 7 6 4 15 8 6 9 5 9 18 1
B805
Parts Index
Description Actuator - Paper Height Sensor Exit Guide - Upper Exit Guide Belt Holder Tightener Tightener Tightener Tightener Tension Roller Tension Roller Timing Pulley - S2M T24 Timing Pulley - T20-S3M Timing Pulley - T20-S3M Timing Pulley - T20-S3M Exit Roller Outer Exit Roller Bushing - Lower Slider Ground Plate: Coupling Guide - Trailing Edge Slide Roller Spring Bushing - Roller Slide Knob - Transfer Roller Bushing - Roller Slide Pulley - T16 Gathering Roller :Ass'y Shaft - Worm Wheel Belt Tensioner - Stapler Drive Pulley Driven Exit Roller Stopper - Timing Belt Harness Bracket Harness Bracket Harness Bracket Spacer Cushion - 20mm Caution Decal - Tray Fall
Page and Index No. 13 727 25 33 35 33 33 35 19 15 11 17 15 15 27 319 9995919 19 13 23 31 19 23 29 35 33 3310 11 10 22 6 5 16 18 14 8 1 19 15 34 33 9 15 19 7 6 4 11 3 10 9 19 2 19 26 13 3 10 17 17 5
Description Caution Decal - Tray Fall Motor Bracket Cushion Pulley: Drive: Roller: Sponge Pulley: Driven: Roller :Sponge Gathering Roller: Sponge Timing Belt:B40S2M100 Lever: Drive: Gathering Roller: Front Lever: Drive: Gathering Roller Back Spacer Spacer Stay: Coupling Bracket: Connector Stapler Tray Screw: Connector Holder: Coupling: Stapler Unit Stay :Punch Unit: Slide: Ass'y Sheet: Guide: Punch Ground Plate: Toner Hopper :Punch Bracket Coupling :Ass'y Coupling Bracket - Front Tension Spring - Pressure Tension Spring - Pressure Tension Spring - Pressure Tension Spring - Pressure Bracket :Stepper Motor :Transport Bracket: Stepper Motor: Transport Tension Spring Timing Pulley:26T Timing Pulley:26T Timing Belt:40S3M384 Timing Belt:B40S3M303 Bracket: Pulley: Punch: Move :Ass'y Gear:Pulley:14Z/14T Gear:14Z Compression Spring Bracket: Stepper Motor: Transport
Page and Index No. 41 19 15 15 15 15 15 15 915 11 33 37 33 9911 3335 23 25 33 33 35 33 7533 33 33 33 33 33 33 1 17 10 12 13 9 8 7 32 25 17 22 11 23 33 24 2 18 16 6 4 19 15 2 2 4 24 18 3 12 7 9 11 10 13
B805
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Description Timing Pulley:20T Timing Pulley:20T Gear:30Z Bracket: Gear :Middle :Ass'y Gear:25Z Timing Belt:B40S3M927 Bracket: Shift: Drive: Ass'y Timing Belt:B40S2M142 Timing Pulley:40T Timing Belt:B40S3M789 Bracket Stepper Motor Timing Belt:B40S2M134 Tension Spring Compression Spring: Entrance: Driven Knob: Guide Plate Entrance Sheet: Entrance Transport Roller: Entrance: Upper Bushing Transport Roller :Front Bushing: Transport Roller: Rear Bracket: Entrance Sensor Tension Spring: Guide Plate: Move Guide Plate: Upper: Move Transport Roller :Shift Gear:30Z Sheet: Guide: Staple Exit Roller: Proof Tray Transport Roller: Short Guide Plate: Proof Tray: Ass'y Guide Plate: Proof Tray Torsion Spring Discharge Brush Bracket: Sensor: Proof Tray Transport Roller: Long Transport Roller: Long Guide Plate Exit: Proof Tray
Page and Index No. 11 799933 31 31 11 35 35 35 35 555555555999711 7777711 7720 25 31 26 30 14 16 18 21 3 12 13 17 20 7 9 15 12 13 23 1 2 13 28 12 14 9 13 18 21 12 6 10 15 2
Description Bracket: Photo Interrupter Overflow Guide Plate :Turn :Ass'y Guide Plate: Turn: Open And Close Tension Spring: Turn: Open And Close Polarization Powl: Duplex Stack Tension Spring Guide Plate: Duplex Stack: Ass'y Shaft: Turn: Guide Guide: Turn Transport Roller: Duplex Stack: Lower Guide Plate: Lengthwise Guide Plate: Lower :Open And Close Compression Spring: Exit: Driven Compression Spring :Exit: Driven Tension Spring Guide Plate: Lengthwise: Ass'y Bracket: Sensor :Duplex Tray Guide Plate: Exit: Stapler Tray Exit Roller: Stapler Tray Gate Pawl: Staple Gate Pawl: Proof Tray Bracket :Dcsol :Gate Pawl: Proof Tray Bracket: Dcsol: Gate Pawl: Staple Cushion: Gate Pawl Cushion: Gate Pawl Supporting Plate: Gate Pawl Supporting Plate Gate Pawl: Staple DC Solenoid: Gate Pawl Staple :Ass'y Tension Spring Tension Spring DC Solenoid: Gate Pawl : Ass'y Bracket: Gathering Roller Shaft: Gathering Roller: Drive Arm : Gathering Roller :Ass'y Timing Belt:40S2M144
Page and Index No. 711 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 17 17 19 17 19 19 17 17 17 17 9931 31 19 99931 9931 19 19 19 19 5 7 5 6 11 13 16 14 15 9 6 22 4 28 21 12 14 11 10 20 18 13 1 16 17 14 19 3 21 15 14 7 15 12 11
B805
Parts Index
Description Bracket: Solenoid :Gathering Roller DC Solenoid: Gathering Roller :Ass'y Stay: Swivel :Ass'y Shaft: Contact Point :Swivel Tension Spring :Release: Swivel Arm: Solenoid: Swivel Cushion :Arm Cushion: Arm DC Solenoid: Swivel :Ass'y Stay: Drive :Guide Plate :Ass'y Bracket: Stepper Motor: Guide Plate Worm Gear:37t Worm Wheel:20z Timing Belt:B40S2M232 Bushing: Joint Joint: Guide Plate: Open And Close Compression Spring Bracket: Feeler: Plate Bracket: Surface Of Paper Sensor Guide Plate :Exit: Upper Discharge Brush Shaft: Exit Roller: Driven Stay: Coupling Shaft: Exit Roller Bracket: Stepper Motor: Exit Bracket: Support: Stud: Return Timing Belt:B40S3M648 Bracket Drive: Tray: Ass'y Timing Belt:B40S2M152 Tightener: Tray: Drive :Ass'y Timing Pulley:22T Timing Belt:B60S5M1530 Compression Spring - 10n Bracket: Sensor :Paper Volume Sensor Side Plate: Tray: Front: Ass'y
Page and Index No. 35 35 19 19 19 19 19 519 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 39 15 33 33 33 31 31 29 29 29 31 29 29 9 7 32 29 31 1 3 27 5 24 12 16 18 15 20 22 21 11 25 5 1 4 1 32 19 21 20 11 10 12 11 4 5 1 17
Description Side Plate: Tray:Inner Back: Ass'y Base: Tray Tray: Auxiliary Stay: Uniform: Ass'y Timing Belt:B40S2M92 Timing Pulley:20/30T Shaft: Gathering Roller: Drive :Ass'y Timing Pulley:18T Lever: Driven: Gathering Roller :Front Lever: Driven: Gathering Roller: Rear Timing Belt:B40S2M116 Bracket: Coupling: Lever: Drive Tension Spring Bracket: Feeler: Paper Sensor Feeler :Paper Sensor Bracket: Sensor: Paper Sensor Bracket Home Position Sensor Cam: Gathering Roller Cam: Lever Drive Shaft: Slider: Standard Fence Standard Fence :Front: Staple Slider: Standard Fence Guide: Entrance: Stapler Inner Back Standard Fence: Rear: Staple Spring Return: Standard Fence Stay :Upper :Slide Rail Stay: Middle: Stapler Tray Stay: Guide :Stapler: Move Stay Lower: Slide Rail Stay: Lower: Positioning Sensor Sheet Slider Stapler Tray Shaft: Idler: Exit Shaft: Guide: Jogger Fence Bracket Sensor: Jogger
Page and Index No. 29 29 315 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 25 25 25 25 25 25 21 21 27 25 25 25 23 23 23 23 16 20 4 27 24 26 11 23 16 15 14 6 5 18 17 30 22 29 28 11 14 12 13 15 10 3 12 1 20 7 6 17 18 14 10
B805
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Description Pulley:32T Bracket: Motor: Jogger :Ass'y Timing Belt:1040S2M4-E Exit Belt: Ass'y Bracket: Home Position Sensor: Pawl Shaft :Exit Collar:Mm40 Timing Pulley:55T Bracket: Tightener: Exit: Fix Bracket: Tightener :Exit: Ass'y Timing Pulley:55T Timing Pulley:30T Timing Pulley:30T Timing Belt:B40S2M474 Tension Spring Shaft: Guide: Stapler Brake :Drive: Stapler :Move :Ass'y Gear Pulley:52Z/20T Bracket: Tightener: Stapler: Ass'y Guide: Stapler: Entrance :Upper Guide: Stapler: Entrance: Lower Bracket: Fix: Stapler: Ass'y Bracket: Stapler: Turn: Ass'y Bracket: Stapler: Slide: Ass'y Bracket: Sensor: Diagonal, slanted Worm Gear:Pulley:19t Timing Belt:B40S2M90 Bracket: Stapler: Move: Ass'y Roller: Guide: Slide: Stapler Guide: Slide: Stapler Timing Belt:B60S3M954 Inner Cover: Stapler Tension Spring Holder: Arm: Harness Arm: Harness: Stapler Unit
Page and Index No. 23 23 23 23 21 23 23 23 21 21 23 25 25 25 21 27 27 27 25 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 25 25 6 24 15 16 7 7 9 11 8 10 12 21 29 23 9 4 31 32 18 26 25 23 22 16 12 20 19 8 14 11 5 28 6 25 27
Description Pin Fix: Arm Bracket: Stapler Tray: Moveable Inner Cover: Stapler Unit Screw: Contact Point:M3 Harness: Safety Switch Harness: Entrance Sensor Harness: Surface Of Paper Sensor Harness: Exit: Tray Harness: Stepper Motor Harness: Exit: Open And Close: Motor Harness - Stapler Tray Unit Harness - Stapler Tray Sensor Harness: Interface: Sub- ass'y Harness: Connecting: Sensor: Exit Harness: Connecting: Sensor Harness: Connecting: Sensor Harness: Connecting: Stapler Harness: Connecting: Sensor Harness: Connecting: Sensor Harness: Drive Swivel: Motor Harness: Connecting: Sensor Harness: Punch Unit Stepper Motor: Ass'y Stepper Motor:Pm:T17:Ass'y Stepper Motor:Dia42:Z17:Ass'y Stepper Motor:Pm:S2m:T15:Ass'y Stepper Motor:Mm42:S2m:T15:Ass'y Stepper Motor: Exit: Ass'y Stepper Motor: Stapler: Moveable: Ass'y Stepper Motor:Pm:S2m:T12:Ass'y Stay :Fix: Main Control Board Bracket: Printed Circuit Board Bracket: Main Control Board: Lower Inner Cover: Upper Inner Cover: Lower
Page and Index No. 25 25 21 35 537 15 37 37 13 37 25 37 13 7727 27 13 15 25 37 27 35 23 13 15 25 27 31 37 37 35 917 26 2 2 11 24 1 31 3 4 13 6 3 10 26 4 7 29 2 7 19 8 2 13 16 23 14 20 5 30 15 9 5 15 1 1
B805
Parts Index
Description Hinge: Door: Lower: Ass'y Hinge: Door: Upper: Ass'y Proof Tray: Auxiliary Decal:Knob:Entrance:R1 Decal:Knob:Entrance:R1 Decal:Knob:Entrance:R2 Decal:Knob:Entrance:R2 Decal: Proof Tray:R3 Decal: Proof Tray:R3 Decal:Shift:R4 Decal:Shift:R4 Decal: Vertical Transport:R5 Decal: Vertical Transport:R5 Decal:Exit:R6 Decal:Exit:R6 Decal: Turn: Open And Close:R7 Decal: Turn: Open And Close:R7 Decal:Stapler:S1 Decal:Stapler:S1 Slide Rail:432mm Cover: Stay: Middle Jogger Fence :Front: Ass'y Jogger Fence: Rear: Ass'y Bracket: Idler: Ass'y Decal: Stapler Tray:R8 Decal: Stapler Tray:R8 Slide Roller Link Cap - Base Stay: Coupling Bracket: Ground Plate: Coupling Discharge Brush: Punch Unit Discharge Brush: Punch: Transport Guide Plate: Horizontal: Lower Guide Plate: Connecting: Upper Guide Plate: Connecting: Lower
Page and Index No. 333541 541 41 7941 41 17 41 19 941 27 41 39 21 23 23 25 41 21 939 39 3999559 8 19 6 2 10 3 4 17 8 5 6 7 7 23 2 8 27 9 5 13 21 22 28 10 1 29 8 4 10 23 25 11 26 25
Part No. B804 2110 B804 2120 B804 2205 B804 2210 B804 2235 B804 2245 B804 2321 B804 2474 B804 2477 B804 2721 B804 3161 B804 3417 B804 5309 B804 5317 B804 5502 B804 5806 B804 5806 B804 6115 B804 6132 B804 6135 B804 6145 B804 6150 B804 6155 B804 6160 B804 6165 B804 6175 C203 5135 G565 2135 H072 2220
Description Guide Plate: Entrance: Lower Guide Plate: Entrance: Upper Guide Plate: Upper Guide Plate: Transport: Entrance Upper Guide Plate: Punch Unit Guide Plate: Horizontal :Shift Guide Plate: Proof Tray Discharge Brush: Exit Discharge Brush: Exit: Middle Guide: Trailing Edge Guide Plate: Exit: Lower Tray Harness: Exit: Tray Harness: Connecting: Motor: Stapler Unit PCB: Main Control Stepper Motor:Mm42:S3m:T14:Ass'y Stepper Motor:Mm42:S3m:T14:Ass'y Cover: Front Bracket: Cover :Upper Cover: Upper Cover: Left: Front Cover: Left Upper Cover: Jogger Cover: Tray: Support: Front Cover T ray: Support: Rear Cover: Rear Bushing - 10x14x5.9 Exit Plate Spacer - M6x10
Page and Index No. 55559939 19 19 19 15 337 25 37 35 33 339 333329 29 329 13 15 19 8 4 5 34 9 2 24 25 30 35 14 7 4 8 1 1 13 3 6 7 3 2 19 18 1 7 2 2
B805
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. AA06 0557 AA06 3529 AA06 3529 AA08 2058 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2101 AA08 2104 AA10 0011 AA13 2024 AA13 2169 AA14 3702 AA14 3702 AA14 3702 AA14 3790 AA14 3790 AA14 3790 AA14 3790 AA14 3790 AA14 3790 AA14 3790 AA14 3823 AA16 1099 AB03 0278 AB03 0374 AB03 0374 AF02 2147 AF02 2147 AF02 2147 AF02 2148 AG07 0512 AG07 0513
Description Positioning Roller Spring Pressure Spring - 14.5mm Pressure Spring - 14.5mm Bushing - 6x10x9mm Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 6x10x6 Bushing - 8x12x7 Retaining Ring:Silencer:Mm7 Spacer - M6 Spacer - 5.7x16x1.5 Screw: Pin: Positioning Screw: Pin: Positioning Screw: Pin: Positioning Screw: Contact Point Screw: Contact Point Screw: Contact Point Screw: Contact Point Screw: Contact Point Screw: Contact Point Screw :Contact Point Tapping Screw Lever Cushion Idler - 20z Timing Pulley - 20Z Timing Pulley - 20Z Driven Roller Driven Roller Driven Roller Roller: Driven :L=125 Magnet Catch : Ass'y Magnet Catch
Page and Index No. 19 9719 15 27 11 7917 23 23 27 33 39 29 27 21 23 33 25 711 35 15 19 25 7517 19 753513 5 19 6 3 15 1 1 27 2 5 8 21 8 6 14 7 14 3 5 16 20 3 4 4 14 17 23 17 5 27 10 21 12 14
Part No. AG07 0513 AG07 0514 AG07 0514 AG07 0514 AG07 1012 AH01 2030 AJ01 1015 AW01 0109 AW02 0114 AW02 0141 AW02 0141 AW02 0141 AW02 0141 AW02 0141 AW02 0166 AW02 0172 AX06 0282 GW01 0007 GW01 0007 GW01 0007 GW01 0007
Description Magnet Catch Magnet Catch Magnet Catch Magnet Catch Magnet Catch:Ass'y Caster:Dia50:400n Stapler:EH-530 Photo Reflection Sensor:Ps117ed1 Photo Interrupter - Lower Limit Photo Interrupter Photo Interrupter Photo Interrupter Photo Interrupter Photo Interrupter Photo Interrupter Paper Feed Sensor Photo Interrupter Overflow CT DC Motor:25.1W Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit
Page and Index No. 11 17 7933 39 27 13 29 27 23 15 31 13 21 731 25 7517 8 8 16 10 24 7 24 6 2 3 20 21 17 17 6 3 12 9 8 22 13
manuals4you
.com
B805
Parts Index
Description Screw - M3X4 Screw - M3X4 Screw - M3X4 Screw - M3X4 Screw-m3x5 Bind Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8
Page and Index No. 35 - 103 19 - 103 11 - 103 31 - 102 27 - 104 31 - 103 25 - 103 9 - 104 17 - 103 5 - 101 19 - 101 17 - 102 3 - 102 21 - 103 23 - 101 15 - 101 25 - 101 27 - 101 13 - 101 29 - 101 7 - 101 11 - 101 31 - 101 35 - 101 39 - 101 37 - 101 9 - 102 33 - 101 3 - 101 35 - 102 17 - 101 19 - 102 33 - 102 21 - 101 29 - 102
Part No. 0451 3008N 0451 3008N 0451 3008N 0451 3008N 0451 3010N 0451 4006N 0451 4014N 0453 3006N 0453 3006N 0453 3006N 0453 3006N 0453 3006N 0454 3006Q 0454 3006Q 0454 3008Q 0454 3008Q 0454 4008Q 0574 0040E 0632 0100G 0632 0160G 0634 0200G 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E 0720 0040E
Description Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw:3x10 Tapping Screw - 4x6 Tapping Screw:M4x14 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw:3x8 Tapping Screw:3x8 Tapping Screw - M4x8 Hexagon Headless Set Screw - M4x4 Pin - 2x10mm Parallel Pin-m2x16 Parallel Pin - 4x20 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4
Page and Index No. 9 - 101 25 - 102 39 - 102 27 - 102 23 - 102 15 - 102 3 - 104 35 - 104 21 - 102 25 - 104 27 - 103 23 - 103 5 - 102 7 - 102 3 - 103 11 - 102 39 - 104 31 - 104 15 - 104 23 - 105 29 - 105 13 - 102 33 - 103 23 - 104 15 - 103 9 - 105 7 - 103 27 - 106 5 - 103 21 - 104 11 - 104 29 - 103 19 - 105 17 - 104 25 - 105
B805
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. 0720 0060E 0720 0060E 0720 0060E 0720 0060E 0720 0060E 0740 3008 0741 3506 0805 0088 0805 0089 0805 0089 0805 0089 0805 0089 0805 0089 0805 0089 0805 3537 0805 3537 0805 3537 0805 3537 0807 5056 0950 3005N 1105 0192 1105 0328 1105 0328 1105 0328 1105 0328 1105 0328 1105 0328 1105 0328 1105 0334 1105 0334 1105 0367 1105 0487 1105 0487 1105 0487 1105 0487
Description Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M6 Ball Bearing - 8x22x7 Ball Bearing - 6x12x4 Mm Retaining Ring - M6 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Retaining Ring - M4 Ball Bearing:Dia6xdia13x5:Dia14.5 Ball Bearing:Dia6xdia13x5:Dia14.5 Ball Bearing:Dia6xdia13x5:Dia14.5 Ball Bearing:Dia6xdia13x5:Dia14.5 Washer - 8.1mm Screw: Spring Washer:M3X5 Locking Support Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Harness Clamp - ES-0505 Edge - 17 Edge - 17 Spacer Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp
Page and Index No. 31 - 106 27 - 105 25 - 106 23 - 106 29 - 104 27 - 108 31 - 105 11 - 106 9 - 103 7 - 104 15 - 106 13 - 103 19 - 104 33 - 104 7 - 105 11 - 105 15 - 105 17 - 105 31 - 107 39 - 103 37 - 105 29 - 107 7 - 106 15 - 107 31 - 108 27 - 110 23 - 108 13 - 104 25 - 109 35 - 106 37 - 107 37 - 103 27 - 109 21 - 107 15 - 110
Part No. 1105 0487 1105 0488 1105 0488 1105 0488 1105 0488 1105 0488 1105 0488 1105 0489 1105 0490 1105 0490 1105 0516 1105 0516 1105 0516 1105 0516 1105 0516 1105 0516 1105 0516 1105 0623 1105 0623 1105 0623 1105 0623 1105 0623 1105 0623 1105 0623 1105 0623 1105 0623 1105 0623 1105 0623 1105 0623 1204 2520 1204 2541
Description Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp Harness Clamp - LWS 1316 Harness Clamp - IWS-2218 Harness Clamp - IWS-2218 Clamp Clamp Clamp Clamp Clamp Clamp Clamp Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0 Switch:DE2L-FJ20 Interlock Switch
Page and Index No. 25 - 110 25 - 108 35 - 105 21 - 108 33 - 105 37 - 104 29 - 106 21 - 106 33 - 106 29 - 108 17 - 106 13 - 105 11 - 107 21 - 109 27 - 111 5 - 104 37 - 102 17 - 107 19 - 106 39 - 105 37 - 106 15 - 108 29 - 109 21 - 105 23 - 107 13 - 106 25 - 107 31 - 109 27 - 107 15 - 109 5 - 105
B805
10
Parts Index
Part No. 5201 2722 5206 2686 5447 2681 5447 2681 Bushing - M6x5 Snap Ring Snap Ring Snap Ring
Description
Page and Index No. 925 13 25 22 24 23 1
Part No.
Description
Page and Index No.
B805
11
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
SCANNER ACCESIBILITY OPTION TYPE 4045 B838 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
manuals4you.com
1.Scanner Accesibility Option (B838)

26
1 16
15
17
18
24
25
3 19 101 102 103 4 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 7 8 9 23
14 102 10 11 112 12 20 21 102 13 22 102
B838
manuals4you.com
1.Scanner Accesibility Option (B838)

Index No. 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Part No. B838 1267 B838 1826 B838 1268 B838 5235 B838 5236 B838 5222 B838 5223 G133 1269 G570 1540 G570 1543 AA14 3829 AA14 3842 B223 1824 B838 1410 B838 1460 B838 1261 B838 1823 B838 1269 B838 1832 B838 1822 B838 1835 B838 1836 B838 5891 Description Cover: Upper: Rear Cover: Scanner: Rear Cover: Upper: Right Harness: Scanner: Separation :NA Harness: Scanner: Separation: EU Harness: Lvds: OPU: Separation Harness: Lvds: MB: Separation Cap:Dia17 Rubber Foot H=10 Spacer - Adjusting Screw Adjusting Screw: Scanner Screw:Dia6:14.5:M4 Seal: Scanner: Frame: Base PCB:LVDS:MB PCB:LVDS:OPU Bracket: Key Counter: Rear Bracket: Cover :Rear Lower Bracket: Left Rear: Option Shielding Plate:Base:1 Bracket: Cover: Left Lower Gasket:UC-300284T:20 Gasket:RFSG-010100:20 Bracket: Base: Operation Panel Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Index No. 23 24 25 26 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 112 112 112 112 112 Part No. B838 1490 B862 1241 B862 1242 B838 1833 0451 3008N 0451 3006N 0451 4008N 0451 4016N 0450 3008N 0453 3006N 0454 3006Q 0954 4008N 1105 0428 1105 0488 1105 0521 1607 0622 1607 1139 1607 1460 1607 1461 1607 1715 1607 1929 Description Bracket: LVDS:OPU Stopper: Hinge: Left Stopper: Hinge: Right Shielding Plate:Base:2 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw:4x8 Tapping Screw:4x16 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Screw - M4X8 Clamp Harness Clamp Clamp - LES-1017 Ferrite Core Tfc16816 Ferrite Core:Rfc-8 Ferrite Core:Rfc-9 Ferrite Core Ferrite Core - Rfc-5 Ferrite Core:Tfcm-41-27-16 Qty Per Assembly 1 1 1 1
B838
manuals4you.com
SCANNER ACCESIBILITY OPTION TYPE 4045 B838 PARTS INDEX
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
Parts Index
Part No. B838 1261 B838 1267 B838 1268 B838 1269 B838 1410 B838 1460 B838 1490 B838 1822 B838 1823 B838 1826 B838 1832 B838 1833 B838 1835 B838 1836 B838 5222 B838 5223 B838 5235 B838 5236 B838 5891 Description Bracket: Key Counter: Rear Cover: Upper: Rear Cover: Upper: Right Bracket: Left Rear: Option PCB:LVDS:MB PCB:LVDS: OPU Bracket LVDS: OPU Bracket Cover Left Lower Bracket: Cover :Rear Lower Cover :Scanner: Rear Shielding Plate:Base:1 Shielding Plate:Base:2 Gasket:UC-300284T:20 Gasket:RFSG-010100:20 Harness: Lvds: OPU: Separation Harness :Lvds:MB :Separation Harness: Scanner: Separation: NA Harness: Scanner: Separation: EU Bracket: Base: Operation Panel Page and Index No. 333333333333333333315 1 3 17 13 14 23 19 16 2 18 26 20 21 5 6 4 4 22 Part No. B223 1824 B862 1241 B862 1242 G133 1269 G570 1540 G570 1543 Description Seal: Scanner: Frame: Base Stopper: Hinge :Left Stopper :Hinge :Right Cap:Dia17 Rubber Foot H=10 Spacer - Adjusting Screw Page and Index No. 3 - 12 3 - 24 3 - 25 3- 7 3- 8 3- 9
B838
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No. AA14 3829 AA14 3842
Description Adjusting Screw: Scanner Screw:Dia6:14.5:M4
Page and Index No. 3 - 10 3 - 11
Part No. 0450 3008N 0451 3006N 0451 3008N 0451 4008N 0451 4016N 0453 3006N 0454 3006Q 0954 4008N 1105 0428 1105 0488 1105 0521 1607 0622 1607 1139 1607 1460 1607 1461 1607 1715 1607 1929
Description Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw - 3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x8 Tapping Screw:4x8 Tapping Screw:4x16 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Tapping Screw - M3x6 Screw - M4X8 Clamp Harness Clamp Clamp - LES-1017 Ferrite Core Tfc16816 Ferrite Core:Rfc-8 Ferrite Core:Rfc-9 Ferrite Core Ferrite Core - Rfc-5 Ferrite Core:Tfcm-41-27-16
Page and Index No. 33333333333333333105 102 101 103 104 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 112 112 112 112 112
B838
Parts Index
PLATEN COVER TYPE 3800C G329 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
1.Platen Cover (G329)
G329
manuals4you.com
1.Platen Cover (G329)

Index No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Part No. G329 1320 G329 1330 B406 1387 A053 1957 B406 1397 G329 1383 B406 1392 A193 1248 G329 1384 5215 1667 Description Platen Cover Sheet Cushion - Platen Cover Front Platen Cover Flex Hinge - Platen Cover Original Holder Feeler - Platen Cover Sensor Rear Platen Cover Platen Cover Hinge Assembly Bracket - Platen Cover Platen Cover Stud Qty Per Assembly 1 6 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 Index No. 101 Part No. Description Qty Per Assembly 0450 4012B Tapping Screw - M4x12
G329
manuals4you.com
PLATEN COVER TYPE 3800C G329 PARTS INDEX
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
Parts Index
Part No. G329 1320 G329 1330 G329 1383 G329 1384 Description Platen Cover Sheet Cushion - Platen Cover Feeler - Platen Cover Sensor Bracket - Platen Cover Page and Index No. 33331 2 6 9 Part No. A053 1957 A193 1248 B406 1387 B406 1392 B406 1397 0450 4012B 1015215 1667 Description Flex Hinge - Platen Cover Platen Cover Hinge Assembly Front Platen Cover Rear Platen Cover Original Holder Tapping Screw - M4x12 Platen Cover Stud Page and Index No. 3- 4 3- 8 3- 3 3- 7 3- 5 33- 10
G329
Parts Index

Ricoh (B222, B224) Aficio MP-C3500, MP-C4500 Parts & Service Manual

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Descrizione originale:

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Ricoh (B222, B224) Aficio MP-C3500, MP-C4500 Parts & Service Manual

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

B222/B224 SERVICE MANUAL

002825MIU (rev. 11/28/06)

B222/B224 SERVICE MANUAL

B222/B224 SERVICE MANUAL

REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT

NVRAM on the Controller .................................................................3-144

AUTO REVERSE DOCUMENT FEEDER B802

1 BIN TRAY UNIT B803

BOOKLET FINISHER/FINISHER B804/B805

SCANNER ACCESSIBILITY OPTION TYPE 4045 B838

Read This First

Health Safety Conditions

Observance of Electrical Safety Standards

Safety and Ecological Notes for Disposal

Symbols, Abbreviations and Trademarks

BOOKLET FINISHER/FINISHER B804/B805

1 BIN TRAY UNIT B803

REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT

1.1.2 MACHINE LEVEL

1.1.3 MACHINE SPACE REQUIREMENTS

1.1.4 POWER REQUIREMENTS

Optional Unit Combinations

1.2 OPTIONAL UNIT COMBINATIONS

One from No.1 or No.2

One from No.3 or No.4

*: Child options (Child options require a parent option.)

Optional Unit Combinations

1.2.2 CONTROLLER OPTIONS

No. 1 to No. 4 (I/F Slot A)

1.2.3 FAX OPTIONS

*: Child options (Child options require a parent option.)

Optional Unit Combinations

1.2.4 OTHER OPTIONS

1.3 COPIER INSTALLATION

1.3.1 POWER SOCKETS FOR PERIPHERALS

1.3.2 INSTALLATION FLOW CHART

1.3.3 ACCESSORY CHECK

1.3.4 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE

Tapes and Retainers

Developer and Toner Bottles

Install each toner bottle [G] in the machine.

10. Close the front door.

Copier Installation lock at the rear inside the tray.

Emblem and Decals

Fire Prevention Cover

Manual Pocket Attachment

Initialize the Developer

Check that the sample image has been copied normally.

Settings Relevant to the Service Contract

A3/11" x 17" double counting SP5-104-001

1.3.5 MOVING THE MACHINE

1.3.6 TRANSPORTING THE MACHINE

Paper Feed Unit (B800)

1.4 PAPER FEED UNIT (B800)

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Caster stand

Paper Feed Unit (B800)

1.4.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE

Paper Feed Unit (B800)

Paper Feed Unit (B800)

1.5 LCT (B801)

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Caster stand

1.5.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE